Chapter 1: The Beginning of The End
Chapter Text
IT was bored. IT was bored for a long time, but only recently IT realised that this feeling is boredom. IT observes it's toys, some are the hunted, others are the hunters. The blood is spilled in every map. With time IT became better and better when it comes to maintaining the code. Now rarely something breaks, even even if something breaks, IT is quick to notice and fix it, before it's toys are aware. IT perfected it's realm, the goal is achieved. Yet IT finds itself bored. After all IT is observing the same cycle over and over again for millennia, it doesn't bring the satisfaction it used to bring.
IT feels it's the power grow. It's toys are great at producing the power. After all IT feeds on pain and suffering, this gives IT power. Maybe it's time for change, and not a small one. It's time for something new... It's time to extend IT'S power. IT left the real world in peace for too long.
Slowly but surely IT expands it's power. Slowly corrupting the code outside IT'S realm. One of IT'S most aware toys called it "A Cancer of Code" before. IT is pleased with this title, but for safety reasons IT deleted some of the awareness form it's toy. IT knows how dangerous the exploits are and IT doesn't want to mess with them.
Time passed IT made it's way to the very core of the world. Now it's too late. Even if new generation of admins would spot IT. It is too late to take action. At first the changes were slow, but then IT made it's move. On the sunny winter morning, the whole world got hit by a massive snowstorm, the temperature drastically went down, even in the regions that naturally doesn't have snow. People died, froze to death. The population of Robloxia decreased by more than a half. IT made sure that New Age Exploiters and Admins have most of their power striped away.
IT experimented with people, adjusting the code to it's own liking. So people will struggle to survive, but not hard enough that they die. Once IT was satisfied, IT went back to it's favourite toys. They must've be bored already, it's time for them to face change. IT edits the code of it's killers, now they won't we so overpowered. IT also makes it's survivors stronger, after all IT doesn't want them to drop dead. After doing necessary changes, IT dropped it's favourite toys into the new Upgraded Hell.
The show must go on. And IT will enjoy every moment of it.
Chapter 2: New Reality
Summary:
Survivors and killers face their new reality.
Notes:
If you spot any spelling or grammar mistakes, let me know!!! English is my second language.
(Also I just realised that Pr3ttyprincess is the only girl in this au.... Poor her.)
Chapter Text
Builderman has no idea how he ended up in this situation. Everything was happening normally: wake up, get ready for rounds, die or survive the round, get a short break, another round and another and another and another and another and another and another.... Then they would stop, and he could finally fall asleep. He has no idea for how long he was trapped in the purgatory. The past feels nonexistent, but he KNOWS there had to be something before.
Now something changed. The timer went off, like it usually does before a round, but this time it was different. Instead on being teleported on another map, everyone appeared in slightly bigger cabin. A few seconds later ALL OF THE KILLERS appeared too. The amount of screaming that happened is better to leave forgotten.
Builderman sensed some kind of force between survivors and the killers, probably thanks to that force they are still alive. Now there's a lot yelling and arguing in the background. The culprits are Shedletsky and 1x1x1x1, but other members also decided to join the argument. Builderman barley hears that, his focus is on the note that appeared in the middle of the room.
"Welcome to your new hell :D"
Is written on the note. Builderman stares at it, deep in though. It confirms his suspicions, there's something, a higher power that keeps them trapped here. He glances outside at the raging snowstorm that makes the walls shake. The argument between the groups escalates, Builderman's head starts to hurt from all the noise.
- "CAN ALL OF YOU SHUT THE #### UP?"- He yells, pleased with the fact that Family Friendly Filter still works. Everyone quiets down, all attention on him. - "I'm aware that this is unusual situation, but let's talk about it like civilised adults."
- "I doubt that they are civilised."
- "But we are kids?"
Two voices speak up at the same time. Causing a glaring context between Mafioso and Shedletsky. While C00lkidd looks at the Builderman confused. He sighs, already feeling the headache worsen.
- "Something changed, we nee-" "Wow, never thought we have a detective here." - 1x4 cuts him of, and Builderman is sure that any second now he's going to loose his cool. Who knew that being trapped in endless cycle of survival and death is able to kill your patience when interacting with other people.
- "How about they just leave!? So there's no need for discussion and everything!!! We have our peace, they have their own peace!"- Spoke up Elliott with a clear distaste in his voice. The killers look like they about to argue, but John Doe simply starts heading to the door. One he opens it the piercing cold enters the cabin, while unnaturally strong wind makes leaving impossible. Eventually John gives up and closes the door, but the damage is already done. The air is filled with coldness and there's snow inside.
- "M-master Builderman. Another note appeared."- Says Noob who walks over to Builderman. He quietly thanks him and scans over the note. What he read made his heart stop.
- "I think everyone deserves to know what it says....
"You have to work together. Or else face consequences. Believe me, you don't want that. I can make you suffer so bad, that the purgatory will look like heaven. So, work together. >;p"
Everyone stays quiet, the weigh of the situation finally hits them. Builderman already knows that his headache is about to get ten times worse.
Chapter 3: The conversation
Summary:
Survivors and killers have a conversation.
Notes:
Am I fixated about my au? Yes!
Should I be working? Yes!
Am I planning on writing another few chapters? YES!!!
If you see mistakes please let me know ^^
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
Once everyone quieted down and sat at the table, Builderman finally let out a tired sigh.
- "Please don't interrupt me until I'm done. Everyone will get a chance to speak. Everyone understands?"- Builderman words are met with multiple agreements, scoffs and even a thumbs up from the youngest person in the room.
- "Thank you. So this is new situation for us. It appears that the rules of our purgatory changed. Now we have to work together instead of being against each other. Does anyone have any recommendations or ideas? And please raise your hand up. Let's avoid another shouting mach. I'm looking at you Shed."- At those words Shedletsky rolled his eyes. Elliot raises his hand and starts speaking once Builderman allows him.
- "I'm aware that we are forced to work together. But do we really have to? Can't we just all do our things? I don't want to associate with our murderers."
- "That's not nice Mr Pizzaman! We aren't murderers. You should have some respect!"- Pr3ttyprincess says, completely ignoring the 'hand up to speak' rule. However Builderman physically recoils at her words, before he can say anything, Elliot counters.
- "Seriously? You have some nerve to deny what you did to us for who knows how long. You snapped our necks like it was nothing!!! Every each of you monsters killed us in cold blood!!!"- His words cut through the air. Some killers look uncomfortable with a hint of guilt, but the guilt isn't directed towards survivors.
- "W-what do you mean? Mr Voice said we're playing tag... And that once we tag you we are supposed to put you to sleep..."- C00lkidd says quietly, with confusion and hint of worry. The sentence making every survivor confused.
- "The #### you mean? You killed us multiple times!!! We weren't going to sleep!!! Or is it just an analogy, that we are some sort of animals to be put down!?"- Chance crosses his arms.
- "I knew this jam that always was spilled looked suspicious..."- Bluudud looks at his hands with terror.
- "Huh? Mr 1x1x1x1!!! Please tell them we're not lying!!!"- C00lkidd pleas, but 1x1x1x1 just sighs.
- "You were killing them. IT told you it's tag, because it wanted you to kill."- The embodiment of hatred says coldly. Every survivor looks at the colorful kids in shock. Faces of the kids are twisted into the terror, pain and betrayal. Builderman feels like he's going to be sick. He barely registers the fact that 007n7 runs away to different room.
- "Dad... I.... I killed my own dad!?
- "No!!! I refuse to believe that!!! We didn't. It's just a cruel joke!!!"
- "....why none of you told us?" - Bluudud asks, looking at the killers.
- "Because if you knew, you would refuse to kill. If you didn't kill, every killer would suffer punishment from IT. It was to protect ourselves, and you three."- Mafioso says, walking over to the kids. C00lkidd and Pr3ttyprincess cling onto him, while Bluudud has to be pulled in.
- "I take them out of this room. All of you continue. Soldier, you will later update me on the situation."- At Mafioso's word's Soldier nods, and mafia boss and the kids leave the room. The silence that follows is awkward and full of tension.
-" 👉❌🤷💡? (They really didn't know?)"- Taph signs. The killers look at him in confusion. Builderman clears his throat and translates.
-"Taph asks if they really didn't know."- At this question, Jason nods. Every survivor looks terrified at the thought.
Eventually both groups managed to calm down a bit and come to an agreement. They will have to work together until they find some answers, a temporary alliance. Although they work together, the sub-groups came to an existence. First one being the Survivors, second being the Killers and third being the Mafia.
The killers also shared what little knowledge they have about IT. That IT is the reason the purgatory exits. Eventually each person went their own way, to explore the new, upgraded cabin. Everyone trying to ignore that the cold seems to get worse. They'll have to do something about it.
Notes:
If you have any idea how I should name the combined group please let me know.
^ it has to be name that the characters would name themselves.Because I've been thinking for over two
weeks and I have no idea.
Chapter 4: Outside
Summary:
Some more interactions and first time outside.
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Guest 1337 walked mindlessly through the cabin. The knowledge that he just learned weighing on him. When he opened the door to another room he spotted 007n7 curled up on the floor.
- "007n7? Are you alright?"- he asked, the hacker looked up, it was clear he was crying.
- "Guest? Did the conversation ended?"
- "Yeah. We have an alliance, and some information about our captor. You didn't answer my question."- Guest says while sitting next to 007n7. On that hacker sighs.
- "I feel relieved that my son didn't kill willingly... And considering the alliance I can finally be with him..."
- "I feel there's a 'but' incoming."
- "Guest... Don't get me wrong... I love my son. I really do, but every time I look at him I see the monster IT made him be. I feel like he's going to break my neck again. I'm scared of him, I'm afraid of my own child"- The hacker says, looking conflicted. The soldier sighs.
- "I can't say I understand what you're going through, but this situation were in. You can use it to repair the bridge between you two. Small steps, there's no need to make big changes so soon."
- "...thank you"
The duo talked some more, until a scream of pain was heard from another room. Once Guest and 007n7 arrived on the scene, others have already been there. On the floor was shaken Two Time with wings that freshly grew on their back, they're on the second life. On the other side of the room was one of the killers, Azure, who was restrained by Guest 666, who looked confused at the whole situation.
- "You... YOU!!! YOUR #### DEVOTION LEAD TO MY DEATH!!! AND YOU STILL TRY TO TALK PEOPLE INTO JOINING IT!!? YOU'RE SICK!!! I'LL KILL YOU!!!"- Azure yells at the cultist.
- "The word of the Spawn has to be spread! You've been corrupted but fear not! If you show that you're sorry... The Spawn will forgive you."- they retort, which makes Azure more agitated than before.
- "Guest, could you go with Taph and Two Time go outside to get some wood? We really need to get fire running, besides it will be better to separate those two for now."- Says Builderman who walked over to Guest.
- "Hm? But aren't we unable to leave the cabin?"
- "That gambler of yours figured out that we can leave. I think that before we couldn't because IT wants us to work together."- One of Mafioso's goons says.
- "How he found out about this?"- Asks 007n7, and Builderman looks like he aged a few years.
- "He decided to test his luck by annoying our boss. He got thrown outside through the window. Now we have another way for cold to get inside."- The another mafialing answered. Guest just shook his head.
- "Tell Taph and Two Time I'll be waiting next to the door."- he said and went in said direction.
Eventually the cultist and devastator joined Guest at the door. The group went outside, they had luck because the snowstorm lessened a bit.
- "Alright, both of you stay in the sight range. We gather as much wood as we can carry, then we go inside. It's a quick mission"- Guest orders.
- "🫡 "
- "As you say, protector."
A few minutes later Guest waits for the other two to come back, but only Taph arrives.
- "❓🫵👀2️⃣🕑" ("Have you seen Two Time?")
- "No, and I suppose you also didn't.
- "👍. 🐾✂️❌👌🩸" ("Yes. The trails just cuts out and there's a bit of blood")
Guest's knit his brows. And started carrying the wood to the cabin.
- "Let's inform Builderman. The snowstorm is getting stronger again. We can't risk ourselves."- Guest announces, but can't help but worry. What the hell happened?
Notes:
Hmmm... I wonder what happened? 🤔
Chapter 5: First death
Summary:
Ummm... What the title says ◕ᴗ◕
Notes:
TW!!!! DEATH, BLOOD, INJURY.
If you are sensitive to those things,skip to the moment where this line in the middle of the screen appears. This line that separates the fragments of a chapter!!!
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
It hurts. It hurts a lot. The cold hurts. The snow hurts. They can't see, the snow blinding them. They're going so fast. They don't even know how of when they ended up in this situation. One moment they are gathering wood, in the next second they are in the air. They are overly aware of the clawed paw that is currently impaling in their shoulder. It hurts so much. They feel the blood running down their body. The pain in his shoulder is so strong it almost makes it numb. They don't know where they are. They are scared, after all it's their second life. They don't want to die. The death scares them.
They are dropped to the ground with a thud. Once Two Time gathers their surroundings they realise that it's some kind of gigantic nest. They look up and freeze up. A beast is that is larger than the Guest 666 is over them. It's white scales make it barley visible on the snow. Then they hear movement behind them. When Two Time turns around they are met with what they assume is a juvenile. It walks over and realisation strikes Two Time. They are it's meal.
Before they can react, the juvenile lounges at them, it's teeth biting into their flesh, they scream and pass out from the pain.
When Two Time opens their eyes again, they are back in the cabin. They are met with worried looks of Builderman and Elliot. They also hear other people talking. Two Time feels like something is missing, like they lost something important.
- "Hey, everything is alright. Just don't panic."- Builderman help's them sit up. They realise that they are shaking and lean on the wall.
- "What happened? Because all we know is that you suddenly disappeared when you were looking for wood with Guest and Taph?"- Asks Elliot and Two Time can't help but laugh. It's this uncontrollable maniac laugh.
- "We're not here alone. There are beasts hiding in the snow. The claws..."- they subconsciously move their hand to the shoulder. They can feel the scar that is left.
- "I got eaten alive... Thank the spawn for granting the respawn..."- they mumble. The rest of the combined group looks at them with uneasiness. The fact that the killers are the least of their worries terrifies the survivors. While the killers feel endangered, because they're not the strongest ones anymore.
Two Time looks at Azure, their head tilting in confusion.
- "Azure? Is that you? Why are you looking so weird?"- they say, confusing and angering the said person.
- "What do you mean?! YOU SACRIFICED ME!!! JUST BECAUSE AMARAH TOLD YOU"- Azure shouts and hearing those words makes Two Time terrified.
- "W-what do you mean!? I never done anything to you? And who is Amarah?"- their voice shaky. Dusekkar floats over and speaks up before Azure can say anything.
- "Death is more than a dread. Now its something more than major threat. If my theory is true. Death erases a part of you. However if it's personality or just what you knew. I still lack the full view."- His words make everyone stop. It's yet another revelation to add. Two Time looks terrified, yet their face twisting into a manic smile when another wave of laughter takes over.
- "Let's just... Avoid dying until we figure it out. It appears that it only affects the true death, so their second life ability is still safe to use."- Builderman says and rubs his head. He doesn't remember last time his headache was so bad. And it's all because their capturer decided to change some things.
Notes:
Oops, my hand slipped •̀ᴗ-
Chapter 6: Child support
Summary:
The kids get comforted after the revelation.
Notes:
If you spot any spelling or grammar mistakes please let me know ^^
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
C00lkidd is scratching himself, completely lost in his head. He was killing his dad over and over again. His dad wasn't sleeping, he was dead. It was all because of C00lkidd.... He killed his dad. He killed him... He killed him... He killed him... He killed him... He killed him... He killed him... He killed him... He killed him... He killed him... He killed him... He killed him... He killed him... He killed him... He killed him... He kill-
- "You should stop scratching yourself like that. It will only make it worse."- A voice snapped him out of his thoughts. Looking up he see his uncle, someone who has been the closest to him and took care of him during all those... Months? Years?
- "D-does dad hate me know?"- C00lkidd sniffles, barley controlling his tears. Noli shakes his head.
- "I don't think he does. He really loves you I can tell. It's just... A complicated situation, but I'm sure that eventually it will get resolved."
- "I'm scared.... I want to hug him so much... But I'm scared. I'm scared that he'll be mad... Or worse... That he'll be too scared of me... I'M A MONSTER!!!"- C00lkidd cries out, while Noli moves closer so the kid can hug him. The child clings tightly to the hacker.
- "I'll help you work this out. And maybe we'll figure out something to help your skin condition"- Noli says, and C00lkidd slowly nods.
- "So our playmates.... The survivors. They weren't bullies. They were just... Protecting themselves. Right?"- Pr3ttyprincess asks, looking at the ex cultist.
- "You're a smart kid. You're right."- Azure answers, fixing the bow on the princesses head. Small girl shudders, the tears threatening to spill again, despite the fact that she calmed down barley few minutes ago.
- "Try not to beat yourself up. You had no idea, you were manipulated. It's not your fault."
- "Easier said than done"- Pr3ttyprincess huffs, with a frown. Then she looks at the other killer.
- "Will you help me make amends? .... please?"
- ".... I'm not sure if I'm the right fit. But if you really want it to be me, then I'll be sure to assist you my princess."- Azure says half jokingly. His attempt working when a slight smile appears on the girls face.
- "Thank you!!! Also if I'm making amends you also have to get along with that old friend of yours, I'm sick of you looking like a kicked dog every time your mind wanders!"
- "I'm sorry... WHAT!?"
Bluudud is sitting cross-legged on one of the beds he found in the room he was dragged into. His fists curled tightly.
- "I'm mad at you."- He says to the other person in the room.
- "I know"
- "You should've told us... Or at least me!!!"
- "You're a kid. You shouldn't experience this."
- "I'm not a small child like the other two!!! I'm twelve. I could handle this!!!"
- "Like you're handling it right now? I can see how you're fighting tears. You're not fooling me with the 'though' mask."- Those words make Bluudud flinch and he tries really hard to control himself. The other person, Mafioso sighs and sits next to him.
- "I'm aware that you feel betrayed, but we did it to protect you. You're aware how our living conditions were... The barley standing cabin, lack of necessary items, but it was ours. We didn't know how you three would react. It was better to keep you in dark then angering 'The One Behind It All'. I'm sorry for lying."- Mafioso explains himself, looking genuine. Bluudud listens, really listens. Eventually the child slowly speaks.
- "I understand... But it doesn't change my feelings... I don't know what to do..."- A hint of vulnerability shows in his voice.
- "First, let yourself feel. Let out those emotions. Then we'll think of the rest."- After Mafioso speaks those words, Bluudud still tries to keep his mask on, but it eventually slips. The child starts to sob. He lets out his frustration, anger, sadness and fear.
Some time passes. The blue child calmed down, and now is just empty staring at his hands. Then the door bursts open. The rest of the colour gang is standing there.
- "Bluu!!! Come on!!! We need to ask Mr John Doe that if can go outside tomorrow if the weather allows it. So we can build a snowman!!!"- Pr3ttyprincess announces.
- "Yeah!!! And we can get someone to look out so none of the scary snow monsters won't get you!!!"- C00lkidd continues. Bluudud just rolls his eyes, but doesn't complain. He really wants to get some kind of distraction after today. None of the kids notices a small smile on the face of usually stoic mafia leader.
Notes:
I hc Mafioso having a soft spot for kids.
Chapter 7: Talks and dreams
Summary:
Elliot and Noob talk about stuff. Oh, Chance is there too.
Notes:
I'm trying to write at least one chapter daily. A challenge of mine. Let's see how long I can keep this up!!!
If you see any grammar or spelling mistakes please let me know!
Chapter Text
Elliot frowned looking at his abilities interface. Everything looks normal except one addition, now there's a number "5" displaying above his pizza throw. He has an suspicion of what this means, but just to confirm it he makes his way through the cabin. One person in mind.
While walking through the corridors Elliot sees other people interacting with each other. Shedletsky is having a staring contest with 1x1x1x1. Builderman fighting of the headache on the couch, while Taph surrounds him with tripwires. Dusekkar doing...some kind of magic, probably trying to figure out the 'loosing a part of yourself after death thing' and Two Time just stares with a creepy smile.
Elliot opened one door hoping to find the person his looking for... Nope, wrong room there's a gigantic dog like beast staring at him. The pizza man quickly leaves, he doesn't want to loose what remains of his memories of Before. Finally he finds the person he's been looking for.
- "Hey Noob. Am I interrupting?"- He asks, on what Noob just smiles.
- "N-no. You're good. D-do you need anything?"
- "I have a question... About the abilities. You always had limited usage of your items, right?"
- "Y-yeah. Did something happen?"
- "I think I have limited pizzas. There's a number five next to the ability icon."
- "W-what!? That's not good. You have limited heals?"
- "I'm afraid so..."
The duo sits in silence. This new situation uncomfortable for everyone. The fact that they have to work with killers, the risk death brings now, limited healing and the constant cold is wearing them down. Outside the surroundings darken, indicating that it's late.
- "I'm so tired, but I'm scared to fall asleep with the killers nearby. I don't want to end up dead."- Noob confides, and Elliot can't help but agree with them. There's a knock on the door and after that the door opens, revealing Chance.
- "Sorry for intrusion. I was passing by and overheard you. I can watch over you two. I'm not planning on sleeping anytime soon."- He says. Noob looks slightly relieved, while Elliot frowns and speaks up.
- "You should get rest. We have no idea what tomorrow will bring."
- "Yeah... I know. I will sleep... Eventually."
- "W-why not now?"- Noob asks, Chance just sighs.
- "The dreams, you know those odd familiar dreams that everyone has."- He says, and the other robloxians nod, knowing what the gambler is talking about. - "Recently I've been constantly dreaming of someone. I don't remember their face, name and anything about them. Just this odd familiar feeling when I wake up. The only thing that allows me to recognise them is an ice crown and that they are similar to Noob."
- "M-me?"
- "Yeah... But only from the skin colour and style of clothing... Honestly... They give me the creeps. I just can't explain it, but I know that there's something dangerous about them."- The gambler visibility shivers. Elliot sighs.
- "Those dreams are so weird. On one hand they can be pleasant, on another... They're not. I won't force you to sleep now. But wake me up in a few hours. You still need to get rest, despite the fact it might be uncomfortable."
- "Alright."
Elliot and Noob decide to share the bed, because of the cold. The heat from the fireplace is only in one room and they're not comfortable being in one room with killers. Besides it's not the first time survivors share bed, the living conditions in the purgatory weren't the best, only two bed's and a couch available. Everyone is used to sharing.
Chance sits on the chair, staring at the door, flintlock ready. He can't help but let his mind wander, the mysterious person intriguing him, but also fills him with dread. He doesn't look forward to sleeping.
- "Man, I wish I could dream of this familiar fluffy bunny I dreamt about before this guy took over my dreams."- He mumbles to himself.
Chapter 8: Silent understanding
Chapter Text
This is new. It's a new feeling, he feels uncomfortable, but at the same time he knows it's a good thing. He finally feels... Lighter. His mind is clearer and sharper than it was before. The corruption still lingers, but it isn't able to control him anymore. He looks at his hands, one normal, but with black veins. His other hand... No it's not hand it's one big spike made out of this stupid corruption. It hurts, he wishes his arm could be as it was. Then something happens, the corrupted arm morphs... John Doe stares at it in shock, his spike arm just changed into a normal hand, it's still covered in the corruption. But it's A HAND, not a spike weighing him down, bringing him pain.
John moves his reclaimed hand, testing the newfound freedom. His body hurts, the corruption left irreversible damage. But his body is truly HIS now. No longer controlled by the corruption. He smiles and turns his head, sensing someone's stare. It's the other killer, the silent one. John tries to think about his name, because the corruption never bothered to interact with anyone and would gladly kill the other killers, this would happen if 'The One Behind It All' didn't take action. Finally the name of the other killer pops up in his mind, it's 'Jason'. John Doe looks at him, tilting his head. The mute killer stares intently and Doe's new arm, clearly interested and confused. He reaches out to it, but John quickly pulls away, he doesn't want to risk corrupting his... teammate?
The two killers sit in silence, one unable to talk, other doesn't talk because it hurts to do so. The new situation confusing them. John hesitantly puts his normal hand on the shoulder of the probably younger killer. He wants to reassure him. After all if John remembers correctly, he was one of the first robloxians ever created, it is his job to look up after others. Jason silently stares, not moving much, but somehow John knows he appreciates the gesture.
Notes:
I just saw the new 007n7 kill animation for C00lkidd milestone. I AM NOT OKAY. And I'm trying to figure out how to add this in to this AU.
Also FATHER FIGURE JOHN DOE MY BELOVED.
Chapter 9: Aftermath of the death
Summary:
Two Time goes through stuff 👍
Notes:
The chapter was supposed to be a bit different, but I got frustrated while playing Forsaken.
I decided that the best way to get rid of the frustration is to make my favourite character suffer!!! Hehehe... I'm so evil.
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
The night came, with that the temperature dropped even more. The little fire they managed to ignite in the fireplace is unable to warm up the entire cabin, that's why most of the people decided to sleep together to keep warmth. Of course not everyone is able to sleep soundly, Dusekkar who makes sure other sleeping people are safe. Chance who keeps an eye on his two teammates while battling his own thoughts. Taph who's paranoia and the fact that killer are here make him too anxious to fall asleep. Most of the killers except kids who snuggled into Guest 666.
Two Time also can't sleep, who can blame them? After all they recently got killed by someone really dear to them, then they got eaten alive, lost part of themselves and now are sitting near the dying fireplace, knowing that their killers are behind a wall. They shiver uncontrollably, the cold is piercing. They never do well in cold.
Two Time grasps their shirt in the place their heart is. They feel a void, their missing part left an empty void they can feel. It's an unbearable feeling they can't easily describe. They don't understand what happened. They know Azure is mad at them, he hates them, but no matter how hard they try. They can't remember the true reason. They forgot a lot about their past, and now with their missing memories? A soul? They feel like their past got striped away from them.
The scars on their body throb with phantom pain, yet despite this Two Time still smiles. They can still feel the claws that were piercing their body. They can still feel the way teeth of the juvenile were digging into their side. The pain doesn't stop, but it's okay. They're used to it. They felt pain of going into the second life multiple times. They felt pain of death. This should be nothing, a norm. Then why it hurts so much?
Eventually Two Time passes out against their will. Their body forces them into rest. They lay on the cold floor, next to dead fireplace. The cold seeping into their bones. Luckily for them, Dusekkar spotted them. With the use of his, now stronger, magic he gently moved them on the couch, sitting nearby to make sure they won't freeze to death.
Two Time might be a black sheep of the group, an insane cultist. But they're still a part of the group and the survivors still care about them. After all everyone has their own quirks.
Notes:
Today I genuinely felt like THE WORST TWO TIME PLAYER.
Why? Because:
- I managed only two stabs, the rest I missed.
- I wanted to sprint and pressed crouch instead, forgot that un-crouching gives away my position and basically lead killer into my and others location.
- I stabbed air!!! The killer wasn't even near.
- I literally died in every round.And last but not least!!! By accident I put 'w' as a 'Shiftlock'. This was an INTERESTING round. I couldn't walk forward. I literally left the server.
So first time playing Reworked Two Time went GREAT
Chapter 10: Nightmare
Summary:
More angst!!!!
Notes:
Rhyming in English is HARD!!!!
If you see any mistakes let me known
Tw. Mentioned Self harm
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
It's your fault! You killed me! Did I even matter for you? You killed me! It's your fault! Did I even matter for you? What? You killed me! It's your fault! Did I even matter for you? You killed me! It's your fault! Did I even matter for you? I don't understand? You killed me! It's your fault! Did I even matter for you? You killed me! It's your fault! Did I even matter for you? You killed me! It's your fault! Did I even matter for you? You killed me! It's your fault! Did I even matter for you? I DON'T REMEMBER DOING THAT!!! You killed me! Did I even matter for you? It's your fault! You killed me! It's your fault! Did I even matter for you? It's your fault! Did I even matter for you? You killed me! PLEASE STOP! It's your fault! You killed me! Did I even matter for you? You killed me! Did I even matter for!̷͔̫͍͙̲̈̔̀̈̏̊͛̋̑̈́̏̐̄̃͒̓̆̂͌́̇̂̏͐̽͒̚̕͠͠͝͠͝ you? It's your fault! I HATE you! I HATE you! I HATE you! I HATE you! I HATE you! I HATE you! I HATE you! I HATE you! I̴ ̵H̴A̸T̴E̸ ̸y̵o̴u̷!̷ ̸I̷ ̶H̴A̵T̵E̵ ̴y̶o̷u̶!̷ ̸I̸ ̵H̴A̶T̸E̴ ̵y̶o̶u̴!̵ ̵I̷ ̸H̷A̴T̷E̵ ̷y̸o̶u̸!̵ ̵I̸ ̵H̴A̷T̴E̸ ̴y̴o̴u̵!̵ ̷I̶ ̸H̵A̷T̷E̷ ̴y̸o̶u̶!̵ ̷I̶ ̸H̷A̶T̶E̶ ̷y̶o̴u̶!̷I̴ ̵H̴A̸T̴E̸ ̸y̵o̴u̷!̷ ̸I̷ ̶H̴A̵T̵E̵ ̴y̶o̷u̶!̷ ̸I̸ ̵H̴A̶T̸E̴ ̵y̶o̶u̴!̵ ̵I̷ ̸H̷A̴T̷E̵ ̷y̸o̶u̸!̵ ̵I̸ ̵H̴A̷T̴E̸ ̴y̴o̴u̵!̵ ̷I̶ ̸H̵A̷T̷E̷ ̴y̸o̶u̶!̵ ̷I̶ ̸H̷A̶T̶E̶ ̷y̶o̴u̶!̷Ï̶̡̠̣͋̓̋ ̷͕͇̣͖̓H̵̭̜͚̅͒͋́Â̷̳T̵̳̬̘̀͝E̴̢̫̭̓̃̓̆ ̵͔̟͠͝y̸͎͐͝o̴̙̜̓͘ṷ̴̡̜͋!̶̮̜̂̒ ̴̝̈͆̐ͅÌ̷̺̰ ̵̙̬͑H̸̟̯͑Ä̶̡̒T̶͎͇͎̹̐͑́̂E̸̛̻̬̞̚ ̵̡̹͓̣̔y̵͈̘̖̼̏̽͊o̸͚̱̼͒ͅù̷̢̗͉ͅ!̶̧̓̌ ̷̠̮̟̇̎̄͘Ị̸̜̯͕̍ ̸̢͊̃̆̈́Ḧ̴̫̗͔́̂͆͊A̵̦̾͑̑͗T̸̩̻͉̒͆̍̚E̶͔̘̗̕ ̵̰̪́͘y̸̧̼̏ō̸̰u̸̡̡͔͗ͅ!̶͚̟̺͑͠ ̸͉͔̇͐I̴̙̎̌̑̑ ̴̭͎̠̆̔͘Ḣ̸̲A̵͚͌̆́T̴̮̠̩̏Ề̶̻̲̼̮͂ ̸̨̩͓̟̈́ý̸̨̛̈́͝ö̸̠̥́̅ü̸̼͂͘!̷̙͙̈̍ ̸̡̛̮̻͇̉͝Ĩ̶͊͘͜ ̴͉̩̥̽̋H̶̜̖͈͕͘A̸̝̓̑͝T̷̛͇͑̆͆E̷̺̺̼̬͋͝ ̴̰͓̋̌͌͛ͅy̶̢̳͓̎̽̀͑ͅó̴̥̖͝u̷͈̺͋̽!̸͔͎͜͝ ̵̺̄͝Ï̴̱̝̦͆̓ ̶̢̤̄̍Ḥ̶̘̓̑̽̊À̴͔̘͗̕T̸͎͐̽̀̀Ȩ̴͕̦͋́͘͜ ̶͚̌͘y̵̮̑̈́o̶̡̭͎͐͋͛͜ŭ̴̮̻!̷̨̍̅ ̵̢̪̖͒̿Į̵̅ ̷̥̬̓̔̕͝H̸͈͑͊̌A̴̻͇̅͒̕͜͝T̸͍̄̍͘E̷͇͖̳̗̋̇̊͝ ̶̧̯͐̾y̵͉͈͔̓͠o̴̜͆͘u̴͕̱̻̐̿͜!̶̨̛̍̎̀ ̷͕̌̌̊I̵̘̻̣̎͠ ̶̩̻̄͐͋Ḥ̵̳̠̆À̸̦̙͒T̴̮̘̫̱̃͠Ĕ̸̞͚̹͊́͑ ̴̠̫̎̂ẙ̵̛͇̠͇͋o̴̬̲̣̊ͅu̸͚̠͑͝!̵̨̐̉͆͜Ï̶̡̠̣͋̓̋ ̷͕͇̣͖̓H̵̭̜͚̅͒͋́Â̷̳T̵̳̬̘̀͝E̴̢̫̭̓̃̓̆ ̵͔̟͠͝y̸͎͐͝o̴̙̜̓͘ṷ̴̡̜͋!̶̮̜̂̒ ̴̝̈͆̐ͅÌ̷̺̰ ̵̙̬͑H̸̟̯͑Ä̶̡̒T̶͎͇͎̹̐͑́̂E̸̛̻̬̞̚ ̵̡̹͓̣̔y̵͈̘̖̼̏̽͊o̸͚̱̼͒ͅù̷̢̗͉ͅ!̶̧̓̌ ̷̠̮̟̇̎̄͘Ị̸̜̯͕̍ ̸̢͊̃̆̈́Ḧ̴̫̗͔́̂͆͊A̵̦̾͑̑͗T̸̩̻͉̒͆̍̚E̶͔̘̗̕ ̵̰̪́͘y̸̧̼̏ō̸̰u̸̡̡͔͗ͅ!̶͚̟̺͑͠ ̸͉͔̇͐I̴̙̎̌̑̑ ̴̭͎̠̆̔͘Ḣ̸̲A̵͚͌̆́T̴̮̠̩̏Ề̶̻̲̼̮͂ ̸̨̩͓̟̈́ý̸̨̛̈́͝ö̸̠̥́̅ü̸̼͂͘!̷̙͙̈̍ ̸̡̛̮̻͇̉͝Ĩ̶͊͘͜ ̴͉̩̥̽̋H̶̜̖͈͕͘A̸̝̓̑͝T̷̛͇͑̆͆E̷̺̺̼̬͋͝ ̴̰͓̋̌͌͛ͅy̶̢̳͓̎̽̀͑ͅó̴̥̖͝u̷͈̺͋̽!̸͔͎͜͝ ̵̺̄͝Ï̴̱̝̦͆̓ ̶̢̤̄̍Ḥ̶̘̓̑̽̊À̴͔̘͗̕T̸͎͐̽̀̀Ȩ̴͕̦͋́͘͜ ̶͚̌͘y̵̮̑̈́o̶̡̭͎͐͋͛͜ŭ̴̮̻!̷̨̍̅ ̵̢̪̖͒̿Į̵̅ ̷̥̬̓̔̕͝H̸͈͑͊̌A̴̻͇̅͒̕͜͝T̸͍̄̍͘E̷͇͖̳̗̋̇̊͝ ̶̧̯͐̾y̵͉͈͔̓͠o̴̜͆͘u̴͕̱̻̐̿͜!̶̨̛̍̎̀ ̷͕̌̌̊I̵̘̻̣̎͠ ̶̩̻̄͐͋Ḥ̵̳̠̆À̸̦̙͒T̴̮̘̫̱̃͠Ĕ̸̞͚̹͊́͑ ̴̠̫̎̂ẙ̵̛͇̠͇͋o̴̬̲̣̊ͅu̸͚̠͑͝!̵̨̐̉͆͜Í̶̢̨͇̠̫̺͇͔̈̈̑͂̈́̋̀̉̉̅ͅ ̴̛̼͆̓̈́̀͐̃͐̆͘͘Ĥ̸̯̭̘̲̙͓͓̪̞̜̝͒́̃̾̈́̐̉̅͛̈̓̚͠͝ͅẠ̴̟̫͇̜̟̠̠̼̘̃̆͂͘͜ͅT̸̞̼̲̼̳͉͈͓̮͇̗͇̳͔̎̓̎̈́͛͑̒̕̚͝͝E̶͓̙͔̝͚̻̲͇͗͊̎̽̋͌̾̇͌̂͌̕ͅ ̸̡̩̤̮̥̥̟͒͘y̵̛̝͙̫͕̭̞͋̎͋̑͒̂͝ö̷̢̨̨͇̺̼͎̹̹̥̩̟̋̈́̏̈́͋̽̈́͗͛̋̊̓̾͜͠ͅư̴̦͈͓̐̓̓̑̈͋̍̎̊̕̚̚͝͠!̷̹̖͕̠̝͕̰͛̈́̆͋͜ ̴̡̳̮̪̓̍͛̽̓̿̄̈́͗͆̔̑̕͝Ỉ̵͎̯̳̥̅͒̅̾̈́͒̊ ̴̨̢̢̣̻̰̦̝̖̺͔̞͍̓̽͌̎͛͘͠H̷̡͍̬̹̣̱̟͎͈͉̻̜͎̼́ͅȂ̴̡̛̩̔̒̈́̔͗̆͝T̸̯̟̥̼͈͈̞͕̈́̈́E̵̢̻͔̪̺̣͉̫͍̱̖̓̇̾̃ ̴̡̛̮͊̅͂̾͘͠y̵̱̹͓̎̉͂͐̉̂ȫ̸͈̼̈͗̎̀̆̎͆̌̓̓ū̷̝̜̳͋̎̑̄̉̓̽̋̅̍͝͠!̵̰̳̞̩̤̎͋̄̓̌͗̈́̀͊͐̎̆͝ ̵̢̧̛̳̭̗̗͚̤̼̱̀͑͐̀̃̄́̋̑̐̈́̕͝İ̶̡̥̪͈̄́ ̵̢̼͚͕̜͚̜̎͊̔́̑̿̈́͋̊͛͑̉͝H̴̡̢̬͉̯̰̭̍̔̒͌ͅͅÄ̴̢̲̲̣͙̜͙͉̹̤͓̖̦̦̓͊̂̎́̃̏́̔́̕͝͝T̸̡̰̗̻̝̣̫̿̈͐͗̏̏̄͜͝Ę̷̖̟̯̎̆̓ ̷̡̥̞̰͇͍̲̖͉̟̻̜̩̈̌͛̽͝ỷ̷̧̺͎̳̰̀̾͌̇̓͗ỏ̸̡͈̞̠͙̘̪̪̥̮͚̟̔́̎̿̒̈́̋̉̏͠ú̸͚͖͇͖̣̺͈͎̠̞̪̱ͅ!̸̱̪̦̤̜̦̺̤̞́́͜ ̸̛͓̲̣͌̋̊̐̉͑͠I̷̛̻̰̠͈͚̹͖̹̤̮͔̜̗̮̽͂̌̏̔̚͘ ̷̡̰̘̫̳͚̓̓́̇͗̕H̸̢̬̽͘A̷̢̟̯̞͙͖̯͍̥̫͕̫͐͂̂̓̂̅̅͒͆ͅT̵̡̧̛͈̦̅̑̃̾̒Ē̶̢̛̟̞̟̙̥̭̠̖͓̲͉̗̿̂̉̆̒̑́̅̚̚ ̴̧̢̣͚̙͓͎̲̗͈̯̬̯̅y̶̥͖͍̓̅͑ơ̸̧̗̬̖̣͍̬̲̬̟̽͛̋̌͗͊͒͛̓̌̈́͛͜͠u̴͓̇̆̂̂̀̍́̚͘̕͝͝!̴͖͈̮̖̫̠̺̻̀̑͛̏̔͌̕͝ ̸̢̠͓̤̝͍̻̂̈́I̸͖͕̲͎̺̝̒̾́̏̈̄͐̑̒̍̈̊ͅ ̸̢̩͎̣̥̠͍̐̀̈́́͆̊͆͛̾̕͘͝H̷̯͙̹̪̝̘̔̃́͛̓̒̆͊̔͛̇͆̄À̶͎̼̙͔̗̙͒͌͛́Ṯ̴̛̫̭̤̍̑̔̒̈́́̃̃̅̒͜É̶̢̥̮̣̺̼̫̇̂̉ ̴̧̧̩̣̩̰̖͉̻̹̖̙̙̍͆̑̚ŷ̷̜͓̬̦́͒́̚ǫ̸̛̲͍̘̻͕̺̗͉̱̩͑̈́͜͠ͅu̷̡̫̟̻̺̗̣̩̾͊̉̀̿̽̄̅̾͛̚͜ͅ!̵̧̧̮̩̦̝͓̝͚̘̞͋̍̌͂̽̉̋́͂̓̑̑̽͠͠ ̵̢̡̡͖͍̙̤̳͇̭̩̘̬͈̿̈́́̂̇̃͂͊̒̅̄̉͘͘ͅĪ̵̧̙͓̄̑̑͑̃͆̀͒͊̎̕͘͠ ̷̩͙̪̘̙̞̪̺̩̮͂Ḩ̸̡̳̹̑͛̉̈́̌̀́̐̎͗Ä̴̺͕̐́̀͂̈́̾̚͠Ţ̶̢̜͖͙̘͓̙̩̜͈̑͌͗͐̑͘͜Ë̷̡̘͔̮̺̠͙͖̫̻́͐ ̶̡̣͕̟̩̥̝͉̱̆̈͛̌͐̂̑͗̚͠ȳ̶̨̢̪̪̘̳̻̫̳̹̦̔̀̅͌̋̃͛̀͐̽͠ǫ̸̡̨̩̜̳͈̦̝͈̱̰̼̪̗͆̈́̎͑̐͊͆̎͂̽͝ứ̵̮̮̌̽́͊͌͛͆̊̕̚!̴̛̛̫́̓̃̌̂͌̌͋̈́̕͘͝ ̷̡̡͓͓̩̣͖͔͈͈͕̰̙̀̈́̾̕Į̶̪̹̣̥̖̘̗͊̽̊͆̑̑̃͂͋͑͘ ̵̢̥̙̙̭̯͍̺͖̗͔͇̲̈̓̒̆̏̕͘̕͜H̸̢̧͎̜͕̲̼̰̰͕̥̲̟́͋̓͑̌́A̵̧̙͙̪̥͙̩͚̘͌̈́̇͆̑͗͠T̶̨̰̮̥͕̱̙̲̙̤̂̈̅͛̇̒̎́͗̍͆̕͜͜͠͠È̵̤̪͉͐͊ ̶͇̥̖͌̀̓͛͂̓́̾͋̎̌͘̚͝y̶̻͔̬̯̚o̵̢̡̧͖̮̱͈̲͚̞̫̼͔̫͛̈́͌̔̃̈̀̅̏͘͘͠ų̷̢̺̠̠̙͚̰̙͈͑͗̽̈̿̑̐̀̾̍̿͗̉͠!̵̬̲̺̃̓̍͛̇̀̅̚͝ ̶̨̢̦̭̮̟̝̦͎̣͈͎̙͜͜͝I̸̯͆̀̅ ̵̨͍̯̬̞͕̼͉̏̏̈́͛́̎͗̏͛͑̒̓̌̚͝ͅH̸̢͔̙̮̻̤̞̤͍͉̩́̍͝A̶̞̅͐͘T̷̻̠͇̋̓͑̑͌́̏̄͛͂͋̎̊E̵͉͕̻̟͚͎͚̫̲̘̪͚͋ ̵̙̫̝̬̝̮͉̜͕̻̈́̊̎̅̏̈̓͑̽̋́̄̏͜͝ý̵͍̤̟̻̫̺͚̻̩͘͜ơ̴͔͓̻̠̖͙̹͎̞̙̌̒͐̒̑̀̑͑̑͂̆͂͘͠ư̵̦̹̳͈̱̹͓̫̜̯̙̻̫̌͗͐ͅ!̶̟̗͍̟̩̼̪͈̰͆̇̿͐̽̍͒̍̓̾̆ͅÍ̶̢̨͇̠̫̺͇͔̈̈̑͂̈́̋̀̉̉̅ͅ ̴̛̼͆̓̈́̀͐̃͐̆͘͘Ĥ̸̯̭̘̲̙͓͓̪̞̜̝͒́̃̾̈́̐̉̅͛̈̓̚͠͝ͅẠ̴̟̫͇̜̟̠̠̼̘̃̆͂͘͜ͅT̸̞̼̲̼̳͉͈͓̮͇̗͇̳͔̎̓̎̈́͛͑̒̕̚͝͝E̶͓̙͔̝͚̻̲͇͗͊̎̽̋͌̾̇͌̂͌̕ͅ ̸̡̩̤̮̥̥̟͒͘y̵̛̝͙̫͕̭̞͋̎͋̑͒̂͝ö̷̢̨̨͇̺̼͎̹̹̥̩̟̋̈́̏̈́͋̽̈́͗͛̋̊̓̾͜͠ͅư̴̦͈͓̐̓̓̑̈͋̍̎̊̕̚̚͝͠!̷̹̖͕̠̝͕̰͛̈́̆͋͜ ̴̡̳̮̪̓̍͛̽̓̿̄̈́͗͆̔̑̕͝Ỉ̵͎̯̳̥̅͒̅̾̈́͒̊ ̴̨̢̢̣̻̰̦̝̖̺͔̞͍̓̽͌̎͛͘͠H̷̡͍̬̹̣̱̟͎͈͉̻̜͎̼́ͅȂ̴̡̛̩̔̒̈́̔͗̆͝T̸̯̟̥̼͈͈̞͕̈́̈́E̵̢̻͔̪̺̣͉̫͍̱̖̓̇̾̃ ̴̡̛̮͊̅͂̾͘͠y̵̱̹͓̎̉͂͐̉̂ȫ̸͈̼̈͗̎̀̆̎͆̌̓̓ū̷̝̜̳͋̎̑̄̉̓̽̋̅̍͝͠!̵̰̳̞̩̤̎͋̄̓̌͗̈́̀͊͐̎̆͝ ̵̢̧̛̳̭̗̗͚̤̼̱̀͑͐̀̃̄́̋̑̐̈́̕͝İ̶̡̥̪͈̄́ ̵̢̼͚͕̜͚̜̎͊̔́̑̿̈́͋̊͛͑̉͝H̴̡̢̬͉̯̰̭̍̔̒͌ͅͅÄ̴̢̲̲̣͙̜͙͉̹̤͓̖̦̦̓͊̂̎́̃̏́̔́̕͝͝T̸̡̰̗̻̝̣̫̿̈͐͗̏̏̄͜͝Ę̷̖̟̯̎̆̓ ̷̡̥̞̰͇͍̲̖͉̟̻̜̩̈̌͛̽͝ỷ̷̧̺͎̳̰̀̾͌̇̓͗ỏ̸̡͈̞̠͙̘̪̪̥̮͚̟̔́̎̿̒̈́̋̉̏͠ú̸͚͖͇͖̣̺͈͎̠̞̪̱ͅ!̸̱̪̦̤̜̦̺̤̞́́͜ ̸̛͓̲̣͌̋̊̐̉͑͠I̷̛̻̰̠͈͚̹͖̹̤̮͔̜̗̮̽͂̌̏̔̚͘ ̷̡̰̘̫̳͚̓̓́̇͗̕H̸̢̬̽͘A̷̢̟̯̞͙͖̯͍̥̫͕̫͐͂̂̓̂̅̅͒͆ͅT̵̡̧̛͈̦̅̑̃̾̒Ē̶̢̛̟̞̟̙̥̭̠̖͓̲͉̗̿̂̉̆̒̑́̅̚̚ ̴̧̢̣͚̙͓͎̲̗͈̯̬̯̅y̶̥͖͍̓̅͑ơ̸̧̗̬̖̣͍̬̲̬̟̽͛̋̌͗͊͒͛̓̌̈́͛͜͠u̴͓̇̆̂̂̀̍́̚͘̕͝͝!̴͖͈̮̖̫̠̺̻̀̑͛̏̔͌̕͝ ̸̢̠͓̤̝͍̻̂̈́I̸͖͕̲͎̺̝̒̾́̏̈̄͐̑̒̍̈̊ͅ ̸̢̩͎̣̥̠͍̐̀̈́́͆̊͆͛̾̕͘͝H̷̯͙̹̪̝̘̔̃́͛̓̒̆͊̔͛̇͆̄À̶͎̼̙͔̗̙͒͌͛́Ṯ̴̛̫̭̤̍̑̔̒̈́́̃̃̅̒͜É̶̢̥̮̣̺̼̫̇̂̉ ̴̧̧̩̣̩̰̖͉̻̹̖̙̙̍͆̑̚ŷ̷̜͓̬̦́͒́̚ǫ̸̛̲͍̘̻͕̺̗͉̱̩͑̈́͜͠ͅu̷̡̫̟̻̺̗̣̩̾͊̉̀̿̽̄̅̾͛̚͜ͅ!̵̧̧̮̩̦̝͓̝͚̘̞͋̍̌͂̽̉̋́͂̓̑̑̽͠͠ ̵̢̡̡͖͍̙̤̳͇̭̩̘̬͈̿̈́́̂̇̃͂͊̒̅̄̉͘͘ͅĪ̵̧̙͓̄̑̑͑̃͆̀͒͊̎̕͘͠ ̷̩͙̪̘̙̞̪̺̩̮͂Ḩ̸̡̳̹̑͛̉̈́̌̀́̐̎͗Ä̴̺͕̐́̀͂̈́̾̚͠Ţ̶̢̜͖͙̘͓̙̩̜͈̑͌͗͐̑͘͜Ë̷̡̘͔̮̺̠͙͖̫̻́͐ ̶̡̣͕̟̩̥̝͉̱̆̈͛̌͐̂̑͗̚͠ȳ̶̨̢̪̪̘̳̻̫̳̹̦̔̀̅͌̋̃͛̀͐̽͠ǫ̸̡̨̩̜̳͈̦̝͈̱̰̼̪̗͆̈́̎͑̐͊͆̎͂̽͝ứ̵̮̮̌̽́͊͌͛͆̊̕̚!̴̛̛̫́̓̃̌̂͌̌͋̈́̕͘͝ ̷̡̡͓͓̩̣͖͔͈͈͕̰̙̀̈́̾̕Į̶̪̹̣̥̖̘̗͊̽̊͆̑̑̃͂͋͑͘ ̵̢̥̙̙̭̯͍̺͖̗͔͇̲̈̓̒̆̏̕͘̕͜H̸̢̧͎̜͕̲̼̰̰͕̥̲̟́͋̓͑̌́A̵̧̙͙̪̥͙̩͚̘͌̈́̇͆̑͗͠T̶̨̰̮̥͕̱̙̲̙̤̂̈̅͛̇̒̎́͗̍͆̕͜͜͠͠È̵̤̪͉͐͊ ̶͇̥̖͌̀̓͛͂̓́̾͋̎̌͘̚͝y̶̻͔̬̯̚o̵̢̡̧͖̮̱͈̲͚̞̫̼͔̫͛̈́͌̔̃̈̀̅̏͘͘͠ų̷̢̺̠̠̙͚̰̙͈͑͗̽̈̿̑̐̀̾̍̿͗̉͠!̵̬̲̺̃̓̍͛̇̀̅̚͝ ̶̨̢̦̭̮̟̝̦͎̣͈͎̙͜͜͝I̸̯͆̀̅ ̵̨͍̯̬̞͕̼͉̏̏̈́͛́̎͗̏͛͑̒̓̌̚͝ͅH̸̢͔̙̮̻̤̞̤͍͉̩́̍͝A̶̞̅͐͘T̷̻̠͇̋̓͑̑͌́̏̄͛͂͋̎̊E̵͉͕̻̟͚͎͚̫̲̘̪͚͋ ̵̙̫̝̬̝̮͉̜͕̻̈́̊̎̅̏̈̓͑̽̋́̄̏͜͝ý̵͍̤̟̻̫̺͚̻̩͘͜ơ̴͔͓̻̠̖͙̹͎̞̙̌̒͐̒̑̀̑͑̑͂̆͂͘͠ư̵̦̹̳͈̱̹͓̫̜̯̙̻̫̌͗͐ͅ!̶̟̗͍̟̩̼̪͈̰͆̇̿͐̽̍͒̍̓̾̆ͅI̷̧̨̛̺̫̹̬̫̲̳͍̦̱̥̲̤̦̝̳̼̬͉̜͓̎̃͌͐̊͑̈͗̎̇̈́̀́͋̑͌̏̊̔̌̏̀̌̈́́̑͑̀̃̇͗̌̔͊̕̕͘͜͠͠͝͠ͅͅ ̴̨͉̝͎̟̪̙̪̦̰̲̦̬̠́̓̀͑̏́́̈́̇̂͋͘͜͝͝Ḩ̵̢̡̛̟̘̦̙͙͕̠͚͖̩͖̝͕̪̲̝͉̼̬̮̟̥̮̩̜̹̐͛͂̉͋̓̀͜Ǟ̵̛̫̲͉͈̥̘̘̳͍̼͓͉̮͒̽̅̐̓̍̂̅̊̽̏͂̌̊̉̈̈̋̐̓͊̐̌̃̉̂̚͘̕̚̕͠͝Ţ̶̧̨̡̼̗̫̥̱̬̞̫̝̠̱͕̺̖̩̟̝͚͖̦͙̪͈̰̪̙̥̘͔͕̦͉͖͖̟͖̙͛̈́̑̓̋̈́͊̆͋̃̂̀̓̿́̈́̏̕̚̕͜͝͝Ë̶̡̡̨̛̱̻̘̹̻̮̬̠͈̺́̏̉̓̀̌̄͊͊́̈̐͊̃̊́̓̄̾͂̚͝͝ ̸̨̧̢̪̭̲̭̮̖̬͙͍͍̬̜͚͍̺͓̼̰̠͈̟̤͙̟̺̖̰̪͖̗̣̖͕̻̓͐͒̿̓̀́͆̂̏͑́̿͂͐̚̚͝ͅͅỳ̴̧̧̟͙̭̫̦̖̥̹̜̝̖̘͍͍̻̘̭̞̼̹̦̭͇̯̫̦͇̾̓̎̉̈͆̾̍̍̃̉̄͐̃͋̔̐̿͠o̵͈͕̜̰̦̠̓͋̅͛̅͆̋͌͊̐̎̑̇͐͜͝͠ų̵̡̨̨̨̖̩͚͔͖̻̝͎̞̥̳̟̥̦̪̭͈̙̰̦̘̺̭̼̼͍̳̜̼̀̈̐̈́̽̃̿̀͑͘̕͜͝͝ͅ!̸̡̥͉͈̠͚̏̊̽̏̔͊̿̆͂͒̈́̄̒͊͆̿̋̈́͌͑̌̓̈̂͗̒̎͌́̑̑́̈̍̒̽̚̕͜͜͝͝͝͝ ̵̧̧̝͍̟͙̪̻͔͖̤̱̞̯̘̥͕̱̞̞͔̗̫͖͎̪̺͍̯̭̥̥̬̑̂͗̉̽̍̏̆͑͐̈́͒̏̅̚ͅI̶̡̡̡̨̧̨̯̫̝̮͙̹͔̻͎͕͖̖̫͙͓͚̭̖͕̖̼̠̬͓̤̙̟̺̅͌̈̋̂̃͘͜ͅ ̶̡̧̡̛̹̟̹͚͈͈̥̪̩̱̝̩̣̖̮̒̾̃̋̈́̂̏̆͑̃̉̏͒͛̀̈́̑̎͂͌̽͂̍̃́̚̕͜͝͠H̴̨̤͈͓̥̭̞̬̪̮̦̮͕̹͖̳̮̯͍̖̻̠̦̻̽̓̏́̐̂́̊̏̽̋̎̔͊͆̄̄͒̒͊̈́̈́͋̌̌̏̓̀͗́̍̈́̃̆͗͑͋͊̄͘͜ͅA̸̢̫̲͓̥͚͆́͂̏͋͆̎͐̾͊̃̓̉̉͒͋͊̌̎̒̀̈́̉̆̐̃̿̽̈́̊̍̍̇̕̕͝͝͝͝T̵̡̧̢̡̛̗̤̟̘̦̣͓̺̼̮̝̫̪͈̗̻̫͖̥̙̻͔̤̭̮̖̙͔̼̤͓͇͓̘̤͓̭̰̆͑̐̐̋͒È̴̢̢̧̧̢̮͈̞̼̟͕̘̰͉̩͉̯̖̹̣̖̥̣̭̮̹̭̲̳̝̗̠̬̙̝̼̺̱̥͓̒́̾̎̈́̀̐̊̀̂͑͆͋̈̑͒͂̆̿̀͒̂̎͌̒̔̑̓͘̚͜͠͠͝͝ ̵̢͈̰͚̱̝̱̭̠̣̳̭̰̦̞̞̤̮̱̲͓̝̺͇̜̮͈͎̮̹̭̣̮̳̄̓̾̑͌̿͊̓̎͊̇̈́̔͋͑̾̊̈́̈̀̆̓̍͑̃͆̈͒̒̚̕̕͝͝͠͠ͅͅȳ̴̨̤͙͇̂̊͐͊̎͘ơ̸̡̢̨͇̹͚̦̱̲͓̜̘̯̤͇͓͍̲͎̯͚͍̟̳̮̜̟̳̫͓͚̺̠̙̲̼̻͎̣̘̗̍̎̾̉̉̾̿̇͆̒͛͗̈́͊̂̅̈͆̈́̋̀͒̾̈́͠ͅü̵̧̞̬̦̟̱̠͖̮̲̖͍͍͖̩̜͓̮̫͎͖̠̲͙̯̩͍͍̫̞͇͙̺̰̗̟͐̎͗͐͐́̔͑͆͂̀̾̒̂͋̏̄̀́̈̊̑̽͋̆͘͜͜͝ͅͅ!̴̧̡͈̻̯̯̥͍̳̫̦͉̰̞̬̟̬͈̥̝̬̦̩̟͇̣͎̺͕͆̆̇͑̉̍̏̐̇́̌̈́̎̓͐̈́͌̓̉̿̓̿̀̀̃͆͆̈́̓͂̄̏̉̚̕͘͘ͅ ̶̢̯͚̟͓͎͚̤͉̭͍̙̪̱͍̭̭̠̺͈͎̥̏̊̌͗̈́̈́̀̓́̓͐̎̅̂̾͒̚̚͝͝͝͠ͅI̷̢̨̡͈̱͕͍̤̺̹̼͖̘̭̹̰͍͉͈͉̘͎̭̺̦͍̦̹͎͓̯̥͆̈͐̎̏̈́̀̓̃̌̃́̇̂̆̂̾̒̆̈͐̉̎́͐͒̈̃̐̾̍̅͗̇̏͘͠͝ͅ ̵̝̆͒̍̿̏̆̏͂̽͐̀̇̽͗̎̈̓̈͊͒̈́̌͘͝͠͝͝H̸̡̡̨̧̛̜̗͈̣̠͚͙̤̯̝̯̣̟̜͕̱̩͈̯̪̪̻̟̲̭̜͇̮̘̣͂̾̓̑̓̊͂͋͌̀̐̾͛̈́̎̏͂͆̄͛̈́̓̾͊̀͋̀̈̓͂͛͘̕͜͝͝͠A̸̟͆͐̂̿́̄̒͋͗̿̅͐̓̂̈͋̅͂͂̍̓͐̔̏̍͌̈́̓̄͛́̈́̑̇̽̇͘Ţ̶̢̛̛͈̯̤̻̞̟̰̻̮͚̟͎̻͎̬̖͙̠̾̔̒͛̈́͋̍͒͋̂̑̚̚͠ͅẺ̵̛̤͊͛̆̃̓͗̿́̅̈͐̓̑̈́̈́̍̂̉́̂̎͆͛̂͛̓̓͗̚̚̚͘͠͝͝ ̶̧͈͕͔͇̹̰̰̑̔́̊̓͜y̸̨̡̮͖͎̦̱͉͙̰̖͚͈͎̱͚͓̮̩̹͕̳̳͔͍̞̱͐ǫ̵̢̡̻̟̝͓̩̯̪͕̳͈̥̻̬̰̻̰̯͎̟̪̺͉͙̪̞̖̱͈̰͎̀̀̓͜ư̷̢̧̤͍̜̬̦͕̱̜̟̺͓̫̹͎̰͇̟̤͚̲͇̻̒̂̒͑̾̇̃̉̓̃̄̒͌͊́̋̄̈́̈̑̆̔̓̈́̇̕̚̕͘͜͜͜͠ͅͅ!̴̛̛̪͔͍̥̟̓͗̀͛͂͂̉̔̈́̓̓͌̽̎͑͗̀̀͑̅̅̆̈́͂̽̕ ̵̢̧̨͓̪̩̱̠͖̠͖̦̯̫̭̥̯̻̖̬͎͎̪̤̞̘̪̣̯̥̫̮̬̥͐̍̊͊̈́̃͊̎́̎̃̇̎͑͗̅̍̍̍̕͘͜͜͠I̶̧̧̡̨̧̡̛̗͓̞̺̦̣͇̲̠̗̟̩̬̩̠̖͉̜̘̻͖̩͙̣͎̖̭̯̋͋̉̏̒́̊͊͛̈́̅́̏͗͘̕̚͘͜͜ͅ ̶̢̥̦̩̬̹̭̼̝̞̠̤̺͓̫͎͐̇̍̇̍͘̕͠Ḧ̵̦͈̱̼̬̙̭̮̗̝̝̜̹͈͚̺̠̜̻̹̭̥͔̦́ͅA̴̢͎̙̘̹͖̠̠͈͙͎̯͓̭̺̻̬̦̪̣͇̘͊̂́̄̇̿̆͝͝T̴̺͚̪͈̞̮̦̠̼̻͍̮̯̍̂̋̌̀̊̅̀̅̀̈́̒̉̒́̓̀̉̽̔̊́̇̌̔̉̍̐̄͒͗̂̏̃͘͘͘̚͝E̵̛͉̘̱̰̺͍̝͂̽̇̽͋̎̿̒̋͒̉̑̾͊̈̓̎̂̎̋̽̂̀͆͊́͗̎̕̕͠ ̸̡̣͓͙̙̭̖̫͎̮̘̬̫̭̩͓͙̩̣̜̏̆͝y̵̛͍̹͓̖̠͓͔̬̠̻͔͉̘̍͐̂͒͐̃̔̏͂̈́͋̈̌̊̀̌̋́̐͊̾̐̔̈́̓͑ǫ̶̡͔̠̘̭̺̞̬͇̌̊̍͋̆̽̂͌͗͛́̑͌̊̎̿́̄͘͝ử̴̙̎̀!̴̠̞̝̣̥̮̻̖͍̙̹͇̯͉̭̤̠͇̙͖͕̱̪̫̖̝̲̦̓̌̔́͆̆̀̃̋̑̈́͑͑̍̓̆͗̕͘̚̕͝͝ ̶̨̡̡͕̤̻̠͍̫̘̼̩̝͚͔̣̙̐̍̈̆̔̽͌̐̊́ͅͅỈ̵̡̢̟̞͙̘̱̙̻̬̞̠̯͇͎̬͎̭͓̙̥̲̺̺̓̽̐̈́ ̷̧̧̛̹̠̜̤̬̺͒̽͗͌̂͐̈́̂͌̀̿̈̆͗̿͐̀͊̔̉̀͛̑́̉͂͆͑͘͘͘͘͠ͅH̶̡̡̰͈̱̗̫͇̺̣͙͙̲̹̹̠̘̼͕͚͓̳̪̣̰̙͗͋͆̄̈̀̊̔̽̾̏̿̕͠͝͝͝A̵̢̲̹̩̜̭̦̮̲̻͈̝̤̩̟͈̠̜̰̲̮̥͈̝͕͇̲͖̺͎͇͔̥̲̲̠̞̞͗̄̓͂̈́̎̀̚̚͜T̸̛̜͋̋̆̐͆͊̅͌͌͗͂̊̿̉͐̀̃̈́͛͂́̄̆̏̋̄̌̾͘̕̚͠͝͝Ḝ̴̨̧̡̢̛͕͔̙̮͙̪͕̘̦̳͓̳̤̬̜̭̬͍͕̣̳͔̺̤̯͗̾̍́̑̊̇̅͌͌̓̈͗̕̚͜͝͠ ̸̛̖̥̰̮̜̻͖̯͙̗̤̳͍͌̔̊̓͗̾̏̾̄̂͜͠͝y̵̨̨̲͙̪̠͙͕͈̭̝̦̙͇͉̫̙͔̣̱͈̯̼͕̝̜͕͙̺̩̪̥̺͇̖̺̞̞͔͌̔̈́̆͑̓̃̉͂̊͛̔́̉̌͂̈͑̚̚̚͜͝͝ͅͅo̸̱̲͎̳̩̥͎̥̜͔̺͈̍̈̒̽̈̃̉̈͐̅̊̌̄͐͑̃̀͛̍̓̿͐̀̎͂́͋̈́̕͘̚͜͝ū̶̧̯̜͇͙̙̥̓̌́̆̈̍͋̊̈̾̑͂̑̉̇̿̎͐̐͐͂̽̀̌̓́̇̓̐͑̅̀͘͠͝!̷̢̛͕̙̙̲͚̭̦͙̤͉̯͕̪̫̘̗̩̖͇̩͖͓͔̺̺̆̌̎͑̈́̓́̃̈̇̃̈̀̃̇̀̓̈́̔̍̿̄͘͝͝͠ ̵̟̮͉̠̦͓̳̙̫̥̯̤͓̘͉̩̙͕̩̳̻̖͍̙̀̾̀̍̐̾̒̓͐ͅÎ̴̡̞̀̒ ̴̛̩͉̻͔͕̬͓͉̞̝͙͓̟̣͋̌̐͛́͐͛̇̒̓̓̐̊͘̚̕͜͝ͅͅͅH̶̢̧̛̛̛̞̯͙̮̯̭̼̳̩̺̜̺͔̗̬̹̰̮̟̥͈͔̘̣̼̤͚̩̜͙́̌̋̈́̀͌̌̃̓̅̆͗̓̓̋̄̚̚ͅÁ̸̡̟̪͍̀͐̈̊̔͒͛̚͜͠͝͠T̸̡̡̜̻̜̠̞̬̎͗̃͊̕͜E̴̡̛̲̹͖̘̝̳̳̜̣̬̹̼͖̦̩̝͚̥̰̫̳̖̮̯̩͍̻̐̍͊̏͒̈̅͊͌̀͋͆̓̃̾̿͆͒͘̚͜͜͜͠ͅ ̵̧̨̨̛̩̤̱̺̳͇̝͙̖̤̠̱̘̤͕̿̇̈̀͋͆͐̾͑̑̔̅̓́́̀́̕͝y̸̧̢̛̘̟͍̙̼̝͙̪̖̝̠͙̙̮͙͖̙̼͈̥̼̖̞͎͍̱̺͛̄͐̈͋́̈́̃̍̆̒͒́̕͘͘͜͠ͅó̴̼̣͔̺́̅̇͐͗̓̕ͅu̴̧̢͎͎̜͑́̌̑̆͐̒̔͆̒̚!̶̢̨̠͙͖̠̹̪̩̹͚̗̭̻͕̘̐̌̈́̈́͆̅̒̾̾̍̇͂́̈́̇̉̎͒͒̍͌͜͝ͅ ̸̨̳̬͚̹̊̊̄̒̓͆̓͆̒͊́́̊́͛̑̿̕͠I̶̘̻̤̯̙̟͓̻̥̮̭͇̙̺̫͒́̆̄͑̄͑ͅ ̶̨̝̩͚̲͎̺͍̬͍̬̰̯͔̤̖̙̗̘̖̭̻̾͋̀ͅH̸̻̖̤̥͚̙̊Å̷̢̛̯̬͓͎̥̝̻͙̤͎̗͕̭̞̲̍͌̐̈́̏͗̈̇͊̋̽͗̾̓̃́̇̀̀̅́͒̀͛͌̓̇̉̈́͒̆̽̎̑̚̚̕̚͠͝T̸̼̦̭̓̋͌̌͊̀̈E̵̢̢̨̞̗̱̭̬̻̝̞͎̦̠̺̱̣̮͕͙͚͙̬̣̹̞̼̣̳̼̘͖̙̝̓̉̾̊̀̓͋͆̔̋̃̐̈̃̆̔̒̌̉̏̔̆͋̃͛̌̎̽́͐̾̆͘͘͜͝͝͝͝ͅͅ ̵̛̞̮͇̣͂̌̾̿̓͋͑̽̾̈͋͆̅͑̈́͌̓̎͐̅̐͐͒̄̔̐̊y̶̧̡̧̧̡̛̻̫̮̝̲̟͓̭̳̲̺̠͓͈̟̲̺̺͍͈̘͉̝̤̺̖̼̲̠̮̦̘͔͒̐͛͆͆͂̌̒̿̏́͋̿̎̐̃̇́̃̏̿̑͗̿͒̎̕͜͜͝ͅo̸͖̎͒͒̈́̋͗̄̃̌͌̚͘ư̵̛̞͕̱̩͋̌̾̔̃̈̎̉͑͆͌̌̓̀̔̍͌͑̇͒͋̈͗̈́̉͑̃̈̂͑̂̚̚!̴̧͖̘̼̀̈̉̈̃̏̈̉̀̔̀̏̇̈́͋̄̒̅͒̋̉͗͆͆̊̔̀̈́̏̌̔́̕̕̕͠ ̶̧̢̡̡̡̖͔͓̭̪̦̻̜̮̪̬̹̫͓̠̻̫̲̳̳̪̮̭̗͉̗̝͈̟̠̣͚̮͖͎̦̈́̈́̊̀̂͗͑̎̃̐̏̎̈͌͌͌͒̎̎̍͑̿͊̉̈́̚̚͝͝͝͝Ĭ̶̢̛̖̰̥̹̲̜͍̹̭͕̪͍͎͚̠̐̃̇̐̊͐̒̀̒̈̓́̏́͌͘͝͝ͅ ̸̡̧̧̛̱̻͎̤̞̗̭̼̲͚̼̩̙̩͔̮͕̝̱͇̟̣̥̞͉͇̹̤́̔͊́̈̓̅̃͗̒͐̂̚͜͜͠͝Ḩ̸̧̧̨̭͎̰̣̤̣̬͇̭̦͚̮̲̤̳̰̞̀͋̅̌́͜͜͝͠͠͠ͅA̸̛͚̳̹̙̝̞̫͉̜̫͖͙͓̫̭̪̹̱̠̺̾͋̾̅̄̊͊͑̆͛͜͝͠T̷̡̨̧̩̙͉̯̳̤̮̗͍̯̭̭̹̜̯̬̯̦̳͙͇̺̘̬̹̟̭̰̗̭͈̭̗͓͎̉͑̏̂̏̀͆̀̎̎̈́̈́́͂͘͠Ę̴͇͍̤̬̜̺̻̬̩̗̬̳̮̭̬͉̞̹̙̬̹̹̤̙̮̯̠̙̃́̀̽̒̓́͑̀̓̈́̎̒̓̚͠͝͠͠͝ ̵͖͈̳͗͑̒̈̽̇̃̀̒̑̾͊̅̔̕ͅÿ̸̡̜͎̣̱̳̲͖̟̣͍͒̏̏̀̃͌̏̉̈̒̌̆͒̔́ͅǫ̸̹͈͉̻̫̘̫̙͙̱̼̜̟̼̙͙̮̊̈́̑̈́͘͠͠ͅư̵̧̧̛͔̞̞̻̜͕͖̻͓̮̘̟̱͖͔̗̗̫̌͌͂̔́͊̾̃̔̇̉̀̿͊͊͆̓̇͌͛̆̉͘̚͜!̸̧̪̠̮̀ ̶̧̢̜͎̪̳͖͓͉̱̪̖̗̩͉̺̙̘̠̱̮̫͔̦̬̘̗̠͔̐͜ͅI̸̢͉̥͚̤͒̏̾̽̂̀̏̿̾̂̅̕̚ ̶̡̡̢̼͚̭͈͉͙͔̦̹̻͚̤̠̳̳̬̹̩̙̫̤̣͇̣̗͓̩̓̔́͒͐̍̉̈́͛̂̈̒͋͌̓̋̔̊͛̐̍͗̃͂͜͠͝Ḩ̶̧̡̢̢͉̯̱̬̟̠͕̗̼̲̯͖̻̦͕̻̭͍̤̪͙͇͙͍̔̀̏̃͜ͅͅA̴̧̧̲͎̬̳̹̟̱͙̬̩̝̲̻̯̪̮̲̤̤̪̺̣͉͖̎͑̓͒̃̿̀̈́̉̃̈́̍͋͒̈͋̊͗̆̑̆̄̔̕̕̕͜ͅT̸̢̨̮̣̼̩̥̱̖͚͙̳͕̰̲͙̰̝̙̗̘͕̭͍͉̽͛ͅE̴̢̦̤̙̼̱͉̮̺̮̻̜̟̱̳̘̜̙̘͂̿̎ ̵̢̧̢̢̧̨̛͇̗̳̪͍̖̠͇̱̼̠͖̖͔̫̘̙̫̯̭̠̱͎̗̥͖̦̊́͆͒̂̽͗́̍̉͊̿̎͊͌́̋̊̋͗͋̕͘̚͝ͅͅy̶̧̡̛̛̫͎͚̰̯̪̬̼͚̺̠͈͍̠͕͕͚̘̝͖̣͚͍̣̺͖͊͑̽͐̓̌̆̇́̋̅̈́̈́̌̈̄̔̄͌͒͊̇̈̑̎́̎̾̉̎̚͘̚̕͜͜͝o̷̧̧̧̲̳̠̳̣̩̝̞̺͈̯͎̤̭͙̪̩̱̗̪͉̞̺̻͖̎̾̇̈́͑̉̈́͜͠ͅͅͅụ̴̡̲̰̱̪̻̰̪̞̲̻̜͓̮͖̣̜̍͐̿̈́͗͗̂͒̐̔̉̒̂͜͝!̷̢̨̛̭͇͙͇̱͓͚͉̺͎̞̄̎̓̃̈́̋̋̾̎̍̔͊̎̌́̄̅̉́̀͌̍̀̽͘̚̕͜͠͝ ̷̢̨̡̡̨̪͈͉͚̙͚͎͔̲̦̻̣̯̗̙͓̻͈̗̙̘̬͖̯̦̰̝̀̉͒̅̇̂̀̎́̐̂͐͆̏̈̓̑͒̽̓̓͂̈́̕͜͝ͅǏ̴̡̢̛̜̖̯̜̼̰͈̬̺̪̦̯̞̰̖͍̭̞͇̲̯̟̮̠̖̘̘̗͓̪̰̰̽̎̌̃̒̅̋͠ͅͅ ̵̻͎̝͎̬͕̟̜͝H̶̢̡̛̘̩͕̭̻̭͚͕̫̺̜͈̣̻̹̖̥̥̘͙̫͖̼͍̥͖̭͈̜̲̓̿̀̑̌̾̀̓͊̎̀̒̐̍̇̃͋̈́̊̆̀͗̚͘̚͝͝͝ͅͅǍ̸̡̡̭̭̬͈̦̻̬͕̹̟͕̯͈̙̘̩̤͓̬̼͇̬̣̖͓̬̜̹̟͔͈̦̖͚͓̠̺͗̑̂̆͆̈́̃̎̍͐͆̈́̔̈̇̿̎̏́͐́̕͜ͅŢ̸̡̛̛̮̱̻̯̺̪͍̭̖̰̮͎̖͙̜͚̞͎͚͓͕̼̞̖̺̆͒̅͊̾̋̈́̀̂̉͊̂͆̎̎̍͌̂̿̍́̅͌̈́͘͘̚͜E̴̡̡̢̛͕̤̳̯̮̼̹̺̺̖̰͉̳͕̣̞̹̩̺̪̠̐̌̿͆͂̈́̓̀̋̔̍͂̉̆͂̾̅̒͌̈́͗͂͑̋̊̐̈̍͛͌̅̌̚̕͜͜͝͝͝ ̶̨̘̱̠̥̠̮̽͠ͅy̸̧̢̧̛̲̰̠̫̫̘͚͍̺̭̯̤̦̲̼̳̤̗̰̘̯͉̪̜͚̹͓̎͑̀̅̾̾͌̈́̈́͒͒̐́͂̈̅͆̒͗̊̋̐̉̓̽͒̌̄̇͛́̒̕̚͘͝͝ͅͅo̷̡̨̧̰̖̫̳̖͇̬̤̗͔̠͚͖̥͙̜͉̟̳̅̆͌͌̓͘͝ư̷̢̧̧̡̲̗̜͙͚̬͎̞̺̠͇̻̩̟͇̱̬̗̤̞͎̹̏̈̽̈́͂͑̌̓͐̒̅̎̓̓̀̋̌̓͂̉̏̏̑̋̔͂̍̌̆̓̂̓͝͠͝͝͝͝ͅ!̷̧̧̛͎̮͍̞͙͓̼̥̘͉̜̠͖̼̤̟̹̣̥̘̪̹̠̼̳́̊́̂̊̽̉̇͘ͅͅ ̷͕̝͔̭͙̞͚̰̗̣͓̗̟̮̜̗̱͖͕͇̭̖͍̝̈̇̔̽͊͌͗͛̏̄̀̑͗̀͊̑̀̓̏̅͝͝ͅI̴̡͓̖͎̘͓̘̺̠̻͕̙̰̖̝̹̭̳̝̩̮͇̰͈͖͓̲͊̆̈́͑̐̒̇̐́̓͌͛͊̈͜͝ͅ ̵̡̢̡̨̨̨̨̧̨̛͙̯͎͓͉̞͔̖̳̘͖̣̫̘̻̮͈̺̯̘̮̖̬̝͕̪͖̭͈̋̀̑̂̔͒̉̉͒̔̾̍̏̍͑̋͋́͌̒͌̐̎̑͌̊̃̍̅͗̕̕̕͘͝͝H̸̢̧̢̡̞͚͇̦̯͍͈̙̳̱̲̘̲͔̪̝͍̯̯͌͗͊̎̀̀̾͌̈̄̄͂̑̕ͅͅǍ̴̧̤͙̮̜̠̝͍̹͔̘̪͙̻̆͋̈́̂̿̊̉̈́́̒͊̊̔͋̈́̆̕͜͝͠͝Ț̶̤̥̹̣̣̻̱̍͂̓̄̓̈́̇͛͊͋̎̆͌͒̃̂͠Ę̵̜̘̘͈͓͇̠̯̣͕̲͎̌̓͛̂̏̓̉͌͛͛͆̐́̄̈́́̀̍̈̌̂͝ ̸̨̨̡̘̭̜͖̩̜̱͔̙̐͂͒̋͗̀̐̆̑͐̃̉̿̑̀̔̈́̍̄̓̿́͋̈́͆̀̅̓̀̀̈́͆̚̕͘͝͠͠ỵ̷̢̛̦͈̱̱̙̪̯̘͚̫̫̣͍̗̬̰̯͉͇̝͖̯̘̱̝͔͉̤̮͕͓̙͕̮͍̪͇̩̙͙̈́̀̉̄̇̓̚͘ò̸̳̪̞̺̣̬̬̻̯̦̭͓̻̘̜͉͙̞̹̳̃͆̃͂͐̃̿̒͑͒́͋̀͗͗͊̀̑́͒̽̕͘͝͝ͅů̵̧̢̝̫̯̙̪̳͙̼͙͓̺͍̹̳͓͇͚̮̜̖̐͗͊̐͗͘̕ͅ!̷͔̫͍͙̲̈̔̀̈̏̊͛̋̑̈́̏̐̄̃͒̓̆̂͌́̇̂̏͐̽͒̚̕͠͠͝͠͝I̷̧̨̛̺̫̹̬̫̲̳͍̦̱̥̲̤̦̝̳̼̬͉̜͓̎̃͌͐̊͑̈͗̎̇̈́̀́͋̑͌̏̊̔̌̏̀̌̈́́̑͑̀̃̇͗̌̔͊̕̕͘͜͠͠͝͠ͅͅ ̴̨͉̝͎̟̪̙̪̦̰̲̦̬̠́̓̀͑̏́́̈́̇̂͋͘͜͝͝Ḩ̵̢̡̛̟̘̦̙͙͕̠͚͖̩͖̝͕̪̲̝͉̼̬̮̟̥̮̩̜̹̐͛͂̉͋̓̀͜Ǟ̵̛̫̲͉͈̥̘̘̳͍̼͓͉̮͒̽̅̐̓̍̂̅̊̽̏͂̌̊̉̈̈̋̐̓͊̐̌̃̉̂̚͘̕̚̕͠͝Ţ̶̧̨̡̼̗̫̥̱̬̞̫̝̠̱͕̺̖̩̟̝͚͖̦͙̪͈̰̪̙̥̘͔͕̦͉͖͖̟͖̙͛̈́̑̓̋̈́͊̆͋̃̂̀̓̿́̈́̏̕̚̕͜͝͝Ë̶̡̡̨̛̱̻̘̹̻̮̬̠͈̺́̏̉̓̀̌̄͊͊́̈̐͊̃̊́̓̄̾͂̚͝͝ ̸̨̧̢̪̭̲̭̮̖̬͙͍͍̬̜͚͍̺͓̼̰̠͈̟̤͙̟̺̖̰̪͖̗̣̖͕̻̓͐͒̿̓̀́͆̂̏͑́̿͂͐̚̚͝ͅͅỳ̴̧̧̟͙̭̫̦̖̥̹̜̝̖̘͍͍̻̘̭̞̼̹̦̭͇̯̫̦͇̾̓̎̉̈͆̾̍̍̃̉̄͐̃͋̔̐̿͠o̵͈͕̜̰̦̠̓͋̅͛̅͆̋͌͊̐̎̑̇͐͜͝͠ų̵̡̨̨̨̖̩͚͔͖̻̝͎̞̥̳̟̥̦̪̭͈̙̰̦̘̺̭̼̼͍̳̜̼̀̈̐̈́̽̃̿̀͑͘̕͜͝͝ͅ!̸̡̥͉͈̠͚̏̊̽̏̔͊̿̆͂͒̈́̄̒͊͆̿̋̈́͌͑̌̓̈̂͗̒̎͌́̑̑́̈̍̒̽̚̕͜͜͝͝͝͝ ̵̧̧̝͍̟͙̪̻͔͖̤̱̞̯̘̥͕̱̞̞͔̗̫͖͎̪̺͍̯̭̥̥̬̑̂͗̉̽̍̏̆͑͐̈́͒̏̅̚ͅI̶̡̡̡̨̧̨̯̫̝̮͙̹͔̻͎͕͖̖̫͙͓͚̭̖͕̖̼̠̬͓̤̙̟̺̅͌̈̋̂̃͘͜ͅ ̶̡̧̡̛̹̟̹͚͈͈̥̪̩̱̝̩̣̖̮̒̾̃̋̈́̂̏̆͑̃̉̏͒͛̀̈́̑̎͂͌̽͂̍̃́̚̕͜͝͠H̴̨̤͈͓̥̭̞̬̪̮̦̮͕̹͖̳̮̯͍̖̻̠̦̻̽̓̏́̐̂́̊̏̽̋̎̔͊͆̄̄͒̒͊̈́̈́͋̌̌̏̓̀͗́̍̈́̃̆͗͑͋͊̄͘͜ͅA̸̢̫̲͓̥͚͆́͂̏͋͆̎͐̾͊̃̓̉̉͒͋͊̌̎̒̀̈́̉̆̐̃̿̽̈́̊̍̍̇̕̕͝͝͝͝T̵̡̧̢̡̛̗̤̟̘̦̣͓̺̼̮̝̫̪͈̗̻̫͖̥̙̻͔̤̭̮̖̙͔̼̤͓͇͓̘̤͓̭̰̆͑̐̐̋͒È̴̢̢̧̧̢̮͈̞̼̟͕̘̰͉̩͉̯̖̹̣̖̥̣̭̮̹̭̲̳̝̗̠̬̙̝̼̺̱̥͓̒́̾̎̈́̀̐̊̀̂͑͆͋̈̑͒͂̆̿̀͒̂̎͌̒̔̑̓͘̚͜͠͠͝͝ ̵̢͈̰͚̱̝̱̭̠̣̳̭̰̦̞̞̤̮̱̲͓̝̺͇̜̮͈͎̮̹̭̣̮̳̄̓̾̑͌̿͊̓̎͊̇̈́̔͋͑̾̊̈́̈̀̆̓̍͑̃͆̈͒̒̚̕̕͝͝͠͠ͅͅȳ̴̨̤͙͇̂̊͐͊̎͘ơ̸̡̢̨͇̹͚̦̱̲͓̜̘̯̤͇͓͍̲͎̯͚͍̟̳̮̜̟̳̫͓͚̺̠̙̲̼̻͎̣̘̗̍̎̾̉̉̾̿̇͆̒͛͗̈́͊̂̅̈͆̈́̋̀͒̾̈́͠ͅü̵̧̞̬̦̟̱̠͖̮̲̖͍͍͖̩̜͓̮̫͎͖̠̲͙̯̩͍͍̫̞͇͙̺̰̗̟͐̎͗͐͐́̔͑͆͂̀̾̒̂͋̏̄̀́̈̊̑̽͋̆͘͜͜͝ͅͅ!̴̧̡͈̻̯̯̥͍̳̫̦͉̰̞̬̟̬͈̥̝̬̦̩̟͇̣͎̺͕͆̆̇͑̉̍̏̐̇́̌̈́̎̓͐̈́͌̓̉̿̓̿̀̀̃͆͆̈́̓͂̄̏̉̚̕͘͘ͅ ̶̢̯͚̟͓͎͚̤͉̭͍̙̪̱͍̭̭̠̺͈͎̥̏̊̌͗̈́̈́̀̓́̓͐̎̅̂̾͒̚̚͝͝͝͠ͅI̷̢̨̡͈̱͕͍̤̺̹̼͖̘̭̹̰͍͉͈͉̘͎̭̺̦͍̦̹͎͓̯̥͆̈͐̎̏̈́̀̓̃̌̃́̇̂̆̂̾̒̆̈͐̉̎́͐͒̈̃̐̾̍̅͗̇̏͘͠͝ͅ ̵̝̆͒̍̿̏̆̏͂̽͐̀̇̽͗̎̈̓̈͊͒̈́̌͘͝͠͝͝H̸̡̡̨̧̛̜̗͈̣̠͚͙̤̯̝̯̣̟̜͕̱̩͈̯̪̪̻̟̲̭̜͇̮̘̣͂̾̓̑̓̊͂͋͌̀̐̾͛̈́̎̏͂͆̄͛̈́̓̾͊̀͋̀̈̓͂͛͘̕͜͝͝͠A̸̟͆͐̂̿́̄̒͋͗̿̅͐̓̂̈͋̅͂͂̍̓͐̔̏̍͌̈́̓̄͛́̈́̑̇̽̇͘Ţ̶̢̛̛͈̯̤̻̞̟̰̻̮͚̟͎̻͎̬̖͙̠̾̔̒͛̈́͋̍͒͋̂̑̚̚͠ͅẺ̵̛̤͊͛̆̃̓͗̿́̅̈͐̓̑̈́̈́̍̂̉́̂̎͆͛̂͛̓̓͗̚̚̚͘͠͝͝ ̶̧͈͕͔͇̹̰̰̑̔́̊̓͜y̸̨̡̮͖͎̦̱͉͙̰̖͚͈͎̱͚͓̮̩̹͕̳̳͔͍̞̱͐ǫ̵̢̡̻̟̝͓̩̯̪͕̳͈̥̻̬̰̻̰̯͎̟̪̺͉͙̪̞̖̱͈̰͎̀̀̓͜ư̷̢̧̤͍̜̬̦͕̱̜̟̺͓̫̹͎̰͇̟̤͚̲͇̻̒̂̒͑̾̇̃̉̓̃̄̒͌͊́̋̄̈́̈̑̆̔̓̈́̇̕̚̕͘͜͜͜͠ͅͅ!̴̛̛̪͔͍̥̟̓͗̀͛͂͂̉̔̈́̓̓͌̽̎͑͗̀̀͑̅̅̆̈́͂̽̕ ̵̢̧̨͓̪̩̱̠͖̠͖̦̯̫̭̥̯̻̖̬͎͎̪̤̞̘̪̣̯̥̫̮̬̥͐̍̊͊̈́̃͊̎́̎̃̇̎͑͗̅̍̍̍̕͘͜͜͠I̶̧̧̡̨̧̡̛̗͓̞̺̦̣͇̲̠̗̟̩̬̩̠̖͉̜̘̻͖̩͙̣͎̖̭̯̋͋̉̏̒́̊͊͛̈́̅́̏͗͘̕̚͘͜͜ͅ ̶̢̥̦̩̬̹̭̼̝̞̠̤̺͓̫͎͐̇̍̇̍͘̕͠Ḧ̵̦͈̱̼̬̙̭̮̗̝̝̜̹͈͚̺̠̜̻̹̭̥͔̦́ͅA̴̢͎̙̘̹͖̠̠͈͙͎̯͓̭̺̻̬̦̪̣͇̘͊̂́̄̇̿̆͝͝T̴̺͚̪͈̞̮̦̠̼̻͍̮̯̍̂̋̌̀̊̅̀̅̀̈́̒̉̒́̓̀̉̽̔̊́̇̌̔̉̍̐̄͒͗̂̏̃͘͘͘̚͝E̵̛͉̘̱̰̺͍̝͂̽̇̽͋̎̿̒̋͒̉̑̾͊̈̓̎̂̎̋̽̂̀͆͊́͗̎̕̕͠ ̸̡̣͓͙̙̭̖̫͎̮̘̬̫̭̩͓͙̩̣̜̏̆͝y̵̛͍̹͓̖̠͓͔̬̠̻͔͉̘̍͐̂͒͐̃̔̏͂̈́͋̈̌̊̀̌̋́̐͊̾̐̔̈́̓͑ǫ̶̡͔̠̘̭̺̞̬͇̌̊̍͋̆̽̂͌͗͛́̑͌̊̎̿́̄͘͝ử̴̙̎̀!̴̠̞̝̣̥̮̻̖͍̙̹͇̯͉̭̤̠͇̙͖͕̱̪̫̖̝̲̦̓̌̔́͆̆̀̃̋̑̈́͑͑̍̓̆͗̕͘̚̕͝͝ ̶̨̡̡͕̤̻̠͍̫̘̼̩̝͚͔̣̙̐̍̈̆̔̽͌̐̊́ͅͅỈ̵̡̢̟̞͙̘̱̙̻̬̞̠̯͇͎̬͎̭͓̙̥̲̺̺̓̽̐̈́ ̷̧̧̛̹̠̜̤̬̺͒̽͗͌̂͐̈́̂͌̀̿̈̆͗̿͐̀͊̔̉̀͛̑́̉͂͆͑͘͘͘͘͠ͅH̶̡̡̰͈̱̗̫͇̺̣͙͙̲̹̹̠̘̼͕͚͓̳̪̣̰̙͗͋͆̄̈̀̊̔̽̾̏̿̕͠͝͝͝A̵̢̲̹̩̜̭̦̮̲̻͈̝̤̩̟͈̠̜̰̲̮̥͈̝͕͇̲͖̺͎͇͔̥̲̲̠̞̞͗̄̓͂̈́̎̀̚̚͜T̸̛̜͋̋̆̐͆͊̅͌͌͗͂̊̿̉͐̀̃̈́͛͂́̄̆̏̋̄̌̾͘̕̚͠͝͝Ḝ̴̨̧̡̢̛͕͔̙̮͙̪͕̘̦̳͓̳̤̬̜̭̬͍͕̣̳͔̺̤̯͗̾̍́̑̊̇̅͌͌̓̈͗̕̚͜͝͠ ̸̛̖̥̰̮̜̻͖̯͙̗̤̳͍͌̔̊̓͗̾̏̾̄̂͜͠͝y̵̨̨̲͙̪̠͙͕͈̭̝̦̙͇͉̫̙͔̣̱͈̯̼͕̝̜͕͙̺̩̪̥̺͇̖̺̞̞͔͌̔̈́̆͑̓̃̉͂̊͛̔́̉̌͂̈͑̚̚̚͜͝͝ͅͅo̸̱̲͎̳̩̥͎̥̜͔̺͈̍̈̒̽̈̃̉̈͐̅̊̌̄͐͑̃̀͛̍̓̿͐̀̎͂́͋̈́̕͘̚͜͝ū̶̧̯̜͇͙̙̥̓̌́̆̈̍͋̊̈̾̑͂̑̉̇̿̎͐̐͐͂̽̀̌̓́̇̓̐͑̅̀͘͠͝!̷̢̛͕̙̙̲͚̭̦͙̤͉̯͕̪̫̘̗̩̖͇̩͖͓͔̺̺̆̌̎͑̈́̓́̃̈̇̃̈̀̃̇̀̓̈́̔̍̿̄͘͝͝͠ ̵̟̮͉̠̦͓̳̙̫̥̯̤͓̘͉̩̙͕̩̳̻̖͍̙̀̾̀̍̐̾̒̓͐ͅÎ̴̡̞̀̒ ̴̛̩͉̻͔͕̬͓͉̞̝͙͓̟̣͋̌̐͛́͐͛̇̒̓̓̐̊͘̚̕͜͝ͅͅͅH̶̢̧̛̛̛̞̯͙̮̯̭̼̳̩̺̜̺͔̗̬̹̰̮̟̥͈͔̘̣̼̤͚̩̜͙́̌̋̈́̀͌̌̃̓̅̆͗̓̓̋̄̚̚ͅÁ̸̡̟̪͍̀͐̈̊̔͒͛̚͜͠͝͠T̸̡̡̜̻̜̠̞̬̎͗̃͊̕͜E̴̡̛̲̹͖̘̝̳̳̜̣̬̹̼͖̦̩̝͚̥̰̫̳̖̮̯̩͍̻̐̍͊̏͒̈̅͊͌̀͋͆̓̃̾̿͆͒͘̚͜͜͜͠ͅ ̵̧̨̨̛̩̤̱̺̳͇̝͙̖̤̠̱̘̤͕̿̇̈̀͋͆͐̾͑̑̔̅̓́́̀́̕͝y̸̧̢̛̘̟͍̙̼̝͙̪̖̝̠͙̙̮͙͖̙̼͈̥̼̖̞͎͍̱̺͛̄͐̈͋́̈́̃̍̆̒͒́̕͘͘͜͠ͅó̴̼̣͔̺́̅̇͐͗̓̕ͅu̴̧̢͎͎̜͑́̌̑̆͐̒̔͆̒̚!̶̢̨̠͙͖̠̹̪̩̹͚̗̭̻͕̘̐̌̈́̈́͆̅̒̾̾̍̇͂́̈́̇̉̎͒͒̍͌͜͝ͅ ̸̨̳̬͚̹̊̊̄̒̓͆̓͆̒͊́́̊́͛̑̿̕͠I̶̘̻̤̯̙̟͓̻̥̮̭͇̙̺̫͒́̆̄͑̄͑ͅ ̶̨̝̩͚̲͎̺͍̬͍̬̰̯͔̤̖̙̗̘̖̭̻̾͋̀ͅH̸̻̖̤̥͚̙̊Å̷̢̛̯̬͓͎̥̝̻͙̤͎̗͕̭̞̲̍͌̐̈́̏͗̈̇͊̋̽͗̾̓̃́̇̀̀̅́͒̀͛͌̓̇̉̈́͒̆̽̎̑̚̚̕̚͠͝T̸̼̦̭̓̋͌̌͊̀̈E̵̢̢̨̞̗̱̭̬̻̝̞͎̦̠̺̱̣̮͕͙͚͙̬̣̹̞̼̣̳̼̘͖̙̝̓̉̾̊̀̓͋͆̔̋̃̐̈̃̆̔̒̌̉̏̔̆͋̃͛̌̎̽́͐̾̆͘͘͜͝͝͝͝ͅͅ ̵̛̞̮͇̣͂̌̾̿̓͋͑̽̾̈͋͆̅͑̈́͌̓̎͐̅̐͐͒̄̔̐̊y̶̧̡̧̧̡̛̻̫̮̝̲̟͓̭̳̲̺̠͓͈̟̲̺̺͍͈̘͉̝̤̺̖̼̲̠̮̦̘͔͒̐͛͆͆͂̌̒̿̏́͋̿̎̐̃̇́̃̏̿̑͗̿͒̎̕͜͜͝ͅo̸͖̎͒͒̈́̋͗̄̃̌͌̚͘ư̵̛̞͕̱̩͋̌̾̔̃̈̎̉͑͆͌̌̓̀̔̍͌͑̇͒͋̈͗̈́̉͑̃̈̂͑̂̚̚!̴̧͖̘̼̀̈̉̈̃̏̈̉̀̔̀̏̇̈́͋̄̒̅͒̋̉͗͆͆̊̔̀̈́̏̌̔́̕̕̕͠ ̶̧̢̡̡̡̖͔͓̭̪̦̻̜̮̪̬̹̫͓̠̻̫̲̳̳̪̮̭̗͉̗̝͈̟̠̣͚̮͖͎̦̈́̈́̊̀̂͗͑̎̃̐̏̎̈͌͌͌͒̎̎̍͑̿͊̉̈́̚̚͝͝͝͝Ĭ̶̢̛̖̰̥̹̲̜͍̹̭͕̪͍͎͚̠̐̃̇̐̊͐̒̀̒̈̓́̏́͌͘͝͝ͅ ̸̡̧̧̛̱̻͎̤̞̗̭̼̲͚̼̩̙̩͔̮͕̝̱͇̟̣̥̞͉͇̹̤́̔͊́̈̓̅̃͗̒͐̂̚͜͜͠͝Ḩ̸̧̧̨̭͎̰̣̤̣̬͇̭̦͚̮̲̤̳̰̞̀͋̅̌́͜͜͝͠͠͠ͅA̸̛͚̳̹̙̝̞̫͉̜̫͖͙͓̫̭̪̹̱̠̺̾͋̾̅̄̊͊͑̆͛͜͝͠T̷̡̨̧̩̙͉̯̳̤̮̗͍̯̭̭̹̜̯̬̯̦̳͙͇̺̘̬̹̟̭̰̗̭͈̭̗͓͎̉͑̏̂̏̀͆̀̎̎̈́̈́́͂͘͠Ę̴͇͍̤̬̜̺̻̬̩̗̬̳̮̭̬͉̞̹̙̬̹̹̤̙̮̯̠̙̃́̀̽̒̓́͑̀̓̈́̎̒̓̚͠͝͠͠͝ ̵͖͈̳͗͑̒̈̽̇̃̀̒̑̾͊̅̔̕ͅÿ̸̡̜͎̣̱̳̲͖̟̣͍͒̏̏̀̃͌̏̉̈̒̌̆͒̔́ͅǫ̸̹͈͉̻̫̘̫̙͙̱̼̜̟̼̙͙̮̊̈́̑̈́͘͠͠ͅư̵̧̧̛͔̞̞̻̜͕͖̻͓̮̘̟̱͖͔̗̗̫̌͌͂̔́͊̾̃̔̇̉̀̿͊͊͆̓̇͌͛̆̉͘̚͜!̸̧̪̠̮̀ ̶̧̢̜͎̪̳͖͓͉̱̪̖̗̩͉̺̙̘̠̱̮̫͔̦̬̘̗̠͔̐͜ͅI̸̢͉̥͚̤͒̏̾̽̂̀̏̿̾̂̅̕̚ ̶̡̡̢̼͚̭͈͉͙͔̦̹̻͚̤̠̳̳̬̹̩̙̫̤̣͇̣̗͓̩̓̔́͒͐̍̉̈́͛̂̈̒͋͌̓̋̔̊͛̐̍͗̃͂͜͠͝Ḩ̶̧̡̢̢͉̯̱̬̟̠͕̗̼̲̯͖̻̦͕̻̭͍̤̪͙͇͙͍̔̀̏̃͜ͅͅA̴̧̧̲͎̬̳̹̟̱͙̬̩̝̲̻̯̪̮̲̤̤̪̺̣͉͖̎͑̓͒̃̿̀̈́̉̃̈́̍͋͒̈͋̊͗̆̑̆̄̔̕̕̕͜ͅT̸̢̨̮̣̼̩̥̱̖͚͙̳͕̰̲͙̰̝̙̗̘͕̭͍͉̽͛ͅE̴̢̦̤̙̼̱͉̮̺̮̻̜̟̱̳̘̜̙̘͂̿̎ ̵̢̧̢̢̧̨̛͇̗̳̪͍̖̠͇̱̼̠͖̖͔̫̘̙̫̯̭̠̱͎̗̥͖̦̊́͆͒̂̽͗́̍̉͊̿̎͊͌́̋̊̋͗͋̕͘̚͝ͅͅy̶̧̡̛̛̫͎͚̰̯̪̬̼͚̺̠͈͍̠͕͕͚̘̝͖̣͚͍̣̺͖͊͑̽͐̓̌̆̇́̋̅̈́̈́̌̈̄̔̄͌͒͊̇̈̑̎́̎̾̉̎̚͘̚̕͜͜͝o̷̧̧̧̲̳̠̳̣̩̝̞̺͈̯͎̤̭͙̪̩̱̗̪͉̞̺̻͖̎̾̇̈́͑̉̈́͜͠ͅͅͅụ̴̡̲̰̱̪̻̰̪̞̲̻̜͓̮͖̣̜̍͐̿̈́͗͗̂͒̐̔̉̒̂͜͝!̷̢̨̛̭͇͙͇̱͓͚͉̺͎̞̄̎̓̃̈́̋̋̾̎̍̔͊̎̌́̄̅̉́̀͌̍̀̽͘̚̕͜͠͝ ̷̢̨̡̡̨̪͈͉͚̙͚͎͔̲̦̻̣̯̗̙͓̻͈̗̙̘̬͖̯̦̰̝̀̉͒̅̇̂̀̎́̐̂͐͆̏̈̓̑͒̽̓̓͂̈́̕͜͝ͅǏ̴̡̢̛̜̖̯̜̼̰͈̬̺̪̦̯̞̰̖͍̭̞͇̲̯̟̮̠̖̘̘̗͓̪̰̰̽̎̌̃̒̅̋͠ͅͅ ̵̻͎̝͎̬͕̟̜͝H̶̢̡̛̘̩͕̭̻̭͚͕̫̺̜͈̣̻̹̖̥̥̘͙̫͖̼͍̥͖̭͈̜̲̓̿̀̑̌̾̀̓͊̎̀̒̐̍̇̃͋̈́̊̆̀͗̚͘̚͝͝͝ͅͅǍ̸̡̡̭̭̬͈̦̻̬͕̹̟͕̯͈̙̘̩̤͓̬̼͇̬̣̖͓̬̜̹̟͔͈̦̖͚͓̠̺͗̑̂̆͆̈́̃̎̍͐͆̈́̔̈̇̿̎̏́͐́̕͜ͅŢ̸̡̛̛̮̱̻̯̺̪͍̭̖̰̮͎̖͙̜͚̞͎͚͓͕̼̞̖̺̆͒̅͊̾̋̈́̀̂̉͊̂͆̎̎̍͌̂̿̍́̅͌̈́͘͘̚͜E̴̡̡̢̛͕̤̳̯̮̼̹̺̺̖̰͉̳͕̣̞̹̩̺̪̠̐̌̿͆͂̈́̓̀̋̔̍͂̉̆͂̾̅̒͌̈́͗͂͑̋̊̐̈̍͛͌̅̌̚̕͜͜͝͝͝ ̶̨̘̱̠̥̠̮̽͠ͅy̸̧̢̧̛̲̰̠̫̫̘͚͍̺̭̯̤̦̲̼̳̤̗̰̘̯͉̪̜͚̹͓̎͑̀̅̾̾͌̈́̈́͒͒̐́͂̈̅͆̒͗̊̋̐̉̓̽͒̌̄̇͛́̒̕̚͘͝͝ͅͅo̷̡̨̧̰̖̫̳̖͇̬̤̗͔̠͚͖̥͙̜͉̟̳̅̆͌͌̓͘͝ư̷̢̧̧̡̲̗̜͙͚̬͎̞̺̠͇̻̩̟͇̱̬̗̤̞͎̹̏̈̽̈́͂͑̌̓͐̒̅̎̓̓̀̋̌̓͂̉̏̏̑̋̔͂̍̌̆̓̂̓͝͠͝͝͝͝ͅ!̷̧̧̛͎̮͍̞͙͓̼̥̘͉̜̠͖̼̤̟̹̣̥̘̪̹̠̼̳́̊́̂̊̽̉̇͘ͅͅ ̷͕̝͔̭͙̞͚̰̗̣͓̗̟̮̜̗̱͖͕͇̭̖͍̝̈̇̔̽͊͌͗͛̏̄̀̑͗̀͊̑̀̓̏̅͝͝ͅI̴̡͓̖͎̘͓̘̺̠̻͕̙̰̖̝̹̭̳̝̩̮͇̰͈͖͓̲͊̆̈́͑̐̒̇̐́̓͌͛͊̈͜͝ͅ ̵̡̢̡̨̨̨̨̧̨̛͙̯͎͓͉̞͔̖̳̘͖̣̫̘̻̮͈̺̯̘̮̖̬̝͕̪͖̭͈̋̀̑̂̔͒̉̉͒̔̾̍̏̍͑̋͋́͌̒͌̐̎̑͌̊̃̍̅͗̕̕̕͘͝͝H̸̢̧̢̡̞͚͇̦̯͍͈̙̳̱̲̘̲͔̪̝͍̯̯͌͗͊̎̀̀̾͌̈̄̄͂̑̕ͅͅǍ̴̧̤͙̮̜̠̝͍̹͔̘̪͙̻̆͋̈́̂̿̊̉̈́́̒͊̊̔͋̈́̆̕͜͝͠͝Ț̶̤̥̹̣̣̻̱̍͂̓̄̓̈́̇͛͊͋̎̆͌͒̃̂͠Ę̵̜̘̘͈͓͇̠̯̣͕̲͎̌̓͛̂̏̓̉͌͛͛͆̐́̄̈́́̀̍̈̌̂͝ ̸̨̨̡̘̭̜͖̩̜̱͔̙̐͂͒̋͗̀̐̆̑͐̃̉̿̑̀̔̈́̍̄̓̿́͋̈́͆̀̅̓̀̀̈́͆̚̕͘͝͠͠ỵ̷̢̛̦͈̱̱̙̪̯̘͚̫̫̣͍̗̬̰̯͉͇̝͖̯̘̱̝͔͉̤̮͕͓̙͕̮͍̪͇̩̙͙̈́̀̉̄̇̓̚͘ò̸̳̪̞̺̣̬̬̻̯̦̭͓̻̘̜͉͙̞̹̳̃͆̃͂͐̃̿̒͑͒́͋̀͗͗͊̀̑́͒̽̕͘͝͝ͅů̵̧̢̝̫̯̙̪̳͙̼͙͓̺͍̹̳͓͇͚̮̜̖̐͗͊̐͗͘̕ͅ
- "TWO TIME!!!"
Two Time quickly sits up, their mind blank hazy in panic. Something is touching them. It's like teeth of this beast, piercing their skin. It hurts. It's all over them, make it go away. It hurts, everything hurts. They can't hear anything expect the ringing in their ears. They need to get away. They don't want to die again. They punch the thing that is holding them, they're free. Two Time lunges forward, falling on the cold ground. They quickly get up running into a corner, that way nothing will get them from behind and if something tries to attack from the front, they will stab it. The dagger is held tightly in their hands.
Shedletsky rubs his cheek. He has to admit, for someone so thin they can punch really hard.
The whole situation is confusing, one moment he's sleeping on the couch next to Builderman and Taph. In the next moment he's woken up by distressed rhymes of Dusekkar, that his still asleep brain is unable to register. He quickly stands up and barley avoids setting off the traps Tahp made around them. Once he entered the room he was met with dreadful sight. Dusekkar is 'standing' over Two Time, who was visibly shaking and muttering stuff while still asleep.
- "Shedletsky come quick, they're hurting themselves and my arms are too weak."- Dusekkar said and Shedletsky realised that Two Time was in fact digging their nails into their skin. He quickly walks over and restraints the young cultist.
- "TWO TIME!!!"- He shouts and soon after he's met with fist in the face.
Now three former admins and a demolitionist stand in the room, looking at clearly delirious cultist.
- "If we walk over they're going to stab us."
- "😰"
- "They need our aid. We cannot wait."
- "‼️😰, 🔨🚶🏻🫵2️⃣🕑❓, 😭🗡️🩸" ("Builderman why are you walking towards Two Time? You will get stabbed!")
Builderman ignores the worry of demolitionist and continues walking towards the cultist, eventually he kneels in front of them, but keeping the distance in case of the attack. The other people in the room observe with held breath. Builderman feels his sympathetic heart aching at the sight of the cultist. Two Time is still shaking, their eyes wide and hazed, blood is dripping down the self inflicted injuries... Yet they still smile.
- "Two Time. I don't know what you're seeing or hearing, but it's not real."- He says, but there's isn't much of a reaction. Despite this he still continues.
- "You're in the cabin with us. The other people in the room are Shedletsky, Dusekkar and Taph. None of them will hurt you."- Cultists head tilts a little bit. Builderman feels relifed, a sign for him to continue.
- "You're safe, no one will hurt you."
After good few minutes of Builderman reassuring the cultist, they appear to have calmed down. Their body still shakes for the cold, that is even worse than before. They look up.
- "Mr Admin?"- Their voice is quiet, yet it still carries the odd way of politeness they always use. Builderman can't help but smile with relief.
- "Yeah, that's me kid. Do you think you could put your dagger away?"
Two Time looks at their hands, like they first time realise they're holding it. They nod and put it away, slightly pushing it in Builderman's direction. That's something they're used to, after rounds they were obligated to hand over the dagger. Builderman nods and pushes it further to Shedletsky, who makes sure it's hidden.
- "Come on, this floor must be cold. Let's go on the couch. You can rest there."
Two Time is lead to the couch, laying on it and closing their eyes. They're tired. The admins and demolitionist stay in the room. Making sure that they're safe from the killers and themselves.
Notes:
Builderman has a tendency to call people younger than him a 'kid' despite them being adults.
True story:
Me: *asleep*
My dream: "I am ITrapped. Those are my ITrappedlings!"
Me: *wakes up* w h a t ?^ This was confusing 😆
Chapter 11: The Plan of Action
Notes:
So a little info!
1x1x1x1 looks are a mix of his normal skin, but with the hair of the betrayed skin (with black streaks of hair mixed with the white ones) I know that some people hc the Betrayed 1x as a female, BUT I hc 1x4 to be a he/them. Because in my hc, he's a reflection of Shedletsky who is male. The difference is that 1x4 looks different and is filled with negativity and also uses 'them'.
However you can still use your hc gender for them. It doesn't matter much in the story except my preference!!!
___
Also the killers call Guest 666
- "Triple Six" or just "Six"
- The only person who knows and uses the name "Sixer" is Noob___
If you see any typos let me know!
Chapter Text
The night passed quickly for those who were asleep, while those who decided to stay awake suffered through long night.
Five of the killers are having a conversation about the incoming interaction with survivors.
- "Why can't we just kill them?"
- "They'll just respawn, and if we believe the loosing a part of themselves theory, each time they'll respawn more insane."
- "Then we'll kill them 'till there's nothing left!"
- "1x I swear..."- Noli sighs, feeling the frustration bubbling inside him. In front of him stands the embodiment of hatred himself with sword ready to use. John Doe is next to him, head tilted, his corrupted arm holding the blade of the Deamonshanck. While Jason observes the whole interaction with interest. Luckily Azure decides to step in the conversation.
- "Wether we want it or not, now we're also the survivors. If we believe what Tw-... That cultist said. Outside there are things stronger than us. Don't tell me you didn't noticed that we're gotten significantly weaker when it comes to power."
- "..."
- "Thank you Azure. As he said. Working together is our best chance of survival. Besides our captor, wants us to work together. I would rather not anger IT."- Noli finishes up. Eventually 1x1x1x1 sighs and reluctantly nods. Noli smiles, the best he can with only half face being normal and asks.
- "Okay, so I will tell the survivors what we discussed. Someone has any questions or wants to add something?"
- "Can I go? I'm supposed to replace Mafioso in looking after the kids, his goons and Triple Six. Poor guy has been awake the whole night."- Azure explains and after getting a confirmation, leaves the room.
- "Anyone else?"
- "I still think we should kill them. I already have ideas how to do it. We would start with Shedl-"
- "Excuse me. Allow me to rephrase that. Anyone else EXCEPT 1x?"
- "..."
- "..."
- "It would be easier if you two could talk."
Noli ventures down to the cabin's main area, every survivor is there. Talking to each other.
- "Are you done with your consultation so I can present our ideas?"- he says with crossed arms. The survivors, clearly startled by his sudden appearance, all looks at him.
- "Why they sent you?"- Builderman asks and Noli gives him the most 'are you serious right now' look. On that Shedletsky rolls his eyes.
- "Listen, we have to work together so you could at least explain."
- "Well I'm sorry Mr Admin! Let me explain because you're clearly unable to do some reasoning."
- "Watch your tone"
- "Doe, Jason and Triple Six are clearly unable to speak. Kids are just kids, Azure and Mafioso are looking after them. While 1x1x1x1 wants you kill you all. Any questions?"- Noli exclaims coldly. The survivors are uncomfortable with those words. Builderman, who's instincts, of staying professional no matter the situation, kick in.
- "So on our side. We concluded that the main thing we should take care of is warmth and food. With how things are going right now we'll get hypothermia sooner or later."
- "Look at that, at least one of you has brain. We came to the same conclusion. We need exploration groups, so we can gather items. With the risk or local animals. I recommend the group to include both killers and survivors. We feel generous so you can decide which one of us will go."- On those words Builderman sighs.
- "As much as I hate to admit it, you have a point. Guest, Chance and me will go from our side"- Builderman makes contact with Shedletsky who takes over.
- "While from your side... It's going to be either you, Azure and Mafioso. You seem the most coherent ones. Although only ONE of you."
- "Very well. I'll go this time. Just let me know when."
- "We're leaving now. The sooner the better."
On that Noli nods, and quickly goes update the rest of the killers on the situation. Then he and the selected survivors leave the cabin, venturing into the snow.
Chapter 12: Cold... BEGONE!!!!
Chapter Text
Azure has been mindlessly staring at the wall, trying to figure out his conflicted emotions related to certain someone. He wants to start again, but the hatred he feels is too much. Some time ago he spoke with 1x who told him that it's the hatred that brought them to life with the assistance of 'The One Behind It All'. What if he's going to disappear when he stops feeling hate?
A small tug on his clothes snaps Azure out of his thoughts, looking down he sees C00lkidd. Poor child is shaking a lot, the cold clearly taking a toll on his body.
- "Azu... I'm cold... And hungry."- He says quietly and Azure feels his heart shatter. Their captor never been kind to the killers, they've been often starved and the living conditions were terrible, Azure thought that was the worst that could happen, but now... This is definitely worse.
- "Noli and some of the survivors are looking for food and a way to warm us up."
- "B-but... What if they fail... What if we die..."- The kid starts to tear up. Azure doesn't wait and scoops him up, holding him close, the child quickly nuzzles up.
- "Shh... Let's stay positive, okay? How about we do a big cuddle pile with everyone? We could also play some time killing games. What do you think?"
The trembling kid slowly nods and Azure makes his way to Guest 666. Pr3ttyprincess and Bluudud are already there, both are cold and hungry. Azure uses his tentacle to make inviting motion to other killers. Eventually the cuddle pile consists everyone except 1x1x1x1, John Doe and Jason.
- "Come on!!! You three too!!!"- Pr3ttyprincess speaks with her princess voice, but none of them moves. Mafioso sensing the issue speaks up.
- "John, you can join at the edge on the right side, that way your corruption won't touch anyone."- On that, John makes his way to the right side. C00lkidd tenses a bit, remembering the stories his dad was telling him, but relaxes when he remembers that the corrupted man never hurt him before. The child looks at the embodiment of hatred with expectation.
- "No. I won't join your pathetic... Whatever that is."- They say coldly, ending up with everyone except kids glaring at them.
- "Just suck it up. It's not like anyone will see you. Stop caring about your 'edgy' appearance so much."
- "Excuse me?"
- "Just come on. We can see that the cold also bothers you!"- Azure rolls his eyes, while getting glared at. 1x4 doesn't move, and the ex cultist gives up, instead looking at Jason who tries to avoid eye contact. At first it seems unreasonable, but eventually the Sacrificed Cultist realises the reason. Jason's body is always cold, no matter what. So him being in the pile wouldn't make it easier to keep warmth. Before Azure can say anything, Guest 666 outruns the cultist. They use their tail to scoop up the silent killer and drag him to the pile. Jason looks up confused and slightly uncomfortable, but Six doesn't back down, keeping him in place. Jason slowly relaxes, coming to terms with his fate.
After a long while of playing word games, the kids feel comfortable enough to fall asleep, the sleep they get during the night was restless so now they take a nap to charge their batteries. Azure also feels sleep taking a hold of him and decides to give in, after all if someone came into the room, Six would alarm them. Before the cultist fully falls asleep something unexpected happens. 1x1x1x1 hesitantly joins the pile, they're never been a fan of physical contact and avoided it despite the invitations, so it's a shocker that he decided to join. This could mean two things, either they've became more comfortable with the group, or the situation is much worse than it seems, to the point that person that went through hell and back, seeks help. Azure hopes it's the first option.
The killers rest in one big cuddle pile, with kids in the middle. Savoring the small relief from the harsh environment around them.
Notes:
Pov: You have a perfect ending for the story, but it's going to take A WHILE to get there. So you have to stay quiet.
____
Also "Azu" is the nickname the kids gave to Azure. He treasures it a lot!
Chapter 13: Overwhelming worry
Notes:
Let me know if you see typos!
TW! PANIC ATTACK.
If you're sensitive please proceed with caution. I will gladly write a summary of the chapter for you if you don't feel comfortable reading that.
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
It's been a few hours since the exploration group left. Taph is worried... No Taph is TERRIFIED in capital letters. Builderman just went OUTSIDE into never ending snowstorm and also took with him a KILLER!!! Sure, Chance and Guest are there too, but what they can do against someone who can kill them in mere seconds!? Or what about this monsters that hide within the storm? What if he'll die!!!? What if he'll loose a part of himself and starts acting like completely different person! What if he'll become unstable like Two Time! ....What if he forgets about the demolitionist... because of this Taph will be pushed aside... Builderman won't care anymore because he won't remember him anymore.
He should go, catch up with the group, assist Builderman like he always did during rounds. He should be useful, after all he's Builderman's righ hand!!! But no matter how much he tires, he cannot move. Demolitionist's eyes are fixated on the falling snow outside the window. The way it blocks the view, anything can hide in the snow and no one would know until it's too late.
Builderman is going to die. Builderman is going to die. Builderman is going to die. Builderman is going to die. Builderman is going to die. Builderman is going to die.....
- "Taph? Buddy are you alright?"- Taph hears a muffled voice of someone, but he can't recognise who. His are ears ringing and it's making his head hurt. Suddenly the demolitionist, becomes overly aware of his tense and trembling body, the cold sweat that clings to his skin, how his chest hurts and the fact that he can't take a full breath. He can't breathe, just like when C00lkidd holds him by the neck before he kills. Is he dying? He doesn't want to die! He can't die! He has to be there for Builderman when he'll respawn confused and not himself. Taph CAN'T fail Builderman again.
The muffled voice returns, but Taph is unable to understand it. All he knows is that he needs to get away, to find Builderman. But his legs won't cooperate. His whole body is locked in one place... There are dark spots all over his vision and everything is blurry. Taph is dying, he can't die, he doesn't want to die. Someone is touching him, slowly guiding onto the floor. He should run, he's about to die, yet once again his body doesn't listen. There's more of black spots in his sight and the room starts spinning, but there's something new, that touch returns gently holding his hand, a form of stability.
Eventually the ringing in his ears lessens and Taph can finally understand the words again.
- "-this is scary. I need you to breath with me."- The source of the voice proceeds to breathe more visibly and Taph tries his best to copy it.
- "Yes, you're doing great. Don't stop... Elliot find a way to get some drinkable water. Steal that kid's sword with fire enchant or something. Noob I need you to get a room ready for later, so he can rest after everything."- The voice gives out orders.
After a while Taph realises that he can breathe more easily and the black spots on his vision are now gone.
- "Taph, can you hear me? Just nod your head."- The voice says, and Taph gives a small nod.
- "Good, good. Just focus on breathing. You're doing amazing. I know it's scary, but everything is going to be okay. I'm here and won't leave your side."
After a few more minutes of simply breathing, Taph finally looks up from the ground and realises that the source of the voice is a former admin, Shedletsky. He looks at the demolitionist with worry, but smiles when he sees that the worst passed. Taph wishes he could disappear, instead of being useful he just had a panic attack. Shedletsky, being a master of reading people seems to know Taph's thoughts.
- "You don't need to feel ashamed. It's completely normal to feel overwhelmed. You were worried about Builder, I understand this. I'm worried too, but he's a smart guy. It's not that easy to kill him. And now he regained some of his strength. He's going to be alright."
- "I have the water."- Elliot says and hands it over. It's still a bit warm, but Taph gladly accepts it. The other people respect his wishes to remain hidden and turn their gazes away for the time being. Once Taph finishes drinking he gives them a signal that he's done. Elliot smiles. -"I'm glad you're doing better, you gave us quite a scare."
- "Noob made a room ready. You can rest there. Don't worry we'll stay with you and we will wait for them to go back."- Shedletsky finishes and Taph slowly nods.
Once they arrive in the room, Noob is already there waiting for them. Taph ends up covering himself with a blanket, like a burrito. Noob is sitting next to him with a soft smile, they exactly understand how the demolitionist must feel. Elliot is sitting on the other side of the bed. Meanwhile Shedletsky starts telling jokes, some are normal while others belong to 'dry humour' category. Some of them actually make Taph chuckle. After a one really terrible joke Taph and Noob can't help themselves but giggle, while Elliot looks like he's about to murder Shedletsky with his bare hands. The trio successfully distracted Taph from his worries about Builderman.
Notes:
I spent majority of the day researching about panic attacks, separation anxiety and how to help people with that. I never experienced those things so I hope the research helped me to display it accurately. I don't mean to offend anyone who experiences those things, by writing inaccurately.
If something in the way Shedletsky helped Taph is inaccurate. It's because he's also not experienced with dealing with situations like that.
Chapter 14: Welcome Back!
Notes:
Let me know if there are typos.
The title is inspired by a Fanf Song. I'm running out of title ideas 😅
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
Builderman feels like his head is going to explode from the headache others are causing. He really should just come to terms with a fact that this ache won't leave anytime soon. During the exploration they managed to find some traces of civilization, an abandoned city located a bit further away from the hill. Apparently their cabin is located at the top of small hill. In this city they found traces of human activity, some canned food and vegetables. The leftover ruins of skyscrapers blocked the wind and snowstorm so the visibility there is more clear. That allowed the group to see a yeti like beast devouring another animal. Despite the gruesome sight, Guest pointed something out. Out of the yeti's back was sticking out a spear. This raises a possibility that maybe there are other people living in here.
While going back, the snowstorm lessened a little bit, this allowed Noli to spot some rabbits and he quickly proceeded to kill them, so they could have some more food. And that's the reason why Builderman's headache came back, because right now he has to deal with Chance who's bawling his eyes out.
- "YOU DIRTY HALF ROTTEN KILLER!!! HOW DARE YOU!!? HOW DARE YOU KILL THOSE INNOCENT ANGELS!!! YOU'RE NOTHING MORE THAN A MURDERER!!!
- "Yes I know. I killed you before."
- "I'M GOING TO RIP YOU APART!!!"- Before Chance can go with his threat, Guest manages to restrain him.
- "Chance. As much as I understand your love for rabbits. We need to make sure everyone survives. We need food."
- "And if you keep shouting, you'll alarm whatever might hide in the snow."- Builderman adds. Chance just slumps down, their fingers slowly tracing the, once pure white fur of the rabbits, now stained red. Their hands tremble as he tries to contain sobs. Noli just stands there awkwardly, if he had known that this annoying and loud gambler is a rabbit lover he wouldn't kill them. He might be a killer, but he isn't a torturer. But what's done, is done. Noli picks up the dead rabbits and Chance visibility flinches. Once they arrive nearer cabin, they separate in pairs to also gather wood. Builderman is pleasantly surprised because the capacity of the inventory, that every robloxian has, got a bit more upgraded. That way he can gather a bit more wood.
Inside the cabin, 007n7 and Dusekkar are having a conversation, while also keeping an eye on the cultist. Two Time is sitting next to the mage, with tilted head they also listen to the conversation, everyone tries to ignore the cold. Then the door opens Chance mechanically walks over to the fireplace drops what he gathered and goes straight to the room he had chosen for himself. The trio stares at him with confusion.
- "My, my. It seems someone doesn't have a good time."- Dusekkar speaks, sending a confused glance at the rest of the group. Noli puts the dead rabbits on the floor and goes to one of the rooms. Builderman just sighs, while Guest explains.
- "Noli killed the rabbits in front of Chance who, as we well know, loves bunnies. They took it to the heart."
While Guest updates the rest of the group, Noli comes back with C00lkidd's sword and starts the fire. The warmth slowly fighting off the cold. Eventually Elliot and Shedletsky go down the stairs. Elliot seeing the cans of food smiles with satisfaction, but when he sees the rabbits he visibility becomes a few shades paller. Although the pizza man sucks it up and starts to figuring out how to turn this into a dinner. 007n7 walks over and offers to help, with a hint of hesitation Elliot agrees and motions to the rabbits.
Shedletsky comes over to Builderman, with a serious expression. He quietly starts the conversation.
- "Hey Builder. May I steal you for a moment?"
- "Um.. Sure what do you need. The killers caused some issues?"
- "No... It's about Taph."
- "What about him?"
- "He was really worried about you, to the poin-"
- "Shed. I appreciate you informing me of everything, but I'm really tired and cold and I just want to get over the dinner and take a long nap and not deal with his clinginess. No offence to the guy."- Builderman is about to go help the cook's, but Shedletsky stops him.
- "Taph had a panic attack."
- "What...?
- "You know how paranoid he can be and I'm worried that it might happen again next time you leave. So we'll have to figure something out. But for now, please for the love of Robloxia go talk to him."- Shedletsky looks at Builderman with a stubborn, but pleading look. The First Admin nods, despite the tiredness a worry is visible on his face.
When Builderman enters the room, he can see Taph who had fallen asleep, when he walks over the demolitionist senses someone and wakes up. When he sees Builderman he literally jumps out of the bed and hugs him so tightly Builderman, a literal god of Robloxia, worried about the state of his ribs. Despite that he returns the hug. Seeing this, Shedletsky closes the door to let them have some privacy.
- "And... And... And he killed! KILLED them!!! He killed those angles. My babies... And I will have to eat them to survive!!! How this is fair!!!? I WOULD RATHER GET KILLED OVER AND OVER AGAIN!!!"- Chance sobs, Noob sits next to him, gently trying to comfort the gambler, while ignoring his own tears.
1x1x1x1 stands in the corner, on the other side of the room. Glaring at the wall.
- "nO OnE wiLL sEE yOU. This stupid sacrifice said. Yeah. Guess what!!! Noli just saw me and gave me the 'I knew it' look. The only good part about this whole situation is that it wasn't Shedletsky."- They mumble to themselves, now glaring at Azure, their gaze is like sending daggers in his direction. How dare that octopus wannabe still sleep, completely unbothered.
- "n7 that's not how you decapitate the rabbits. Come on let me show you."
- "W-when did you learned to decapitate animals?"
- "I had my own cult. Those people are insane. You have no idea what I saw, now hand over the other rabbit."- Noli says, and 007n7 obligates. It's their first interaction after... what seems like YEARS and it's about decapitating a rabbit. 007n7 sighs with a soft smile, it could be worse. Meanwhile Elliot, who was trying to decipher the labels on the canned food, puts his head in hands and questions his life choices.
- "Also you don't need to worry about feeding Triple Six. I have a whole dead bear for them outside. Once we're done I'll fry it with C00lkidd's sword."
- "WHAT THE ####!?"- Elliot screams out. While 007n7 just whispers.
- "When did you get that!? Guest didn't mention it in his recap?
- "Divine Pumpkin? Protector?"- Two Time speaks up, getting the attention of said people.
- "Yes, Time?"
- "In case the food it too scare. You could just skip me, the hunger stopped bothering me long ago. And it's not like I'm going to contribute much to the team in my current state, so it would be more logical to place the most important members before me."- The cultist says, oblivious to the pure terror that just filled the other two, realisation dawning on them. Two Time never been someone who ate a lot, none of them put much thought into this, but now they realise that it's not that simple as they thought.
- "While you're offering a good deed. For now there's no need."- Dusekkar rhymes, and Guest nods, mentally signing adoption papers. How he had never realised the truth? The hints were there!!! He really needs to investigate how did they grew up, cult aside.
- "Everyone will get equal portion. You don't have to starve yourself. The fact that you are used to starving is not an argument."
- "If you say so..."
A few hours later, everyone ate the bland rabbit stew, but for them it tasted like the best thing in the world.... To everyone except Chance and Noob, who ate that in tears. Chance almost throwing up with each bite.
Notes:
BELIEVE ME!!! I'M SO SORRY ABOUT THE RABBITS!!! I'M LIKE CHANCE!!! IF THIS HAPPENED TO ME I WOULD BOWL MY EYES OUT!!! BUT IT HAD TO BE DONE!!!!
Chapter 15: GLITTER
Summary:
💥💥💥
Chapter Text
Pr3ttyprincess feels bored out of her mind. Other killers are busy trying to split 1x1x1x1 and Azure. She has no idea why they decided it's a good time to strangle the ex cultist. She looks other way, C00lkidd and Guest 666 are still asleep. The red child chews on Six'es fur. Yucky, the people she has to deal with have no idea on how they should act around the princesses. Then she spots something, Bluudud is awake.
- "Hey! As your princess I order you to play with me!"
- "...no. Leave me alone."- The blue child mutters, barley looking up. Princess sends him a 'try me' look, but Bluudude just ignores her.... That's unusual. He appears to be more grumpy or tired. Pr3ttyprincess crosses her arms, she wants to do something fun! Then her gaze falls on the door, an idea crossing her mind. The cabin is now warmer, and she has a lot of energy, maybe some other inhabitants would play with her.
She quietly sneaks out of the room, she hears voices from below, probably from the kitchen... If this exists, she hadn't exploded the cabin, yet. She decides to explore, opening doors to each room. They're normally really bland. Only few look like they were used. When she opened another door, there was a surprise waiting for her. A PERSON!!! Once they saw her, they quickly panic and cover themselves with wings. Pr3ttyprincess looks down, suddenly remembering that she killed them.
- "....hi. Um... I know it's probably too late... But I'm sorry. I'm really sorry. I didn't know."- She finally speaks up. Not looking up. The survivor and the killer stand in awkward silence. Pr3ttyprincess sighs and take action.
- "I know this might sound stupid... But I have a question. Your bombs... Or whatever they are... Could it be possible to make them explode with glitter?"
- "‼️"
- "I'm bored... And maybe... We could. Like... Prank others? And you'll see I really don't mean to bring any harm... Please?"- The girl whispers, ashamed of herself. Other person, the demolitionist flights with his emotions. He's about to say 'no', but something stops him. When he first arrived in the cabin, he wouldn't 'talk' to anyone except the admins. Builderman said that he should be more open... Taph slowly nods, agreeing. Silently hoping he won't regret it. The girls eyes widen is surprise, and she jumps from joy.
Some time passes, despite their rough past, the duo surprisingly gets along. They have one goal after all. They look at their masterpiece.
- "🤭😈👍"
- "I don't speak in hieroglyphics, but I think I know what you're mean.... She's perfect!"
- "♀️❓"
- "Yes! I'm the only girl in here. Let me have at least her!!!"
- "😅👍"
The duo makes their way down, they hide in the open space under the stairs. Both of them breaths out a sigh of relief. No one spotted them. Despite the situation, Taph can't help but chuckle.
- "I have to say. I did not expect to see you two together. May I ask the reason?"
- "😱"
- "AAAH-"- The Princess quickly covers her mouth to avoid betraying their position. Behind them stands Two Time, smiling as they always do. The group proceeds to have a staring contest with each other.
- "💡‼️, 2️⃣🕑🕺🙏?" ("Idea!, Two Time could you distract?")
- "What did he say? Mr Backstabber?"
- "If I could distract. Although I'm not sure about the reason behind this. Also I use they/them so I'm not sure if 'Mister' is accurate."
- "Oh... Um..."
- "I don't take it personally. It happens"
- "Alright... Anyway!!! You will distract people in the kitchen! So we can set our plan in motion!"
- "I feel like I should be more concerned about the fact that our tortures is ordering me around... But I am curious."- Saying that Two Time walks to the kitchen.
Builderman barley registers that Two Time entered, because in his mug is a real treasure. Coffee. Taking a sip he sighs with content.
- "This is amazing."- He whispers, with closed eyes. Savoring the bitter taste of the drink. Although his attention quickly turns to Two Time, who started to give them a lecture about Spawn, but it ends as suddenly as it started, because the cultist got interested in the drinks everyone in the kitchen has. Elliot offers him a small cup with the coffee, to test if it's for their liking. Something shocking happens, their smile disappears, replaced by disgusted expression. Everyone present can't help, but laugh.
- "M-maybe we shouldn't have given them pure black c-coffee. Some people n-need to use sugar and milk t-to enjoy coffee."- 007n7, who was awkwardly catching up with Noli, exclaims, Elliot chuckles and ruffles the, already messy, hair of cultist. Two Time still questions how people drink it, their first introduction to coffee went GREAT!
Suddenly Shedletsky walks in the direction of the kitchen, the smell of coffee feeling like a dream come true.
- "Do I smell coffee? Please tell me I'm right."
- "Yup! I can give you a cup."
- "Thank you Elliot I appreciate tha-"
💥💥💥 *insert tripmine sound*
In his coffee blinded state, Shedletsky hadn't realise that there's was a tripwire in the entrance to the kitchen. Now the whole entrance is covered in pink glitter. Shedletsky stands frozen in place, covered in glitter from head to toe, his brain struggling to catch up.
- "Oh My Roblox."- Builderman whispers, in total shock. Shedletsky's face twists in distaste, he walks over to the sink spitting out mouthful of glitter. The entire room erupts in laughter. 007n7 almost falls onto the floor, the only thing supporting him is the table.
- "What just happened?"- Shedletsky asks, Builderman starts to cry from laughter when he realises that his friend has pink glitter in between teeth.
Other people start to pour in, the mine going off alarmed them, but when they see what happened they also start laughing. Two Time, sees the troublemakers salute to them with thanks, running away upstairs. Once everyone somewhat calms down, Shedletsky who has a life crisis, because he'll be sparkling for a LONG time, speaks up.
- "Okay... The tripmine is clearly Taph's doing... But from where did he got glitter?"
- "Pr3ttyprincess. I stopped questioning it long ago, but she seems to have unlimited access to glitter."
Noli exclaims, and suddenly the fact that survivors and killers have to work together no longer seems impossible.
Notes:
BOOM BOOM BOOM!!!
DO NOT LET TAPH AND PR3TTYPRINCESS WORK TOGETHER EVER AGAIN!!! 🤣
Chapter 16: Don't mess with the Princess.
Notes:
Honestly. I'm really proud of myself. I always tried to write long chapters, and get burnout really quickly and just abandon the work. Or force myself to finish it, which made me think writing is not for me.
But now, trying new method of writing and being consequent with myself, it actually brings me fun! And I've been writing at least one chapter everyday for over a week straight, that's a new record for me! This story really brings me happiness, and I'm really happy that also people enjoy it!
So if you decided to read this rant, dear reader THANK YOU SO MUCH!!! Each comment and kudo make me so happy. (•ᴗ•)❤
____
Let me know if you see any typos!
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
- "Hehehe..."
- "😆"
The troublemakers arrive back to their base, aka Taph's room. They finally manage to calm down a bit from their laughter.
- "D-Did you see how much glitter we used. This is going to be EVERYWHERE!!!".
- "✨🍗🗡️!"
- "Yes!!! I saw!!! He's all sparkly! Our grand entrance went AMAZING!!!"
- "🤨❓"
- "Oh.... Sorry. I didn't mean to go overboard. I would like to do it again sometime... "- Princess, fidgets with her dress.
- "🤩👍"
- "Really!?"
- "👍👍"
- "Yeay!!! You're the best!"- Before she can control herself, princess hugs the demolitionist. This causes Taph to tense and quickly step back, one good interaction won't erase years of being killed over and over again. Pr3ttyprincess quickly pulls back, looking down.
- "Sorry..."
An awkward silence fills the room, princess knows she has to take the initiative. She looks up.
- "I'm really sorry. I just... I still can't believe I hurt you."
- "👌,👆🫵2️⃣🪙... ❌🎰😅" ("It's okay. I can give you a second chance... I don't mean the gambler")
- "It must suck to speak with emojis, they are so limited. For me it's hard to understand them.... But thank you?"
- "😁✨"
- "See you tomorrow!!! We'll figure out the rest of the Mischief Club!"
- "👋"
Pr3ttyprincess leaves the room, and starts heading back to the room she and other kids stay in. Before she's able to get there, someone grabs her by the collar and pulls into the unused room. She struggles a bit, and isn't able to set herself free. She looks up feeling terrified, but her expression quickly changes into annoyance when she realises who just 'kidnapped' her.
- "Seriously? What do you want X? Can you put me down?"- She asks, dangling in the air, still being held by the collar like a naughty cat. Her kidnapper? The embodiment of hatred.
- "I heard what you did to Shedletsky. I have to say, great job."
- "Thanks, now what do you want?"
- "I'm on the watchlist so I won't kill those pathetic humans, I can't do anything."
- "So? Why did you kidnap me? AND PUT ME DOWN!"
- "You will prank Shedletsky. Make him miserable."
- "But pranks are supposed to be funny!"
- "I don't care. You WILL do it."
- "...No"
- "What do you mean 'no'? You're nothing compared to my strength."
- "Yes but you would be hated by everyone. You say it won't bother you, but it will."
- "... What do you want?"
- "I won't focus only on Mr Swordsman. And if your 'prank' idea is too drastic I can decline. Your prank idea will also cost you a favour. If you try to get away with it I will inform our debt collectors. Anything else you want to add."- Princess smiles sweetly. 1x1x1x1 just stares at her, feeling the hatred bubbling inside, but he knows she's right. They've learned to appreciate other killers, they shouldn't get attached it only brings pain. They need to burn some bridges, he's gotten too comfortable.
- "Alright. We have a deal, now go."- He says coldly, dropping her.
Princess quickly leaves, heading back to her, and boy's, room. Once she enters inside there's an unusual quietness. She walks over to C00lkidd, who stands looking worried and picking on his skin.
- "What happened?"
- "Bluu is sick."- The younger kid whispers. Pr3ttyprincess grabs his hand, to stop the scratching. There's also a hint of worry in her eyes.
- "What do you mean? We never got sick during all this time when the rounds were happening?"- She asks, and the eight year old sniffles.
- "I-I don't know... I'm scared!!!"
Pr3ttyprincess always thought she's above the other two, after all She's a Princess! But seeing the younger boy like this, she just feels worried. She quickly hugs him and he nuzzles onto her. Eventually the two are allowed to see Bluudude. C00lkidd immediately lunges at him and pulls him into a hug, despite the grimace of an older boy. Princess just stands nearby.
- "You better get well soon. It's an order!!! I'm your princess so you have to listen to me!"- She says, Bluudude just rolls his eyes. Good, this means that the sickness isn't too bad.
- "Why is he sick!? We never got sick, despite the conditions IT made us live in!"
- "I'm not sure, maybe it's because IT wants us to suffer despite better living conditions. Besides, if we hadn't been sick for years our immune systems are really weak. Take my word for it, eventually everyone will be sick."
- "You know how to take care of illnesses?"
- "I do, but with herbs. I'm unable to get any with the snowstorm outside."
- "... I'll tell Noli that we need to find some medicine. And we also need to inform survivors about the threat."
- "Do you think they would remember if they have any allergies? Also... Is this medicine safe? I don't trust it."
- "Yes, everyone uses it. I'll ask about allergies."
- "Another thing this stupid cult denied us. I'll go back to check on Bluu."
The ex cultist and debt collector go take care of their tasks. Illness, yet another danger to be weary of.
Notes:
The side plot begins 😁
Chapter 17: Late night talks
Notes:
Someone told me that Two Time is an addict to nightshades. It took me TWO days (heh.. Two Time, Two days) to find someone else talking about it!!!
So here's what I decided to do with this information ^-^
____
Tw! Mentions of addiction and drug usage!!!
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
The day passed and the night came. Noob still sleeps in one room with Elliot and Chance. Although 'sleep' is a strong word, because no matter how hard they try, Noob continues to lay down wide awake. Normally they don't have issues when it comes to sleeping, but today's different. Because of the fact that rounds no longer happen Noob didn't have any reason to drink Bloxy Cola and they don't want to drink their two Bloxy Colas because who knows if they will restored again.
Noob sits up, frustrated. They hate the taste of bloxys, but their body demands it's consumption. They know they're addicted, they know they were addicted to it even before ending up in the purgatory. But now drinking colas feels like obligation, a way to survive. Noob wishes they could go back in time and stop themselves from starting to drink colas daily.
They feel really restless so they decide to sneak out and walk around. Noob slowly untangles from the blanket, wincing at every louder noise, but they succeed. Standing up they see Chance asleep on the chair... Ouch, his back is going to hurt tomorrow. They also take a sight on gamblers face, their glasses slipped down and his entire face is visible. Noob has to admit that he's looking uncanny without glasses, but it might be because they're used to him wearing glasses all the time.
Finally Noob manages to leave the room, standing outside they decide to head down to the living room. The quietness of the cabin makes their anxiety spike, who knows what's hiding in the dark. What if a killer decides to ignore the alliance and kill them. The wind is howling outside, neverending snowstorm hiding the animals and monsters living outside. While passing by one of the doors Noob can hear soft coughs, they stop for a second. Their brows burrow, the evening announcement about the fact that they can get sick now fills them with worry. They've talked with Elliot, he told them that it was a miracle that the dinner was made, and there's barley anything left for breakfast. The lack of medicine or necessary needs is not helping the situation.
Noob didn't expect to see anyone awake in what probably is the middle of the night. Yet there's someone sitting near the fireplace, staring at the dying flames... The light making this person look a bit creepy. When Noob walks closer, they stop in their tracks, the person so intently staring at flames is Two Time. They've never interacted much, Noob always felt creeped out by them and add the social anxiety they've developed after Sixer went missing, they've never wanted to deal with them. But now as Noob looks at the cultist, they feel oddly at peace, feeling brave enough to approach them. Maybe it's the worry after seeing the cultist to distressed after they respawned, maybe the fact that they became used to the creepiness around the cultist, or maybe it's because that usually observant person sits completely still, not even acknowledging the survivalist.
Noob takes the last few steps, making them louder, they don't want to scare them and end up being stabbed. Two Time jerks a bit, finally noticing the other person, that sits next to them.
- "S-sorry for s-scaring you."
- "There's no need. I should've been more alert."
The duo sits in awkward quiet, which surprises Noob a little. Usually they would try to spread their beliefs. The survivalist finds themselves looking into the flames and has to admit that they're eye catching. The way it sways is hypnotising. The wind howls in the background.
- "I did not expect anyone to be awake."- Two Time finally speaks up, their voice quiet.
- "Y-yeah... Me too. I-I couldn't sleep. I think I'm getting withdrawal symptoms from not drinking Bloxy Cola. Makes me all anxious and restless... And I can't sleep... S-sorry for rambling."
- "Withdrawal symptoms? I'm not familiar with that term."
- "R-really? W-well it happens when y-your body gets used to s-some substance. Once you stop t-taking it, your body protests. Making you feel bad, irritable and t-things like that. B-but it's not the same for everyone."
- "Oh.... This explains some things."- The cultist says, more to themselves than to Noob. Survivalist glances at them, a question hidden in their gaze.
- "Y-you are addicted to something?"- they ask, while Two Time's facial expression doesn't change , Noob can see the subtle way their body tenses and their tail twitches.
- "It's not a substance... I've been feeling similar way you described. The memories from Before are blurry, especially since I lost a part of myself, but I remember the feeling of freedom, being close to the Great Spawn when I got blessed by his mighty power. I wish to experience this euphory again, to feel accepted by the Spawn, yet since being stuck in the purgatory... I cannot feel it anymore. Makes me worry if I disrespected The Great Spawn, I've tried anything to feel it again."- Two Time confides, and Noob can think of only one thing: 'They definitely took some kind of drug'. Before they can say something, the cultist continues.
- "After the blessing there was always a test of my faith. Terrible images, visions that seemed real, and pain in my body. It felt terrible. But I had to face it, to show my faith! And I did. And each day I could experience the blessing again!!! Until the purgatory... I must've failed the test. But I won't stop wishing to experience it again."
Two Time's hands tremble, and they curl them into fists to try to stop it. Their eyes are wide and their smile crazed. Noob shivers wanting to just go away, but they don't. Their teammate needs them, not now, but maybe in the future they can show Two Time that this isn't something they should look forward to. Noob at first hesitantly, but later determined puts their hand on the hand of cultist.
- "H-how about w-we'll help each other. We both crave something... But due to situation can't get it. O-once the cravings get overwhelming we can h-help each other during t-the worst moments?"
- "Hmm... Very well. I see potential in your idea."- hearing those words Noob smiles, maybe Two Time isn't so bad as they thought.
The duo sits together for a while. This time silence isn't awkward, just peaceful. Eventually Noob feels tiredness catching up to them, they excuse themselves and go back to the room. Inside they see that Chance fell down from the chair. Noob takes pity on the gambler, waking him up and offering to join them and Elliot on the bed, however he declines sitting back on the chair. Noob tries to ignore the worry and goes to lay down. Finally able to fall asleep.
Notes:
An headcanon idea: We know that Spawn cult is a hoax. What if the Elders of the cult purposely drugged food of 'blessed' cultist. So the hallucinations were interpreted as 'Visions granted by Spawn'.
Two Time was first time drugged by Amarah after the sacrifice. Eventually they remembered that Azure told them that certain type of nightshades causes hallucination and they started to took that to see him again. Unknowingly adding more drugs to their body.
______
Also fun fact!!! I actually researched nightshades for this chapter.
- Did you know that there are 2600 species in the Nightshade family. They really varie in colour and looks.
^- speaking of nightshade family. Pepper, Tomatoes and Potatoes also belong to this family!SO TELL ME AZURE, WHICH NIGHTSHADE IS YOUR FAVOURITE!!!? BECAUSE THERE'S SO MUCH OF THEM!?
^- I decided to went with Bittersweet Nightshade as his favourite. Although the hallucinations are caused by Deadly nightshade
(SEND HELP I HAVE FALLEN INTO NIGHTSHADE HOLE!!!)
Chapter 18: It Burns! Burns! Burns!
Notes:
I was supposed to write it earlier but got distracted. And this was oddly hard to write... Idk why.
____Let me know if you see any typos!!!
Edit: Not me accidentally posting this chapter with "Uhhhh" as a title. I forgot to change it, but luckily quickly realised my mistake. 😅🙈
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
The morning came. The sickness spreads quickly, whether it spreads naturally, or with IT'S help is unknown. Now a part of survivors and killers also show the symptoms of sickness.
Builderman is having a conversation with Mafioso about their next move. They need to find medicine, but the complicated situation makes them have little manpower.
- "Why can't just you go? Or any other admin?"
- "Dusekkar is tending to sick ones and Shedletsky is sick."
- "And you?"
- "... I'm not leaving Taph alone."- Builderman answers with a tone that means nothing will make him change his mind. The killer is not happy with the outcome.
- "Then only us killers will go look for medicine."
- "I'm not trusting you with that "
- "THEN DECIDE!!! BECAUSE UNTREATED SICKNESS IN ORGANISM WITH WEAK IMMUNE SYSTEM IS A DEATH SENTENCE!"- Mafioso snaps, then quickly turns his head away, covering his face more. He's usually more collected and he shouldn't have react so strongly. He knows better than that, but he cannot help but worry when he sees his teammates so weak. Especially the kids, Princess is the only one that's feeling okay, but she already shows symptoms. They must act quickly.
Builderman stands in quiet, a bit shocked by the outburst. But despite the circumstances, he understands. He's also worried about his teammates... About his best friend who was okay yesterday, now unable to move out of the bed. Builderman wishes he could go, but he knows he cannot leave Taph. While the Demolitionist isn't affected by the illness, his muteness would be an issue with snowstorm decreasing the visibility. Before the admin is forced to take a hard decision, an angel decides it for him.... Or maybe a devil? Because it's 007n7 who offers to go with the killers.
Some time ago, Builderman would decline this offer, but being stuck and forced to interact with the hacker made him realise that he really changed. While Builderman still doesn't approve the use of the exploits, the hacker has gained his trust.
- "Thanks Seven. Are you sure?"
- "Yes... I am"
- "Great. I'll leave it up to you. Please hurry and be careful. Both of you."- He finishes, looking at the two man's.
Meanwhile in the kitchen, two people try to figure out how to use their super advanced stove.... The said stove being C00lkidd's sword put on the counter, slowly burning in it's shape into it.
- "S-Soo... How do we use it?"
- "I'm afraid I don't know. My only interaction with this sword is being stabbed and burned to death."- Two Time smile that already seems a bit stained, widens and Noob feels cold sweat going down their spine. They didn't expect to have another interaction with the cultist so soon, but someone needs to melt the snow and later boil it to make drinkable water. It takes time, because even if a lot of snow is being melted, the amount of water will always be smaller. Usually Elliot takes care of that, but the pizza man is currently passed out from the fever.
Noob glances at Two Time, they found a bucket somewhere and filled it with a lot of snow. Now they hold it, staring at the sword with tilted head, their tail is up slightly wagging. Noob walks over to the counter, extending their hand to pick up the sword, but the moment they grab it they let out a hiss, quickly pulling away. Two Time observes this, their face not revealing anything, but their tail lowered.
- "Snow?"- The cultists asks, moving the bucket closer, but before Noob can put their hand in it, Guest who just entered the kitchen stops them.
- "Don't, you can't put burn into the ice cold water, snow in this situation. Two Time, get the cool, but not cold water."
- "B-But it's our d-drinkable water! I-It's going to take a while f-for new portion!"- Noob protests, but Guest looks at them seriously and says with stern voice.
- "I know, but we need to take care of this first. You don't want it infected? You can always make more water"- Hearing those words, make Noob feel stupid. They forgot that now there's more danger when it comes to injuries and dying. Guest takes the water from Two Time, leading the survivalist to the sink and slowly pouring the water on the burn.
- "Do we have any bandages and gauze available?"
- "I'm afraid not, Protector. However I can pry to the Spawn for quick recovery."
- "That won't be necessary. Please go find something that can work as an replacement."- Guest orders, still slowly pouring the water. Two Time obligates and Noob is left alone with the soldier. They stay quiet, feeling ashamed for making such a rookie mistake and wasting their resources. Guest seems to guess their thoughts.
- "Noob, it's okay. Everyone makes mistakes. Besides, we've became too used to the pain. The guarantee of respawning all healthy became out norm. Now that situation changed, we will make mistakes while trying to adapt."- The soldier says and Noob can't help, but feel a bit reassured. However the doubt is still there.
- "B-but you're doing fine... Y-you aren't struggling..."- They say, and on that Guest chuckles.
- "Believe me. I am. Yesterday when I was outside, we spotted some kind of Yeti monster. Despite this I wanted to venture deeper into the city, because in worst case scenario we would just respawn back. Then I remembered that respawning works different."
Hearing those words, that even one of the most strongest people in their team struggles with the change puts them on ease. Noob finally looks up from the burn on their hand, there's softness in Guest's eyes. And suddenly they realise that before he didn't mean to make Noob feel stupid. He was looking out for them, it came out harsh because of him going into soldier mode. Noob smiles softly and Guest ruffles their hair with their free hand.
- "Does it hurt? A few blisters formed."
- "Y-yeah... A bit... But less than before... Thank you."
- "No problem, once Two Time comes back we'll bandage it. It might hurt, but I'll try to be as gentle as possible."
After a few more minutes the duo hears a loud noise from outside the kitchen. In the place where stairs are. Then some muffled voices are heard, they seem to be moving to the kitchen. Two Time walks inside, their smile feeling even more strained than before. Behind them follows slightly concerned Builderman. It takes a moment, but Noob realises that one of the bandages the cultist is usually wearing is gone, showing some concerning scar's, but for the sake of situations they don't mention it. Guest also spots the scars, his eyes lingering on them for a while.
- "I'm afraid we do not have any medical equipment. But I've cut some sheets from unused bed. And we can use one of my bandages to keep the sheets in one place... I have forgotten the medical term for the thing sheets replace."- Two Time speaks up, seemingly unaware of the stares they get. Guest takes the materials, nodding.
- "It's called gauze. And thank you Two Time. Your help is appreciated"
Two Time's tail wags a bit, before they quickly step on it to stop it. Luckily for them no one seemed to notice. Guest gently dries off some excessive water and starts to slowly bandage the burn. Making sure that the bandaging is loose enough. Noob, winces a few times, but overall doesn't react much, they felt worse pain before.
Later Builderman shows the present people how to properly use the 'sword-stove'. When questioned how he knows is, he simply explains that it's similar to how Firebrand, one of the SFOTH swords, works. And since He and Shedletsky, back then Telamon, used to spar together he knows how to use them. Eventually Two Time excuses themselves, mumbling something about praying and Spawn. Once Builderman is sure they aren't nearby, he looks at other two with worry hidden in his eyes.
- "Guest, could you check on them later? Because I saw them wobble and miss a step when walking down the stairs."
- "Y-yeah.... I-I also saw that their smile... It f-felt more forced than usually... B-but it might them just be themselves... I-I don't want to overstep."- Noob fumbles with their words, worry evident in their tone, but since their friendship... Could they call it that? Is still new they don't want to be too pushy.
- "Two Time has a history of hiding their injuries. I wouldn't be surprised if they faked feeling okay. I'll go check on them."- Guest says, standing up and heading out of the kitchen.
Builderman and Noob, now left together decide to make something to eat for everyone. No matter the fact that it will be mostly warm water and a few vegetables that were previously dried for long preservation.
Notes:
More Two Time and Noob interactions!!! This duo really quickly grew on me. ❤
Chapter 19: Passing Time
Notes:
I'm vaguely aware of the situation with the change of Forsaken developers and situation with the original one.
I don't have much to say, because I avoid the dramas. I watched a few videos to explain the situation for me.I don't want to get involved in it. I'm mentioning it only to tell you that I'm NOT leaving the fandom. And I will CONTINUE to write this fic.
_____Let me know if you see any typos!
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
Guest is walking up the stairs, looking for Two Time, he lets his mind wander. While he tried to bond with every survivor when he first got stuck in this place, but Two Time is an enigma to him Despite this he still cares about them, every time he saw them using their own body to block hits, or risking their life trying to backstab the killers. Guest is a war veteran, if you can call him that because he remembers dying from the grande. He really hopes that his family is alive and well. Guest, shakes his head, going back to the original thought. He's a war veteran, he saw his friend die on the battlefield, he killed people, but when he saw the way Two Time enters their second life. Everything that he saw on the battlefield... Feels like nothing compared to that sight. The mere memory makes a chill run down his spine, him, a trained soldier.
Coming out of his head, Guest stares at the door to the room that cultists decided to occupy. He knocks a few times, not wanting to invade their privacy. No response is given, Guest almost walks away, maybe they are somewhere else, but a gut feeling tells him to enter. He hesitates for a few seconds, but finally opens the door. The sight confirms his worst suspicions. Two Time didn't even made it to their bed before their body shut down. Soldier cautiously approaches, well aware of the danger their dagger brings. The cultist doesn't react. Guest turns them on their back, their face lacks the usual smile, their tail is limp and their skin, while they've always had a white skin, now it's clammy and hot to the touch. Guest is amazed and horrified at how well they managed to hide it.
He picks them up and moves to the bed, feeling another wave of worry when he realises how light they are. He gently tucks them under the covers, musse memory from when he used to take care of his daughter kicks in. While he knows that they're an adult, they are still one of the youngests in the group and he can't help his fatherly instincts. Before Guest realises it, he finds himself checking out the scars on their shoulder. Some of them look old, while others.... Not so much. The soldier makes himself a promise to observe the cultist more.
Meanwhile the killers and 007n7 came back, successfully finding some medicine in abandoned pharmacy. Although the medicine itself has completely different names that what they're used to, but reading the label shows that it's in fact safe to use. Mafioso and 007n7 start distributing it to the sick ones, while Builderman and Noob analyse the labels.
Before Shedletsky took the medicine he was asking A LOT of questions. As an Admin, and former god he never was sick before, and he never needed to take the medication. Luckily for him, 007n7 has patience of a father and answered every question with great detail, eventually the admin took the meds, almost gagging at the taste. Then in the fever induced state he gave hackers offended look, like he just deliberately gave him poison. 007n7 had to dodge a sword that was thrown at him. Former hacker takes a mental note to let other admins take care of Shedletsky. He isn't taking any chances.
Speaking of chances, 007n7 is currently looking at Chance who refuses to take meds.
- "Seven. Don't bother, I'm just feeling a bit under the weather... It's nothing serious. Save it for those who really need it."
- "Chance, you're one of those people."
- "N-no... I said I'm fine!"
Elliot who willingly took his dose and was listening to the conversation, clearly had enough. Despite the fever consuming his body he stood up and started throwing threats.
- "Chance if you won't take this medication this instant... Or I'm going to shove it down your throat!"- Hearing those words the gambler pales even more than they were before.
- "E-Ellie, please be reasonable!"
- "Don't 'Ellie' me! You have five seconds!"
- "C-come on!"
- "Five, four thr-"
007n7 quickly leaves the room. He learned long ago that you don't mess with Elliot when he's mad. Former hacker sighs tiredly, his body feeling heavy. He wishes he could check on his son, but he remembers that Noli told him that C00lkidd is not ready to meet him, which breaks his heart, but at the same time fils will relief. So instead he decides to take a quick nap, wanting to distract himself.
Azure stares at the medication with suspicion, looking up at the debt collector.
- "I'm not sure... I was willing to trust you, but since you also don't know this.... I'm hesitant."
- "I checked the labels. This is right medication, just with different name."
- "...I would rather use my medicine."
- "Do you have access to it?"
- "..."
- "Exactly. I know you're hesitant. All your life you've been taught to be weary of things from outside the cult. But now you know better, that this was just one big lie, a manipulation."
- "I know... It's hard to change what I've been told my whole life... But... I'm willing to try"- Azure says, and Mafioso nods with relief. He explains to Azure what each medication does, and how he should dose it. The ex cultist listens closely.
Builderman and Noob finish segregating the meds. The have a five bottles with medicine from the fever, two for cough and two boxes of painkillers. Suddenly Noob gasps, almost dropping the bottle he was holding.
- "Everything okay?"- Builderman asks. Noob hands him the bottle, pointing at something on the label. The admin takes it and reads what is written. His brows burrow in confusion.
- "It's just an expiration date?"
- "L-look at the year..."
Builderman reads it again and freezes, his eyes widen in terror, confusion and shock. The year written on the bottle is 5125. The two survivalists looks at each other, realisation dawning on them.
They've been stuck in the purgatory for centuries.
Notes:
For context, the first Spectre-napping (Spectre + kidnapping) happened in 2025.
Chapter 20: Going on a walk...
Notes:
Shorter chapter. Setting up things for the next chapter.
___
Let me know if you see any typos!
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
Elliot woke up dazed, his throat feeling like a desert, he slowly opened his eyes, the darkness indicating that the night already came. He glances around, Chance is asleep on the second bed that was dragged to the room so they wouldn't have to be alone during nights, considering their recurring nightmares. Elliot barley remembers that he threatened gambler into taking medicine.
He shakily stood up, deciding to head to the kitchen to get himself a drink. Something to soothe his sore throat that made him unable to talk. Overall he feels terrible, his body is shaking, every step feeling like a the hardest thing in the world. Once he got further away from the room he feels cold shivers constantly going through his body, the coldness of the environment, despite the fire warming up the cabin a bit, Elliot finds himself wishing he took a blanket with him. The stairs feel like a death trap, for a second Elliot thinks there's John Doe's digital footprint on them, but then he blinks and it's gone. Getting downstairs takes him five minutes, he almost collapsed halfway down. Getting near the kitchen he hears shushed voices, but he manages to overhead some pieces.
- "Are you sure..... Read it correctly?"
- "Yes!.... Check for yourself"
- "..... stuck here.... So long?"
- "..... B-but... Our lives!!?"
- "....calm..... Explanation."
- ".... centuries.... This purgatory...."
- "......know"
- ".... everything..... before....gone?"
- ".... stuck longer.... Three thousand years."
Despite the haziness from the fever, Elliot is able to piece together the fragments. The message makes him freeze up. His brain, struggling to comprehend the information. He's been stuck in the purgatory for more than three thousand years. This means that everyone he knew is dead.
What about his life!? He knows he had life BEFORE. He knows that there's a connection between people in his dreams and BEFORE. He doesn't remember faces, he doesn't remember voices or names. But he knows he has family, someone he cares about! This knowledge was the main reason why he never gave up, despite being targeted over and over again. Despite sometimes being unappreciated, despite being told to do more. Despite EVERYTHING, the knowledge of existence of BEFORE was his reason for going on. For not giving up.
But everyone from BEFORE are gone, dead. He's been gone for too long. And there's no more rounds. His healing ability is limited now. The killers are more friendly than before. He doesn't have a reason to be here. There's no one waiting for him to come back, and the rest of the group shows that they're more than capable of handling themselves. He has no purpose... He has no hope. Elliot feels lightheaded. He glances at the door leading to outside, he needs some fresh air. To gather his thoughts. No one would realise that he's gone and even if something bad happens... He'll just respawn, not fully himself. And this thought feels good. Maybe he'll forget about existence of BEFORE, the pain in his heart with disappear.
Elliot slowly walks to the door, quietly opening it and sneaking out. No one realised.... did really no one cares? Elliot thinks going deeper into the snowstorm. Into the night, feeling completely numb to the cold. Instead the cold brings relief to his burning up skin. Elliot's head finally feels more clear... But it only brings more pain, because he can't even remember his family, he can't think of them, because he doesn't know who they are. Thoughts about BEFORE hurt.
He doesn't realise that he doesn't see cabin anymore, that he doesn't remember how to go back.... He doesn't care anymore. He just wants to forget...
Notes:
Someone gave me an idea... And I wrote it. You were right for being scared of what I'll do. Mwehehehehe....
It's after 10 pm and I'm tired, I woke up early.
I'm going to sleep, leaving you on cliffhanger. I'm wondering to what I'll wake up tomorrow.
Heh... I'm so evil 😈 /silly
Chapter 21: Missing
Notes:
Let me know if you see any typos.
___
TW! Suicide topic
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
Chance feels like he's dying, he feels like their gun just blew up, but ten times worse. They have terrible headache and are cold and hot at the same time. Chance is secretly glad that Elliot forced him to take the meds, otherwise he would've feel even worse. The gambler slightly opens his eyes, wanting to check on the healer, but something is wrong. Despite their blurry vision and the dark room, he's able to see that the bed is empty. They're about to shrug it off and go back to sleep, after all everyone needs to go to the bathroom or get a drink, but something tells him that it's not so simple, that something is wrong. Living in constant survival, being one of the people that can actually fight back taught Chance to always listen to his gut feeling. In worst case scenario he is right, in best case scenario he is just paranoid.
Despite feeling like total wreck, gambler stands up, having to sit right back, because the whole room started spinning and there were colourful flashes. Chance doesn't give up and tries again, supporting himself by the wall he makes his way outside. He hears someone talking a few rooms further away and decides to go there. Opening the door he sees Guest talking with Dusekkar, who examines Two Time. The gambler didn't even realized that they're sick too.
- "Chance? Is everything okay?"- Guest asks, his brows burrowing in worry when he sees dishevelled state of the gambler. Chance clears his throat and menages to rasp out.
- "Elliot?"
- "I think I heard someone leaving your room, maybe he went to get something to drink? ....Although it's been a while."- The soldier says and Chance feels lightheaded, their stomach twisting in terror.
- "Something's wrong... Sentinel intuition..."- He whispers, Guest immediately understands what they means. He stands up and gives out orders.
- "Dusekkar stay with Two Time, Chance you go back to bed. I'll take care of that."
He says and quickly goes down the hall. Chance finally relaxes a bit and their legs gave out. Dusekkar looks between two of his sick teammates and with his magic he helps Chance get back to his bed.
Guest quickly goes down the stairs. In the kitchen is a group of people, made of Builderman, Noob, Taph, Mafioso and Azure, everyone is conversing with one another about something. Except Azure who is overanalyzing the labels and ingredients in medicine.
- "Sorry to interrupt. Has any of you seen Elliot?"
- "I'm afraid no, did something happen?"- Answer Builderman, turning around to look at Guest. Former Soldier frowns.
- "I heard someone leaving the room and going in this direction. No one came back. Now Chance basically dragged himself out of the bed because he has a bad feeling and Elliot is nowhere to be seen."
- "😰🖐️👉🏃👀🚪" ("I'll go check other rooms") - Taph emotes and quickly runs past Guest. Noob follows soon after. Builderman sighs.
- "That's.... Not good, let's hope they'll find him.... Anyway Guest, I don't want to crush the mood even more but you need to see this."- He points at something on the label, Guest walks over and reads the label, almost dropping the bottle.
- "What....?"
- "I'm sorry..."
- "My family..."
- "..."- As Guest continues to comprehend the situation, his expression showing that his heart is crushed. Builderman looks away, Mafioso takes of his fedora in condolences and Azure looks away.
After a while Noob frantically runs down. Behind him Taph and 007n7.
- "H-he's n-not here... H-he's gone! G-gone... G-gone..."- They yell, terrified and worried. The former hacker takes over.
- "I-I've been updated on the situation. Noob and Taph checked every room on survivors side, twice. I went and asked in the killers part.... No one saw or heard him."
The worry fills every present survivor. Just what could've happened? Noobs breathing speeds up, they've been the closest with Elliot considering they grew up on the same island. Taph knowing what to do, pulls them away from the group and attempts to calm them down.
- "Guest, are you sure you heard someone leaving the room?"
- "Yes. I'm sure."
- "T-then w-where is he!!!?"
- "🚫🔈,🫁" ("Don't talk. Breathe")
- "Let's assume that he went to get something to drink, but never arrived. Where would he go?"- Everyone continues to brainstorm, eventually someone, who wasn't taking a part in the conversation connects two pieces.
- "If I may interrupt. Now I remember I heard something, like... Moving outside of the kitchen, but nothing happened so I assumed it was just my brain tricking me."- Azure announces. Finally looking up from the labels. He continues.
- "It was somewhere around that time when you were still in denial about the passing time."
- "S-so y-you say he could've h-hear us?"
- "This might be a possibility..."
- "Oh no..."- Noob whispers, the realisation dawning on them.
- "Noob?"
- "I-I've talked with him s-some time ago. He said that s-sometimes he wants to give up... T-that the only thing motivating him is.... His f-family."- They say, and everyone else freezes. Connecting the dots. Builderman feels his hands shaking a bit, after all he promised everyone that one day they'll be able to reunite.
- "But if he heard it... And decided to end it all... We would've find him... Or he would just respawn, not fully himself, but alive. This doesn't make sense."- Guest analyses the situation, the importance of it dimming the grief in his heart.
- "Outside..."- 007n7 whispers and rushes to the front door, quickly opening it and running into the snowstorm. Everyone need a few seconds to catch up with the situation. Noob quickly stands up and rushes after him, Guest following soon after.
007n7 covers his eyes, when the snow hits his face. He has to take off his glasses because snow was covering his vision. The coldness is surrounding him. He wants to yell Elliot's name, but the animals and beasts hiding in the dark would also hear him. Being a meal won't help Elliot. 007n7 curses at himself, just as his relationship with Elliot was getting better, more friendly this happens. Former hacker is unaware that it's been centuries since he got stuck in the purgatory, but he knows that it had to be something really bad to make Elliot so careless. After all it was Elliot who always told everyone not to give up, it was him who was always fine, always checking up on others... Oh... How he could've been to blind. Elliot was putting on a facade, he was also hurting but no one realised. 007n7 hates himself for not realising sooner.
The snow and darkness surrounds him from all directions, the cabin is long gone. Hidden by the snowfall. Hacker continues to walk through the snowdrifts. Eventually he trips on something, falling into the snow. When he's getting up something stops him. The thing he assumed is a tree root, it's covered in material. His heart stops, he summons his c00lgui to have at least a small form of light.... Red material.... ####.
007n7's heart stops as he uncovers the rest of the body.
- "Elliot!?"- He shouts, pulling out the younger man, who is ice cold to the touch. Elliot slowly opens his eyes, they look dazed and can't seem to focus.
- "...why....why are you here."- He whispers, his voice is slurred and raspy, it clearly brings pain when he talks. Despite this former hacker let's out relifed breath. He grabs Elliot's wrist checking for pulse, it's really weak.
- "I'm looking for you! What were you thinking!!?"
- "...why... Why do you care?"
- "What do you mean!? I don't want you dead!"
- "... I'll respawn anyway..."
- "You won't be the same, Elliot please just hold on!"- 007n7 begs, taking off his jacket and placing it around Elliot. He attempts to pick him up, but Elliot resists.
- "Don't... I want to forget... I don't have... a reason to be... alive."
- "Elliot, what do you mean. Please don't do this, let me help you!"
- "Heh... you really... don't know a thing..."
- "W-what?"
- "It's been... centuries... they're all gone."
- "Oh..."- Hearing that Elliot laughs without humour, the action causing terrible coughs that make his entire body shake. Once they pass Elliot continues.
- ".... it's not like you would understand... You have your son... your friend... everyone you care about..."
- "I-I know. I know I'm probably the last person that you want to see, but please don't give up! O-other survivors also lost their f-families. You can talk to them!"
- "....what's there to talk about... I just... JUST LET ME DIE!!! LET ME FORGET!!!"- the healer cries out, raw emotions leaving his body. 007n7 pulls him into a hug.
- "Let me GO!!! PLEASE!!!"
- "Elliot... It's not... Oh my admins... It's not the right choice, death isn't the right choice."
- "Oh don't tell me.... about right choices when... your son... Killed us over and over again."- Elliot snaps, tears streaming down his face, the warmth of 007n7's body makes him realise how cold he feels, his body starts to shiver, badly. Despite the hurtful words, former hacker doesn't let go.
- "I committed. When I lost C00lkidd I shot myself in the head. Then I woke up in the purgatory..."
- "...w-what...?"
- "I know what it feels like... To loose everything... How continuing living feels impossible..."- Hacker continues, also crying. This is first time he mentioned it to someone else.
- "Please Elliot... Talk to someone... It doesn't have to be me... but please, let me help. Y-your family... They wouldn't want this"- He whispers. And Elliot stiffness even more. He doesn't remember his family too good. But he remembers feeling loved, how he looked at the missing posters that their captor was showing to the survivors, to mock them. And for a second he hesitates.
007n7 senses this second and quickly picks up the younger man. He starts running in the direction he believes that the cabin is. Elliot starts to become limp, despite the pure desperation in hackers voice that begs him to stay awake.
A while later 007n7 is sure that his lost. That he failed another time, but then he sees someone.
- "THIS WAY!!!"- A determined and relifed voice of Noob is heard. Hacker rushes in their direction.
- "H-how is he!?"
- "N-Noob?"- Elliot whispers, and Noob looks like he's about to collapse from relief.
- "E-Elliot... Please don't... Don't do this again... I... You're my friend... I don't want you to die!"- The youngest survivor beds, causing Elliot's to be filled with terrible guilt.
- "S-Seven. We need to hurry... S-some kind of animal is n-nearby and Guest is keeping it busy... B-but I don't know H-how long he can hold on!"- Noob informs, pointing in certain direction, now running after the hacker.
007n7 uses his ability to send a clone to help distracting. He hears sounds of the fight, but continues to run. He wishes he could just teleport, but the ability doesn't let him take anyone else with him.
Eventually the group, is able to see the cabin. Elliot, while still conscious, hangs limp in hackers arms. 007n7 bursts into the cabin, rushing to the couches near fireplace, but not to near to avoid temperature shock. Guest runs in soon after, making his way upstairs to grab a blanket or two. Others, hearing the commotion also offer to help.
Azure, despite being on opposite side, agrees to check out Elliot. He's the one with the most medical knowledge, despite knowing only natural ways of treatment.
- "He's conscious, but barley. There's no signs of injury, but he has hypothermia. We need to warm him up, do not rub his arms it might make it worse until he isn't warmed up at least a little. You can get him a warm, I repeat warm NOT hot drink. And it would be good to get him some spare clothes... But I doubt it."- The ex cultist orders, then looking back at the healer.
- "But I have good news. Despite the suicide attempt he still has enough will to live to give me dirty looks... Unless he wants to provoke me to kill him."- Azure continues.
Builderman takes of his jacket and offers it to Elliot, who blushes from embarrassment and changes his soaking wet shirt into Builderman's jacket. Overwhelming guilt filling his body, everyone cares so much about him... And he still wants to end it all.
Eventually everyone calms down a bit and leave Elliot be. Noob is asleep next to him, still having him trapped in a hug, they refuse to leave him alone. 007n7 sits nearby, keeping an eye on the healer. Former hacker is aware that Elliot isn't okay mentally, and physically. The sickness still raging inside his body, the fever slowly returning.
- "I'm sorry..."- Pizza man mumbles quietly, looking away.
- "Huh... Why are you apologizing?"
- "... back then... In the snow... I shouldn't have snapped at you.... You just wanted to help..."- Elliot continues, shame eating him alive. 007n7 only smiles at this.
- "It's okay. I understand, your emotions were all over the place. You needed to somehow set them free."
- "But..."
- "Don't. Just focus on resting and getting better. We'll talk later about this situation."- Hacker says, it's clear in his voice that he doesn't hold a grudge. Elliot rests his head, he doesn't want to remember, this hurts. He still wants to end it all, but the guilt and shame feel even worse.
Notes:
I seriously feel like by writing this fic I summoned a wave of cold to the place I live. IT'S SO COLD... And there might be a storm coming.
Chapter 22: Hard Decisions
Notes:
Let me know if you see any typos!
____
If you're wondering, Mafioso's goons are in pocket dimensions unless he summons them.
____
TW! Implied/discussed death
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
Night passes and the next day begins. The sickness continued to spread, now basically everyone is sick.
- The kids have bad coughs, small fevers and overall feel weak, with no appetite.
- Shedletsky, Two Time and Chance are knocked out cold. With high fever, chills, no appetite and cough. None of them has energy to get out of the bed. Two Time wasn't even properly conscious since they passed out. Every one of them experiences nightmares.
- 007n7, Noob, Builderman and Azure are in early stages of the sickness. They experience aching body, headaches, coughs and runny nose.
- Guest 1337, Taph and Mafioso are healthy, but sooner or later they will get sick.
- Dusekkar, John Doe, Jason and Guest 666 are unable to get sick. Dusekkar isn't a normal robloxian. John's corruption consumes the sickness before it can take effect. Jason died before and is some kind of undead and because of mutations in the code. Guest 666 has more of animal traits than human, because of that they're unable to get human version of sickness.
- 1x1x1x1 locked themselves in a room refusing to get out, but somehow Noli got inside and managed not to die. Now he also is there, the dark room actually saving him because he has terrible migraine.
The kids and other sick people are asleep. The more or less healthy people got called for a meeting, discussing the last person on their team. Elliot's night escapade caused his sickness to terribly worsen, his weak immune system is unable to deal with it. His fever spikes to dangerous levels, despite not having a termometr everyone knows it's bad. The cough he has it terrible and during one of a few times when he was responding he told them that his chest hurts and he struggles to breathe.
The group is gathered in the kitchen, their expressions solemn.
- "I'm not familiar with the medical terms from outside. But I dealt with sickness a lot. If your teammate won't get a treatment for this... He will die."- Azure says, despite being on the other team, his healer mentality took over. Guest sighs.
- "I don't want to worsen the mood... But I think that he has pneumonia.... He needs antibiotics."
- "I-I saw the inside of the pharmacy. It was empty except those few bottles and boxes we brought back... T-There's nothing else."- 007n7 cuts in. Then Mafioso takes over.
- "We cannot waste all medicine on one person. This will bring death on all of us."
- "S-so what!? W-were just g-going to let him d-die...!?"- Noob protests, fidgeting with the bandage on their burned hand. They get stopped by Guests who makes sure they won't worsen the injury. No one dares to say anything. Eventually Azure speaks up.
- "I don't want to be cruel... But... We have only three choices. One, we try to heal him. Risking our lifes and with high chance of failure. Two, we leave him be. Giving him the dose everyone else gets...."
- "And three?"- Mafioso urges, because the ex cultist became silent. Azure takes a shaky breath and survivors worry of what could cause it.
- "We free him from suffering..."
- "NO!!! W-WHAT?! H-HE'S M-MY FRIEND!!! YOU CAN'T P-PUT HIM DOWN LIKE SOME KIND OF A-ANIMAL!!!"- Noob shouts, staring at the killer in terror. Everyone else does the same. Builderman shakes his head.
- "No, this is inhuman."
- "Whatever we'll do it will lead to death. It's the most peaceful choice..."
- "I-I didn't save him yesterday just f-for him to be k-killed." - 007n7 says, shaking his head. Everyone looks like they're about to argue, but a weak voice from the entrance calls out, causing everyone to look there.
- "...how about I-I decide my own fate?"- Says Elliot, who somehow managed to get to the kitchen entrance. Noob quickly rushes to his side to support him.
- "ELLIOT!"
- "What are you doing?"
- "... saving you... From deciding.... I messed up... I know... I know I did."
- "Ellie..."
- "I..."- The sentence is stopped by the cough, that causes Elliot to basically kneel on the floor.
- "I-I've tasted death.... I... I know it's coming... I'm used.... Just please.... It hurts... worse... Thank any other... injury"- Elliot continues. Actively breaking down, the fever making him more emotional. Other survivors are crying too and Azure has to look away.
- "Are you taking about your family... Or the sickness?"- Guest asks and Elliot just nods, it looks like he means both things.
- "We could've made a mistake. Is it really the risk you wish to take?"
- "....yes.... Please... I swear.... It's the only time.... just... please...let me taste... death one... last time"- Eliot struggles to say, his vision already getting blurry. The situation is hard and requires drastic decisions. Everyone wishes to deny Elliot's wish, but they all know that he has a point. They don't have enough medicine, the chances of finding the right antibiotic for pneumonia are slim and none of them is a doctor. They might incidentally give him the wrong one. Builderman walks over, kneels and grabs Elliot's hands.
- "If you're sure, bud.... I'm sorry we can't do more."
- "It's... okay... Don't blame... Yourself.... It's my decision...."
Mafioso stands up, silently agreeing to be the one that kills Elliot. He had killed before, to ease the pain. It's nothing new to him. He picks up the pizza man and walks to the direction of the door. Taph and Noob are about to run after them, but get stopped by others.
- "Despite seeing death before, I believe it's more emotional than usually. You don't want to see this. Elliot will need us after the respawn."
A few minutes later, familiar figure pops out thin air. Despite looking terrible, not from sickness but the whole respawning experience. He looks up, perfectly healthy, but missing something. Seeing the group of people staring at him. Elliot can't help but smile.
- "Thank you for listening."
Notes:
....Hey... Ummm... Please Don't come at me!!! It was my friend!!! I asked them to decide whether I should keep Elliot alive. Seeing this chapter... You know what they choose.
.....heh... I'm just gonna go. 👈👈 SEE YA!!! *runs away*
Chapter 23: The Talk
Notes:
Let me know if you see any typos!
___
Tw! Brief mention of suicide
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
Elliot is sitting in the kitchen, eating the watery soup. He feels watched, which is true. Because three of his teammates are intently watching his back. The guilt and shame make him loose appetite, but he forces himself to finish.
- "S-so you and Builderman made this?"- He asks looking at Noob. They nod.
- "Y-yeah! We did... It's not the b-best but it's not like we have much of a choice."
- "No. It's great, really. One of the most tasty things I ate recently. You are the best cooks I know."- Elliot says and the silences that stretches is deafening.
- "I... I-I'm going upstairs to check on others"- Noob says with shaky voice, like they're about to cry. They quickly rush up.
- "Did I said something wrong?"
- "...Elliot you always told everyone that you love cooking, it's your pride and joy. Even if we didn't have much, if someone else cooked you always gave tips on how to make it taste better, despite lack of resources. "
- "Oh... I... don't remember that. I know I cooked but it being my pride? Like it's basic knowledge!"
- "Elliot, you always said that it reminded you of spending time with you-"
- "Guest. Please... I don't remember it, but I know that my lost memories brought me a lot pain, so I tried to kill myself. I don't want to remember them... yet. Maybe in future I'll come and ask."
- "...Alright."
- "Guest, you do it. I'm going to go check on Shed."- Builderman says, Guest just nods. Elliot looks at them with raised eyebrow. A feeling of dread overcoming him. The soldier moves over the chair and sits next to him, but not close enough to invade his personal space.
- "Elliot. I know it's not pleasant topic. And your reasons are now nothing but lost memories. We need to talk about what you did. I know it might seem harsh and too soon, but for the sake of the team we need to."- He says, Elliot is unable to look him. The guilt is making his stomach tie in knots.
- "I'm sorry... I just know it hurt too much."- Elliot finally speaks up. Fidgeting with his fingers. -"And unfair. I know you had your family too, yet you didn't overreact like me."
- "Elliot no, this wasn't overreaction. Those were your feelings. And I understand, I just want to go to a room and cry. Because someone close to me is gone. But despite this I still care about everyone else."- Guest says honestly, this normally closed off person is opening up to Elliot. He continues.
- "We need to work as a team. Despite our flaws, our issues and our preferences. But we can't do it if we hide our feelings. I'm sorry that we never realised how much you were hurting.... Elliot you're one of the bravest people I know. Can I trust you to come to someone if you have some issues?"- He asks.
Elliot stays quiet for a while. While he doesn't want to be a bother and prefers to help people not asking for anything back, he sees the logic behind this. They can't work as a team if not everyone is okay, unless he wants others to do the same things he did.
- "I-I'm not used to rely on others... But I want the best for everyone here. I'll promise I'll try my best."- Elliot says, honestly. And Guest smiles, with this proud fatherly vibe. Elliot feels a hint of familiarity, but his brain can't remember from where, its
- "Thank you Elliot."
- "I-I should go apologise to Noob..."- The healer stands up and starts walking away.
- "One more thing!"
- "Yeah?"
- "No one blames you."
- "... thanks for letting me know."
Elliot goes upstairs, back to his room. Opening the door he sees the bed that was dragged to this room, placed basically right in the entrance. On it lays Chance, who is totally out of it. On gamblers forehead is a wet cloth, probably placed there by Noob. Speaking of Noob, they're looking at gambler in worry.
- "His fever spiked up..."- They inform, their voice unusually lacking emotion. Elliot sits on the side of the bed.
- "I'm sorry. I know I messed up, but when I think about last few days. I can remember this pain in my heart... I didn't know how to deal with it. I..."- He stops to gather his thoughts. Eventually deciding on full honesty. -"I never knew how to deal with my emotions, always putting others before me. I don't know how to say no when someone asks me for something. I never had time to focus on myself.... I'm sorry, really. I know I broke something between us... But I promise you, the same thing I promised Guest. I will try my best to get some help for myself when I need it."
After Elliot confides in Noob, the room is quiet. Noob is applying new cloth, soaked in cold water to fight of Chance's fever. They don't say anything for a while, Elliot also stays quiet. Not able to look them in the eyes.
- "Y-you were the only person I-I could talk with a-about the island. I-I could ask you something... To make sure that m-my blurry memories aren't just a d-delusion. N-now I can't, because you don't remember."- They say, and Elliot feels like something in his heart breaks.
- "I know it won't change the past. But I'm really sorry... I feel like guilt is eating me alive."
- "I-I'm still mad at you... But I don't want to loose another friend."- Noob whispers. Elliot finally finds courage to look at them. Noob is crying and Elliot simply hugs them. He knows it's not enough to fix the broken bridge, but it's a start.
Meanwhile Builderman is getting a headache.... again. He is unsure if it's because of the sickness setting in properly or because of Shedletsky. Don't get him wrong, he deeply cares about his best friend, but he is the most dramatic sick person Builderman ever knew... Not that he knew a lot of sick people, because admins normally are unable to succumb to sickness that mortals have to deal with, but sometimes people from HQ asked for sick leave.
- "Builderman... Is this the end? The ultimate punishment?! Because I feel like I'm dying! I can't move, my head is pounding, my body is on fire and freezing at the same time... AND ON TOP OF THAT I'M STILL COVERED IN THIS PINK GLITTER!!! THIS IS HELL!"- Shedletsky sobs, a bit delirious from the fever, still glowing because of the glitter. Builderman just sighs.
- "Just go to sleep John. Also this sobbing is going to make yours, and mine headache worse."
Notes:
Congratulations Suddenly_Jasmine for correctly guessing a part of what Elliot lost! And giving me a heart attack when I saw your jokingly guessing correctly.
Here's a medal for you: 🏅______
A conversation I had:
My dad: "So how many people you killed in your story?"
Me: *caught in the act type of silence* "...Two"
My dad: *laughs*
Chapter 24: Confusion and Fear
Chapter Text
He doesn't understand what is going on. They've experienced a lot of injuries, from training in their early days, during the battle against admins, when he got banned and from the survivors trying to fight back during rounds and when they stabbed themselves to use abilities.
Yet none of those pains doesn't compare to the one he feels right now. He's not even a proper robloxian, he shouldn't be able to get sick... To be so.... Weak.... Vulnerable... Useless... Pathetic... just like He said... nothing more than a container for His hatred... Insecurities.
Despite the weakness in their body, 1x1x1x1 punches the wall... Hard. Normally there would be a dent in it, but now he's so weak that nothing happens. The embodiment of hatred breaths heavily. They won't admit it, even to themselves, but deep down this situation scares them. He's supposed to be powerful, not weak. He cannot let himself be so weak... not again. Despite his best attempts to forget, memories surface. Memories of a child, weak, trusting, innocent child. He had been so foolish, he cannot believe that he ever wished for His recognition. He still does.
When Noli opens his eyes he realises three things. First, He's lying on the floor... how did he ended up sleeping on the floor? Second, this awful, throbbing pain in the rotten part of his head finally lessened enough for him to actually function. Third, the person, to who's room he broke in, is standing in front of a wall. Fist still against the wooden wall, and they're breathing heavily.
- "You good X?"- The exploiter asks, the embodiment of hatred quickly snaps their heads in his direction. Don't get him wrong, Noli isn't scared of them, but for the sake of his wellbeing he quickly puts his both hands up. Now when he looks at 1x4, despite their black skin. Noli can actually see that he's not feeling okay. In the way their body shakes, finding standing up difficult.
- "First time being sick, huh? I bet you're confused. Lucky for you I've survived a lot of colds during my collage days."
- "I. DON'T. Need. Your. Help"- 1x4 saying angrily, their voice hoarse.
- "Suuure...."- Noli stares, waiting for something. Then it happens, 1x's legs starts to wobble, strained by the long time they've pushed their limits. Then their legs give out, making him fall. Noli manages to catch him before he hits the ground.
- "DON'T TOUCH ME!"- He shouts, trying to get away. The shout causes their sore throat to hurt even more and an awful cough attack starts. Noli waits patiently. He has experience when it comes to looking after stubborn patients that insist they're fine. He lost count how many times he had to force 007n7 to rest.... Good old times.
While Noli continues to reminisce about his collage life, 1x1x1x1 is catching his breath after the coughing attack. They feel awful, their body aches, his head is pounding and he believes that he lost his ability to speak because of the cough. He hates feeling so vulnerable. And on top of that, Noli continues to hold him. To 1x1x1x1 the touch feel like it's burning into his skin. He just wants to get away, to get rid of the uncomfortable... painful touch, but he doesn't have any energy to do so. Their body gives up after two days of pushing themselves.
Then Noli starts to move them, this causes a wave of panic. A unknown feeling for the being that is used to anger and hate. Memory of being dragged by Him after failing a simple task resurfaces in their mind. But instead of ending up thrown to the floor, Noli sits them on the bed
- "Come on X. Relax, you pushed yourself too much. Just lay down and go to sleep. Feeling like #### is normal when you are sick. Have you eaten anything?"- The exploiter speaks. The embodiment of hatred looks at him like he had grown a second head. Eventually he slowly shakes his head. He didn't want to interact with the survivors, he knows that he wouldn't be able to resist the urge to kill. Noli frowns on that.
- "That's not good. Food is essential for getting better."
- "... I'm not sick."
- "And I never hacked in my life. Face it X, you need help. I know you like honesty, so I'm going to be honest. You have no idea how to deal with illness, you need assistance. After all sickness is not a part of your code. Just like it's not for your fath-"
- "DON'T CALL HIM LIKE THAT! HE IS NOT MY FATHER. I'M GOING TO KIL"- 1x4's outrage is cut off by another wave of coughs, the sword that he summoned drops to the floor. Noli patiently waits for the coughing fit to pass.
- "Sorry. Didn't mean to bring up your daddy issues. Don't glare at me like that it's true. Anyway both of you, and other admins suffer more from the sickness, because your body is not used to it. It's alien to you. Now get some rest. If it makes you feel better I'll keep watch, and for admins sake stop shouting at me. I just came out of migraine and I don't want it again."
Noli finishes. 1x1x1x1 just sits staring at him. After a while they reluctantly lay down, staring at the ceiling. He doesn't want to go to sleep, he hates sleeping because they always end up dreaming about his past. But no matter how hard they try to fight it, the sleep comes anyway.
Notes:
BLOCK TALES DEMO 4 TOMORROW!!! 🔥
I hope I'll find time to play. Because I have exams soon. So I have two options, study earlier and then start playing. Or wait until I'm free and dodge spoilers like I'm dodging Hatred's attacks. (Please timezones don't mess up my plans. I'll be devastated if I'd have to wait another day because of you)
Chapter 25: A slice of life
Notes:
Let me know if you spot any typos!
Chapter Text
Next time 1x1x1x1 opened their eyes it was already day. Looks like he slept through the night, tilting his head to the right the sight almost makes him jump. Right in front of the bed stands Noli, menacingly holding bowl of soup.
- "Eat it. It will help you feel better. If you refuse I will feed you."- He says and 1x4 needs a few seconds for their fever clouded brain to catch up. When it catches up, their brows burrow.
- "No. To both things."- They say with raspy voice and this time it's Noli who frowns.
- "I get it. You're almighty 1x1x1x1 that doesn't need help. But sometimes even the strongest need help. It's not a weakness to ask for it, it's bravery."- He says and 1x feels confused. This isn't what he's used to. They give in, grabbing the bowls with soup... Or rather warm water with a few vegetables. But instead of eating he just stares at it.
- "You need to eat. I can see your ribs."- Noli says and after few seconds of silence 1x realises. They look up and give Noli deadpan look.
- "Seriously?"
- "What? It's not my fault your torso is see through."- Noli says, pretending to be serious. Then starts to chuckle. 1x1x1x1 rolls his eyes and finally starts to eat. A unknown feeling for the embodiment of hatred surfaces, they don't know what that is. It's pleasant and uncomfortable at the same time.
Meanwhile Shedletsky has completely different experience with food while being sick. He doesn't have appetite to eat, but he knows he's hungry. The former admin doesn't have energy to pick up the spoon, which is scary for him. After all he's a master of sword fighting!
Taph is sitting next to him. Holding a bowl of soup and a spoon. When tiredness causes Shedletsky to yawn, the demolitionist, who got tired of Shed refusing to eat, puts the spoon in his mouth, going a bit too much far. This causes Shedletsky to choke both on the soup and the spoon. While former admin fights with the coughs, Taph feels dread creeping up. He knows he messed up, badly. He just got so irritated and acted on impulse.
When Shedletsky finally manages to take a breath, not fully because his nose is blocked. He looks up at Taph. The demolitionist covered himself with his wings, despite the fever raging in his body he understands that he needs to be cautious with what he says.
- "That is interesting way to assassinate someone.... Nice job Taph."- He says light-hearted and gives demolitionist a smile.
- "This soup is not bad... And honestly, thanks to you I want to eat it now."
As Shedletsky reaches for the bowl, Taph relaxes. Looks like his mistake wasn't so terrible, and it helped. When former admin finishes the bowl, he goes back to sleep. Taph stays nearby just in case. He finds himself rubbing his arms. Was it always so cold? Or is he also getting sick... Oh no. Taph silently panics, he can't be sick! He needs to be fine to assist Builderman.
Guest observes empty shelves. The food is almost gone, except for one can. He frowns, the situation is not good. They don't have a lot of man power and for the past few days everyone could only get one bowl of soup for the whole day. The kids and the most sick ones got bigger portions. Dusekkar flows over.
- "We need to go outside. Despite the risks that we might find. The situation is not nice, but for our comrades we must rise."
- "I know. But we need at least one more person with us. But we don't have much choice, Mafioso and Azure hadn't came down today and I fear that the sickness got to them."- The soldier says. Silence that follows is tense, another drastic decisions have to be made.
Suddenly there's a knock form the entrance to the kitchen, the duo looks up and the person standing in the entrance makes their blood run cold. Despite the alliance, both Guest and Dusekkar get ready to fight. The person that is standing in the entrance is Jason, no one saw him since the first day and now he appears out of nowhere. But instead of attacking them, the killer continues to stare. Then he points at himself, then at Guest and Dusekkar and then at the door.
- "You want to go with us?"- Guest asks, still weary of the killer. Jason just gives them a small nod. Despite the risks, both of the survivors know it's their best and only option. Dusekkar nods in agreement.
- "Alright. I'll inform others that we're heading out... You should inform your killer pals too."- Guest says, passing by Jason.
Elliot sighs, placing a wet cloth on Noob's forehead. A few hours after their conversation the fever hit them and now they're asleep. Elliot still feels guilty for making everyone worry, but the conversation with Noob allowed him to hope that he can still fix the damaged bridges between him and his teammates. Elliot wishes that no one else will have to die to be freed from the sickness. While being lost in his thoughts, he hears movement behind him. Turning around he sees that Chance woke up and is staring at him.
- "You're okay...."- He whispers, the relief is evident in his words. This makes the guilt come back even stronger. Elliot walks over and places a hand on gambler's forehead.
- "Your fever broke. That's good. How are you feeling?"
- "....not good."- Chance mumbles. -"You're... Not sick anymore. What happened... I remember bits and pieces. You were gone..."
- "I.... I'll tell you some other time. When you feel better. I promise."- Elliot says and Chance nods. The gambler shivers a bit, feeling exposed.
- "W-where are my glasses?"- He asks, his yellow eyes darting around the room, looking for the item of comfort. Elliot opens a nightstand drawer and takes them out.
- "Here. Noob placed them there so they wouldn't get lost."- The pizza man hands the glasses to Chance who quickly puts them on, letting out relifed breath.
- "I'm not sure why you wear them. But you don't need to hide your eyes with me. If you want ever feel ready to do that."
- "... I'll keep that in mind. I... The last person that I willingly showed my eyes hurt me... So I'm a bit afraid. Heh... I've been dreaming about them when I had fever... It was terrifying and I couldn't wake up."- Chance confides in Elliot, who listens closely. Placing a hand on gamblers shoulder for comfort.
Azure isn't sure what happened. One moment he was checking on the kids, next he opens his eyes and is sitting on the floor, leaning on the wall. Azure feels terrible, his body feeling so tired that keeping his head up is a challenge. He frowns, even in past the sickness always hit him bad. Making him all emotional and weak. Looking around he realises two things. First, sis hat is placed on the chair nearby. Second, next to the bed is standing John Doe with his hunched over posture, he finishes setting up the pillow. Sensing the stare he looks at the Azure. He walks over his head tilted. As if asking how is he feeling.
- "I... I'm fine."- Azure mumbles, which is met with John shaking his head. Azure knows he can't fake his way out of it.
- "Alright... I'm not fine. I feel terrible... Colds always hit me hard... Did... Did I faint?"- Azure asks. John Doe nods his head, his smile doesn't change as he offers him a hand. The only other person that constantly smiles is Two Time, the smile reminds Azure about them. However there's a softness in John's smile and ex cultist allows himself to relax around him. He grabs the hand, his legs wobble as he stands up. Doe slowly leads the cultist to the bed. When Azure lays down he tucks him in, making sure his comfortable. Azure smiles softly.
- "... thanks"- Hearing that John nods his head and slightly ruffles Azure's hair.
Two Time finally was able to wake up and be more in touch with the reality. They have no idea what happened and how long they were out. But they know one thing, other survivors saw them vulnerable. The thought alone makes them uncomfortable. Their tail curls around their body, like it's trying to shield them.
The thing that snaps them out of their thoughts is a coughing fit of the other person in the room. They look up seeing one of their teammates, Builderman hunched over.
- "I'm... I'm alright. Good to see you awake"- He says, looking at the cultist. He walks over and is about to touch their forehead, but stops, asking for permission. Two Time shakes their head and he backs away.
- "You should eat something. Then you can take medicine."
Two Time's smile strains a bit. The thought of eating anything makes them feel sick, they don't trust their voice to answer so they just shake their head. Builderman looks at them in worry.
- "Two Time... This is third day since Guest found you passed out. You hadn't eaten anything. You should eat at least something."- He says. But Two Time shakes his head again. Builderman sighs. The cultist knows this sigh, it's this type you do when someone irritates you.
- "Okay. I won't push you for now, but take the medicine."- Builderman says, handing him the dosage. They reach out, but freeze.
- "Remember Two Time. If you ever encounter things from outside. Avoid them. It brings nothing good and will only mess with your head. Do You Understand?"
- "Yes ⬛⬛⬛⬛⬛⬛. I understand."
- "Good. The Spawn praises those who are loyal to the religion."
Two Time quickly pulls away. They almost took it, how could they forget that lesson. After all they should only trust healers from the cult. Two Time already broke this lesson when they started trusting Elliot. They can't commit even more sins.
- "Two Time?"- Builderman asks, worry in his eyes. Two Time just shakes their head. Indicating that they won't take the medicine. Builderman frowns, he internally curses the cult. He has no idea why Two Time doesn't want to take it, but his gut feeling tells him it's the cult. He decides to try something
- "If this makes you feel better... Your... Friend. Azure analysed the medication. And took it himself."- Hearing those words makes their head snap up. Azure... Took those things? But why? He should know better... Unless he deemed it safe. Or it's the survivors that lie, try to trick them into committing a sin.
Builderman stands up, placing the medicine on the nightstand.
- "I need to lay down. Just take it when you're ready. Please."- He says and leaves the room, leaning on the wall.
Two Time just stares, caught in conflict. They feel terrible and just want to feel better. Their mask slips, their face twists into face of discomfort. Reluctantly, despite their better judgement, they reach out and take the medicine. The taste burning into their mouth, they almost gag but force themselves to swallow. Yet the taste still lingers. Two Time lays down, the pills make them realise how empty their stomach is. Yet the food remains untouched, not only because they don't have appetite. Because they feel like they need to punish themselves for taking the medicine, committing a sin. They silently pray for forgiveness ignoring the hunger. Eventually they tire themselves up and fall asleep.
Chapter 26: Reunion
Notes:
Let me see if you spot any typos!!!
____Btw. All characters that are bald in game. I gave them hair in the colour of their skin colour.
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
John Doe observes sleeping ex cultist. From the look of his face he can tell that the sleep he's getting is restless and light. Doe's suspicions are confirmed when a door to the room opens which wakes up Azure. John Doe looks at the door. In the frame is standing Pr3ttyprincess.
- "C00lkidd woke up and he's crying. Makes my head hurt worse..."- She says while rubbing her head. Azure sighs and is about to leave the bed when John stops him. The corrupted man shakes his head and points at himself. Azure frowns.
- "Kid(d) is scared of you. It won't work."- Azure says, but John shakes his head again.
- "Do you have a plan Mr Doe?"- Asks Pr3ttyprincess, who already made her way next to the bed. On that John nods.
- "You hear Azu!!! You can rest. I was worried when you suddenly fell down."
- "Sorry for worrying you... But I'm still not sure. I would prefer doing it myself."
- "No! It's princess order! You are resting now. And I'll be watching you!"- Princess crosses her arms and Azure barley contains a chuckle.
- "Alright... But call me if something happens."- He says, looking at John. He nods in return, heading out. Meanwhile Pr3ttyprincess decides to cuddle with Azure.
John Doe makes his way to the kids room. When he finally stands before it, he peaks in. C00lkidd is clearly crying, almost sobbing. He is tightly hugging Bluudude, who looks annoyed at younger child.
- "I.... I want.... I want papa...."
- "Just shut up and go to him!"
- "....But he... He... He might hate me.... I... I hurt.... I hurt him and.... His friends."- C00lkidd's words are separated by him taking shaky breaths, trying to control the sobbing.
Hearing this John Doe turns around and makes his way to the part of the cabin that belongs to survivors. He peeks into the rooms to spot the person he's looking for. Finally he finds the right room. Walking inside, he sees that the exploiter is asleep, probably sick too. John walks over to the bed, staring. He tried to figure out how to wake up the hacker without freaking him out. The decision is made for him when 007n7 opens his eyes, that quickly fill with terror. John knows he only has a few seconds before he starts screaming and it will complicate the situation, not thinking rationally John hits him in the head. And then he proceeds to panicky check if he killed the survivor. Luckily for him, he's just knocked out.
Unluckily for him, someone enters the room.
- "007n7? Are you here? Boss sent me. I need to ask you somet--- What the #### Doe!?"- A confused and shocked Contractee stands in the entrance. John just stares at one of Mafioso's people.
- "Is he dead?!"- He asks, John just shakes his head. The mafia member sighs with relief.
- "I came to ask if he would be willing to go to C00lkidd. Poor child is unable to calm down."- Hearing that John points at himself, as if saying 'Me too'.
- "Well next time don't knock him out! It's more like a kidnapping than politely asking!"
Eventually, when it became clear that the hacker won't wake up anytime soon. Both Contractee and John Doe decided to bring C00lkidd to the hacker. The corrupted man left everything in the hands of the mafialing. Now the sick, crying child is looking at the unresponsive body of his father.
- "D-did you kill him!!!?"- He stares at the debt collector with terror. He quickly relises the mistake.
- "N-no! Don't worry kiddo! He's alright. Just..."
- "JUST WHAT!?"- The child basically sobs.
- "John Doe wanted to bring him to you... But he went with "kidnapping" approach. And knocked out your dad. But if you check his breathing and heartbeat... It's all there!"- Contractee explains. C00lkidd quickly rushes to his dad's side, placing ear to his chest. Just like the debt collector said, there is a heartbeat. C00lkidd sighs with relief and curls up against his dad's side.
- "Mr Mafia Guy? Can you say.... Thanks for Mr Doe? He still scares me... But he tried to do a nice thing... Despite failing."
- "Sure, kiddo."
A few hours later 007n7 returns to reality. He feels something clutching his clothes. A warm body pressed against his. When he opens his eyes he freezes up. His son is curled up asleep right next to him. The hacker feels a lot of conflicting emotions, happiness because his 'little' boy is back, and fear because for centuries he's been slaughtered by him.
- "Sorry for letting him in... He had a nightmare and wanted to see you. I would've ask you normally... But John Doe was faster. He wanted to get you to the child in his own way... He knocked you out because he didn't want to scare you."- Contractee, who was staying nearby, says. 007n7 looks at him.
- "That explains why my head hurts... Thank you for caring about him."
- "No problem! I'll leave you two be."- The mafialing leaves the room.
Some time later, C00lkidd stirs awake. The first thing that comes into his view is his dad, smiling at him. The child gasps and hugs him even tighter.
- "I'm sorry papa!!! I really didn't mean to!!! I'm sorry I'm sorry I'm sorry I'm sorry I'm sorry..."
- "Shhh kiddo. It's okay. Noli explained the situation for me."- 007n7 says softly. C00lkidd clings to his dad.
- "This is difficult situation for both of us. But we can heal together. What do you say kiddo?"
- "Yes... Please..."- C00lkidd whispers.
- "You're a big boy now. I love you kid."
- "I love you too papa."
- "So you knocked out C00lkidd dad just so you could make him stop crying?"- Bluudud asks, he is covered in blanket like a burrito. John nods proudly.
- "That's epic."- The child smiles. And John Doe ruffles his hair with his normal hand.
- "He knocked out the hacker so he could bring him to the child?"
- "Yes sir!"
- ".....How did those killers survived before we arrived to this place."
- "I have no idea sir, but you have to admit. This is entertaining!"
- "More like headache making. Thank you for updating me Contractee. You're free to go."- Mafioso says. Once he realised his sickness is worse, he summoned his people to assist the killers. And he is glad he made that choice.
Notes:
I'M CRYING FROM HAPPINESS!!! BLOCK TALES DEMO IS HERE!!! 🔥🔥🔥🔥
I didn't play much yet but I already LOVE IT SO MUCH!!!
WHY NO ONE FROM MY IRL FRIENDS IS INTERESTED IN THIS GAME!!!!
Btw you don't have to worry about me loosing interest in Forsaken. These two games coexist with each other since March.
Chapter 27: The will of Spawn
Notes:
Let me know if you see any typos!
Tw! Implied Eating disorder (does this counts as tw? I'm tw-ing it anyway)
Chapter Text
Elliot feels like he's losing patience. Another day came and Builderman informed him that it's been four days since Two Time last ate something and it wasn't even a nutritious meal. So Elliot decided, he won't stop until they finally eat something. Although so far nothing worked and the cultist still refuses to eat.
- "Admins give me strength. Why can't you just eat!?"
- "..."
- "Don't give me the silent treatment. Come on Two Time. That's not good for you."
- "And since do you care?"- Two Time finally speaks up, making Elliot stop and look at them with confusion.
- "Excuse me? What do you mean by that?"
- "I'm well aware of what you and others survivors think about me. That I'm crazy, a lunatic. I know that before the update of our hell all of you interacted with me only because I was a sentinel. Even the hacker was more welcome in conversation than me. So tell me Healer, why everyone so suddenly cares about the insane person... Hm?"- They say and Elliot stays quiet. Knowing they have a point. Everyone avoided them only asking how they are doing out of politeness. And how they talked about cultist's back, thinking they aren't listening. Elliot takes a deep breath, the entirety of survivors messed up, but there's never too late to change.
- "I'm sorry. I can't speak for others, but I'm genuinely sorry. The fact that death didn't bring any too serious consequences made us more careless... More cold."- Elliot stops to gather his thoughts.- "I have my own views on the world and I know everyone tried to talk you to changing your views. But we never tried to understand you. This changes today. While I'm not interested to join your.... Religion. I want to understand you Two Time."
The cultist stares at Elliot, clearly thinking. Their expression is still the same smile everyone sees, but Elliot knows that under the mask there has to be something. He feels ashamed that he never realised the unhealthy habits they have, the hints were there now more obvious than ever. Elliot looks at Two Time, the lack of food is visible. They look even paler that normally and they are clearly shaky and weak. Not only because of the sickness that still lingers. Elliot walks over sitting on the edge of the bed, but also allowing them to have space.
- "Two Time... Why do you starve yourself?"
- "...I have committed a sin. I consumed medicine of nonbelievers. I need to show The Great Spawn I regret it."- Two Time speaks, trying to make their voice sound happy.
- "So you're punishing yourself for seeking help?"- Elliot says, worry and shock written all over his face. What else they teach in this cult they're in!?
- "I.... It is necessary sacrifice. I need to prove my regret!"
- "But you're not in your cul- community. There's no way for you to obtain your... not sinful medicine. Shouldn't this Spawn understand that?"
- "... It's not my place to question the teachings of elders."
- "You aren't, but I am. You are in difficult situation, away from your religious pals but still loyal. This for sure counts as devotion. If I was this Spawn I would prefer seeing my believers healthy then punishing them for seeking help."- Elliot says, taking different approach. Two Time stays quiet, their fists clenching the blanket. They can't argue, Elliot, despite being a nonbeliever has a point. The elders never estimated that someone will be separated from the community. Their smile fades a bit, not much, but it does.
- "I give it to you, healer. This is unusual situation. I shall pray to Spawn for guidance in my case."
-"You can pray after eating. Please, just a few bites."- Elliot says, crossing his arms.
Two Time just stares at the bowl, feeling their stomach twisting. The hunger is buried deep in their mind and they just don't want to eat. But they know that they won't be able to contribute to the team if they are weak. Hesitantly they reach out for the bowl and take one spoonful of the soup. When the food enters his stomach, the hunger unburies itself. The hunger pains becoming evident. Two Time barley stops themselves from curling up, they continue to eat. Eventually managing to consume the whole bowl of soup. Luckily, because of the lack of ingredients, it's a really light soup so they don't feel any negative side effects of suddenly eating. Looking up they see Elliot smiling at them.
- "I don't think I ever properly thanked you for protection during rounds. Even before you got your dagger. I was too busy with others to realise how many times you saved our lives. So thank you, Time. Get some rest now."- Elliot says, grabbing the empty bowl and leaving the room.
While closing the door he spots that their tail is slowly wagging. Elliot's eyes widen, how he had never realised that. Two Time also seems to spot the movement their tail does, they grab it and stop it. Elliot frowns, as he peeks through the crack. This will have to be addressed. Better sooner than later.
Chapter 28: Doubt
Notes:
Let me know if you see any typos!
____
TW! Description of a body. Direct mention of death.
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
Chance lays on the bed, in the dark room. The only sound is Noob's ragged breathing. The fever hit them hard. The gambler stares at the ceiling, his mind a mess and Noob's breathing being the only form of comfort. He just woke up after a terrible nightmare that unburied all his doubts he tried so hard to ignore.
In the dream they were standing in the dark void, around him was presence of people. They were pointing at him, whispering unintelligible words. But Chance knew it was about him... About his eyes.
Then the dream shifted, he was standing on a gigantic chess board. In front of him was a gigantic person wearing an ice crown. Their face was covered and they were playing the chess. They used him as a piece, a small part of a plan. The dream shifted again, the person was walking around him, saying stuff subtly getting into Chance's head. He was looking at himself differently after that.
And then there was Noob, or at least what's left of them. Their body was all bloody, some parts missing or unrecognisable. Their lifeless eyes still widened in terror staring at him. Chance's gun failed and he was too late, there's something wrong. They aren't respawning. Their body lies lifeless, forever frozen in one place. Other survivors surround the gambler. He doesn't see their faces, but he knows it's them. Their voices are full of anger, hate, disappointment, pain.
- "I told you to stop using this gun!"
- "They would've survived if your flintlock just worked!"
- "If you didn't need healing because your gun blew up before. I could've be able to heal them. But I couldn't because of the cooldown"
- "I don't understand why we keep you in the team. You bring nothing but trouble."
- "You can gamble with your life, I don't care anymore. But gambling with the life's of others!? That's low even for you.
The person with the crown appears again. His voice cold, manipulative... Familiar.
- "You messed up. Again. That's something you know how to do best, don't you. They all hate you. They put up with your gambling only because you are just one more target. There's always a chance that the death will come after you and not them."
Chance shudders at the memory. The dream is messing with their perception of reality. He wants to burry it deep in the back of their head, but no matter how hard he tries it still stays fresh. Chance sits up, determined and tired of the constant nightmares. Maybe a little bit of magic would help?
They stand up, straightening their clothes out of habit. He makes sure his glasses are on and leaves the room. Going down the stairs, Chance spots on the couch the person he was looking for. He walks over, sitting next to Dusekkar.
- "Oh... Hello Chance. I'm happy you finally show your face. The sickness had me worried big, luckily you were much sick only for one bit. Is there something you seek?"
- "Hi Duss. I... I think I want to ask you something. It's a... More private thing."
- "Think's and want's are two different things. It's more complicated as it seems."
- "Heh... I know. You know magic right? Is there any chance you could do something to stop my nightmares. They're getting out of hand."
- "Our captor prevents me from doing big things. Besides it's not good as it seems. The changes the spell does cannot be undone. It would change who you are, son."- Dusekkar says with serious voice. Chance silently curses, then let's out a few coughs.
- "May I ask, why you wanted me to do such an task?"
Chance is about to shrug it off, but something stops him. The concern in admin's voice makes him want to tell the truth. To finally come out from the walls he built around himself. But the memory of someone's betrayal flashes before his eyes. Chance stays quiet for a long while, Dusekkar patiently waits, putting a hand on gamblers shoulder. Finally Chance opens up, his words a quiet whisper.
- "Am I... A burden to you? After all my gambling brings more harm than good. I constantly need healing or I'm too weak to do anything serious. I... I just... Every night I dream of people constantly judging me.... I feel like every time I mess up I disappoint someone.... And I'm not only gambling with my life, because of my faulty gun I place your life's in risk. You must hate me..."- Chance waits for judgement. For confirmation of what he just said. Insisted the grip the pumpkin has on him tightens in comfort.
- "You're not a burden, neither at fault. It's the one above strengthening your doubt. Believe me when I say, you're our chance for better day. Your gun, faulty it'll be, helps you achieve good deeds. You saved us more than once, but it's who you are the most important voice."- Dusekkar says and Chance feels his breach hitch, a tears sting his eyes and he has to use a sleeve to dry them off.
Dusekkar gently pulls gambler into a hug and the dam breaks. Chance allows themselves to cry and being comforted. For the first time in long time he stopped caring about his facade. Some time passes and the gambler finally calms down, but they don't pull away.
- "What may help you live free from doubt, you could note every bad things you dream about. Then go honestly talk with someone else and when they offer, accept their embrace."
- "... that's... Not a bad idea... I guess."
- "I'm happy I could be of help. And if you wish, you can come to me if you need to be held."
- ".... thanks. I'll remember that."
The duo sits together, staring at the flames for a good while. Both appreciating the presence of another.
Notes:
I feel like this chapter is written more lazily than previous chapters.
Probably because I'm stressed and TERRIFIED.
Not because of the fic, writing this was a great escape from reality.Tomorrow I have first part of big exam that I need knowledge of dry theory from the past three years of learning. And I need around 70% to pass. Day after tomorrow I'll have second part of the exam where I put my knowledge in practice.
I'm stressed out and my brain keeps making the worst scenarios of how would it go. I know I know the topic. I know I studied. I know I'm probably one of the people with the most understanding about this in my class. But I can't help but worry, I just... I'm so scared I'll fail. I'm not scared of failing myself, I don't want to disappoint my parents. They are supportive and understanding but the feeling is still there!!! I'm trying to be positive, but the doubt creeps in....
I hope there's not much change in this chapter compared to others. Thanks for reading the chapter and my little vent.
Chapter 29: Even the god's need help.
Chapter Text
Shedletsky stares at his best friend who is passed out, laying on the bed that previously was occupied by Shed himself. Despite his easygoing personality, former admin can't help but frown. Builderman collapsed a while ago, scaring the life out of Shedletsky. One moment they're talking with each other, the next Builderman is on the floor, his head hitting the ground, hard.
Builderman was dealing with the sickness for a while, pushing himself for the sake of his teammates. Shed knew this, despite the fever he saw how dark circles formed under his friend's eyes. He told him to rest multiple times, that he doesn't have to push himself that hard, but Builderman was always the stubborn one.
Shedletsky makes his way outside the room, he has no idea how to deal with the sickness raging in his friend's body. He has been alive for a long time, he faced multiple foes, yet a simple thing like cold managed to defeat him. And now it took down Builderman, the most determined and stubborn person Shedletsky ever knew. Shedletsky heard bit and pieces about deadly sickness and it makes him worry. Builderman cannot die, he won't allow him die. Going down to the living room he sighs with relief when he sees two people sitting on the couch.
- "Matt, Chance. Thank Roblox you're here."
- "Oh. So you're feeling better to? Well that's great! The luck is on our side."
- "While I'm happy you're feeling better. I feel like there's something a matter."
- "Builderman just collapsed. He's all burning up and I don't know what to do! I never dealt with this before."
- "Nevermind I said anything. Luck isn't on our side."- Chance says, slightly frowning. Dusekkar is already up, floating upstairs to the room that admins chosen for themselves. The Gambler walks over to former admin, placing a reassuring hand on him.
- "You don't need to worry. Duss is already sickness educated. And I'm pretty sure that once Ellie gets updated on the situation he'll help too. Yesterday the exploration team found some tea, there's even the calming one. I'll make you some."
- "While I appreciate the offer I would prefer to be with Builder."
- "Hmm.... How about that. You go with me to drink something, I'll answer your questions about sicknesses and then we'll check on the Builderman together."
- ".... alright. That's fair lead the way."
When Dusekkar flew by the room Elliot was in and informed him about the situation. Elliot quickly finished up with tying his hair and rushed to help. Now he's trying to get the fever under control, while Dusekkar uses his magic to straighten the sheets, so the bed would be more comfortable.
- "I hope he'll be alright. His and Shed's bodies are not used to sickness and it makes it even more risky. Considering our situation... And with how the meds are starting to end... I'm worried."
- "Our situation, difficult may be. If we work together we will succeed."
- "I hope you're right..."
A few hours later, when the evening comes, Builderman wakes up. The first thing he sees is quite a sight. Shedletsky is asleep on the chair next to the bed. In his hands are notes about sickness. On the other side of the room Dusekkar, Elliot and Chance are... Playing poker or some variant of it?
- "Wh-... Where did you get those cards?"- He asks, wincing at his sore throat. The trio looks up, with relief.
- "Heey! Builder. I'm glad you're back in the land of living!"- Chance grins.
- "We're glad you're awake. You had us worried that your life is at stake."
- "And answering your question. Shedletsky and Chance went on surprise expedition and came back with a bunch of items. Sheets of paper, pens, cards and medicine. Don't worry about yelling at them, I already gave them a piece of my mind."- Elliot says, glaring at the gambler who's smile gets strained.
- "You're sure you're not a killer in disguise. We did something good! Shouldn't that count?"
- "You left without telling anyone! That's the peak of stupidity!!!"- Elliot snaps, Chance's smile slightly disappears, the doubts from before creeping in.
- "While too much risk was taken. It aid us a lot, if I'm not mistaken."
Builderman smiles, despite feeling like he was crushed by Doombringer's hammer. Then a movement catches his attention. It appears that Shedletsky woke up, he's smiling at him.
- "Builder! Thank Roblox! Don't scare me like that ever again. I told you to rest, why are you so stubborn?!"
- "Well aren't ya a hypocrite?"- Builderman says quietly, half serious half teasing. Shedletsky gives him a dirty look.
- "...shut up."
- "Elliot... Despite seeing all the notes Shed took. Please do not let him take care of me without supervision."
- "Noted."
- "Huh!? Why this sudden lack of trust!?"
- "..."
- "Builder anwser me!!!"
Despite the tense situation, the evening passes peacefully. The trio managed to finish their game of cards, while Shedletsky took the role of commentator. Builderman felt like watching a show. And for the first time in years, he felt happy letting someone else take care of him instead of other way around.
Notes:
So. Two things.
1. I think I passed the first part of the exam. Tomorrow's another one, but I'm less stressed. Wish me luck!!!
2. BLOCK TALES DEMO 4 BROKE ME. WHY.... I haven't finished it fully yet, but my heart is already in pieces.
Chapter 30: Is it real or is it fake?
Notes:
Ok. So I know that Doombringer was Forsakened™️ in the game. But I might've forgotten to add him to the killer team until it was too late.
So let's just say that in this AU he didn't ended up being Forsakened™️. Instead he was one of the people that lead the missing people/admins case.Sorry for the inconvenience!
_____Let me know if you see any typos!
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
The night was difficult for Builderman. Every time he fell asleep his dreams were unreal, confusing and at the same time felt like reality. His fever was really high and both Shedletsky and Elliot hadn't slept the whole night trying to fight it off before it became to high. Luckily the luck was on their side and soon before "sunrise" his fever slightly broke.
Now Builderman is (forced to) eating the watery soup that was made. Elliot is sprawled over the other bed in the room, his hair messy and going over his face, flying up with each exhale. If Builderman wasn't feeling irritated because of being forced to eat, he would find this sight adorable and would be happy that his teammate friend can finally get peaceful rest.
- "Come on Builder. Just finish this soup it'll make you feel better. Believe me I know from experience after Taph almost assassinated me with a spoon, after I finished eating I felt better."
- "Being sick is stupid... Why do it exist?"
- "Oh I get it. You're annoyed and fussy, that's just life. We can't control everything..... But that's a valid question."
- "Oh don't call me fussy you dramatic chicken eater."
- "Great. Now you're going to insult my favourite food? Shame on you Builder..... don't give me a death stare."- Shedletsky says, slightly moving away. Builderman can be really scary when he's not in the mood. It rarely happens, but it happens. Builderman glares at his best friend, then at the soup and then at his clenched hands.
- "Why am I acting like this?"
- "Eh. From what Chance told me sickness can mess up your emotions and their stability. Everything feels too much and small things annoy more."- Former admin shrugs, the first robloxian just stares at him then sighs continuing fighting with already lukewarm soup.
A few minutes later he finally manages to finish the bowl. Shedletsky was right, it really helped him feel a bit better. Now in the moment of clarity, Builderman decides to start a topic he's been meaning to talk about for a while.
- "Shed? You know how long had passed since we ended up in this hell?"
- "....yeah. I've got updated by Elliot this night. And I know what he did. I really wish I was there to help you deal with it."- Shedletsky says, his smile gone, replaced by regret. After a few seconds Builderman asks a question.
- "Do you think that this place... This world is the real one. Or just a bigger map made by our captor?"
- "..."
- "Shed?"
- "I wish I could say that this is the latter.... But when I snuck out with Chance yesterday. We happened to find some old newspapers. There was written about sudden weather anomaly, a storm that came out of nowhere. There were too many details, too many information for it being just a fake. I.... I think this is real world."
- "....we failed. We're the admins, we were supposed to protect Robloxia."
- "..."
- "What about others? Doombringer, Stickmasterluke.... BrightEyes? It's not that they could die from old age. Do you think there's a chance they're still there?"
- "...I wish. I wish they are. But wouldn't they already tried to do something?"
- "Maybe they ended up like us? Their powers locked away."
- "I.... I hope. But.... I don't know if I still know how to hope."
- "Shed.... Let's not give up for now. If they're out here, we'll find them."- Builderman weakly grabs Shedletsky's hand to reassure him. The former admin chuckles quietly.
- "You always were the most hopeful out of us. Now get some rest, your fever is spiking up again."
- "... alright. Just... Let Elliot sleep, okay?"
- "Sure, kid needs some rest."
- "You know he's an adult right?"
- "Still a kid compared to my age."
- "Heh.... We're both old man's, aren't we?"
After a few minutes of friendly banter, Builderman finally falls asleep. Shedletsky is about to do the same, feeling tired after the sleepless night, when the door opens. Through the narrow opening Taph slips inside. Looking nervously at Shedletsky. There's an unusual shakiness in the way he stands.
- "Do you need something Taph?"
- "..."
- "Is everything alright?"
- "😵💫🤒...."
Before Shedletsky can realise, Taph almost falls down. Caching himself on the door handle. Now his body is really shaking and he's covering himself with his wings. Shedletsky quickly runs over and supports the demolitionist, who curls up into him. The former admin internally curses and leads the demolitionist to the Builderman's bed. Builderman woke up hearing the commotion. Realising the situation he makes space for Taph. Looks like Shedletsky can forget about sleeping for a few more hours, until someone replaces him in caring for the sick.
Notes:
I think I did good on the exam. Now I'm free and can finally forget about school!!! :D
*The biology test this Friday staring at me ominously*
Me: .....why!?
_______ALSO I CAME TO TERRIFYING REALISATION!!!
I really like the Taph = Pigeon hc. It's really adorable.
Then I remembered that in my country there's a dish I really love, it's called "Pigeons" (it's not related to pigeons. It's just rice and not bird meat covered in cabbage and tomato sauce). Now I cannot look at this dish the same way.
______Ouch... Block Tales Demo 4 hurt my heart. (I finally finished it!!!!) The last scene was so sad, but because of talking animation bug, the character looked like she was dancing and I just couldn't take it seriously 🤣
Also hear me out on Big sister Calypso for Player (I'm not a shipper, so found family trope here I go!!!!)
(Also a few minutes after finishing demo and deciding on listening to music, the song that started playing was literally called "Calypso" and it was about pirates. I felt I had salt rubbed into a wound in my heart)
Chapter 31: Be Strong
Notes:
Let me know if you see any typos!
_____
Spoilers to "The last guest" .... I guess.
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
Guest 1337 sits in his room, alone. The sheets on the bed look like they're unused. His head is placed in his hands. The headache is this painful throbbing type. He can already feel the beginnings of a fever.
But there's another reason why he has head in his hands. For the first time since ending up in the purgatory, Guest is silently crying. Now that situation calmed down, the knowledge that centuries passed, finally hits him. Which that the grief comes. Guest's grief is stronger than any other survivors, because while they know they had someone before, the memories became blurry. Some don't even remember their families faces. For Guest that's different, while the memories are blurry. The faces of his family are still clear in his mind.
There is something their captor overlooked. When Guest went to army, his wife placed a photo of them in his bag. When Guest found this, he placed it in his uniform's inside pocket. He had this photo with himself when he died, he had this photo in purgatory.... He still has this photo.
Controlled by the grief, he takes out said photo. On it there's Him, Charlotte, Daisy and Matt. Charlotte is sitting on his shoulders, he is standing in the middle, his left arm around Matt's shoulder, while his left arm surrounds Daisy. Just by simply looking at this photo his tears come out faster. He feels like there's a hole in his heart, next to the hole that was left when his parents died.
Turning the photo around, Guest starts reading the short note his wife wrote and his daughter decorated. Despite knowing the message by his heart, it still brings him comfort and now pain.
"If you ever miss home remember, we're still with you, we think of you. No matter how hard the situation will be, we'll be waiting for your return. Even if the worst happens I'll make sure that Charlotte will remember you.
Remember what your parents told you. 'Be strong. Always be strong.' Good luck in the army, love you. ♡
From your wife Daisy, your sweet but mischievous daughter Charlotte (Don't deny it, she has it after you. Always getting in trouble.) Oh, and Matt is also there. Despite him going with you, it would be rude to cut him of out the photo. Count him as a bonus ;)"
Guest reads it over and over again. His daughter had to grew up without a father. His wife became a widow and Matt.... His friend is died on the battlefield. In one moment Daisy lost both a friend and a husband. Guest allows himself to cry a bit more, but eventually he calms down.
He cannot let the grief to control his actions. He has a team to assist, friends that need him. Growing up in the orphanage taught him that family doesn't have to have the same blood. It can just be a group of people that shares the same experience, that has to stuck together despite their flaws. He knows that not everyone will see this that way, but whenever Guest looks at the younger members of the team, his fatherly instincts start screaming at him. They're his family that he would gladly introduce to his wife and child, but since the situation turned out that way. He has to adapt, make sure everyone is okay.
After all he has to Be strong. Always be strong.... But when he stands up, sudden wave of dizziness overcomes him. Despite the situation, Guest can't help but chuckle.
Being strong has to wait, first he better takes care of himself. It's time to find someone and let them know about his state. Once he'll be feeling better, he'll be able to take care of others.
Notes:
This is a shorter chapter, but I really like it. I've been meaning to write this one for a while. (Over three weeks of writing every day. This is still shocking me.)
_____My Block Tales fixation hit so hard I dreamt of it. Irl there was a storm happening and there was a loud thunder. I woke up so scared I jumped and last thing I remember from my dream was Bubonic Plant changing into Griefer because of said thunder. He just popped into existence.
Oh. And I jumped so hard that my brother's dog who happened to be sleeping on my bed decided to go sleep somewhere else 🤣
Chapter 32: Boredom and Drawings
Notes:
Let me know if you see any typos.
____I had no idea how to name this chapter.
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
They knew something was wrong when the blue kid became more tired and clingy. And they were right, the sickness spread quickly and they knew the situation was drastic. They wanted to help but they knew that the toys wouldn't want them to help.
They are glad that in the end others managed to find a way to help. Guest 666 observers the sleeping child. Bluudude, despite being the first one sick, still has to deal with a cough that doesn't want to go away. But other than that, he's fine. He remembered first time C00lkidd didn't come back, 666 was really to go search for him, he stopped only when one of those mafia people told him where he went. Guest was happy that the child can finally be happier after reuniting with his dad. Suddenly a voice rings out.
- "Hey Six! I'm booooored. I order you to entertain me!"- Pr3ttyprincess says, crossing her arms with a small pout. The beast titls their head, they don't have any idea what to do. Normally they would take and play tag with the kids, but now they can't go outside. Guest barley fits through the door, what they can do to entertain the pink child. She watches them with expectation, hoping for some kind of entertainment.
Then the gentle giant remembered. Some time earlier Jason came in and hid some pieces of paper and probably used pens in one of the drawers. The silent killer wouldn't mind if Princess used some of the papers.... Right? 666 uses their tail to pick up the pink child. She gasps quietly, surprised by the gesture. They place her in front of the drawer, at first she's confused but then she opens it. Her face immediately lights up. In the purgatory the killers never had much of necessary items, and the additional things that could be used for entertainment or to ease up the living were only a dreams. Princess quickly grabs a few different coloured pens and a few pieces of paper.
- "Thank you Six, your good deeds will be remembered. I'm going to make get better cards for everyone I like!"- She says happily, then she slowly rips the paper in half, so she won't waste as much.
A few minutes later Jason came to the room, half checking on the kids, half wanting to retrieve his hidden goods. When he saw Pr3ttyprincess drawing on HIS paper, his eye started glowing red. The only one that was awake when he was hiding the paper was Guest 666. However the beast just scooped up the silent killer with his tail and put him on the floor, next to Princess. She just handed him over the paper and pens.
- "Draw with me Jason! I'm ordering you, you need to listen to the princess!"- She says, and despite not wanting to share, Jason starts drawing with her.
Some time later, chosen people found "Get better soon" cards in front of their door. Those people being Azure, Mafioso, Noli and 1x1x1x1.
When Shedletsky opened the door after he heard knocking, the only thing he found was a card addressed to Taph... Covered in a bunch of glitter and a drawing of Shedletsky getting blow up with glitter. The former admin stares at it with conflicting emotions. On one hand, it's a really nice gesture. On the other he knows that this duo will cause so much chaos. And both he and the kitchen didn't even fully get set free from the glitter.
Shedletsky picks up the card and places it on the nightstand. He'll show it to Taph when he wakes up.
Notes:
I NEED YOUR HELP!!!
I've ran out of chapter ideas!!!!
I want the sickness act to be happening for a few more chapters, but I have NO IDEA what should I write. So if you have any idea about interactions or what I could do. PLEASE let me know.I want to keep the streak of writing every day but I have no idea what to write until I hit the main plot progresses.
Chapter 33: Confessions
Notes:
Let me know if you see any typos!
____
Thank you everyone who gave me ideas or concepts. I really appreciate it! <3TW! Mentions of suicide
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
Elliot is finishing up the soup, honestly he is starting to be bored of it, but it's not like there are other things to make, with what little they have. Some time before, Shedletsky explained to him how to use their sword stove and how to make this soup. Despite not knowing what to do, Elliot's muscle memory took action. He found himself enjoying the art of cooking. Now he understands why his past self enjoyed cooking. He mindlessly starts humming a random song, it's probably one of the chase themes that got stuck in his head. The pizza guy finds himself getting relaxed.
After a few minutes the kitchen enter two more people. It's Chance who drags Two Time, who looks like they're about to stab the gambler, their tail curled up. Elliot looks at them confused.
- "What are you two doing?"
- "I'm making Timey socialize, they've been stuck in one room for too long. Besides, it's not like they are still too sick to move."
- "While I am feeling better I would prefer you not to drag me out of my room by my tail."
- "CHANCE!!? Seriously!?"- Elliot feels like he's loosing braincells hearing this.
- "Hey! I said I was sorry! And you almost choked me!"
- "... Deserved."
- "Elliot! I thought you were on my side! You were the one to say that we should include them more."
- "If they want! You can't just force people to interact if they just want to. It will make them despise socialising even more."- Elliot says, rubbing his forehead. Chance makes quiet 'oh' sound (:o).
- "Two Time, if you don't want to stay with us in the kitchen you're free to go. But if you want this soup is almost done, you should eat something."
Two Time stays quiet, staring at the blonde. While the offer is tempting, because they're hungry, there's also a hesitation. Elliot notices and quickly takes action.
- "If you prefer that way. I can give you a smaller portion and when you eat it and want more I'll give you the second one."
- "...I would be grateful for that."- Two Time says, the words making Elliot smile.
- "I would want a portion too."
- "Don't worry Chance, no need to be so greedy. Everyone will get their fair share."
Eventually the trio finishes the dinner. Two Time managed to eat only the first smaller portion, but Elliot is still silently proud of them. Now all three survivors are sitting at the table, drinking some green tea.
- "So Ellie, Timey. You were there when the glitter bomb went off. Give me details of what really happened. I only saw the aftermath."
- "Well, I'm not entirely sure. Shedletsky was about to enter the kitchen, but there was a tripwire in the entrance that caused a glitter tripmine to explode. From theories it's Taph's and that pink killer child's doing."- Elliot explains. Before Chance can anwser Two Time speaks up.
- "You are right, Healer. The Demolitionist and the killer had some kind of plan. I happened to walk into their scheming and got tasked with distracting people in the kitchen."
- "Wait. Really!? That's why you gave us lecture about Spawn? To assist those two with pranks."- Elliot says, surprised. Two Time's smile seems genuine and their tail is up and slightly wagging, they don't realise it.
- "I was curious about what those two, completely different characters have planned. I was surprised by the outcome and I got a salute as a thanks."
- "I never thought you are the one for prank's Timey. You always manage to surprise, don't you?"- Chance chuckles, flipping his coin. The atmosphere is calm and friendly.
After a while of simply gossiping, Elliot sighs.
- "Hey... Umm... I think I should tell you about something."- He says, fidgeting with his fingers. Two Time slightly tilt's their head, while Chance stops gambling with the weaknesses. Elliot takes a deep breath and continues.
- "Okay. Firstly... We've been stuck in the purgatory for centuries. The medication we use has expiration date for year 5125."
- ".... what the ####"- Chance whisper, his eyes wide. - "You're joking. Please tell me you're joking. My parents... They're.... Oh my Roblox...."
- "I'm sorry. Someone eventually had tell you, I just thought it's better sooner than later."
It takes a few minutes for Chance to manage to calm down a bit. Elliot waits patiently while trying to comfort the gambler. Meanwhile Two Time has their eyes locked on the wall.
- "Two Time. You good?"
- ".... Apologies, Healer. I was wondering what happened to my brother's and sister's in faith. I pray for their safety and for believers to be still thriving in this realm."
- "Ah... Wel-"
- "Oh shut shut up Time. Not the whole world revolves about the Spawn!"
- "How dare you disrespect Spawn!!!"
- "That's all you care about?! Some stupid Spawn that makes you kill people!?"- Chance snaps and Two Time looks like they're about to jump at the gambler. Elliot quickly steps in.
- "Both of you calm down! Two Time, please understand that for Chance there are things more important than religion. Chance, you should understand that Two Time's religion and community is like family!"- Elliot says sternly. Two other survivors stare at each other, feelings slowly being replaced by understanding. Two Time's tail drops down a bit.
- "I apologise Gambler, but despite my understanding I would prefer that you won't insult the Spawn."
- "Yeah... I went to far. Sorry I just... My parents gave me everything and I always wanted to repay them. Now I never have a chance... Heh, look at the irony. Sorry for the overreaction Ellie."
- "I... I don't think that was an overreaction. It's nothing compared to what I did...."
- "... I don't like that tone. Elliot what did you do?"- Chance says and Elliot feels guilt filling him again. The Gambler didn't use an nickname so this means that he's serious.
- "When I learned... I was still sick. My family.... They were my reason to go forward, to not give up. When I learned that they're gone... I went outside... I wanted to die."
- "ELLIOT!!!! Oh my admins. No... That's why you were gone..."- Chance says, despite their skin being grey they visibly pale. Two Time just stares at him with this smile, Elliot can't tell what they feel.
- "When you alarmed others I'm gone... They were able to find me.... But my sickness got worse. I would die either way.... They spared me from the pain."- When Elliot finishes, before he realises Chance stands up and hugs him tightly.
- "Please. Don't do that ever again."- They whisper. Elliot returns the hug, burrowing his head in gambler's shoulder, allowing himself to cry a little. After a while they separate.
- "So I assume you also lost a part of yourself?"
- "Yes... I forgot my family, that I enjoyed to cook. There might be more, but I haven't discover it yet."
- "Understandable. I'll pray for your well being."
- "... thanks Two Time."- Elliot hesitantly smiles. Chance still has a hand on his shoulder.
A while later, the group goes their separate ways. Chance goes to check on Noob, Two Time goes to their room to pray to the Spawn and Elliot starts distributing food rations to everyone else.
Notes:
Yesterday in the evening I've got a (in my opinion) great idea about Block Tales fanfic. And now I have dilemma.
I'm not sure if I would be able to write two fic's at the same time, but at the same time. If I won't try I'll never know.I'll think more about it, but if I decide to write it I'll post it in the evening or tomorrow.
Also if that happens, Upgraded Hell AU is still going to be my top priority.
Chapter 34: Kitchen Shenanigans
Chapter Text
- "Tell me again. Why did you drag us to the kitchen?"- Bluudude asks, clearly annoyed. He is standing next to Pr3ttyprincess who pretends that she is also annoyed, while in reality she's curious what the youngest one has planned. C00lkidd stares at them with determined expressions.
- "My dad is sick. 1x, Azu, Mafioso and probably uncle Noli are also sick. So we need to make them something to make them feel better!"
- "And why are we in the kitchen?"
- "We make food of course!"- C00lkidd smiles.
- "This is stupid."- Bluudud rolls his eyes and is about to walk away when C00lkidd grabs his shirt.
- "Please Bluu!!!! Please, please help!!!"
- "Yeah. That's not nice! They took care of us and you want to just walk away?"
- "That's not c00l!!!"
- "..... alright FINE!!!"
The kids begin the preparations. C00lkidd moves a chair closer so he can reach the cabinet's. Pr3ttyprincess went to get some snow for the water. Bluudude is inspecting the floor.
- "And what are you doing now? You're supposed to help us, not slack off!"
- "Shut it princess. Besides. It looks like a door in the floor."
- "Oooh!!! Maybe we can find some c00l things in there! How do we open it?"- C00lkidd asks while running up to the blue child. Princess also walks over. Bluudud summons his sword and places the tip of it in the crack, however pulling it up is hard. The other two kids decide to help him. After a while of struggling they open it, under it is a hidden staircase to the basement.
- "It looks so dark...."
- "And dirty!"
- "What? Are you two a sacredly cat's or something? Let's go!"
Bluudud says and starts walking down the stairs. Both C00lkidd and Pr3ttyprincess look at each other, Princess slightly pushes C00lkidd towards the entrance. Younger child slowly walks down, with princess following him.
Down there they find Bluudude waiting for them, he uses his sword as a torch. The blue flames lighting up the basement. The kids start to explore. Walking further into the darkness, Bluudud steps on something, looking down he sees a dead rat. He quickly takes a step back, his face twisting in disgust.
- "Eww..."
- "IS THAT AN EYE!?"- Pr3ttyprincess shouts, pointing at the jar with something inside. Bluudud walks over to check. This is an eye. C00lkidd calls up.
- "H-hey... I feel like... There's something on me. I'm scared to touch it...."- He says, when the elder kids look at him they freeze, eyes wide in terror. Seeing their reaction, C00lkidd starts to panic.
- "W-what is it!?"
- "Dude.... Do not freak out too much but-"
- "THERE'S A GIGANTIC SPIDER ON YOU!!!"- Pr3ttyprincess cut's out Bluudud. C00lkidd's eyes wides and he tries to jump and wave his hands to get rid of it.
- "GET IT OFF ME! GET IT OFF ME!!!"
- "DON'T MOVE!"- Bluudud shouts and starts smacking the spider with the sword. Pr3ttyprincess watches from the sidelines her eyes wide in terror as she sees how the spider jumps at Bluudude.
Eventually the spider ends up dead. C00lkidd is crying, Pr3ttyprincess is also about to cry while Bluudud tries really hard to control his emotions.
- "O-okay... Princess grab the jar with eye, C00lkidd take this jar with green glowing thing and I'll take the spider. We're making spider soup!"
The other two children quickly grab said things and quickly rush to the entrance. Bluudude follows with spider that is impaled on his sword. None of them notices multiple red eyes staring at them from the ceiling.
Once they are outside and the basement door is closed, they breathe a sigh of relief. C00lkidd starts to chuckle, pointing at Bluudude's hair that is completely covered in cobwebs. Bluudud pushes C00lkidd, clearly not happy about the teasing.
- "It's all you idiots fault."- He mumbles, now in the light he can see the size of this spider.
- "Alright boys! Cut it off we have soup to make!!!"- Princess orders, already pouring the contents of the jars in the pot. Bluudud walks over and purposely brings the spider next to her face, she screams and almost falls down from the chair.
- "Bluudude!!! That's not how you treat a princess!!!"
- "Does it look like I care?"
- "Just put the spider in the pot! Do you think they will enjoy our food?"
- "....If they don't die from it first."- The eldest mumbles.
After a while the children continue cooking the food, what is in the pot looks like greenish grey goo with and eyeball and spider legs sticking out. Pr3ttyprincess adds a bunch of glitter into it.
- "Is glitter eatable?"
- "The chicken man survived having glitter in his mouth after the explosion. It won't kill them!"
- "Man I wish I could see that..."- The twelve year old mumbles. Princess looks proud of herself.
Suddenly a footsteps emerge. Someone is standing in the entrance to the kitchen. The kids stare at the other person.
- "And what you three rascals do here?"
- "Were making a soup for dad! And you!!! And others!!!"- C00lkidd says proudly. 1x1x1x1 just stares at him. They're not in the mood for playing around.
- "You three better not waste our rations."
- "Don't worry X!!! It's made completely of what we found in the basement!"
- "What baseme- What in the admins name. Step back!"- 1x1x1x1 says quickly rushing over and pulling the kids away from the sword stove. The goo emerges from the pot, letting out a roar.
- "Is this alive!?"- Princess asks.
- "This is crazy!!!"- Bluudude laughs.
- "Does it makes us a parents? Like dad is?"- C00lkidd asks.
1x1x1x1 definitely regrets leaving the room for a glass of water. Now they have to deal with a goo monster that the kids somehow created. He stands between the kids and the monster.
- "What did you even added to this!?"
- "Green glowing juice, eyeball in some liquid, gigantic spider and glitter!"
- "I'm naming him C00lgoo!!!"
- "That the lamest name I ever heard."
- "No it's not!"
The goo attacks the group, 1x4 blocks the attack. Then he has to push the kids out of the way because the creature attacks again. It looks like it's trying to consume the group. 1x is aware that this sickness is still strong in their body and that they can't fight for long. They use mass infection that cuts the monster in half making it return into the liquid again.
- "NOOO!!! You killed C00lgoo!!!"
- "It wanted to kill you!!!"
- "...Oh... Well... Like my dad said. C00lgoo you're in time out!!!"
- "Just clean this mess..."
1x1x1x1 throws away the pot, they don't want to risk someone cooking in it. Then he makes sure that the kids properly clean the kitchen. Some stains from the goo don't want to disappear. Now half of the kitchen is covered in pink glitter, while the other half is covered in goo stains. Later two of the kids go to their room while C00lkidd goes to his dad. 1x4 starts walking back to the bed, exhaustion filling his body. In the room Noli is waiting for them.
- "You drink really long."
- "You should keep an eye on the kids. They somehow created a living being that wanted to eat them."
- "What... Is your fever spiking up again?"
- "Just let me sleep."
- "Dad! Dad! Guess what! Me, Bluu and Princess tried to make soup for you. We explored a creepy basement, beat up spider, became parents and now our child. His name was C00lgoo. He's in timeout because he wanted to eat us!!!"
- "What the ####....?"
- "What does #### mean?"
- "####. Don't ever repeat that son."- 007n7 says, questioning his life choices while fever takes a hold of him again.
- "Don't worry dad! I'll take care of you!!!"
Before the ex hacker falls asleep, all he can think of is one thing: 'Admins help me.'
Notes:
Who else thinks that the kids are the best cooks in the world? :D
___
I decided to post the BT fic. If you're interested here's a link:https://archiveofourown.org/works/66279016/chapters/170876038
Includes Demo 4 spoilers
Chapter 35: Pigeon support
Notes:
Let me know if you see any typos!
____So this chapter includes a few headcanons I made (or read somewhere, I don't remember) for Taph.
Chapter Text
The night was difficult for Shedletsky and Dusekkar. Both Builderman's and Taph's fever went up, a lot. For safety reasons Taph was moved to the other bed in the room. Builderman was knocked out cold, his fever continued to rise. Then there was Taph. His situation was even worse, not because the fever was worse, but because both admins knew that he doesn't feel comfortable showing his face, even to them. Both Shedletsky and Dusekkar tried to figure something out, while Taph continued to shiver and burning up at the same time. Eventually they decided to just uncover his forehead, by taking off the hood and take one layer of clothing.
The demolitionist's dark brown hair was clinging to his forehead. His forehead was all sweaty and hot. Both admins split up their tasks, Dusekkar taking care of Builderman and making sure no one enters the room, while Shedletsky taking care of Taph. Shedletsky, despite still being new in the illness topic is a fast learner and quickly got a hang of it.
When he was looking at Taph, he couldn't help but let his mind wander. Despite the memories slightly blurring, admins have better memories than normal robloxians. He still remembers the day he decided to create an assistant for Builderman, an assistant who developed a love for explosions. Said creation was Taph, he's an artificial Robloxian that quickly proved himself useful when the exploiters started to get banned or messing up buildings so much that there was nothing left to do but to destroy it. His attachment to Builderman was unplanned, a mess up in the coding, but Builderman made him promise that he wouldn't intervene with the code of living beings. It happened at the time when he still had his godhood, when he still was called Telamon, so he never had a relation with Taph. He left it for Builderman and other admins.
Now, years... Millennials later he deeply regrets it. How he ignored Taph.... How he mistreated 1x1x1x1. If he could go back in time and beat sense into his past self, he would do that. But now there's nothing he could do, except trying to fix his mistakes.
Those were his thoughts yesterday, now he finds himself annoyed because Builderman refuses to eat... Again.
- "Builder come on, we went through it yesterday. Why are you so stubborn."
- "Because I am not hungry. Now leave me alone."
- "Roblox please give me strength. You are hungry!!! I heard your stomach rumbling."
- "It was probably yours, you chicken addict."- Builderman says and hearing that Shedletsky can't help it and just places his head in his hands.
On the other side of the room. Dusekkar is helping Taph, positioning himself in the way that hides his body. The pumpkin mage belongs to the small group of people that Taph feels comfortable with to slightly uncover his face. The demolitionist eats slowly, his wings also covering him.
- "Very well, soon you'll be strong back again. Is the soup to your tastes? Or is it a disgrace?"
- "👍.... ❌🥄😓"
- "Don't force yourself to eat, it will only make it a chore not a treat. Please do tell, if you're feeling unwell."- Dusekkar says, seeing how the demotionist shakes more than before.
- "🥶➕🥵,🤷"
- "I see, it's both hot and freeze. You may have your cloak back, but I'm afraid your hood has to lack."- Dusekkar grabs Taph's cloak and helps him to put it on. However despite this, the demotionist seems distressed, it's also his first time being sick, before being protected by admin influence.
Builderman sees that and decides to do something. He whispers something to Shedletsky, who nods in understanding, his smile widening. The former admin then walks over to the bed.
- "Hey Taph. Builder's offering that if you want to cuddle with him you can. He invites you."- He says and Taph's, now visible, eyes widen in shock. He looks in Builderman's direction, who despite being harsh to Shedletsky, now has a soft smile.
Hesitantly the Demolitionist's stand up and slowly walks over, Dusekkar uses his magic to support him. When everyone is sitting, it's clear that Taph feels awkward. Builderman is quick to take action and he hugs the demolitionist. The admins feel content taking care of each other and the younger man. Making the bed look like a nest. Taph's wings flutter with happiness and Shedletsky makes a mental note to help him preen them once the sickness passes. They all care about this silly and shy little pigeon. The pigeon is a nickname that stuck for them back before in the HQ. Shedletsky smirks.
- "You know Taph. I heard that pigeons really know how to make a couple of "peck-tacular" friends."
The former admin had to dodge a spoon that was thrown at him. Mental note #2 don't make 'bad' jokes when Builderman is sick.
Chapter 36: Despite everything... It's still you.
Chapter Text
When Noob woke up and actually felt better, it already has been a few days. They expected to find Elliot in the room, instead they woken up to sight of Chance falling of the chair with a loud thud, face first hitting the floor. Noob stared at him for a while, before clearing their throat and speaking.
- "C-Chance. You're okay?"- They said. When the gambler heard the voice, he quickly stood up, straightening their clothes with an awkward smirk.
- "Ahahah.... Noob! You're awake... Good! Heheh..."
- "... What... What were you doing?"
- "Ah.... Heh... Testing my luck... Balancing at the edge of back of the chair..."
- "Y-you... I... I have no words."
- "I'm glad!"
- "..."
- "... Anyway! How are you feeling?"
- "Better... I think. I still feel under the weather, but definitely better!"
- "That's good. And hey! You're stuttering less, so that's a progress too!?"
- "I...I think so. It probably means I f-feel more comfortable... You know... W-with your presence."- Noob says, avoiding eye contact. Chance just smiles, not a smirk but a genuine smile. He ruffles their hair.
- "Heh. I'm glad I'm so likable. By the way! I went on a expedition with Shed some time ago. We found something amazing. A hairbrush!!! Want me to fix your hair?"
- "I-If it's not a bother..."
The duo sits in comfortable silence. Noob still halfway under the covers, while Chance is behind them and brushes their hair. Gambler's hand gently untie the worst knots and tries to make the hair look good, despite it being greasy. The sickness made them sweat a lot and it's not like they have functioning shower to take a bath. Noob realises that sooner or later the group will have to do something about that. Eventually Chance decides that Noob's hair looks good.
- "I'm done. Want to go to the kitchen for food? And probably check on Ellie. He had a total freakout when he saw the state of the kitchen."
- "S-sure. We can go... But what do you mean by that?"
- "You'll see..."
When the duo makes their way to the kitchen, Noob freezes at the sight of it. The kitchen looks like a warzone. Covered in pink glitter and odd coloured stains on the floor, counter and walls. The floor is also cracked in one place. Elliot is frantically scrubbing the counter, mumbling swears under his breath.
- "W-what happened?"- Noob asks, making Elliot's head snap up.
- "Noob? Oh thank admins. I'm happy you're feeling better!"
- "T-thanks Elliot... I'm glad too."
- "Speaking of what happened. I saw 1x4 going down the stairs. I didn't want to bump into them and informed everyone else. We heard some weird noises and yelling of the killer kids. Next time we go downstairs, the kitchen looks like that. No idea what they did."
- "He probably decided to make our life worse. And he did because those stains REFUSE to get cleaned!!!"
- "Alright Ellie, I think you need to take a breather. Just relax."
- "Don't tell me to relax! Do you have any idea how many safety rules it breaks!? We might get closed down!? ..... wait what? Why did I said that?"
- "W-well. You used to w-work in pizza place... S-so probably some subconscious though."
- "Oh... That. That makes sense. You want to eat something? I've got a hang of cooking and I think I like it!"- Elliot says, when Noob nods he starts to cook. Chance sits at the table and updates them on what happened during the time they were sick.
The survivalist finds themselves worried about Builderman, Taph, Guest and 007n7. But they know that everyone is in good hands. Once Elliot finishes heating up the soup, Noob starts to eat. They enjoy eating for the first time with appetite.
Some time later the front door opens, cold air blowing in the cabin. An exploration group came back, with Jason holding dead rabbits. Chance quickly excuses themselves and goes upstairs. The silent killer drops the bodies in one of the pot's.
- "Jason... I told you... Ugh nevermind."- Noli says with tired expression. The silent killer just stares at the jester.
- "We... We'll leave you be"- Elliot says, grabbing Noob's hand and waking out of the kitchen.
But there waits a surprise, because Guest 666 is in living room, staring at them and blocking the way. Or more likely staring at Noob.
- "Umm... Noli... Could you like.... Get your dog... friend... killer beast?"
- "One moment!"
Noob looks in the eyes of the beast. Of his former friend. Normally they would start to run away, but now the rounds don't happen. Noob frees their hand from Elliot's hold and takes a step forward.
- "Noob?!"- Elliot protests but the survivalist quickly shushes him.
They continue waking towards the beast. G666 leans forward with tilted head, now basically in front of the survivalist. Noob reaches out, their hand shaky. When the contact is made, Guest 666 basically melts. They use their tail to pull Noob closer, shielding them. While Guest's memories of before are basically gone they know that this survivor is their friend and no one will hurt them, not on their watch. Noob starts to quietly cry, stroking the fur of the former robloxian.
- "You're still there.... You're still there...."- They whisper. 666 tries their best to stop his friend from crying, looking for injuries. Noob just chuckles and says with a smile.
- "I missed you Sixer..."
The two are unaware of the audience they got. Elliot, Noli and Jason are observing the situation.
- "Well. I guess that counts as a happy ending!"- Noli exclaims.
- "I... I'm still worried about their safety, but... They look so happy."
- "Six is really gentle with the kiddos. Your friend is going to be alright.... Jason stop poking me."- Noli turns towards the other killer. Who just points at the sword stove. And the raging fire there. Noli's next word's glitch so badly that no one is able to understand what he said. The trio, two killers and survivor manage to stop the fire. The kitchen now has new 'decorations'. The counter and a part of the ceiling are burned.
The reunited friends don't even realise what happened. They are too happy to register outside world. Savouring the touch of each other, finally together.
Notes:
JUSTICE for the kitchen!!! THE TRUE VICTIM!!!
Chapter 37: Bonding
Notes:
Let me know if you see any typos!
Chapter Text
If some time ago someone told Noob that they're going to be hanging out with the killers in a living room, they would laugh. Now this is exactly what is going on.
After Noob stopped hugging Sixer, they turned around only to see thick smoke coming out of the kitchen, inside Noli, Elliot and Jason were staring at me counter where previously was located their sword stove.
- "You used too much heat Jason."- Said Noli with accusation. Jason quickly turned his head at the jester, glaring at him. Elliot, the peacemaker just said.
- "It was deemed to happen sooner or later. Who's idea it was to place sword that makes fire on a WOODEN counter?!"
- ".... Shedletsky's"
- "Or really?! Because last time I checked it was you who placed it there."- Elliot crossed his arms. Jason, despite wearing a mask looked smug.
Before they can argue further, they heard laughter from the entrance. It was Noob, doubled over from the laughing.
Now the survivalist sits on the edge of the couch, curled into the beast. Next to him is sitting Elliot, and then Noli and Jason. Despite the tension between them, the atmosphere is pretty cozy. Noli and Elliot are still having a conversation about who's fault it was. Noob notices that Jason is looks a bit awkward. Then they remember that the killer is either mute or doesn't like to talk. Survivalist whispers something to Sixer, who quickly follows the order. The beast uses it's tail to scoop up Jason and move him closer. The silent killer almost attacks the tail, because he got surprised. The killer then proceeds to stare at the survivalist. Noob swallows hardly but speaks up.
- "H-hey... So I-I know our i-interactions weren't friendly b-before. With y-you killing me and all t-that... But! W-we can start over?"- Noob smiles awkwardly, disliking how much they stuttered. Jason just stares at them.
- "R-right.... Do you know s-sign language? B-because I do from the t-time I started hanging out with Sixer..."- They ask, after a few seconds Jason just slowly shakes his head.
- "O-oh... Well... M-maybe if you want... I-I could t-teach you. S-so the paper wouldn't be u-used so quickly... O-only if you want!!!"- The survivalist says. They didn't expect much of a reaction. Jason first tilt's his head, then he hesitantly nods. Noob's smile widens.
- "G-great... J-just let me know when you're ready!!!"- The survivalist smiles, stroking Sixer's fur. Jason also starts repeating the most, at first slowly and hesitantly, but then more naturally. Both survivalist's and killer's attention is brought back to the other people on the kitchen.
- "Do you have any idea what 1x did in this kitchen for it to become so... Damaged?"
- "They said they were going to drink something. Came back tired and said something about kid's creating living being. I think he had a fever episode or something. If that exists."
- "I hope he won't do it again. This kitchen is a save hazard!!!"
The group continues to talk. Eventually leaving the topic of the kitchen and talking about random stuff.
Chapter 38: Basement Experience
Chapter Text
- "So you're telling me that there's a cracked part of the floor in the kitchen that looks like an entrance to somewhere?"- Shedletsky raises an eyebrow. Chance, who earlier barged into the room breaking down because of a few rabbits, is now explaining the state of the kitchen.
- "Yeah. And let's not forget about the odd stains that almost gave Elliot a heart attack."
"Hmm... That's really weird. John could you check it out for me?"- Builderman says, while holding asleep Taph.
- "Alright. Chance, you're coming with me?"
- "Sure."
Two people stand up and start walking down. Passing by multiple doors. Someone of them are quiet, while from some of them the conversation are heard. Chance continues to flicking their coin, missing a step on the stairs and almost falling down. It would happen if it wasn't for Shedletsky grabbing his collar.
- "Careful"
- "Heh... Thanks for the save."
Downstairs they find a surprising sight. Guest 666 and Noob asleep together. For a while the duo observes them. Eventually they move to the kitchen. The sight making them stop.
- "This wasn't there when I left...."- The gambler says. Looking at the burned wood and ceiling.
- "Dear Roblox... What happened here..."- Whispers Shedletsky, completely in shock.
- "The glitter is from the glitter bomb that got you. These stains appeared after 1x's trip to the kitchen. And I think the fire happened a while ago. I can still smell the smoke..."
- "Is this kitchen or a warzone? We'll need to renovate it someday.... Dear Roblox."- Shedletsky is left speechless. His eyes dart around the room eventually spotting the cracked floor.
- "Is this the thing you told me about?"
- "Yeah. No idea what is there."- Gambler says.
Shedletsky walks over and uses his sword to pick it up. Chance was right, there is a staircase leading to darkness. The duo looks at each other, Shedletsky decides to give their stove sword a new role and takes it like a torch.
- "Smart. Just don't set me on fire."- Chance teases him. Then they need to dodge a swing from it. Former admin chuckles and makes his way down, Chance following soon after.
The basement is dark, filled with shelfs with questionable items on them. They venture deeper, seeing a lot of cobwebs. Chance steps onto something, when Shedletsky brings sword closer they see it's some kind of goo.
- "Well that's disgusting. Looks like I'll have to clean my shoe later.... There's even a dead rat there..."- They point in front of them.
- "Yeah. This place requires a lot of cleaning. But it could be usable. Let's go further."
They continue to explore in silence, looking through the maze that this basement it. With more and more cobwebs appearing. Suddenly Shedletsky hears a muffled gasp, then quiet. He turns around only to see that Chance is gone.
- "Chance? Where are you? This isn't funny."
...
- "Come on. It's not time for jokes."
...
- "Hey! You got me! You can stop hiding now!"
Shedletsky traces back the way he came here. Looking for the gambler. Only thing he finds are their glasses. He picks them up, looking around in worry.
- "Chance, seriously where are you!?"
Something sticky touches his legs and Shedletsky is pulled upwards, dropping the sword.
- "OH MY ROBLO-"
The sword slowly stops to burn, the light becoming dim until it disappears completely. The basement becoming dark again.
Notes:
Oh look at this. I'm so evil leaving you all on a cliffhanger.
I'm now going to disappear for two years!!! MUAHAHAHA /joke
Chapter 39: What lurks in the dark.
Notes:
Let me know if you see any typos!!!
___Important announcement in the end notes
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
Elliot is starting to get worried. Normally Shedletsky would already come, making sure he has the right dosage of medicine for Builderman and Taph. However he didn't came. Sure he could ask someone else, but Elliot has a feeling that something is wrong. He left his room and started checking different rooms, staring from the back. He opens the door after a knock.
- "Two Time? Sorry to interrupt... Have you seen Chance or Shedletsky?"
- "Ah... Hello Healer. I'm afraid that I did not saw the Gambler since our last conversation. And I last saw the Admin before I got sick. Is something the matter?"
- "####. I can't find them anywhere."
- "If you wish. I could assist you."
- "Really? I... Thank you. I would appreciate it."- Says Elliot. Meanwhile Two Time stands up, their tail relaxed behind them.
They follow the pizza man, checking in different rooms.
- "Dusekkar, Guest. Have you seen Shedletsky or Chance?"
- "No."
- "I would gladly help you young man. But sadly I didn't saw any of them."
They go to another room.
- "Hey. 007--- what are you doing here?"
- "I'm taking care of dad!"
- "I will tell someone to keep an eye on them..."
- "Thank you Two Time..."
Finally, after checking a few empty rooms, the duo ends up next to the admins room. Elliot knocks and waits, because he doesn't want to invade Taph's privacy. Builderman opens the door, making sure that there's no way someone can peek inside.
- "Hello you two... I see you're doing better Two Time... I'm glad. Do you need anything?"
- "Have you seen Chance or Shedletsky?"
- "Yeah. They were in my room Chance told us about cracked kitchen floor and they went to investigate it. Did something happen?"
- "The Healer told me that he did not see them for hours."
- "Oh... That's worrying. Could you check it out for me?"
- "Sure. Let's go Time."
- "You should rest more, Admin."
- "Thank you Two Time. I'll keep it in mind."
The duo goes downstairs, quietly passing by the reunited friends. Two Time glances at them once, a pang of jealousy goes through them but they push it away.
When they entered the kitchen, Two Time looked around with interest and slight confusion.
- "Hmm... I don't think this was this bad when I was there last time..."
- "Please DO NOT remind me. This kitchen is going to drag me to the grave faster than Jason is going to kill me. And that means somethiiiiin..... Is that a entrance to hell?"- Elliot says, staring at the entrance to the basement.
- "It looks like a dark pit. Reminds me when at the beginning of my stay in this realm, a... How you all called them? Glitches in the code? They appeared sometimes."
- "Yeah it's kind of similar... Do we like... Go inside?"
- "Without a light source?
- "Shoot... You're right. But the sword is gone, technically we could ask other killers for it, but..."
- "I understand. Then let us walk freely into the basement of doom."
- "Real funny Two Time..."
Despite their better judgement the duo enters the basement, slowly walking down the stairs. Elliot subconsciously grabs the hand of the cultist, so they won't loose each other. After a while their eyes adapt to the darkness and they are able to see more. Going further into the darkness Elliot tries to ignore the suspicious content of the shelf's.
Two Time suddenly freezes, staring in one direction, their smile slightly wavers. Elliot looks back at them, he slightly tightens the grip on their hand.
- "Two Time?"
- "....I apologize Healer... I thought I saw something. My head is playing tricks on me..."
- "... alright? Just... Let me know if something happens."
They go further. Two Time glances around, before they thought they saw someone standing in the corner of the basement, whispering to them. That person seemed familiar, but their face was completely covered. It made the cultist a bit anxious, but they focused on keeping their smile. They know that they sometimes see things, they're used to it.
Suddenly something happens, a light flickers on. The duo stops surprised.
- "This... This is unusual."
- "Agreed. But I'm not complaining. Let's go further."- Says Two Time, hearing that Elliot nods and let's go of Two Time's hand. Walking deeper inside.
They look around. Elliot spots the sword and glasses, he frowns and walks over.
- "Shedletsky? Chance? Are you there? Hell-"
Elliot voice cuts of, because Two Time suddenly pushes him away. Before he can get mad about sudden push he looks back at the cultist and freezers, because they are being yoinked up by a web of a gigantic spider, who's size is similar to Guest 666. Elliot knows that he won't be able to make any difference if he tries to fight it, so instead he grabs the sword and the glasses.
- "Hold on Two Time!!! I'll be back with reinforcements!!!"- Pizzaman yells and runs in the direction of the exit, barley avoiding cobwebs that were shoot at him.
Two Time tries to move, but they're covered in spider web from neck to toes, like a cocoon. Their tail is painfully digging into their body, because of how tight this is. They're unable to move every part of their body, except their head. They look up and just stare. Because right over them there's Shedletsky, also stuck. Looking around they also spot Chance on the cobweb.
- "Hey... Welcome to the club."
- "I genuinely feel like I'm about to throw up..."- Chance mumbles to himself, after all he's placed upside down. Two Time immediately knows that it's going to be a long day.
Notes:
Hello! I have a small announcement.
During the weekend I'm meeting with my long distance friend and I want to make the most of our meeting.
I'm planning on pre-writing two chapters. So I'll be able to post them during those two days. But it might take a while to reply to your comments! If I find free time I will definitely do that. ^^
Thanks for reading!
Chapter 40: Different person, same time.
Notes:
Let me know if you see any typos
Chapter Text
Some time earlier.
C00lkidd uses his memory of how Azure took care of him when he was sick and places a wet cloth on his dad face. He really wants his dad to get better... To somehow repay for what he did to him and his friends. C00lkidd's face twists into a sad expression. He did a lot of bad things. He needs to show the other people that he's really sorry.
He starts to make plans on how to achieve it. Maybe he'll draw them a lot of "I'm sorry" cards. Or he'll be a little angel and won't cause any trouble. Or he's going to help them without any questions. While he's figuring out if he would be able to hunt animals like Jason or Noli does, the door to the room opens.
- "Hey. 007--- what are you doing here?"- The pizza man. One of dad's friends stands in the entrance. Behind him is that person that liked to stab them, C00lkidd remembers how Pr3ttyprincess once had a crash out because of them.
- "I'm taking care of dad!"- He anwsers with a smile. The face of the pizza guy changes into uncertainty.
- "I will tell someone to keep an eye on them..."
- "Thank you Two Time..."
When those two people leave, C00lkidd starts to mumble to himself.
- "Why they don't trust me! I'm trying my best to be nice... I'll show them! I'm going to get dad some water from the kitchen. They'll see that I really care!"
With a newfound determination, C00lkidd once again changes the cloth on his dad's forehead. Then he tries his best to fix the pillow and the sheets so his dad is fully covered. Once he's done the child smiles to himself, after all he did something good.
Then he leaves the room, walking downstairs humming a song that always played when he played tag. He sees Guest cuddling one of dad's friends, but decides to let them be. Walking into the kitchen he stops in his tracks, his sword is missing, the place looks like it was on fire and the door to basement is open again. The child frowns, trying to figure it out.
He remembers that he and Bluudud placed the goo of C00lgoo in the basement. Maybe he should check on his creation, after all he doesn't want to become like this person in 1x's stories. He's about to walk inside, but hesitates. He turns around, walking over to the killer beast, then he gently tugs the fur of the guest. The beast opens one eye
- "I'm going to the creepy basement to find my creation! In case someone would be looking for me just point at the entrance! Sorry for waking you up!!!"
Once the beast acknowledges him, C00lkidd turns around and walks back into the basement. Shuddering when the darkness surrounds him. He wishes he had his sword, but it's gone. And neither Bluudud or Princess would let him use theirs, so walking without a light is the only option.
All of his courage disappears when he's finally down in the basement. He still remembers how the spider that was on him, how it then attacked Bluu. C00lkidd wants to turn around but stops. He remembers the look that 1x sometimes gets. This angry sad one. He doesn't want the C00lgoo to experience it. Swallowing hard, the child walks deeper inside, going in the opposite direction then he went with the others, might as well explore.
After a while his eyes get used to the dark, and on the wall he sees a funny box. He remembers how dad used to switch some funny switches and then the lights would work again. Maybe he can do that too!!! Walking over C00lkidd realises a small issue, he's too short to reach it. While he remembers being taller during rounds of tag, only now he realises that he somehow gotten slightly shorter.
Taking out his copy of c00lgui, he summons his minions. They immediately start looking for other people, but the child quickly stops them.
- "No! We're not playing tag. I need you to lift me up to this box!"- He orders, the minions obey and soon C00lkidd is the right height to reach the box.
Opening it up makes the child smile, he was right! The switches are here. He plays with different combinations when finally lights flicker on. The child celebrates, the minions despawning. He can now explore the basement in the light, weak and flickering, but light.
Then he spots it, a movement. C00lkidd quickly runs there. Turning a corner, behind the boxes he finds... Nothing? The child stares at the empty space, confused because he knows he saw something. A shadow casts over him, turning around C00lkidd is met face to face with the source that blocks the light.
- "C00lgoo!!! I found you!!! I hope you're not trying to eat me again."
Chapter 41: Spider Trade
Chapter Text
Elliot rushed out of the basement, tripping on the stair and almost falling back down to the basement. Luckily he managed to stop himself. He dropped the sword and shades on the counter and rushed up the stairs to admins room. He started banging on the door with urgency. Soon, Builderman opens it.
- "Elliot? Did something happen?"
- "There's a GIGANTIC spider that already caught Two Time in it's webs. The same fate probably happened with Chance and Shedletsky!!!"
- "Oh ####. Tell that everyone who is available and not sick. We're meeting in the kitchen."
- "But you're sick!"
- "And my best friend is probably becoming a spider dinner. If they hadn't respawned it means they're alive."
Elliot follows the order of the admin. Getting Guest, Dussekar and Noli because he bumped into him. The group joins Builderman in the kitchen. Everyone has serious expressions, everyone except Noli.
- "So... Can anyone explain it to me why I got dragged there?"
- "If what Elliot is telling is truth... We have a gigantic spider in the basement that may or may not eat robloxians. It already got three of us, being Chance, Shedletsky and Two Time."- Says Builderman, pointing at the entrance to the basement. Noli stares at him, bewildered.
- "Are any of you even sane anymore?"- This causes Guest to chuckle.
- "What even is sanity?"
- "... Fair point. I guess I'll help you, so it won't happen to anyone from my team."
- "I want to ask, how do we achieve such an task. The spider is big, venom has too... I don't want to risk it bitting anyone of you."
- "...Good point."
- "We need to hurry up. We don't know how much time they have!"
- "Well... They have Two Time..... You get it?"
- "Dear Roblox, Noli you're banned from ever interacting with Shedletsky."
- "M-maybe I could help?"- A new voice joins the conversation. The group spots Noob who is walking over. Fidgeting with their hood.
- "I-I overheard your conversation... W-while I'm terrified of s-spiders. I want to h-help. I remember that I had a p-phase when I tried to battle my phobia... I-I remember some random f-facts about spiders..."
- "Noob, you're a lifesaver."
- "So, what do you have to say?"- Noli stares at them, the survivalist sighs nervously. Still feeling on edge when interacting with the killer.
- "M-maybe... Maybe we could l-like... Feed it? T-trade our f-friends for food... L-like some pet... Pet of terror...."
- "While the idea it neat. Where we would find what spiders eat?"- Dusekkar rhymes. Everyone's mood drops, but then Builderman gets an idea.
- "The spider is planning on eating our friends. Maybe we could feed it with different animals."
- "But were already struggling to feed ourselves!"
- "I know Elliot, but think of it. We don't have any chances in defeating it. Besides, who knows if it's one or an entire colony. But if we create a symbiosis with each other, it could help us in the future.
- "...While it's the craziest idea you have ever made. I could see that becoming our fate."
- "Great. So now we need to catch some food for a gigantic spider."- Sighs Guest, rubbing his head.
- "I have hidden stash of food for Triple Six. I'm sure they wouldn't mind sharing."- Says Noli, ignoring the unhappy grumble from the beast.
A few minutes later, Noli comes back with some dead animals. Their state is clearly worse than the food that the survivors usually get. Noob frowns.
- "This is t-the food you're giving Sixer?"
- "Don't worry. I always make sure it's not rotten and always fry it."
- "I hope so."- Despite their fear, Noob glares at the killer.
Guest 666 is looking at the entrance to the kitchen with unease, but they can't communicate their worry about the certain red child.
Eventually the group including Elliot, Noli and Dussekar enters the basement. Builderman and Guest 1337 stayed behind, in case something goes wrong and because they sickness makes them too weak. Noob also watches the entrance with worry, they wish they could help more, but they know that it wouldn't be possible because of their arachnophobia.
- "Man... I never knew I would be trading with a spider. And here I thought I saw everything..."- Noli chuckles to himself. The group walks further into the basement. The flickering lights are giving the entire place even creepier atmosphere.
Eventually they arrive to the location that everyone previously disappeared. Noli waits, the web shots out, but he quickly cuts it off with C00lkidd's sword. The spider hisses and comes closer.
- "Wait!!! We offer you a trade! You give people back, we give you food. We help you! You help us."- The hacker says with simplified sentences, questioning his life choices but going with the flow.
- "There no way it works."- Elliot whispers to Dusekkar.
The spider slows down. Walking over to the killer, it towers over him, but the killer doesn't react. A hint of hope filling him.
- "We help you. You help us."
The spider stares at Noli, the thousands of red eyes blinking at the same time. The spider makes some hissing noises and suddenly from the ceiling fell down three bodies. Chance hits the floor, quickly untangling himself and throwing up in the corner, the sudden movement in addition to hanging upside down made him too nauseous to survive. Shedletsky falls on top of Two Time, cultist slightly groans.
- "Sorry Two Time... You good?"
- "... I'm surprised I'm still on my first life..."
- "... What's that supposed to mean!?"
- "Nothing dear Master of Swords. Nothing..."
Ignoring the banter, Noli quickly hands over the food. The spider attaches it to the web, and suddenly hundred or more kid spiders walk out. Everyone's jaw drops.
- "Oh. I get it. You're a lady. With a bunch of children... that's great!- Noli smirks and starts to back up. Elliot helps Chance stand, the gambler still dizzy, while Dussekar assists Shedletsky and Two Time.
The group walks out of the basement. Sighing with relief. The other group that was in the kitchen also quickly celebrates. Getting a quiet mumble of 007n7 who also came. He's sitting with head on the table, the headache induced by fever hitting him hard.
- "I can't believe it worked..."- Elliot says quietly.
- "Well... Looks like we have a pet spider now."- Shedletsky chuckles, while walking up to Builderman. To tell the story of what happened. And how the creepy spider is a single mother of more than a hundred kids. Noob looks like they're about to faint.
A few minutes later, from the basement are heard noises. Everyone looks there, worried. From the basement emerges C00lkidd, the child is covered in cobwebs and dust, despite this he's smiling. Behind him emerges a some glittery goo abomination. 007n7 looks like he's having a heart attack.
- "Dad look! I found C00lgoo!!! Me and Bluu and Princess created him!!! He wanted to eat me again but I tamed him with a dead rat I found while running away from him. Can I keep him? He's my creation after all!!!"
The silence that follows is deafening. Until the former hacker clears his throat.
- "I'm... I'm not sure... If he's harmless then... Yes, I guess?... But if he tries to do something bad there will be consequences?"- The rest of survival stare at the man with disbelief.
- "SEVEN!?"
- "What? It seems harmless for now.... Besides we are already living with killers... And a bunch of spiders... I don't know I'm too sick for this."
- "..."
- "Yeay!!! You heard that C00lgoo!!! I can keep you!! Just no funny business and no more staining the kitchen!"
- "Wait... It... He stained the kitchen?"- Elliot says with confusion. Noli looks like he's having mental breakdown.
- "Oh my Roblox. 1x WASN'T LYING!!!? SO HE DIDN'T MESS UP THE KITCHEN AND DIDN'T HAVE A FEVER DREAM?!"
- "Noo? He saved us from being consumed. And then made sure we clean this up."
- "I... I'm going to apologise to them..."- Noli says going upstairs.
- "Did we blame the wrong person?"- Chance questions. The reality hitting them hard.
- "X wake up."- Noli stands over the other killer. After a short while he opens his eyes.
- "... What do you want?"
- "Sorry I didn't believe you about the kids creating something."
- "... What?"
- "You saved the kids, I didn't believe you before. Thank you."
- "...."- 1x1x1x1 says quiet. Not knowing what to anwser. This situation being completely new to them. Noli understands and doesn't push the topic.
Notes:
This act has a happy ending. ^^
(Angst lovers, don't worry the angst will come soon!!! ^^)
Chapter 42: Mama's Boy
Chapter Text
Mafioso's consciousness slowly comes back to him. His fever finally broke, but the memory of the dream... The fever dream he had still lingers in his mind. About two odd people and one of the survivors in a pink room playing a card game and complete chaos before it. He frowns, the memory feeling weirdly familiar and real. When he opens his eyes for the first time, he almost has a heart attack. Noli is standing next to his bed, staring at him.
- "I was wondering if you'll ever wake up."- He says with a smile.
- "Do you stand over sleeping people as a hobby?"
- "Might as well call it a hobby."- Noli chuckles, his voice slightly glitching. Mafioso sits up, rubbing his head.
- "Is there something you need?"- He asks, on that Noli's entire mood changes.
- "Okay. You missed a lot of things, so first slight context."
After Noli finishes up retelling the story form multiple days that passed, Mafioso is left speechless.
- "What do you mean that kid's created alive goo!?"
- "I mean it literally. Just like everything else. Sometimes we need to accept the unexplained situations."
After hearing those words, the mafia boss sighs. You can count on those chaotic children to achieve the impossible.
- "Speaking of kids... They still need to be told about how much time passed..."
- "None of you informed them!?"
- "Before they were sick! And now... John and Jason can't tell them anything. 1x and Azure are sick and I.... I only have good relationship with C00lkidd. The other two are more like teammates. If they reacted strongly my cheering them up would be awkward and out of place..."- Noli says seriously. Mafioso understands his point.
- "I'll take care of that..."- He sighs and leaves the bed, trying to make himself look presentable. Meanwhile Noli teleports away. The mafia boss puts on his fedora and leaves the room, heading to the one children are occupaying.
He knocks on the door and enters. Bluudud is roughousing with C00lkidd, the red child is currently biting him, while the elder one is pulling younger's hair. Pr3ttyprincess stole two cups from the kitchen and is having tea party with some kind of monster. Mafioso assumes that the monster is the infamous 'C00lgoo'. He sighs, the kid is just like his father when it comes to names. Pr3ttyprincess is the first one to spot him.
- "Oh! Mr Mafioso!!! You're not sick anymore?"- She says, the goo seems to be staring at him. The boys stop fighting and stare at the mafia boss.
- "Yes. I'm feeling better."
- "Are you here to play with us!!!"- C00lkidd says, basically vibrating with excitement. Mafioso shakes his head.
- "Maybe later. We need to talk."
- "What did you two idiots done again?"- Bluudud says with annoyance.
- "No ones in trouble. Come on, sit nicely and I'll tell you."
It takes a while for the children to sit still on one bed, but eventually this happens. Mafioso looks at them knowing that what he's about to say with either don't matter to them, or change everything.
- "In the place we were stuck for a while. Time there passed differently..."
- "Why are you telling us something we already know?"
- "Have some patience Bluudude. As I was saying. The time passed differently... It's been millennias in the real world. Everything you knew... It long gone or changed."
- "...How long is a millennia?"
- "...A really, really long time."
- "Oooh... c00l!!! So we're Ancient's now!!?"
- "You could say that...."
- "C00l!!!"- C00lkidd smiles, Pr3ttyprincess looks really intrigued.
- "So what happened to the people in my orphanaged? Are they all gone now?X
- "Yes. No one can live for so long, unless they're an admin or a god."
- "Mhm... It's a bit sad? But it's not like I even knew them much so it's alright I guess."- She says.
Mafioso is surprised by how well they take in that information. Definitely better than certain survivor. Then he spots that Bluudud is unnaturally quiet. Once he really looks at the child he realises that he's holding back tears, so the younger ones don't see him cry.
- "Pr3ttyprincess, C00lkidd. How about you'll go downstairs to play with Six? You can take your... Goo fiend with you."
- "Ooh!!! Alright!!! Come on C00lgoo!!!"- C00lkidd smiles and runs out, the slimy being following after him. Princess also comes after him. Once they leave the room, Mafioso's attention focuses on the eldest, who's now curling up against the wall.
- "Bluudude? Is everything alright?"- He asks, the child shakes his head. Tears already falling down.
- "My... My mom..."- He whispers. These two words explain the entire situation. Mafioso sits next to the child. Slowly pulling him into a hug. Bluudud starts to quietly sob, clutching the mafia boss's clothes.
- "Last.... L-last... This she s-saw... It was me b-being ran over by a c-car... And now... She's... She's gone? I-I... I never said... I never said goodbye.... I never... I never said sorry... For being... d-difficult..."- He says, the words getting separated by sobs. Mafioso just hold him, not sure what to tell. Eventually he speaks up.
- "I'm sure that deep down she knew. Normally mother's know their children very well, she knew that you love her, that you don't want to be difficult but you didn't know better. Nothing is your fault."- He says with a calm, but compassionate voice.
- "... I-I miss her..."
- "I know."
The mafia boss continues to hold the child. He isn't able to take the pain and grief away, but he can be an anchor.
- "If you'll ever need anything. You can come to me. I'll help you understand your emotions, help you with stuff. You aren't alone. Me and others care about you. Remember that."
- "...mhm... thanks"- Bluudud whispers with gratitude, at the same time wishing that it was his mom that told him this, that it's his mom who is hugging him right now. He knows that now it's just a silly dream, that will never come true.
Notes:
I told you the angst was coming :)
Chapter 43: Hateful Hat
Chapter Text
C00lkidd is laying on top of Guest 666. Pr3ttyprincess is sitting next to him. They both observe people in the kitchen and decide to gossip with one another.
- "So this person with the dagger. They're the one that Azu liked?"- C00lkidd says, staring at Two Time who is (forcefully) hanging out with Chance.
- "Correction. Likes. But yeah."
- "Likes? But he literally...... tagged them on the very first day."
- "Believe me, Azu still cares about this stabber, I see it in his eyes! Not sure why, considering that they did something bad to him."
- "We should help them get along again!"
- "Why? Why should I help them? I hate that person with my entire heart!!! The stabbing always hurt!"- Pr3ttyprincess protests, the red child just sighs, stroking the beast.
- "Yeah... I know... But you said it yourself! Azu is missing them. We would be doing it for him... Like repaying a debt! After all he always took care of us!"
- "....You're right, but we have a problem."
- "Hm?"
- "I overheard once Azu arguing with his hat! But only when we're not looking!"- Princess explains with a frown.
- "A hat? The one that used to speak for him before 1x showed him how to unzip his mouth?"
- "Mhm. This hat was saying mean things. Making Azu doubt his judgement. This hat is our biggest enemy in our Reunion Plan!"
- "Then how do we defeat a sentient hat?"- C00lkidd finally sits up, staring at the girl. She thinks with closed eyes.
- "First we need codenames, so no one will understand our plan and sabotage us!"
- "Oooh!!! That's a c00l idea!!!"
- "Of course! I had the best ideas!!!"- Princess says proudly. - "Azure is going to be Flower! While the backstabber is going to be.... Umm...."
- "Dagger?"
- "Yeah that works! I'm the leader of the operation!!!
- "Heey!!! That's not fair! I want to be a boss!!! Like Mafioso!"
- "Well too late!!! I am one!"- Princess huffs, and the younger boy is about to jump her, when someone sits between them. The two kids immediately stop arguing.
- "Jason? What are you doing?"- Princess asks, the killer just stays silent, making sure they won't start fighting again. The kids calm down a bit and get ready to plan again.
- "So C00lkidd. Any genius plans in your head?"
- "Hmmm... Sew together the mouth of the hat?"
- "We could... But what if it can talk through their mind connection of something?"
The children start brainstorming, each idea crazier then other. Jason despite being here only to stop the kids from killing each others takes out a piece of paper and draws on it a pumpkin head. He hands it over to the kids. At first it makes them confused, but then C00lkidd realises.
- "We could ask the pumpkin mage if he has a way to silence the hat!!!"
- "Oooh! That's good idea!!! Thanks Jason!!!"- Princess says with a smile, sliding off the Guest 666, C00lkidd following soon after. The silent killer is left alone, staring at the ceiling. Eventually being joined by afraid, but determined Noob.
Kids are standing in front of the door to the room that belongs to the botanist. Princess stares at C00lkidd, both of them unsure if they should enter. They are aware that John Doe is also residing there, and despite him never hurting the kids, the stories still make them wary. C00lkidd swallow hardly and knocks at the door, it opens. The man is staring at them with a smile and silence. C00lkidd is about to bolt away, but Princess stops him.
- "H-hello Mr John... We want to help Azure with something... Make them a present, but we need his hat for that."- She explains. The corrupted killer turns around and hands it to them without a word.
- "O-oh... Thank you.
- "Thank you!!!"
The kids quickly look around the cabin, searching for the mage. Eventually find them in the room with the soldier survivor. The kids barge in, holding the hat. Both survivors quickly turns around, tensing up and getting ready for everything.
- "Mr Pumpkin Mage!!! We have a favour!!!"- C00lkidd says happily, the survivor looks at them with confusion.
- "Children may I ask, why did you came to me with this task?"- Dusekkar says. Princess takes over the explanation.
- "We want to help Azu! This hat is sentinel and is saying mean things that make Azu really mad and sad!"- She says, C00lkidd also nods. The mage looks over at Guest who shrugs.
- "We were wondering. If you know a way to silence it!"- C00lkidd adds, extending the hat. Dusekkar grabs it and checks it out.
- "I'm not going to be silenced idiots. So you might as well give up"- It says, Dusekkar seems surprised.
- "With some of my strength back, I'll be manage to achieve this task."- He says and starts to quietly cast a spell.
- "You're really thinking a some stupid spell is going to silence me!? Heh, you're stupider then I thought!"- The hat laughs.
- "Just shut up and BE GONE!!!"- C00lkidd yells.
- "HehehAHHHHHHHHH"- The hat screams, eventually being quiet.
- "If it ever returns, come to me since we have a truce"- Dussekar says
- "Thank you Mr Pumpkin Mage!"- Princess says, grabbing the hat. C00lkidd nods and walks out, the girl follows him.
- "This was... Interesting."- Guest says with amusement, the mage nods in agreement.
The kids hand over the hat to John Doe who places it back on the chair. Then they go back to their room. Seeing that Bluudud is asleep next to Mafioso who gives them a 'be quiet' look.
Notes:
Fun fact. I forgot that Azure can't talk and this hat talks. ^^"
This chapter is my explanation why he talks in this fic.
Chapter 44: Game Night
Chapter Text
Chance finishes up eating the soup. They're already getting bored of the taste and the fact that it isn't much filling meal, but he doesn't complain. Elliot and others try their best to make food taste nice. And after years of pizza even the most bland soups taste amazing. He looks up from their bowl, in front of them is sitting Two Time, but instead of eating they're just staring at their food.
- "You're going to eat that?"- He asks, Two Time looks up, their smile present, as always.
- "I don't think so. If you wish you can finish my portion..."- They say, and Chance smiles pulling the bowl towards himself, but once he sees that it's mostly full, his smile turns into a frown.
- "Time. You barley ate anything."
- "I have eaten yesterday... I do not feel hungry. You don't need to be worried."- They say calmly, but it doesn't make him feel better.
- "It isn't healthy... You know?"
- "Like I said. There's no need to worry, I'm fine...."
Despite his better judgement, Chance eats Two Time's portion. The cultist sits in front of him, staring, their tail is still tightly curled up around their leg.
- "Is your tail alright? It looks more tense than usually?"- The gambler asks, Two Time shifts, hiding the tail more.
- "Two Time?"- Chance says, even more concerned.
- "It's... It's a bit sore after being forced to be in uncomfortable position when the spider caught me. But it's not a reason to worry."
- "I don't have a tail. But I'm sure that holding it so tense doesn't help. You should relax."- He says, but Two Time doesn't react. They just stare at the gambler, with their creepy smile. It's one of those moments when Chance is glad he has his shades.
- "I appreciate your concern. But I think I know better."
- "Sorry... Didn't mean to overstep. But like... You don't need to hide it. It's a part of who you are and it shouldn't be a thing to hide. I won't ever judge you, I swear on Lady Luck."
The duo ends up in silence, that is peaceful and awkward at the same time. Chance is washing the dishes while Two Time just sits next to the table, lost in thought. The gambler can see that their tail curls up even more. He decides to take discreet action.
- "Time. I have cards. Want me to teach you how to play?"- He asks, the cultist snaps out of their thoughts.
- "...I am not sure Gambler. It isn't something The Spawn would approve."
- "Eh! Don't worry! It's not the hazard or anything, just a friendly game."
- "I hope you aren't lying to me. I will join."
- "Great!"- Chance smirks, sitting in front of them. He starts to toss cards, when two more people walk into the kitchen.
- "H-hi Chance... Hi Two Time... W-would you mind if we joined?"- Noob asks nervously. Jason who looks like he was forcefully lured in is standing awkwardly.
- "I'm fine with it. What about you Time?"
- "Who I am to forbid someone to have some fun?"
- "T-thanks... Also Two Time... My hand got c-checked out... I no longer need to have it bandaged. I-I appreciate your help back then."- The survivalist says, handing back the bandage that Two Time gave them when they burned their hand.
- "I am happy I could assist."
- "Jason! No killing if I you loose!"- Chance smirks, getting a glare from the killer.
Chance explains the rules of the game. After a few rounds everyone is having fun. Chance is pleased to see that Two Time relaxed. They're still appear to be on guard, but their tail is no longer painfully curled up. The group ends up playing for the whole night.
In the morning Shedletsky walks inside, seeing that three of the survivors are asleep, with killer watching over them. At first the former admin got scared that Jason went on murder spree, but then he saw cards and no injuries, the relief filled him quickly.
- "Fun night?"- He asks. Jason gives him a small nod. And continues staring at the survivors.
- "Their backs won't be happy after they'll wake up."- Shedletsky chuckles. The killer silently agrees.
Notes:
Shorter chapter today.
But I THINK a few more chapters and the Main plot will finally progress.
Chapter 45: Welcome Back Taph!!!
Notes:
Let me know if you see any typos!
Chapter Text
Taph slowly opens his eyes. The memories of a dream still lingering in his mind. He liked this dream despite a few scary moments, he remembers being kidnapped, blowing up stuff and much more. It was fun. The demolitionist sits up, giggling without a sound.
- "I see you're in good mood. Feeling better?"- A voice asks, Taph quickly turns around. When he sees it's Builderman he quickly covers himself with his wings from embarrassment. Builderman just chuckles.
- "It's alright. I'm glad you're feeling better. There's no need to be embarrassed."- The admin says. Taph slowly lowers his wings, looking at Builderman he sees that he's doing better. So the dream person didn't lie!!! He'll have to thank her when he'll get this dream again. A voice snaps him out of his thoughts.
- "Shedletsky found this under the door a while ago. You were so out of this that we decided to wait with giving it to you."- Builderman hands over a piece of paper.
Taph inspects it closely, now realising that it's not a simple piece of paper but a 'Get Better Soon' card. Completely covered in pink glitter. The demolitionist smiles under his face mask, pleasantly surprised by the gesture. He looks up, nodding his head as a thank you.
- "🫵👍?"
- "Yes. I'm alright. Still slightly weak but I'm better."- Builderman anwsers, Taph's wings ruffle slightly, pleased with information.
- "Would you like them get preened? It's been a while."- Builderman looks at Demolitionist's wings. Taph thinks for a moment and then shylly nods.
Builderman moves closer and gently starts to preen the wings. He does it with precision, used to it from helping Shedletsky and Stickmasterluke in the past, when they were too busy or tired and he had to force them to sit down and take care of it. He's happy that now Taph trusts him enough to let him do this. Despite Taph sometimes being a bit too much for Builderman's taste, he still deeply cares about the demolitionist.
Later Taph put on his hood and nods at Builderman. The duo leaves the room, the admin walking slower so Taph won't have to tire out his body too quickly. After all he's still recovering... Both of them are. Walking downstairs they arrive to the kitchen, a few people already are there, Builderman is about to start the conversation when he realises Taph freezed up. He's about to ask him if something is wrong when he remembers how this kitchen looks.
- "Ah... Yes, I forgot to mention that kitchen turned into a warzone.... I'll explain everything later."- He chuckes awkwardly. Taph continues to look around.
- "G-good morning to you two... I-I... H-how are you feeling?"- A nervous voice, that clearly makes the person speaking feel awkward, calls out. Builderman nod at the former hacker.
- "Good morning to you too 007n7. It's nice that you ask. We're feeling better... How about you?"
- "S-same... But I'm still feeling like I was hit by a Banhammer... I'm pretty sure it happened... Before."- The former hacker says, making Builderman laugh, not in the awkward or forced way, a genuine laugh.
When he looks around he also sees Noli taking about something to Jason, Noob is nervously standing nearby. Then there's also Shedletsky, standing between Two Time and Chance. The cultist having dangerous light in their eyes.
- "What... What is going on here?"
- "Chance, Two Time and Noob have terrible back pains because they feel asleep on the chair while playing cards. Two Time blames Chance and I feel there's murder about to happen."- Shedletsky says with a strained smile. Keeping an eye on the cultist. Builderman just shakes his head.
Meanwhile Jason slowly walks over to Taph, ditching Noli who loudly announces that he isn't happy. Jason gives him a small wave. Taph hesitantly waves back, fear overwhelming him. Jason points at the cards on the table. The demolitionist hesitantly agrees when he sees that Noob also offers to play.
The trio ends up playing while eating breakfast. Watching how the admins need to separate Chance and Two Time after gambler said something and Two Time basically jumped at him.
They overhear how Noli gossips to 007n7 about stuff that happened in killers cabin, the jester almost getting beheaded by Jason when he said something about the silent killer.
Taph also learns about the basement adventure, and how everyone blamed 1x while they were a true hero. Taph agrees with Noob and isn't planning on entering the basement anytime soon.
Chapter 46: Less Hate
Notes:
Let me know if you see any typos ^^
Chapter Text
Azure wasn't looking forward for putting on his hat, but he would be even more uncomfortable without it. He's been holding it for more than ten minutes, deciding his choices. Eventually he sighs and puts it on, bracing for the flood of hateful thoughts, but he is surprised by the unusual quiet. It freaks him out, because the thoughts and comments the hat was saying were constant.
Suddenly John Doe walks over and hands him a note, written in shaky handwriting and with grammar mistakes.
"Dont... Wory... Kids take it. Gft Gift for you. Dnt Dont know what thay... thay they did."
Azure stares at it. He isn't sure if he's feeling relieved or more worried. Instead he focuses on the handwriting.
- "Were you practicing? It looks a lot better than before."- He asks, John Doe nods slowly. Azure still remembers how before, in the killers cabin, in the moments of clarity John Doe tried to communicate but always ended up breaking pencils. Now it's a big progress.
- "Well. You did a good job. I'm sure that soon you'll be able to write like you did before corruption."
Two killers chill with each other for a while, before Azure excuses himself, leaving the room planning on heading to the kitchen, for the first time since becoming sick. The moment he opens the door, he ends up in the middle of a staring contest. The tension between those two people is suffocating. Azure almost goes back into the room. The two people staring at themselves are 1x1x1x1 and Shedletsky.
From the places they're located, Azure assumes that the survivor was going back to his room when 1x left his. The killer has summoned their swords, ready, and barely stopping themselves from attacking the survivor. However the survivor is standing calmly, with his sword summoned but held in not defensive position. Both of them are oblivious that the ex cultist is there.
- "1x... Listen..."
- "Why would I listen to someone like you!"
- "Please... Just... I'm sorry."- The former admin says, killer just scoffs, letting out humourless laugh.
- "This is the most pathetic thing you could've said. Do you think it fixes anything!?"
- "No. I know it doesn't. But now... This situation is different... We are forced to work together to ensure ours and others survival.... Let's not drag others into our mess. Work out our issues alone..... Possibly without a fight..."- Shedletsky says. 1x4 is about to disagree, kill his creator the survivor with cold blood. But he knows that it would destroy every connection other killers made. While the embodiment of hatred doesn't care for making any connections themselves, he knows that other killers wouldn't forgive them. They don't want this to happen. He doesn't want to be hurt again.
- "...This is the first logical thing I ever heard you say. We will do that. But not because I care about your opinion."
- "Great! We have a deal...."- Shedletsky smiles nervously, then spotting Azure standing there, with John Doe watching from the inside of the room. - "There goes not pulling anyone in our mess... Just ignore it!"
After a awkward few seconds, former admin disappears into his room. Azure makes his way downstairs, followed by 1x. The botanist lets out a loud gasp seeing the kitchen.
- "Oh my Spaw- .... What happened here!?"
- "Deadly people eating goo that the kids created. A fire that was caused by red child's sword... These cobwebs are new... Probably the basement spiders got out. I only heard about them."- 1x says, Azure just stares at him as if he grew a second head.
- "The kids DID WHAT!?"
It takes Azure a few minutes to calm down. The ex cultist already planning on lecturing Noli for not looking after the kids when he was feeling better. Finally after he calms down and eats the food he found in the pot, the hateful killer speaks up.
- "I sense less hate coming from you... What happened?"
- "I'm not sure. John wrote something about kids taking my hat and doing something with it as a gift. But I have no idea what they did."- Azure says, 1x gets interested in the situation, but tries to hide it.
- "Let me see."- They order. Azure hesitates, but eventually hands over his hat. 1x inspects it.
- "There are traces of an admin power that weren't there before. So the kids must've taken it to one of them."
- "Thanks for letting me know. Can I have it back?"- Azure asks, and after a few seconds his hat is back on his head.
- "Do you think... Me being less hateful would affect my existence? After all you told me yourself that I was brought here by the owner of this place and hate combined."
- "I am not sure. If you feel something different... Let me know."
- "Oh. Look at that. The great 1x1x1x1 wants to help me."- Azure teases, getting back a glare from the other killer.
- "Shut up before I'll make you."
As 1x wanted, Azure shuts up for a long while. Content with feeling better and hanging out with other killer. The two killers continue to sit in silence. Occasionally being interrupted by short conversations.
Chapter 47: Tea Reunion
Notes:
Let me know if you see any typos!
Chapter Text
- "Oww... Stop punching me!"
- "Stop being annoying then!"
- "But I want the blue pen!!!"
- "No. I AM using it!"
- "But Bluudude!!!"- C00lkidd tries to take it by force, but Bluudude pushes him away. The younger boy hits the floor, hard. Bluudud rolls his eyes when he starts to sniffle.
- "Stop being a baby. We killed people, it's time for us to grow up."
- "....I-I don't... I don't want to think... About it..."
- "But it's truth so we need to face it. Now leave me alone."
- "You're just rude because you miss your mom!"- C00lkidd snaps. This makes the elder kid froze. C00lkidd immediately knows he messed up.
- "Bluu! Wait... I'm sorry! I didn't mean t-"
- "LEAVE ME THE #### ALONE!!!"- Bluudud yells attacking C00lkidd with the sword, younger boy quickly dodges it and runs away from the room. He tries to control his tears, he didn't mean to bring her up.
- "C00lk- Why are you crying?"- says Pr3ttyprincess, who is walking over to the entrance to the door.
- "I... I messed up... I got mad... And mentioned Bluu's mom..."
- ".... WHAT!!! THAT IS SO NOT NICE!!! HAVE YOU LOST YOUR MIND!?"
- "I didn't mean toooo"- C00lkidd wails. Princess just stands there, taking a deep breath.
- "Okay, Okay. Calm down. Just... Let's give him some time to calm down. Now come on, we need to start second mission of our Reunion Plan."- She says, C00lkidd let's out a few sniffles and gradually calms down.
- "A-Alright... What do we know?"
- "Both Flower and Dagger are healthy now! So we just need to get them in one place!"
- "H-how do we do that... They can't know about this because they won't agree."
- "Tea Party! In one of the empty rooms. Or the basement! I will host it"
- "C00lgoo could be a there to make sure that they won't fight.... But isn't this survivor banned from your Tea Parties?"
- "...They are. But this is for greater good!"
- "I can get Azu to the basement! But how do we get Dagger there?"
- "We ask my partner in crime for the help!"
- "🫵🤌👆2️⃣🕑⬇️🕳️?" ("You want me to get Two Time down to the basement?")
- "....Give me a moment to decode it."- Princess says, focusing on the emotes. Finally she nods satisfied.
- "Yes! They aren't friendly with us yet... So you're our safest bet!"
- "2️⃣🕑➕🌺💀?" ("What if Two Time or Azure kill each other")
- "C00lgoo will stop them!"- C00lkidd says happily.
- "🤔....👍"
- "YEAY! THANK YOU!"- Both kids say at the same time.
- "Azu! Azu! Do you want to see something c00l in the basement?"
- "Hm? Sure lead the way."
- "So you want me to get you something from the basement, because you're scared to go there?"
- "👍"
- "Alright. I will help you."
- "The table and tea are ready! C00lgoo... Man that family really sucks at names.... Anyway. C00lgoo, you will stop them if things will get heated! But don't eat them!"
- "*gibberish*"
- "No! They're not food! Noli with get you something to eat later. If not, you can eat him."
Azure enters the basement first, following the red child. It's his first time seeing this place and it doesn't give him good vibes. Adding the stuff he learned from 1x, he definitely wishes he told someone else that he's going there. Turning a few corners, Azure pretends he didn't see any gigantic spider kids. Eventually he arrives to a secluded area where is placed a table and cups with warm tea.
- "What is going on here?"- He asks confused. Princess is the first one to talk.
- "Were having a tea party in creepy basement!"- She smiles. Azure questions where were adults that raised her.
- "Princess. What do you mean by tha-"
The sentence cuts off, because someone bumps into Azure. Turning around he sees Two Time.
- "Oh... I-I..."- They stammer, taking nervous steps back only to get cut off by C00lgoo. The cultist stands alone, in a room full of killers. Despite this they still smile. However Azure sees fear in their eyes and with how their tail is tucked between their legs, curling up.
- "Kids..."- The Elder killer says with a stern voice. Both children know they might've mess up.
- "W-we... We just..."- C00lkidd tries to explain, but fails.
- "We knew you two have past... And that something bad happened... But I also saw that you two still miss each other and we just wanted to help you reunite... Please don't be mad Azu!!! We didn't mean to make you feel bad... We're so sorry! It's all C00lkidd's idea!"
- "Wha- NO IT'S NOT!!!"
- "IT IS!"
- "Kids... Could you leave us... Alone. We'll talk about it later."- Azure says seriously. The two children quickly walk away, heads hanging low.
The Killer turns his attention on his murderer. They stand there, looking at him with terror and longing.
- "A-Azure... What did I do... What did I do so terrible that you became this..."
- "You used me as a sacrifice. For a second life. For a CULT that is a HOAX!!!"
- "W-what.... What do you mean!? Why are you saying such blasphemy!!! This isn't a cult! It's our religion!"
- "IT IS A FAKE CULT!!! FACE IT TWO TIME! Spawn doesn't exist!!! They all lied! Amarah Lied!!!"
- "Who's... Nevermind... I-I don't believe it! You're here! If what you're saying is true... If I really... If I really killed you... YOU'RE BACK! How it is a lie if YOU'RE HERE!?"
- "I've been brought back by the owner of this place. Our captor and the Hate!!! Nothing Spawn related. I'm what others in cult would call a demon. A monster!"
- "N-no.... No... No.... No no.... No no no no NO!"- They start repeating over and over again, smiling manically and pulling at their hair. Azure just stares, waiting for the hate, for the satisfaction. But there's nothing, only emptiness and a need to comfort them that is buried deep down. For the first time their head is clear, free from hateful hold that the hat was putting on. The killer sighs with tiredness.
- "How about we talk it out. Without violence?"- Azure says, snapping Two Time out of their raging thoughts.
- "... Yeah.... Yeah..."- They say, their hands shaking badly.
This is going to be a long and hard talk.
Chapter 48: Uncovering Lies and Saying Sorry's
Notes:
Let me know if you see any typos!
TW!
- MENTIONS OF CULTISTIC ACTIONS. (It's a cult. It won't be pleasant).
- Identity Crisis and breakdown
- Self Harm!
IF YOU'RE UNCOMFORTABLE, JUST ASK ME FOR SUMMARY IN THE COMMENTS!
Chapter Text
Azure sits at the table, putting down the cup of tea. Despite it being unwanted, they can't afford to waste anything. In front of them sits Two Time, they stare at the table, the ever present smile is still there, but Azure notices it's smaller than usually. Their tail is curled up between their legs. For Azure, who knew them since childhood, it's a clear sign of frear. The cultist didn't even realise that they're digging their nails into their skin, breaking it. Despite killer's distaste, he doesn't want see them hurting themselves.
- "Stop that."- He says sternly. The cultist looks up, confused and hesitant.- "You're hurting yourself again. Does it still happen often?"
- "..."
- "Anwser me Two Time."
- "... sometimes."- They finally speak up, their voice quiet, barely above whisper.
This causes Azure to remember a blurry, yet at the same time clear memory. How quiet and timid they were. How they used to hide behind Amarah, only for him to push them forward. Back then Azure thought it was normal, but after death his mind was cleared enough to see how BAD this cult was.
The killer shakes his head, returning to present.
- "Don't do that."- He says sternly. The silence falls between them. Only interrupted by the moving pile of goo that is still observing them.
- "I don't get it! The Spawn can't be fake!!! The Elders wouldn't lie! Why are you speaking such blasphemy!?"
- "My mind got cleared Two Time. After you stabbed me in the back. I got revived by The One Behind It All, that used the hate in my code. It has nothing to do with Spawn."- Azure says the name of the fake god with hate.
- "I... I DON'T BELIEVE YOUR LIES!!!"- Two Time yells, slamming their hands on the table, the tea on their side spilling.
- "Of course... Of course you don't. You're just like them. A obsessive maniac that DOESN'T CARE ABOUT FEELINGS AND KILLS BECAUSE THEY TOLD YOU!!!"- Azure snaps, his vines lift up, making him look bigger. Two Time takes a step back, instinct from rounds kicking in.
- "You just don't get it. After all it's not you who got killed. Who got their life taken away. I HATE it. I wish I saw signs... But I was too blinded by them to notice. They're all hypocrites."
- "YOU'RE DISRESPECTING THE ELDERS! DON'T YOU REMEMBER THE PUNISHMENT FOR THAT!?"
- "THIS IS EXACTLY WHAT I'M TALKING ABOUT!!! THEY ALL PUNISHED US FOR SIMPLEST THINGS!!! JUST TO WATCH US SUFFER! HOW MANY TIMES WE GOT PUNISHED FOR SIMPLY TRIPPING OVER A ROCK!? HOW MANY TIMES WE GOT PUNISHED FOR DOING SOMETHING BAD, BUT IF AN ELDER DONE THIS IT WOULD BE OKAY!?"- Azure finally let's it all out. Breathing heavily, Two Time has their back against the wall. Their tail is curled up so tight it doesn't move an inch. Everything seems to be frozen in time. Even C00lgoo is not moving. Azure sighs and continues with more quieter tone.
- "How many times we were.... You were being starved only because you made a small mistake... Just because you breathed wrong? How many times... How many times Amarah... Your mentor... Someone you viewed as a parent... How many times he hurt you? How many times they made excuses for their actions, but ours were unacceptable?"
- "Stop trying to lure me away! Spawn is real!!! I have the second life as a proof!!!"
- "Yes... But at the same time it could get easily added by our captor, someone that is able to control Literal and Real gods!"
- "S-stop!"- Two Time covers their ears, the killer walks over and forcefully pulls their hands away.
- "We were told that things from outside the village are evil... Yet this medication saved our lifes. How many other cultists could've lived If we could use modern medicine... Two Time... Please... I know it's hard for you... But this cult... It's evil. It broke us in the way we cannot imagine. But we don't have to repeat the cycle... We can be free... Together..."- Azure whispers last part, finally letting out the need of care, he still feels for the cultist. Two Time stays still and silent. Their hands trembling terribly, Azure regrets taking the direct approach. He let his hate control him, even if the influence of the hat is gone, he still feels hate.
- "I'm sorry to break it to you... But I can't stand seeing you still believing this."
- "I can't... I can't..."- Two Time repeats, their smile gone, replaced by a broken expression.
- "Timey... Please... Please snap out of it. I know it was your whole purpose, but please... We'll get you a new one."
- "I am nothing without Spawn... No... You're making me believe you... It's a sin to question the rules. I can't... Get lost demon!!!"- Two Time frantically shakes their head.
- "I'm not leaving you... I'm not letting you kill yourself by pushing yourself. I know you Two Time... I know you still punish yourself... Despite you killing me... I still care. I will help pick up the pieces..."- Azure continues to speak.
Two Time suddenly cries out, falling on their knees. Inside their head is a war, one side wants to believe their dearest Azure, but the other the louder one wants to ignore it. The Elders wouldn't lie, they try ignore the fact that Azure is right with things he said about elders being hypocrites. Their body is shaking, they start pulling on their hair to stop the raging thoughts in their mind. They're a mess.
Azure gently pulls their hands away from their hair, not letting them continue with harming themselves. Azure pulls them closer, finally embracing them in a hug.
- "I'm sorry... I'm sorry for destroying your life... The cult took everything from me. My childhood, my parents, my life... You... I thought I lost you, but there's still chance... I just hope I'm not to late... I won't let them kill my Nightshade."
C00lkidd stands in front of the door, Princess is right behind him. He hesitantly opens the door, walking inside.
- "Bluudude... I'm sorry... I shouldn't say that."- He says quietly when he spots the blue child.
- "I was just annoyed... Mad... Sad... And I didn't think of what I was saying... It's not c00l... Before you never mentioned my dad when I was missing him.. You were mean... A lot... But you never mentioned him. I'm really sorry for making you hurt more..."- He finishes. The silence stretches, C00lkidd feels like he's going to cry again. Then Bluudude turns around.
- "I don't forgive you. I'm soo MAD at you. This was an illegal move!"- He starts, C00lkidd's shoulder slump down even more.
- "But at the same time... I'm tired of being mad... So... Despite you being annoying like ####... I'll give you a second chance."- He says, ignoring how Pr3ttyprincess gasps when she hears swear filter go off. C00lkidd's head snaps up, his face twists in smile.
- "Really!!!?"
- "Yes really... Now stop scratching your arms."- Bluudude rolls his eyes, just then C00lkidd realises that he started scratching himself. He decides to ignore it and hugs the elder boy. Bluudud stares at the younger boy with slight confusion, before he awkwardly pats his back. Princess snorts in the background.
- "It's so weird when you're not mean to me..."- C00lkidd whispers. Bluudude grimaces.
- "Alright. That's enough!"- He pushes away the younger boy, he falls on the floor.
- "Ouch... Princess, he's back to normal."
- "I am aware C00lkidd."
- "Pff... Idiots."
Chapter 49: Do you wanna build a snowman?
Chapter Text
The time continued to pass. Each day an expedition, eventually renamed as 'Scavenging Team'. Certain people were chosen for that, making a team. Their job is to scavenge and hunt. Everyone else also gets their assigned roles so their survival will run smoothly.
The scavenging team has Guest 1337 as a leader. The other members are Noli, Guest 666, Chance, Elliot who's the healer and Noob who keeps track of the supplies they have. This team managed to uncover a few interesting facts about this world.
First, the items respawn every few days or weeks in the places that were previously scavenged. However their location is random.
Second, there are many different animals living on this land. Some are normal animals, while others are mutants or look like they're straight up from a fantasy experience.
Third, these creatures are deadly. One time Elliot was forced to use a pizza after Guest put himself in a way of an attack, protecting Noob. A seven days later Elliot realised that his pizzas got replenished. He tested it a bit more, now he knows that the pizza will eventually restock again after a few days.
Elliot is also a part of the cooks for the group. Alongside 1x and sometimes Shedletsky, although never those two at the same time. The kitchen saw better days. The sword stove continues to burn down the counter, but it's not like they have any other place to put it.
Azure teaches Elliot different kinds of natural medicine, while he and the others teach the botanist about modern medicine. Other survivors were worried about Elliot taking so much jobs for himself, but he just smiled and said that he likes being busy. He also promised to ask for help if he needs it.
Builderman, Taph and 007n7 turned a unused part of the basement into their workshop. There they started to work on a security system for the cabin. That's when they discovered that 007n7's c00lgui had been upgraded and has more options. They share the basement with Spider Lady and her children that continue to grow. At first the survivors were uncomfortable with the amount of spiders, but now they become used to their presence. They also started a mind map with theories about the presence that controls this realm.
The kids are being babysitted by everyone. Despite being made of pure chaos and the fact that they used to kill them, they quickly grew on survivors and now they often manage to brighten up everyone's day... Or destroy it. It's a gamble when it comes to them.
Everyone realises that one day Two Time start to act more differently. They became even more quiet and avoided interacting with people. Despite many attempts, they couldn't get them to talk. Two Time continued to isolate themselves, but then Azure stepped in. The killer started to watching over Two Time, making sure they take care of themselves and that they won't isolate themselves too much.
Azure protested when Two Time was asked if they want to join scavenging team. So now they're mostly in cabin. Being one of the members of a inside line of defense, in case something would attack while the Scavenging Team is out.
Despite the efficiency the group managed to achieve. Survival is still hard. Sometimes they go days without food, sometimes the temperature drops so low that being curled up next to the burning swords on max power isn't able to get rid of the cold.
One morning something changed....
007n7 was asleep, dreaming of destroying a building, C00lkidd was there too. This dream was unpleasant, but luckily for him something... Or rather someone woke him up.
- "DAD!!! DAD!!! DAD!!! DAD WAKE UP!!!"
When 007n7 opens his eyes he's met with C00lkidd's smiling face.
- "C00lkidd? Did something happen? Why are you yelling?"
- "DAD! YOU WON'T BELIEVE IT!!! THE SNOWSTORM ENDED. THERE'S SUNNY OUTSIDE!!! CAN WE MAKE A SNOWMAN FAMILY!? PLEASE PLEASE PLEASE PLEASE!!!!- C00lkidd yells, shaking his dad's shoulders. 007n7 needs a moment to understand what C00lkidd means, but when he does. He literally jumps out from bed, running to the window. C00lkidd is right. The sun is shining.
A short while later, father and son join others outside. Everyone is standing in the sun, feeling it's warmth for the first time since they ended up in the purgatory. The warmth feels odd on their skin, but at the same time it's one of the most pleasant feelings they experienced in a long time. C00lkidd quickly joins the other two kids and Jason who are already making a bunch of snowmans. Some of the survivors are quietly crying savouring the sun. 007n7 overhears a conversation between Builderman and Shedletsky.
- "It's so pleasant... But at the same time. I'm worried."
- "Yeah. I get it. We had snowstorm for soo long, to suddenly get sun? It is creepy.... But I would enjoy it as long as we can."
- "... Yeah... I guess that's a good idea."
- "Come on Builder! Cheer up! It's not everyday we can play in the snow without people judging us."- Says Shedletsky. In this exact moment, a gigantic and hard snowball crashes into his head, making the admin almost fell down.
- "Oh my Roblox... Shed you're alright!?"- Builderman asks worried, while at the same time trying not to laugh. Everyone that was nearby is also staring in shock.
The former admin, shakes his head and looks up. If someone wants a snowball war, he'll give them a snowball war. Out of everyone present, no one seems suspicious. That's until he spots 1x looking away, with Mafioso giving him an 'Are you serious' look. Shedletsky finds himself surprised by it, but decides to get revenge. He makes a snowball and throws it at the killer. 1x4 glares at the man, everyone else gasps. The killer makes another snowball.
- "Game on"- Shed smirks. And the war starts.
Builderman has to quickly take cover if he wants to survive this, he then joins Dusekkar and helps him build a fort. The kids decide to join, attacking each other and then ambushing Noli and Mafioso. Noli quickly getting revenge and pulling Jason into the fight.
On the survivors side, Noob makes snowballs for themselves and then they give Elliot a mischievous smile and throw it at him. Then they run away with Elliot chasing after them. Noob proceeds to hide behind Guest 666.
Chance takes cover behind 007n7, who gets annoyed at being a shield and pushes the gambler into the snow, then he proceeds to use his C00lgui to lift up a gigantic snowball.
- "007n7! Friend! We can talk about that!!!"
- "Too late."- The former hacker says, the sunlight making his glasses shine. Making him look as some kind of mysterious character. He drops the snowball on Chance. Then he starts running away, because C00lkidd decided to attack his dad instead.
A bit further away from a war that pulled everyone in, is sitting Two Time and Azure. The cultist is mindlessly drawing spawn symbol in the snow.
- "How are you feeling?"
- "..."
- "You still don't want to talk to me, huh? Don't worry, my Nightshade... I will wait for you to bloom again."- The killer says, observing how lost they seem to be.
- "Come on. The others are having fun. How about we join them?"- He asks.
Two Time looks like they're about to shake their head, but stop. They look up, observing the group. Then they slowly create a snowball and slowly sneak towards the group. Azure observes with interest. The cultist stays hidden until they reach Noob, who thinks they're safe behind Sixer. Two Time throws the snowball at them and then jumps at the survivalist, making them yelp. It's then, when Azure decides to also join in.
A few hours later everyone is warming up near the fireplace. Elliot and Builderman made tea for everyone. The living room is filled with conversation and laughter. Through the window is visible the snowman family the kids made.
Azure sees Two Time's tail wagging again, for the first time since he had that conversation with them. The killer just smiles, but doesn't say anything.
Notes:
The first major time skip in the story.
It's been around three or four months since they all ended up being forced to work together. They are unsure, because they don't have any way to keep track of time.
The main plot finally progresses slightly. Tomorrow a small(?) lore drop ;D
Chapter 50: New Disaster?
Chapter Text
The night came and with it also came the strongest thunderstorm everyone ever experienced. The wind even stronger than the one they experienced during snowstorms.
It felt that the walls are about to crumble, the whole cabin shaking. The wind howling outside. No one was able to sleep properly.
When the morning came, everything changed. The way the group sees the changes to.
Each person living in the cabin is standing outside, the rain stopped but everything is still wet, there's no snow anymore.
- "What in the Roblox name happened during night?"- Shedletsky says, looking around. He lived for many years and never experienced something like that.
- "It reminds me of the controlled disasters Luke used to do with his machine... But this isn't controlled... At least not in the way Luke used to do it."- Builderman frowns, trying to figure out what is going on.
- "Oh!? That natural disasters experience? I always wanted to take a part in it. Never had a chance... Heh ironic considering my name."
The survivors continue to stare, where previously was land, everything is now covered in water. A gigantic flood happened overnight.
- "This water looks really dirty... We shouldn't drink this without filtration and heating it up first."- Elliot comments, inspecting the water.
- "How are we going to scavenge now? We're going to have to go diving... And there's no way of telling what is in this water."- Guest frowns, he's standing next to 007n7 who tries his best to keep the kids away from the water.
The mood of everyone changes, the calm they experienced yesterday long forgotten.
- "It's like... Every season is going to bring a new disaster for us to survive."- Two Time quietly says, their tail between the legs. Noob is standing next to them, eyes filled with worry.
- "We'll be able to fish. I already saw a few fishes swimming. We'll just need a bait."- Azure, who's standing near the edge of land says.
- "We could also get a boat! And go on boat trips!"- C00lkidd exclaims, happy that he got a idea.
- "That's... Not a bad idea. There are still some trees around, the flood isn't reaching the treeline next to the cabin. We could use them..."
- "Good thinking 007n7. We're going have to regroup, create a new plan of survival and just.... Don't give up."- Builderman says.
Then everyone hears a loud splash. Jason and Noli are in the water, luckily for them it's not deep there.
- "What are you doing?"
- "Jason wanted to go for a swim. I tried to stop him and we both fell in the water."
- "Huh... Nevermind. Let's go inside and analyse our situation."- Builderman just sighs, ignoring the beastly chuckling of John Doe, who's staring at the submerged killers.
The group makes their way inside, drying up and creating a new plan. Their top priority is to build a boat. Meanwhile Azure and Two Time would take care of fishing, since both of them already know how to fish without fishing rod. The rest of the group will look around the small bit of land they have.
Despite the sudden change of climate, despite the new challenges. They won't let it stop them. They will survive, both killers and survivors... Together, as a team.
Notes:
A shorter, but important chapter. ^^
A small(?) lore drop.
Chapter 51: How to chop down a tree...?
Chapter Text
Builderman and Noli volunteered to be the ones to cut down a bunch of trees. Now they're standing next to the treeline. Already having problems.
- "Sooo. How do we chop down this tree?"
- "...I haven't thought about it.
- "Heh. The Great Admin has no idea. Now that's funny."
- "Shut up Noli. Does any of your abilities could help?"
- "...Nah, I don't think so. Unless you want me to give trees some hallucinations... Hehehe..."- Noli laughs, his voice glitching. Builderman is wondering why he's putting up with this crazed hacker. Before he can say another word, a child's voice calls out from behind them. It belongs to Pr3ttyprincess.
- "I saw an axe before! Bluudud wanted to use it on C00lkidd, but Jason found them first. It's in the basement. I could show you!"
- "Bluudude did WHAT!?"
- "He didn't. He tried! That's a difference!"
- "You're not helping Noli!"
- "Do you want me to lead you or not?"- Princess asks, annoyed.
- "Yes. It would be appreciated."
- "...Hmp. No one knows how to treat a royal. Follow me, peasants!"- She storms off with a pout.
- "Princess, have you been hanging out with 1x recently?"
- "How did you know!?"
In the basement, there's in fact an axe. Noli picks it up, testing it. Builderman has to take a few steps back, because the killer almost hit him.
- "You should watch out with that."
- "Heh. And why should I listen to you?"
- "Noli I swear to Roblox."- Builderman let's out annoyed sigh.
- "Thanks kid."- The purple killer says and leaves the basement, chucking to himself. Builderman turns to the girl, deciding to humour her.
- "Thank you for your aid, Your Highness. Your help is appreciated."- He says. Princess blinks in shock, but then her face quickly lightens up. A big, proud smile on her face.
- "Finally someone who understands how to treat a princess. Your gratitude is acknowledged, you may go."
As Builderman leaves the basement, Pr3ttyprincess starts to squeal from happiness, jumping in circles. The spiders kids coming out of multiple hiding spots, observing her. Not many people joins her play pretend, so she savours every moment someone decides to play along. After a while she stops, staring at the direction of the basement exit. She silently hopes it's not a one time thing, but the time will tell. She can only wait and see. For now she looks around at the spiders, an idea forming in her mind.
- "My Dear spider army! As your princess I order you to come aid me with an ambush on Bluudude!"
Builderman joins Noli, back at the tree line. The killer had already started the chop down the tree.
- "Let me know once you'll want to switch."- Admin offers. Noli gives him a small nod and continues to chop down the tree.
A few minutes later they switch again, and then again. Now they realise how old those trees must be, they're really big and thick. And the fact that for the last few days there wasn't too much food is not helping. It's been around and hour already. Both survivor and a killer sit next to the tree trunk, leaning on it. They breathe heavily.
- "Never... Never thought that cutting down the tree is... So hard."- Noli says, sentence separated by gasps for air, since he was the last one to use the axe. Builderman just nods with confirmation. This situation is also new to the admin.
- "You both look pathetic."- A voice suddenly calls out of nowhere, scaring both of them. They both let out a scream, Noli's glitching a lot. The duo quickly looks around, finally spotting 1x1x1x1 looking at them with superiority.
- "First of! Shut up! Second, what are you doing here, because last time I checked you were against interacting with anyone!? And third... WHEN did you get here!?"- Noli raises his voice, causing it to glitch even more. Both of them fails to see that 1x1x1x1's smirk slightly drops when they hear the second question.
- "Who are you to tell me to shut up? I've been observing you since you started, and I can do what I want. Do you have a problem with that?"
- "You little-"
- "Noli calm down. I get it that your ego got damaged by screaming, but there's no need for murder."- Builderman says, risking his life and ignoring the piercing glare Noli gave him. 1x smirks.
- "Move over."
- "What?"
- "Are you deaf? Move over."- The embodiment of hatred says, both members of the group look at each other. Noli just shrugs and moves away. Builderman following after him.
1x4 summons his sword and uses mass infection ability on the tree a few times. The poisonous blade cut's through it with ease. The tree starts to fall, hitting the ground with a loud thud. However using the ability has consequences and leaves the killer feeling tired. Builderman and Noli watch in shock.
- "... You said you watched us from beginning?"- Builderman starts and Noli finishes for him.
- "YOU COULD'VE DONE THIS THE ENTIRE TIME!? WE WASTED AN HOUR TRYING TO CUT IT DOWN!!!"- The hacker yells, the glitches in his voice getting stronger. 1x just laughs.
- "It was funny to see you suffer."- He says. Then they proceed to walk away, looking for the masked killer, because they saw him walking towards the edge of water.... Again.
Both survivor and killer are left speechless, staring at the fallen tree. Now that it's down, gathering the wood should be easier. However before they begin, a scream from the cabin stops them.
- "AAAAAHHHHH!!!! GET THEM AWAY!!! GET THEM AWAY FROM ME!!!!!"
- "...Was that Bluudude?"- Builderman says, with slight worry.
- "Hm. I wonder what those chaos gremlins done this time."- Noli stares at the cabin with interest.
Notes:
I blame Cookie Run Tower Adventure for distracting me and starting to write this chapter after 8pm
Then I had to help in the garden... (I felt like Azure... But without any stabbing or sacrifices xd)
Anyway. The chapter was delivered! :D
Chapter 52: One fish, two fish... Oh! A Big Fish!!!
Chapter Text
Two Time is finishing up sharpening a wooden spear. The action familiar, they done it a lot of times in the village. Thinking about their religion makes them feel terrible. They still believe, they can't just stop. But Azure manages to make them doubt even more. They pray to Spawn for forgiveness, many times they tried to punish themselves, because that's what they were told. Every time one of the survivors or Azure would see through them, stop them. They don't know what to do anymore. They need to believe, they need to believe, they need to believe, they need to believe, they need to-
- "Two Time?"- A voice calls out, snapping them out of their thoughts. Looking up they see the heretic Azure. The killer is looking at them with slight worry. Two Time hates the fact that he can read them so easily. They tried to hide and punish their tail multiple times for betraying them.
- "Are you alright?"- Azure asks, the cultist feels obliged to give them a small nod.
- "Alright, let's go catch some fishes. I hope you still remember how to do it."
The killer starts to walk away, with his own spear and a bucket. Two Time follows after him, feeling slightly anxious, because last time they were outside in a small group they got kidnapped by the flying beast. The thought making their scar pulsate with phantom pain of being eaten alive.
Eventually they reach the edge of water. Two people are already there. Jason who's happily standing in the water, half of his body submerged and 1x who is standing on the land, holding something. At closer look, the cultist duo realises it's a rope, the other end of it is attached to Jason.
- "X? What are you doing?"
- "Making sure this idiot won't go too deep. Before you say anything, I already had to pull him out of it because he went too deep."
- "...Oh... What's his deal anyway?"
- "No idea."
Eventually Azure stops chatting with the other killer, both he and Two Time move slightly further away so the water obsessed killer won't scare off the fishes. This job requires patience and precision, because you need to stay still for long periods of time until the fish swims closer. Then you have to quickly stab the fish with the spear. Around two hours later, the bucket is filled. Next to it there are also fishes for the pets of the group. It's hard to feed around hundred spiders and a beastly killer while at the same time feeding a big group of people.
Two Time looks up, wiping off the sweat. The temperature raised up, no one is used to it being warm. Scanning the horizon something makes them freeze.
- "That's a big fish."- They say quietly, but loud enough for Azure to hear. The killer looks up, confused.
- "What?"
- "That's a big fish"- Two Time points in one direction, Azure looks there and freezes.
- "OH... YOU'RE RIGHT!"- He shouts in shock.
1x and Jason stop whatever they were doing and look at the duo. Then looking in the direction others look. At first there's nothing, but then in the distance, a beast jumps out of the water clearly hunting for something. Both killers also stare at it in shock.
- "Time stay here. I'm going to call others."- Azure stays and runs out of the water, to the direction where cabin is located.
- "And that's why we can't let you go so deep."- 1x glares at Jason who just shrugs, for a second attempting to sign a short sentence he learnt from Noob, before realising that the other killer wouldn't understand it anyway.
Instead the masked killer makes his way towards Two Time, 1x letting off the rope, allowing it to drag after him. Jason points at Azure's spear then looks at Two Time with expecting stare.
- "You want me to teach you?"- The cultist says with tilted head. The killer nods.
- "Very well. But before that. Would you mind explaining to me your interests in water? I am intrigued."- Two Time says, walking over. The killer picks up the spear, turning it upside down and writing on the ground.
"Reminds Home"
Two Time read's it, nodding with understanding.
- "I appreciate you sharing with me. I understand. Now follow me, I'll explain how to catch fish with a spear. It may satisfy your killer instincts."
The survivor and killer continue to fish. Jason is a quick learner. Meanwhile Azure returns, behind him following Guest and Mafioso. Seeing them 1x points in the direction where they last saw the creature. Once it appears again, everyone's mood drops.
- "That's an issue."- Mafioso's says seriously. Guest agreeing with a nod.
- "We'll need to figure something out. Now let's inform others about it."
- "Wow... You two caught A LOT of fishes..."- Azure suddenly says, seeing how much food they've got.
Two Time and Jason just shrug. For them it's a relaxing experience, allowing them to focus on just one thing.
Notes:
If you want to know how the sea creature looks, then search: 'mosasaurs'
It's the same, but slightly smaller ^^
Chapter 53: Campfire and Deep Talks
Notes:
Let me know if you see any typos! ^^
Chapter Text
- "S-so like this?"
- "Yes. Now slowly start moving the blade onwards. Yeah, just like that."- Shedletsky says, observing how the youngest survivor slowly sharpens the wood. The former admin has to admit, Noob is a quick learner. It took them a while of observing and two tries with Shedletsky's guidance for them to understand the basics.
- "Nice job. You're a natural. Just remembered, always more the blade onward. Never in your direction so you won't stab yourself by incident."
- "Alright! I got it. Thank you for teaching me."
- "No problem kid."
- "... You know I'm not a child."- Noob huff's. Shedletsky just laughs and ruffles their hair.
- "Yeah. I know, but I'm centuries older than you. I don't mean it in offensive way."
- "Technically I'm centuries old too..."
- "... yeah... You're right. How are you holding up?"- Shedletsky's voice softens, the survivalist is slightly fidgeting with their hoodie.
- "I-I'm okay... I think... It's not like I have much to miss... K-kinda lost contact with my friends after Sixer went missing... A-and if I remember correctly... I-I didn't have contact with m-my family... Heh... A basic life for a noob like me."- They say, avoid eye contact after the last sentence. Shedletsky shakes his head.
- "Just because it's basic it doesn't mean it's bad. I left my admin position just to have somewhat basic life. Besides... I'm pretty sure there was something to spice up your life."
- "I-I... I-I slightly remember partying... With my friends... And Sixer... B-but those memories are blurry..."
- "Blurry or not. It sounds fun."
- "Y-yeah! I think I had a lot of colourful clothes. A-and the parties lasted the whole night! Everyone knew each other, because the island I lived on was small, but if my memories aren't playing with me it all was really fun!!! Sure... It kinda made me a Bloxy Cola addict, but other than that it's was great! ...Oh! What I do remember clearly is that I used to dye colourful streaks on my hair! And then--"
Shedletsky smiles, hearing Noob ramble about what they do remember or slightly recall of Before. Former admin notices the lack of stutter after they started talking about comfortable topics and it makes him proud. He can see that despite the struggles in the purgatory and even now, there's still hope inside them. Looking around, while at the same time listening closely to Noob, he spots Chance.
The Gambler is staring at them. They were previously napping under the tree, but now he seems to be awake. However Shedletsky feels like something is off about his stare, but he's forced to ignore it when Guest walks over.
- "Sorry for interrupting your conversation... But I have news regarding of our survival."
- "It's alright Guest! I was just rambling... I-I probably a-annoyed you... Didn't I?"
- "Don't worry about it Noob. I wasn't annoyed."- Shedletsky gives the survivalist a reassuring smile. Then he turns to Guest. - "What is it?"
- "First, the good news. Azure, Two Time and apparently Jason too managed to caught A LOT of fishes. So we'll be able to feast today."
- "Ooh! That's nice!!! No offence to our cooks but I've grown tired of the soups..."- Noob says and chuckles awkwardly.
- "Eh. You're not the only one. What's the second news. Judging by what you said before... It's a bad one?"- Shedletsky raises an eyebrow.
- "Yes... On the horizon there was spotted a big sea creature. I'm sure it's a predator, because it looked like it was hunting for something. Other members of the group that saw it are also spreading the news."- The Soldier says. Noob looks visibility worried, while Shedletsky's brows burrow.
- "That's an issue. Considering that we still don't know anything about the thing that killed Two Time before.... We'll have to figure something out. Thanks for letting me know."
- "HIII!!!!"- Suddenly a third voice joins the conversation. It's C00lkidd who just ran over to them.
- "Mr Builderman said that we'll be having a campfire to grill the fishes!!! Isn't it c00l!!!?"- The child basically bounces from happiness. Guest's expression changes into nostalgic smile, and he speaks up.
- "Yes. It does sound cool. Considering we all have been stuck in the cabin for a long time. Are you helping them gather the sticks?"
- "Oooh! I haven't thought of that!!! But I will do it!!! Thanks Mr Soldier!!!"- C00lkidd smiles, then looks at Noob.
- "You're Jason's friend right? Do you want to go with me!? Maybe we can be friends too... Despite what I did during tag..."- The last sentence makes child's smile drop. Despite their hesitance, Noob nods.
- "S-sure... I can h-help you..."- They say, C00lkidd's smile quickly returns.
- "Yeay!!! Let's go!!!"- He grabs their hand and start pulling them towards tree line.
- "The funny thing you and Jason do with your hands. Can you teach me too!!!? I also want to understand Jason! Ooh! Maybe---"
The conversation cut's off at the duo walks away. Shedletsky chuckles.
- "This child is a ball of energy... Honestly, it's kind of hard to believe that he was killing us."
- "Yeah... 007n7 must really have a lot of trouble raising him....."- The soldier says, with nostalgia in his eyes.
- "Thinking of your own family?"
- "Yeah... I hope they were okay after my departure..."
- "I'm sure they were. From what you told before, your wife seems like a really determined person."
- "Yeah... She is... Or was... It hurts to think about that..."
- "I get it... More or less. My wife also got left behind. She might still be alive, being a goddess, but I can't help but worry. I'm scared to hope in case of the worst..."- Shedletsky says, trusting the soldier enough to share his worries. He nods back.
- "I understand. I wish for the best to happen... That killer you are connected with... Are they like your child?"
- "I... No? I think. I created them out of my own hatred... They're more like my creation. The way I was before... I wouldn't be worthy being called their parent. So it's more of a creator and creation thing."
- "Alright. I understand... More or less."
- "Yeah... Godhood is difficult to understand if you never experienced it. We should go help them get the fishes ready. We don't want to eat fish scales and their insides."- Former admin says and walks in the direction of other members of the group, Guest follows after him.
After a bunch of fish cleaning, stick collecting, staring contest between Jason and dead fish, heart attack for Noob, because one of the spiders decided to steal the fish next to them, chase after said spider, 1x almost setting John Doe on fire when he tried to do that to Shedletsky, avoiding mad Elliot about "kitchen" disturbance... and much, much more. The group finally was able to sit and eat grilled fish. There is multiple conversations going on. Everyone is happy to finally have full stomach and eat something else than soup.
Shedletsky lays on the ground, staring at the clouds and feeling the sun's warmth. He starts getting sleepy, but before he falls asleep, he spots Chance. They are still observing Noob, normally the former admin wouldn't mind that, but something about gambler feels off. A bit reluctantly, Shedletsky stands up, he walks over to Chance.
- "Hey. Want to go for a walk with me."- He offers, getting Gambler's attention.
- "After eating so much?"
- "... you know... To get rid of the weight of something... I'm in the mood, but don't want to go alone. And since everyone else is talking with each other and you are the only one not... I just thought I invite you."
- "...Oh... Sure."- Chance stands up. Shedletsky smiles and starts walking, gambler following after him.
A while later, they went further into the small forest around the cabin. The atmosphere is calm, occasionally a bird would start to sing. Shedletsky actually is glad about this decision, this feels oddly refreshing. Glancing at Chance he sees that he's still lost in his thoughts.
- "Mind telling me what's wrong?"
- "Huh? What? Sorry... I didn't hear you."
- "It's fine. I can see there's something on your mind."
- "Eh... Don't worry about it... It's nothing."- Chance says, with a smile that doesn't reach their eyes.
- "Chance, buddy. We've been stuck together in a hell for centuries. I know when something is wrong. I'm not trying to pry... But I want the best for everyone in this team."- Shedletsky says and allows the silence to surround them. Eventually Chance caves in with a sigh.
- "Do you remember when I mentioned that I had a friend that looked similar to Noob?"
- "Mhm. I do. What about them?"
- "... I've been constantly dreaming about them... But those dreams... They make me feel really bad after I wake up. Kinda make me avoid sleeping... But Elliot's after me so I have supervision. Today... When I took a nap... The dream was worse than normally."- Chance says, taking out their coin and start flipping it.
- "Oh. Sorry to hear that. You know, you can talk to me about stuff."- Shedletsky offers, but Chance looks hesitant. Shedletsky doesn't give up. - "How about I tell you about my dream when I fell asleep today?"
- "I... Dude you don't have to do that."
- "I know, but I trust you.... So I dreamt that 1x1x1x1 was constantly killing me over and over again. Reminding me of stuff I did, but would rather forget. I wasn't the greatest person before... I could be cruel. All that hate 1x carries was once with me."- Shedletsky finishes. Finally stopping, because they reached the end of the land. Eventually Chance speaks up.
- "The person I believe is a guy, this time in my dream... He... He was subtly judging everything about me... It wasn't obvious, just side comments during seemingly normal conversation. When I woke up... The feelings stayed. Now I'm questioning myself..."- The gambler says, intently staring at the horizon. Shedletsky spots how his hands slightly shake, one of them clutching the coin.
- "That sounds rough. You must be feeling really uncomfortable."
- "Yeah... It felt oddly familiar... So I'm pretty sure that Before it was happening too. I just never noticed."
- "Mhm... Now that you took break from negativity you start to see it. But you're a good person. You care about your team, you look amazing and have a great style. Plus you saved me more than once. I'll be forever grateful for that."
- "How many times my gun failed? H-how many times I missed a shot and someone died?"- Chance whispers, his voice growing shaky despite his best attempts.
- "How many times I terribly missed a slash? How many times each of survivors failed? We are all imperfect. Even gods like me and other admins. I tried to get rid of my negativity, my hate to be more perfect... More pure. But I learned too late that it's the imperfections that make us human."- Shedletsky says, and it's seems to reassure Chance a bit. The gambler wipes off a few tears and smiles. This smile is a real one.
- "Heh... Thanks. I think I needed to hear that."
- "No problem. Everyone sometimes needs some reassurance. Even me."
The duo continues to watch how waves form on the surface of the water. Eventually going back to the group and quickly get pulled into a heated discussion about what ingredients fit on pizza. Chance almost gets chased by Elliot when they agree with Azure that pineapple on pizza sounds interesting.
Chapter 54: Anger
Notes:
Let me know if you see any typos!
Chapter Text
The night came, everyone went to bed. Before the admins made Elliot promise that no murder will happen, because of different options about pineapple. Now everyone is sleeping soundly... Everyone except Bluudude. The child is laying on his bed, glaring at the ceiling.
His thoughts are filled with anger about how Pr3ttyprincess embarrassed him earlier. When she scared him with the spider army, he let out a scream that everyone heard. Later Noli was teasing him about it. It makes Bluudud really mad, because they all must think he's a pathetic sacredly cat. He can feel how tight his gripping the sheets. Tomorrow, he will get his revenge.
The morning comes. Bluudud barley sleeps the entire night. He sneaks out to get the bucket and fills it with water. Then he proceeds to dump all of it on sleeping Pr3ttyprincess. She wakes up with a scream. The cold water soaks into her clothes and is all over her bed, soaking it too.
- "WHAT IS WRONG WITH YOU!?"- She yells, but the elder boy can see her eyes filling up with tears.
- "Oh? So now you can prank people, but I can't!?"
- "IT'S NOT JUST A PRANK!!! YOU WELL KNOW THAT WE ALL HAVE ONLY ONE SET OF CLOTHES!!!"
- "Well suck it up princess! No one is here to please you. This is hell after all!"- Bluudud smirks. Princess let's out a cry, stands up and pushing him away, making him trip on C00lgoo who was in the middle of the room watching the chaos.
Bluudud immediately gets embarrassed and even more angry. He stands up and pushes Pr3ttyprincess. She yelps in shock, trying to get away, but Bluudude is stronger than her. The duo continues to fight with each other. Waking up C00lkidd who tries to separate them, but fails. They don't notice when the youngest boy leaves the room, going to call an adult. After a short while Azure bursts through the door.
- "Kids! Stop that"- Azure shouts pulling Bluudude away, he struggles a bit but eventually manages to separate them. The ex cultist holds Bluudude in place with his tentacles. Princess is staring wide eyed, the situation finally properly registering in her mind.
- "Have you two lost your minds!? What this is all about!?"
- "Bluudud dumped at me a bucket full of cold water! And then started attacking me!!"- Princess cries. Azure sees truth in her statement because she's soaking wet.
- "Bluudude?"- Azure asks the boy for his side of the story, but he's still fuming, too angry to talk.
- "Okay... Bluudude. I need you to go outside and calm down."- The killer lets him go, but has his vines ready in case he decides to continue fighting.
The boy leaves the room, banging the door. He basically runs downstairs and then outside, into the early morning. The rest of mist are still hanging around. Bluudude goes into the tree line, punching the nearest one. Immediately regretting it, after he hurts his hand, which makes him even more angry. Despite this he continues to let out his anger on the tree. After a few minutes he slightly calms down.
- "You're angry.- A voice behind him says. Bluudude quickly turns around, glaring at the person.
- "What do you want X? Get lost!"- He says angrily. However 1x1x1x1 continues to stand there.
- "Follow me. It's not an offer."- They say and start walking deeper into the forest. Despite not wanting to, Bluudud follows.
They continue to walk for a while. Until they reach the opening, near the water edge. The embodiment of hatred turns around, summoning their sword and gesturing for the child to do the same. Despite being confused, Bluudude does it, then 1x4 attacks. The child barley has enough time to block. 1x continues to attack him, making him more annoyed. The child starts to take the initiative, randomly attacking in rage. However it doesn't phase the killer.
After an unknown amount of time, Bluudude drop his sword, breathing heavily. 1x4 observer's him.
- "Why were you angry?"- They say, Bluudude wants to get angry at him, for asking stupid questions, but he finds himself too tired to do so. Instead he opens up, too tired to fight.
- "It's Princess. She scared me yesterday, EVERYONE heard how I screamed... I felt really embarrassed... And mad. I couldn't sleep, this also made me frustrated... I wanted a payback, dumped water on her. When she pushed me and I fell down... I dunno... I just snapped."- He says, looking at the ground. Getting ready for a lecture or laughter for how stupid this is. Instead he's met with a quiet chuckle.
- "Fair enough. I would be pissed too."
- "What?"- Bluudude looks up confused.
- "I'm saying. You had a valid reason to be angry. A bunch of situations slowly building up anger inside you until you snapped. I understand it perfectly, happened to me more than once.... However I didn't end up beating up a younger girl. I saved it for Shedletsky."
- "...I messed up, didn't I? This was too much?"
- "Probably. I'm not... Eh... I'm not the best person to talk it through with. But if we want to survive, we need to work together..... Even with someone you hate."
- "I-I.... I think I should apologise... Later...."
- "Do what you want. But if you ever need to let out some emotions, just tell me. And you should work on your technique. Randomly attacking is more exhausting than having a proper system."- 1x says calmly. Bluudud nods understanding, then a thought resurfaces in his mind.
- "You used to be more angry? I remember you lashing out on Jason before. Mafioso had to stop you from tearing him apart. You told us it was just a game of shouting. By the way , that's the worst excuse I ever heard."- Bluudude crosses his arms. 1x chuckles.
- "You're observant. I got forced to learn some calming exercises. I give him that. This mafia boss is really determined once he has a goal... You should talk to him if you want to learn manage it or something."- 1x shrugs and stares towards the cabin.
- "We should go back. This whole action messed up my schedule. But I don't blame you, it was... Pleasant to finally fight with someone."- They say, slowly walking towards the cabin. Bluudud follows.
- "You have morning routine? What is it? Drinking whatever you find in the kitchen and gossiping with Azure? Because it's quite odd both of you were awake at that hour."
- "..."
- "No way... I WAS RIGHT!?"
- "Shut up. We should take care of what you done to yourself."
- "Huh? What?"
- "I don't recommend punching trees."- 1x says, when Bluudude looks down he sees multiple bleeding cuts on his knuckles.
- "Oh..."
- "Just follow me."
The duo comes back to the cabin, some survivors are already awake. The sun that started to shine into the cabin make the remaining glitter in the kitchen and on Shedletsky glow. 1x1x1x1 takes care of Bluudud's cut's with odd gentleness. The peace was restored... More or less.
Chapter 55: Calm despite anger.
Chapter Text
The hours pass, it's already after noon. Mafioso is observing his goons after he summoned them. He ordered them to gather water to buckets, that later they can turn into drinkable water. The boss is standing nearby them when he hears footsteps from behind him. Turning around he sees it's one of the kids.
- "Hello Bluudude. How are you doing? I heard what happened."
- "Everyone did."- The child grumbles, avoiding eye contact. Mafioso sighs.
- "Are you planning on apologising?"
- "... I'm still mad at her... But... I know I went too far."
- "I don't mean for it to sound mean, but of you want to apologise. Why are you talking with me?"- Mafioso says. The child stays quiet for a few seconds, then finally speaking up.
- "I'm scared I will get mad again and worsen the situation. X told me that you helped them with his anger? Somehow?"- He says. Mafioso quietly chuckles.
- "They give me too much credit. I just showed him things he can do to control their anger. It's them who did the most work."
- "Can you teach me too? ..... please?"
- "Sure. First, when you feel like you're getting angry. Take a deep breath and count to ten. If you think you won't be able to stop yourself from getting physical, grab your hands like this."- Mafioso shows the boy what to do. He puts his hands together, fingers over the other hand. - "This position makes it harder to punch someone. Buys you time to calm down."
- "... Thanks..."- Bluudude says, still a bit unsure.
- "Remember that this isn't a magic technique that immediately makes you a different person. No, it's a hard work. Just because you fail once, doesn't mean you're a failure."
- "Alright... Thanks."- Bluudud starts to walk away, but something stops him. - "Hey Maf... How do you know how to do that?"
- "It's necessary to be able to control emotions in my profession."
- "Oh... That's makes sense."
Bluudude leaves, heading to the cabin. He feels stupid when he thinks about apology, but he knows that it's appropriate. He slightly remembers how he used to sometimes pick a fights in school. And how his mom always apologised for him, because he never wanted to do it. Now it's time for change, it's time he takes matters into his own hands.
Walking inside the cabin, he heads to the room that he hopes Pr3ttyprincess is in. Walking inside he spots her. When she sees him, an awkward silence fills the room.
- "...Hey Princess.... Umm... I wanted to apologize."
- "Oh REALLY!!! I DIDN'T KNEW YOU CAN DO THAT!"- She shouts at him, clearly angry and wanting to annoy him more. Bluudude feels the anger growing, but he does what Mafioso told him. He overlaps his fingers on his hands, closes his eyes and takes a deep breath.
- "Yeah... I know... I messed up."
- "Huh... Wha-!? WHO ARE YOU!? AND WHAT YOU DID WITH REAL BLUUDUDE!?"
- "It's still me idiot. Just... Nevermind. Sorry for this morning. Got mad because I felt embarrassed after you scared me yesterday. Don't forgive me or anything. I just wanted to let you know."- Bluudude says and starts walking away, not wanting to stay in the room anymore.
- "Bluudude wait!"- Princess calls out. The boy turns around, facing her.
- "Hm?"
- "While I don't forgive you... I accept your apology..."- She gives him a small smile. Despite the situation and the anger Bluudude smiles too. Maybe being calm isn't too bad.
Notes:
Tbh. I struggled with this chapter. This is probably the shortest and laziest chapter. -_-
No idea what else I could add here and I didn't want to switch to someone else.
Chapter 56: What a nice view.... Is that a CHICKEN!?
Chapter Text
Noob was sitting on the couch, staring at the fireplace that is put down, they are feeling quite bored. This hadn't happen in a really long time. In purgatory they had to constantly worry about surviving rounds and the time in between hadn't brought much peace either. Then after the two groups got forced to work together, Noob felt too anxious to relax, knowing the killers are around. Now the groups get along more or less with each other, sure the danger is still here, but despite this Noob was able to relax so much that the boredom crept in.
The survivalist sighs, looking for a way to entertain themselves. They know that Builderman, Taph and 007n7 are in basement, working on something complicated. They would gladly go check what they're doing, but the spiders in living in the basement are still freaking them out. Other survivors are doing other jobs around the cabin, the only one available is Chance. Despite that they don't approach, they are aware that his dreams became more troublesome again and they don't want to remind him of those.
Noob understands how Chance is feeling. They too suffer from nightmares. Dreaming of their friends from Before leaving them behind, because they're not fun to hangout with anymore. About Sixer never returning, about how they as a killer killed them over and over again. Noob shakes their head, they can't get lost in the thoughts right now, it won't bring nothing good.
The survivalist stands up, slightly stretching. There's no point sitting inside and doing nothing. They might as well go outside. Noob, walks out of the door, they look around, taking in the surroundings. The new plants started to grow, they can already spot a few flowers that soon will bloom. They wonder if they will be able to find some fruits.
They hear some heavy footsteps behind them. Noob quickly turns around, seeing John Doe behind him. They yelp from shock, and take a shaky breath.
- "Y-you scared me..."- They say, while John Doe just stares, smiling. Noob stares awkwardly, unsure if the killer wants something specific or is he just wants to admire the scenery and Noob took his spot.
The survivalist moves slightly right, John steps forward to where they previously stood. Turns out that John has his favourite watching spot. The duo stands next to each other. John Doe being eerily calm, while Noob is a ball of nerves. The silence stretching.
Then out of thin air, right before their eyes, a chicken appears. Noob needs a few seconds to realise what is going on. Then they do double take at the animal, completely dumbfounded.
- "Y-you saw it too... Right?"- They ask the killer, despite his face still being a calm smile, the brows of the killer are slightly borrowed, displaying the confusion.
- "Mr Shedletsky!!!!"- Noob raises their voice, calling the nearby admin. When he turns around, they point at the chicken. Shedletsky also stares in confusion, before the determination replaces it. He slowly walks towards the chicken, ready to catch it. However the chicken is smarter than it looks and starts to run away.
- "CATCH THIS CHICKEN!!! ALIVE!!!"- Shedletsky yells, chasing after it. Noob let's out a laugh, seeing the former admin chasing after the animal. They also join the chase.
The chicken lets out a bunch of loud chicken noises, getting everyone's attention. The chase lasts for a embarrassingly long time, but eventually Noob and Shedletsky manage to corner it and finally catch it. They're both covered in leaves, from the amount of times they ran through the bushes. Shedletsky proudly holds up the chicken and John Doe who was watching the entire chase gives them a thumbs up.
A meeting is called, everyone living in the cabin is gathered in the kitchen, staring at the chicken in Shedletsky's arms. Builderman stares at it with disbelief.
- "Shedletsky.... From where you have this chicken?"
- "No idea!"- The former admin replies, confusing everyone even more. Noob quickly takes over.
- "I-I was enjoying the sun outside, when it appeared out of thin air! J-John saw it too!"- They say, while John Doe gives small, barley noticeable nod.
- "WHY are we having a ####### meeting about a chicken?"- 1x says, annoyed, glaring at the animal and person holding it.
- "We're making fried chicken out of it!"- Shedletsky exclaims, but someone protests.
- "NO!? We can get eggs!!! It's going to be better in the long run!!!"- Elliot crossed his arms.
- "But I want chicken!!!"
- "You already have it as your ability!"
- "But I need to save it! In case I would have to heal. I've been craving chicken for soo long!!!"
- "Shedletsky you act as a child"- Builderman sighs, the chicken begs for help. Jason, with rope still attached to him, because of his water obsession, takes out the machete.
- "Jason No!"- Azure says sternly, the masked killer crosses his arms, unhappy he can't kill it. Azure continues.- "I agree with Elliot. Eggs are more beneficial than one time frying it."
- "But I already deci-"
- "This is Princess Polly and now you can't eat her, because she's my pet!"- Princess exclaims, making Shedletsky shut up with one sentence. Bluudude stares at her with confusion.
- "Why do you want a pet chicken?"- He says.
- "Well! Noli has basement spiders! C00lkidd has C00lgoo! Noob has Triple Six!!! I want a chicken... And scrambled eggs for breakfast!"- She says, protecting her choice. Bluudude silently agrees with her.
- "A question I have. Chicken food is an issue we have."- Dusekkar says, thinking about how they're going to feed it.
- "Matt's right... We can't feel chicken with fish..."- Builderman agrees. But then 007n7 steps in.
- "We may find worms in the ground... I think I also saw a bunch of old wheat in the basement... And I agree with her. Scrambled eggs do sound amazing."- He says, Princess nod's happily.
- "Alright! So we're raising a chicken!"- Chance smirks, then adds. - "I'm NOT building a henhouse! But I too want scrambled eggs!"
Shedletsky sighs defeated. Builderman smiles, the expression on his friend's face is priceless.
- "Alright. Fine! No fried chicken.... I guess... Welcome to the team, Polly?"- He says, making a bunch of people snort. While 1x questions how is this possible that this is Telamon.
- "Are you... Talking to a chicken?"- Noob says, while laughing. Meanwhile Chance laughs so hard that he falls down on the floor.
Despite the chaos, Pr3ttyprincess walks over to former hacker. She tugs on his shirt, getting his attention.
- "Mr C00lkidd's dad? Thank you for backing me up... It means a lot to me..."- She says quietly, making sure he's the only one able to hear her. 007n7 smiles softly.
- "No problem Princess... Ahem... I mean your highness."- He says. Princess smiles and gives him a small hug, before going into the chaos, trying to tame her new pet.
Notes:
The typos my autocorrect did to sabotage me:
-> However the kitchen is smarter than it looks and starts to run away.
-> The childern let's out a bunch of loud chicken noises
_____Also small info! Until they build a boat/raft thing the chapters are going to be slice of life!
Chapter 57: Spiderman!
Chapter Text
After the meeting about the chicken. 007n7, Builderman and Taph go back to the basement to continue their conversation about the security system. Before they focused on making a blueprint for the raft that they would be able to use to swim away from the land. Now that it's done they can return to figuring out security system.
- "I wish we had materials that could allow us to build a camera system... But sadly we don't have it. So for now Taph's idea is our only way."- Builderman says, while Taph looks proud of himself. 007n7 find's himself nodding along.
- "There's a chance... We could find some old security systems in one of the cities... But considering the flood, they might not work anymore."
- "True.... Taph, do you remember where you need to set traps? Remember, the first one's are those that will warn us with noise, the next one's are the ones that will injure or capture the attackers. We also need to inform the rest of the group about location of those, so none of them will get caught."- Builderman says. Taph chuckles without a sound, imagining one of his teammates getting caught. Builderman just shakes his head with a smile.
- "Taph do you think you could tell the oth- AHHH!"- 007n7 starts, but gets cut of when something bites him.
- "😰🫵👍?"
- "Y-yeah... I'm fine. I think Noli didn't feed the spiders. I'm not food you little beast!"- The hacker picks up the spider, like it's an naughty kitten.
- "Do you think it used poison?"
- "I'm... I'm not sure. I'll get it checked out later... I... I need to talk with you, Builderman first... Privately."- The hacker says, letting the spider crawl away. Builderman stares at him with slight confusion, but gestures to Taph.
- "Taph, you can leave us alone for a moment... And tell Noli to take care of his pets."
- "🫡"- Taph salutes and walks outside. Once he's gone, Builderman looks back at the hacker, who looks really nervous.
- "Seven? Is everything okay?"- He asks. 007n7, doesn't make eye contact and tries to keep still.
- "W-Well... I was thinking. Sure, we're going to have security systems soon. But... I'm worried about the kids... In case they ever get separated from us... I would... I think..."- 007n7 cuts of, taking a shaky breath, digging his nails into his arms. Builderman stares at him with slightly worried expression.
- "007n7. Whatever this is. I will listen to everything, before I say something. I won't assume anything until I hear you out."
- "Alright... Alright.... I swear I'm not... I'm not going back... But I thought that it could be better... Safer for the kids if they knew how to properly use the GUI. So they wouldn't have to rely solely on their swords... And considering that C00lkidd's sword is being used as a stove... He doesn't have it and I don't want to loose him again... For him to loose memories... I swear I mean good. I don't want to cause more harm. I know the risks... I-I... I just... I jus-"
- "Seven I'm going to need to to calm down."- Builderman cut's him off, this causes the hacker to realise that his breathing is fastened and how his heart is pounding.
- "Okay... Okay... But I swear I don't..."
- "It's alright. I understand. I saw that you changed. I know it, you proved it long ago. I perfectly understand what you mean by that. Your idea makes sense."- Builderman says, trying to reassure the hacker, who slowly calms down.
- "Sorry... I don't know what's gotten onto me. Why I got so nervous..."
- "I mean, I don't blame you. You just told an admin that you want to teach hacks to kids that are killers."- Builderman says with teasing voice, causing 007n7 to let out a small laugh.
- "True... I was worried that you would immediately get mad."
- "I don't support hacking. But this situation is different. I'll talk to others about it, then I'll let you know."
- "Thanks... I appreciate it."
- "Now come on. We should get this spider bite checked out."
The duo leaves the basement, halfway through the stairs, Noli runs down holding two buckets full of fish, cursing to himself. Both survivors find this hilarious and laugh. Upstairs they find Chance, flipping their coin. But there's something wrong.
- "Oh my Roblox CHANCE!"- Builderman shouts, rushing over to the sword stove. The gambler gets scared and almost drops his coin.
- "Huh!? What!?"- He turns around, looking at the stove. The fish soup that was being made started boiling over, escaping the pot. Chance visibly pales.
- "Elliot's going to kill me... I was supposed to watch over it while he went take care of Two Time... Oh admins I'm dead..."- He whispers, panickly trying to fix it.
- "007. Go get it checked out by yourself. I need to save someone's life."- Builderman says, while Chance starts to thank him.
007n7 nods and starts walking upstairs. Some time before, during winter, the group decided to turn one of the unused rooms as a hospital room. They moved some beds there and since then it's their main area where the healers tend to injuries.
When the hacker walks into the room, both of healers are already there. Just like Chance said, Two Time is also there. Elliot hears that the door opened and turns around.
- "007n7? What are you doing here?"
- "Ah... Well funny story. Noli forgot to feed the basement spiders and one of them decided to check if I'm tasty... I got bit in the leg... It barely hurts so I assume it's nothing, but Builderman wanted me to get checked out."- The hacker says awkwardly. Elliot looks down, when he does that his face shifted into the one of terror.
- "Nothing!? Nothing!? You're bleeding!!! Sit down!!!"- Elliot shouts, pointing at the bed. The hacker looks down realising that Elliot is right. Then he walks over and sits down.
Elliot is already there, pulling up the pants covering his tight and cleaning the wound and bandaging it. Azure also walks over, checking out the would.
- "You're lucky that those spiders didn't develop venom yet. But for safety I would prefer if you stayed here for observation."
- "Oh... Alright."
- "How long ago did it happen?"
- "A few minutes ago... Maybe ten?"
- "TEN!? You were bleeding for ten minutes!?"
- "Elliot... You know how our pain tolerance is different... This is nothing compared to the wounds the killers gave us.... No offence or something."- 007n7 says with tired voice. Elliot just nods.
- "Don't worry. I get it. Our history isn't nice"- Azure says, going back to Two Time, who's emptily staring at the wall. Not reacting to the real world.
- "What happened to them?"- 007n7 whispers. Elliot sighs with worry.
- "They were helping outside catch fish for today's dinner... I'm not sure what exactly happened. But apparently they stabbed themselves with the wooden spear. When Guest brought them here, they already were unresponsive."
- "Oh... That's... Not good."
- "Yeah... Both of you should take better care of yourself. You said Builderman wanted you to get checked out? Shouldn't he be here?"
- "Oh... He's helping Chance after the soup boiled over."- 007n7 says, realising his mistake when he sees Elliot's face.
- "Of course... Of course he didn't paid enough attention."
- "H-hey... To make things better... I-I'm pretty sure not everyone would enjoy a fish soup... S-so it's not that bad?"
- "I'm going to give them lecture anyway."- Elliot hufs, annoyed. 007n7 slightly smiles.
- "Do you think I get spider powers now? After all I got bitten by mutant spider that will have venom in the future?"- He says, and Elliot gives him a deadpanned stare.
- "I hate you. Don't joke like that. It happens only in movies!"
- "I know. I know.... But that's a silly thought."- 007n7 smirks. Elliot can't help it but puts his head in his hands. However there's a small smile on his face.
Notes:
To clarify!
There won't be any Spiderman 007n7. He was just joking/making reference. There won't be any spider powers!ALSO FUN FACT!!!
The situation with Chance not noticing that the food is boiling over is 100% based on what I did today. Except it wasn't fish soup
Chapter 58: Trust
Notes:
Let me know if you see any typos!
TW! MENTIONS OF SELF HARM, SUICIDE, PHYSICAL PUNISHMENT, STARVATION!!!
Chapter Text
Some time passes. Elliot and Azure segregate the medical equipment that was gathered during the winter season. Two Time is sill sitting, completely dissociated, while 007n7 is the laying on the bed, staring at the ceiling, thinking about random things. Suddenly the door opens, there stands Bluudude who looks slightly annoyed.
- "Hey, Azure. Mafioso told me to get you. He found an odd plant or something and he has suspicion it might be poisonous?"
- "Oh? Well thanks for letting me know. Let me see it... Elliot I'll be back!"- Azure says, and leaves the room.
A few minutes later, both survivors hear a small gasp. They both look up, looks like Two Time came back to reality, more or less. Elliot gives 007n7 a small nod, the hacker understands and gets ready in case they react strongly. Elliot moves forward, making sure to make his presence known. He sits next to the cultist, who barely acknowledges him, their hands shaking.
- "Hey... Two Time? Can you hear me? You don't have to talk. A small nod would be enough."- He says. It takes a short while, but Two Time eventually nods, fully returning back.
- "Healer? When did I get here?"- They say, slightly confused.
- "You were fishing with Guest, but something happened that caused you to dissociate and injure yourself..."
- "Oh... That's unfortunate..."
- "Two Time. Are you okay? Because since that one day you started acting completely different."
- "Like I said before. I'm perfectly alright."- Two Time quickly says, with a strained smile. Then 007n7 joins the conversation.
- "At first... When we all ended up in purgatory. I was going through a lot of stuff... I tried to hide it. Once I got courage and talked it out... It got better. There's no need to hide. We've been stuck together for centuries... We know there's something wrong."- He says, and walks over, sitting on the other side of the bed the cultist is sitting. Two Time just stares at him, then they look down at their own hands. Their tail curling up.
- "Do you think you could share with us why do you continue to hurt yourself? We won't tell anyone. Not until you're ready..."- Elliot promises. Eventually Two Time starts to talk.
- "Azure said something... Something you all were telling me... But him saying it made it more real... He said... That... It was all a cult..."- They grip their shoulders, digging the nails into their skin. 007n7 notices it and takes one of their hands into his, tightening the grip reassuringly. Elliot does the same with their other hand. The survivors making eye contact, both knowing how delicate this situation is.
- "It's alright... You can continue... You're not alone."
- "... Azure pointed out... A lot of things they did.... That if I were to commit small mistake.... I would get punished... But if one of the elders did that.... It would be okay. - As Two Time continues, their body starts to tremble. - "I remember... That once I dropped one of the Holy Scriptures... My teacher... He... He hurt me... I remember being hungry too... I didn't ate a lot that week.... I was a kid I still remember that clearly despite loosing my memories. I don't know what to think about it anymore! I only knew Spawn!!! It was all my life!!!! My purpose!!! And now Azure!!!! The person I trusted the most!!!! The person I supposedly sacrificed for the second life... HE TOLD ME IT WAS FAKE!!! BELIEVING THOSE THINGS IS A SIN! I DON'T WANT TO GET PUNISHED AGAIN!!! I CAN'T SIN!!! I CAN'T BETRAY THE SPAWN!!! I CAN'T!!!"
Two Time starts to shout. 007n7 pulls them into a hug, their face hidden in his chest. The dam breaks and they start sobbing. For the first time, Two Time shows their real emotions in front of other survivors. Elliot sits nearby, stroking their back to give them some comfort.
Eventually, the cultist calms down. But they don't dare to look up. They try to force a smile on their face, but no matter how hard they try, they can't. 007n7 speaks up, with calm voice.
- "Two Time... While I don't understand everything... I also do understand... I was a terrible person back then. All I knew was hacking and destroying the world. I was playing god. But after I found C00lkidd I knew I needed to change... For him. It was hard. My whole life was about hacking... I lost my best friend, because of it. I had a lot of slip up's. I always punished myself for them. While it's not the same as what you're going through. I wanted to tell you about it."- He says. The cultist gives him a small, acknowledging nod.
- "It must've been tough..."
- "It was... But there's another difference between those two things. I was alone... With only baby by my side. You... You have us. We'll be here for every step you decide to take. Alright?"
- "I agree with Seven. We really want to help you... I hate seeing people in pain... I know that you tend to hurt yourself... To hurt your tail..."
- "You saw..."- Two Time whispers, voice filled with shock and shame.
- "Yeah... I didn't. But I'm not mad. Just worried. Besides, it's not like I can judge. I literally killed myself."
- "Same here."- 007n7 adds, suddenly realising what an odd trio they are. - "So Two Time. I promise you, that no matter the time, you can always go to me and Elliot to talk about things weighing on your mind. No one will be judging you. I swear on my son's life. And I value his life more than mine."- The former hacker says. Two Time finally looks up, on their face slight smile, not forced, not fake, but a real smile. Elliot smiles too.
- "You're not getting rid of us so easily!"
- "I... I am still conflicted. But I appreciate having you here."- Two Time says. And for a while, the trio sits in silence. A peaceful silence. Then Elliot frowns slightly.
- "I just realised I agreed with Seven... My past self would've killed me for it."- He says. The former hacker snorts, trying to control his laugh. Elliot gives him a deadpanned stare.
When Azure returns after confirming that the plant was in fact poisonous, he's pleasantly surprised to see Two Time doing even better than they were before the dissociation episode. Normally they feel even worse after episodes like that. The killer smiles, maybe finally something will change for better.
Chapter 59: Someone has to dye
Chapter Text
A few days passed. The group made progress with the boat... That ended up looking more like a raft. The testing began. A first few tries the raft went down. Then it managed to stay but still drowned when Shedletsky tested it. The builder's are stuck for now.
Meanwhile Azure is walking around, checking out some flowers that started blooming. So far the world seems peaceful... To peaceful. But Azure ignores it for now. The killer continues to walk around, making sure that no one messed with the poisonous plant. Azure was glad that Mafioso was suspicious about it, he doesn't want kids messing with poison ivy.
As the killer continues to go forward, he spots one of the survivors observing pink flowers. Azure walks over seeing their interest.
- "Enjoying the nature?"- He asks, the survivor slightly jumps and turns around.
- "Admins, you scared me."- Noob says with a sigh of relief.
- "Heh... Sorry about that."
- "It's alright... but yeah... I really like the colour of those flowers. Reminds me of when I was dyeing my hair multiple colours. I always liked the pink one."- The survivalist says, their hand absentmindedly goes to their hair. It seemed to grow during the months spent after the hell upgrade. Azure looks closer at the flower, an idea appearing in his mind.
- "You know that you can make dye out of those flowers? And since your hair has light colour there's a chance it would be visible."- Azure says, the survivor quickly looks up. Completely in shock.
- "Wait... REALLY!?"
- "Like I said. There is a chance. I never used flower dye on hair."
- "Can we try!? Please please please please!!!!"- Noob begs the killer. Azure just chuckles.
- "Sure we can try."
The duo starts at to collect the flower petals. Then they go to the cabin, grabbing one bowl. Azure uses a, earlier cleaned, small stone to mash it until it has somewhat liquid form. Then he adds a bit of water to it, only a bit. After the mixture is finished Azure looks at the survivor.
- "Any specifics?"
- "Oh! Umm... Maybe only colour on the ends at first? In case it won't work?"
- "Sure."
Azure takes lower part of Noob's hair and places it in the bowl with the mixture, making sure that it's fully submerged to certain length. During the soaking time, Azure and Noob talk about some random things. Noob explained the way sign language works and how they've been teaching Jason it. Azure gets interested and also wants to learn so he could have normal conversation with Jason.
Eventually around an hour passes. Azure gives Noob a sign and they hand him over a piece of cloth. Azure uses it to cover the dyed part of the hair. Noob starts to dry it off, when they pull away the cloth Azure smiles.
- "It worked."- He says. Noob's eyes widen and they rush to the bathroom where is located the only mirror in the cabin.
Once Noob looks in the mirror he realises that Azure is right, their hair has pink ends. It's not like the neon pink they used to dye, but it's coloured. They can't help but shed a few tears of happiness. The killer is standing in the entrance. Noob turns around and does something surprising. They hug Azure, thanking him.
Then they proceed to run out of the bathroom. To show their friends, other survivors what Azure did. Everyone compliments their new hair and is happy for them.
Now Noob is sitting next to Elliot, when an idea enters their mind.
- "Hey... Elliot?"
- "Hm?"
- "If you want... Maybe we could dye your bangs? Just a bit?"- They ask shyly. Elliot thinks a while.
- "Sure... I have nothing to lose anyway."- He says and Noob smiles widely.
- "Great!!! Just... Just get ready to sit with a bowl in front of your face."- They chuckle. Elliot can't help, but join.
Two hours later the pizza man has pink bangs. Noob is beaming, happy that even in the hell they're trapped in there's a chance to find small things that make them happy.
Notes:
I have a reason to believe that the Ao3 Curse got me....
My parents were driving from shopping, a whole wheel almost detached during THE DRIVE (They're both perfectly okay!!!)
The water from the entire apartment/flat complex I live in broke. So we have no water. Why? Because a pipe broke 60 meters underground!!!!
The pressure in the air changed. And I had terrible headache and felt nauseous.... And once time I had funny small glowing lights on my vision when I stood up.
And as I wanted to post yesterday's chapter.... Ao3 is on meintance. I lost my streak of posting everyday -_-
*Checks the watch* It took the curse around a year to find me XD
(Everything's alright now!!! ....except there's still no water)
Chapter 60: Dive into the depths
Notes:
Let me know if you see any typos!
TW! Slightly described suffocation
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
Two days pass. It finally happens, the raft-boat is finished and working. The group can finally venture into the water. However only three people can enter the boat and swim safely. The scavenging group had to make a difficult choice.
- "I am not happy about your choice."- Elliot crosses his arms, glaring at the former admin.- "You're not even a part of the team! And why the #### you want to leave ME behind!!?"
- "Elliot listen. I know it might sound bad."
- "BECAUSE IT IS BAD!? THERE'S A GIGANTIC SEA MONSTER IN THE WATER. AND YOU WANT TO GO THERE WITHOUT A HEALER!?"
- "If we get eaten, your heal won't be able to do anything about it. Sorry Elliot. It's better to just have more manpower... Besides we can't risk you dying and forgetting even more..."
- "You have to be kidding me."- Elliot let's out a humourless laugh. Shedletsky slightly winces hearing that, but doesn't back down.
- "Sorry Elliot. But it's decided. Me, Guest and Chance will go. We can take care of ourselves."
- "Yeah! Of course you can!!! It's not like you miss every time, Guest still takes damage when he blocks and don't get me started on Chance's gun!"- Elliot says coldly. Behind him Chance looks away, fidgeting with their coin.
- "Elliot. It isn't any deep exploration. We will just look around and try to figure out if we would be able to get back to the city."
- "Fine. But if you die... Don't talk to me then."- Elliot says angrily and storms off in the direction of the cabin. Shed sighs and looks at Builderman.
- "You three... be careful."- Builderman says.
- "We'll try our best."- Shedletsky anwsers, ready to go to the raft, but suddenly a voice calls out right behind him.
- "I hope you will avoid getting eaten alive. It is not fun experience."- Hearing that, the former admin turns around with a small shout. Somehow Two Time snuck behind him.
- "Dear Roblox, Two Time... Don't sneak on me like that."- Shedletsky whispers, ignoring how Builderman hides his smile.
Eventually the three sentinels board the boat. Guest paddles, while Shedletsky and Change look around. So far they haven't spot the sea monster. The trio continues to swim away, until their small island is just a dot. The group looks around, no other island in sight.
- "If I'm correct, we should be above the city."- Guest says, stopping the boat. Shedletsky looks down at the water, thinking.
- "You two. Make sure I won't fall in."- He says and sticks his head into the dark water, barely giving the other two chance to react. After a few seconds he pulls his head up.
- "Dude! Have you lost your mind!?"- Chance says with shock, but then he chuckles.
- "Bad news. It's really deep. But there's something odd at the bottom. Also water hurt my eyes."- The former admin says while rubbing his eyes. The trio thinks about their choices.
- "Should we check around to see if we can find any islands? Because we will eventually need to get resources we previously got from the city."- Guest wonders out loud. But everyone knows that the situation doesn't look good.
- "I mean... We could. But getting here already took a while. And we can't risk being caught by night. We wouldn't find our way back."- Shedletsky adds.
- "Fair point."
Despite their concerns, the group continues to swim around. But there's nothing in sight. Not even a small dot that isn't their island. Chance continues to stare in the water, thinking about something. Eventually they speak up.
- "I have a proposition..."
- "What is it?"
- "I will take a dive. To see how far we can go. I will return once I won't be able to hold my breath for longer."
- "No. Absolutely not."- Guest refuses. Looking at Chance with worry and seriousness.- "We aren't here for suicide mission."
- "But listen! We don't have much choice. Besides, even if I die I will just respawn and have to deal with mad Elliot."
- "You will loose your memories or some other parts of your personality."- Shedletsky says with a frown.
- "Honestly. I wouldn't mind. Maybe then my dreams would stop... Or at least hurt less."
- "What dreams?"- Guest says with worry, meanwhile Shedletsky nods with understanding.
- "I get that it's hard for you. But... Eh. Who am I kidding. You're an adult and you can choose for yourself. You already made your mind, didn't you?"- The former admin says. Chance nods, already taking off his fedora and glasses. His golden eyes narrowing when the light hit him. The light becoming slightly unbearable.
- "Chance. Are you sure?"
- "Yes Guest. I am.... But in case I die... Please just tell me that I had a bunny... That I loved him a lot. That's all I want to remember."
- "...We will."- Guest nods and watches as the gambler jumps in the water.
Chance gives himself a while to get used to the water. Looking at other two people.
- "If I don't return for a long time. It means I respawned."
- "Got it. Good luck Chance."
- "Thanks Shed..."
The gambler takes a deep breath and dives in. They hadn't swim for a long time, but the muscle memory quickly kicks in. The water stings his eyes, but he forces them open, he doesn't want to swim blindly. There is a lot of junk in the water, Chance makes mental note that they can use it in the future. In the distance something moves, like a gigantic creature. Despite this, survivor continues to swim down.
Eventually they realise that they can't hold on much longer. Chance mentally curses, because he caught up too late. He frantically tries to swim up, but the surface feels really distant. His lungs scream for air, however they refuse to take a breath, they know it's a death sentence. Black spots start to appear on their vision, panic creeps in.... Until there's nothing but darkness. The unconscious body of the gambler starts to sink down.
- "They aren't coming back... Are they?"- Shedletsky says. Guest only nods without word. They waited a good while, but there's no sight of the gambler. They are forced to swim back, because the sun slowly starts to set.
Once they get to the shore and to the cabin, they expect to find Chance here, but he isn't. Builderman notices the lack of third person.
- "Chance is still outside?"
- "What? ...He decided to take a dive but didn't came back.... He didn't respawn?"- Shedletsky says with terror. Everyone hearing this, freezes up. Elliot looks like he's about to either break down or throw hands.
- "D-did he permanently died!?"- Noob says shakily, tears in their eyes.
The mood changes, the situation weighing on everyone. This situation being completely different to what they're used to. A new danger for everyone.
Notes:
Turns out the water problem is more serious and the entire pipe installation might have to be replaced.... Yppie -_-
Also.... Don't come after me because of this chapter! ^^" *hides*
Chapter 61: Sneaking Out
Notes:
Let me know if you see any typos!
Chapter Text
- "I TOLD YOU!!! I TOLD YOU SOMETHING WOULD HAPPEN!!! BUT YOU DIDN'T LISTEN!!!"
- "It's not like you being there would change anything!!! It's drowning not getting injured!!!"
- "I COULD'VE STOP HIM!!!! YOU LET HIM DIE!!! YOU KILLED THEM!!!"
- "HOW WE WERE SUPPOSED TO KNOW THAT THE RESPAWNS WON'T WORK!?"
- "THAT'S NOT AN EXCUSE FOR LETTING HIM ON SUICIDE MISSION!!!"
- "That's rich coming from you."- Noob says quietly, but loud enough for the argument between Shedletsky and Elliot to stop. Elliot stares at the survivalist in shock. The silence stretching. Noob continues, clutching Chance's fedora.- "They were hurting. Just like you did... I-I understand their decision. They wanted to help... In worst scenario they would just respawn... Chance... H-he didn't know there's no respawn. You... Out of everyone here... You should understand."
Elliot deflates, his emotions confusing him. He feels angry, terrified and sad. Guest walks over and hugs him. The Pizzaman starts to quietly cry.
- "I'm sorry... We could've done something... But it's not like we knew it would happen. The respawning was present for the majority of our lives... Because Before is nothing compared to how long we've been in the purgatory. I'm really sorry..."- Soldier says while desperately trying to control his own emotions, his guilt. He failed to save another person.
- "All of you are too emotional. Death happens. You all had risk of permanent death Before. What's the big deal now? Just move on!"
- "NOLI!!! That's not... THAT'S NOT HOW IT WORKS!"
- "Then explain to me my dear friend. Why is it different than all other deaths?"
- "It's because we all cared about the other person. We literally been through hell together... It's like when C00lkidd went missing..."- 007n7 tries his best to explain the situation to his friend. Noli never understood how different relationships work. The closest one he ever had was with 007n7. And even then, his hacking attacks made him numb to death. Some survivors got offended and mad at the killer.
- "Let's just... Calm down... Go to our rooms and try to get some sleep... We will discuss it tomorrow. Adapt... Maybe find a loophole..."
- "Pfff... Find a loophole? Yeah great idea, let's trick death!"- 1x1x1x1 says with sarcasm.
- "...we can't let Chance's decision... What we learned. We can't ignore it... We need to adapt."- Builderman says with serious, but sad voice.
Eventually, the group finishes all conversations and leaves to their rooms. The admins and Guest continue to discuss the situation in their room, so they will have something to say tomorrow. Taph decided to stay the night with Elliot and Noob, to be able to support them... Or maybe cry together. 007n7 took Noli for a serious talk. Noli went there for another reason, to keep an eye on the former hacker. Since 007n7 compared the situation to the one with the C00lkidd, Noli doesn't want to risk his friend doing something irrational. The rest of the killers went to their own rooms, they didn't take the situation that hard, because their relationship with the gambler wasn't as close as the one survivors had. The survivors eventually fall asleep after shedding tears.
Everyone is asleep... Except one person. Two Time is still wide awake, staring at the ceiling. Their mind refusing to shut up.... Refusing to give up. They found themselves enjoying gambler's company. Despite many times he forced them to interact with others. They knew that he was observant. No matter how hard they try, they can't fall asleep. So they decide to take a short walk around the cabin.
Going downstairs is tricky, they don't want to wake up other inhabitants of the cabin. But eventually they manage to avoid the creaky floor and walk down the stairs. As they're about to close the door, they realise someone is starting at them. Guest 666 stayed downstairs, being a mutated beast enhanced their hearing. Two Time moves a finger towards their mouth, silently asking to be quiet, then they close the door.
Cold air hits them instantly. The nights are colder than the day is. And Two Time is wearing only sleeveless shirt and pants. They didn't even bother putting on the shoes. As they continue to walk, trying to clear their head, the grass is brushing over their bare feet. They feel every small stone, every stick they incidentally step on. Their tail hanging limply behind them.
They reach the end of the land, staring at the water where their teammate friend lost his life. Then they spot it, the raft. They make an impulsive decision and board it. They use the paddle to swim away. They didn't plan on going to far away, but they got lost in thoughts and ended up in big distance.
Eventually Two Time stops. Around them there's nothing, but water. They lay down on the raft staring at the night sky. Their tail and feet are slightly submerged in the water. On the sky, they see a lot of stars, yet another proof that they're outside of the purgatory. The lack of lights makes them more visible. Sometimes the stars seem to look like blinking eyes. Two Time doesn't notice when they fall asleep.
- "You know... That's a big risk you're taking now."
- "Yes, yes. I know. But I can't just let that happen!"
- "You always were too kind for your own good, even before the disaster hit. By now you should know that this world doesn't take kindes too nicely."
- "I know... I know... Just. If it backfires you can say 'I told you so'."
- "Or cry over your dead body."
- "... It's better to stay positive."
- "How do you want me to stay positive in a world like that. After what happened? You're the only thing I have left."
- "Sorry."
- "... It's alright..."
Chapter 62: Atlantis
Chapter Text
Breathing hurts, each breath sending a wave of pain in the chest. Everything is too bright, blurry. There are voices, but the words are unrecognisable. Why breathing hurts so much? One of the voices is closer now, pulling them up. Eventually the sound returns.
- "Woah, buddy. Just calm down, try breathe the best you can!"
- "Wh... Where?"
- "Nope, don't talk. I'll explain everything once you're fully in reality."- The voice says. It takes a while, but eventually the sound returns to normal. The world becomes sharp again, but the light still hurts.
- "Okay. First thing... What's your name and in what group you belong?"
- "Oh... I'm... I'm Chance."
- "Huh... Interesting name. What group?"
- "Uhh... I'm not sure?"
- "See I told you. It was a bait and you took it. Let's just leave him before we get jumped by the rest of his team."- The other person that was standing further away says with cold voice.
- "Rob! Stop that. He's injured, who knows if it's not a concussion or something."
- "Whatever. Soon the rest of our group will be here. We're leaving soon."- The person, Rob, starts to walk away to pack some things.
- "Sorry about him. He had it rough since the day disaster struck. Do you at least remember the direction were you came from?"
- "Uuh... It's like...."- Chance looks around, trying to piece together where he is.
- "It's alright, take your time!"
- "A hill? Next to the city?"- Chance says, the young man in front of him stared at them in shock.
- "You're one of them? The Freaks from the Hill that somehow managed to tame a beast?!"
- "You mean Guest 666?"
- "You named it!?"
- "Them... And yeah? They already had name.... Besides. The Freaks from the Hill? What name is that!?"
- "How else you would call a bunch of random and odd looking people that appeared out of nowhere and started to scavenge the city with a help of a beast?"
- "....I dunno! But for sure something else.... Wait... You stalked us!?"
- "No. But we saw your group before, from afar. How did you tamed the beast?"
- "No idea. Noob did some magic and suddenly they didn't want to kill us. Who are you anyway?"
- "Oh. Sorry... I'm Danny a member of Crossroads scavenging team. The other guy, his name is Rob. We found you laying unconscious on the ground... Rob wanted to leave you, but something told me it's not a trap."- Danny, explains. - "You had quite a fall, bruised, maybe broken ribs, been out of it the entire night. You're lucky it wasn't the highest point of the bubble."
- "That explains why breathing hurts... also... Bubble? What do you mea- "- Chance cut's off. Finally registering what he sees. They're still underwater, but there's a gigantic bubble filled with air. He can see fishes swimming on the other side of the bubble where the water is. The same thing happens over his head - "Dear Admins.... What?"
- "You act like you never seen that before? It isn't the first spring disaster that happened."
- "What do you mean? It isn't the first time this is happening?"
- "I'm wondering if you really have concussion. It's been five years since the disaster began?"- Danny explains. Chance feels like his whole world turned upside down.
- "Five years....? It's our first time...."
- "What? You're joking?!"
- "N-no... I'm not... What..."
- "Danny! We're leaving!!!"- Rob calls out. There are more people standing next to him. Danny helps Chance stand up, the gambler bitting inside of his cheek when the chest pain worsens.
- "I... I don't know what is going on. But we can try figuring it out in the safe ground's. Now come on."- The young man says. Both he and Chance join the group. Everyone giving Chance cold shoulder and sneaking judging glances. The gambler wishes he had his glasses with him, he feels really uncomfortable without them. Chance feels glad that there isn't much light so his light sensitivity won't make the whole thing worse.
The group continues to move forward. Chance observes everything around them. Filled with confusion and awe. Everything looking completely different than what they're used to. His chest continues to throb, the pain reminding him of all the time when John Doe ripped them in half. Sometimes they need to stop to catch the breath, the only one actually helping is Danny. After what seemed like hours of walking, the group enters underground cave, Danny explains that this is the only way to get to Crossroads, because the bubble ends soon after.
The cave is dark, lighten up only by flashlights of the scavengers. Chance has a feeling that he heard familiar hiss of a spider. Only this one isn't tamed like the basement ones. This one is hostile, however it didn't approach. Eventually the cave ends, climbing up from it makes Chance's chest scream in pain. When he exits the cave, he needs a while to be able to breathe slightly easier. When they finally look around, the sight is mind-blowing. This air bubble is much bigger than the previous one, but something else is even more catching. There's an entire underwater city, a big skyscraper that reaches the surface is located in the middle of the city, it splits into two towers with walkway in the middle. The city looks abandoned at the first glance, but once the group comes closer Chance realises that people live here. The gambler is silently freaked out, because for the past centuries he hadn't seen anyone else other than survivors and killers.
- "Welcome to Crossroads. A city that focuses mostly on trades between different groups scattered across the world. Some people spend days to get here just to trade. Me and my team will check out, but once I'm done I can show you around and explain how things work here."
- "Alright. Lead the way." - Chance smiles, trying to avoid looking at the lights as much as possible. They already feel a headache coming up, they wish they had their glasses.
A while later Chance and Danny separate from the rest of the group. Rob staring at them as they walk away.
- "So the person that started the whole 'Trade City' idea was a historian called everyone called Professor Liam. After the disaster struck five years ago he wanted a place where all people could assist each other, despite their differences. He called it Crossroads to pay honours to mythical city that had the same name."
- "Mythical?"
- "Yes. Professor Liam was a historian, interested in old Robloxia. In one of old books he found notes about the first city that connected different parts of Robloxia. But other than that, the name Crossroads is more a myth than a real place, no one knows if it really existed."- Danny explains, entering a big building. Chance follows, realising it's a library. Walking a while further, the duo sits down next to one of the tables.
- "Chance... Do you really don't remember how the world works?"
- "I... Yeah..."- Chance says with a sigh. It's simpler to lie than explain the purgatory and how he's originally from the time when Crossroads are a real place.
- "Alright. So every season comes with new disaster and creatures we need to survive. Spring is one gigantic flood, summer is a drought, fall comes with thick fog that makes you unable to see and winter is the endless snowstorm."
- "That's sounds... Dangerous."
- "It is. Each season also comes with different monster types, but it's a lot to tell you right now."
- "You mentioned rules?"
- "Ah. Yes. If you want to trade, your group needs to be registered, and of course. Bring something unique that will make others want to trade with you. What do you and your team have?"
- "Uhh... Not much. We mostly live from scavenge to scavenge."
- "That's stupid. And a death sentence."
- "We know..."
- "Also... Here everyone expects a favour. So based on that. I saved your life so you have debt for me. I would let you go, life shouldn't be something you trade, but Rob. He won't let you go until you pay off the debt."- Danny says. Chance curses. Not only his team must believe that he's dead, dead. Now he can't try to get to them because he's in debt.
- "How do I repay you?"
- "Well... Since you don't have anything valuable on you. It has to be a favour... But I don't need anything for now."
- "Dude! I need to go back! My team believes I'm dead!!!"
- "You would need a boat anyway. Unless you want to swim the entire way. I'm sorry. I will tell you once I will need something. For now you should try your best to get comfortable here, you can stay with me for a while."
- "And get even more debt?"
- "... Unless you want to live in the streets?"
- "...For admins sake, fine!"- Chance finally agrees, annoyed. He doesn't see how Danny's expression slightly changes at the mention of admins.
Some time later Chance is standing in cramped and slightly destroyed living room in house that belongs to Danny. He has only one goal. Return to his team, or at least let them know he's alive.
- "Hey Two Time? Are you doing alright? I hope you're not avoiding meals again.... Two Time? Two Time where are you? Oh... Oh Gods.... TWO TIME IS MISSING!!!"
Notes:
Oh look who's been alive the entire time! :D
The death isn't permanent! Chance just didn't die at all!!!
Chapter 63: City Life
Notes:
Let me know if you see any typos!
Chapter Text
- "I think we should calm down..."
- "CALM DOWN!? CALM DOWN!? They're GONE, swam away!!! We don't have ANY way to get to them. THEY MIGHT BE ALREADY DEAD!"
- "We should think positively..."
- "POSITIVELY!? I JUST GOT THEM BACK... THEY STARTED TO FINALLY SEE THE TRUTH...now they're gone... We shouldn't have built this boat... We shouldn't..."
- "I'm sorry..."
The night came, Chance is laying awake staring at the ceiling. They're laying on old couch, with coils pushing into their body. He's sure that Before it would bother him a lot, but now after years and years of torture he's used to not being comfortable, however his ribs are making it slightly more unbearable. He can't lay for a long time because it gets hard to breathe. They can feel headache creeping even more, luckily the night and being underwater brought some relief in from of darkness. The gambler mentally curses their light sensitive eyes, but it's not like they can do anything now, and he for sure isn't planning on getting in even more debt.
There's a slight worry in gambler's brain. Danny seems like a good person, but what if it's just an act. They are scared of being used again and considering how desperate he is to reunite with his team, this favour scares them. He doesn't want to be forced into something he isn't comfortable with. Despite overthinking everything, Chance eventually falls asleep.
When the morning comes, at first Chance wakes up completely confused. Their matted white brushing against his shoulders when he sits up. It's been a long while since they washed them, Chance takes a mental note to do it later.
- "Good morning Chance."- Danny greets him, while sitting next to small table drinking something that smells like coffee.
- "Morning..."
- "Are you feeling better now?"
- "Yeah... Did you think about something?"
- "... Straight to the point. I'm sorry but I genuinely don't know what I can ask you for... It can't be anything random, because Rob will make sure I'm not getting you get away with it."
- "For admins sake! Why do you care so much about that guy!"- Chance snaps, but quickly realises his mistake. - "Sorry. We barley know each other for one day. I shouldn't have said that... But please try understand the situation I'm in. I NEED to go back."
- "I know... I see how important those people are to you. I care so much about Rob because I'm all he has left. We've been-"
- "Dude. You don't need to explain anything."
- "I know... but you deserve to know why I'm so strict with this favour... Me and Rob, we've been friends since kindergarten. His parents died when the first disaster hit and his younger sister got eaten by a lobster.... I know it sounds funny... But it isn't funny seeing your friends sister being eaten alive by mutaded lobster that's the size of a bear. With shell so strong you can't break it."
- "... I'm sorry... I-I"
- "It's alright. It's not your fault."- Danny says, despite looking sad. Chance decides to share something about themselves, but purposely changing some elements of the story to not freak out Danny about the fact that they can respawn.
- "My friend got eaten once... One moment they're here, the next. They're gone. A dragon like creature with wings and sharp claws..."
- "Seeker. You shouldn't blame yourself. This beast is a real monster. Once it choses a target, it won't stop until it's pray is dead... Or until it dies. But no one was able to kill it yet."
- "Oh... That's interesting... Dear admins. There's so much I have no idea about..."- Chance whispers. Danny's brows burrow and he sighs.
- "Why do you keep mentioning Them?"
- "Huh? Who?"
- "The admins."
- "Why shouldn't I?"- Chance asks, completely baffled. Danny stares like him like he has two heads.
- "I'm wondering if you really had a concussion or just lived under the rock."
- "Heh...."- Chance laughs awkwardly.
- "The admins disappeared the moment the disaster struck. They left us to fend for ourselves, no guidance, no help. They're gods!!! For sure with their god powers they could do something to save more people..."- Danny explains, leaving Chance completely confused. But at the same time, they understand the reason behind it.
- "Shoot... Sorry. Guess I've really been living under a rock... Heh. I'll try to not say it around you."
- "And other people here. Believe me, not everyone is so understanding."
- "Got it... I... Thank you for helping me, despite me being so clueless."
- "It's alright. I'll be going around taking commissions today. You can follow me around, maybe the way for you to pay off your debt will appear out of nowhere?"
- "Heh. Sure, lead the way."
After breakfast, that the gambler made sure it won't add up to the debt. Chance continues to follow Danny around for the entire day, helping him with work and learning how to trade. Rob was observing him the entire time. They were also getting familiar with the city and the rules. Some people were eyeing him with confusion or distrust. But not everyone. As some point Chance gets approached by sketchy looking guy.
- "Well, well, well. A guy with looks like yours... Especially those golden eyes. I know people that would be interested in meeting you?"- He says. Chance immediately can feel the alarms blasting in his head.
- "Sorry. I'm not interested."- They say, trying to back away. The person grabs them.
- "Oh come on. There's for sure something you need. After all people come to Crossroads to trade."
- "No. Back of, I'm Not interested."
- Come on Pretty boy. Don't keep us waiting."
- "Get lost before I call the authorities! You know well that this type of trade is banned."- Danny, who returned from the shop quickly deals with the man. Making him go away.
- "You alright? Like I said, all kinds of people come to Crossroads..."
- "... Yeah... Thanks for the save."- Chance anwsers, but for the rest of the time being outside he avoids looking at people, trying to hide their unique eye colour.
The day passes, at the end of it Chance is glad to finally get inside. The lights that were constantly shining outside were making his eyes hurt and brought a terrible headache. Their chest hurts with each breath, but they don't dare to ask for pain medication. He doesn't want more debt.
A small dinner was served, before eating Chance made sure that it won't add up to the debt. The taste, containing different spices, doesn't compare to the food Elliot, 1x or Shedletsky make. The thought alone makes Chance anxious about how his team is doing. He hopes that everyone is safe and that they're not freaking out too much about their 'death'.
The Gambler falls asleep after some struggle. Their dreams being mix of their day, purgatory.... And as always, the guy that continues to make them feel bad.
Chapter 64: Paying off the debt.
Chapter Text
- "Hey... Elliot."
- "Hey..."
- "How are you holding up?"
- "I... I don't know. I'm mad but also...."
- "You blame yourself."
- "How did you...?"
- "I know you Elliot... I know when you're blaming yourself..."
- "I could've be more observant... I could've stop Chance.... I could've keep an eye on Two Time. Now they're both gone."
- "I have the same thoughts... But... None of them would want that. Chance would make us play cards, or explain some stupid rich people thing.... Two Time would be sitting silently, occasionally speaking up about Spawn... O-Or other thing they enjoyed. M-maybe Chance would drag them out again.... M-maybe... M-maybe..."
- "Come here... Noob..."
- "I-I'm s-ss... s-sorry. I was... S-supposed to make y-you feel better. Y-yet I'm breaking down..."
- "Don't... Don't apologise... I-I understand... We should try... Remembering all nice memories we have with them...."
- "Y-yeah... I-I still remember when Chance tried t-to save me from Jason during a round... H-he made this whole dramatic entrance... J-just to die from gun explosion."
- "Pff... Yeah. It happened w-way too much. I still remember the face Two Time made when they tasted coffee... I wish you saw that."
- ".... It hasn't been long... I-I already miss them."
- "I understand... Me too... B-but I'm glad we have each other..."
- "Y-yeah..."
Chance wakes up. Another day of following Danny around in hopes that he'll be able to pay off the debt. As he sits up, they feel their ribs hurting even more. Something in the back of their head tells them that they shouldn't work while in this state, but at the same time they don't have much choice. And seeing that Danny already allows him to work less makes him feel bad about wanting even less work.
Reluctantly they stand up and get ready for the day. Seeing their reflection in the mirror makes them stop. Their hair looks like a mess, it's also really greasy, this makes Chance really uncomfortable at the mere though. There are eye bags under his eyes, a result of not getting good night sleep for a good while. Chance sighs, ignoring how different he looks compared to his memory.
After quick breakfast with Danny, they both go outside. Despite seeing it before, the bubble still amazes Chance. Eventually both he and Danny get to the trading stand that belongs to the scavenging team Danny belongs to. Rob is already there, glaring at the gambler. He gives him a hard time at job, completely ignoring the fact that they're injured.
Chance is leaning on the wall, covered in sweat and desperately trying to take a deep breath, he wanted to show Rob that he really doesn't have bad intentions by working hard, but despite this, nothing works.
- "You're a really lazy person. Of course you want to slack off every chance you get."
- "Rob! Are you crazy?! Do you want him to die because of the work? You know how bad broken ribs can get!"
- "The world isn't kind. It won't be waiting on him. He should know that if he wants to survive."- Rob says coldly. Before Danny or Chance can say anything, someone approaches.
- "Hello Danny, Rob."
- "Hello Elijah. Did you came to trade?"
- "Yeah. Who's the new guy? A new stock you offer?"- The guy jokes, but it reminds Chance of the last day encounter with that man. It makes them feel uncomfortable, but despite this he puts on his best poker face.
- "No! That's Chance, he's-"
- "He's here to pay off the debt he has for Danny. I'm keeping an eye on him, you know those people that try their best to get close to someone just to lead them into a trap."- Rob cuts off Danny. Making Chance look bad in the eyes of Elijah.
- "Yeah. I get it. Oh, by the way. You should watch out. Father said that people from Pirates group have become seen in larger numbers than usually."
- "Thank you for letting us know."
- "No problem. Say, do you have any ropes and metal scraps I could use? I'll give you fresh meat for that."
- "How much?"
- "Five rabbits?"- The guy's continue to setting up the trade, meanwhile Chance struggles to keep his poker face on. Despite seeing a lot of gore, dying thousands of times. The mere though of rabbits being killed is able to shatter his heart.
A while later Elijah leaves. Danny decides to explain to change who that was.
- "That's Elijah, son of the person in charge of Crossroads. He's a skilled hunter, alongside his friend who everyone calls MeatGrinder. They are kind of like celebrities for people living in Crossroads."
- "Oh... Alright."
- "Danny, debt guy. We need to get package from the city outskirts. You two can handle that."
- "Alright. Let's go Chance!"- Danny says and starts to walk away. Chance follows closely behind.
They continue to walk further and further away from the centre of the city. The outskirts are more abandoned and seem more shady. Chance's sentinel instincts start to take over. They take out his coin and start flipping it, ignoring the confused glances Danny sends him. Chance curses when he gets multiple tails in row, getting weakness. Luckily for him, he gets enough charges for three bullets. They don't do hat fix, because he doesn't want to risk losing the bullets.
After a while Chance notices that some people are following them. They don't make it obvious, but years spent in purgatory teached Chance to see the signs.
- "Danny, don't look around. We're being followed."
- "What?"
- "Five men behind us... There's more of them in front of us."- Chance says calmly, Danny's eyes slightly widen.
- "The Pirates group..."
- "What do we d-"- Chance cut's off, quickly turning around and shooting one person in the leg. Before Danny can protest, he sees a gun that was a few seconds ago pointed at him.
- "Danny. Run, I'll hold them back."
- "What!? No!"
- "RUN. I have experience with dealing with people like that!"- Danny doesn't need to be told twice, he rushes into one of the alleys, while Chance stays behind.
One of the pirates charges at them, but Chance quickly shoots them. The person hits the ground with scream. Another man comes closer. Chance wants to shoot him too, before bluffing that he still has bullets and then run away. But his luck has different plans. The moment he pulls the trigger, a loud explosion is heard. Pain explodes on his entire left side. The gun exploded, since he doesn't have his headphones on, the sound making him deaf for a while.
Before he can go back to his his senses, something hard hits his head. Making the entire world go black.
Notes:
Let's pretend that Chance also left his headphones with Guest and Shedletsky.
I just forgot to write about it ^^"
Chapter 65: The Pirate Camp
Chapter Text
When Change regains conciseness, he's aware of three things. First breathing is hard and painful, second his head hurts, third their arms is weirdly numb. They barely remember slightly waking up before, the ground they were laying on was moving, so he assumes he's been moved here in boat.
The memories of situation return, going for package, being stalked and ambushed. He hopes that Danny was able to make it out safely. Chance sits up with quiet groan, their head spinning. They move their arm to rub their head when he notices the state it is. It turned dark brown, with blisters and some completely burned parts of the skin, probably a third degree burn.
- "Oh right... My gun blew up."- Chance says to himself. He tries to move his fingers, they slightly move, almost numb. This makes Chance worried. In the purgatory when their gun exploded it wasn't that bad, their captor liked seeing pain. Chance is not a doctor, but he's sure there's some kind of nerve damage. He looks up, registering he's locked in small cramped cell.
- "I see that you have woken up. Good morning Gambler."- A familiar voice is heard. Chance quickly looks up, in another cell in front of his, is sitting Two Time.
- "What the ####... Two Time!? What in the admins name are you doing here!?"
- "I want to ask you the same thing. You're supposed to be dead. Yet yesterday's evening I saw your unconscious body being dragged here."- Two Time says, their smile never disappearing.
- "I never died... Underwater, there are air bubbles. People live there... There's an entire city!"- Chance explains, their words making Two Time tilt their head.
- "Oh. And here we thought that death is permanent. You have caused a big misunderstanding Gambler."
- "I'm sorry. But I had no idea there's going to be a literal air underwater!"- Chance tries to excuse themselves, then he spots something that makes his blood run cold. Two Time has wings and halo.
- "Why are you on your second life?"- He asks, Two Time breaks the eye contact, looking away. Despite the lack of facial expressions Chance knows something happened.- "Two Time.... What happened? I swear I won't be mad."
- "...The first night after you supposedly died. I couldn't sleep and went on a walk. I made an impulsive decision and entered the raft... Swimming away. I did not realise when I fell asleep. The next thing I know, people are capturing me. Locking away in cell. We are on and island... I do not know where home is."- Two Time says quietly. Chance feels bad knowing that his disappearance caused a lot of distress.
- "Time... It doesn't answer my question."
- "We are here to serve those people ...Cleaning... Cooking... Entertainment..."- Two Time's body trembles when they say the last word. - "I messed up the cooking... I got put in a ring... I had to fight someone. I do not know how to throw punches like Soldier does. They beat me up to death... They.... They were shocked seeing my second life.... They pulled on my wings... They laugh when you're hurting."
- "Oh my admins... Two Time..."- Chance whispers in shock. Wanting nothing more than to hug them, but the bars are forbidding them to get close. Despite this, Two Time continues to smile.
- "It is nothing compared to the purgatory. And now knowing that respawning still works... We can die and return to the cabin!"
- "No! We aren't dying... I can't let you loose even more of yourself. We'll find a way to escape."
- "Gambler... We are stranded here in cell, on an island with people that have weapons... That have guns. We do not stand a chance..."
- "We stand a chance because I'm here! My name is Chance and I'm your chance on escape! I promise I will find a way to escape! We'll show them who we really are!"- Chance tries to ignite hope in Two Time. They're smile, but this time is a small one, but Chance knows it's the real one.
After a while a group of pirates enters the room the cells are placed. They start to take out multiple people also locked there, dealing with them roughly, not caring about the injuries. Chance ignores the way his chest screams in pain, how everything spins for a while. Instead they feel rage when they see how they pull out Two Time by their wings.
Two Time and Chance get separated during the day. The gambler is forced to clean some questionable stains for the floor, being eyed by multiple people. They lost count how many times they were showed around, their chest screaming in pain. The way Rob treated them is a walk in the park compared to what he's experiencing now.
Despite this Chance managed to spot weak points. The pirates don't have much of a security, like they believe no one would dare to fight back. How the place where they have boats is barley unprotected from inside. That they don't have simple rafts, but a literal motorboat. Chance counties to observe their surroundings, taking note of every detail.
Later when the night comes, he's roughly pushed into his cell, he waits for Two Time to return as well. Eventually they return too, pushed into a cell hitting the floor, hard. Once the guard leaves, Chance whispers.
- "Two Time? Are you okay? Please anwser truthfully."
- "I... I am... I do not know... I want to say that I am fine... Because compared to purgatory it isn't that bad... However... It is different bad..."- Two Time says, sitting on the floor with their back turned towards Chance. The gambler sees the bruises on their shoulders that look suspiciously like someone smacked them with a belt. Their tail curled up.
- "Two Time... I know it hurts... I know you don't like opening up but please..."
- "During my stay here. I did not get any food... And even before in the cabin I hadn't eaten much. I am being hit everyday. Like I said, it is nothing compared to the purgatory."
- "But it's still bad.... Can you turn around, please? I have an idea."- Chance asks, reluctantly Two Time turns around putting on a smile. Chance smirks and starts to sign to them. Two Time's eyes widen, recognising the sing language that Noob and Taph attempted to teach them in the purgatory. They're far from good, but know enough to understand.
Chance tell them about his discoveries. Two Time shares what they saw. A plan somewhat gets created, but they need to stay here a few more days to learn the patterns. They will escape.
Notes:
Two Time was having FUN :D
Chapter 66: The Great Escape
Notes:
Let me know if you see any typos!
TW!!! BLOOD, INJURIES, DEATH, GUN'S AND SHOOTING
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
Three days. It's been three days since Chance ended up here. Three days of constant work and starvation. Chance's injuries don't look too good. Their chest has a lot of dark bruises, his hair stained by the blood from head injury and their left arm looks terrible. They don't count the bruises that were made by the pirates, both he and Two Time are trying to lay low.
Speaking on Two Time, their state isn't much better, Chance would say it's worse. Their body is covered in bruises they desperately try to hide. Their tail hangs limp behind them, sometimes curled up, for Chance is a sign that they're not feeling okay. Their body also is constantly trembling, a side effect of the second life, making them even more unstable.
What also makes Chance worried is the fact that it's been a long while since the cultist ate. The gambler is aware that they always had some food related issues Elliot was trying to fix, however this situation might erase all progress Two Time made.
Despite this, they came up with the plan. Pirates aren't aware of their abilities, so on the previously decided time they will strike. Then they will try to find each other, making so much chaos so other prisoners have a chance to escape. Once they find themselves they will steal one of the motorboats to get as far away as possible.
The fourth day since Chance ended up in this place, comes. It's time they start their plan. They plan to start after noon, when the pirates are after dinner and more sleepy. When the pirates pull them out of their cells, Chance gives Two Time a small nod. A confirmation that today is the day. They get separated again.
Right before noon, Two Time is tasked with delivering food to the other pirates. Most of the time they manage to do it flawlessly, but sometimes the pirates decide to make their task ten times harder. They need to keep balance with pirates pushing them, tripping them or purposely stepping on their bare foots. Despite this, they don't give up.
However one time something change. One of the pirates pushes them so hard that they aren't able to keep the balance and the entire tray of food ends up on the floor. Two Time stares at the mess, but they don't see the pirate camp, instead they're back in their village. Instead of the pirate it's their teacher, his disappointed stare piercing through them.
- "YOU STUPID PIECE OF ####"- They get pushed hardly against the wall, returning to reality. The pirate has them cornered.
- "Because of your STUPIDITY I don't have food!!! You will pay. I'll break those stupid wings of yours!!!"- The Pirate yells, already grabbing Two Time's wings. He holds them tightly, about to snap them in half.... When everything stops.
The pirate wobbles, before falling on the ground with thud and choking sounds. He continues to lay lifeless, from his chest is sticking out a dagger. The dagger is located right where pirate's heart is. Two Time is breathing heavily, with manic smile on their face. The sight familiar, yet unknown at the same time. In the self defense they stabbed the pirate in his heart, twisting the dagger. Before they can fully come to terms with that fact, a footsteps are heard outside of the room.
- "Bob! Are you alright? We heard a commotion... What in the captain's name..."- The other pirate freezes up, seeing the lifeless body on the ground, with blood pouring out of the chest. He scans the room, looking for the culprit, yet finding nothing. - "CAPTAIN! WE HAVE MURDER HERE!"
As the second pirate runs to alarm the others, Two Time reappears from their hiding spot in the shadows. Out of habit thanking the Spawn, ignoring the uneasy feeling this makes them feel. They quietly leave the room, running to find Chance. Sadly luck wasn't on their side, because someone spots them with blood on their clothes.
- "HEY! YOU!!! STOP RIGHT THERE!!!"
- "SHOOT THAT SLAVE!!!"
- "KILL IT!"
Two Time is forced to avoid bullets, their dodging skills automatically taking over. The things they experienced in purgatory helping them hide and dodge. Other prisoners, seeing the act of rebellion also start to fight back, encouraging the most broken ones.
Meanwhile Chance is sweeping the floor, when they hear a lot of shouting and yelling. With gunshots ringing out. The gambler frowns in confusion, the plan wasn't supposed to be started for another one or two hours. The shooting gets nearer his location and suddenly Two Time bursts through the door. When they spot him, their manic smile seems to widen even more.
- "Gambler! I apologize for messing up our plan! However I had to do it, otherwise my wings would be snapped in half. I just killed someone."- They say with cheerful voice that makes Chance's blood run cold.
- "Oh my admins... Okay. Come on we need to run!!! We'll figure out the killing thing later!!!"- Chance says, quickly switching into action mode. They take the lead, running through corridors, frantically flipping their coin, cursing every time they get weakness.
One of the pirates blocks their way, the gun raised at Chance's head. He quickly dodges, the bullet barley missing them. Then Change runs at the pirate and shoots their shoulder. The pirate yells in pain and before they can realise, Two Time jumps at the pirate, making them loose balance and falling down the metal stairs. Chance pick ups the gun that belonged to the pirate, smirking because they finally don't have to deal with risk of their gun exploding.
Two survivors continue to run through the base, Chance realising that before it was some kind of factory. A group of pirates catches up to them. While another blocks their only escape.
- "Now we got you."- The Pirate smiles with this type of smile that makes the survivors know that nothing good awaits them.
However before they can attack, Two Time grabs Chance's hand and jumps from the platform, falling onto a old big pipe that's a part of a system that is hanging in the air by old rusty chains, located under the platform. The metal creaks because of the sudden weight.
- "Nice thinking!"- Chance smiles, caching up their breath.
- "Less talking, more running."- Two Time answers and continues to run, jumping from pipe to pipe.
The bullets hitting the metal around them. Chance yells when one of the bullets collides with their left shoulder, making him mess up the jump and starting to fall deeper into the system into their death. That's what would happen if Two Time didn't catch them in time. The duo shares a quick smile and Two Time pulls Chance up.
- "Thank you... Thank you... Now come on!"- Chance whispers, taking the lead, the adrenaline pumping in their veins.
After a lot of running, dodging bullets and fighting back the duo is able to climb out of the pipe system and now they're almost at the docks, a bunch of random things are laying on the ground all over the place. Chance feels his chest burning, they're unable to take a deep breath and shallow ones are barley enough.
- "Agh..."- A pained voice is heard behind him. Chance turns around only to see Two Time on the ground, clutching one of their feet. They stepped on a sharp stone that was laying on the ground. Because they're barefoot, the stone managed to cut through the skin. Chance quickly turns around and helps them get up.
- "Come on. Where almost there!"- He gasps out. Two Time runs after him, the adrenaline erasing the pain.Despite their injuries they manage to get to one of the motorboats.
- "Shoot. I don't think I'll be able to steer this thing."
- "Why?"
- "My left arm is messed up. The burn... The bullet in my shoulder. You'll have to take control!"
- "I do not know how to steer this thing. I do not know what that is!!!
- "I'll explain. Just get on!!!"- Chance basically pushes Two Time onto the motorboat. He explains each step, how to turn it on, steer, gain speed. Meanwhile behind them a group of pirates starts running up. They start shooting the moment Two Time pulls on gas.
The motorboat gets hit a few times, luckily for survivors they aren't hit. Unlucky for the survivors, the pirates start their own motorboats, continuing the chase on the water.
- "They're following us!!!"- Chance yells, Two Time adds more speed, to the point that Chance has to grab the seat to not fall into the water.
The duo continues to race through the waves, however the pirates relentlessly follow. Two Time notices that and starts to randomly make sharp turns, each one making Chance almost fell off.
- "Two Time! What in the name of admins you're doing do you want to KILL US!?"
- "I am escaping Gambler. I am trying to do it the best way I can with my basically nonexistent knowledge about this machine."
- "At this point we're going to DIE!"
- "Then... How do you say it? We die in style. Now maybe try shooting at those people."
The chase continues, Chance trying to shoot down the pirates. One of the shoots is successful, making the pirate fell off the motorboat. Only three left. Suddenly Two Time makes another sharp turn. Chance was not expecting it and fells into the water, grabbing the seat in the last second. The gambler is being dragged half submerged, but eventually they manage to pull themselves out.
- "ADMINS ABOVE... LADY LUCK.... THE PERSON RUNNING THIS HELL.... EVEN THE ####### SPAWN! IF YOU HEAR ME PLEASE LET US... LET ME SURVIVE THIS!"- Chance prays out loud.
On the horizon, a bunch of rocks is sticking out of the water. Two Time steers the motorboat there and Chance feels his life draining out of them. The Cultist somehow manages to avoid each rock, while one of the pirates end up crashing into it. Two left. However there's another rock, sticking out like a ramp.
- "Gambler... Pray for us."- Two Time smiles manically.
- "At this point we're going to meet Spawn itself....Lady Luck please bless us with your presence..."- Chance whispers, filled with terror as he sees the rock getting nearer.
Lady Luck seems to be on their side, because the rock really works like a ramp, sending them in the air. Both survivors shout in fear, surprise and joy. They land in the water, submerging for a few seconds before going back to the surface. One of the pirates tries to follow after them, but fails, crashing into the rock. Only one left that is still following them.
No matter how hard the duo tries, they can't loose them. The pirates continue to follow after them. Then the water seems to become darker, the waves getting bigger and dark clouds are on the sky slowly starting to turn into storm.
- "Chance... What is going on..."
- "No idea... But that's not good."- Chance whispers, looking around. Suddenly a bunch of gigantic tentacles comes out of the water. Chance is left speechless, yet despite that he yells at Two Time.
- "YOU LED US RIGHT INTO A ###### KRAKEN LAIR!!!!"
- "What is Kraken?"
- "DO NOT ASK QUESTIONS NOW. JUST GO! GO! FULL SPEED!!! LADY LUCK I BEG HELP US!!!! ADMINS ABOVE!!!"- Chance continues to shout out prayers to every deity they know, not caring whether it's real one or just a myth.
Two Time seeing the situation and how the tentacle is about to grab their motorboat forces the boat to go on it's max power. Doing circles about tentacles, desperately trying to survive. The storm is in it's fullest strength. Ten close calls later they hear a blood-curdling scream. The Kraken caught the motorboat belonging to the pirate, crushing it. The tentacles coming towards the survivors now.
The motorboat is going it's max power. A gigantic wave coming towards them. Both survivors silently praying for their survival, not caring to who. They manage to defeat the wave, jumping out of it, somehow gaining even more speed. The water becomes lighter colour, the storm being left behind. They survived, they survived and lost all pirates. Two Time and Chance stare at each other in silent shock. Then both of them starts to hysterically laugh. The emotions finally draining. Despite this they don't stop.
The motorboat finally slows down, eventually stopping. Both Two Time and Chance are sitting with their legs in the water, watching the sunset.
- "We did it..."
- "Heh... Yeah..."
- "Thank you for not letting me give up."- Two Time says quietly. Chance smiles and puts his functional arm around them.
- "You're my buddy Two Time. I would never give up on you."- Chance says with a soft smile, their eyes are also saying the truth. For the first time in peaceful environment Two Time can see his eyes when talking with him.
- "We'll have a lot to tell others about when we return to the cabin."
- "...Yes. Yes we will. A ####### Kraken... Two Time... How did we survive this!?"
- "I do not know Gambler, but I am glad."
- "Also once my arm is healed... I'm NEVER letting you drive ever again. I don't want to get a heart attack."
- "Is it really that bad?"
- "YES!"
When the night falls, the duo decides to stargaze for a while, trying to ignore the pain of their injuries that appeared once the adrenaline ran out. It's quiet, only the sound of waves around them. The atmosphere is calm. Two Time feels something weighing on them.
- "Chance?"
- "Holly #### you used my name."- Chance says shocked, then laughs awkwardly after Two Time shots him a glare, their smile gone.- "Sorry. Go on."
- "...I don't think I'm okay."
- "Is there someone who is okay? After what we've been through? I don't blame you."
- "It's not that... Even before ending up here. At the beginning of the purgatory... You all might've been right... The more I think about it... The more I see... Everything I believed in... It might be fake. I don't know who I am without Spawn."- Two Time whispers, a tear rolling down their face. Chance takes a deep, but shaky breath.
- "I don't exactly understand. I never will... But I know what it's like to be used... I know that the person in my dreams. He used me before, to his selfish reasons. Made me believe I need to fix things that made me myself... Now I see the truth.... And it hurts."
- "We're both broken... Different, yet the same..."
- "Yeah... Time?"
- "Hm?"
- "I'm glad you're opening up to us... I was worried about you."
- "I know... I tried to hide it..."
- "Don't... It makes it hurt more."
- "Then follow your own advice. I see through your facade."- Two Time says. The duo continues to sit in silence. Finally feeling slightly more at peace with themselves, with the burdens they carry.
- "I have an idea!"- Chance smiles.- "Once we go back. We experiment. We do things that normally we wouldn't do because of our rules, beliefs. We don't care what others think! If we don't enjoy it, we stop. But If we like this activity? We can add it to our interests!"
- "It's like... Building ourselves again?"
- "Exactly! Of course, I don't mean the self destructive things. I mean stuff like... For example me. I avoided a bunch of stuff because I had to maintain my appearance! Now I will do it!!!"
- "...But I do not know what I wanted to do. Everything was only about Spawn."
- "Then I'll help you. Others too! We will find things you like! Things that make you!!!"- Chance sits up with a smile. Two Time follows.
They both continue to talk about random stuff, slowly drifting somewhere. Resting after the emotionally draining chase and escape. The stars glowing brightly, some blinking like eyes.
Notes:
I've been WAITING to write this chapter (the motorboat part) since May 18th.
So far this is my FAVOURITE chapter I ever wrote.I have never written a action like that before. So I hope it's good and filled your expectations! :D
I AM PROUD OF MYSELF!!!
(I think it's the longest chapter so far)
Chapter 67: Lost in the endless water
Notes:
Let me know if you see any typos!
TW! SELF HARM
Chapter Text
The night passes, motorboat lead by the current is swaying on the water. Two Time and Chance took turns when sleeping. The motorboat isn't the most comfortable thing to sleep on, but they somehow made it work.
Two Time is watching the sunrise, holding their dagger in shaking hands, yesterday they temporarily forgot about the murder they committed, but now it all comes crashing down. Despite the fact that it was in self defence, they feel guilty for taking someone's life. The feeling of familiarity is making their stomach turn, this situation reminds them of what Azure said, that they sacrificed him.
They feel terrible after what they done, a need for punishment resurfacing in their head. Two Time looks down at the dagger, quiet voice urging them to do it. With one quick pull, there's a cut on their hands, blood starting to come out, their brain screaming at them to do more. However there's another part of it, the one that makes them reconsider. Two Time turns to look at the gambler, and before they can change their mind, they wake them up.
Chance slowly wakes up, opening his eyes, then quickly narrowing them because he happened to stare directly at the sun.
- "I apologize for waking you up. However I do not think I can handle this by myself."- Quiet voice that belongs to Two Time makes their attention turn on the cultist.
- "What do you mean? Did something happen?"- Chance asks, but when the cultist doesn't answer, his eyes fill with worry. Nothing bad is happening around them, yet Two Time continues to look distressed. Chance looks at them closer, taking in everything. How their body is trembling, their smile seems strained, the bruises inflicted by the pirates, the fresh blood on their wrist.
- "Oh... Two Time."- The realisation dawning on him. Chance extends his hand, taking away the dagger. Then they try to somehow stop the bleeding, by covering the injury. Two Time is unable to look at him. - "I'm proud. Not because you hurt yourself... I'm proud that you decided to wake me up, to ask for help."
- "I killed him..."
- "He wanted to hurt you, bad."
- "It isn't an excuse..."
- "This world is not used to kindness. The death is something normal. It's not okay to kill, but sometimes we don't have a choice."
- "Like 007n7's kid?"
- "Something like that..."
After a while, when Two Time's bleeding stops, luckily it wasn't deep. Both survivors decide to move forward, in seemingly random direction because they have no idea where they are. Two Time is the one steering again, because of Chance's arm injuries. Sadly for Chance, they don't seem to know or acknowledge that they can go slower. So the gambler has to continue to hold for his dear life, while Two Time goes on the max speed.
For a long time, there's nothing but water. The mood of two survivors drops. The hope getting slightly dimmed. They have no idea how to return to the island. Back to the cabin, to others. Chance grown to see this cabin as home and they're terribly miss it. When the gambler looks at Two Time, he sees that their smile is gone, replaced by carefully blank expressions. It's odd seeing them without a smile, but at the same time Chance is glad that they slowly start to show other emotions than the creepy smile.
The duo spends the entire day moving forward, eventually changing direction, hoping on finding something. A landmark, an island... Something other than water. The night comes, they spend it on move. Neither of them unable to fall asleep. The hunger becoming more evident.
Morning comes again, the mood of the survivors completely changed. The hope almost gone, the motorboat was stopped.
- "We aren't going back... Are we?"
- "I dunno..."- Chance sighs, rubbing his eyes. The light making their head hurt a lot. Their eyes are tired from being constantly open.
Chance looks around again, despite not expecting anything. Water, water, more water, an end of a tower that is sticking out of the water. Chance does a double take.
- "Two Time there's something. Swim closer! SLOWLY!"- Chance whispers, a hint of hope in their voice. Two Time does NOT drive slowly, going in full speed again.
When they get nearer, it looks like some kind of dock. With a lot of ships, there are guards with guns. When they spot them they rise up the guns. Two Time hits break stopping just in time before hitting the land. Chance basically falls on them.
- "Two Time I swear on admins you will be next killer."- They whisper. Before looking at the guards.
- "NAMES AND GROUP!"- The elder one orders, Two Time is staring at him in shock because they haven't seen a different human in a long time. Chance, already knowing the rules takes over.
- "My name is Chance. This is Two Time. We both belong to group you call Freaks from the hill."- The gambler says, Two Time gives him a confused look.
- "We belong to that group?"
- "That's how our group was named by everyone else... Please for adm- akhem... Please tell me that we are in Crossroads."
- "Yes, you are in Crossroads. Are you registered?"
- "No."- Chance says and before the guards take action he quickly explains. - "I was the first member of our group to end up here. But before I was able to get registered I got kidnapped by the Pirates. We escaped their base after being imprisoned."
- "You look like you need medical care. Follow us."
- "Would it get us into a debt? We don't have anything on us to pay back."
- "Then I guess you suffer."
- "Wait."- The other guard speaks up. - "You're the person that saved one of our scavengers!"
- "You mean Danny?"
- "Yes... It's really you! I have a debt for you. Because Danny is one of my close friends. Come on, I'll explain the situation to the medic. I will cover after you and your friend."
The duo follows the guard, driving down using an elevator that is being held by a miracle. Chance helps Two Time move around, because otherwise they would either limp around or straight up ignoring their injuries.
The medic quickly takes care of them. Chance explains everything medicine related to Two Time, so they wouldn't have to worry about being injected with stuff. For the first time since being kidnapped, both survivors are able to lay on a bed.
A few hours later, someone bursts through the door. When Chance looks up he sees Danny, the gambler smiles.
- "Hi Danny. It's been a while. Glad you were able to get away."
- "Chance.... You're alive..."- He smiles and gives gambler a hug. Chance is surprised by the sudden gesture, but let's the younger man do it. Rob enters soon after, when he looks at Chance, his cold eyes soften. He walks over and extends his hand.
- "You saved my friend, despite how I treated you. I will be forever grateful for that."- Rob smiles.
- "No problem Dude. It's not my first time saving people, ain't that right Timey?"
- "If by saving people you mean getting blow up. Then yes, you are an expert."- Two Time says, their smile widening creepily. Both Danny and Rob look at them with distrust.
- "Rob, Danny. I know they might seem creepy. But that's my buddy! Two Time, they're apart of my team!
- "Oh... That's.... Interesting. Nice to meet you?"
- "The feeling is mutual."- Two Time says with small nod. Chance looks back at Danny.
- "About that debt?"
- "It was all paid when you saved my life! Don't worry about it and just focus on healing. We can talk more tomorrow! Just get some rest... Both of you."
- "Thanks Danny."
Chance and Two Time finally can rest without worrying about the dangers lurking around. Chance decided to trust Danny and Rob when they told they will keep watch. Two Time trust Chance. Both survivors get their first food in days and afterwards quickly fell asleep.
Chapter 68: The Return
Chapter Text
As the morning comes, Chance finally wakes up well rested. However their headache is still present making them groan in pain. The lights that are shining are not helping. Chance can hear every sound stronger than it should be, they can feel how sweaty his body became. Despite this Chance sits up, he has to be strong, just a while longer. The room spins for a while, but eventually it stops.
- "I see you're awake. How are your injuries?"- The medic asks.
- "Breathing still sucks... It hurts a lot. Bruises of course, also hurt. The only thing that doesn't hurt is my left hand."
- "That is possible. You had untreated third degree burn. That caused some nerve damage, it will start to hurt once your nerves will start to heal. But the scarring will stay."
- "I figured. Thanks for confirming my suspicions."- Chance nods with a smile.
- "And I'm sure that you're aware of that. And that life isn't sunshine and rainbows, it's hard to get food. But your teammate is really underweight, you should keep an eye on his eating habits."
- "I know.... We're trying to do something about it, but the whole pirate kidnapping did help. Also it's them."
- "Ah... I apologize. There is food left on your nightstand. Make sure that you and they eat it."
- "Will do!"
Once the doctor leaves to treat to different patient. Chance takes the food and eats it, savouring every bite, happy that it's light enough and doesn't upset his stomach. However despite the care that was put into this dish, the gambler can't help but miss Elliot's food. Around an hour later Two Time wakes up, the second life making their body tremble, both because of it's weakened state, but also their lessened mental stability.
- "Good morning Timey."- Chance smiles. Two Time pulls themselves up into a sitting position.
- "Good morning to you too Gambler."
- "The medic left breakfast for you. You should eat that."
- "..."- Two Time glances at the food, their smile slightly lessens. - "While I appreciate the gesture... I am not hungry."
- "What...? Two Time, you've been starved for almost a week. You ate something yesterday, however it's not enough to sustain you for long."
- "I am used to hunger."
- "That's not an excuse! Besides you just said you're not hungry!!! Which is true?"
- "...Both."
- "What's that supposed to mean?"
- "I am aware that I should eat more. But my body isn't used to much food. I am aware of what will happen if I eat it.... I will throw it back up. I do not want to waste it by eating it and risking throwing it up later."- Two Time says calmly, but Chance sees how they fidget with the material of their pants and how their tail is slightly curled up. The gambler stays quiet not being sure what to say. They never had to deal with a situation like that.
- "... How about this. You take two bites, then we'll wait. If you feel nauseous you'll stop eating. But if you feel okay, you'll take another few bites."- Chance eventually says, Two Time looks up at them in slight confusion and recognition at the same time.
- "Azure used to say the same thing... I thought only he did that... My teacher normally forced me to eat."
- "What the ####. Two Time. If I ever see your teacher I swear I will punch him right in the face! He had no right to do that! Azure is right! So let's try this, alright?"
- ".... alright."
Two Time was able to eat half of the portion they were given, before they couldn't eat more. A few hours later Danny and Rob came by on their way from the trading area. For a while they talked about what happened. Chance explained the entire chase they experienced.
- "It's crazy.... You two shouldn't be alive. A Kraken? No one survived that before!"
- "Lady Luck was on our side."- Chance smirks, while the two citizens look at him in confusion.
- "Gambler is well... A gambler. He believes in a being that rules over luck."- Two Time speaks up, Rob gives them a cold glare, not trusting them at all. Chance decides to change topic.
- "Danny. Do you know how to navigate on the surface? Or at least the direction we would need to go to return home?"
- "I... I know the direction, but you should wait until you're fully healed."
- "We cannot wait. The morales were low even before my incidental departure. Now they must be even lower. We cannot wait longer for return."
- "Time is right. It's been what. Around two weeks!? We really can't wait longer... We can't."
- "...Then we'll help you. I know how you feel. This isn't just a team for you. It's your family, despite not being related by blood."- Rob suddenly speaks up with determination. Danny gives him a surprised expression that quickly changes into a smile.
- "Yes. You're right, they're like my... Our family. Thank you."- Chance says, while grabbing Two Time's hand.
The medic reluctantly does final check up and let's them go. Chance continues to support Two Time so they won't put too much weight on their injured foot. On the way to the building that leads to the surface, Chance quickly trades the gun they stole from the pirate for some strong rope. This makes everyone confused, but they don't ask. Rob and Danny stay quiet out of politeness, Two Time stays quiet because they know that Chance has a reason.
Outside Rob and Danny enter their own boat. Chance walks over to one of the guards and explains something. Turns out that yesterday they spotted the raft that was made by their team. The guards made sure to check paperwork, no one came for it for the past week. And it was found drifting without owner. Chance uses the rope to attach the raft to the motorboat.
- "Hey... uhh.... Your boat is fast?"
- "It has a motor so yes. Why are you asking?"- Rob crosses his arms and raises an eyebrow. Chance nervously looks at Two Time.
- "Well... Two Time is an.... Really unique driver. By that I mean push gas and hope for the best. And since the doctor forbidden me from using my arm... They'll have to drive."- Chance says, unease and terror visible on their face. Behind them Two Time stares at the motorboat, their tail starts to wag, at first slowly then faster.
- "You're enjoying giving me heart attack, aren't you?"- Chance gives them a deadpan look. On that Two Time just smiles even wider.
A while later Chance is holding for their life again. The raft being attached to the motorboat is holding only by miracle. Rob and Danny are in shock seeing this, but at the same time this entire thing looks like pure comedy. The two boats continue to swim through water. After an around three hour ride, when the sun slowly begins to set Chance sees an island pop up. A familiar shape making him smile widely and cheer out loud. Two Time is also smiling.
Two boats dock near the land. Chance helps Two Time get down. For a while they just stand there, staring at the treeline.
- "We're home... We're finally home."
- "We indeed are home. Now it will be hard to explain it to everyone."
- "First we'll have to avoid being killed by Elliot... And everyone else."- Chance laughs, ignoring the worried stare of Danny.
- "Why would your teammate want to kill you?"
- "Elliot is.... Truly something else, but he's a dear friend to me."- Chance smiles and after making eye contact with Two Time, they start to walk in the direction of the cabin.
The forest hadn't changed much, some trees are cut down, but other than that no changes. That's it until Chance steps on something, the rope suddenly ties up around their foot, pulling them upwards. The gambler screams out with fear. A bucket falls from the tree, hitting a stone and making a loud noise. Chance ends up swinging by the foot while upside down. Danny quietly chuckles.
- "We did plan to add some traps as security."- Two Time says with humour, not hiding their amusement. Rob just shakes his head and tries to free Chance, however the trap is really well made and he has some issues with that.
A few minutes later, Two Time hears something moving from the direction of the cabin. Out of the bush comes out Builderman and Taph.
- "Two Time? Chance?"
- "Hello admin. It has been a while."- Two Time smiles, but this one is genuine. Builderman drops the weapon without saying a word. He quickly runs up and hugs Two Time. The cultist is surprised by the gesture, but after a few seconds they slowly return the hug. Taph sets Chance free and also hugs him. The survivors momentarily forgetting about two other people. They continue to cherish the reunion.
Notes:
I FINALLY HAVE WATER BACK!!!!
For the past week I felt like survivors xd. Needing to carry water in buckets from special container.
Chapter 69: Anwsers
Chapter Text
Both Builderman and Taph continue hugging two survivors.
- "How?"
- "Well... That's funny story. I never died, neither did Two Time... Well more or less."- Chance chuckles awkwardly. Builderman looks at him, frowning seeing the injuries and bandages.
- "What happened?"
- "Dear Admin. While we wish to explain everything, we should meet with others first. Then we will explain everything."
- "You said admin twice. What's that supposed to mean?"- Rob says coldly meanwhile Builderman does double take at the other people.
- "There are people..."
- "Like Time said. We will meet with others and then explain everything... For both parties."- Chance tries to take control of the situation. - "Builder, please tell me you still have my glasses. I'm dying from the light!"
- "They're inside. But uhh... Let me ease up others for your return. Taph, can you quickly fix the trap?"
- "🫡👍"
- "What the #### why is this guy speaking in emotes?"- Rob stares at Taph in confusion. The demolitionist shrugs and awkwardly waves at the two strangers.
Builderman leads the others through trap infested forest. Taph went all in when making them. Finally the group reaches the cabin. Builderman turns around and looks at the group behind him.
- "Stay here for a moment. I'll try to ease them up... Also umm... Sorry I don't know your names. We have some... Interesting individuals in our group..."- Builderman says entering the cabin. Inside Shedletsky looks at him.
- "Builderman, what was that caught in? Another false alarm?"
- "Not exactly..."- Builderman glances back at the door. Thinking: 'How do I tell them that their dead teammates aren't dead?!' The admin sees other inhabitants of the cabin looking at him.
- "Don't cause such a fright. Just tell us if something isn't right."- Dusekkar says with worry. Finally Builderman sighs.
- "They're alive."
- "What? What do you mean?"
- "Chance and Two Time are alive and outside of the cabin. There are other peop-"
- "CHANCE! TWO TIME!!!"- Elliot cut's him off. The healer runs out of the kitchen, basically kicking open the door. He runs straight into the two survivors hugging them both. He continues to scream out curses while crying at the same time. Other members of the survivors also come out. They stare speechless and take turns on hugging and lecturing the survivors.
Danny and Rob stand slightly further away, observing everything.
- "Now I understand why he insisted on returning..."
- "Mhm... They are really attached to each other. Probably knew each other even before the disaster hit."- Rob nods his head in agreement.
The guy wearing a red uniform looks both pissed, relived and happy at the same time. He continues to hold the hand of Two Time just to reassure himself they're real. The other robloxian with blue hoodie and dyed hair continues to hug Chance. There are multiple other robloxians too, they all look really happy. Then Danny glances at the door to the cabin and has to do a double take.
- "Rob... What the hell is that...?"
- "What do you mean? Oh..."- Rob takes out his gun, seeing a dark skinned monster with tentacles standing in the entrance.
The red uniform guy lets go of Two Time's hand, taking a step back. The monster walks over, Rob gets ready to shot, when the creature hugs the survivor. Rob lowers the gun in confusion.
- "Two Time... My nightshade... I thought I lost you. I thought I lost you right after I got you back..."
- "I'm sorry..."
- "Don't... I'm glad you're okay. Mostly. Who did that to you?"
- "It's nothing..."
- "Timey. You got forced to fight in a ring by a bunch of Pirates!"
- "WHAT!?"- A bunch of survivors calls out. Two Time shifts, their tail slightly curling up. Being center of attention making them slightly anxious, especially since they don't want to talk about this. Azure sees it and covers them with his tentacles.
- "Okay, Okay! Allow me to explain, but first. These two are Danny and Rob. It's all thanks to them that we were able to return."
- "Wow. Actual humans!?"- Shedletsky's says in shock.
- "Umm... Nice to meet you?"- Danny smiles awkwardly.
A while later, most of the group is gathered outside. Chance, who finally was able to put on his glasses, begins his explanation of how he's still alive, the Crossroads, the debt, the kidnapping, the slavery, the escape, the return and how they returned.
The group is left speechless.
- "So the weird thing I saw in water was in fact an air bubble?"- Shedletsky wonders out loud.
- "Congratulations gambler. You always are able to get in debt, no matter when you go."- Mafioso teases.
- "I will kill each one of those pirates."- Azure says angrily, already creating a revenge plan.
- "I-I thought Kraken's aren't real..."- Noob whispers, slightly anxious.
- "Well Two Time. Don't worry about it, you're not the only bad driver here."- Builderman says, placing a hand on the cultist. Despite the confused looks he gets, he doesn't explain anything else, only Shedletsky looks pale, looking like he remembered something. No one dares to ask.
Then the conversation shifts. Rob and Danny explain the disaster, how in past it was even more cruel and deadly, how admins disappeared after it struck. Builderman, Dusekkar and Shedletsky share a worried look.
- "So you're saying that the admins just... Disappeared?"
- "Exactly. And since you were called an admin. I assume you are one, so I hope you will explain to us some things."
- "You don't know me?"
- "Unless you're the same Builderman as the guy from children's fantasy stories, then no. I don't know you."- Rob says coldly, glaring at the shorter god.
- "Well. Me Builder and Matt. We were admins around uhh.... Over three thousands years ago? We got stuck in a place where our powers were stolen and only recently returned."
- "####### quit with those lies!"
- "They're telling the truth."- Chance says sternly. Rob looks at him in shock.
- "What?"
- "We all been stuck in a literal hell. A killer games. For centuries. That's why we have no idea about anything that is going on! They're telling the truth. And I swear on Lady Luck, they tried their best to return."
- "I don't wish to play mind games. Could you tell us what your admins have as names?"- Dusekkar rhymes, slightly confusing the two robloxians.
- "We do not speak of the names of those that betrayed us. Considering that there were warnings."
- "Warnings?"
- "There was this guy. He tried to tell the admins that something bad will happen, multiple times. They didn't listen. The guy disappeared and one year later the disaster struck."- Danny explains.
- "Were the names of the admins BrightEyes, Doombringer or Stickmasterluke?"
- "Oh... You're talking about them?"- Danny says with quiet voice. The three admins look at him with worry.
- "...Yes?"
- "Well... I know those names form legends. Apparently there was a hacker attack a lot of years ago. In the legend the admins stopped it... But..."
- "They haven't been seen since. To the point that new gods had to be chosen or created. That's the legend about how new generation of admins came to be..."
- "No..."- Shedletsky stands up and leaves. Others staring at him in worry. Dusekkar follows the swordmaster.
- "It's only a legend... Right?"
- "Yes... If you want to make sure you can always read the history section in library... But... If it's true, then I'm sorry."- Danny whispers. Builderman also stands up.
- "Excuse me for a minute."- He says and leaves the area. The survivors, a few killers and two citizens stay in heavy silence. Eventually trying to talk about lighter topic.
What they don't know, is that certain embodiment of hatred was also listening in to the conversation, but they were hidden from sight. Despite despising the admins, the mention of theoretical fate of one of them makes his hate filled heart hurt. They never forgot her kindness during his worst moments.
Notes:
Heheh.... Yeah, admin theoreticall lore drop... I guess? ^^"
Chapter 70: A little bit of comfort. In a world full of pain.
Chapter Text
1x1x1x1 stares emptily at the wall. Feeling the rage in his veins. Because they were made by a god, their memory is far better than normal robloxians. However it's both a blessing and a curse. He clearly remembers each act of kindness she made towards him. Now there's a possibility that she's gone, it makes them angry. Not at her, but at the person that caused this.
The embodiment of hatred has the knowledge of hacks. He's well aware that if used properly they can kill even a god. They almost achieved it before they got locked away, when they snapped and Telamon almost lost his head. She was there too, but she wasn't angry like others. She understood, she wasn't happy, but she knew this would eventually happen.
There isn't much people that 1x1x1x1 appreciates, but she was one of those people that 1x would be okay with meeting again. They never were able to thank her. Thinking about her makes another feeling resurface, a feeling that he doesn't understands and wants to bury under the hate.
The hateful killer didn't realise when Jason came closer. He's standing next to them, staring intensely. After few seconds he does some weird, messy movement with his hands.
- "Quit with hand gestures. No one understands those anyway."- 1x snaps, letting out the anger on the silent killer. He however doesn't budge, pointing at 1x, then giving a thumbs up with tilted head, like asking a question.
1x4 scoffs at the attempt. The anger continues to grow, so is the unknown feeling, 1x4 turns around to leave, so they can let it out and don't make things harder for their survival. John Doe is standing in their way. He purposely grabs 1x and stops him.
- "Let me go!"- 1x shoves him away, but the corrupted man continues to hold on.
He forces 1x1x1x1 closer, making sure they can't get away. John Doe stares at Jason, despite his expression being a construction smile there's a proud aura around him. Jason nods satisfied with the forces hug. After a while 1x stops to struggle, simply standing still. The hug bringing a feeling of peace and understanding, something that she used to bring.
Despite his better judgement, 1x4 leans in, a odd feeling of calm surrounds them, like some of his hatred got taken away. After a few seconds they feel a pat on his head. He grits his teeth.
- "Pat me one more time and you'll head is going to be a trophy on the wall."- The embodiment of hatred threatens. Both Jason and John Doe chuckle without a sound.
- "Shedletsky. I'm aware you're distressed, so am I. But acting recklessly, it's not our style."
- "SHUT UP MATT! YOU DON'T GET IT!"- Shedletsky turns around, anger all over his face. Dusekkar swears that his eyes have turned slightly red.
- "Dear friend. I understand, but we shouldn't act when emotions are messing up our fact. The young man said, it all could be a myth instead."- The admin desperately tries to calm down the other, despite not believing his own words.
- "SHE'S DEAD MATT! OTHER TWO ARE ALSO DEAD! IF THEY HADN'T BEEN SEEN FOR SO LONG...."- Shedletsky's cut's off, anger leaving his body. - "I let myself hope that I will see her again... It was all for nothing."
Both admins sit in silence, neither of them knows how to deal with grief. It's not often that they deal with permanent death. They only lost one admin before, someone who was there since the very beginning, the creator of creators... And they miss. A footsteps approach, Builderman also joins them.
- "I'm glad to see that you didn't killed each one."- Builderman tries to joke, but his smile quickly disappears. - "How are you holding on?"
- "I want to kill the ones that caused this."- Shedletsky says, his voice unnaturally low. It reminds Builderman of how he used to act as Telamon.
- "I understand... I feel angry myself. Danny, that boy he said it's a legend. To make sure, we would need to visit that library and read the history section..."
- "That is a good idea. However we should wait. Until our emotions are more spent. We don't want to cause a scene, making us more seen."- Dusekkar says logically. Shedletsky is about to protest when Builderman shushes him.
- "Matt is right John. We need to at least try to sleep it off... Considering how everyone hates admins. We don't want to risk it."
- "It won't work. It will all just continue to build up!"- Shedletsky glares, his eyes becoming glowing red again.
- "Other survivors... They know grief more than we. We saw different reactions... Elliot's death attempt, Guest's silent pain... We always tell them to come to us if they need help... Maybe it's time for us to go to them"
- ".... you're right. I'm sorry. I just.... I miss her so much. Luke and Doom too..."
- "She's your wife. Of course you miss her. I miss them too..."- Builderman says, looking at the ground. Then he walks over and pulls both admins into a hug.
- "No matter what happens... We will continue to stand together."
- "So... Is there a way you could get involved in trading in Crossroads?"- Danny asks, trying to ignore the whole admin situation.
- "I'm not sure. There isn't much we can offer... Other than manpower, but uh... They aren't the most safest option"- Elliot wonders out loud, thinking about the killers. Then 007n7 snaps his fingers in idea.
- "Noli's spiders!"
- "What?"- Rob looks at the man in front of him with confusion. Before 007n7 can expand on the topic, said person appears in front of them.
- "WhaT Ab0ut my spid3rs?"- The glitched hacker says. Everyone involved in conversation gets spooked by his sudden appearance.
- "FOR ADMINS SAKE. Noli I told you don't do that again!"- 007n7 says annoyed after getting scared.
- "Since when you can do that?"- Chance raises an eyebrow.
- "I-I figur3d it 0ut a wh1le aft3r y0ur sUpp0s3d d3ath."- Noli says proudly.
- "Jester. If I am correct. Your voice seems to be.... What do you call this? Lagging or glitching more than before."- Two Time notices.
- "Yeah. It started happening more often than before. But neither he or 07 were able to figure out why."- Elliot explains. - "Anyway. 007 you can continue."
- "Thanks Elliot. Like I said... Noli you have around hundred of gigantic spider pets in the basement. Their webs are quite strong, it would be easy to turn in into some kind of rope."
- "Why didn't you kill them yet?! Do you have a death wish!? No one came out of meeting one alive!"- Rob calls out with terror.
- "N-N00! N0 0N3 IS KILLING MY BAB1ES!"- Noli protests. Both Danny and Rob stare at him with confusion.
- "Noli... Noli somehow tamed them"- 007n7 explains.
Before the citizens can properly understand the situation. A red and blue passes by, right into bushes. There's a lot of yelling. From the cabin emerges a girl, behind her a big slimy monster. Rob immediately gets ready to shot, but before he can he's stopped by Chance.
- "Chill. This thing is friendly... More or less."- He explains, meanwhile the girl stares at the former hacker.
- "Mr 007n7. C00lgoo ate Bluudude's sword. Now he's trying to kill C00lkidd because he wasn't able to get it back."
- "F###"- Noli says, the glitch slightly breaking the family friendly filter. He runs in the direction of the yelling, while 007n7 is left to try get the sword back.
Eventually he succeeds. Bluudude is happy to have his sword back and he apologises to C00lkidd for attacking him.
Rob and Danny are questioning everything they thought they knew. Just WHO are those people!?
Notes:
Noli I BEG take care of those spiders. Because one of them decided to visit me today. Sitting on my laptop. Walking ALL OVER ME TWICE! Cornering me!!! I had to call my mom to save me!!! She was able to take it outside.
IT WAS SO FAST!? TWO SECONDS AND GONE!!!
Chapter 71: New Friend
Chapter Text
The group continues to converse for a while. C00lkidd making Danny play with him and two others. Rob continues to catiously watch them. Then a sudden loud noise is heard from somewhere in tree line. Everyone immediately stares in that direction.
- "W3ll... 1ntr3sting. Sec0nd traP g0ing 0ff t0day. H3h3h3h..."- Noli starts to laugh, but then a strong glitch happens and makes him stop, seemingly in pain. 007n7 sends him a worried glance.- "It's start1ng to ann0y m3."
- "Taph? You're going to check it out?"- Chance asks, seeing the demolitionist standing up.
- "👍"
- "I'll go with you."
- "You just returned and you are injured. There's no way I'm letting you go there."- Elliot crosses his arms.
- "Chill out Ellie. It's just checking out a trap."
- "Last time you went to check something out you ended up making us believe you're dead!"
- "Then go with us."- Chance shrugs, already following after Taph.
- "Chance I swear to admins I will kill you someday."- Elliot runs after the gambler. Rob stares at others in confusion.
- "Does it happens often?"
- "Y-yeah..."- Noob nods.
Taph leads the group towards the place where the sound came from. The demolitionist hides in nearby bushes, peaking out and freezing up. His wings lovering in sadness.
- "Taph? Is everything alright?"- Elliot asks. Before the demolitionist can anwser, Chance also peak out.
In the trap is caught a small dark grey bunny. Chance's heart shatters in million pieces seeing the injured small body. The gambler saw a lot stuff in the purgatory, but seeing a rabbit death still breaks their heart. This sight hurts even more, because I reminds him of his beloved bunny from Before.
- "Chance..."- Elliot starts, trying to comfort him, but cuts of after hearing a quiet pained squeak. Chance's eyes widen under his glasses, letting out a quiet gasp.
- "He's alive... Taph help me get him free!"- Chance says while slowly walking over to not scare it even more.
- "Hi buddy. Shh... Don't be scared. Me and Taph will free you. Just be calm little buddy."- Chance says softly to the bunny, calming it down while Taph works to disable the trap. Elliot watches from behind, it's his first time seeing Chance so gentle, so soft.
After a while the bunny is set free. It curls up into Chance, watching the environment with terror. Chance slowly starts to stroke his fur. Taph crouches next them.
- "👋🐰! 🙇🪤😟"- The demolitionist apologies to the bunny. The small animal sniff's Taph's hand. Chance pulls demolitionist hand closer allowing him to pet the bunny.
- "🥰❤️🐰"
- "Yeah! I agree. Ellie, you think you can bandage him?"
- "I could try... I never worked with animals before... Maybe Azure is a better pic?"
- "If needed we'll go to him."- Chance gently picks up the bunny, not caring about blood staining their clothes.
The trio returns to the group. Chance sits on a bench, not caring and not knowing that this bench was claimed by John Doe. Elliot gets the medical equipment from inside and gestures at Azure to come. After a while all of bunny's injuries are treated. C00lkidd quickly runs over, making Chance flinch.
- "Awww! He's so cute!!! Can't I pet him!!"- The child asks. Chance hesitates for a while, remembering all the times the child broke his neck, but then he remembers that at the same time he's still a kid.
- "You can. But gently, okay? It's still a little bunny so we need to be careful. Do it like I do, okay?"
- "Okay! I'll be really gentle! Pinky promise!!!"- C00lkidd says and slowly touches the fur of the bunny. The child chuckles. - "Hehe. It tickles!"
Two Time stares at the bunny with tilted head.
- "I suppose that it won't be used as food."- They say. Chance, C00lkidd and Taph stare at them in terror.
- "NO! ❌❗"- They all 'yell' at the cultist. Two Time continues to stare at the animal. They then proceed to walk over, ignoring the pain in their injured feet. They crouch right in front of Chance.
- "It's cute."- They bring their hand closer, the bunny sniffs their hand. Chance sighs with relief, they've been worried that Two Time would do something to the bunny.
- "W-W0W! S0 W3 Hav3 an0th3r p3t!"- Noli chuckles. Danny looks at him.
- "How many pets you have?"
- "W3ll... W3 hav3 Triple Six-"
- "Sixer is not a pet you stupid jester!"- Noob suddenly snaps, glaring at the killer.
- "C-Chill! S0rry! R3laX!"- Noli puts hands up in fake surrender.
- "I will take over! Noli has a-around hundred spiders in the basement. C00lkidd has... Goo monster. Princess has a chicken!"
- "Her name is Princess Polly!!!"- Pr3ttyprincess cut's off Noob, speaking up from where she is sitting.
- "Y-yeah... Princess Polly... And now Chance has a bunny... H-how are you name him anyway?"
- "No idea... I'll think about it."- Chance says.
Eventually the evening comes. The three admins return and the group decides to move inside. Danny and Rob, at first reluctantly decided to stay the night, considering the fact that a beast is sitting in the middle of the living room. Elliot enters the kitchen to make some herbal tea that Azure was able to make. Rob's mouth drops open.
- "WHAT happened here?"- He says in shock. Danny's face is also twisted in shock.
- "We don't talk about the state of this kitchen. I'm well aware it looks like a warzone."- Elliot says coldly. Two Time also enters, their head tilting and tail flicking in curiosity.
- "If I remember correctly. This stain wasn't there before..."- They say staring at the stain on the wall.
- "007n7 mind explaining"- Elliot smiles with creepy expression. The former hacker laughs awkwardly.
- "W-Well... When we weren't looking C00lkidd put something to the soup.... It exploded all over the kitchen.... And Elliot."- 007n7 says with a nervous smile. Elliot is eerily calm.
Two Time wants to walk over, but they put too much weight on their injured foot and stumble forward with a yelp. Luckily for them Guest is able to catch them.
- "Careful. Are you alright? Because I saw you limping before."
- "I am well Protector, there's no need for worry."
- "Didn't the medic forbid you from walking to much? You do have a nasty injury there."- Danny says. Both Guests and Elliot stare at Two Time, the cultist looks down in shame, knowing that they can't lie now. Their tail hanging limp in shame.
- "You. Go sit down now. Let me see your injury"- Elliot says sternly.
Later the healer is terrified seeing the injury. Completely in shock that they were walking with that. The would started bleeding again and Elliot had to properly clean it. That's how Two Time got banned from walking for the next few days.
Notes:
Idk what Bunny's name is going to be. So if you want you can give me ideas! :D
Chapter 72: Normal Morning
Chapter Text
The morning came. Most of the survivors are sitting in the kitchen. Danny and Rob sit there, slightly awkwardly. That's when Chance, despite their injuries comes into the kitchen with a big entrance. He still holds the bunny in his arms.
- "I have a name for my little buddy!!!"- He announces proudly. Everyone stares at them with cautious curiosity.
- "Admins I hope you're not as bad as 07 and his son."- Elliot says with a sigh, getting a glare from the former hacker. - "007n7 don't glare at me. You named your son C00lkidd! And he named a random goo C00lgoo!"
- "Pfff... Don't worry Ellie. I'm not that bad. My little buddy is going to be named Ace! And if I'll ever get more of those fluffy bundles of joy I will get the rest of the names like Clubs, Hearts and Diamonds"
- "Of course you named him after cards."- Elliot sighs, but there's a smile on his face.
- "Aww! I think Ace fits him... And you have big plans for a rabbit army."- Noob smiles already waking over to pet the bunny. Outside is heard a quiet growl. Making Danny look outside of the kitchen with worry.
- "Umm... Your gigant not pet is growling?"- The concerned robloxian says. Noob just rolls their eyes.
- "Don't be jealous Sixer! We cuddled the entire night. And the night before and so on."
- "If I'm correct you forgot one of the card names. There is also Spade."- Rob says. The survivors see a slight change in Chance's mood, however neither Danny or Rob see that because they don't know him that well. The gambler sighs.
- "Spade... I'm pretty sure that's how was called my bunny I had Before. Every time I say this word I get this feeling... I don't know how to explain it. But if I'm right... I don't want to replace him..."
- "Sorry. I didn't mean to remind you of something painful."
- "It's alright..."- Chance smiles, but it doesn't reach his eyes. They sit down continuing to pet Ace with one hand while grabbing a small grilled fish. - "Man... Elliot you have no idea how I missed your cooking."
Builderman enters the kitchen.
- "Good morning everyone."- He says, getting a lot of different variants of good morning. - "Danny and Rob, right?"
- "Yes?"
- "Me and Shedletsky will return with you to the Crossroads. Register like you explained and visit the library."
- "Oh. Alright."- Danny nods with a smile, however Rob doesn't look too happy.
- "Builder?"
- "Yes Chance?"
- "You can really easily get in debt there. I suggest taking Mafioso with you."
- "Hmm... Good idea. Thank you Chance."
- "Mr 007n7?"- A voice calls out from the entrance to the kitchen. Pr3ttyprincess is there.- "I'm hungry! X doesn't want to come down when the new people are here and I don't want to interrupt Mr Pizzaman in eating his breakfast. Could you make me something?"
- "Oh umm... Sure. What do you want?"
- "Fried egg! But I only have One Eggs."
- "You mean one egg?"
- "No. One Eggs!"
- ".... Alright?"- 007n7 says with confusion, but takes the egg Princess has and starts to fry it on the sword-stove. Ignoring the laugh from Noli who just came out of the basement covered in cobwebs.
- "What... What is that stove?"- Danny says with pure confusion.
- "Like I said yesterday. We don't question The Kitchen."- Elliot sighs.
- "I am questioning everything I thought I knew."- Danny laughs in shock.
Meanwhile upstairs in kids room Bluudude and C00lkidd are drawing. The red child is humming a song to himself. He also doesn't realise when he started scratching himself. The dampness in the air is making his skin more itchy. The kid is finishing up a drawing he made for Jason, about to start on another drawing for 1x1x1x1. He already made one for his dad. Then C00lkidd looks up at Bluudude's drawing, frowning.
- "You wrote my name wrong!"
- "Uh? No?"
- "Yes! It's C00lkidd! Not C00 Kidd! Where's the L?"
- "Went for a walk."
- "Bluudude! The L can't go on a walk. Letters don't walk!"
- "Ugh. Making big deal out of nothing. I wrote too close to the edge. Your whole name wouldn't fit."- Bluudud rolls his eyes.
- "Oh... That makes more sense... But can you next time write it not too close to the edge?"
- "Fine!!!"
- "Also. Nice drawing!"- C00lkidd smiles, returning to his own drawing. Bluudud stops for a second, surprised by the compliment.
- "Thanks.. I guess. Also stop scratching yourself. It's going to start hurt you soon if you won't stop."
- "But it's really itchy!"
- "Then tell Azure or your dad. I don't care what, but stop scratching. You're making it worse."- Bluudude says sternly. C00lkidd nods, stopping, but the itchiness stays to the point he has to tightly grip his clothes to stop scratching himself.
- "Bluu... I can't."- C00lkidd sniffles.
- "Uuugh... So annoying."- Bluudude rolls his eyes and stands up. A while later he returns, dragging the embodiment of hatred behind him.
- "X... It's really itchy but hurts too and I don't know what to do with it anymore but I don't want to bother Azu and Dad. I want to be a big boy and... And..."- C00lkidd starts to cry. 1x1x1x1 walks over, sitting on the floor. He pulls C00lkidd on his knees so the child is leaning on him. He then takes his hands into his. The situation similar to every time they had to do it in purgatory.
- "Try to get your mind out of the thoughts about it. Just start talking about something random."- 1x says. C00lkidd gives him a small nod and starts telling some crazy adventure story. At first it's cut of by sniffles, but eventually he stops crying, getting fully into the story.
After a long while the story finishes.
- "Thanks X... You too Bluu!"- C00lkidd says softly. Deciding to cuddle into 1x.
- "What are you doing?"
- "Hugging you! You look like you didn't get a lot of them. And I'm a cuddle monster!"- C00lkidd giggles. Bluudude snorts, seeing the situation, 1x4 sends him a glare. Despite not wanting to and disliking close contact, 1x1x1x1 allows C00lkidd to continue.
Notes:
My autocorrect decided to mess with the story.
So instead of a bunny, Chance was holding FIREBRAND
Somehow instead of a bunny it placed Firebrand. I HAVE NO IDEA WHY XDSo in alternative timeline Chance has Firebrand XD
(And the fact that I listened to "Mutiny" right before writing this chapter xd)
Chapter 73: Separation and Flower Crowns
Chapter Text
The Admins get ready to set off. Elliot made sure they have everything they might need. Mafioso is also getting ready to leave, packing a few ropes that Noli made during the night. Turns out that he spent entire night making a few ropes from cobwebs so they would have something to trade with.
Danny and Rob are already on their boat waiting for the four people. The some part of the rest of the group is also there to say goodbyes. Builderman is about to walk to the raft where other admins already are, when someone grabs his wrist. When Builderman turns around he sees Taph.
- "👆🚶🫵🙏" ("Can I go with you?")
- "Taph, buddy. We don't have enough space for you. Besides there would be a lot of people there and I know that you're uncomfortable in crowds... After what happened.... Don't worry everything will be okay."
- "👿🐟❗🫵💀➡️🤷👆😣" ("But what if evil fish kills you and you will forget about me!?")
- "Taph. I know the risk, but I promise I will try my best to stay alive. Okay. I promise I will be back."
- "You! Short admin guy! We need to go, there is a storm coming and I rather be home when it hits."
- "😰⛈️❗"
- "It's going to be okay. I have a mission for you."
- "❓"
- "You will supervise everything. And after I'm back, you will give me a report. Okay?"
- "....👍"
- "Good. Thanks."- Builderman smiles and walks over to other admins, giving the rest of the group a small wave.
- "Builderman I'm driving! You stay away from the driving wheel!"- Shedletsky orders, giving Builderman a look that lacks any trust.
- "Alright?"
Taph stays on the edge of the land. Staring into horizon until the boats disappear. He feels the familiar claws of anxiety flowing through him. Despite how much he wanted to go with Builderman, he knows he wouldn't be okay in big crowds. But at the same time the thoughts of Builderman dying are invading his mind.
The demolitionist continues to anxiously walk around the island their hill became. The anxious thoughts continue to get into their brain and it's just a few minutes! Builderman and others will be gone for a few days. Taph sits down next to a tree, leaning on it. He uses his wings to separate from the world, already feeling a few tears. He continues to sit there for what seems a long time, before something snaps him out of his thoughts.
- "Hello Demolitionist."- A quiet voice from above is heard. Taph basically jumps out of his skin, if he could he would loudly scream. The demolitionist looks up, letting out a small breath of relief once he sees it's Two Time sitting on the tree branch. Then he tilts his head in confusion.
- "🫵🚫🚶❓" ("Aren't you banned from walking?")
- "I am. However I was able to sneak away when Noob started panicking because of of the spiders left the kitchen."
- "⏳❓" ("How long?")
- I had been sitting there for a while when you came. At first I wanted to keep quiet, however I saw your distress."- They smile using their legs to hang from the tree upside down. Taph feels slightly freaked out, but he's also glad for a distraction from his thoughts.
- "👆💭🔨💀👿🐟🤷👆😣" ("I keep thinking about what if Builderman dies from evil fish and he forgets about me")
"I see. That seems rough. As a person who lost my memories I can say that it is possible. And then he would be left with gaping hole that no matter how hard he would try, he wouldn't be able to feel it. And constantly question everything he thought he knew, so easy to manipulate, so easy to insert fake memories..."- Two Time's smile widens, their hands start to shake until their body is trembling. They continue to ramble, each word making Taph more freaked out. Then they snap out of it. - "I am not helping am I?"
- "❌🆘" ("Not helping")
- "I apologize. I did not mean to make things worse. If you wish for a better distraction than my crazy ramblings I could show you how to make flower crowns?"
- "🌸👑❓"
- "Indeed. There is a flower field nearby. I found it today. You could make one for the admins that left. And give it to them once they return."
- "👍😊"
- "Good. Follow me!"- Two Time let's go of the tree, getting on the ground. They lead Taph to the flower field, limping because of their injured leg. They momentarily hesitate before entering into the field, then they continue.
After a while and instructions from Two Time, Taph is able to finish his first flower crown, turns out he's a natural. He smiles proudly under the mask, his previous worries completely forgotten. Then he glances at Two Time. They attempted to make their own after giving Taph the instructions, however they aren't able because their hands continue to shake.
Taph moves closer and after hesitating he grabs their hand, helping to steady it. Two Time glances at him with confusion than then turns into understanding.
- "I appreciate the help..."- They say. By working together they are able to finish Two Time's flower crown. Taph gigles without a sound and places the flower crown on the cultists head. Two Time also let's out a quiet giggle. Eventually they both end up laughing with each other, with flowers covering them.
The duo continues to sit together in peace. Taph, for the first time, is able to see Two Time as someone else other than a crazy cultist. The demolitionist takes a notice that there wasn't any mention of the Spawn for the entire time.
Notes:
Hi person that found me outside Ao3!!!
Anyway! I really like this chapter despite speedruning it because I procrastinated with writing it. It's almost 11 pm as I'm posting it.
Chapter 74: For good and bad. We'll be here.
Notes:
Let me know if you see any typos!
TW! Mentions of Self harm and abuse!
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
Taph continues to sit on the grass staring at the clouds changing. True to Rob's words the storm clouds are also coming closer, a colder breeze is starting to happen, but so far it doesn't bother the demolitionist thanks to all the layers he's wearing.
Then something slightly hits him in the side, Taph glances around confused but doesn't see anything suspicious. So he continues to sit. However the hits return randomly. Taph continues to glance around with confusion. Eventually he realises the cause.
Two Time is playfully hitting Taph with their tail, while at the same time pretending to stare at the sky. Taph chuckles without a sound, that's when Two Time glances at him with a smile, a smile that looks genuine.
- "Thank the admins."- A voice calls out. Both survivors glance in the direction it came from. Guest 1337 is standing there with a relief all over his face. - "Two Time, you really love to disappear, don't you?"
- "It may appear so."- They anwser with a smile that now lacks the softness it had before. Guest walks over and sits next to them.
- "I see you two had fun?"
- "2️⃣🕓🧑🏫👆🌸👑➡️🔨❗" ("Two Time taught me how to make flower crown for Builderman!")
- "That's nice. I didn't know you know how to make flower crowns Two Time."
- "I.... I used to do it Before... Azure taught me."
- "That sounds really fun."
- "It was..."- Two Time says quietly, looking down their tail becoming limp.
- "You're thinking about your missing memories again?"
- "Observant, aren't you?"- They say with a creepy smile. Despite this Guest doesn't walk away.
- "We were worried when we saw you gone. You weren't supposed to walk. Your injury needs to heal."
- "I think I know what is the best for my body."- The cultist says coldly. Guest just stares at them, meanwhile Taph observes the interaction with worry.
- "Two Time. You're an adult, so I will talk to you like an adult. From what I saw, you only bring pain to yourself. Not only that but you are malnourished. I see it despite not being a doctor. I know that you feel like you need to do that to yourself, but that's is not good. So please just try to love yourself more."- Guest finishes, Taph nods agreeing with him.
- "Why do you care? I am well aware of what you all think of me! That I am crazy, lunatic, psychopath, insane and everything else! You never cared before!!! Not as much!!! So why now?!"
- "Because you started to see the truth. We couldn't help you before because you were pushing us away. Making everything about the cult."- Guest notices how they tremble at this word. - "If we try to force our help, it wouldn't work... But now we can try to help you. So please... Let us help."
Two Time stays quiet, staring at themselves, at the scars covering their body. Long time ago they lost track of which ones are self inflicted and which were caused by others. They see the bruises that the pirates caused. Their tail curls up, while the wings start to cover them. Their hands shake, their nails that had long ago became long start digging into their hands. Despite the distress, they continue to smile, a broken laugh leaves their throat.
Guest slowly and gently takes their hands so they won't hurt themselves more. Taph sits slightly closer to make his presence known, but not close enough to touch them. The demolitionist knows that not everyone is okay with physical contact. After a while Two Time slightly calms down, their body slumping against the demolitionist.
- "I... I have long forgotten how loving myself feels like..."- They whisper. Guest slightly tightens his grip.
- "We'll be here to help you. Alright? Just tell us when something is wrong."- He says Two Time nods slowly looking down.
- "I... Might as well start now, before I change my mind..."- They say but stop mid sentence, a hesitation creeping in. Taph places his covered hand on cultist's thigh, to reassure them. Both he and Guest patiently wait, giving them time.
- "My back hurts... Especially where the wings are. It's similar to the pain when they grow, but less painful..."
- "Two Time... It's alright, we figure something out. Maybe your body still gets used to it."
- "N-no... it's not that... I've been on second life for a while... What if... What if the one that granted me this ability is reversing the changes..."
- "Are you implying that..."
- "I think my wings are growing but in the opposite way... Growing back into me... So I would be on my first life again."- They say quietly, but both other survivors hear the fear in their voice.
- "I... It's doesn't sound good. But no matter what happens, we will be there for you."
- "👍👍"
- "Elliot made dinner. Do you want some now?"
- "😮🤩👍"
- "Great. Two Time?"
- "I am... Unsure."
- "At least something?"
- "I... I can try."- They say and are about to stand up when Guest stops them.
- "You already walked too much today. I'll carry you. Alright?"
- "Fine... I guess..."- Two Time says. The soldier picks them up in bridal style. Ignoring the slight flinch.
Despite their reluctance and disliking the touch, Two Time finds themselves comfortable. The movement and tiredness from previous breakdown making them drowsy. They don't realise when they fall asleep.
Guest didn't notice that Two Time fell asleep, but Taph points it out. Both survivors aren't used to seeing them so calm. It slightly reminds Guest of how he used to take his daughter to bed after she fallen asleep. The parental instincts are screaming at him and in that moment the soldier swears to himself to protect them from more pain. He also promises that if he'll ever see someone related to that Spawn Cult, he will punch them. He hopes that, this cult isn't still a thing.
Once they enter the cabin, each present survivor and Azure sigh will relief once they see Two Time. Taph quickly goes to the kitchen, feeling hungry. Meanwhile Guest places Two Time on the couch, where they keep an eye on them. Azure walks over and Guest quietly explained what they told him about the wings. Azure frowns hearing that and gently touches their back.
Their skin feels tight and tender to the touch. There is a small swelling too. Two Time whimpers in pain, but they continue to stay asleep.
- "There might be hard few days... I hope it will end soon."- Azure says.
- "Same, but knowing that our captor enjoys seeing us suffer. I think it will be the other way around."- Guest says with anger and worry. Azure nods already thinking of all the ways they can ease their pain.
After few hours, when Two Time wakes up, they are able to eat a bit of the food. But they they have to stop because they don't feel good.
Notes:
Today I woke up and decided I need Two Time angst!
Chapter 75: Welcome To Crossroads!
Chapter Text
The clouds become darker as the time passes. Luckily the group is able to arrive to the docks in time. Builderman jumps on the solid ground for the first time in a while. Others also follow after him.
- "So you've got everything?"
- "Yes. We register under the given name-"
- "I still think it's terrible name. Even 007n7 makes better ones."
- "Shedletsky don't interrupt me.... After that we go to the library."
- "Great. Once you'll be registered everyone will be slightly more friendly."- Danny says with a smile.
The group descends down in the elevator. Builderman silently cursing the person that decided that this elevator is safe. Once they're down, the group separates. Danny and Rob have to meet up with their team to begin exploration.
Meanwhile Admins and Mafioso go different way to register themselves.
- "My friends. I have to say, the tower looks familiar to something from our day."
- "Yeah... I'm pretty sure that is our... Or well... Was our HQ."- Builderman says, staring at the skyscraper.
- "Huh? But it wasn't located in Crossroads?"
- "Shedletsky. If you remember what the gambler said. This place was named Crossroads in honour to the original city that became a legend or a myth. It isn't the same place."- Mafioso points out.
- "Wow... So we really are in remains of the original Robloxia city."- Shedletsky sighs, looking around. Continuing to walk forward.
On their way they can observe how people changed over the years, feeling kind of out of place because they aren't used to so many people. Shedletsky is looking around, not watching where he steps and suddenly trips over something.
When he looks up he sees a black cat staring at him, the cat also has a knife in the mouth. After a short stare off the cat runs away joining another black and white cat. Both going to do cat stuff. Shedletsky stands up, dusting himself off and glares at the rest of the group. Builderman looks like he's about to burst out laughing, Dusekkar shakes his head in amusement.
- "You should watch where you're walking... Chicken addict."- Mafioso gives Shedletsky a smirk that makes the former admin want to punch him. The group continues to walk through the city.
- "Forksword! Look there's a sentient computer!!!"
- "Wait really!? Let me see!!!"- Builderman sees a black haired boy in adventurer outfit running over to a brown haired girl with flower in her head. Curiosity takes better of him and also walks over to see. There is in fact a computer with horns and a smile. The boy smiles and starts a conversation with the computer. Both of them clearly having. A green haired boy with a hat stands next to the girl.
- "Their creator has to be ready creative."
- "Heh. True... Reminds me of someone."
- "Yeah. I wish she could be here with us."
- "She is... Maybe we don't see her, but I know she is."- The girl says, looking up with a nostalgic expression. This reminds Builderman that the world is harsh and not everyone has as much luck as them.
- "Builder! You coming?!"
- "Yeah. Sorry!"- Builderman anwsers Shedletsky, giving one last look at the stand before joining his group. The girl glancing after him, before joining the conversation.
They continue to move forward, seeing a lot more of different people, each one of them looking different. They overhear a lot of conversations.
- "...Man. I still remember my zoo I had before this stupid disaster hit..."
- "...I do you think that the mythical sunflowers island really exists!!!..."
- "No Dustin. You can't go with me it's too dangerous! Stay with your uncles...."
- "No! I swear! This guy is stalking me! Copying my appearance!!! Just in this creepy way!"- A pink haired girl says something to her winged friend that has brown hair.
- "Are you sure you don't have secret twin?"
- "NO!!! I'm telling you! It's something else!"- Both of them pass by, completely focused on the conversation. Everyone in the group just assumes it's out of context.
A while later, Builderman swears he sees another pink haired person looking exactly like the girl before, but just like it was said in the conversation, they look uncanny. Builderman pretends to be looking at something to overhear the conversation.
- "I need another pink hair wig. The previous one was bad."
- "Venom I'm literally running out of pink dye! I get it you're my most loyal customer but seriously. You have pink obsession or something?"
- "...I have a goal. And I need the perfect pink wig for that."
- "You know you can just dye your hair?"
- "Or I can cut someone's hair... Straight from the source..."
- "O-Okay??? So are you trading or?"
- "Yes.... Let's trade."- The person smiles and Builderman gets a feeling similar to the one he got when he was interacting with Two Time before hell upgrade.
Then the robloxian turns around and starts walking in the direction where that girl went, like they exactly know where to go. Builderman glances back at them in worry, but then he realises he got left behind and is forced to quickly join Shedletsky, wondering if something similar was happening in the past. Before he got Forsakened, he wishes he paid more attention at the lives of people.
- "The admins are nothing more but a bunch of fakes! If I had their power I would make much better world!"
- "You're speaking facts. I was a researcher before the disaster struck. We could team up and become the new admins! New powerful ones!!! What do you say Mr Sting?"
- "That is great idea Mr Casper. I'm glad to have someone who thinks like me on my side."- The overheard conversation makes the admins share worried glances. The situation between mortals and gods seems worse than they thought.
- "Come on! You need to go out sometimes! And for god's sake stop talking to skateboards!!!"
- "You don't get to talk about my skateboards like they're an object! They're my friends!!! Besides I know that they're somewhere! I need to be ready for what they'll do!"- A robloxian with traffic cone as a hat says. The other one with picnic hat just sighs.
- "What about me!? I'm your friend too! And whatever happens I will be there."
- "I know but I don't want to be alone in case you won't be there!!! Attachment will make it worse."
- "I get it. But nothing happened so far! And at this point you will start to talk to trees."- The girl says, leading her friend away. Shedletsky whispers to the group.
- "Modern times robloxians have odd hobbies."
Eventually the group makes it to the place they can register as a team. There are already two groups there, glaring at each other. There is tension between them. One of the groups contains people dressed up as different animals or animal hybrids, while the other contains more human looking characters. Finally it's their turn and Builderman walks over.
- "Hello. I would like to register my team so we will be able to trade."
- "Name of the team?"
- "Well... Everyone calls us Freaks from the Hill?"
- "Oh. It's you... Alright. I'll need to to fill in this form so we will have all members of your team listed."
After a while of filling in papers, they're finally registered and have official badges that allow them to trade. It went really quickly. The group decides to split. The admins do to the library, while Mafioso heads to trade. At first Builderman was hesitant to let him go alone, but then Mafioso summoned his people making a whole team.
Notes:
Fun fact!
This chapter references some of my readers (I'm sorry I couldn't mention you all! 😔but there will be more!)
And also references to my and my friends other projects.
As well my OC's! Instead of making background characters I decided to re-use them.
(Also Hi another person that found me outside of Ao3!)
Chapter 76: Library
Chapter Text
Shedletsky opens the door to the library. His heart is heavy because today they might get some answers and they are probably less than ideal. He looks around, despite the poor state the city is in, the library is clearly taken care off.
Builderman goes for a chat with the librarian. Asking certain questions and getting answers he later shares with the rest. This is the biggest known library that was able to keep the most records of the history from before the disaster. The section they need to look in is the history section, however they might to dig through a lot of books.
At first Shedletsky was doubtful, but after seeing the section he really understood how much history they missed.
- "Well... I guess it's reading time. I hope there will be answers."
- "I share the same opinion friend. But I fear it will tell a while 'till we hit the end."- Dusekkar agrees. Each admin taking one book out of hundreds and starts reading. Being a god has some perks, one of them being an ability to read faster and still understand the words.
The first half of the day they spent reading a lot of myths and legends. They sometimes got amazed of how someone of them got created. Then Shedletsky found a book full of theories and started reading them out loud, but not loud enough to disturb others library visitors.
- "Oh! Check out this one! A multiverse theory!"
- "John my friend. If you get distracted we won't reach the end."- Dusekkar sighs. Shedletsky just rolls his eyes and continues to read.
- "It would be fun if... You know. There were different worlds with us, but our stories completely different! Like... Hmmm... Builderman gets kidnapped, SFOTH swords and time travel shenanigans!"
- "Do you really wish for Builderman's fate to be bad? If so then he has a reason to be mad."
- "Yeah, Yeah. He doesn't even hear us. He's in the zone..... Hmmm... Imagine if I had my own chicken eating context! A world where the hackers take over because of a Player... Or saving Robloxia from Zombies! That would be cool. What do you think Matt?"- Shedletsky says with a smile, staring at the mage who sighs.
- "I will entertain your delusions for a while. What if you ended up beat up and were able to only smile."
- "And you were mad about me 'wishing' bad for Builderman."- Shedletsky sends Dusekkar a small glare. Before neither of them can say anything, Builderman, who is reading records of encountered glitches, speaks up.
- "For Roblox name they still didn't patched it!?"
- "Patched what?"
- "The unnatural Elevator Sightings are still happening! It's the same thing that kept messing up code. You know, this elevator that was constantly appearing in different places in Robloxia?"
- "Ooh! This one. Yeah. I always wanted to enter it. Who knows maybe it would be something interesting? Seeing different floors... If they exist."
- "Shedletsky for Roblox's sake. Please tell me you're not serious."
- "..."
- "Of course you are serious."- Builderman sighs.
The group continues to read. Only taking breaks for food and bathroom. Eventually they started to find more old books and records. After another hour of reading Shedletsky gasps an stares at one page.
- "Shed?"
- "I think I found it... It's a fragment of old newspaper."
- "Shedletsky please tell us what you find. We have a knowing right!"
- "Alright...."
Major Hacker Attack!!!
One of the old hackers was able to get access to Banlands to save their banned teammates. However they happened to unleash something bigger. Because of their hacking attack most of the hackers were able to be set free! The admins that tried to take over control were forced to fight, leading to a battle that spilled blood belonging to hackers and admins.
The only known facts so far are: The Hacker was able to use an exploit that allowed them to have longer lifespan, how they did it is unknown. The Admins are nowhere to be seen.
Is it an end of certain era?
- "Longer lifespan? That had to be one skilled hacker."- Builderman whispers. In shock, the realisation dawning on him. - "Do you remember when Doom mentioned that one error in Banlands that made the prisoner stay forever the same age?"
- "Are you suggesting..."
- "It was planned even when we're were still there...."- Builderman stares at his friends in terror. Everyone realising that whoever started it was a genius.
- "The question unanswered remains. Are our frien-"
- "Before you continue Matt. I'm sure the answer is on the next page. I... Let's just wait a minute... Get our emotions in check."- Shedletsky says, noticing something. Next to the article there are random numbers written in someone's handwriting, looking like they were added later. - "32 11 54 32 11 14 33 15 43 43 22 42 34 45 35"
- "What?"
- "Someone wrote a bunch of odd numbers... Nevermind. Let's just..."- The swordmaster turns the page. Another article shows up. The name of it tells them everything.
- "New Gods Appeared! Bodies are found! The old admin group is just a history..."- Builderman reads.
Despite living for a long time and seeing a lot of things, he can't help but shed tears, hiding his face in his hands. Shedletsky looks like he's about to have a breakdown or kill someone. Dusekkar is staring at the article, like it would suddenly stay it's just a joke.
It doesn't change. The text stays the same. The truth is right before their eyes.
Notes:
Fun fact! I decided to re-read one of my all time favourite books that reminded me I love ciphers I decided for fun to play with a few of them. Today I focused on Polybius square. I usually overlooked it, but now I see it's a really fun way to cypher messages
Chapter 77: Spectator
Chapter Text
IT is pleased with what IT achieved. The people are struggling, dying, suffering. Everything IT loves. IT loves how creative Robloxians are, because they give IT a lot of creative ideas on how to make them suffer more.
The only thing IT dislikes that it's hard to keep an eye on everyone at the same time, so IT has to decide who IT will focus on. IT observes the most areas where IT senses the most suffering.
IT is really proud of itself for the idea regarding one of IT'S favourite toys. It is fun to play with lifes... Especially the double one. It gives IT even more chances to make the toy suffer. IT enjoys seeing the toy squirm in pain, beginning for fake god for the pain gone. IT purposely makes it worse, more painful.
However other of IT'S favourite toys are also not having a good time. Despite how much they try to hide it from others. IT is able to see their pain once they're alone. IT knows all their weaknesses and IT makes sure to use it the best IT can.
IT wonders when one of IT'S toys will catch up on the torture method IT invented. The toy has no idea that IT won't let it die, just barley alive... Once the torture method progresses. IT wonders what choices the toy will make.
There's one thing IT isn't pleased with. The world seems too peaceful. IT should make the predator creatures spawn more often. The storms more strong. Less food in the water.
Once IT is satisfied, IT uses the connection with The Core to apply changes. IT feels pusles of protest. The 2x2 cube... The Core of the world tries to fight back. However IT, the cancer of the code is stronger than The Core. The changes are applied and everything is perfect. Or almost everything.
IT had noticed that one toy, a toy that had been here since the very beginning of IT'S existence is still present. The Robloxian is too aware, knows too much. No matter how IT tries to erase Robloxian memories. The toy continues to remember after a short while. IT tried to erase the memories multiple times already, nerf the Robloxian. IT has issues on controlling the toy.
It leaves IT only one option. Kill the Robloxian. But IT is not satisfied with simple death. No, IT will make the toy suffer. And incurable illness that make the Robloxian suffer, until the last breath. IT will be closely watching the illness progresses. IT will keep and eye on the toy.... Literally.
With one addition of code, the seed of illness is planted. IT is satisfied. Now it's world is truly perfect.
Notes:
Unplanned filler chapter because it is REALLY hot today and I had no motivation to write the planned chapter.
I literally thought that would be the end of my writing everyday streak. But luckily for me this idea popped up. It's short but interesting. And I had fun writing it. :D
Chapter 78: Debt Collectors on the loose!
Notes:
IMPORTANT INFO
I am aware that Jason is getting replaced. I thought about this topic for a while, regarding how it will affect the story. I don't want to change the story I have planned, to rewrite each chapter Jason is in.So in the Upgraded Hell AU Jason is still going to be Jason!!!
(I'm sad seeing him getting replaced, but I understand the reason. I hope I will be able to like Slasher as much as I like Jason)
______
Let me know if you see any typos!
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
Mafioso walks proudly through the trading area. Behind him follows his team. The entire situation reminds him of old times, he smiles with nostalgia but at the same time sadness creeps in. Despite being stuck in the purgatory, that memory is still fresh in his mind.
- "Hey Boss! So what's our first goal?"- Contractee asks, walking over. Mafioso looks at him, pushing the memories away.
- "First we look around at what they have to offer. Then we will trade accurately for our needs."
- "You got it boss!"- Contractee salutes and begins to look around.
The trading area looks really occupied, different groups walking around, many people trading, guards patroling. There are multiple things on the stands, there's food, weapons, book with creepy staring eyes on it, scraps and a lot other things. One person looking like he's cosplaying an angel is standing in front of weapon stand. Mafioso gestures at Caporegime to lisen in. The mafia member obeys.
- "Sir. For everyone's safety and well being. Why do you want to trade to get so many weapons?"
- "I have personal beef with pirates. Like everyone else. I just decided to do something about it."
- "... Don't do it in the Crossroads. This is equal and peaceful ground."
- "I know. I know. Just trade with me."- The man says. Caporegime returns to Mafioso and explains what he heard.
- "Good. At least we know that we are not in danger. Remember to be aware of your surroundings. We don't want to repeat..."
- "I know... Don't worry."
The group continues to walk forward, eventually spotting a stand that has a sack of potatoes. Mafioso stands and glances at his people.
- "What do you think?"
- "It's been centuries since anyone had potatoes. I think it's a good idea."- Soldier says, staring at the stand. Before they can walk over and attempt at trading, a figure wearing a hood starts to trade, forcing them to wait.
- "Oh. Historian, you're back. How were your travels?"
- "As good as they can be in this environment. Stronger than normal winter storm caught me off guard. I was forced to stay in one house for a while before I was able to leave."- The hooded figure says calmly. The mafia glances around, the person seems to be well known.
- "Oh yes. I know what you're talking about. Anything else? I'm sure the kids would love to listen to your stories."
- "Kids want to learn about being chased by a Seeker?"
- "Seeker!? For Crossroads sake, how are you alive!?"
- "Heh. I don't easily reveal my secrets."- The person glances at the mafia. - "I see you're having more people waiting. I won't hold you back anymore, just two breads for me."
- "You are always welcome here Historian. I am forever in debt with you. What do you have to offer?"
- "I have said it before. I don't care about debts. Would a shotgun be enough?"
- "Ah. I wish to question how you got it. Yes it's enough."- The trader says handing the hooded figure two breads. Then the person walks away.
- "What do you want and offer."
- "We have ropes made out of spiders web. They're the strongest kind we know."- Mafioso says the truth. They tested it on the way, these ropes are stronger than normal ones.
- "Oh. Well I could offer you the five breads or two packs of rice or the sack of potatoes."
- "Hmm..."- Mafioso thinks, glancing at his people. Consigliere stares at the stand.
- "Boss? What if we shared two ropes? To get both bread and the potatoes?"
- "Hm... Would that be okay?"
- "Of course."
- "Then let's trade."
After trading, the mafia continues to walk away. Soldier and Contractee are carrying the obtained items. They see a lot of people ranging from people wearing white hood-like robes with black skin to people looking really bland. It's clear that Robloxians changed over the years.
- "HEY! HELP THAT'S A ROBBERY!"- An elderly man calls out. Another person is running away. Mafioso makes a gesture, both Caporegime and Consigliere run after the thief. They quickly manage to catch him. When they return the stolen items the old man thanks them a lot.
- "Thank you young ones. I am in debt, however I wish to repay it as soon as possible. Is this bottle of alcohol enough? My son found it in one of abandoned houses."- The elderly man says. Mafioso thinks for a while before nodding.
- "Yes it will be enough."- Mafioso takes the bottle.
- "If I may ask. From what group you're from?"
- "Ugh... Freaks from the Hill."
- "So you really exist. I will make sure to remember you. Thank you again!"
A while later someone comes over. The person speaks with accent that indicates different language, however the mafia group can perfectly understand.
- "Hello! I need your rope for my nest! I have a pain medication to trade!"- The person says. Mafioso thinks about it before nodding. The trade happens.
Later the Mafia group go to the place where the Crossroads people let the traveling groups rest. Mafioso makes sure that his people are safe. He remembers how they lost their lifes Before, still in real world. He had found them too late. He wasn't even able to avenge them before the concurring mafia leader killed him too. He still remembers first time he incidentally summoned them, seeing them alive again. He promised himself that he won't let anyone hurt them again.
- "You're thinking about it again Boss?"- Contractee says, slowing down to join the leader. - "We aren't blaming you. It's not your fault."
- "I have failed as a leader."
- "Yeah. But you're here now. And you tried to avenge us. In my opinion you never failed us"- Soldier adds up. The other two agree. Mafioso sighs and gives them a small smile.
- " You're really convincing. Let's go boys, we need to test if this bread is eatable."
- "We need to remember to leave some for the admins."
- "Fact. Thank you for reminder Caporegime."
- "No problem boss!"
The group eventually rests in assigned room. The mafialings almost cry tasting bread again. Mafioso struggles with the same problem. It's been a long time since they ate one.
Notes:
First off! What happened to Mafioso and the mafialings is my HC!!!! (Based on popular hc that everyone in Forsaken died before ending in the purgatory) This is not canon!!!
Second. WHY ARE THE MAFIALINGS NAMES SO LONG AND HARD FOR ME TO REMEMBER!? THE ONLY EASY TO REMEMBER IS SOLDIER!!! I LITERALLY COPIED AND PASTED EVERY TIME I USED THEIR NAMES.
Third. Entity 303 (Minecraft myth) is mentioned here, because WHY NOT :D He deserves it because if it wasn't for him I wouldn't have known fanfiction exists.
Chapter 79: Detective Shedletsky
Chapter Text
After a few minutes passed since admins learned about passing of their friends and family. Shedletsky feels like he's about to snap and he takes random books from the shelf.
- "Shedletsky it's not right time to get interest into cipher ryhme."
- "Shut it Matt! I just learned my wife is ####### dead. Same things goes for my friends. If you don't want me to snap, just let me take my mind off things!"- He glares at the mage, his eyes slightly reddish colour. Builderman doesn't interact, just continues to stare emptily in the silence.
Dusekkar sighs and let's Shedletsky be. The mage is dealing with his own grief. He wishes there would be a way for him to go back in time. To fix it, to not let himself be captured into the purgatory. He is also mad at Shedletsky, because he doesn't have right to downplay mage's grief. He's been really close with Stickmasterluke, the younger god often used to came to him for an advice regarding his weather machine, or proper care of his antlers.
Doombringer was loud and annoying, but at the same time kind and he always wanted to bring justice to people of Robloxia. When it came to maintaining Banlands he always made sure that everything runs smoothly.
Meanwhile BrightEyes, she was a kind person, however she also loved taking part in shenanigans that happened in HQ or in the heights. The was a first person to ever beat Telamon on his own territory. She also really bonded with Jane. That reminded Dusekkar of something.
- "I wonder what happened to Jane or Clockwork. Because there's no news of their demise, maybe a hope can still arise?"
- "I honestly don't know. I'm sure that both of them would stepped up after deaths of.... But since they aren't mentioned. Something must've happened to them too. I don't think there's hope Matt. But I know that we can't give up. We need to do something."- Builderman says with sad voice. The normally hopeful and creative admin seems crushed. Then Shedletsky gasps.
- "Those odd numbers. They're a cipher..."- He says grabbing the newspaper and holding the book. He begins to decode the message, writing the answers using pen and paper he grabbed from the table. Both other admins observing him. - "32 is M, 11 is A, 54 is Y...."- He continues, then stops.
- "Shed?"- Builderman says with worry, when his friend freezes up staring.
- "May Madness..."
- "What about them?"
- "The code says May Madness Group... Wasn't there two of them locked in the Banlands? Doom was hunting for the last one... The newspaper says about hacker wanting to save his friends..."- Shedletsky says. The puzzle pieces connecting.
- "Dear Roblox..."- Builderman whispers. - "But how? No mortal, hacker or not can live that long?"
- "Perhaps there's still information we lack. We need to learn more, we cannot slack."
- "...I know... But we should take a break. Being emotional won't help us..."- Builderman says. The other two want to disagree, but they also understand.
- "True. We rest and tomorrow we work. If I ever see their faces I will make sure they regret being spawned."- Shedletsky threatens. Builderman feels like someone is starting at him. He looks up, someone who is holding a piece of bread, with their face and body hidden under a cloak
- "Is Eve alright?"
- "Yes... Umm... Sorry. I got lost in thought. You look like really close friends."
- "What about it?"- Shedletsky glares.
- "I-I used to sit with my friends like that before... I'm the last one.. I guess seeing you made me nostalgic."- The person says with sadness. Builderman nods with understanding.
- "Sorry for your loss. If you want you can sit there at this table. We're leaving anyway."
- "O-oh... I would appreciate that."- The person nods slowly. Another guy walks over and start to talk with them.
After gathering their things, the three admins leave the library. Heading to the place where they are supposed to meet up with Mafioso. The debt collector sees their mood being down, it already confirming to him that things went as they feared.
Notes:
SO "ItzViza" surprised me today by writing AU of An AU fic!!! I was speechless because I didn't expect a fanfic about my fanfic.
So if you want to see Pirate group being brutally murdered after what they done to Chance and Two Time. The fic is listed in "Inspired Works" section.
THANK YOU AGAIN ^^
Chapter 80: Basement Bunker!
Chapter Text
True to Rob's words, a strong storm hit the cabin. The wind is so strong that the survivors had to block the door with a couch and move away from the windows. The entire group was forced to hide in the basement, hoping that the water won't flood it. The wind is still howling outside, lighting and thunder is causing chaos outside.
C00lkidd is curled up next to 007n7, flinching every time the thunder roars. The kid is visibility scared, but he's not the only one. Pr3ttyprincess is staying close to 1x4, also hugging them, meinwhile Bluudude tried to be brave, however eventually decided to stay closer to Guest 666, he still won't admit he's scared but everyone knows that he is.
The lights continue to flicker, 007n7 is surprised they still work, that the power is still on. Noob is desperately trying to calm their nerves, they never experienced storm that strong. And considering that they are forced to sit in the dark basement with filtering lights and hundred of gigantic spiders makes them on the edge of anxiety or panic attack.
Jason is sitting next to them. The killer didn't even realise that the survivor started to tightly hold his hand. Being an undead is making his touch sensitivity weaker than normal robloxian. Despite this Jason continues to sit calmly, unaware of the fact that he is a rock for Noob, the only thing keeping them calm.
After a while Jason frees his hand, Noob tries to grab it again, but the killer stops them. With slow but certain movements, the killer begins to sign.
- "It be ok."- He signs, the signing not being the best yet, but Noob appreciates the gesture anyway. He saw how hard Jason is trying to learn sign.
- "T-thanks J-Jason... I can just f-feel them... L-like c-cr.... C-crawling all over m-me..."
- "No spiders on you"
- "O-Okay... o-okay..."
- "You teach 1x sign?"
- "H-huh... W-why?"
- "Want him understand me. Not only you."
- "O-oh... W-Well if 1x is comfortable with t-that t-then I could try. B-but t-they scare me... A l-lot."
- "Ok"- Jason gives them a thumbs up. Noob smiles softly. They are happy to finally get a distraction. The duo continues to 'talk' with each other. Noob slightly calming down.
Guest is sitting next to 007n7 and Taph. The Demolitionist is worrying a lot about the admins, unsure if they were able to safely arrive to the city. And the situation outside is making him really anxious.
- "Taph. From what I saw those two people are experienced. I'm sure they lead our teammates to safety.
- "❗"
- "No but's. Taph, I'm going to need you to trust me. To trust Builderman. If something happened to them, wouldn't they already respawned? After all now we know the respawning still works."- Guest says, the demolitionist hesitantly nods, somewhat calming down.
007n7 is telling C00lkidd some fictional story to take his mind out of the strom. The child got really interested and basically begged his dad to add both killers in survivors into the story. So now there's a lot of stuff going on... and chaos.
Noli is having a one sided conversation with John Doe. The rotten hackers voice continues to glitch. 1x1x1x1 listens in while stroking the hair of Pr3ttyprincess. Suddenly Noli screams out when his boy glitches through the chair he was sitting on. The hacker is left with his body clipping through the chair.
- "WH4T TH3 F£#£#"- He yells, the glitching continuing to break the family friendly filter. Everyone stares confused and doesn't know what to do.
One of the spiders shoots the web at him and pulls him up. Luckily for the hacker he clips through the chair again and is set free. Noli sighs with relief, meinwhile 007n7 looks at him with worry.
Meanwhile Azure and Elliot are busy staying with Two Time. Their theory seems to becoming true, the pain in their back growing stronger with each minute. There is even a slight fever breaking in. Both of the healers are trying to make it easier for them, but they can't do much. There's a limited amount of painkillers and with pain being so strong already it doesn't help a lot.
Chance tries his best to distract the cultist, it slightly works, but with each passing minute Two Time seems to get worse.
Notes:
THANK YOU SO MUCH Leoliiimbooo FOR MAKING THIS FAN ART.
I'm probably repeating myself again but I'm so happy and amazed. THANK YOU AGAIN!!! 🥹Link:
http://youtube.com/post/Ugkx8wKao5uJdVeCsvUiQGSdUonL7Bbj9x5l?si=6V0Yf6FSIea5yUnn
(Go to the "community/posts or idk how it's called in English. Story???
But this section to see it)
Chapter 81: Failure
Notes:
Let me know if you see any typos!
TW! MENTIONS OF SUICIDE
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
The night is peaceful. People living in crossroads are unaware of the raging storm on the surface, only the most aware ones are able to see how big waves are happening outside.
A young man with white long hair is looking up in the direction of the surface. His best friend, a person with black hair, wearing a wolf mask on the side of his face is standing next to him.
- "What are you thinking about Elijah?"
- "Stuff... People living on the islands are not having a good time. This seems... More strong."
- "It sure is."- The masked person says, also looking up.
The waves are visible even from a great distance, the darkness looking even more dark than it usually is during storms. Even the wildlife moved to the deeper parts of the water.
- "You know what. Even if we one day end up being caught in a storm like this. It won't stop us! After all we're MeatGrinder and Elijah the greatest hunters in Crossroads!"- MeatGrinder smiles, giving Elijah a playful nudge. The white haired man also smiles.
- "Thanks 'Grinder. I know I can count on you"
After a few minutes of observing the surface, a figure walks over to the two young man's. Both of them hear that and turn around, their grip tightening around their weapons.
- "You're late."- Elijah says, looking at the person.
- "Apologies. I got lost thinking about the past."
- "You're trying too hard to impress our leader. Do you think we can't see through your act?"- MeatGrinder glares at the person.
- "I do not want to impress. I'm simply stating a fact."
- "My father awaits you and I trust his judgement."- Elijah says leading the person into the main building where the leader of Crossroads lives.
Builderman doesn't find this night peaceful. He continues to lay on the bed, unable to fall asleep. His thoughts are filled with memories of his friends. His memory being far better than normal robloxian is both a curse and a blessing. He remembers how he meet all of his, now deceased, friends.
When he meet Doombringer, everything around him was chaos and destruction. He remembers teaching the other god how to be gentle. Doombringer became a really nice person and a great friend. He was always seeking judgment.
Stickmasterluke was interesting from the very beginning. Being created with ability to control the weather and having a great control over it despite being young. Together they achieved many great things and Builderman was really happy he could share with him the knowledge about machinery.
BrightEyes was someone completely different. While both Builderman and Telamon were friends, the was the one that truly 'tamed' the god of death. She often wanted to spar with other admins. Builderman remembers how she even attempted to teach him how to use a sword.
He also starts to think about others like Clockwork, Jane, all the people that were co-working with the admins. He even thinks about Scripter, one of the admins they were forced to terminate. He hopes they all got a peaceful ending.
Then the thoughts become darker, turning from nostalgic memories into dark thoughts. Builderman feels like a failure, he promised to protect Robloxia. Now it's in ruins, because he was too weak, too blind to see the enemy. He wishes he could go back in time to be able to fix his mistakes.
He had failed them, he failed the Robloxia. Now he's failing the survivors. He's supposed to be a leader, yet he continues to fail. They all will suffer eternal death until there's nothing left of them. Just empty vessels.
Builderman tries to summon his admin panel, but it still doesn't work. He wishes it worked. Then he could face whatever is keeping them trapped, to at least be able to get truly put to rest.
He doesn't want to remember. A thought, a dark twisted thought appears in his mind. What if he forgot? He knows it's possible, all he needs to do is just die. Now he can finally truly understand what Elliot was going through. How all survivors and killers that lost their close ones were feeling. Forgetting seems really amazing.....
But he's a leader. He can't give up yet. Builderman pushes the dark thought aside, storing it for later. For now he needs to hold on, to be strong. He cannot allow himself to be weak. Not yet.
It doesn't matter that he's a failure he's a failure he's a failure he's a failure he's a failure he's a failure he's a failure he's a failure he's a failure he's a failure he's a failure he's a failure h̸e̴'̵s̵ ̷a̶ ̷f̸a̷i̸l̵u̶r̷e̴ ̶h̷e̷'̶s̶ ̶a̷ ̸f̴a̶i̸l̷u̸r̶e̴ ̷h̸e̷'̴s̵ ̷a̷ ̵f̷a̸i̵l̵u̶r̵e̴ ̶h̸e̶'̴s̵ ̸a̶ ̴f̷a̶i̴l̵u̵r̷e̶ ̸h̸e̸'̶s̷ ̸a̵ ̴f̸a̴i̶l̸u̸r̶e̸ ̷h̷e̵'̸s̷ ̴a̷ ̷f̶a̵i̸l̸u̸r̴e̸ ̷h̶e̴'̵s̸ ̵a̷ ̶f̷a̵i̷l̶u̴r̵e̴ ̴h̵e̵'̴s̵ ̵a̵ ̷f̵a̷i̸l̷u̵r̷e̴ ̵h̶e̵'̵s̴ ̷a̸ ̶f̸a̴i̴l̸u̸r̷e̵h̵̠̟͆ȇ̸̼̰̪̄'̸̥͉̻́s̸̘͚͘ ̵̻̋̒ä̵̖́̔͆ ̸͔̺̐f̶͔̯̪̓̂́a̴̦̾̓ï̸̖̕͘l̴͈͕̭̈́͑u̶̠͒r̴̡̀̾̓ë̶̞͉̗́̍ ̴̹͓͍͐̔h̷̦͈̕ȇ̷͔̳ͅ'̴̟̙̀̓̏s̶͎͌͜ ̷͕̜̪̓̍͘ạ̵̿ ̴͔̉̕f̵̘͈̼̈̐ạ̴͔͝i̷͚̳̚l̵̜̻̫̈̔̇u̶̢̟̔̅r̷̳͍̄ė̶̬͉̹ ̶̡̘͑͆͂ḩ̸̞͒͐͠e̵̙̓'̷͇̐͋ș̷̇͆̈ ̷̛͎̃a̷̼͒̀͝ ̵͈͔́͘̕f̴̞̔̏á̴̰͛į̴̺͙͊͆l̵̻͠͝ȕ̸̘̽̂ŕ̸͇̇̕e̶̥̰̩̅̑ ̵̰̜̟̀̈̚ĥ̵̗͎̒̂e̷̯͉͐̿͝'̵̼̖̆s̵̥̾ ̵̧͚̞̒a̷͎̪̎ ̶̝͊̇͛f̷͓͉̎́͘ą̸͇̻̈ì̷̭l̷̤̤̑̓̌u̷̦̥̗̍̋ř̷̪̲̜̾e̶̬̞̐̽͆ ̵̬̹͈̈́͘ḥ̴̊́̎e̵̢̙͍͗̑͝'̸̳͖̩͠s̸̞͌̊̉ ̴͔̏̄̒ḁ̶̮̆̅̽ ̵̙̎̇͒f̶̯̔a̵̝̾͒͌ḯ̸̭͍̪ḷ̷̅ų̸̮͌r̵̩̝̫͗̐͌e̶̡͝ ̸̙͋͑h̷̳͗͑́͜e̴̝͊̕'̶͇̱̫̍s̸̱̩̈ ̵͔͈̗̇̊a̶͙͊ ̷̯̙́͠f̵͉̳͈̑ă̴̗͝į̸̇l̵̞͖̄́͛ų̸̪̄̒r̴͓̱̋e̵̛̟....
Eventually Builderman falls asleep, being tormented by twisted nightmares about his friends, his people, his admin family. They all begging for help. Then shouting that it was his fault. The eyes staring at him, seeing every imperfection.
Notes:
AAAH I NEED A NEW SCHEDULE!!!
So I'll be trying my best to write chapters IN THE MORNING. Because later in the day I'm busy hanging out with my long distance friend and then I'm too tired to write anything.
So now the chapters will be posted earlier instead of almost 11pm as I'm writing this.
____
Also thanks to the person that gave me an idea for Builderman's angst. You know who you are >:D
Chapter 82: Unexpected Help
Chapter Text
- "...rman"
- "....ilderman!"
- "BUILDERMAN!"- Builderman wakes up with a start, after hearing someone screaming his name.
He sits up, breathing heavily. He feels someone touching his back, rubbing circles on it. The admins continues to just breathe for a while, trying to calm down. Eventually the world becomes clear again. The wooden ceiling, stone walls. The person sitting next to him turns out to be Shedletsky.
- "Are you feeling better?"
- "Yeah... Thanks..."
- "You still look distressed. Have the dreams wouldn't let you rest?"
- "I-I... I don't remember them. But... I know they weren't pleasant."- Dussekar floats over, sitting next to Builderman.
- "I can't blame you. That stuff we learnt? It hit us all hard. I also had a bunch of nightmares. So did Matt."- Shedletsky says, shaking his head.
- "Yeah..."- Builderman looks down at his hands. Remembering how yesterday's night he wished to end it all. But now he sees his friends being here, caring for him. And suddenly a small flame of hope ignites again, he can't leave them.
Before any of the admins can say anything else, there's a knock on the door. When it opens Mafioso is standing there.
- "I see you're awake. Good."- He nods and continues. - "We won't be able to leave for a while. There are reports of a really strong storm on the surface."
- "For SFOTH's sake! Others are out there!"- Shedletsky curses, worried about the rest of the group.
- "They're smart. I'm sure that they will figure something out."- Mafioso anwsers. - "Your plans for today?"
- "We... We probably go to library again."- Builderman says, glancing at other admins. They both nod, agreeing. - "What about you?"
- "Yesterday we traded the webs. Today we are thinking to go explore the other... Underwater bubbles. We hope to scavenge something."
- "Well... I hope you will have luck. Just try not to die."
- "Of course.... You too"- Mafioso says and leaves, closing the door.
- "You know. When he's not killing us, he's a really nice person."- Builderman says.
- "You're speaking facts. I'm glad he can do nice acts."- Dusekkar agrees.
Eventually, after small breakfast made out of the half of the bread Mafioso brought in yesterday. The group makes their way to the library. Inside they continue to look through pages, reading book after book. They spent there a good few hours.
- "I doubt you'll find anything useful there and even if you did it was probably a really small amount or changed."- A male voice calls out. The three admins look up. A man who looks like he's been 40-50 years is staring at them. He has blondish while hair and slight facial hair.
- "And who are you?"- Shedletsky raises an eyebrow, putting his legs on the table.
- "Heh. Apologies. My name is Liam, I'm the leader of the Crossroads."
- "Oh! I'm terribly sorry about my friend's behaviour!"- Builderman stands up.
- "Don't worry it's alright. Everyone's suspicious of everyone. Can't blame you."- Liam smiles.
- "If I can ask. Is there a reason you interact with us? Perhaps a task?"
- "No. No. I do not wish anything from you. But I see you're interested in ancient history.I managed to save records of the past. But you would need to visit my private study room."
- "And you're trusting us with that?"
- "My friend vouched for you."
- "Huh? May I ask who?"
- "Apologies, but that person prefers to stay anonymous. Now if you want to find more detailed history. Follow me."
The leader leaves the room. Three admins make eye contact, a silent conversation between them. Both Builderman and Dusekkar follow after the man. Shedletsky reluctantly stans up and walks after them.
Eventually they arrive in front of a house. It is located in higher point of Crossroads and looks bigger than the others, which makes sense considering that Liam is a leader. A younger man, a bit over 20 years old is holding a spear, standing near the entrance.
- "Father. You are risking it. Who knows what they'll do."
- "I trust my friend Elijah. He clearly cares about history."
- "Or he's faking it. You never saw his face!"
- "Elijah."
- "Sorry..."
- "Ahem. Apologies friends, this is my son Elijah. He's one of the hunters and he's overprotective of me."- Liam looks back at the admins, smiling fondly. - "Let's go. I'll show you the way."
The admins follow. Trying to ignore the piercing glare of Elijah. Inside, the house is quite spacious. Being lead through the corridors, they eventually arrive in dead end. Liam asks them to turn around, after they look back again there's a hole in the wall. Liam looks really proud of his secret entrance.
The admins walk down the stairs. There are a lot of them. The entrance closing behind them. Eventually they arrive in small room, filled with books, technology and scrolls.
- "Welcome to my study room. A place where the history is preserved."- Liam smiles. The admins know they hit a jackpot.
Notes:
Send help I've fallen into a wormhole of the ending of my own story XD
Chapter 83: Lore Digging
Chapter Text
- "This place is interesting, I have to ask. How did you manage to keep it safe, was it a hard task?"- Dusekkar asks.
- "Yes. The new generation of admins made sure anything about past is erased. I sadly was born many years too late to save most of the records."
- "Why would they do that?"- Builderman glances at the leader.
- "No idea. But I have a theory that they didn't want people to know how it was when the previous admins ruled."- Liam explains with a sad expression. - "Since I was young I was fascinated by the past. After I finished my studies I committed my life to recover at least some fragments of the ancient history."
- "That is a honourable thing to do."- Builderman agrees, kicking Shedletsky's leg to make him stop glaring at the leader.
- "I had to stop a bit when I met my wife. Then Elijah came to us. A little bundle of joy. He had big plans... Then the disaster came... My son is not the same anymore... After seeing his mother die."- Liam sigh with sadness, before blinking. - "Apologies. You're not here to listen to me ramble. Feel free to look around at what I gathered."
- "You are a really determined and passionate person. I'm sorry you had to go through all that."
- "It's alright. Everyone has their own battles. I'm sure you have yours."- Liam stares at Builderman with knowing look.
After a few minutes, everyone is deep in the literature. The admins catching up on the missing history. Their mood dropping once they find a document talking about termination of Jane Doe. Clockwork went missing and got announced as deceased. Even Scripter was found dead, brutally killed. Other admins they worked with are also dead.
The remaining Admins sit in silence. The realisation dawning on them. They're the last ones. Despite another strong hit, they keep their composure. Then an announcement is heard.
- "Father. You have a visitor."- Elijah voice calls out of the speakers. Liam stands up.
- "Apologies friends. I'll be back."- He says and leaves the room. The admins being left alone.
- "H-how are you two holding up?"- Builderman asks, his voice slightly shaky.
- "Not the best, I have to say. However with you guys I know we can save the day."- Dusekkar says with sad voice.
- "Matt's right... Them being gone... It hurts, but we still have each other."- Shedletsky smiles slightly, before going serious. - "I don't trust that guy."
- "Why?"- Builderman glances at the swordmaster.
- "Dude appears out of nowhere acting all friendly? And has a friend vouch for us? The only people we interacted with are Danny and Rob, both left for a mission. I'm telling you, there is some deeper meaning to this."- Shedletsky crosses his arms.
- "John is right. This is unusual sight."
- "Just keep your guard up, but at the same time try to gather as much information as possible."- Builderman orders, agreeing with Shedletsky. They can't let their guard down.
- "I still don't understand your reasons for this. But I trust you friend."
- "We need to wait, but when the right time comes... Everything will unravel."
Notes:
>:D
Chapter 84: Storm Tea
Notes:
Let me know if you see any typos!
Chapter Text
The terrible storm lasted for a week. People living underwater know that if someone was on the surface, they had to fight to survive.
The three admins spent every day digging through the history stored in the study room belonging to the leader. Every day they came over Elijah was glaring at them, each stare feeling like daggers being thrown at them. Despite this Liam is being nothing but welcoming. The elder man seems happy to have someone to talk about history, the admins see he's truly passionate about it.
Meanwhile Mafioso and his people were exploring the bubbles. One time they even bumped into the group that Danny and Rob are in and together they managed to slain one of mutated creatures. Later they split the loot in half and used it to trade. When they returned, the storm already ended.
Now, when the information came that the storm ended, the group is really to return back to the cabin. After staying one last night in the Crossroads, being the second day after the storm ended. The admins and mafia pack their things, then they leave.
When walking through the trading area, they spot something unusual. Basically everyone is gathered around one stand, to the point that there are guards making sure everyone is behaving.
- "What in the Robloxia is happening there?"- Shedletsky whispers to others. Builderman anwsers with a shrug and walks over. Trying his best to avoid people that may bump into him.
Eventually they spot the stand, two people are working without break, trading with others. Builderman asks a person waiting in line.
- "Excuse me. It's our first time here, why is everyone so interested in that stand?"
- "Oh. These people are trading Storm Tea. This is literally the best tea you can get here. It's a limited event. It happens only once in a while."- The Robloxian explains. Builderman looks back at others, before he can ask anything Mafioso enters the line, standing behind a brown haired girl with mint flower in her hair.
After a while of waiting the Mafia boss is finally the one really to trade, a girl with picnic hat is smiling.
- "Welcome. What do you have to offer?"- She asks, Mafioso gestures to Consigliere, who walks over and shows a few things he can offer. The girl analyses them.
- "Hmm... I think I'll take the-"
- "Oooh! I want those wheels! I can use them to finally fix this skateboard I found!"- The other person, wearing a traffic cone cuts her off.
- "We talked about this!"
- "Oh come on!!! Please!!!"
- "Ugh. Fine. Would you be okay with double the goods if we take two things?"- The girl asks, Mafioso looks at Builderman who nods.
- "Yes. We can do that."- Mafioso agrees. The traffic cone guy celebrates, grabbing the wheels. The girl takes a survival knife with an old planet sticker on it.
When the girl is packing their Storm Tea's, Builderman feels someone's watching him. He looks at Shedletsky and Dusekkar. They also feel the same.
- "A trio who knows so much of the past
Yet knows nothing about the future. You interest me."- A voice calls out. The trio quickly glances around, yet finding nothing. Then Shedletsky notices a floating bandana and gloves.
- "What the ####?"- He says. The person wearing a traffic cone looks over with a frown.
- "Sorry about them! They spent too much time hanging out with the leader and now know a bunch of odd facts. And we talked about it!!! Don't freak out people will your scary rhymes!"- The person continues, before letting out a gasp. - "You! Don't roll your eyes at me!!!"
The mafialings quietly laugh seeing the interaction. One of them, Contractee whispers something to Mafioso, making him smile not voluntarily, before he quickly masks it. Then the mafia boss pats his head with fondness in his eyes.
The group quickly packs the Storms Tea's, getting more apologies for the invisible person's behaviour. As they are walking away, the invisible person speaks up again.
- "The past is the past. One who ran disappeared. Return to where it can be fixed."
- "YOU STOP SCARING THE CUSTOMERS!"- The traffic cone person yells again. Getting ready to swerve another customer, who's a winged robloxian with a bunch of colourful and rich looking crystals.
Despite the situation being kind of creepy, Builderman can't help but smile. It reminds him of how he used to make sure Doom won't destroy things. Or when Shedletsky was still Telamon and enjoyed freaking out people.
Eventually the group goes up in the elevator that screams 'Just let me die'. Each loud noise making the group nervous, making them believe it will fall down. When they arrive at the surface, they sigh with relief.
The people that take care of the ships, made sure that nothing bad happened to the boats during the storm. The group boards the motorboat and the raft. Shedletsky making sure that Builderman is not driving. They finally start they way back home.
Chapter 85: After Storm
Chapter Text
When the storm ended, the group from the cabin slowly exits the basement. Well except Noob. They rush out of there as fast as they can, they don't want to stay down there with spiders any minute longer.
The house is still standing. However multiple windows are broken and the door is ripped off. The roof has a few holes and lot of the trees outside fell over. And there's a lot more water. C00lkidd drags 007n7 and Bluudude to jump in puddles, the former hacker smiles softly seeing them just acting like kids.
Pr3ttyprincess continues to cling to 1x1x1x1, the girl doesn't want to dirty her clothes even more than they already are, she's also really tired because she couldn't get much rest because of the storm. 1x4 sighs and picks her up, the girl lets out a surprised gasp, before she leans in. The embodiment of hatred glares at each person that looks in their way.
After a while of cleaning up the glass inside the house. Chance finds himself annoying, despite the burn on his hand is getting better, they still lack the full mobility, his hand constantly shaking every time he uses it to pick something up. Eventually he sighs and spots Noob sitting on the couch. The gambler to join them.
- "Hey Noob! How are you doing?"
- "B-beter now that I'm out of that basement"
- "Yeah I get it."- The gambler sighs and surprisingly takes off their glasses, his golden eyes scanning the room.
- "Chance? W-what are you doing?"
- "I... I trust you. And it's not too bright now, since the clouds are still here and the lights aren't on so it's not going to make my head hurt."
- "I-I mean... You never took it off in the purgatory? It was dark too..."- They say, nervously looking at the gambler. Chance smiles, but it isn't their usual smirk, it's a real smile.
- "I trust you Noob.... I'm terrified of taking them off, but I trust you."
- "O-Oh..."- Noob slightly blushes from the sudden declaration, Chance laughs after seeing the embarrassment of the younger survivor.
- "What? I'm telling the truth!"
- "I-I'm glad you... Like... Trust me..."- Noob a bit struggles with the words, fidgeting with their fingers. - "I-If I can ask... Why you always... Like...."
- "Hide them? Stuff happened."- Chance sighs, ignoring the ache in his chest. Luckily it's lesser than it was before. - "People tend to stare at the odd things, pointing them out. He... He also used them to read me, people playing poker, too. Eyes are the key to read people... Well except Two Time's. For them you need to look at the tail."
- "Oh... S-sorry that happened to you."
- "It's fine. It's been a long time ago. Sure I'm not fully okay, but I'm better. And I'm happy I have you guys as friends."- Chance smiles. Noob also does the same, suddenly hugging them, but gently, mindful of Chance's injuries. After a while they speak up.
- "I know we have a house to clean up and fix... But do you want to play cards?"
- "Ohoho... Are you into poker?"- Chance smirks.
- "N-not the gambling. But cards in general are fun."- Noob says, before slightly jumping because something hairy just touched them. Looking down they see Ace staring at them.
- "He wants to be picked up."- Chance smiles. Noob then picks up the bunny.
A while later, Ace is happily snuggled on Noob's laps. Chance is shuffling the cards when Taph walks over.
- "♥️♦️♣️♠️❓"
- "Yeah! We're playing cards. Do you want to join?"- Noob asks.
- "👍"- Taph smiles under the bandana, before sitting next to Chance. Then seemingly out of nowhere Jason appears too, the killer also interested in having some fun.
The group plays one round with each other. Chance decided to play without their glasses, so he makes sure to try keep his poker face. Jason has a benefit of having on a mask and generally staying really still. Taph also is a strong player, his face being completely hidden, who knows if he's not smirking under the bandana. Noob's poker face is completely different that what Chance is used to, because they constantly have nervous expression while having really good cards. It's them that wind the first round.
Just as they are about to start second round, Elliot walks over.
- "Sorry to interrupt. I have a question."
- "What is it?"- Chance asks.
- "Well... Two Time is feeling better, they're still hurting but it's better than for the past few days. They want to join, and drag me and Azure into it."
- "Oh! Sure!!!"- Chance smiles, everyone else also seems to be okay with that. A bit later Azure carries Two Time to the group. They seem to have small fever, but overall they look better.
After another few rounds both Guest 1337 and Noli join in. Everyone decided to make a game night. The people that aren't playing are observing from the sidelines. Kid's pick the person they're rooting for. Everyone is having fun despite the situation not being the best.
Notes:
Question! Would you be okay if Spring would be focused more about Crossroads/Survivors & Killers and less about disaster (flood).
______Funny Random Scenario from a joke multiverse travel AU I have no idea how came to be XD:
*Chance minding his own business. Two Time appears out of nowhere*
Two Time: "Hello Gambler! I'm stealing your luck because I'm going on multiverse adventure!!!" *Steals Chance's luck*
*Two Time proceeds to "try" saving kids from the forest while killing different cultists and sacrificing their teammate will a sapling. Beat up some Finn Mccool guy with 100+ hp using Storm Clouds. Then they face multiple kinds of zombies, get tormented by gamble upgrade, get set on fire by a teammate and kidnapped multiple times. Then they almost win Squid Game on their third attempt despite NEVER playing this game before!*
(It's all based on things I experienced while playing Roblox with my friends while having on Two Time cosplay :D)
Chapter 86: Tension
Chapter Text
Builderman sighs with relief once he sees the familiar shape of the hill. A few minutes later and he's happily on the land. The group can see the damage the storm caused. For the safety they all pull motorboat and the raft on the land. Then they head to the cabin.
The first person that sees their return is John Doe who was walking around the cabin. The corrupted man stares at them, while his face doesn't change, being constantly stuck as a empty smile. The man is able to slowly wave back to them. This surprises everyone, because it's rare to see some kind of reaction from him.
- "Hello to you too, John."- Builderman smiles, despite the grief being overwhelming. Then out of the house rans out Taph. The demolitionist waves to everyone, happy to see them back.
- "Heh. Did you miss us that much?"- Shedletsky smirks, looking at the winged demolitionist. The former admin is masking his own sadness.
- "MAFIOSO!!!"- A child's voice is heard. Before the said killer can react, a red blurr bumps into him. C00lkidd is hugging him tightly.
- "Hello C00lkidd."
- "There was a BIG and SCARY storm!!! But I was really brave!!! OH and Noli's glitch made him clip through a CHAIR!!!"- The eight year old summarises everything that happened so far.
- "Y0u r3ally h4d t0 t3ll h1m TH4T!?"- Noli glares at the kid. C00lkidd gives him an evil smirk and shows his tounge.
- "C00lkidd. We don't do that."- 007n7 tries to intervene, however he can't do anything when every single one of the killers are encouraging this behaviour. Mafioso ruffles C00lkidd's hair.
- "Let the kid have fun n7."- Then he throws a package at the former hacker. 007n7 looks down and sees some kind of ointment. - "Both you and Azure check it out. If I'm right it should help with C00lkidd's skin."
- "Thank you..."- 007n7 smiles with relief. His heart was breaking each time he saw C00lkidd suffering from the itchiness and pain.
The reunion takes a while. Basically everyone showing up. Elliot and Azure are happy to finally get some more painkillers. Noli disappears upstairs, because he decided to inform 1x1x1x1 of the stuff that was brought back.
Mafialings are kidnapped by Guest 666 who decided that they deserve to have some fun. Now they're hanging out together. Meanwhile Pr3ttyprincess begged the group to have one big tea party. They had one, enjoying the taste of storm tea's. And since Mafioso was able to get a lot of the storm tea's they still have a lot for next few days, or weeks. Depending on how they will ration it.
Then after the returning group get some rest, and sending kids to join mafialings and Guest 666. The group is in the kitchen, the conversation needs to be done. The mood drops.
- "They're gone. We are the last ones."- Builderman drops the bomb. Survivors and the killers that remained in the room looks at them is shock. Noob who is sitting next to Dusekkar quickly hugs him.
- "I-I'm sorry for your loss...."
- "I appreciate kind words. I'm sad that my friends are just the past. However I am aware, that with you as our new friends we will continue to last."- Dusekkar says, returning the hug.
- "What happened... If you know... And I can ask?"- Guest anwsers, he instinctively moves his hand to the location of inside pocket where he has a picture of his own family, understanding their pain. Shedletsky anwsers him.
- "We found a note indicating that the hacker attack that ended up killing BrightEyes, Doombringer and Stickmasterluke was started by May Madness Group."
- "Them?"- 007n7 says, he suddenly remembered some mentions of them when he still used to keep connections with exploiters community, but soon after he completely pulled away.
- "Yes. Two members of the group Ellernate and Caleb244 were banned and locked in Banlands. However the third member was able to get away. His name is-"
- "ITrapped..."- Chance whispers. Shedletsky's head snaps in their direction.
- "You're familiar with that name?"- He asks. Meanwhile Chance starts to feel sick, long forgotten memories are returning. Pieces falling into their place. Gambler's eyes that aren't hidden behind the glasses fill with terror.
- "I-I.... I remember now... He's been... My... Friend. He... Oh god... After I died... After he..."
- "Chance I need you to breathe."- Guest says with serious voice, he walks over and puts a hand on his shoulder.
- "ITrapped... He killed me.... And then... He must've manipulated my parents... Just like he did to me... My parents... They have contacts...."- Chance continues, his hands shaking terribly. Shedletsky's eye's widen with realisation.
- "You helped him...."
- "I didn't know..."
- "You HELPED HIM!!!"- The admin quickly stands up, the chair falling on the floor.
- "Shedletsky."- Builderman says with a warning, however the former admin seems to be lost in his emotions.
- "BECAUSE OF YOUR HELP HE WAS ABLE TO GET TO THE KEY! BECAUSE OF YOUR HELP HE LEAD TO HER DEATH!!!"- The former admin shouts, glaring at the gambler, his eyes glowing red. Chance also stands up, while Guest quickly steps between them.
- "SHEDLETSKY!"- Builderman stands up, trying to calm down his friend. - "Calm down it's NOT necessary!"
- "HE'S JUST LIKE THEM!!! YOU HELP THEM YOU SICK ####### I'LL KILL YOU JUST LIKE YOU HELPED KILL THEM!!!"
- "I DIDN'T KNOW!!!"
- "STOP LYING FOR ROBLOX'S SAKE!"- Shedletsky punches the table. The table cracking under the strength of the punch. Chance takes a terrified step back. Mafioso takes out his sword.
Luckily the former admin turns around and leaves the cabin.
- "You all stay! For your safety..."- Builderman orders while following after him.
Chance quickly puts on his glasses and runs upstairs. Elliot and Guest follow after him to make sure he won't do anything stupid. The tension is filling the room. No one dares to move. No one dares to speak up. 007n7 is silently glad that the kids weren't in the house. He quickly goes to join them outside, in case that Shedletsky ran off in their direction.
Meanwhile update 1x1x1x1 finds themselves confused.
- "Where the #### did my hate go?"- He says, the constant hatred suddenly gone replaced by the unusual peace.
- "TH3 h3ll y0u m34n by TH4T?"- Noli looks up from his hacking device with confusion.
Notes:
I HC that Shedletsky and 1x1x1x1 are still connected. So if Shedletsky experiences a lot of negative emotions, the hatred still can return to him. However once he calms down it goes back to 1x1x1x1 because they're the main vessel for it.
_____
I SPENT AN ENTIRE HOUR TRYING TO FIGURE OUT THAT ONE DUSEKKAR'S LINE. I felt like I'm going insane XD
Chapter 87: Running out of luck... Or Not?
Notes:
Let me know if you see any typos!
TW! Emotional distress??
Does this count as one??
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
Chance runs into one of the rooms. The door slamming behind him. The gambler feels sick, the thought that he helped someone that lead to killing someone makes them nauseous. Chance feels like in a daze, in his attempt to get away he runs into the nightstand, painfully hitting his side. After stumbling their back hits the wall, sending a wave of pain through his still bruised chest.
Chance continues to breathing heavily, the memory from the conversation, the memories from the past. It all continues to mix with reality. Gambler feels tears streaming down his face, they desperately try to stop them, after all He never liked when he was overreacting.
- "Just... Stop crying... Don't overreact... Calm down... Come on..."- Chance whispers to himself, however tears don't stop. The frustration bubbles up, the gambler hits his head once, trying to calm down. They immediately regret it when the pain registers.
- "Chance?"- A calm voice suddenly calls out. Chance's head snaps up, he sees Him standing before them. Chance tries to move further away, but the wall doesn't let them.
His eyes widen behind the glasses, when He approaches. But instead of the harsh and cold touch he was expecting, the touch is gentle. The hands are grabbing his own, slowly circling on their palms. Gradually Chance begins to calm down, the reality shift's. Now instead of Him, there's standing Elliot. The healer looks worried.
- "E-Elliot?"- Chance whispers, trying to look away to hide the tears, but a firm hand stops him. Turns out Guest is also in the room, now next to the Gambler.
- "It's okay Chance. Just calm down."- Elliot whispers, silently checking out on any self inflicted injuries, frowning seeing a small bruising on his forehead.
- "I-I swear. I didn't know H-He..."
- "We know Chance. We all know that. It's not your fault. Shedletsky was consumed by grief and snapped. What he did wasn't okay."- Guest says firmly. The soldier got freaked out seeing the admin basically loose it on Chance. He genuinely was afraid for Gambler's life.
The trio continues to sit in peaceful silence. Guest sitting on Chance's left, while Elliot sits on Chance's right. Chance still let's out occasional sniffles and his breath hitches sometimes, the nausea continues to persist. Each though, each memory is sending a wave of it. Guest continues to rub their back, the action reminding him of how he used to comfort Charlotte.
- "I-I'm sorry... I-I shouldn't overreact."
- "This isn't overreaction!"- Elliot quickly protests, Chance looks at him with confusion.
- "I was on battlefield. I saw people die, I killed people. But even I got scared Shedletsky acting like that. And I wasn't even the target. I can believe how scary it must've looked for you."- Guest says, reassuringly tightening the grip on Chance's hand. But not enough to hurt his burned skin. The soldier understands how painful burn injuries are, both from his time in the army and from C00lkidd's sword.
After a few minutes there's a quiet knock on the door. Both survivors can feel Chance tense up.
- "Come in!"- Guest says. The door opens showing Noob standing there. The survivalist holds Ace in their arms. For a split second Chance sees Him.
- "I-I'm sorry to interrupt. But this little guy was really determined to get to you."- They say, closing the door.
When they walk over, Ace basically jumps from their hands. Noob barley is able to hold onto the bunny, gently putting him down. Ace quickly jumps onto Chance, getting comfortable on their lap. Chance immediately relaxes, a small and soft smile on his face. Noob continues to stand awkwardly, not knowing whether they should leave or stay.
The choice is made for them when Chance makes an inviting gesture. The survivalist sitting in front of the trio. Despite the fact that Noob looks like Him, Chance is glad the survivalist is here. They're a striking contrast compared to Him. One cold, calculated and manipulative, while other kind, gentle and supportive.
- "H-hey Noob. Remember how we used to rule on those DDR machines in the cabin?"
- "Y-yeah... I remember when you b-became so into them you danced until you feel asleep."
- "Yeah. Then you woke up and started complaining about your being sore."- Elliot rolls his eyes. Despite still feeling terrible, Chance chuckles weakly, slowly petting Ace.
- "The same thing happened to you."- Noob looks at Elliot smugly. The Pizzaman gasps.
- "Hey!"
Chance smiles listening to them bicker, he's still amazed by how different they are compared to the people he had to deal in his past. Now they see how everyone in is life were fake. The survivors, a bunch of broken and traumatised people are like family to him. A family that is closer to them, than his own parents were.
The nausea is still present, but now weaker, because negative memories and thoughts are being dimmed by the lights radiating from the other survivors. They're keeping Chance anchored in the present.
Guest is also smiling. He knows that the problems from that situation will still arise, but he's glad that Chance is able to get some rest before the confrontation that will happen sooner or later.
Notes:
I love writing angst :D
Also big thanks to my friend for helping me figure out the title for this chapter ^^
Chapter 88: CALM DOWN!!!
Notes:
Let me know if you see any typos!
IMPORTANT QUESTION IN THE END NOTES!!!
I would appreciate it if you answered!
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
Builderman ran out of the cabin, trying to catch up after Shedletsky. The admin curses his past self for deciding on shorter appearance.
Years ago when the first true robloxians were being made Builderman left his appearance of a god. He purposely made himself smaller to seem more friendly. It ended up being the right choice, because the robloxians were afraid of Telamon, however friendly with Builderman. As the years passed Builderman became used to his new height.
Now Builderman wishes he was slightly taller, it meant he would be able to run quicker if he had longer legs.
The god finally sees Shedletsky. The former admin is striking a tree with his sword. The damage is already done. Builderman approaches cautiously.
- "Shedletsky."
- "If you came here to lecture me then get lost."- Shedletsky snaps, turning around and glaring at the shorter man. His eyes are glowing red, in that moment Builderman is reminded of Telamon.
- "I'm aware of your grief. I experience it myself."
- "YOU HAVE-"
- "Before you say I have no idea what you're going through, hear me out first. I've been friends with them longer than you. You were pushing them away at first before you accepted their friendship. I KNOW what you're feeling."- Builderman cuts off Shedletsky. The sword master walking over, the height difference being obvious.
- "This doesn't excuse what HE did! He helped the person that lead to their death!!!"
- "Grief doesn't excuse what YOU did! You're acting like a hypocrite!"- Builderman slightly raises his voice. Not enough to shout, but loud enough to make a point... To remind his friend that he's also a god. Shedletsky visibly recoils, hearing that.
- "What the #### you mean by that!?"
- "You're acting like you aren't connected to a killer! You're acting just like we treated 007 before seeing the truth! You're acting just like others when they learned about your connection with 1x1x1x1."
- "That's different!"- Shedletsky shouts, but the red glow is slightly dimmer.
- "How? Tell me how is that different!? Did you have any control over 1x's actions!? Did 007 had control over his son!? ....Do I have control over John Doe? No! They're their own person, they have their own personality. Make their own choices!"
- "W-Well...."
- "Do you think Chance had any control over what ITrapped did? Because I don't think so. You and I both know that their friend used to hurt them in past in some way. He trusted YOU with that knowledge. And now what you're doing!?"
- "....Oh..."
- "YEAH! 'OH'! I have no idea the extent of the damage. But I'm sure you just destroyed something, that trust Chance gave to you.. it's gone. And I'm pretty sure you remember what Bright used to say."
- "Trust is hard to gain... But easy to destroy."- Shedletsky whispers. Remembering his wife's words. The anger finally becoming slightly muted. - "I don't know why I reacted like that..."
- "From what I saw... Grief works differently for each person. Guest is trying to lock it away, Noob becomes more emotional but also closed off. Elliot... Elliot just straight up killed it. 007n7 too..."
- "... yeah. And I ####### snap at people and destroy all connections."- Shedletsky looks back at the tree he was previously slashing.
- "Yeah... I think I'm like Guest. Just lock it away and hope for better. And Matt... I honestly don't know about him."- Builderman sighs. The duo sits together in silence. After a while they continue to talk, trying to figure out how to deal with Shedletsky's anger, because is never truly left.
Meanwhile upstairs in the cabin 1x1x1x1 is sitting on the bed, completely confused.
- "0-0k4y. L3t m3 g3t th1s str41ght. Y0ur h4t3 jUst l3ft?"
- "Yes... It's gone!?"- 1x4 anwsers, for the first time since Noli know's him the voice doesn't have any hostility.
- "1 gu3ss 1t d3c1d3d t0 g3t a d1v0rc3."- Noli chuckles, the voice glitching even more.
- "Noli."- 1x1x1x1 shakes their head in slight annoyance. Noli continues to laugh even more, the glitching intensifying until the hacker just glitches out.
1x1x1x1 stares at the empty space with confusion. Not only he doesn't understand what they're feeling, but the only person that theoretically could explain it to them just glitched out of reality. Or so he thought.
Five minutes later the door to the room opens. Noli is standing there with annoyed expression and covered in cobwebs.
- "1 #u#k##g gl1ch3d thr0ugh fl00r's 1nt0 th3 b4s3m3nt!"- The hacker exclaimes. Instead of usual annoyance and anger, 1x1x1x1 actually starts to chuckle, before it turns into quiet laughter. Noli glares at them with annoyance.
After a while the Ex Embodiment of Hatred finally calms down. A bit of seriousness creeping in.
- "You never glitch that much."
- "3h. 1t's n0th1ng."
- "Stop lying."
- "1 h4v3 1t m0stly und3r c0ntr0l. 1 b3t 1t's jUst 0ur c4pt0r tr00ling m3. L3t's jUst f0cus 0n expl41n1ng y0ur 3m0t10ns."- Noli exclaims. 1x1x1x1 notices how the glitching seems even stronger, but decides to let it go for now. Instead focusing on hackers explanations.
Notes:
Question.
We are getting near to 100th chapter and this is only HALF of the story.Now I personally prefer continuing the story in the same 'book'. Probably hitting somewhere around 200 chapters.
But I know that some people don't like long stories. And I'm also thinking of people that will discover it later and see a lot of chapters. Would it make people less interested? Idk ┐(‘～`;)┌
Like I said. I would prefer leaving it in one place, but I would like to know your opinion about that.
Chapter 89: Stars in the Sky
Notes:
Let me know if you see any typos!
TW! SLIGHT mention of Suicide. It's only two lines slightly hinting on that.
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
When the night came everyone made their way to their rooms. Shedletsky avoided interacting with everyone, quickly hiding away.
Once everyone fell asleep Guest 1337 quietly left the cabin. He frowns seeing the lack of door. Sure, the island is closed off but there's still risk of someone entering. The soldier is silently glad that the beastly killed is always in living room during the night, making sure everyone is safe. Red eyes observe the soldier, however they don't make an attempt to stop him.
Guest 1337 walks over to the bench, he sits on it. Then he looks up into the sky, at the stars. He sighs tiredly, tears sting his eyes. How he wishes he could stargaze with Daisy and Charlotte. He thinks of all those years he missed, realising he has no idea what happened after he 'died'. How Daisy was able to raise Charlotte. How his daughter was able to grow up without him. Each though sending a wave of grief through him. The soldier puts his head in his hands, silently crying.
After a few minutes Guest hears quiet footsteps, he quickly composes himself and turns around, ready to fight in case it's an enemy. His guard lowers once he realises it's just one of the survivors.
- "W-would you mind i-if I joined?"- Noob asks quietly, fidgeting with their fingers. Guest takes a quick breath to calm down more.
- "Sure."- He says, slightly moving so Noob has space. The survivalist walks over and sits next to him.
- "T-thanks..."
- "Are you okay?"- Guest asks. Noob stays quiet for a while then starts talking.
- "W-Well...."- The survivalist cuts off, their brows burrow. - "No. First, are you okay?"
- "What do you mean?"- Guest asks, slightly titling his head with confusion.
- "You always focus on us first! On helping us!!! But you ignore what you're feeling! I-I was there for a while. I saw you cry... I-If you need... I'm here for you..."- Noob says, fidgeting more, but their voice is filled with determination. Guest looks surprised, he never thought someone would realise.
- "Heh... I never thought someone would realise. But I can handle it Noob. It's just feelings, not the end of the world. I have to be strong."
- "B-but you should also let yourself feel... I think that even the strongest people sometimes need a moment to just.... Cry."- Noob explains their reasoning. Guest stares at them, feeling something warm in his chest.
- "How about this... I tell you what's bothering me, you tell me what's bothering you. Okay?"
- "Sure... But you go first!"- Noob crosses his arms, giving Guest a look that immediately tells him that there's no room for discussion.
- "Alright."- He smiles, but then his smile drops. - "I'm just thinking, about everything I missed when it comes to my family. They had to live without me. It must've really hurt my wife, not only she lost her friend, but also a husband on the same day."
- "O-Oh.... That's must been hard... But... From what I heard you talking about her. I think she's a strong person."
- "She is..."- Guest smiles with nostalgia and melancholy. - "She and Matt are the strongest people I know. I wish I could have been for them more... And now they're dead... And I'm still here."
- "A-Are you planning to.....do what Elliot..."
- "No. I'm not. I want to remember them. It gives me strength. Hope. And I know that if they learned what I did... They would kill me again."- Guest chuckles quietly, Noob joining.
- "Reminds me of Elliot."
- "Yeah. Guy can scare a literal god. He and Daisy would get along."- Guest then laughs openly, thinking about his wife and Elliot teaming up. After a while the soldier asks a question. - "Now what's bothering you?"
- "W-Well... I had a nightmare. I was back in rounds again, but this time there was no respawning and because of me being weak everyone died. And the killer was.... Sixer."- Noob whispers with shakiness. - "T-then when I woke up I felt like eyes were staring at me, walls closing in. I k-knew I had to get out."
Guest doesn't think much about it, hugging Noob. The survivalist is surprised, but quickly leans in.
- "I feel like a burden to you guys... I-I can't do anything right. I'm painfully average at everything I do when it comes to survival..."- They say. Guest slightly pulls away to see their face.
- "You're never a burden. Everyone has their own strengths and weaknesses. Despite your weaknesses, you're doing great. And I saw how you changed over the time in the purgatory, and even in here."
- "I-I did?"
- "Yes. You became braver, more open with us. I remember that when you first ended up here you were afraid of saying something impolite. Now you can stand your ground. I still remember how you roasted Chance after one of the rounds. That was great."
- "Heh... Maybe you're right... But I still wish I could do more...."
- "I could teach you. Don't worry, it won't be military training I came through, but self defense. Maybe figuring out something with your abilities. Because I bet that punch from you after drinking stale skin potion would hurt."
- "Y-you really would do that!?"- Noob asks, hope in their eyes.
- "Yes. Yes I would. Besides I think it could benefit everyone. We could invite Elliot and Taph too."
- "What about Two Time and Chance? I know they have their sentinel abilities, but it's always better to know how to use other things?"
- "Good idea."- Guest smiles and ruffles Noob's hair.
The duo continues to stargaze. The light breeze flowing through the area. If you focus hard enough you can hear cricket's. After a while Noob speaks up.
- "It's really interesting how the stars seem to blink at us. I know it's like... Related to the light traveling from the great distance or something... But you know what I mean."
- "Yes. Sometimes it seems like they're not stars but eyes in the sky...."- Guest nods, then he adds. - "We should go back. Get ready for tomorrow."
- "Yeah...."
Noob and Guest make their way towards their rooms. Before Noob enters theirs, they stop.
- "Guest?"
- "Yes Noob?"
- "You should let yourself grieve. And if you ever need. I'll be happy to talk again."
- "...Than you Noob. Sweet dreams."
- "You too!"
When Guest lays down on his bed, he smiles softly. He knows that Daisy would love those people. He himself does, they are amazing friends and despite their differences Guest knows that deep down they're a family. Maybe a little crazy, maybe a little weird. But a family. And he's glad for that.
Notes:
Guest doesn't know that Matt survived.
Builderman also never mentioned that fact, because he thought that they were just in the same army squad. + There was a lot of happening, so the name of the person that gave a speech during Guest's memorial slipped from his memory.
Chapter 90: WHO are you!?
Chapter Text
As the morning came, Elliot made his way to the kitchen. He takes out the equipment necessary to make breakfast. While the group doesn't have much, but Elliot knows that he can figure out something for breakfast.
He takes out the already stale bread Mafioso brought, and a few eggs they acquired from Polly the chicken. Right as he is about to crack the eggs into the bowl someone enters the kitchen. Elliot looks up, expecting one of survivors or more friendly killers. Instead he's met face to face with 1x1x1x1.
Elliot looks in their way nervously. He hadn't interacted with him. Sometimes they work together in kitchen, but Elliot always feels like he's walking on egg shells around them so he usually left them be.
- "How long are you going to stare?"- 1x4 asks, their red eye glowing brighter. Elliot feels cold sweat running down his spine.
- "S-sorry. You surprised me....."
- "Heh. Good."- 1x1x1x1 smirks, the zipper in the corner of his mouth goes up. The killer stares at the eggs and bread. - "What are you making?"
Elliot basically choskes on his saliva. 1x1x1x1 never was the one to do small talk. Then Elliot gets another heart attack when the killer is staring at him, waiting for the answer.
- "I-I was thinking about making bread dipped in eggs. And then fried... But it's kinda hard because we don't have oil..."
- "Alright."- 1x1x1x1 nods and just starts making the food. Elliot is questioning his reality, completely confused about their unusual behaviour.
Despite this they work together. Elliot cracking the eggs and mixing them in the bowl, wishing they had spices. 1x4 slices the bread, using a makeshift knife Builderman made a while ago. Then he soaks the bread in the egg mixture for a few seconds, before putting it on the sword stove that completely destroyed the counter it was placed on. The task is difficult without oil, but luckily the duo succeeds.
Elliot leaves the kitchen to call everyone on breakfast, he's completely baffled by the experience. On the stairs he bumps into 007n7.
- "Dude. No idea what happened but something happened to 1x1x1x1. He's nice!"
- "Huh? What do you mean?"- 007n7 looks at Elliot with confusion.
- "Just go and see!"
007n7 glances in the kitchen, at first glance the killer seems normal. But then he realises that there's some sort of calm in his movements, even when they incidentally drop the knife, he doesn't seem to get more angry. There's less hate emanating from them. Without looking up the embodiment of hatred says.
- "Noli has a bad headache. Just take this food to him. And maybe drag Azure there too."
- "O-oh... Thanks for letting me know."- 007n7 says nervously, quickly grabbing the plate and leaving the kitchen. On the way back he spots Elliot, who's whispering something to Taph, probably about odd killer behaviour.
- "You were right. There's something wrong with him...."
- "Yeah! I'm like... So confused right now. Wait. Why are you carrying food somewhere?"
- "Apparently Noli has a headache. This is a task from 1x!"
- "They gave you a task!? Since when he cares about others?"
- "No idea... No idea..."- 007n7 whispers, shaking his head.
- "❗🚪🚶❌" ("I'm not leaving my room today.") - Taph exclaims, already turning around. Elliot quickly grabs his hand.
- "No way! We're in this together! And you're coming with me!"- Elliot starts to drag Taph downstairs.
- "🍔🆘👆❗" ("007n7 help me!")
- "Sorry bud. I have a mission to do!"
- "😫😑❗"
True to 1x's words. Noli is laying on the bed, clutching his head. The pain is especially strong on the rotten side of his head. 007n7 tries his best to coax his old friend into eating, but Noli manages to eat only a bit of food before the nausea kicked in.
Meanwhile downstairs the other members of the group finished breakfast, and now are observing 1x1x1x1 with suspicion. They're rarely downstairs and acting oddly nice. Elliot, Jason and Taph are pretending to play cards while sneaking glances, trying to figure out what is going on.
Dusekkar is having a hushed conversation with Noob and Chance. Meanwhile 1x1x1x1 is sitting in the kitchen, pretending that he's oblivious. The staring makes them uncomfortable, but at the same time he enjoys seeing how much distress his actions cause. The mischievous side of the killer slowly taking over.
Notes:
I keep imagining Elliot and Taph hiding behind a couch, using binoculars to observe 1x1x1x1 like he's some kind of wild animal 🤣
Chapter 91: Fixing what's broken
Notes:
Let me know if you see any typos!
TW! Vomiting is slightly described!!!
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
Chance continues to talk with Noob and Dusekkar, each one of them sneaking glances at 1x1x1x1. The killer went to the basement, possibly to look after Noli's spiders. The group is aware that there's something going on with the glitchy killer, but so far nothing too serious happened, just a few glitches here and there, easy to laugh off.
Builderman walks downstairs, his expression serious. Then he glances at Elliot and Taph and his face twists into confusion. Elliot is standing next to the basement entrance, while Taph is trying to use glass from broken windows as a spying glass. The demolitionist is focused on checking out the kitchen equipment 1x1x1x1 used, looking for any odd stuff.
- "What are they doing?"- Builderman asks with confusion. Jason who was sitting nearby just shrugs.
The killer is focused on taking out small branches and leaves from John Doe's hair. Builderman doesn't dare to ask what happened. The corrupted man is sitting with his eyes closed, slightly swaying as he almost falls asleep.
- "They are investigating 1x. He's been acting really odd today. They're too nice"- Noob anwser the question.
Builderman nods with confusion, then he turns to look at Chance, his expression serious again.
- "Chance. He wants to talk with you... About yesterday. You can say no, he'll understand. I will be there too."- Builderman says. Gambler's smile slightly drops, his fingers fidgeting with the coin. Chance begins to anxiously flip the coin, thinking about the answer.
- "I.... I'm not..."
- "Chance. There's no pressure. But I promise he's calm now."- Builderman says softly. Noob glances at Chance with worry, putting a hand on their shoulder, reassuring the gambler. Eventually Chance sighs.
- "Fine."
- "Are you sure?"
- "Yes. Let's go before I will start to doubt myself."- Chance says, a strained smile on his face.
Builderman nods and starts walking upstairs. Chance follows after him. Still anxiously flicking their coin. He sighs with relief when he hits three charges. The weakness eventually running out. Right before admins room Chance hesitates, his hands hovering over the knob. Builderman places a reassuring hand on their shoulder, before the admin can say anything Chance opens the door.
Shedletsky looks up, when he sees Chance his face turns into something between worry and sorrow. The former admin stand up.
- "Chance... I..."- Shedletsky cuts off, looking unsure.
- "Just tell me what you want to say."- Chance says coldly, immediately regretting the action when he remembers that He hated when they talked back. Gambler braces himself for some emotional impact.
- "I'm really sorry."- Shedletsky says, Chance almost does a double take. He never apologized, always making it look like it was Chance who was the problem.
- "What?"
- "What I did... It was... I messed up. I know I destroyed something, I know I hurt you. Builderman was right, I am a hypocrite. When I revealed my connection with 1x1x1x1 I expected understanding... But when your connection with.... That person was revealed... I shouldn't have acted like that. I'm truly sorry. You don't have to forgive me. Just know that I will try my very best to never do that again."
When Shedletsky finishes up, the silence begins to stretch. Chance's head is filled with thoughts. They are mix of Shedletsky's outburst, recently remembered memories of ITrapped and now Shedletsky's apology. ITrapped never apologized, he never was the one in the wrong. Yet Shedletsky, an admin, A GOD is openly apologising, admitting his mistake. It shows Chance the difference between the two of them.
It doesn't fix anything. What was done left a wound that will become a scar. However instead of leaving the wound bleeding, Shedletsky tries to bandage it. Chance looks down, each though about ITrapped and his actions is sending a wave of nausea. Eventually Chance sighs, shaking their head to be set free from the invading thoughts.
- "Shedletsky.... I won't forgive you... Man I'm not good at this... Sorry. This situation, I was terrified I felt sick when I realised that I helped someone who lead to deaths of many people. Including mine... In that moment you looked a lot like Him when He was mad."
- "Chance I'm truly sorry. I understand your reasons on not forgiving me. But-"- Shedletsky begins, but is cut of by Chance.
- "Please. Let me finish.... There is a difference between you two. ITrapped always made it seem like it's me who's the problem. You didn't do that, and I know you long enough to know that it's genuine.... I won't forgive you yet, But I'll give you a second chance..... Pun not intended."- Chance finishes. Shedletsky looks like he's about to collapse with relief.
- "Thank Roblox. That's all I hoped for. I'm really sorry Chance. Our friendship... At least I see it that way. I was terrified when I realised that I basically destroyed it."
- "Dude. We've been through hell together. There's no way a simple argument will destroy it."
- "Chance! It wasn't a simple argument. No it's serious. I really messed up and I know it. I know you're used to downplaying everything, but it is something that shouldn't be downplayed."- Shedletsky says. Chance sighs and nods. Builderman is standing behind them, on his face a relieved smile.
- "Alright.... Well figure is out. Right?"
- "Yeah... We will."
- "Alright. I'm glad you're somewhat okay with each other now! But we have another issue on hand."- Builderman says. Both survivors look at each other, then at him.
- "What do you mean?"
- "Shed, you still feel the negative feelings, anger and hate."
- "Yeah... Not sure why."
- "Downstairs there's 1x1x1x1 that is acting nice and seems to lack their usual anger."- Builderman says. The silence continues for a few seconds. Before both survivors realise what's going on.
- "Oh..."- Shedletsky whispers.
- "Pff... Dude that's crazy. You stole his hate"- Chance chuckles a bit. Despite the fact that they still feel anxious around Shedletsky, he's trying to bring back some normalcy. Now they also understand why his reaction was so strong and violent. It isn't an excuse, but it brings Chance some comfort.
- "I didn't know it was possible."- Shedletsky mumbles. - "Wait... Does he know about... Her being..."
- "No. I don't think they do. We need to tell him before he finds out themselves."- Builderman exclaims, a worried expression on his face. Shedletsky shakes his head.
- "Not now."
- "What?"
- "We'll tell him in the evening. I created 1x1x1x1 to store my hatred. That's basically the only thing they felt since the moment of their creation.... I want him to experience some normalcy. At least for one day."
- "Huh? What does it have to do with the hate being in you?"- Chance tilt's their head, flipping the coin.
- "I'm pretty sure that their reaction will be stronger than mine. And all the hate will return to him. Like... I get mad, hate goes to me. 1x gets mad, hate goes to them."- Shedletsky explains.
- "That makes sense.... "- Builderman nods.
- "Uhh... Then let me know when you'll be telling 1x. I don't want to be a punching bag again."- Chance smiles nervously. Guilt seems to fill Shedletsky again.
- "I will... I'm sorry again."- He says. Chance just nods.
The group continues to talk for a while. Both Chance and Shedletsky are trying to talk out the situation, Shedletsky apologising a hundred more times.
- "Noli. What's going on?"- 007n7 asks while looking at his old friend. He's still a bit awkward when interacting with him, remembering their shared past and what happened.
- "1'm f1n3 S3v. 1t's n0th1ng."- Noli says, his voice weak.
The killer is laying on the bed, curled up and clutching his head. He doesn't want to move, because he knows that it will make it hurt more and make him really nauseous. Azure left him some tea out of herbs that slightly eased the pain, he also took a few painkillers. 007n7 is making sure that Noli won't take too much of them, despite Noli's begging for more.
His head throbs with pain. The smell of the unfinished breakfast is making him sick. Each sound 007n7 incidentally makes seems ten times stronger.
- "0-0h g0ds... 1'm g01ng t0 thr0w uP."- Noli whispers. 007n7's widen. He quickly, but gently moves Noli closer to the edge of the bed. The former hacker beforehand was able to get a bucket just in case.
007n7 takes off the half of the mask Noli wears, revealing his side, just in time. The killer begins to empty his stomach. 007n7 stays, making sure his hair won't get in the way. The action is familiar, nostalgic even. The former hacker lost count how many times he helped Noli, back when they were still in collage. The memories blurry, some forgotten, but muscle memory stays.
After a while Noli empties his stomach. A cold sweat in covering his face. 007n7 makes sure his friend is comfortable. He pulls out his gui, glad that it has a bit more functions. 007n7 teleports himself, taking the food and bucket with him. He quickly empties the bucket, cleaning it, before returning to his old friend.
- "Feeling better?"
- "N0p3."
- "Noli. If there's something wrong... You can tell me. Or someone else. Just please, don't keep this to yourself.
- "1 t0ld y0u. 1'm f1n3! 1 4lw4ys h4d 1ssu3s w1th m1gr41n3s. Y0u sh0ud kn0w th4t..."
- "I know. I know... I'm just... Worried I guess. I tend to overthink stuff.... Especially after C00lkidd.... Nevermind. You just focus on resting, alright?"
- "Mhm..."- Noli hums. The hacker has closed his eyes, trying to sleep off the migraine.
Notes:
I'm staring to wonder if Noli's dialogue is readable. Or if I should start making a normal text 'translations'. Let me know what you think!
Also today I happened to be craving Noli's angst :D
The scene between 007 and Noli wasn't planned.
Chapter 92: The return of Glitter Bomb Duo! + Friends
Chapter Text
- "Alright! What the #### happened to X?!"
- "Bluu swearing is BAD!"- C00lkidd crosses his hands staring at the elder boy.
- "Oh shut it! I'm twelve, I'm not a small kid like you!"
- "I'm not small!"
- "Suuuuure"
- "Bot of you focus!"- Pr3ttyprincess slams her hands on the stool they've been using as a small table. The boys stop their bickering, looking back at her.
- "Princess is right."- C00lkidd nods with 'serious' face.
- "They're in weirdly good humour... We can use it!"- Bluudude smiles, mischief written all over his face.
- "If we are planning to do pranks, allow me go get my partner in crime. It is time for Glitter Bomb Team to return"- Princess smiles evilly.
Five minutes after Taph is sitting next to her. The boys being weirdly okay with his presence.
- "💣✨🩷❓"
- "We could use glitter bombs again... However first we need to somehow get 1x to join us!"
- "😰1️⃣✖️🟩⁉️"
- "Yeah. Have a problem with that? "- Bluudude send a small glare in Demolitionist's directions. Taph's wings slightly curling up behind him, he shakes his head with soundless nervous chuckle.
- "You and Mr Pizzaman were observing them for a while! Have you figured out the reason?"
- "😞❌"
- "I knew you were useless."
- "BLUUDUDE!"- Princess smack's him with her wooden royal staff made out of a stick she found. - "You don't speak to my friend like that!"
- "Geez sorry! Didn't know you were so sensitive."- Bluudude rolls his eyes, barley avoiding another smack.
- "Mr Demolitist... Uhhh... No... Umm... Demoli... Sorry."- C00lkidd fumbles with the harder word. Taph gives him a thumbs up.
- 'Taph' - Taph signs using letter signs. C00lkidd's eyes widen.
- "WAIIIIIT! You know this stuff Jason uses to talk!!! Noob taught me some!!!! Wait wait wait! You know it all the time!? Wooooo that's SOOO C00l!!!!"- The child gets excited. Taph soundlessly chuckles.
- "🤫😈"
- "Hehe! You're a mischievous one Mr Taph!"- C00lkidd chuckles. Bluudude and Pr3ttyprincess stop their fight observing the interaction.
- "If you know it all the time. What's the point of emoticons?"- Bluudude looks at the demolitionist with suspicion. Instead of using the emojis or sign, Taph takes out a piece of paper and writers the answer.
"It's funnier than that way + I don't know too much of sign. Only bit"
The kids read it, nodding with understanding.
- "That makes sense."- Pr3ttyprincess agrees. Taph's wings flutter.
- "Let's get back on the topic. How do we get 1x to join us?"
- "🧒🟥❓"
- "Yeah! I could ask him."- C00lkidd smiles.
- "Is it really that easy?"- Pr3ttyprincess wonders.
This was in fact that easy. Once the group agreed on Shedletsky being the first target 1x1x1x1 immediately agreed. The previously hateful killer helped Bluudude make some traps inside the house.
Meanwhile Taph and Pr3ttyprincess are working outside. Setting up traps in the previously safe spaces. C00lkidd's job is to distract others. So far the operation is a success.
After being done, the group meets up back in the kids group.
Pr3ttyprincess was able to get her hands on two bags of Storm Tea. Using a pot stolen from the kitchen and Bluudude's sword they were able to make some tea for everyone. It is a bit watery, but they all are content with that.
Despite being kind of afraid. Taph takes off his bandana, so he can drink alongside them. After a while he becomes more comfortable with it being gone. He's also glad no one commented on that.
C00lkidd is the first one to finish the tea, despite Princess'es protests that it was drank too quickly. The younger child lays down on the floor, laying his head on 1x1x1x1's lap. The killer looks down in confusion at the smiling child.
- "Hi!"
- "Hi?"
- "Hehe! You know X... You're great."- C00lkidd smiles. The cup of tea 1x4 was drinking freezers in their hands. Surprise is written all over his face. Then a small, soft smile appears. 1x1x1x1 places his hand on C00lkidd's head, stroking the hair.
- "C00lkidd's right! Even when you act... More mean? I know that I can always go to you if I have a problem."- Pr3ttyprincess smiles.
- "Why are we doing that?"- Bluudude looks at the other two kids, getting a glare back, making him quickly correct himself. - "I mean... You're fun. I guess... Taught me a lot."
Taph feels slightly awkward seeing this moment. It feels sacred. The eldest killer having a unusual softness. Taph finally understands why the kids talks so highly about them. The demolitionist silently chuckles, comparing them to unofficial siblings, 1x being the eldest.
Then the kid trio looks at him with expectation in their eyes. Taph's previous feeling of content disappearing, replaced by panic. He slightly moves, as if correcting his sitting position.
- "....🫵🗡️🩸💀🪦❓" ("You kill good?") - Taph finally anwsers. The silence is stretching, Taph believes it's his end, but then the embodiment of hatred starts to laugh.
- "Of course I am. The best killer out of everyone."
- "Just don't say that around others. We don't want another war between you all."- Bluudude says, half joking, half serious. Taph tilt's his head in confusion.
- "Back in the place when we used to.... You know."- Princess cuts off, not wanting to say that. Taph nods with understanding. - "Well... Back then 1x, Jason, John and Noli used to make contests to see who's better killer...."
- "Our cabin always ended up being even more broken than before!"- C00lkidd chuckles.
Before Taph can anwser there's a surprised shout from outside the room. Each person freezes, trying to listen in. Then they hear muffled laughter. They all make eye contact, silently asking one question. 'Did a trap worked?'
Taph stands up, dusting of invisible dust out of his robes. Then he walks over to the door, slowly opening it and peaking through. The next moment he quickly takes a few steps back, his body shaking in silent laughter.
Pr3ttyprincess rushers to the door also peeking through. She immediately bursts out with laughter, basically doubling over. The other three people also walk over.
Both C00lkidd and Bluudude grab each other to prevent themselves from falling since they laugh so hard. However it fails and they end up laughing on the floor.
1x1x1x1 covers his mouth, quickly coming inside. They try their best to contain the laughter, but the image he saw doesn't want to leave him alone. The breaking point is when Taph trips over Bluudude, also falling on the ground, half landing on the kid.
The embodiment of hatred let's the unknown emotion take control. His body shaking from laughter. For the first time in years it's not malicious, evil laughter. This one is from true positive emotions.
Shedletsky has enough. He genuinely has enough. The former admin continues to stand in one place. He glares into a wall, his eyes slightly glowing red from annoyance. The laughter around him however is contagious and able to dimm the anger.
Chance is kneeling on the floor, fighting for breath. Builderman is covering his mouth, but his shaking body betrays him. Shedletsky knows he's laughing. The sword master also hears laughter from the other room, he's sure that the pranksters are in there.
Shedletsky sighs. Looks like he's going to be all sparkly again. The former admin was leaving the room when a bucket full of pink glitter fell on his head.
The commotion alerted other survivors. Eventually everyone is laughing or trying to hide it.
- "W-Well... L-looks l-like you're admin... Of... Of... Pfff.... A-admin of pink glitter"- Elliot struggles to speak, the laughter taking over. This sentence makes Noob laugh so hard they start to cough after they choked on their own saliva. Jason begins to pat their back, trying to help.
There's amusement even in John Doe's eyes. Two Time's head is peeking out of one of the rooms. Azure is probably dead from laughter inside.
007n7 also peaks out. He pulls out his c00lgui using it to somehow take a screenshot, perhaps to show it later to Noli. Or just to remember memory.
Shedletsky sighs again, staring at the nonexistent camera.
- "Why is it always me?"
Notes:
Author casually writing fluff(?) while craving Noli angst.
____Also it's been 5 days since I got sore throat and it doesn't want to go away. I'm starting to wonder if it isn't just like... Smal wound/injury there? Because it only hurts when I swallow, yawn or eat a tomato.
It was previously on my right side. Now it's hurting only on left side???
I hope it's nothing serious. Because overall I feel good.Welp. Time will tell ¯\_(ツ)_/¯
Have a good day or night!!! ^^
Chapter 93: Hanging Out
Notes:
Let me know if you see any typos!
TW! Dissociation
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
Chance starts to gasp for breath. Turns out laughing with still healing ribs is not a good idea. The pain begins to consume him and panic slowly creeps in.
Then they feel a hand on their back. The person begins to show him a breathing rhythm and after a while Chance can finally take a normal breath.
- "Thanks Builder..."
- "No problem. Just try to not overwork yourself."
- "Yeah... Got it."- Chance smiles, Builderman helps them stand up. In the background you can still hear the culprits laughing.
Time begins to pass, before Chance realises it's already after noon. They are sitting outside, trying to teach John Doe on how to play poker. The killer continues to stare, his face unchanging, but in his eyes Chance sees that the attention is on him.
In the background 007n7 is showing Bluudude some simpler ways to protect himself with the hacking device. A while ago the admins allowed him to start teaching them. The former hacker was relieved when he was given the permission, happy that the kids won't be relaying only on swords.
Shedletsky is desperately trying to get the glitter off him, Dussekar trying his best to help him. The swordmaster is clearly annoyed at the situation. A bit behind him 1x1x1x1 and Pr3ttyprincess high five, proud of themselves. The former admin glares at them, but to Chance's relief he doesn't crash out.
- "What are you two doing?"- Builderman says while walking over, seeing cards. John Doe let's out a quiet grumble leaning in Builderman's direction.
- "I'm teachin' Doe how to play poker. He would rule with that poker face."- Chance says proudly. Builderman chuckles shaking his head.
Then his expression changes into one of sadness. He uses his hand to stroke John's hair, silently happy that the corrupted man is sitting, because otherwise he wouldn't be able to reach his head. Builderman looks at his creation.... His son. He wishes he could turn back time and help him before the corruption took over.
John Doe makes a move, wanting to return the gesture, but he hesitates. He doesn't want to incidentally injure the man. Builderman sighs with sadness.
- "I know you don't remember. But Jane... She was your wife. She's gone... Dead."- Builderman whispers. John Doe just tilt's his head with confusion. The name sounds familiar, but the killer has no idea who that is.
The moment is interrupted by Taph who runs over. With Noob and Guest 666 following after him.
- "🔨❗❗❗"
- "Yes Taph?" - Builderman smiles, masking his sadness. Chance gives him look of disapproval.
- "👆➕🟨🟦🥤➕😈🟥👀🤩🪨❗" ("I, Noob and Guest 666 found a cool stone!")
- "Oh... That's really nice." - Builderman smiles. - "Where did you find it?"
- "⛱️❗"- Taph's wings flutter with pride.
- "Taph wants to add it to his collection."- Noob adds with a smile. Chance snorts hearing that. Everyone turns to stare at him.
- "Sorry... Did I hear you right? Taph you have a collection of stones?"- Chance snickers, voice teasing. Taph's wings move closer, as if he tries to hide his embarrassment. Noob's expression turns darker.
- "Well at least he doesn't hoard anything bunny related, to the amount of needing a special room only for that"- Noob crosses their arms, glaring at the gambler. Chance's eyes widen under the glasses.
- "How the #### you know about this!?"
- "You talk in your sleep. And you mentioned it a bit too much for it being only a dream."- Noob shrugs.
- "Are you stalking me?"- Chance asks with terror. Noob looks at Chance with the the most deadpan look Builderman ever saw.
- "We are roommates. You dragged a bed to my and Elliot's room. To this day it's placed crooked, forcing us to maneuver around it."
- "....Who are you and what you did to Noob?"
- "I'm still the same person. This side was always there. But I think your glasses are too dark and you missed it."- Noob smirks. Taph is gigging behind and Guest 666 is giving gambler smug look.
- "....yeah I give up."
- "Oh so now you're apart of 99% gamblers that give up. Good to know."- Noob puts their hands on their hips. Chance let's out a scream.
007n7 is covering his mouth, desperately trying not to laugh. Bluudude on the other hand is on the ground laughing.
- "This is EPIC! Pfff... Hahahaha"- The boy is crying from the laughter. He definitely took notes.
1x1x1x1 gives Noob a nod of approval. Pr3ttyprincess is giggling next to them.
Meanwhile on the other side of the cabin, behind the house. Azure is slowly watering the garden he made. The action nostalgic to him. There are already some herbs he was able to obtain after they spawned in on the island. He just moved them to one place.
Azure moves one of his veiny tentacles. After a bit of focusing a purple flower grows out of it. A soft smile on his face. The killer gently caresses the petals. He doesn't have to worry about the poison. His body getting the necessary immunity.
- "Is that a nightshade?"- A familiar voice makes Azure jump from surprise.
He looks behind, expecting to see certain someone standing there. However the spot is empty. Azure frowns, thinking it's Noli pulling a joke on him, but then he remembers that said killer is completely knocked out by migraine. If he's right Elliot should be the one looking after him.
- "Hehe... up here!"- The voice calls out again. Azure's head snaps up. The sight making him feel like he's aging ten years up.
- "TWO TIME WHAT THE #### ARE YOU DOING ON THE ROOF!??"
- "I climbed up through the window!"- They smile, tilting their head. The smile on their face soft, but mischievous. It reminds Azure of how they used to be in the past.
- "FIRST OF! YOU'RE SUPPOSED TO REST!!! YESTERDAY YOU STILL HAD A SMALL FEVER! SECOND ARE YOU INSANE!!!? GET DOWN HERE!!!"- Azure yells, feeling like he's loosing his mind.
- "I feel perfectly fine. There is no need for worry.... As for the insanity part... Everyone already thinks I am insane."- They say, the smile slightly dropping. Their tail hanging limp on the roof.
- "Oh... Two Ti-"
- "There is no point. I am aware that this might be truth. I made peace with it long ago."- Two Time cuts off Azure.
They lay on their back, slightly wincing when the sensitive skin on their back brushes against the roof. The sun is shining on them, making them sleepy. The roof definitely being one of their favourite places.
After a while of laying there their smile drops even more. The world begins to feel weird, slowed down. There is numbness in their limbs. Everything becomes muffled. Two Time feels like they're somewhere far, far away.
They continue to stare in the sky. Feeling like they're floating over to the clouds. They begin to feel completely numb. The thoughts slipping into depths of their mind. They're fixated on the sky.
It takes a long while until Two Time begins to feel like whole again. They blind, finally realising that someone is sitting next to them.
- "Ell... iot?"
- "Oh my admins you scared the #### out of me. Azure barged in a room saying that you're on the roof and completely stopped responding to him. And he wasn't able to get on the roof by himself."
- "Oh..."- They whisper. Their limbs still feel a bit numb. Elliot gently helps them sit up.
- "What happened?"
- "I'm... Not sure? Felt like... I was dreaming?"- They say. Then Elliot realises that they aren't smiling at all. Their face free from the smile mask.
- "It's... Worrying. But whatever happened, we'll get through it. Okay?"
- "... Okay... Thank you Elliot."- Two Time says quietly. Elliot blinks surprised, it's rare for them to use the real name instead of the nickname.
- "No problem Time. Now let's go down."- Elliot smiles and starts to lead them to the edge of the roof.
Elliot cautiously lowers himself, standing on the windowsill. He sighs with relief once he's inside. Two Time follows without any issues, their surprising flexibility allowing them to easily climb up and down. Elliot needed Azure's help to get on the roof.
Speaking of Azure. He immediately grabs Two Time's shoulders.
- "Two Time! Don't EVER scare me like that!"- Then the killer proceeds to hug them. Two Time's eyes widen in surprise. Not remembering when was the last time Azure hugged them.
- "A-Azure..."
- "Be quiet."
Elliot makes his way out of the room. Going back to make sure Noli's condition is stable. He silently tries to figure out how to deal with someone dissociating. He also hopes that C00lkidd didn't overdo with the care. The child being the only one looking after Noli when the healer went to help Two Time.
Azure took Two Time outside, back to the garden. He began to explain to them his vision of the garden. Two Time tried their best to listen, asking occasional questions. They still feel a bit out of it. Not knowing the reason. However in that moment they're at peace. Happily assisting Azure... Just like they used to in the past.
After a while Taph walks over to them. Proudly showing off the cool rock, knowing that Two Time also enjoys collecting small, 'meaningless' items. Their tail begins to wag from happiness that Taph remembered.
Then the demolitionist begins to explain how Noob defeated Chance, but they're interrupted by loud explosion of subspace tripmine. Both Azure and Two Time stare at Taph with knowing look.
The trio makes their way to the front of the house. The sight they see makes them laugh.
Another one of the traps went off. The glitter covering Guest 1337 and half of Chance's body. Shedletsky is laughing, happy that someone else also has to suffer through being glitter bombed.
Chance is standing still. His brain struggling to catch up. Guest shakes his head. The glitter falling out, but not fully. He sees Pr3ttyprincess laughing hard in the distance. The soldier shakes his head with amusement, but no hard feelings.
It's not the first time he ended up being covered in Glitter. Charlotte also used to do the same things, but she preferred blue glitter. He wonders if the two girls would get along if they ever were able to meet.
He walks over to the pink child. She takes a small step back, a hint of nervousness is visible on her face. Guest smiles softly, kneeling on one knee.
- "Really nice trap your highness. Is that a way of hiring guards for your kingdom?"- He says. Pr3ttyprincess'es eyes widen. A smile appearing on her face.
- "Yes! Now you are one of my people!!! And you need to obey my orders!!!"
- "Of course your highness. Say. Do you want to go on an adventure?"
- "Can we?"- She asks, some hope in her eyes.
- "Yes. But only if you want."
- "Can it... Can it be only you and me? Without the boys?"
- "Yup. After all you're the princess. You decide."- Guest smiles.
He realised a while ago that she started to feel a bit overlooked, but he hadn't have a chance to talk to her yet. Everyone keeps focusing on her and other two kids as one. Rarely paying attention to only her.
Being the only girl out of the kids is also making her feel different, she enjoys different things than the boys. No matter how much the kids have in common, there are still differences between them.
Guest still remembers things Charlotte used to enjoy, so he hopes to make her feel a bit more special. Make her feel seen.
- "Then what are we waiting on!? Let's go!!!"- Pr3ttyprincess smiles, grabbing Guest's hand and pulling him somewhere. A smile of pure happiness on her face.
Notes:
Pr3ttyprincess characters start's to grow on me. Before I never cared about her much. I'm changing it now!!! (She has a fire chase theme too!!)
__
My throat is FINALLY feeling a bit better! After SIX days!!! So I hope it will stop hurting soon!
Chapter 94: Royal Adventure
Chapter Text
Pr3ttyprincess is happily skipping, still holding the hand of the survivor. Out of all ways this day could go, she didn't expect this outcome. However she doesn't complain.
- "Is there anything specific you want to do your highness?"- Guest asks. Looking at the girl. She thinks for a while.
- "First I want to make flower crowns for my favourite people."- She smiles. Then adds. - "After that we can go on the beach... Or well... The edge of the land!"
- "Of course. I know a place with a lot of flowers"- Guest says with a smile.
- "Really!?"
- "Yes. It's actually Two Time that found it."
- "Oh... I don't like them."
- "Can I ask why?"
- "During the...... Tag. The stabbing hurt and was really annoying... I know that you all like.... Tried to survive. But...."
- "It doesn't erase the feelings. I understand."- Guest finishes up for her. Gaining back a small nod. Then Pr3ttyprincess stops. Guest looks at her with confusion.
- "Um. There's a trap here. Let's go around it."
- "Oh... Heh lead the way."- Guest chuckles. Silently thankful he avoided getting glitter bombed again. Or whatever was in that trap. Shedletsky wouldn't let him live that down.
After a while, they arrive to the small flower field. The storm destroyed most of the flowers, but there's still enough of them to make a few flower crowns. Pr3ttyprincess immediately begins to make them. One for Noli, to make him feel better. One for 1x1x1x1 because they're The Best. One for Jason, one for Azure, one for John Doe. She makes one for each of the killer. For Guest 666 she just takes the biggest flower she could find, because there wouldn't be enough flowers for the crown for them.
Meanwhile Guest sits in the field. He keeps an eye on Princes, but at the same time he gets lost in the memories. He remembers how Daisy and Charlotte attempted to teach him how to make flower crowns, but he continued to mess up. Charlotte also loved to draw, Guest saves this idea for later.
He absent mindley caresses the petals of the daisy flower. Both the name and the flower reminding him of his wife. The white petals are able to bring back a blurry memory form their wedding. The stunning white dress she was wearing. The soldier takes out the picture of his family. The age is getting to it, the paper becomes used, more potent to ripping, no matter how gentle Guest is. He stares at it, making sure he remembers every detail.
Then something jumps at him. Something is placed on his head and two pink hands are placed, hanging on his shoulders. Pr3ttyprincess stares at the photo over his shoulder.
- "Who's that?"- She asks innocently.
- "Oh. That's my family."- Guest answers, pointing at each person. - "This is Daisy, my wife. That's Matt, my best friend who is like a brother to me. And that's Charlotte... My daughter."
- "She looks nice... And really pretty too!"- Princess moves, sitting next to the survivor.
- "She is. But don't let the looks fool you, she's full of mischief.... Or well... Was..."- Guest says, sadness clear in his voice. He never through he had to correct himself. He can't make himself talk about his family like it's all in the past... Despite that being true.
- "Oh...."- Princess lowers her head. - "Sorry..."
- "It's alright... It's not your fault. But... I'm sure that if she could, she would love to meet you."
- "Really? Some people used to say I'm too much. That I should go back to reality."- Pr3ttyprincess mumbles, fidgeting with the grass. Guest shakes his head.
- "You're a child. You should be able to have fun. Imaginary world can be so much better than the real one. Charlotte loved to play pretend. Heh... She was always the knight, while I was the princess she had to save."
- "You were the princess?"- The girl chuckles. Imagining it.
- "Yeah... With the whole makeup my gremlin of a child used to steal from her mom."- Guest smiles. The memory being bittersweet.
- "Pfff... You must've looked amazing."
- "I was stunning."- Guest agrees. He remembers how Matt screamed after seeing him, before dying from laughter. Daisy was giving them a disapproving look.
- "I wish I knew what it's like..."- Pr3ttyprincess says, making Guest return to reality.
- "What do you mean? If I can ask."
- "Well.... I know I had a parent. But they died when I was young. I don't remember them. So since I remember I was living in the orphanage. Being too much... Too difficult... Too weird to get adopted..."- She says quietly, looking down. Expecting anwser similar to what everyone was telling her.
- "You know... I'm an orphan too."
- "Huh!? Wait really!!??"- She looks up, surprised.
- "Yes. I also never got adopted... Being a guest... I was also the odd one."- Guest says. The girls eyes widen.
- "So you understand.... No one else understands."- The girl sniffs, hugging the Soldier, completely ignoring the fact he's covered in glitter. Guest returns the hug.
- "Yes. I understand..."
- "I'm sorry for hurting you... And your friends..."- She begins to quietly cry.
- "It's not your fault. I forgive you kid. It was never your fault."
After a while Pr3ttyprincess stops to cry. She stands up, dusting off the dirt and glitter from her clothes. Guest also stands up, he still feels something on his head, so he uses his hands to check it out. His expression turns into a surprise.
- "You made flower crown for me?"
- "Mhm! For Taph too! You're my favourite out of your group!!!"
- "Thank you for your blessing my princess. I really appreciate it."- Guest smiles.
- "Of course! I need to take care of my people!!!"
Pr3ttyprincess grabs Guest's hand. Leading him to the edge of the land. A so called beach. There Guest gives her an idea to draw on the ground using sticks. Together they create a bunch of drawings of different people they know. The girl also attempted to draw Charlotte, the girl wishes she could meet the other one.
Then Princess takes some of the water in her hands and splashes Guest with it. The soldier begins to chase her around. The 'beach' is filled with laughter of a child. Then they begin to return to the cabin, because it's slowly getting late and it's time for dinner. The group decided to eat twice a day, to save the food. The kids always getting bigger portions.
- "Mr Guest?"
- "Yes kid? ...I mean. Yes, your highness?"
- "Thank you for being with me.... Can we do it more often?"
- "Of course. I'm always here if you need me. So don't be afraid to ask."
- "Is that.... Is that what having a caring parent feels like?"
- "...I think so."
- "Heh... I like it! Thank you again! You're the best!"
Notes:
Sometimes writing is like cooking. During meal preparation you begin to wonder how people will react to the finished meal. But you need to wait the right amount for meal to finish.
I'm really curious about your reactions once the story will begin to end...
Chapter 95: Despite Everything... It's still you.
Notes:
Let me know if you see any typos!
It's happening at THE SAME TIME as previous chapter.
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
Noob laughs staring at Chance being covered in glitter. They barley notice Guest 1337 walking over to Pr3ttyprincess. Instead focusing on Chance.
- "Y-you look great."
- "Oh Shut up! How about you go glitter bomb yourself!"- Chance rolls his eyes. Taking off their glasses to clean it from glitter. Noob walks over with a smile to help him.
Guest 666 stares at the two robloxians. Something makes them feel angry. How dare this gray skinned Robloxian steal Their Noob from them. It hurts seeing their friend acting more friendly with some random person then with them.
A quiet growl escapes their mouth. Before they can stop themselves, Guest 666 jumps between Noob and Chance, growling at the gambler. Chance nervously takes a few steps back, fear in his eyes. Guest feels satisfied, he should be scared. The killer walks closer to the gambler, growling again. They try to say 'Stay away from MY friend!'.
Chance pulls out his gun. Pointing at the beast. In this moment he's no longer outside of the cabin. Now he's back in the rounds, about to die. The beast continues to come closer, until Chance's back hits the wall tree.
Guest is about to scare the gambler more before something is thrown at their head from behind. They turn around, the feeling of pride from scaring the gambler disappears, replaced by guilt.
Noob is standing with terror in their eyes. Another stick already in their hands. They begin to smash two sticks together, making annoying sound. Guest's eyes widen once they realise that Noob is trying to put the attention on them. Just like in rounds.
Behind them 007n7 has stood up, Shedletsky taken out his sword. Bluudude looks at them in confusion and fear. Azure stands before Two Time and Taph. Despite the fact that he's a killer, he won't let others get hurt.
Guest wants to say that they're sorry, but no words come out, instead it's a whine just like animal one. Guest dislikes it, they want to speak. They don't want to look like that. Why they can't be normal!?
The beast lowers their head, staring at Noob, so show they're sorry, but instead of understanding, they're met with Noob taking scared step back. This breaks Guest's heart, they didn't want to make their friend scared of them. They just wanted to have Noob back as their best friend.
Noob feels how much their hands shake. They don't know what happened, why Sixer suddenly tried attacking Chance. Their friend The killer is staring at them. But the fear is overwhelming, Noob feels like they're back in the rounds, about to die. The time seems to slow down.
Their breath quickens, but they continue to stand. They keep hitting two sticks together, hoping to do the only thing they know what to do. Get the attention on them and hope they survive the chase.
They were working on becoming comfortable around Sixer, but now it feels like all progress is gone. Their heart beats loudly in their ears, they seem to forget how to breathe, unable to take a full breath. The phantom pain from at the deaths returns, Noob knows they're about to die. Yet another scar on their body... Scar that is only mental, because nothing physical remains.
Instead of chase Guest 666 lowers their head, to Noob's level. They let out another soft, sad whine. They slowly move closer to the survivalist. Noob takes a step back, a few dark spots appearing on their vision. They need to breathe, but their lungs won't cooperate.
Noob's eyes stay on the killer. Guest 666 doesn't move closer. Their tail curled up, as if trying to make themselves smaller. Noob's eyes widen, suddenly they don't see a beast, but it's their friend.
It was so long ago that Noob had completely forgotten about that. Sixer incidentally made a comment that hurt Noob. Sixer had a habit to make themselves smaller when feeling guilty, to hide.
Noob drops the two sticks, tears flowing from their eyes. They slowly walk over to the killer their friend. The world seems to tilt a bit, they are still holding their breath. After a few seconds that felt like hours Noob's hand touches Sixers fur. Guest 666 pulls away, but Noob swallow hardly and touches them again. When Noob sees that they're still alive, they finally are able to take a breath.
After catching their breath, they look up. They see Guest 666 staring at them with sadness. Noob sees two people in front of them. Their friend and their killer. They tried to push away the fear before, but they know that ignoring it won't help them.
- "I-I see you S-Sixer... B-but I-I also see t-the blood on your hands... W-we'll figure it out."- Noob whispers. Guest 666 let's out another whine. Pulling Noob closer, into a hug.
Noob flinches hardly, but then they feel how gentle Sixer is. They slightly relax and lean in.
- "I-I know you're still there Sixer.... I-I'm sorry..."
Sixer stares at their friend, wishing to apologise too. But no words come out, just more beastly noises. Guest hates this body. Guest hates the being that made them like this and made them kill their friend. But they know that together with Noob they can slowly heal. The beast needs to say sorry to the Gambler. It's not okay to forbid Noob having other friends, especially since Sixer is friends with the killers.
Chance walks over to Shedletsky. Their legs shaking, a crazed smile filled with adrenaline is on his face.
- "Dude. I almost peed myself... F-first you crashing out... N-now that killer.... I-Is this some s-sick joke!?"
- "Alright. Come on, you need to calm down."- Shedletsky says sternly, but with worry. He leads Chance to the bench. The gambler begins to laughing like crazy, the adrenaline leaving them. Then they began to cry and laugh at the same time.
It takes a while for him to calm down. But both Shedletsky and 007n7 are here to help him.
Notes:
"burgr" and "PastelPurpled"
Thank you so much for the help with the ideas for their angst!!! Because I was completely lost on what to write!
Chapter 96: In health and in pain. I'll always be there.
Chapter Text
Noli feels like ####. That's all he knows. Sound and movement is bringing him pain. A lot of it. Being stuck in the purgatory, unable to get sick made him forget how much migraines hurt. This one is definitely worse than the one he had during sickness season.
Noli moves, trying to cover his head under the sheets, but it doesn't help. He hates feeling like this, he hates that this survivor healer had to look after him. He's glad he left, he doesn't want people to see him as weak.
The door opens, the footsteps seem louder than they are. Noli let's out a groan, he just wants the headache, the nausea gone. But it continues to persist. Someone walks over to the bed. The footsteps too light to belong to Azure. Noli really hopes it's not that Pizza Guy again.
- "Noli? You're holding up?"
- "S3V########"- Noli begins, but a glitch cuts him off. The noise makes the headache immediately get worse.
The still normal side of his face twists into a grimace. The person, 007n7 puts a cold cloth on his forehead, the coldness helping a bit. Noli breaths out a sigh of relief.
- "Just focus on resting. Remember how it was in the past? It always gets worse before it gets better... S-soon everything will be better." - 007n7 says. He frowns seeing the messy covers. - "You need to drink something. Especially since you threw up a few times already. We can't have you dehydrate yourself. You can also take the painkiller.
- "n4uS34..."
- "I know you feel nauseous. But please?" - 007n7 insists, pulling the killer to half sitting position.
Noli's face twists in pain, his stomach seems to flip. 007 brings a glass of water to his mouth and Noli, despite his hesitance, takes a few sips, then swallowing the painkiller. The former hacker continues to support his friend, while at the same time fixing the pillow.
When Noli lays down again, he feels slightly more comfortable. 007n7 doesn't leave, he continues to stay by his side. This feels nostalgic, bringing back the memories of the past. How he used to stay by his side when the migraines hit, back in collage.
Back when they only had each other. Their hacking devices and so much money that they sometimes had to share one ramen soup between them. The times were tough, but at the same time they knew how to enjoy life. How being able to buy one bread felt like a kings meal. How a bar of chocolate was rationed that it lasted two months. It hits 007n7 how the situation right now is similar, how they need to ration food.
They used to live on prayers and hope, the hacking was their way to relax. To show the world that they exist. Now they live by sheer determination, because even gods are powerless.
There is one big difference though. 007n7 knows he was terrible in past. While he cared, he also had very little patience. If the migraine lasted longer than usually, he was saying that Noli is dramatic. He would try make him stuff even when he felt bad, ignore the pleads to be quieter. The former hacker wants to hit some sense into his past self.
For his past self, care was limited by patience. This is one of his biggest regrets.
A creek of the door snaps him out of the thoughts. 007n7 looks up, through the crack of the door he sees C00lkidd.
- "Papa? Is uncle Noli feeling better?"- The boy asks. The father glances at the killer, looks like he was finally able to fall asleep.
- "He's resting. Do you need anything?"
- "I made him a card!!-"
- "Shhh... I know you're excited, but please keep it down." - 007 says sternly, but with gentleness. C00lkidd nods with understanding. The kid begins to whisper.
- "I made him a get better soon card... Do you think it will work?"
- "Of course it will work kiddo."- 007 smiles, patting his lap. C00lkidd quickly runs over, sitting on it. He places the card on the nightstand.
- "Get better uncle Noli! It's my turn to take care of yourself!"- C00lkidd whispers, gently petting other killers hair. 007n7 makes sure the kid is gentle.
The former hacker smiles. Despite the fact that the situation isn't great, he's happy it's the way it is. His son is back, his friendship rebuilding and he can redeem himself.
C00lkidd pulls out his version of c00lgui, so he can pass the time. 007n7 frowns, seeing Noli stirr in his sleep.
- "Hey C00lkidd. If you want to use the GUI. Please leave the room, despite not seeming much. The noises and the light can still affect Noli."
- "Oh!"- C00lkidd quickly hides it. - "Sorry uncle... I didn't mean to. Sorry to papa..."
- "It's alright. You're still learning. I can explain to you how migraine works. Would you like that?"
- "Yes!"- C00lkidd says loudly, then covering his mouth and whispers shouting. - "Sorry... I meant yes. I want to help uncle."
007n7 chuckles quietly, riffling C00lkidd's hair.
- "Alright... So...."
007n7 starts quietly explaining the condition to C00lkidd. The child listens closely, trying to remember every word.
- "Hey Sev.... Mind turnin' it down... It's makin' it hurts worse..."- Noli says, barley able to have the eyes open. The sounds and light from the prototype hacking device making his head hurt.
- "Oh come on. It's been over a day already. Stop whining. I'm close to finally figuring it out. Come on, check it out"- 007n7 rolls his eyes in annoyance. He continues to mess with the panel.
Noli feels sad that his friend doesn't want to accommodate him more, but it isn't first time it happened. The Robloxian seems to believe that migraine isn't much of a problem and it lasts only a day.
Despite feeling like hell, Noli sits up, shakily walking over and sitting on other man's bed. He almost fell down, but he pushes through, despite the nausea and throbbing pain.
- "Heh. There's my Nolls"- 007n7 smirks, ignoring how unwell his friend looks.
Noli ignores the fact that he always helps n7's with headaches until they're gone, but now when tablets turn, he doesn't care. Noli pretends it doesn't hurt him. He pretends that he doesn't see that if 007 run's out of patience, his care disappears too.
Notes:
Migraine can lasts from a few hours to three days. (Google told me)
Did you enjoy the flashback?
_______Today I was able to experience something that can be similar to how I think C00lkidd's skin condition feels like :D
(I'm perfectly fine now! Just my skin got irritated because I decided to climb on hey bales)
Chapter 97: The Truth That Deeply Hurts.
Chapter Text
Shedletsky sighs, the sun begins to set. The former admin glances in the direction where 1x1x1x1 can be seen hanging out with Bluudude. Or well, training him.
The kid is a natural, that's what Shedletsky can see, but of course he's still a kid. A kid that can, and will make mistakes. Just as one right now. Being distracted and overconfident made Bluudude make a really stupid mistake. If this happened in a real battle, kid would be dead now.
Despite this 1x1x1x1 doesn't get mad. They just explain how to avoid it. It surprises Shedletsky, because he has no idea when 1x4 learned to be gentle. This crushes the former admin, he really was a terrible creator.
After a while Builderman joins him. The shorter man has a serious expression on his face.
- "We need to tell them."
- "I know.... But... They deserve to experience more of the normalcy. At least for bit more."- Shedletsky whispers, his expression being solemn.
- "It will be worse if we hide it. I understand your reasons, but I don't want to loose my head just because I decided to not tell them in time."
- ".... Yeah. You're right. Once he finishes training the kid we'll tell him."- Shedletsky agrees. He knows Builderman has a point. The situation would be much worse if 1x1x1x1 learned on their own.
After a few minutes, the training seemed to end. Bluudude went to the house, probably to rest. 1x1x1x1 was about to do the same when Shedletsky blocked his way.
- "Heeey.... Soo... Me and Builder need to tell you something."- Shedletsky smiles, trying to stay calm. Out of every killer, he knows that 1x1x1x1 is the most unpredictable.
- "I'm not in the mood to talk with you."- The embodiment of hatred says, he attempts to walk around him.
- "1x1x1x1... It's important.... It's about the rest of the Admins."- Builderman says, with serious face. The killer stands in place, unreadable expression on their face.
- "What is it?"- 1x4 asks, looking in their direction. Both Shedletsky and Builderman make eye contact. After a few seconds Shedletsky speaks up.
- "She's gone. There are records on finding body of Doombringer, Stickmasterluke.... And BrightEyes... You deserved to know... I'm sorry.... I rea-"
1x1x1x1 doesn't hear the rest of the sentence. The previously gone hate returns, now after being used to normalcy it feels even stronger than before. The killer feels rage and something else they can't describe.
Shedletsky and Builderman anxiously stare at the killer. Shedletsky stopped talking once he realised 1x1x1x1 is ignoring him and when he felt the hate go away. The eerie quiet and stillness seems suffocating. Before either of them can speak up, the killer says one word.
- "Who?"
- "May Madness Group started the hacker attack... But we don't know if they're still somehow alive or not. Or if it was them or another hacker."- Builderman anwsers, hoping nothing drastic will happen.
A familiar sound of attack charge can be heard. Both Shedletsky and Builderman are about to run, but the mass infection is instead directed at the tree. The killer then storms off inside the cabin, if the door was functional, they would slam it.
The two admins look at each other.
- "Well... That went great? We are alive!"- Shedletsky celebrates with hesitation. Buil just shakes his head.
1x1x1x1 walks upstairs, everyone seems to know that something happened and they stay out of their path. He opens the door to his room... Or more likely his and Noli's. Because the purple hacker didn't left after he broke in during the sickness season.
The killer glares at 007n7 and C00lkidd. The father stood up, taking a step back. His face twisted in terror. The kid looks at the killer with confusion and fear.
- "X? What's going on?"
- "Get out."
- "W-what?"
- "Get. Out."
- "I-I need to make sure N-Noli-"
- "GET OUT BEFORE I KILL YOU!!!"- 1x1x1x1 yells. He barely notices how Noli desperately tries to cover his ears to stop the sounds from making his headache worse.
C00lkidd stands between 007n7 and 1x1x1x1. The child summons his sword, making it disappear from the kitchen counter. He points it in the direction of the killer.
- "X... I won't let you hurt papa. He just wants to help."- C00lkidd says. The kid grabs his dad's hand and slowly goes in the direction of the door. The sword constantly pointing at the killer.
Once they leave, 1x1x1x1 slams the door and sits on their bed. He puts his head into his hands, the domino crown tilting. The killer breathes heavily, the rage continuing to boil under their skin.
He wants to kill those who hurt her. She can't be gone. Until the embodiment of hatred met the other killers she was the only one that cared. He needs to avenge her, but if the killers are already dead they won't be able to avenge her.
The embodiment of hatred doesn't realise when someone sits next to them. They only notice when the person leans on them.
- "U g00d?"- Noli asks, he doesn't move, probably trying to not make himself worse.
- "You should be resting."
- "C4n't. Y0u put 0n a n1c3 sh0w... A l0ud 0n3..."- The shorter hacker says. 1x1x1x1 mentally curses at himself. He forgot that Noli is a lot more sensible when in this state.
- "Sorry...."
- "S0... Wh4t h4ppen'?"
- "..... she's dead."
- "Wh0?"
- "BrightEyes."
- "0h... Ur m0m?"
- "She isn't my mother."- 1x1x1x1 sends the other killer a short glare, but tries not to move too much to not make Noli feel worse.
- "Y0u s4w h3r th4t w4y th0ugh."- Noli guesses, he slightly feels his vision swirl.
- "....."
- "M4n. 1dk h0w t0 d0 th3rapy...."
- "Noli."- 1x1x1x1 says with annoyance.
- "L3t 1t 0ut. 1 w0n't judg3. H4d A L0T 0f br34kd0wns 1n c00lage."- Noli says, then closed his eyes, leaning further on 1x4. Despite pushing through the pain to help the embodiment of hatred, it begins to get to him.
1x1x1x1 stares in front of him. The anger, the hate is still there, bubbling. Begging to be let out, but the other emotion, that is still unnamed begins to be set free.
All the walls the killer build around himself are allowed to crumble a bit. Despite the hate still being the first emotion they feel, he also feels a previously muted secondary emotion. 1x1x1x1 allows a few tears to fell. Noli weakly tries to comfort them.
His shoulders shake a bit, they fully don't understand, but he knows that this must be the feeling of sadness. That's how everyone explained it before. 1x1x1x1 never knew that he would be the one alive while she's dead. They always believed it would be the other way around.
After a few minutes, 1x1x1x1 manages to calm down. He feels slightly better, all the emotions dimmed. It appears that the whole hatred stealing and returning allowed 1x4's other emotions to be more apparent, but they're still really muted compared to the hate.
Then he noticed that Noli went still, 1x glances at his shoulder where others killer's head is located. Noli seems to have fallen asleep, his face is twisted in pain. When 1x1x1x1 tries to move away, Noli's hand grabs his wrist.
- "Why the hell are you so touchy?"- 1x1x1x1 says to himself. Then he hears movement outside of the door. They sigh.
- "C00lkidd I know you're in there... You can come inside."
- "You're not mad anymore?"- C00lkidd says quietly. Putting his head through the crack in the door.
- "I'm always mad. But I won't hurt you."
- "What about dad? Can he come in? He's worried for uncle..."- C00lkidd asks with worried expression.
- ".... Alright."
When both C00lkidd and 007n7 enter, the embodiment of hatred tenses up. Despite looking nervous, the former hacker walks over to two killers. He moves the loose hair, to make sure they won't annoy him. Noli leans in.
- "D-Do you want me to take him? He can get quite clingy when in this state..."
- ".... yes."- 1x1x1x1 answers. 007n7 picks up Noli in bridal style, struggling to free 1x1x1x1 from Noli's grasp.
Eventually 007n7 succeeds, slowly moving Noli back to his bed. The killer doesn't let go of the survivor. Forcing him to stay close. C00lkidd sits next to 1x1x1x1.
- "If you feel bad... You can always talk with someone. I was listening in.... I think my dad can help you! He knows how it's like to loose some. Apparently sometimes you can do bad things when having bad thoughts. I don't want you to have those. So PLEASE! Will you trust someone?"- C00lkidd goes on a innocent rant. He wishes to help despite not fully understanding the depth of the situation.
1x1x1x1 looks at the survivor, understanding the implications. 007n7 looks away in shame. They sigh and give C00lkidd a small nod.
- "Alright..."
- "Yey! Oh! I have an idea!!! Do you want to draw her? Maybe that way you'll be able to remember her face for Forever and Ever!!!"
1x4 looks at the kid. His expression softens a bit. He agrees with a small nod. C00lkidd quietly celebrates, mindful to keep the noise down.
Notes:
Blooper:
- "The environment of hatred."I'm not sure if I fully enjoy how this chapter turned out. Idk how would 1x1x1x1 fully act so I tried my best.
While they can feel different emotions, the hatred will be always the main one. The one that is CONSTANTLY felt.
Chapter 98: Party Time!
Chapter Text
Mafioso sighs, taking off his fedora. The mood in the cabin definitely feels tense. It may affect kids soon. Mafioso thinks for a solution, suddenly remembering one thing he and his people got after catching the thief in Crossroads.
Mafioso summons one of his people. Contractee appears out of thin air.
- "Hi boss. Do you need me for something? We were about to play cards in the pocket dimension."- The mafialing says with a smile.
- "Do you still have that bottle with alcohol from Crossroads?"
- "I do!"
- "Can you give it to me. I have an idea."- Mafioso asks and the other mafia member nods. Taking out the bottle and handing it to Mafioso.
The mafia leader then takes the bottle putting it on the table. The rest of the presents members look at the bottle with interest.
- "Is that what I think it is?"- Elliot asks, his brow raised. Mafioso nods with agreement.
- "From where do you have it?"- Builderman asks with suspicion.
- "It's a reward, we saved someone from getting robbed."
- "How do we know it's safe?"
- "I can be the first one to try this."- Mafioso offers, before anyone can disagree he takes out the glass and pours a bit of it. He then proceeds to drink it.
Everyone waits for a while. They won't argue they're worried about the mafia man. But luckily for him nothing bad happens. Chance begins to smile.
- "Finally! I can dim the thoughts in my head!!! I can finally have a moment to relax!"- They cheer. Taking their own glass, they then take a big sip and begin to cough. Their voice becomes raspy. - "Man... That's strong."
Eventually almost every present adult takes one for themselves. Some to just taste something to remind them of past, while Chance and Shedletsky want to have some fun. Elliot makes sure to save something for 007n7 and Noli. Azure also gets interested, the ex cultist never had a chance to try alcohol before.
Noob is sitting in the living room next to Guest666, they are looking in the direction of the kitchen with suspicion, nervously twisting the fabric of their hoodie.
- "Is something on your mind?"
- "AAAH! ADMINS.... Two Time you scared me!"- Noob shouts and turns around. Two Time is standing right behind them.
- "Apologies friend... I did not mean to do that."- Two Time's smile widens. Noob stares at them with deadpan look.
- "Lies. You enjoy doing it."- They say. Two Time begins to chuckle. Joining them on the couch.
- "Maybe I do... Maybe I don't. The answer has only Spawn..... Oh... no, sorry... "- Two Time says quietly, their shoulders hunching over. Old habits die hard
- "It's alright Two Time... You're trying."- Noob smiles. It still baffles them that others can be so accepting and understanding.
- "If you say so...."
- "You're not with others?"- Noob asks them.
- "No. I do not enjoy strong tastes... And I still can't make myself to break the rules in my.... Religion. Alcohol was strictly forbidden."
- "Oh... T-that makes sense."
- "What about you?"- Two Time tilts their head in curiosity.
- "W-Well... While I do like to party, and enjoy drinking energy drinks... I tend to stay away from alcohol..."
- "Mey I ask why?"
- "...B-Before I saw how some people act after drinking... A-and I don't mean the s-silly funny type... I-I mean the... Aggressive type. It was only once and I only watched that... B-but it still affects me..."- Noob says quietly, looking down. Guest666 nuzzles into them to make them feel better.
Two Time doesn't fully understands, since they never experienced the effect of alcohol. But they know that it probably wasn't nice.
- "Friend. Do not be afraid. I am sure that our friends will be responsible. And even if it happens I will make sure you won't have to experience it again."
- "T-thank you Two Time."- Noob says and hugs them tightly. Two Time slightly winces.
- "Ah... Please be careful. My back is still sensitive."
- "Sorry!"- Noob lessens their grip. Two Time returns the hug.
They both end up being pulled into one big hug with Guest666, they didn't want to be left behind, still fighting the jealousy. But once the killer sees that Noob is truly happy their tail begins to wag. The beast also notices that the other survivor's tail is also wagging.
Notes:
This chapter DID NOT want to be written. I struggled with it a bit.
____
Am I projecting a bit on Noob? Maybe....
Chapter 99: Reminiscing
Chapter Text
As the night came, the stars appeared. In the distance there can be seen another storm clouds, but so far everything seems peaceful. Dusekkar looks up, staring at the sky. The stars are already blinking. He agrees with others, some of them really look like eyes.
The admin sighs, he knows others are having fun inside, but he doesn't want to join them. He is not in the mood, and it's not like he can drink it, because he's made out of the flames.
After a while, he hears footsteps. It's Builderman dragging Shedletsky behind him. The swordmaster seems to be during. He's laughing uncontrollably, swaying from side to side.
Builderman makes him sit next to Dusekkar. He also does the same. The three admins continue to sit in silence... Almost. Shedletsky continues to talk about random stuff.
- "For Roblox's sake. Stop acting drunk."- Builderman glares at the other admin. Shedletsky let's out one last laugh, before smiling.
- "Oh come on Builder. Let someone have fun.... Man I fooled them"- Shedletsky laughs, dropping his drunk act.
- "Mortals don't know we god's can't get drunk. Only can after drinking special drink, the alcohol will mute our ability to think."- Dusekkar says. Admins can only get drunk with the use of special god's drink. The alcohol of mortals doesn't affect them.
- "Yeah. And it still was limited... We all remember what Clock did after drinking too much."- Shedletsky laughs. Builderman laughs too, with fond and nostalgic smile on his face.
- "He almost caused evil teapots apocalypse. If Stickmasterluke didn't find him in time we would have to deal with it."
- "Yes. It was an interesting night. But he did gave us a big fright."
- "Or when Doom send me to Banlands by accident..."- Shedletsky smiles, he appreciates the memory of gods being better than mortals one.
- "The rule, 'Do not spar after drinking' is still valid."- Builderman says with deadpan look. - "You two basically gave BrightEyes a heart attack on that day."
- "I do remember another night. When Stickmasterluke basically flooded us all. It took him weeks to fix it, and many trips to the mall."- Dusekkar chuckles. He still remembers that Builderman punished Luke for it by making him fix everything manually.
- "Heh. Yeah. But it doesn't compare to when Builderman got too much of the drink."- Shedletsky smiles with mischief. Builderman wishes the ground would swallow him.
- "We don't talk about that."
- "Oh come on. You thought that a mannequin that BrightEyes used to test accessories on is a hacker that broke into HQ. You... banned a mannequin!"- Shedletsky bursts out laughing. Dusekkar joining him too.
- "Well... You almost got a wedding with chicken with Clockwork as a officiant! BrightEyes looked like she was about to murder you!"- Builderman retorts, making Shedletsky start to laugh.
- "I do remember that. Luke went get dressed all black, ready to prepare a funeral. So send you back."- Dusekkar adds.
- ".... YOU MISTOOK TAPH FOR TELAMON!"- Shedletsky teases, trying to change the topic.- "You decided to ramble to him in rhymes about old times while poor guy couldn't escape."
- "......."
- "HA! I won!"- Shedletsky smirks once he sees that the pumpkin mage doesn't know how to answer.
- "If I remember correctly, BrightEyes also once drank too much and kidnapped Taph on a date... Poor guy. He seriously got caught up in drunk gods shenanigans."- Builderman chuckles.
- "I'm still mad at him for tricking my wife."- Shedletsky grumbles, but his face betrayd that it's a joke.
- "Clockwork once begged Luke, to made flood out of tea. It would happen if it wasn't for me."- Dussekar chuckles remembering the memories.
The admins continue to reminisce about old times. Living for so long allowed them to have a lot of shenanigans. But more into the night, the mood slightly drops.
- "... It's sad that we won't be able to experience it again..."- Shedletsky sighs.
- "Indeed. It pains my heart, but sadly we cannot turn back time to the start."- Dusekkar agrees with sadness.
Builderman stays quiet. Lost in his thoughts, then he sighs and stands up, pulling the other admins with him. They look up confused, but then the shorter man pulls them into a hug.
- "At least we have each other. I swear on 2x2 existence. I will make sure that we will stay alive... Stay together for as long as possible."
- "I agree with your words friend. We will be in this together until the end."
- "Hell yeah! Nothing can stop us!!!"- Shedletsky smiles, hugging them closer.
After the hug ends the swordmaster looks up in the sky. He smirks evilly.
- "Shed?"
- "HEY YOU!!! THE PERSON THING OR WHATEVER YOU ARE!!! GO KILL YOURSELF!!!"- Shedletsky begins to yell, flipping off the sky. Both
Builderman and Dusekkar are speechless.
Notes:
Surpisingly Dusekkar's rhymes decided to work with me today. It wasn't too hard :D
....my past self decision to kill the admins pains me. Back then I didn't know I will enjoy their characters so much. *Sigh*
TOMORROW 100TH CHAPTER !!!
Chapter 100: The Overseer
Chapter Text
Days continued to pass. Day night, day night, day night. And so on and on. The survivors adapted to the spring's disasters. They were able to avoid sea monsters, survive storms and trade with people in crossroads.
However some people of Crossroads began to look at them with suspicion. One time someone saw Elliot using a pizza to heal terrible injury. The person wouldn't survive if it wasn't for him. That's when the rumours started, after all it's suspicious a large group appears out of nowhere and they have some odd abilities.
So the theories started. Some being complete fantasy... While others being closer to truth. People began theorising that it's them who lead to the disaster. Or that they are secret agents send by Admins.
Despite this the people that were Forsakened continued to come to Crossroads. They were able to trade and eventually got spare clothes and even three toys for the kids. Despite this everyone can see that life is a struggle. Each time one of them was in Crossroads they saw that at least one person died every few days.
One time Chance and Noob had to use spears to assist people of Crossroads in fighting a mutated lobster. They needed to use spears to stab them. The carapax was really strong, so they were forced to aim for a small crack in between layers. Eventually succeeding.
The three admins continued to visit Liam in his studies. Despite how nice he seemed there always appeared to be something hidden. Yet nothing bad happened so far. The admins don't let their guard drop. And so did Elijah. The young man never stopped being suspicious of admins, his friend that admins learned is called MeatGrinder by everyone is less cautious, but trust's Elijah's words.
Chance formed a close friendship with Danny and Rob, they learned to trust themselves. Other members of the group also began to like the presence of two robloxians. Both Danny and Rob became a welcome guests in the cabin.
The sickness returned once, taking a few victims with it. Luckily it wasn't that bad, nothing that a bit of rest and medicine can't handle. Azure began making his own medicine from the herbs he grew in garden. The killer also was able to get his hands of a few vegetables seeds and planted them too.
Builderman, 007n7 and Taph were able to create more mechanical security systems. With the help of prayers, hope and knowledge. Builderman and 007n7 were able to make a camera security system from scraps of different computers they traded for or found during scavenger hunts. Now on special screen in the basement they can access footage of two cameras.
One day everyone awoke to Chance frantically looking through the whole cabin, because Ace went missing. The Gambler basically had a whole breakdown, until C00lkidd and Noob found the bunny. Ace left during night, probably on a small walk, on it he found two small bunnies without a parent. He stayed with them during the night so they would have warmth. That's how Clubs and Dusty. Noob named the second one because they refused to name every bunny after Poker related stuff.
The line between survivors and killers began to disappear more and more. The friendships formed, old ones began to rebuild. Even the most stubborn one's began to join others. Everything seemed great.
As days continued to pass, the temperature seemed to rise. This was a sign for survivors that the season will change soon. Azure moved the garden to makeshift pots and placed them in one of the free rooms. Everyone began saving food and clean water, keeping it in special containers. The group was trying to get as much ready as they possibly could.
That's when the Summer came... And with it drought.
IT observes how the water disappears from the earth. The satisfaction of knowing that one of the hardest seasons is about to begin makes IT happy. Summer always used to bring a lot of suffering. Of course IT allowed some wells to exist, where's the fun if the toy is dead? But a desperate robloxian is able to do a lot of mess. Last year IT remember spectating a war over a well.
The 2x2 stopped fighting back too much. IT believes that the core understood that there's no use. Only occasionally the core let's out power, but IT senses it's not an attack.
IT enjoys watching IT'S favourite toys. They seemed to find one of the cities. IT finds pleasure seeing other toys being suspicious of IT'S favourite toys.
IT also enjoys observing one of IT'S favourite toys suffer. The star user's suffering is making IT feel powerful. IT should've done it sooner. It's not long until the truth will come out.
So far everything goes according to IT's liking.
The feeling of annoyance creeps in once IT thinks of something. Everything but one thing goes according to plan.
Despite the struggle the toy IT wants to kill continues to fight back. It makes IT really mad. If the toy wants to play on their own rules IT will adapt. IT wonders how will the toy react when the symptoms get worse. Yes, it is a perfect plan. IT continues to oversee the Robloxia. Fully in control.
Notes:
So we reached chapter 100.... Wow. I never thought, no... I never IMAGINED I would get here. I continue to surprise myself, because I always believed writing isn't for me. Yet here I am.
The story is halfway done. There are still three acts that will happen.
However this story wouldn't be able to be continued if it wasn't for you. Dear readers, if it wasn't for your comments, your kudos, but most importantly your interest in the story then things would go very differently.
I'm grateful for each one of you. Even if you don't comment, even if you're a reader that doesn't interact I'm still grateful you're here!
People in comments, people that I speak with on private. Each message is motivating me more! I'm so glad I could meet you all!!!
This fanfiction, this story changed my life. And I'm glad I decided to give it a try. I'm really happy that at least one of the stories in my head was able to see the light of the real world, no longer hidden in my thoughts.
I hope you'll have a good day or night. Remember to take care of yourself!!!
And get ready for the another half of the story!!!! >:D
Chapter 101: Haircut
Chapter Text
It's been a week since the drought came. The previously water covered world ended up turning into a desert. The sun is scorching, the survivors that previously were wearing a jacket or hoodie were forced to take it off, to run in only a T-shirt.
Noob wad able to help shorten out the pants. They previously were able to acquire a small used sewing kit, and made necessary changes. The pants can become long again if person cuts the right threads.
The scavenging group is getting ready to leave for a trip to check out how the territory around the hill looks like. Despite the hesitance, Noli insisted on going.
- "Y0u n333d t-t-t0 r3laX! 1-1'm aLL b3tt3r."
- "Noli, you still glitch a lot."- 007n7 says worried about his friend. The hacker waves him off.
- "1 h4v3n't haD a m1gr41n3 1n tw0 w33ks. AnD sm4ll gl1ch n3v3r huRt any0n3!"
- "If you insist... But be careful. If things get worse... Please tell someone."
- "1'm f1n33̴̫̮͒̅̓3̵͇̄͜3̵̘͔̱̊̿̇3̵͍̍͆̏3̵̨͇̤̔́̿3̶̧̺̫͗̍"- Noli covers his mouth after a wince, after a bad glitch.
- ".... yeah 'fine'..."- 007n7 frowns. Other people around also look at the glitchy hacker with varying amount of worry.
Eventually the scavenger group leaves. Since they're going only to look around, Noob stayed behind. They only go when they are needed to keep an eye on resources the group has.
The survivalist looks at their friend. Sixer isn't doing too good in the heat, but so far they were able to keep them somewhat fine. Luckily their mutaded beastly body works similar to animal body, which means that Guest 666 has other ways to cool themselves down.
Noob is also worried about Taph. The other survivor refuses to leave the basement. It being the coldest place in the cabin. The demolitionist doesn't want to uncover some parts of his body just yet. But soon he will have to.
Noob's thoughts are being interrupted by a yell of frustration. Chance is pushing their hair away from his face. It continues to stick to his forehead, the temperature making them sweat. The gambler was attempting to sew by themselves a hole in his sock, but the hair continues to make it harder.
Two Time is sitting next to him. Their tail is slightly twitching, not in fear or nervousness. More like curiosity. They observe the gambler with tilted head and small smile on their face.
- "You need help?"- Noob asks, jumping over the back of the couch, sitting next to Chance.
- "I'm trying so hard. But the hair keeps going over my eyes! It's also soo annoying because I constantly feel it sticking to my skin!"- Chance complains loudly. Noob's brows burrow, they are thinking of a solution, but instead it's Two Time that seems to notice the issue."
- "Your hair is quite long. Longer than when we first appeared in outside world."
- "Yeah. It's so annoying, it also makes me feel more hot!"
- "Why won't you cut it then?"- Noob asks innocently, however the question makes Chance freeze.
- "So! What do you think of my new hairstyle? It's really comfortable, especially in summer.
- "I prefer you in longer hair. It fits you more, this one makes you look stupider. But I'm not an expert, so I might be wrong.
- "O-oh...... Now as I'm looking at it... You're right. I look stupid...... I think I'll let it grow again."
Chance gets pulled back to reality by Noob slightly shaking them. The survivalist looks worried. Two Time also stares at them with smaller smile than before, their face being slightly more expressive. Their tail is held low.
- "Chance?"
- "Sorry... I....I look stupid in shorter hair."
- "I do not think like that."- Two Time says. Chance looks at them with confusion.
- "What do you mean?"
- "If I recall correctly. One time a sword swing from 1x1x1x1 cut your hair. In my opinion you did not look stupid."
- "....oh"- Chance whispers. Running a hand through their long hair. It became annoying a while ago, but he was hesitant about cutting it.
- "How about it! We'll tie your hair in a way you can somewhat test different lengths of it."
- "....Sure, I guess..."
- "GREAT!"- Noob smiles, clapping their hands. - "Two Time get the mirror, I'll tie their hair!"
- "We have a mirror?"- Two Time tilts their head in confusion.
- "Princess has one... Somehow."
- "Ah... I am afraid I cannot help. She appears to... Hate me. I apologize for being useless."
- "No, no. It's alright. I'll go! You make sure Chance won't get lost in his head!"- Noob says, sprinting upstairs.
Two Time begins to talk, about how Azure desperately tries to keep the plants alive despite the heat. How they scared Shedletsky by quietly walking over when he wasn't looking. Apparently he let out a high pitched scream.
Chance continues to listen as they ramble about random topics. He notices how their voice, despite still being quiet and soft appears to be more confident. The gambler also notices that the topics of conversation changed. Before when they were asked to keep someone busy they talked about Spawn.
- "I'm back!"- Noob rushes downstairs, panting a bit because they decided to run in that temperature. Guest 666 let's out a disappointed growl. - "I know. I know. Stupid decision, but let's get into it!"
Noob begins to tie Chance's hair. Checking out different lengths. Chance feels confused a bit, seeing the support they get. They aren't used to it, but he appreciates it.
His eyes widen when he sees one hairstyle. It is long enough so he can tie his hair, but not too long to annoy them. It's perfect height. Chance expects a comment on how it doesn't fit them, but instead Noob begins to talk on different ways he could style it. The survivalist did the same thing to every hairstyle.
- "I think it's perfect..."- Chance says with a smile. Noob also smiles.
- "Perfect! Now we need to cut it!"- As the survivalist says the word "cut". Jason walks over. The killer points at himself.
- "No way! I saw what you did to our hair when you had this barber cosplay on! Two Time was BALD!"
- "I do not like that memory..."- Two Time chuckles hesitantly, with a shiver. Jason sighs, annoyed
- 'This was test. The captor allowed me to do that.'- The killer signs.
- ".... Promise?"- Chance raises an eyebrow.
- 'Promise'
- "Alright.... I think I trust you."
Jason drags Chance outside. He then takes the scissors Noob brought and begins to cut Chance's hair. Each cut is made with precision and care.
After a while the trio looks at Chance. Jason looks proud of himself, Noob is smiling with happiness, while Two Time... They look interested, their tail is slightly wagging.
- "You look great!"- Noob exclaims, handing Chance the mirror.
- "You look different. But I do not think it is bad.... I am not good at saying things like that... But you look... More comfortable?"- Two Time joins the conversation. Jason agrees by giving Chance a thumb up.
When Chance looks in the mirror he looks at himself. The hair isn't perfect, but it's so much more comfortable than what they had before. Chance smiles, looking at them. He finally feels like themselves again. There's no comments that make him question his choice.
- "It's perfect. Thank you so much!"
- "No problem Chance! Happy to help!"- Noob nods, their smile growing wider.
- "I have a proposition... If I can ask..."- Two Time begins, but cuts off looking unsure.
- "What is it?"- Chance asks with curiosity.
- "Maybe we could get off the sun... get back inside and play one round of this card game?"
- "Ohohoho! You're into that!!! I knew it!!! Let's go!"- Chance smiles, dragging Two Time inside. Noob and Jason follow.
The group of four people then plays a few rounds. Noob and Chance continuing to rival with each other for the win.a few rounds. Noob and Chance continuing to rival with each other for the win.
Notes:
It's after midnight as I'm posting it. I'm waking up in a 5 hours to watch a sunrise.
Goodnight everyone!
Chapter 102: Living during the drought.
Chapter Text
After a few rounds, Noob looks up. They look in Two Time's direction. The cultist is focused on the cards. Thinking about Chance's new hairstyle made them notice Two Time's.
- "Two Time?"
- "Yes Dear Survivalist?"
- "Your hair is also getting quite long... And I-I don't mean to be mean... B-but it looks unkept. Do you... Perhaps want to try something new?"
- "...I am unsure. I quite enjoy my hair as it is."
- "Timey. Listen, as someone who was suffering with longer hair I know that the knots must be uncomfortable."
- "I am capable of cutting it myself."- Two Time says sternly, their tail straighteners. A silent warning.
- "S-sorry for pushing the topic! We'll drop it now. But remembered you can always come to us... Alright?"
- ".... Alright"- Two Time smiles, but this is this off putting smile.
A while later 1x1x1x1 goes downstairs. Shedletsky and Elliot aren't in the cabin, both of them left with scavenging team to explore. Because of that the killer is forced to be the one in charge to making small meal.
Behind him goes downstairs 007n7. The ex hacker lost totally out of it. Rubbing his eyes with confusion.
- "Please tell me we still have some coffee."- He says, tiredness and confusion in his voice.
Instead of answer he hears Chance laughing, basically falling off the couch. Both Noob and Jason are also laughing. Two Time's face is twisted in disgust. The expression looking alien on their face.
- "I do not understand why you people praise that drink of death and despair so much."- The say, remembering the taste of the coffee.
- "I personally enjoy that taste... But I drink in also for the caffeine, when I need a wake up call."- 007n7 explains, rubbing his eyes.
- "What happened anyway? You look like you're not fully there."- Noob asks with curiosity. The former hacker sighs.
- "I took a nap by accident... I feel like I'm so confused. Like in different reality, no idea what day, what hour it is."- 007n7 chuckles and goes to the kitchen where 1x1x1x1 is already checking out the cupboards.
- "You. Yellow survivor."- They say, looking at Noob. The survivalist frowns.
- "You know that I have a name?"
- "...I do. Now get over here. You are the one that knows the rations."- 1x1x1x1 says, then he begins looking for the pots. Noob sighs, knowing that their free time ended.
- "Who's taking care of the spiders? Since Noli went explore."
- "Azure."- 1x1x1x1 anwsers. - "Someone remind him to do it because I WON'T save you from hungry spiders."
The mental image makes Noob shiver. Thinking about spiders makes them feel phantom sensations of them crawling over them.
- "Y-Yup! 1x is right. Please someone do it..."
- "Time you go get Azure. I go check on Taph."
- "As long as I am away from the drink that is straight from hell."- Two Time says, sending an distrustful look at the cup 007n7 is holding.
The group separates, 007n7 is drinking the coffee. Jason began showing Guest 666 how they look in the mirror, the beast is interested in it. 1x1x1x1 is getting the food ready, with assistance of Noob.
- 'Kids?'- Jason signs looking at 1x1x1x1.
- "Jason I do NOT understand these stupid signs."- 1x4 says coldly. The masked killer glares at the embodiment of hatred.
- "He's asking about kids. You were with them."- 007n7 translates.
- "And how do you know that?"
- "W-Well... We need to do something in between rounds... Noob taught us all a bit of sign language."- The former hacker explains. 1x1x1x1 monetarily feels something else than hatred, something like guilt. The survivors attempt to connect more with Jason than they tried. He immediately pushed these thoughts away.
- "The kids are playing together with toys."- The embodiment of hatred anwsers, Jason nods and decides to check on them.
The kids can quickly end up at each other's throats. They do a lot of roughhousing, but if it's someone else that tries to bother one of them they immediately get along to protect each other. Truly an interesting dynamic, one moment they fight, the next they get along.
Chance opens the entrance and walks downstairs to the basement. The spiders immediately crawl over.
- "Y-yeah... You need to wait for a second. Azure with take care of you soon.... Gods I hope you didn't eat Taph...."
Luckily Taph is alive. He's sitting next to the screen that shows the camera footage. There are already a few layers less on his body. Despite this the demolitionist looks uncomfortable and hot.
- "Taph? Buddy. How are you going?"
- "➕➖.... 🥵"
- "Yeah. Aware, I get it.... I brought you some water in case yours got used up. We can't have dehydrated."
- "👍🙇"
- "No need to thank me. Also Taph...."
- "❓"
- "I know that you have some issues regarding... You know. Showing yourself. You don't have to worry of us judging you. I'm not forcing you to anything, but remember... You're not alone anymore."
- "....👍❓....."
Two Time watches as Azure leaves the room, the killer cursed after they reminded him of the spiders. Two Time is left alone in the room with a lot of plans. They don't look the best, the heat making the leaves wilt.
Two Time spots a knife and slightly freezes. They remember the conversation with Noob. Their hair began to cross the comfortable length, and with them having dark hair the heat seems more strong.
They move their hand through their hair, they wince when their fingers pull on the hair, the knots being really tangled. They look back at the knife. They can use it to cut it down, they don't want to bother anyone from the survivors and they don't trust Jason after making them bald.
Two Time reaches out to the knife, trying to ignore whispers that they began to hear. Dealing with dark thoughts when near sharp objects is the thing they still struggle with, they don't want anyone knowing about that issue. At least not yet.
Notes:
I have summoned high temperature irl. -_-
Today it was over 30° Celsius (Google tells me it's 86 degrees Fahrenheit)
Which is A LOT for the country I live it. I didn't had any motivation to write until the heat lessened.____
And the bit with 007n7 and nap is based on what happened to me. I feel asleep for a while and woke up confused, craving coffee XD
Chapter 103: The True Feelings
Notes:
Let me know if you see any typos!
TW! Self Harm mention
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
Clumps of dark hair are laying on the floor. A bit more continue to fall. Each swing of the knife cutting more of the knotted and matted hair.
They never were the best in taking care of themselves. The Spawn always came before their own needs. It didn't matter if they were tired, hungry, feeling bad. Spawn needed to be served.
Two Time holds the knife shakily, now realising that they aren't able to reach the back without risking to cut themselves.
Just try. A bit of blood never killed anyone.
Don't be afraid.
Just cut.
Are you so pathetic you can't do it?
Blood.
Blood for Spawn.
The sacrifice is necessary!
The Spawn needs blood!
You've done that before.
Why are you hesitating?
The Spawn is waiting!
Don't disappoint Two Time!
You've been neglecting the true god.
Apologise!
You sinned!
No one will care!
Only Spawn cares!
Trust the Spawn!
DO IT DO IT DO IT DO IT DO IT DO IT DO IT DO IT DO IT DO IT DO IT DO IT DO IT DO IT DO IT DO IT DO IT DO IT DO IT DO IT DO IT DO IT DO IT DO IT DO IT DO IT DO IT DO IT DO IT DO IT DO IT DO IT DO IT DO IT DO IT
- "What are you doing?"- Two Time's head snaps up. They look at the entrance where the Mafia man is standing.
The killer looks at them, the fedora hiding his face. Two Time realises that the knife is dangerously close to their skin. Their hands are shaking and the breathing is quickened.
- "A-ah... There is no need to worry. I am perfectly f-fine"
- "#######. You are not fine. Before I saw a lot of stuff in my job. I know what happens if you listen to stuff in your head."- Mafioso says, walking over and grabbing the skinny hand of the cultist.
Two Time tries to pull away, but the grip tightens, eventually making them drop the knife. That's when Mafioso let's go. Two Time immediately curls up in shame, their tail curled up tightly and tense. They can feel the painful throbbing of the old scars.
Mafioso sighs, looking at their badly cut hair. At them in general. He doesn't know this survivor, he doesn't know their boundaries. He only knows them from the mask they put on.
- "Why didn't you ask others for help?"
- "...I am capable of handling myself."
- "Mhm. Totally. And you totally weren't about to hurt yourself."- The words are making Two Time flinch, then their tail goes up, the boney spikes are sticking out more. They snap, slightly raising their voice.
- "Do not talk about things you do not understand!!! I am sick and tired of bothering everyone with every little thing I do! I am sick of being treated like something broken! They all treat me like I do not understand!!! I do understand!!! It is not my fault that I was taught that my body matters less if I have the second life! I am something more than a broken person! I....."
- "You wanted to show them you're capable."- Mafioso finishes. Two Time looks away, their tail curling up again.
Then a small bunny shaped animal jumps at Two Time, landing on their legs. A small black bunny with white tip on their left ear and white around the nose is staring back at them. The bunny makes a small squeak and curls up. Two Time's shaky hands began to slowly stroke bunnies fur.
- "Hello Clubs..."- They whisper, pulling the animal into gentle hug. Their body slightly relaxing.
- "Two Time. I have an offer. I will help you with your hair and then we go downstairs and you'll tell others how do you feel."- Mafioso begins, shushing them when they try to disagree.- "Your friends truly care about you, they will understand and try to adapt. You need to focus on communication with them."
Mafioso grabs the knife and begins to cautiously cut the hair of the cultist. He also fixes the previously cut areas. In meantime Two Time continues to pet Clubs.
- "If you make me bald I will stab you."- They say at one point. Mafioso snorts in surprise, not expecting the comment.
Later Two Time is sitting downstairs, on the couch. All three bunnies surrounding them. Mafioso explained the situation to the other members of the group, before they took over. Two Time felt terrifying when they started, but with time it came easier.
- ".... and I feel useless, because you all have a role while I am being labeled as too unstable for any task."- They finish, avoiding eye contact. Then they feel someone putting a hand on their shoulder.
- "Thank you for telling us about that. I'm proud of you."- 007n7 says with a soft smile.
- "We will need to talk with rest about your task. But I appreciate that you lowered your mask."- Dusekkar rhymes the anwser. Azure stares at Two Time, he's happy that the survivors are truly wanting to help, especially when he is still fighting with his own conflicted feelings about the sacrifice.
- "I have an idea."- Chance exclaims, flipping their coin. He curses when it lands on tails.
- "What is it Chance?"- Noob asks, kidnapping Dusty on to their own lap. The bunny moves into comfortable position.
- "Maybe for now you could keep an eye on Taph? I'm worried about him."
- "I think that could work. I will be happy to help a friend in need."- Two Time says with a small smile.
The moment is interrupted by Pr3ttyprincess running downstairs, holding Polly the chicken.
- "This stupid goo tried to eat Polly!"
- "NO ! C00lgoo just wanted to play!!!!"- C00lkidd yells from upstairs.
- "IT LOOKED LIKE IT TRIED TO EAT HER!"
- "Alright. Kids, calm down. Let me have a look."- 007n7 chuckles before standing up.
Princess follows him upstairs. After talking to each present person, it seems that it truly was just a misunderstanding. The goo being curious about the feathered animal.
Notes:
- "Hey TKN. I know you enjoy Slice of life. But what about plot?"
- "It will move when the right time comes. Be patient."
- "Oh come on! I want to see the return of pir-"
- "⬛⬛⬛!!!! NO SPOILERS!!!"
- "Come on! You're my creator!!! I know you TKN. I know that you want to write it already."
- "Don't you have another universe fixation to look after?
- "Fine. I get back to work. But how long do I need to wait to see readers reactions?"
- "Soon ⬛⬛⬛ Soon.... >:D"____
⬛⬛⬛ Does NOT play any important part of Upgraded Hell Universe other than being random background character. This conversation is NOT taking place in UH universe.
Chapter 104: Rattling Sounds
Chapter Text
The sun is scorching, the heat is unbearable. Elliot uses the sleeve to wipe the sweat from his face.
- "Why are we wearing long sleeves again?"- Shedletsky groans, standing in one place to catch his breath.
- "Because you don't want to get sunburn. Believe me, it's much worse than being hot."- Guest 1337 answers sternly.
- "Right. I'm not all powerful admin anymore, I forgot I get mortal issues."- Shedletsky sighs with annoyance, pushing away his hair, the bangs sticking to his face.
- "I-I-I-It mUsT sUcK n0t b31ng @ll p0w3rf0ul 4nym0re."- Noli laughs from former admin's problem. In return he gets a harsh glare.
The group continues forward eventually getting nearer to the smaller city they used to explore during winter.
- "M-m-m-m4n! 1 d0n't l00k f0rw4rd t0 cl1mb1ng th4t h1ll ag41n."- Noli says, half joking half serious, putting a smirk.
But after a few seconds his smirk disappears. An odd tingly feeling appears in his hands. It's uncomfortable and reminds him of glitches. Noli rubs his hands together, hoping to ease the feeling.
The group begins to look around in the city. They separate, but stay in the hearing range. Elliot sighs, with exhaustion, then he sees a big hole in the floor of one of the houses. Other than the hole the house is a complete mess, the furniture is misplaced or gone, the paintings are covered in drawings similar to eyes, the bigger part of the room is missing.
The healer slowly makes his way downstairs through the hole, hoping to find something useful there. He lets out a scream when his leg falls through old and unstable step. The old wood completely scrapes his leg. Elliot bites his cheek, it hurts when he tries to pull it out.
He considers calling someone for an assist, but stops after hearing an odd sound. It sounds similar to someone rattling rice in the container. Elliot looks around, the light from the hole allowing him to see a bit better.
The rattling noise moves closer. Elliot's eyes widen in fear once he realises that right in front of him is a rattlesnake, but this one's size is big enough to eat a human.
Elliot slowly attempts on trying to free his feet. His breathing beginning to fasten when panic takes over, but the healer desperately swallows it down. Elliot continues to stare at the snake, trying to stay calm when it slowly moves closer.
Then Elliot's eyes widen, instincts from dealing with killers taking over. Not caring about the pain Elliot forcefully pulls out his leg running upstairs, just in time as the snake lunges at him. The survivor refuses to be a snake food.
The commotion alerts the other scavengers. Guest looks up, his face twisting in worry and panic. Then he sees Elliot who is dodging attacks of a rattlesnake.
- "Oh Gods... Elliot!!! Run to one of the houses with small entrances so it can't follow!!!"- He yells.
Shedletsky is already analysing the situation, there's no way he'll be able to attack this thing. The swordmaster curses himself for not being useful.
While the chase happens, Noli is leaning on one of the walls inside a house. The feeling continued to spread, now being felt all over his body. He really wants to help them, but he doesn't know if he'll be able to assist much.
The killer doesn't know why it's happening, it never happened before. The panic outside continues, Noli hears his name being shouted. Then the hacker notices that his body begins to oddly glitch. Suddenly everything clicks into place.
The killer pushes himself to standing position and runs outside. There he sees that Elliot fell over and the snake is about to get him, both Guest and Shedletsky are too far away to help him.
Noli summons the Void Star, the familiar feeling of emptiness, of hunger becomes more strong. He uses the Void Rush and grabs the healer just in time. He drops him off in hidden place. Then he returns taking the attention of the rattlesnake on him.
- "NOLI WHAT ARE YOU DOING!?"- Shedletsky yells with annoyance, he doesn't want the killer to put himself in danger.
- "TRu$t M3!!!"- Noli shouts back, the feeling stronger than before. The killer runs away, Guest following him.
Five minutes later Shedletsky and Elliot hear a loud crash. A while later Guest returns to them, without Noli.
- "Guest... Where is he? What happened to the snake!?"
- "Noli lead him to one of the unstable buildings... Right into a support... The building crushed the snake."
- "What about Noli!?"- Elliot says, the adrenaline leaving him makes his leg hurt.
- "Dude. The others are going to kill us."- Shedletsky whispers in terror. Already imagining the looks of others.
- "He's not dead... I hope."- Guest says calmly.
- "What do you mean?"- Elliot looks at the soldier.
- "He glitched away right before the snake got him. I don't know where he is. But if he hadn't respawn in the cabin, he's alive."
- "I beg 2x2 he is. Because otherwise our heads might be hanging as wall decorations."- Shedletsky whispers.
After a while of exploring the group returns to the cabin. The group feels shocked, worried and angry. A lot of different emotions.
Noli didn't respawn. The question remains: 'Where is Noli?'
Notes:
...writing action is HARD ^^"
Chapter 105: Around the world!
Notes:
Let me know if you see any typos!
(If you're struggling to read His dialogue, let me know and I'll write you a translation!)
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
The world becomes nothing but flashes of different places. Everything changes too fast to be recognizable.
The body is in pain. Each small glitch feeling like this part of your body is being torn apart, maybe it is. The scorching heat of the sun doesn't help, the sun rays are bringing the most insane heat. Despite this he is happy that there's a chance others survived.
Eventually the world stops. Noli falls forward, clutching his head. It takes a while until killer is able to move away, the uncomfortable feeling still there. Noli looks around the dark room. He takes out the Void Star, using it as a flashlight.
Noli wishes he didn't. Thousands of eyes are staring at him. The room, turns out to be a cave full of spiders. These ones are different then he is used to, these spiders seem more brownish and have while spots in the shape of cross. These ones aren't tamed.
The killer looks around spotting something similar to sunlight. He begins to run in that direction, ignoring the pain in his body. The spiders crawl after him. They're big enough to see him as nothing but a fly.
The hacker climbs up, leaving the cave just in time. He breathes a sigh of relief. The spiders seem to seek coldness in dark caves. Noli opens his eyes, he didn't even realise when he ended up laying on the sand. He's met with a vulture trying to eat him, the bird probably thought he's dead because of his rotten boy.
Noli begins to scream, glitching out of the place again. His body feels like it's being torn apart. It's not the same as his controlled teleportation. This one is making him feel out of it, but at the same time feel everything.
Noli opens his eyes, taking a step back when he sees a spear right in front of his face. He quickly shows his arms in the form of surrender. It takes a while for the voice to register, but Noli knows that the person dressed in all white isn't happy.
- "C-C-C-C-Ch1lL! 1'm /\/0t d4ng3r0uS!"
- "How did you get here!?"
- "D-D-DUd3! 1 duNn0! 1 gl1tch @ll 0v3r th3 w0rld!"
- "...."
- "...."
- "That's a terrible excuse."
- "D-Do 1 l-l-l00k! l1k3 1 h4v3 @ st4bl3 b0dY?!"- Noli says, ignoring the glitching getting stronger. The angel like person looks at him.
- "...You don't look stable I'll give you that. Your code seems to be all over the place."
- "Th4nkS! 1 d1dn's n0t1c3!"
- "Quit with the sarcasm.... Want Tea?"
- "Ab0uT t0 gl1tch 4gain.... Th4nkS f0r th3 0ffer."- Noli says, just as the world turns into flashes again.
The glitching continues for a really long time. Putting Noli in multiple dangerous and confusing situations. From appearing in dragon like animal's nest to getting stuck in a coweb of a tiger spider.
He ends up in quicksand. Basically getting swallowed whole. The sand hurts his rotten parts of the body. Them being more sensitive, but numb at the same time.
The hacker is surprised he's alive at this point. Each glitching episode is putting him in terrible pain. Noli long stopped caring about the tears that fall, he gave up on trying to stop the screaming.
His body is exhausted, each movement sends a wave of pricking. Like someone is stabbing him with thousands of needles. The Void Star is not making the situation better.
His chest feels like there's something missing. The empty void that seems to be constantly hungry for something. It's the same void Noli is used to, but now it the hunger for the life seems stronger than ever. The hacker knows that soon it might be too late.
Noli wishes he could turn back time. To stop himself from taking the Void Star. He hates 007n7 for making him take that star, but at the same time he can't make himself hate him. He's a total mess.
Next time the glitching stops Noli finds himself half stuck into the ground. He can't feel his lower part of the body. He can't move at all and he's in the middle of nowhere.
Time passes and the sun burns. Noli basically begs for death. But it doesn't come instead it makes him glitch again. Yet Noli is barley conscious at that point.
He ends up laying on some wood, the sun continues to shine on him. There are footsteps heard.
- "Hey Cap'n!!! Some guy jus' appeared out o' nowhere!"
- "Hm? Let me see."
- "Wha' do we do wit' him?
- "The usual we do when we find unconscious 'n vulnerable people.... Take 'im under the deck."
Notes:
FUN FACT!!! The spiders described in this chapter are actually real spiders found in my country. (They're just REALLY big in the fanfic)
______
The author sew (with the help of grandma) a REALLY CURSED Two Time plushie.... My sibling asked if it's a Voodoo doll T-T
(I love that plush XD)
Chapter 106: The Ship
Chapter Text
- "So why be our cap'n pickin' up random people now?"
- "No idea. But ye know how he can be."
- "The guy be a ###### CORPSE!?"
- "Aye... Dat's one o' the weirdest things cap'n ever did. But he's our cap'n, we don't question 'im."
- "True. But it makes me wonder. Wha' even happened t' dat purple guy"
- "We'll have t' wait 'n ask. Unless Cap'n has other plans fer 'im."
The two pirates continue to gossip. They're leaning on the barrels that are on the deck. They seem to be used to the hot temperature, or they mask it well. They're curious on how their captain decides to deal with the glitchy intruder.
Their captain is standing in his private room. There's fresh cup of tea on his desk. He is staring at the map, figuring out their next destination. They'll have to arrive to Pirate City for the meeting between different captains. Then they'll have to restock in Crossroads, it being the safest trading city.
- "Cap'n?"- The door opens. A younger robloxian with black hair and elf like ears is standing in the entrance.
- "Ah. 57, wha' brings ye here?"
- "The wind returned. We be ready t' sail!"
- "Great, get the crew ready. Make sure Lia be stayin' wit' the corpse guy. We needs t' observe dat odd phenomenon, tell her t' wake me once he wakes. I wants t' do a small.... Interrogation."
- "O' course Cap'n!"- 57 salutes and leaves the room, cursing when they walk into the wall and then even louder curse when they trip on the stairs.
Captain rolls his eyes with a chuckle, returning to the map while drinking the tea. He has to say, the drink is really good. The rotten guy definitely messed up his plans, but he's a smart Captain. He'll make it work, something tells him that the whole situation will be really interesting and will bring a bunch of benefits for his crew.
The brown haired Capitan laughs at the thought. His eyes shining with interest, curiosity and something else. He just needs to wait for the guy to wake up. He is looking forward for the interrogation.
Lia_303 stares at the ceiling, she's aware that she's the healer of the crew, but being stuck with a unconscious corpse is the most boring things she ever did. She wishes she could do a little surgery, but orders are orders. Captain wants to talk to the guy first.
Lia sighs, running her hands over her forehead, the med room sometimes feels like a closed pot heating up on the stove, and it's the coldest place on the whole ship. The female looks up.
- "J4mi3. Don't stab the guy. Cap'n told us t' wait 'til the corpse be conscious."
- "But it's a CORPSE!? How it can be conscious!?"- A guy with metal arm speaks up. He puts away the medical knife.
- "No idea. But Clothes Stealer told us it will return t' life. And ye know how much Cap'n trusts dat guy."- Lia shakes her head, her face is twisted in suspicion.
- "Aye. It's annoyin', it took everyone a while t' gather trust 'n Clothes Stealer jus' appears 'n suddenly they be mateys."
- "Agreed. But it isn't like we get a say in dat. At least ye got a functionin' prosthetic thanks t' Stealer's contacts."
- "Aye. 'n so far nothin' happened. We jus' needs t' keep watch in case he decides t' do somethin'."- The metal arm guy agrees, staring at unconscious corpse guy, wondering what his captain is planning for the corpse.
The glitches stopped, but whatever happened to the person clearly left a lot of damage. The guy looks like he went through hell and back, the crew was surprised to hear that the corpse is still alive.
One of the pirates is checking out the wheels that were installed to the ship and allow it to 'swim' on the surface. The invention was risky, but it worked.
- "Charlex! How's the situation!?"- 57 yells from the deck, looking at the person below.
- "Everythin' stable 'n ready to sail!"
- "Great! Get on the deck, everyone we be movin'!!! Get ready t' work! Clothes Stealer get away from the edge!"
- "Heh. You got it Mr Second in Command!"- The so called Clothes Stealer walks away from the edge. The hood is covering his face as the person makes his way under the deck. He needs to analyse the corpse, it's time to have some fun.
Notes:
I woooonder what the pirates are planning.... I love this crew ^^
Fun fact. Noli was originally supposed to wake up in this chapter. But I decided to keep you all in suspense a bit more.
Chapter 107: Meeting the Crew
Chapter Text
Captain and the hooded person are sitting together in Captain's room. The Captain has a serious expression when he looks at hooded person.
- "So ye're sayin' dat we don't need t' worry about the rot? It isn't infectious?"
- "Not at all. It appears that it's caused by the crown... Or more likely the star that is attached to the crown. Like some sort of cursed artifact, your healer wasn't able to take it off from the guy."- The hooded person explains.
- "Cursed artifact? Now dat's interestin'."
- "I don't remember anything similar being mentioned, so my guess it's that this Star Crown is from the old times. When first admins ruled."- Hearing those words Captain nods with understanding, before he can anwser the door opens. The crew member with metal arm is standing there.
- "Cap'n! The corpse awoken."
- "Thank ye fer lettin' me know J4mi3. Shall we go?"- The captain looks in the direction of hooded figure.
- "After you!"
Noli can feel his body burning, but it's less than before. When he woke up he saw a wooden roof. Then he noticed two people in the room, when they noticed him being awake one of the people left the room.
- "So. Who ye be. Normally I would start wit' questions about how ye feel but I dunno how t' take care o' corpses."- The female says. Noli's brain however struggles to understand. The accent making it even more difficult to understand the words.
- "Lia. please leave us alone. I'll call ye once we be done or somethin' happens."
- "Aye Cap'n!"- The female, Lia salutes and leaves the room. Noli is staring at the man and hooded person behind him. The supposed Captain looks at the killer.
- "You must be really confused. Just take it easy, we'll explain everything."- Captain says, dropping the pirate accent. The man moves the chair so he can sit in front of Noli. The hooded person sits on nearby table.
- "W-W-Wh0?"
- "Ah. Apologies, my name is Harry. I'm the captain of this ship."- The captain, Harry says. Then he points in the direction of the other man. - "This is Historian. He's not a part of the crew, but I trust him with my life."
- "You are quite a sensation. A glitching person appears outta nowhere. You're lucky I was able to stabilise you."
- "Wh4t d1d y0u d0?"- Noli asks with fear, he tries to hide. Historian puts his hands up.
- "Relax, relax. Nothing bad. This world no longer has rules, I used a.... script that will lessen the glitching."
- "Who are you? And what group do you belong to?"- Harry takes over the conversation again.
- "WhY sh0ud 1 t3ll y0u!? 1 w3ll kn0w wh4t y0u p1r4tes d0 t0 p3p0le."- Noli accuses, glaring at the man. He doesn't want to suffer the same fate as Chance and Two Time, but at the same time he doesn't want to lead pirates to his team.
Harry's expression darkerns. The Captain takes out a small knife. He plays with it for a second then looks up at the purple man.
- "I assume that you are familiar with our kind."
- "Your kind."
- "Historian I swear to... I don't know. I swear to my mother's name, not now!"
- "I just wanted to clarify. I'm not a pirate."- Historian shrugs. Harry groans, running his hands over his face. Noli observers the interaction with confusion.
- "Sorry about that. We are different group that you... Or your teammates are familiar with. Me and my crew aren't fan of the things other groups do to people. Once you'll recover a bit more and meet the rest of the crew you'll understand."
- "In summary. This group is a bunch of people discarded by the world. Harry decided to take them under his care."- Historian says with a smile barley visible from under the hood.
Noli observers the duo for a while. They don't seem to be lying, but it's always be cautious. At the same time he's stuck there. His body too tired and still in pain to move. On top of that he has no idea where he is.
- "1'm N0l1.... Th3 gr0up 1s Fr3@ks fr0m th3 H1LL."
- "Freaks from the Hill?"- Historian seems to perk up. Harry gives him a look.
- "You heard of them? I'm not familiar with that group."
- "Yeah. They live nearby Crossroads, a mysterious group that appeared outta nowhere. A bunch of interesting characters."- Historian says, looking at Noli.
- "Th3 rum0urs ar3 n0t tru3."- Noli says coldly, glaring at the hooded person. Historian doesn't seem to mind. Harry decides to change the topic.
- "The Crossroads City is in quite a distance from here. I'm afraid you'll have to stay with us. We'll be going there in around over a week."
- "..."- Noli stays quiet, looking at the Captain. He knows he doesn't have a choice. - "Fine."
- "Great. Don't worry, there's no strings attached. Even if people are used to getting in debt for helping, we are pirates. We don't care about that stuff. As for Historian... He is truly something else. A walking kindness."
- "Heh. You flatter me Harry."- Historian says, clearly teasing, then he turns to the hacker. - "So Noli... I guess we can be travelling partners for now. Because I also need to get to Crossroads. I'm invited for a meeting with people that research the past."
The group continues to talk for a while. Harry brews some tea for Noli, Historian steals some for himself. Noli recognises the taste immediately. It's the same Storm Tea that the admins and Mafioso brought back from Crossroads.
Noli hesitantly reveals that his condition is related to the void star, but he keeps a lot of information to himself. Despite that the pirate and hooded figure are weirdly understanding.
The hacker was in Crossroads before, none of people there were so understanding as these two. With the exception of Danny. The younger man being the only one that is truly kind.
Before they can continue the conversation, the door opens.
- "Apologies fer interruptin' Cap'n. Mel had a small accident so I needs me equipment"- Lia says walking inside, leading the person with elf like ears inside.
- "What happened?"- Harry says with worry.
- "I tripped on the rope and hit my face."- The person says also dropping the accent, there's already a black eye forming on their face.
Noli observers how the group seems caring to each other. It reminds him of his family team. He gets lost in thought, he hopes that his group is doing alright and that he didn't freaked them out. Noli feels a small headache, not because of migraines, but it's probably the heat getting to him.
- "H-H-H0w ar3 y0u n0t h0t und3r th4t h00d."- Noli asks Historian, the guy shrugs.
- "It is a bit hot. But it's made out of material that is more airy. The temperatures never bothered me too much... I guess you can call it a condition or something."
- "0h. M4k3s s3ns3...."
- "Sorry to interrupt you two, but since we'll be staying together for a while allow me to introduce you. My crew, this is Noli. Noli this is Lia_303, she's our medic. And that is Mel57, they're my right hand and second in command. If I'm not here they make decisions."
- "So that's your name glitchy guy. I have to say, you freaked out Charlex when you appeared right next to him. Never seen him shout so much."- Lia laugh, Mel also chuckes.
- "D1dn't y0u t4lk w1th p1rate @cc3nt b3f0r3?"
- "Yup."- Lia smiles, this confuses Noli even more.
- "Before the disaster hit we were normal people, not pirates. Now we just like to play pretend, to have some light in this ruined world."
- "Hmmm..."- Noli takes notes for that.
That's actually a smart idea. Once he gets back he needs to tell kids about that. Pr3ttyprincess already is already doing that. He hopes that other two kids could have a way to escape harsh reality. And seeing that even a man is playing along, who knows. Maybe Noli could make 1x1x1x1 play around as cowboy.
The hacker chuckles at the thought. He would loose his head for even suggesting that. Noli hopes that nothing bad will happen while he's away.
- "Azu. Do you think that uncle Noli will be alright?"
- "I hope he will... But you know how he is. I'm sure he already is looking for a way to return to us."- Azure smiles softly. The red child frowns.
- "Yeah. I hope so too..."
- "Come on kid. Cheer up. Do you want me to play with you?"
- "YES!!! Can C00lgoo join too?"- C00lkidd says with excitement.
- "I don't have anything against that."
Notes:
The reader that has the same name as one of the pirates... You're going to get jumpscared every time the crew returns ^^"
_____
- "TKN. You're getting another fixation... I'm worried."
- "Relax ⬛⬛⬛. It's going to be fine! Forsaken fixation is deeply attached to my heart. It will take a really long time for it to lessen. Remember how long I was fixated on Fnaf?"
- "Yes. The fixation was constant for around 4 years. Despite sharing the spot with other side fixations."
- "Yup! I believe the same thing is happening with Forsaken. Now let me think of Piggy Player angst" *insert evil chuckle*
Chapter 108: Learning More
Chapter Text
Noli sighs, getting a bit bored. He is not allowed to leave the med room because of the sunburn he got. His rotten skin seems dry to the touch, it also burns every time the hacker brushes against something. The temperature seemed to raise, Noli doesn't want to know what it's like outside.
Despite this Noli isn't someone who just lays in bed. Unless he has a migraine, but that's different topic. The killer opened up his hacking screen, hoping to restore it to functionality. He hopes he could contact someone.
Noli is aware that this group is his best solution, but he is suspicious of them. Just because they seem nice on first glance doesn't mean they're nice.
The black haired person left a while ago, he can hear them shouting orders on the deck. Now he's stuck with the blonde that is obsessively reading medical books. They both ignored themselves for hours, but now the female cuts the silence.
- "Ye know... I was a surgeon before the disaster hit. I never seen a case like yers. Ye interest me..."- She says, the way she looks at Noli a bit reminds him of Two Time. There's something off.
- "1 w0n't t3ll y0u @nyth1ng"
- "Dat's fine. I will figure it out someday... After all ye'll be stuck wit' us fer a while."- Lia chuckles, returning to her book.
Noli internally curses. Out of everything he ended up being stuck with a crazy ex surgeon. He knows how to deal with crazy cultists from observation. The killer wonders if the same things apply to her.
It takes a few hours for something else to happen. The Captain returns, whispering something to the woman. She then stands up and leaves.
- "I hope she didn't freaked you out. I gave her orders so she won't do anything. Only imply it."- Harry says. Despite the topic Noli appreciates that the man continues to talk to him without pirate accent.
- "Sh3 0nly t4lk3d @b0ut f1gur1ng m3 0ut.... st4r1ng cr33p1ly 1nst3@d"
- "That's sounds like her..."- Harry chuckles with fondness. Then he sighs. - "It's not her fault. When the disaster hit she protected a patient with her own body. Ended up with brain injury that she miraculously survived. However she hadn't been the same since."
- "Y0ur t3am 1s truLy s0m3th1ng."
- "Yes. We are just a bunch of different people brought together by fate and disaster. We support each other, despite our issues."
- "S0unds s1m1lar t0 mY gr0up..."
- "Heh. I guess you all live up to your name?"
- "E-E-Ex4ctly. 1'm surp1s3d w3 w3r3 abl3 t0 w0rk t0g3th3r."
- "Noli. I promise you we'll get you back to them as soon as possible. It's going to take a week if everything goes well."
Noli continues to listen to the Captain, learning more of how his crew functions. About how they attached wheels to the ship and now can sail on land and the water. How each person is different.
Turns out that everyone in the group except Harry and KIT, who's taking care of lookout has some sort of issue. Which weirdly fits Noli considering he always dealt with often having migraines and headaches, only time he was at peace was during the purgatory.
The group is open about their issues, instead of hiding them, they embrace them. Mel57 has really bad vision, they need strong glasses but so far they weren't able to find ones that work for them. Lia_303 has aftereffects of brain injury. J4MI3 lost an arm when the disaster struck. Shade has chronic pains since she was born. Meanwhile Charlex has dyslexia.
They're truly just a bunch of people from all over the world, that found a family in each other.
It really reminds Noli of the survivors & killers group. After all each one of them also have issues. The killer finds himself hoping that his killer friends will be more comfortable with that in future.
Then the hacker frowns. This would mean him too and he's not ready to face his issues. Despite this he knows he'll be forced to address them soon.
Harry frowns when he sees the man glitching slightly. He knows that Historian could only do so much. The Captain can see how much the man cares about his team. The Captain knows that Noli's code is unstable and that is very dangerous for Robloxians.
Harry hopes that he'll be able to find a way to get some help, or at least slow down the symptoms.... Before it's too late.
Notes:
Kinda a filler chapter.
Tomorrow we'll return to the Forsaken group!
Chapter 109: Under the Robes
Chapter Text
Taph rests his head on the cold wall. It brings little of comfort, the heat from outside slowly but surely warming up the basement. The demolitionist feels hot, but also cold at the same time. He feels goosebumps on his sweaty skin.
Taph knows it's not good. He should undress a bit more, but the fear continues to be in control. Despite the pleading of others, Taph doesn't want to change his clothes.
The basement is mostly empty, the only things alive are spiders and Taph. Occasionally someone visits for a while, but they all have their own tasks. The person that stays the most is Two Time. Taph still finds them creepy, but he also sees that they changed. The demolitionist appreciates their presence.
Speaking of Two Time, the cultist enters the basement. However instead of their usual greeting, Taph is met with odd silence. The demolitionist looks at the cultist, noticing that their tail dropped. Taph stands up, feeling dizzy but determined. He walks over and taps Two Time on their shoulder.
- "2️⃣🕑❓🫵👍❓"
- "...I am feeling well..... It is a different issue that I am overreacting about."
- "❓❓"
- "...."- Two Time looks away, slightly biting their lip. They quickly correct themselves, putting on a strained smile.
- "2️⃣🕑...❓"
- "The Admin that is our leader is hesitant to allow me to assist others. He is afraid I am too unstable.... He doesn't know I hear him calling me that when he thought I was away. He is also busy trying to figure out where the purple killer went."
- "😔"
- "There is no need for pity. I have bigger concerns than my own feelings."- Two Time says, staring at the Demolitionist.
- "❓"- Taph tilt's his head with question.
- "I am good at observing people. And I know that if you keep up refusing to undress some of the clothes... you will die. We.... I do not want yet another death of a friend."- Two Time says with quiet voice. But in their eyes there is something that Taph never saw before, a worry.
The Demolitionist covers himself with wings, not wanting to talk about it again. He knows that they're right, he's killing himself again. Normally Taph would refuse immediately, but something that Two Time said make him stop.
They called him a friend. Taph never was called a friend before, he doesn't count that Chance called him that. The gambler calls everyone a friend.
Taph looks at Two Time. They are staring at him, creepily but with worry. They're a really closed off person, just like Taph. Despite this the demolitionist was able to see their progress, how they changed and continue to battle their issues.
Taph also feels a lot more comfortable with the group. The way everyone wants the best for each other, even despite being separated by being killers and survivors. The group cares about each other.... 1x1x1x1 being an only exception when it comes to Shedletsky.
- "👆👍❗🫵🗣️📈🫵😟" ("Fine. I will do it, BUT! You need to talk about your issues too")- Taph sighs bravely, immediately regretting it. But he can't back down now. Two Time slightly perks up, their tail wagging.
- "I am glad friend! If you need help I will be happy to help. And do it at your own peace! And I will keep my end of the deal despite not being happy with it."- They smile.
It takes a while longer. Taph takes a deep breath and lowers his hood. A dark brown hair with blonde ends is revealed. His eyes are unnaturally dark, with small white glowing pupils.
- "😷❓"
- "If you prefer you can leave leave your bandana on."
- "👍"- Taph nods slowly. He feels a bit anxious, considering that Two Time continues to stare. The Demolitionist curses cultist's staring problem.
He sighs, making up his mind. With shaky hands he takes off the robes, revealing his upper body, that is still covered by black T-shirt. Two Time sees Taph's body being ready odd, some parts of skin look normal, meanwhile other are pure black with shadowy appearance. There are also scars on his hands, the cultist believes it's from the dealing with bombs.
Despite the relief that Taph feels, he also covers himself with his wings. He's afraid of Two Time judging him.
- "Dear Friend. I have seen a lot of different looking people. There is nothing to be ashamed of."- Two Time eventually says quietly. Taph slightly looks up with confusion. Then he points at his scars and looks away in shame.
- ".....👎"
- "...Taph."- Hearing that demolitionist eyes widen, Two Time never called him by his name.- "If you look at me... You will see a lot of scars. And under my clothes there is even more. Yours are related to work you do.... That shows your dedication..."
- "🫵❓"
- "....Mine are caused by myself and the punishment for committing sins. The Spawn told.... No, the Elders told me that Spawn requires blood sacrifices to cleanse myself from my sins."
- "😨❗"- Taph gasps and hugs Two Time. Their eyes widen in shock, but they slowly return the hug.
- "I have overheard the admins talking about your story in past. I did not mean to hear that, but it happened... Those people that do.... Protests? It is unfair and sad that you were forced into hiding with no one coming your aid"
Taph closes his eyes when he hears Two Time saying that. He doesn't know why, but it feels nice knowing that what happened to him wasn't okay. Taph silently cries, his wings also covering Two Time.
After a while Taph looks up, his eyes widen when he sees Builderman staring at him with a smile and pride. The Demolitionist hides behind Two Time, he feels embarrassed. The cultist doesn't mind being a shield, they simply stand between them.
- "I'm proud... Of both of you. Taph, I'm glad that you decided to listen to us, I'll make sure that everyone will be mindful of your boundaries.... Two Time... How about we talk again about you wanting a task. Maybe we'll find something that fits."
- "👆🆘❓"
- "Sure, you can help. So what do you say?"- Builderman looks at Two Time. The cultist stays quiet for a second.
- "Alright. We can do that...."
Notes:
Genuine question... How do people remember to drink water/stop ignoring thirst?
Because I have this problem and because of it I drink really little during the day.
I'm trying to get rid of it. I tried the app reminder but it didn't exactly work -.-"(Plus I want to give one of the characters an issue like that so it will also help with the story ^^)
Chapter 110: Broken Glass
Chapter Text
The great hero attacks the villain! Despite bad guy's constant attacks, the lasers and robots are nothing! The hero is ready for final blow!!!! He charges his power! Everyone is watching with awe. The hero is ready to punch the bad guy, he puts his hand AND-
- "Look at that idiot. Heh. He's eleven and still playing with toys."
- "Yeah. So stupid, none of us play with toys anymore!"
- "Huh? But we played yeste-"
- "Shut up, we didn't!"
Other kids walk away, laughing and whispering at the other kid. Said kid puts on his blue hoodie, covering his face. Why they had to point it out, it's not his fault that he enjoys action figures. His mom worked hard so she could buy it for him.
- "BLUUDUDE!!!"- The voice makes Bluudude looks up. Pr3ttyprincess is standing right before him, her expression annoyed. She's holding small deer plushie with wizard hat, the toy that the group was able to scavenge.
- "What do you want?"
- "Can you play with me? I'm making a tea party!"
- "Quit with those toys. You're over ten, shouldn't you be more grown up? Quit acting like a child."- Bluudude says coldly. His first tightening around his own toy, being a action figure robot.
- "But you also have a toy and I saw you playing with it!"
- "NO YOU DIDN'T NOW GET LOST!"- Bluudude snaps, glaring at her.
He stands up, walks over to window and opens it. Without a thought the blue child throws away the toy. Bluudude continues to glare at the air, he quickly turns around. He needs to go outside and let out emotions before he does something he may regret.
- ".....JAAAAASOOOON!!!! CAN YOU PLAY WITH ME!!? YOU'LL BE A PRINCESS!!!"- Pr3ttyprincess yells, wanting to have another play mate.
- 'Help. I don't want to be princess!'- In different room Jason frantically signs. He doesn't have anything against playing with her, but he also doesn't want to end up being covered in glitter.... Again. Besides he's also busy trying to teach 1x1x1x1 sign, despite other killer's annoyance.
The masked killer looks at the door with unease. That's when John Doe stand up and leaves the room, deciding to play along with the child. He always enjoyed dress up, even when corruption had more control. Killer enjoyed when their captor used to dress them up in different looks. John really liked the pirate cosplay he was sometimes given.
The corrupted man doesn't see the relief in Jason's body language. When he realises that he doesn't have to have to become a princess. 1x1x1x1 let's out a quiet chuckle, noticing how Jason acts. Jason glares at the embodiment of hatred.
Chance is sitting in the kitchen. His left hand is feeling really weird. It was feeling weird for a long while. It's numb and tingly. He moves his hand over the rough surface of skin. The scar after the explosion looks terrible. The wound healed, but the feeling stayed.
Chance hates how it sometimes hurts and the pain radiates all over his left arm. Today it feels like it is hurting more than usual. This weird feeling like someone is drilling in their arm. The hand is the worse.
- "Hey Chance? Could you hand over me this glass?"- Guest 1337 asks, barley glancing in Chance's direction. The soldier offered to be the one to make dinner, he wanted a change of routine.
- "Sure."- Chance smiles flicking their coin.
Because of the coin being held in his right hand, they instinctively used their left hand. He grabs the glass, that's when the pain spikes up, radiating all over his arm. Chance yelps in pain, surprised by it being so sudden. The glass drops to the ground shattering into pieces.
- "Seriously, how hard is to hold a glass. This isn't perfection. Do you know how important our appearance is? We cannot allow the mess ups."
- "Just go to your room and think about what you've done. In two hours I will come to your room and we'll talk about how to keep up perfect appearance."
- "Chance?"- Guest gently touches the gambler, trying to get their attention. Chance pushes his hand away.
- "Sorry. I'll clean this up... J-just"
- "No. Come on, sit down. It's okay."- Guest leads Chance to the table. They're still avoiding eye contact.
- "I'm okay Guest. There's no need to-"
- "Is your hand hurting?"
- "Wha?"
- "Your left arm, the one with the scar. Does it hurt? I'm asking because I also have similar scars. I know what it can feel like."- Guest says with understanding. Chance finally looks at him, searching for something that will indicate a lie, but finding nothing.
- "Yeah... It hurts. Especially today... Which is weird because it's all healed. So it's just in my head. Yeah! I'm just going insane!!!"
- "You're not going insane Chance."
- "I-I'm not?"
- "This was a really serious burn that was left untreated. This definitely did some damage, especially to nerves in your hand. It reminds me of one of soldiers I met in the army. He was serving for years, but the damage never fully repaired."
- ".... But look at my hand. Looks at my arm!!! It's just so.... imperfect. It's so ugly.... Oh shoot. No I didn't mean to... You also have scars. They aren't ugly I swear."- Chance fumbles with his words, trying to fix his mistake. Guest laughs and shakes his head.
- "I understand your point of view Chance. But allow me to give you mine. The scars, they show that you survived something. They aren't ugly, they show that you survived something that was serious enough to leave damage. Scars can be beautiful, if you know how to look."
Guest finishes, letting the words sink in. Chance stays quiet, thinking about it. While it doesn't fully get rid of the bad thoughts, it eases them up a little.
- "Thanks... I never saw them that way... After I remembered more of Before... My nightmares, they keep turning that way to make me feel terrible about myself..."- Chance says, Guest listens closely.
- "It must be hard... But let me tell you this... None of us cares about perfection. We like you for who you really are."
- "....It will sounds childish... But you promise?"
- "I promise."- Guest smiles, genuinely. Chance also smiles a little.
- "Speaking of scars. Did you also noticed that we have markings in the places where killers used to finish us off?"- Chance asks, pointing at his neck, where is visible a marking of hand, from amount of times they were killed that way.
- "Yes I noticed. It appears that the one that controls the world doesn't want is to forget the purgatory. I noticed that the killers also have those from our stunning."
- "Yeah....."
Chance sighs looking at the ceiling. His fingers on the left arm slightly twitch. Guest gently takes Chances hand and gently massages it. The gambler winces a little.
- "I realised that it helps me when I'm hurting. I also feel my old scars acting up today... I have a theory it happens because the weather changes."
- "But what can happen in the middle of desert!? Because I doubt it's going to be raining!"- Chance says.
- "Well... A sand storm...."
- "Oh..."
- "Yeah. I will bring it up later."
The duo continues to talk. Then a red blurr enters the kitchen. Guest quickly grabs it and puls it close. The blurr ends up being C00lkidd who used weakened version of walk speed override.
- "Hey!!!"- The child pouts.
- "Sorry kid. But there's glass on the floor. I don't want you to get hurt."- Guest says, letting the kid go. C00lkidd then notices a glass on the ground.
- "Ooooh. Thanks mr soldier!!!"
- "No problem. Where are you rushing anyway?"
- "Well. Since uncle Noli is missing. Someone needs to play with the spiders! I wanted to help!!!"
- "Yeah. I think you should go with someone else too kid."- Chance says. The kid thinks a while.
- "Okay! I'll go get dad!"- C00lkidd smiles and runs out of the kitchen. The duo look after him.
- "Yeah... 007 will be overjoyed."- Chance says with sarcasm and a smirk. Guest laughs a bit, aggreing with the gambler.
Notes:
Went on two hour bike trip with my family.
I love when I'm driving through forest and fields, everything is peaceful and I felt free, without worries.Then when we got to road a car crash ALMOST happened next to us.
Then it started raining.
Fun adventure!!!! :D
Chapter 111: I miss you so much.
Chapter Text
As the night comes, one person living in the cabin finds himself unable to sleep. Bluudude looks at the ceiling. He feels guilt for acting up before, he doesn't understand why he threw away his toy. After all he really enjoyed playing with it. The group worked hard to get those three toys. Just like his mom worked hard.
Bluudude curls up, tears threatening to spill. He wants his mom and he doesn't care it's childish. He just wants to hug her, tell her he loves her.
_____
She was the only one that truly understood him, even when he acted out.
The principal looks at the woman in front of him. His face is serious and his arms are crossed.
- "Your son pushed another child today. I hope you will take important actions to punish him for that.
- "....I will."- 118o8 says coldly. Taking her son's hand and leading him outside. The kid looks down, feeling afraid of what will happen next.
- "Bluudude. Why did you do it?"
- "They.... They were talking really mean things about me... And about you.... I-I got mad.... I'm sorry mom!"
- "It's alright baby. I'm not mad."- 118o8 smiles softly. - "I love you. You were protecting yourself the best way you knew. Sure there are other ways, but we can talk about them later. Do you want ice cream?"
- "Yes!!!"
_____
How they used to play games together.
- "Mom! Mom!!! The game updated!!! Do you want to play with me!?"
- "Of course my little gamer, just let me finish cooking dinner and we'll play together."
- "Okay!!! I'll get the setup ready!"- The kid runs upstairs. After few minutes joined by his mom.
- "Hehe! I will totally demolish you!!!"
- "Don't let that ego of yours grow. After all it's me who taught to how to play games!"
- "HEYYY! THAT'S CHEATING!!!!"
- "That is skill!"
- "Moooom!!!"
_____
How she always was there for him.
- "Hey sweetie... Why are you crying. Come to momma."- 118o8 pulls the child close to her. Her heart breaking when her son begins to cry.
- "The kids were laughing when they saw me playing with the action figure.... Told me it's childish...."
- "So what if others see it as childish? If you enjoy it then there's no need for you to stop. Look at me, I'm an adult yet I love playing video games. Other adults could see it as childish. We don't have to change just because others don't like something. Be yourself."
- ".... thanks mom"
_____
How she taught him to make simple meals.
- "You're doing great. Now add a bit of salt.... NO THAT'S THE SUGAR!"
- "Oh...."
- "Well... I guess we're having really sweet spaghetti.
- "Sorry mom..."
- "It's alright baby. When I was first cooking I set kitchen on fire. It's nothing compared to that."
- "Hehe. No way!!!"
_____
How she sacrificed everything for him.
The kid watches how his mom is sitting at the table, counting money while looking tired. The child doesn't understand it fully but he knows that something is wrong. He noticed how sometimes his mom food portion is smaller than his.
The kid quietly goes upstairs. He doesn't want to interrupt her. She probably doesn't want him to know about the issues. He already sees how she works more.
_____
Bluudude sits up on the bed. He promised himself to never be ignorant again yet he's doing the same thing now. The group works hard to make the kids happy, to make sure they don't have worries. Bluudude doesn't act grateful... What if they'll be gone someday.
The kid stands up, wanting to fix his mistake. He barely notices how C00lkidd is sprawled on the bed, his mouth open. Meanwhile Pr3ttyprincess is sleeping peacefully.
The blue child quietly exits the room going downstairs. He wants to find the toy he previously thrown away. The child get to the front door when loud growl stops him. Guest 666 is staring at him. Their body language saying that they're unhappy.
- "Six... Don't worry I'll just go get the toy and return. Nothing else."- Bluudude says, leaving through the door, ignoring the beast's protest.
The child walks to the left. The sand gets in his shoes. Bluudude doesn't like how entire world became a desert. The child rubs his hands together. World became a desert, during the day the temperatures are so high he believes he's melting alive, but at night everything becomes REALLY cold.
Bluudude can see his breath in the air. He searches for the toy, hoping it didn't get swallowed by the sand.
A good while later, the child gets frantic, unable to find it.
- "Looking for something?"- A voice makes the child jump. Behind him is standing Mafioso, with his arms crossed and lacking his fedora.
- "M-Maf... What are you doing here?"
- "Tripe Six woke me up. I don't know how they got to my room, but somehow they did. Now explain."- Mafioso says seriously. Looking at the shaking child, he notices a tear tracks.
- "W-Well... I got mad today... And threw away the toy..."- Bluudude admits quietly, looking down. Mafioso sighs, crouching in front of the kid.
- "And why did you do this?"
- "... Because toys are childish.... My mom said that it isn't. But everyone else said differently..."
- "Bluudude. I've been around people for most of my life. I met a lot of people that were collecting action figures despite being adults. If it brings you comfort... Why should you stop?"- Mafioso says softly, his eyes visible under the moonlight. Bluudude sniffles.
- "I shouldn't thrown it away... Now it's gone... I'm sorry..."
- "I have it."
- "W-what?"
- "Contractee saw it getting thrown out. He took it and brought it to me."- Mafioso explains.
- "...oh..."
- "1x1x1x1 taught you how to let out your emotions. But not always you will be able to do that. You need to learn to first think and then take action."
- "But it's hard!!!"
- "I know. But I can teach you under one condition."- Mafioso says, he has an experience with controlling his emotions. He was forced to learn it if he wanted to be a debt collector.
- "What condition?"- Bluudude asks, he wants to control his emotions better.
- "No blocking your emotions. It is only so you'll be able to control yourself in the heat of the moment. After that you need to promise that you'll let out your emotions."- Mafioso says seriously. Bluudude knows that he will have to keep the promise.
- "I promise."- The kid says. Mafioso nods satisfied. Then he notices that something still is bothering the child.
- "Something else on your mind?"- The debt collector asks the child. Bluudude stays quiet, biting his lower lip.
- "... I want my mom."
- "Oh... Come here kid."- Mafioso pulls Bluudude into a hug. The kid begins to cry, tightly hugging the man.
After a few minutes they're forced to go inside. The wind picked up, the sand began hitting them and making them more cold.
When they enter inside Guest 666 kidnaps Bluudude, dragging him to the couch and then laying next to him. The beast is glad that Mafioso was able to help, since they wouldn't be able to, because they can't talk.
The Mafia man observers them for a few seconds. He nods satisfied and is about to head upstairs when Bluudude's voice stops him.
- "Maf? Can you.... Can you stay? Please..."
- "...Sure kid"- Mafioso smiles and comes over. Sitting next to the kid, before being forced to lay down by Guest 666.
The child hesitantly moves closer to Mafioso, before hugging him. Bluudude is happy to finally be able to fall asleep. Mafioso also falls asleep, alongside Guest 666 who's tail is wagging.
Notes:
Btw! If you want to know how the creature that ate Two Time in the beginning of the fic looks like here's the link:
https://www.tumblr.com/tknuniversum/792776836562157568/credits-to-my-sibling-theyre-the-one-that-drew?source=share
Chapter 112: Thief in the House.
Chapter Text
- "Alright! Which one of you took my stuff!?"
Those are the words that wake up Mafioso and Bluudude. Shedletsky is standing in the middle of the living room, annoyed and being glared at by Guest 666. Bluudude tiredly rubs his eyes, still half asleep.
- "Why are you yelling you, slash missing chicken obsessed addict?"- The kid says with annoyed voice. Mafioso almost laughs from pure shock, before quickly composing himself.
- "What happened?"
- "I'm missing a sock. That I KNOW I placed in certain spot. Builder and Matt saw me putting it there!!!"
- "Wait... So you woke us up because of a Sock?"- Bluudude glares at Shedletsky.
- "Worse! Builderman is missing his hardhat, Dussekar can't find his staff!!! And I have no idea if others aren't missing something."- Shedletsky says with annoyance.
It takes a while, but eventually a meeting is called. Every survivor and killer are located in the living room.
- "Okay. Has anyone been missing their stuff today? Because I'm afraid that there's thief among us, or someone is making an unfunny joke"- Builderman says, while looking in Pr3ttyprincess and Taph's direction.
- "I SWEAR IT'S NOT US!!!
- "👍"- Taph, who fully covered himself with a blanket agrees with Pr3ttyprincess.
- "If it was us.... Why would I hide my plushie?"- Princess sniffs a bit, she already had a small breakdown seeing her comfort toy being gone in the morning.
- "I'm sorry. I didn't mean to accuse you."- Builderman apologies, seeing Princess'es expression. - "Is anyone missing anything else?"
- "My fedora is gone from it's usual place."- Mafioso says, not happy about that fact.
- "I can't find my coin!!!"- Chance rapidly moves his leg up and down. The coin being something that brings him a lot of comfort.
- "I am missing a shoe, while Jason can't find his machete."- Noob says and translates Jason's signs.
- "My visor."- Eliot speaks up.
- "My hat!"- Azure says, he feels odd without the hat, especially since he always wore it. But at the same time, he feels slightly relieved, as if some sort of weight was lifted.
- "I'm missing my burger hat... and glasses... Which is not a good thing."- 007n7 says with a sigh, he already almost fell down the stairs. His vision worse than usual. He always needed glasses, but hacking in his youth didn't help his vision, instead making it worse.
Builderman listens intently, trying to figure out what happened.
- "So none of you has any idea where our things are?"- He asks. The answers are a bunch of 'no', 'nope' and head shakes.
- "I recommend to not panic. The situation might not be as tragic."- Dusekkar says, trying to reassure the group.
- "YEAH! NOT TRAGIC!!! TOTALLY!!!"- Chance snaps a bit. He never realised just how much their small coin was grounding him.
007n7 continues to rub his eyes, not used to world being blurry. He can feel the annoyance creeping in. Next to him C00lkidd has serious expression, thinking for a while before speaking up.
- "DON'T WORRY PEOPLE! DETECTIVE C00LKIDD WILL TAKE CARE OF EVERYTHING!!!"- The child smiles. Proud of his idea.
Notes:
BIG Thanks to ItzViza for giving me an idea!!!
And random Forsaken Gacha video for reigniting my motivation.BECAUSE IF IT WASN'T FOR THOSE TWO THINGS TODAY WOULD BE NO CHAPTER. I had a WEIRD day and ran out of motivation and ideas. (That's why the chapter is short... Sorry for that ^^")
Chapter 113: The Interrogations
Chapter Text
An empty room, all furniture was moved away except a small table and two chairs. C00lkidd is sitting on one of them, staring at the person in front of him. The red child is holding pen and sheet of paper. He somehow got from somewhere
- "What were you doing during night?"
- "Is this really necessary?"- Builderman asks, being the first one taken for interview.
- "Yes!"
- "Alright... In the evening I took off my hardhat and placed it on the nightstand. When I woke up, it was gone."
- "Any suspi....umm... suspicious activity?"
- "I was sleeping... But no. I don't remember anything else."
- "Okay! Thanks!!!"
- "What were you doing during night?"
- "Sleeping."
- "I need more details than that, X"- C00lkidd says, looking seriously at the embodiment of hatred.
- "What do you want me to tell you!? This is literally it! I was sleeping."- 1x1x1x1 says with annoyance.
- "Suspicious..."
- "No it's not!?"
- "Has anyone saw you sleeping?"
- "C00lkidd do you really think I have people looking at me sleeping?"
- "Noli"
- "Noli is missing."
- "Could be a scheme!"
- "Ah yes. Me and Noli made elaborate plan to distract everyone with Noli's disappearance so I can steal Shedletsky's sock and other items."- 1x1x1x1 rolls his eyes. They really don't want to take part in that interview.
- "SEE! YOU ADMITTED IT!!"
- "....... that's a sarcasm kid."
- "What's sarcasm?"
- "I give up."
- "Why are you wearing blanket over yourself?"
- "👆👕🌡️🥵"
- "....Give me a moment to understand...."- C00lkidd thinks for a while. - "OOOH! You mean that you are too hot in your normal clothes!!!"
- "👍"
- "Isn't blanket basically the same?"
- "❌📈🍃" ("Blanket is more airy")
- "....Are you naked underneath?"
- "😰⁉️❌❌❌❌❌❗" ("WHAT!? NOOO!!!")
- "Okay! Good to know!"- C00lkidd smiles. Taph is still in shock after he heard that question. The Demolitionist wonders how the child got to that conclusion.
- "What were you doing during night?"
- "😴💤"
- "Can someone confirm that you were sleeping?"
- "👍2️⃣🕑❗"
- "Alright!!! .... and what they were doing?"
- "....🗣️📈🔪"
- "Why would they yap about knifes?"
- "🤷"
- "Was Taph really sleeping during night?"- C00lkidd looks at his messy handwriting, then glancing at Two Time. The cultist is sitting cross-legged on the chair.
- "Indeed."
- "... That's a big word.... What does it mean?"
- "That I confirm what you said. Taph was really asleep."
- "Oooh. Okay!!! Next question!!! Why were you yapping about knifes?"
- "....I have ran out of topics. I was also wondering about carving in wood. I am a bit interested in it.... Especially since I am experienced in different carving..."- Two Time mindlessly touches one of their arm bandages. C00lkidd doesn't understand the implications of that gesture.
- "Did you hear something weird?"
- "Except the animals running around, no."
- "....Did you sleep at all?"
- "..."
- "Papa say's sleep is important! So today go to sleep normally!!!"
- "Did you hear anything weird at night?"
- "N-No... Sorry. But I had really weird dream..."- Noob says, fumbling will the material of their pants.
- "Ooh! What was it about!?"
- "Well... Everything was really colorful. There was me... And Sixer. Oh. And you were there too!!! Eating a rainbow."- Noob says with a smile, they don't mention how soon after everything became a bloody mess.
- "That's c00l!!! I wonder what rainbow tastes like... Heeeey! You changed topic!!!"- C00lkidd pouts, glaring at Noob who just chuckles.
- "Sorry... Answering your question. I didn't hear anything except Chance's snoring."
- "O! Dad sometimes snores too! Especially when he felt asleep at the table covered in a bunch of official looking papers."
- "O-Oh... That's.... Interesting."
C00lkidd looks at next person he will be asking questions. Some time ago the kid would run away out of the room, but now he knows better.
John Doe is silently staring at the kid. His body slightly hunched over, seemingly in pain. The corruption, while being less powerful still feeds of his body.
- "Have you seen anything suspicious at night?"
- "..."
- "What were you doing during night?
- "..."
- "That's understandable! I was sleeping too! Did you at least hear something?"
- "..."
- "Interesting... What about Azure and Jason? Where they in the room?"- C00lkidd asks, getting a small nod back. The kid smiles widely. - "Thanks for your help!!!"
Bluudude glares at C00lkidd with annoyance. He really doesn't want to be a part of younger boy's investigation. He doesn't want to tell him about what happened during night.
- "It's stupid."
- "....So what? I want to help!"
- "You're stupid."
- "What were you doing at night?"
- "...Why are you ignoring me?"
- "Dad and Noli said to ignore the mean guys. Because mostly they're just insecure about themselves... I'm not 100% sure what that means, but I believe them and from what I understood is seems like they're right."- C00lkidd says, making Bluudude freeze up. The elder boy wonders if he really misunderstood C00lkidd. Maybe he could be a bit nicer.
- "....I couldn't sleep...."- Bluudude reluctantly says.
- "Did you hear anything suspicious?"
- "I was too busy.... being stuck in my thoughts..."
- "Oh... I hope there were nice thoughts! And even if not then I hope you got.... Unstuck-ed."
- "It's just unstuck, no 'ed' needed. You're an idiot."
- "Thanks for your help Bluu!"- C00lkidd smiles, confusing the other boy even more.
- "Did you hear anything suspicious during night?"
- "No. I was busy sleeping and then having a conversation with Bluudude. After that Triple Six dragged us to the couch where I fell asleep."
- "Bluu mentioned something like it before... What about your friends?"
- "They were in pocket dimension."- Mafioso says seriously. He's annoyed with his hat being gone.
- "I'm still wondering how you take them out of the pocket..."
- "C00lkidd... I summon them. I don't take them out.... Nevermind."- Mafioso sighs, but cracking a small smile.
- "So you're missing a sock?"
- "Yes!"
- "Are you sure you didn't put is somewhere else? I always lost my socks that way."
- "I am 1000% sure!"
- "That's a lot of percent.... Was Mr Builderman and Pumpkin in the room with you?"
- "Yup."- Shedletsky nods his head. C00lkidd thinks a moment.
- "Did anything suspicious happen?"
- "Suspicious? I'm not sure, but for sure scary. Chance really should teach those rabbits to not jump on sleeping people faces."- Shedletsky says, he's met with A LOT of laughter. The kid imagined the situation for himself.
- "I'm getting tired of this interviews...."
- "Then you should take a rest. There's no point in making it a hard test."- Dusekkar says.
- "Why do you rhyme so much?"
- "I've always rhyme, this has been happening since the beginning of time."
- "You're old... And weird. But that's okay because I'm weird too!"- C00lkidd smiles.
- "Would you like to take a break with some tea? You can drink it with me."
- "... Sure."
After the tea break C00lkidd continues with the interrogations. His next victim being Elliot. The pizza man is looking a bit tired.
- "You alright?"
- "Yes... I'm fine. My head hurts a bit... And I've been dealing with Chance all day."
- "Oh! Did you drink something? Mafioso makes sure we drink plenty, because if we drink too little there could be issues and head hurting is a sign of it."- C00lkidd says.. Elliot thinks for a while, before slowly nodding.
- "I forgot to drink.... Thanks kid."
- "No problem Mr Pizzaman! Did you hear anything suspicious during the night?'
- "No, but Chance mentioned that he couldn't find his bunnies anywhere. As they usually sleep with them."
- "Oooh okay!"- The kid writes something on the paper.
- "C00lkidd."
- "Yes?"
- "Speaking of Chance. He's not doing quite okay. I don't want him to snap at you, so you should skip their turn."
- ".... Makes sense! Thanks for the information!!!"
- "...You look bald without the hat."- C00lkidd says. Azure sighs, he's not feeling comfortable without his hat.
- "Yeah. I know. Thanks for pointing it out."
- "Have you seen anything suspicious during night? And what about John Doe and Jason? Were they in the room?"
- "I didn't hear anything. John Doe kept staring at me and Jason... Speaking of Jason, he sleeps like a rock. I doubt he heard anything either. I struggled to wake him up."
- "Yeah.... Jason is hard to wake up."- C00lkidd agrees.
- "Jason is also taking care of cutting the leftover wood to make barricades in case of snowstorm. So you'll have to wait with asking him. I also heard that he'll be going with scavenging team."
- "Okay, thanks for letting me know! Azu... You're the best!
Guest 1337 looks at the kid. He heard of what he's doing. He feels proud of him, trying to find a solution to their problems.
- "You know, C00lkidd. I heard some footsteps outside of my room."
- "Really!? So someone broke in!?"
- "Yes but no... They didn't sound human."
- "Ooooo that's interesting! The lore deepens!!!"- C00lkidd says, making the soldier chuckle.
- "Dad... Did you see anything suspicious during the night?"
- "No kiddo. I was sleeping."
- "Did you see anything suspicious in the morning."
- "Nope. I can't see at all."- 007n7 half laughs. For the hacker, entire world became a blurry mass.
- "Oh! Right!!! Your glasses!!! I remember how you lost them once and had a bunch of bruises from hitting a lot of things... Be careful dad!"
- "I will. Thanks for reminder son."- 007n7 ruffles C00lkidd hair, then proceeds to hit his arm on the door.
Pr3ttyprincess is sitting on the chair. She is staring at the floor, trying not to cry. She rarely got stuff for herself and her plushie was really important to her. Now that it's gone without a trace, it's breaking her heart.
- "Princess?"- C00lkidd asks, his voice unusually soft and quiet."
- "Hm?"
- "Do you want a hug?"- The question makes the girls think. She never liked C00lkidd too much, but he seems to truly care.
- "Yeah..."- Pr3ttyprincess agrees. She really wants a hug right now.
C00lkidd jumps down from the chair and hugs her tightly, but not tight enough for it to hurt. Princess quietly cries, hugging the younger boy.
- "If you want you can keep my teddy until your toy will be found!"
- "R-Really?"
- "Yeah!!!"
- ".... Thank you C00lkidd..."
C00lkidd is standing in front of Guest 666. The beast trying their best to answer C00lkidd's questions. Luckily the kid is used to the body language of the beast, so he was able to understand that they were asleep until Bluudude situation. They also pointed in kitchen's directions with their tail.
C00lkidd looks at his notes. He interviewed basically everyone. He has some suspicions, but first he needs to check the places from where missing items were taken away.
Notes:
The chapter got a bit shortened. Because I had no idea for Jason and Chance.
And idk how to write character having conversation with himself. (C00lkidd having an interview with himself)
Chapter 114: Case Solved!
Chapter Text
C00lkidd is looking at his notes. He already checked out the places where the missing items were previously located.
Everyone thinks that he's just a kid playing around. However C00lkidd was raised by 007n7, an ex famous hacker. Despite his father's best attempts, some of the old life attached to the kid.
He also got literal hackers and myths as caretakers and friends. C00lkidd, despite being just a child is really smart and observant.
- "C00lkidd?"- A quiet voice calls out from the direction of the door.
- "Yeah?"- The kid turns around, staring at Pr3ttyprincess.
- "Can I be your assistant?"
- "Sure!!! Come on! I'll explain to you what I got so far!!!"- The red kid smiles. Pr3ttyprincess walks over, holding the teddy bear C00lkidd let her have.
- "Okay! So the soldier guy mentioned footsteps that don't belong to human."
- "...Soo animals? It seems far fetched."- Pr3ttyprincess says, not fully understanding.
- "Hear me out! Mr Pizzaman mentioned that the Coin guy couldn't find the bunnies anywhere!"
- "So what? It isn't first time it happened?"
- "Yeah, but the Chicken Addict said that one of the Bunnies ended up on his face!"
- "Pff... Hehehe. Really?"- Princess laughs, despite her mood still being down.
- "Yeah!!! So it is connected!!! I also found bunny fur next to the place the missing sock was!"- C00lkidd exclaims, pointing in different parts of the notes. The girl listens closely to the explanation of the boy.
- "If it helps. No one seen the pets today. The bunnies are gone, your goo monster... Polly is missing too. I hope that creature didn't eat her."
- "C00lgoo doesn't eat people and animals!"
- "It tried to eat US!!"
- "He wasn't tamed yet!"
- "That's not an excuse!"
- "It is!"
- "It's not!"
- "It is!"
- "It's not!"
- "It is!"
- "It's not!"
- "It is!"
- "It's not!"
- "It is!"
- "It is!"
- "HA! I WON!!!"- C00lkidd celebrates, while Pr3ttyprincess just glares at him.
- "Shut up and continue explanation!"- She orders.
- "Okay! So your info does confirm my suspicion! Because the Backstabber, you know, the person that Azure had beef with. They said they heard animals walking around in the basement!"
- "Did you check there?"
- "Not yet! Do you want to go with me?"
- "Sure!"- Princess agrees. - "Do you want to take Bluu with us? Like the first time we ever went to the basement?"
- "Yeah! We can ask him!"- C00lkidd smiles.
A few minutes later three kids are entering the basement.
- "I'm having deja vu..."- Bluudude mumbles. Only this time they don't have to use his sword as a torch to light the way.
- "Yeah!!! So to the right is place where Taph and Stabber are staying. We need to go to the left!"
- "Okay! Lead the way detective!"- Princess smiles, watching C00lkidd run off in front of them.
- "You're playing along with him?"- Bluudude asks sceptically.
- "Yes.... Honestly... He doesn't seem as bad as before. He's still annoying, that never changes... But he cares despite us treating him like ####."
- "Pff... Never thought I'll hear you swear. You're lucky Azure didn't hear you."
- "Shut up. Anyway... I know it feels nice when people play along with you...."- The girl says, thinking of all the times people actually pretend she's a real princess.
- "Whatever you say... Now let's go before that idiot does something stupid."- Bluudude rolls his eyes.
When the duo catches up with C00lkidd, they already enter the centre of spider nest. The previously small spiders grew up and now they're gigants. There's less of them, because not every one of them is able to survive. C00lkidd is standing in place, oddly quiet.
- "Hey idiot? What did you find? Something scary that shut you offff..... Oh...."- Bluudude stops too, seeing the scene.
All the spiders, the bunnies, C00lgoo and Polly are gathered around one of the spiders that is laying without movement. It isn't just a random spider. This one is the biggest... the first one, the mother. Around the spider are located the missing items.
- "I understand now..."- C00lkidd says quietly, drying off the tears.
- "They wanted her to be comfortable....."- Pr3ttyprincess sniffs.
- "Or help her somehow..."- C00lkidd adds. Sad reality dawn's on them. The mother of spiders is dead.
- "...####"- Bluudude says, staring at the dead spider. - "I'll go get an adult that hopefully has more knowledge on how to act in that situation. Do not do anything stupid!"- Bluudude turns around, leaving the two alone.
Pr3ttyprincess and C00lkidd walk over to the spider, sitting next to it. Princess takes her plushie, while handing the teddy bear back to C00lkidd. They both sit in silence. Some time later the bunnies, Polly and C00lgoo sit next to them.
It takes a while but eventually the adults get to the scene. Finding two kids sitting next to a spider corpse. C00lkidd looks up at his dad, smiling through tears.
- "See papa! I-I... I figured it out!!!"
- "Alright... Elliot you take the missing items back to ther owners. I take care of the body... We don't want it to rot. Soldier, get the pet's that aren't spiders upstairs too. 007 you deal with the kids."- Mafioso quickly orders, while summoning one of his men.
007n7 nods, cautiously walking over to the kids. Elliot hand's him over his glasses, they are a bit broken. The glass is cracked on the right side, and they are slightly crooked. Despite this the former hacker is grateful to have them back.
- "Hey kids, how are you doing."
- "Weird.... I never interacted with the mother spider... But seeing death... It feels weird... Knowing what I did to you...."- C00lkidd sniffles, drying off his tears. Pr3ttyprincess agrees with him using a small nod.
- "Noli will be sad... When he'll return..."
- "He will. But the big spider lived a happy life. I can tell she died from old age... It was a peaceful death..."- The former hacker says. Offering the kids a hug. Both of them accepting it.
Notes:
Challenge not to write something sad? FAILED :D
I didn't expect those to happen. Just two things got connected.
______ALSO THIRD BENDY GAME TITLE IS REVEALED!!! LET'S GOOO!!!! 🤩🖤🖤
I'M SOO EXCITED!!!
Chapter 115: Hater's Return
Chapter Text
Elliot continues to hand over the missing items, while announcing what happened with the mother spider. He's happy to have his visor back, finally his hair isn't coming over his eyes.
Chance is relieved when he gets back his coin and learns his bunnies is safe. He immediately begins flipping it and petting the little thiefs. Next to him Dusekkar is checking out his staff.
Jason looks at his machete, making sure it wasn't damaged. The masked killer is happy that is in good shape. Only covered by cobwebs.
Shedletsky is overjoyed to have his sock back, he quickly puts it on, sighing with relief. Because he was tasked to go to expeditions, he is forced to have shoes on. And walking around with shoes without socks is painfully rubbing against his skin.
Azure puts on his hat. Feeling more comfortable with familiar weight on his head. However there's an odd feeling in his mind, makes him more annoyed at everything around him. The killer labels it as heat getting to him.
However when he looks at Two Time, his mind is filled with nothing, but rage. He feels the need to kill them again, make it painful. Terror creeps in, he doesn't want to destroy everything that was slowly being rebuilt between them.
Azure excuses himself, basically running upstairs to his room. He slams the door close, gripping his head, pulling on his hair when the thoughts become nothing but hateful.
- "You know. That was a worthy attempt on trying to shut me up."- A voice calls out, a familiar voice Azure hates. The sentient hat became sentient again.
- "An attempt that worked."- Azure snaps, breathing heavily. His tentacles twitching behind him, the nightshade flowers begin to bloom all over them, slowly appearing around the room.
- "I preferred you when you could talk back. This green glowing guy messed everything up. But now that I'm back... I can fix it... You know."- The hat's mouth twists into a smile.
- "I... I won't let you ruin things. The kids were able to shut you up... I will make you quiet again."
- "Yeah? And who would help you? You never interacted much with people here."
- "W-what?"
- "Just because I couldn't talk, it doesn't mean I didn't see. No... Hehehehe... I SAW EVERYTHING!!! All of your PATHETIC attempts to reconcile! Did you really forgot what THEY DID to you?"
- "Shut up."
- "Don't you remember HOW MUCH it HURT!? How much you SUFFERED!? You're so desperate... It's pathetic!"
- "Shut UP!!!
- "And that FRIEND of yours? I thought you HATE cults! He LEAD one!!! Why are you friends with him? You're SO NAIVE!!! He's just USING you!!!
- "Shut up.... Shut up.... Shut up.... Shut up.... Shut up.... Shut up.... Shut up.... Shut up.... Shut up.... Shut up.... Shut up.... Shut up.... Shut up.... Shut up.... Shut up...."
Azure continues to whisper, the room becomes covered in unnaturally grown nightshades. Despite his attempts the hat continues to get into his head. The hateful whispers returning.
In one thing the hat is right. Azure doesn't know who to trust with this issue. He doesn't have any relationship with survivors. He preferred to stay away. Previously someone was able to shut up the hat, but it was only because the kids asked.
He just needs to hide from the group. Fighting on his own. He doesn't want to be a burden again. He doesn't want to loose his connections with people by snapping. It's better to isolate himself.... Until he figures out what to do.
Notes:
Shorter chapter today. But tomorrow I hope to write more..... Hope is a key word ^^"
Chapter 116: The Pirate Bay
Chapter Text
- "They quickly warmed up to him. Didn't they?"- A hooded person is sitting on the railing, next to the steering wheel. The ship's captain chuckles.
- "I mean. He had better first impression than ye."
- "....Yeah.... That's true. Man, they really hate me."- Historian laughs awkwardly. He really didn't made the first impression.
The ship falls into smal hole, but enough to shake the deck. Historian looses his balance and almost falls out of the ship, grabbing the edge in the last second. He climbs up, back at the deck.
- "'N dat's why we don't sit at the railin'."- KIT yells from the other part of the ship. The laughter from the crew follows.
- "'ya okay?"
- "Yup! I'm fine! I've been through worse!"- Historian dusts himself off. Making sure his hood is still in place.
On the other side of the ship Noli is looking at the direction of the captain and the hooded person. He was playing cards with Charlex when the commotion made him look up.
- "Th3y l00k l1k3 fr13nds."- The killer asks.
- "Cap'n says dat they be. But I find it suspicious. Cap'n really quickly became friendly wit' the Clothes Stealer. Too quick considerin' how they met."
- "H0w d1d th3y m3t?"
- "Well-"
- "Charlex! Come here! The engine be smokin'!!!"- J4MI3 calls out.
- "Sorry matey. Job calls!"- Charlex apologizes, running in the direction where the engine is located.
Noli sighs, looking up. Despite the crew being really welcoming, the Captain being a person that Noli knows he can trust, this isn't home. He hopes that everyone is doing alright.
He's worried about the kids. The little gremlins are sometimes too chaotic for their own good. But who's he to lecture them, he isn't the best example either. The killer also wonders how his spiders are doing, overtime he became really attached to them.
A throbbing pain begins to forms in his head. It's not the migraine that Noli is used to. For the past few days he experienced short pain attacks, right where the Void Crown, that contains the Void Star, is located.
Noli sighs, looking at his rotten hand. He knows that the truth will eventually come out. He won't be able to hide it any longer. The hacker knows that it will deeply affect others.
At least. Whatever was the script that this Historian guy made, it is helping. Noli's glitches slightly lessened.
- "CAP'N! The pirate bay on the horizon!"- KIT calls out. Harry stops his conversation with historian and begins to give out orders.
- "All rogues on positions! Noli, Historian get under the deck fer now! I won't be riskin' yer lifes!"
Hearing this Historian walks down on the lower deck, waving for Noli to follow. The killer is slightly confused, but assumes that they know better so follows after the hooded person. Under the deck Noli asks the other person about the cause of their hiding.
- "@lr1ght. WhY @re w3 h1d1ng?"
- "Well. To make it easier for the Captain and Crew. Not all pirates are nice. Some of them would probably think we're something they can buy. Slavery is common thing."- Historian explains, while brewing some tea.
- "Y34h. H34rd @b0ut 1t.... Tw0 0f my t34m4t3s c4m3 b4ck r34lly 1njur3d."- Noli frowns, silently agreeing on his own cup of tea.
- "Exactly! You're really lucky you glitched into Harry's ship. He's the nicest pirate I know. Despite our rough meeting."
- "Wh4t h4ppen3d @nyw4y?"
- "Well..... I kinda broke into their ship and threatened Harry into letting me borrow his clothes because mine got all roughed up and I was actively being chased."- Historian chuckles awkwardly. Noli feels speechless, now he understands why the crew calls him a Clothes Stealer.
- "W0W. 1 @m n0t sur3 1 w4nt t0 @sk @b0ut d3t41ls."
- "It's better that way!!!"- Historian smiles, but it's barley visible under his hood.
- "Wh4t's w1th th3 h00d @nyw4y?"
- "...."
- "H1st0r14n?"- Noli asks, hoping he didn't mess something up.
- "Sorry. It's just... I've been through a lot. And my face is easy to remember.... Have some people after me. Not everyone is happy with me trying to recover the truth about history."- Historian says, while handing over the cup of tea to Noli.
- "0h. M4k3s s3ns3."- The hacker says, accepting the tea.
After few minutes they hear some conversations. It appears that they arrived to port. It takes a moment longer until Harry enters the room.
- "Alright. We are in the Pirate Bay. We all take some rest, because night is soon. In the morning I will tell you out plans. Just whatever you do don't come up on the deck. I don't want you to get treated as slaves or goods to buy."
- "'y4 g0t 1t C4pt41n!"- Noli salutes, meanwhile Historian just nods with understanding.
Notes:
Yesterday I had a dream about spider jumping at me. Is this some revenge!? XD
Chapter 117: Danger Lurks Everywhere
Chapter Text
- "Alright crew! Lisen up!!! Me 'n J4MI3 be goin' on the meetin' wit' the rest o' captains. Lia ye're goin' t' trade so we can restock."- Harry says, looking at his crew and two guests. Everyone is gathered in the medical room, because it's the biggest one.
- "Cap'n may I go with Lia? I be feelin' better today 'n I want t' help!"- Shade asks, keeping her hand up.
- "Ye be sure Shade? We don't want t' risk yer health."- The Captain says with worry. The girl is living with chronic pains and Harry is worried about her health, that she won't overwork herself.
- "I be sure Cap'n. Besides Even if flare up will happen I will be wit' Lia. 'n she knows wha' t' do."- Shade smiles, nudging Lia, who just laughs.
- "If ye be sure then ye may go. Jus' inform Lia in case somethin' happens."
- "Ye got it captain!"
- "Alright. Charlex, KIT and Mel. Ye're stayin' on the ship. Keep an eye on our two guests too. Mel ye the Captain now."- Harry says. Mel salutes in return.
A few minutes later the two groups go outside. Stepping out of the ship. The Crew is familiar with the terrain, they've been there a lot of times already during those 5 years after the disaster.
Noli tries to take a peek on how outside looks, but Mel pulls him back by his clothes.
- "Ye won't be goin' anywhere. We don't wants t' risk it. If ye're bored go natter wit' KIT or Clothes Stealer. I will join ye soon."
- "F1n3..."- Noli sighs heading to the room that everyone likes to hang out in. On the way there he passes Charlex who is going outside.
- "Mel! I will go check out if the wheels be functionin' normally. I might upgrade 'em a bit."
- "Be careful."- Mel calls out after him.
As Noli enters the room he sees KIT playing a guitar. The guy has a talent for it. It's been a while since Noli heard some nice music. Historian is sitting nearby, his head in his hands. Noli is a bit curious about the reason, but he knows that it would be too much to ask. They might be friendly with each other, but it doesn't mean they trust themselves fully.
- "Nice notes KIT. A shame dat the disaster destroyed yer hopes fer musical career. Ye would hit numbers."- Mel says walking inside. KIT chuckles, but there's sadness hidden underneath.
- "I be glad dat at least I can share me music wit' ye."- The young man smiles.
Noli continues to listen to music, while thinking about past and everything he wishes he could change. He gets too caught up in his mind and looses track of time. He returns to reality when Mel speaks up.
- "Charlex should be back now. I'll go check on 'im. 'tisn't good if he's still workin' in dat heat."
- "Watch out on the stairs!"- KIT calls out. He is the one that normally makes sure that Mel doesn't walk into stuff and help Charlex if he needs to read something fast.
A few minutes later Mel frantically runs inside.
- "KIT. Please read it and tell me it's not what I think it is!"- They say. KIT puts away and reads the note, the way that the second in command is acting and dropping the pirate accent means it's something bad.
The commotion alerts both Noli and Historian. They both look at KIT while he's reading it. They notice how his hands begin to shake.
- "That's really low... Even for a pirate..."- He mumbles. Mel pales.
- "What's going on?"- Historian asks, Noli silently agreeing.
- "One of other pirate crew's here decided it's good idea to kidnap Charlex. They want ALL of our goods if we want him back... We have time until tomorrow, two fingers before the eve."- KIT reads out loud.
- "Captain won't be back until that time!"- Mel slightly panics.
- "Th3n w3 g0 s4v3 h1m."- Noli says. He knows that is what others would do in his team.
- "We need a plan. And no matter what you say. I will help. I owe you this."- Historian says sternly. Mel is unable to argue.
Notes:
Posting it while walking on a trip :D
🤫
Chapter 118: Plans and Reveals.
Chapter Text
Four people are sitting around the table. Hand drawn map, a note and four cups of tea are laying on the table. They all have different expressions on their face.
KIT looks both worried and mad. His hands are clenched so tight that his knuckles are white. Mel is worried, guilt on their face, they are the second in command, they were supposed to look after the crew. Noli doesn't care as much as others, but he is excited to finally do something else than just sitting around. Historian's expression is unreadable, the hood doesn't make it easier, he just sips his tea.
- "I told Captain... I told him we need to pretend to be bad guys when we are here! But he insisted on showing that we can be good."- KIT says with annoyance. He's mad at the people that kidnapped Charlex, he's mad at the Captain and he's mad at himself.
- "Captain wanted good... It's not his fault people decide to exploit the fact that rules no longer exist..."- Mel tries to defend Harry. It's not his fault that it happened.
- "Alright. Focus!"- Historian says, getting glares from the two crew members.
- "Quit acting like you care. You just want to get on Captain's good side!"- Mel snaps, slamming their hands on the table. Historian says quiet for a few seconds, before speaking up.
- "I know that in the state our world is it seems unlikely.... But I truly care about people. I don't wish harm to anybody."
- "#######!!! QUIT LYING!!!!"- Mel shouts, standing up.
- "@lr1ght. @lr1ght. C4lm d0wn. Y0u w0n't s4v3 y0ur fr13nd bY @rgu1ng w1th 3ach 0th3r."- Noli says, trying to calm down the situation, because it clearly doesn't help. It reminds him of how he and others killer sometimes argue, each one of them having different opinion.
- "Mel. He's right, we won't we able to save Charlex if we continue to argue. We don't have much time, especially since they moved him outside of the Pirate Bay. As the rest of the note says."- KIT stops his friend, putting a hand on his shoulders. Mel sighs.
- "Fine. Let's get the goods and trade to get Charlex back."
- "@nd th4ts th3 tru3 r3as0n whY y0ur cr3w 1s @n e4sy t4rg3t. Y0u w0n't f1ght."- Noli says, rolling his eyes.
- "We can't exactly fight. Mel is basically blind without glasses and I can't handle fighting them alone."
- "Wh4t @b0ut m3 @nd H1st0r14n?"
- "Captain forbidden you to leave the ship."
- "H3 d1d 1t wh3n y0ur t34m4t3 w4sn't k1dn4pp3d."- Noli retorts, crossing his arms.
- "Even if the situation is different now... It wouldn't be okay for us to just force you into battle. It's dangerous."
- "The whole world is dangerous. I am in debt for your Captain and you all. I know you dislike, even hate me. But I am experienced in fighting and I will help you."- Historian says, determination and sincerity heard in his voice.
- ".... It's still dangerous. I can't possibly ask yo-"
- "Dud3. 1'm @ k1ll3r. I ch4s3 @nd k1ll p3p0le. 1 h4v3 3xp1r13nc3 w1th 1t. Th3r3 w4s @ t1m3 wh3n 1 k1ll3d p3p0le d4yl1."- Noli says nonchalantly. For him it's normal. Historian spats out the tea in shock, coughing. Both KIT and Mel looks at him in shock, terror and disbelief.
- "WHAT?"- Mel shouts, staring at the blurry mess Noli is.
- "V0id St4r. D4ng3r0uS @rt1f4ct @nd 3v3ryth1ng. 1 w4s... 0r st1ll @m @ h4ck3r. 1 murd3r3d p3p0le b3f0r3. S0 d1str4ct1ng th3 0th3r p1r4t3s t0 m3 @nd H1st0r14n. Y0u tw0 w1ll g3t s3t fr33 y0ur fr13nd."- Noli says, he slightly forgotten that this group isn't survivors and killers, they aren't used to dealing with stuff brutally.
- "The Void Star...."- Historian whispers, a curious expression on his face.
KIT and Mel make eye contact. They think about the choice they have, eventually both of them nod.
- "Alright. I am.... Worried about your methods... And that apparently we have murderer abroad... But let's put it aside for now. We accept your help."- Mel agrees.
- "I will write a note for Lia and Shade, so they will know about the situation. We're leaving in ten minutes!"- KIT says standing up.
Historian quickly drinks the rest of the tea, he stands up and stretches. Noli also stands up, there's a smile on his face. The killer knows it's not morally okay, but the thrill of chase and successfully catching the victim is addicting.
He and 007n7 used to hack for the same exact reason, Noli just took it to more extreme levels, because of ending up in the hell. It's not easy to just ignore the muscle memory. He sometimes catches himself on keeping track of the survivors, despite the fact that he doesn't kill them anymore.
Noli smiles, a quiet, mischievous chuckle leaves his mouth. It's going to be fun, and he will make sure to experience it to the fullest.
Notes:
*sigh* ......school starts tomorrow. It's going to be a "welcome ceremony" but since Tuesday I'm fully back to this hell.
HOWEVER!!! I am confident that I will be able to keep up with daily uploads! I finally have something to do during boring classes ^^
Chapter 119: The Meeting Of Captains
Chapter Text
A few people are sitting at the table inside a room. Not everyone arrived, there's a lot of empty chairs too. Each Captain has a sidekick from their crew with them. There's tension in the room. Eventually one of them speaks up.
- "Welcome all Captains! As you remember last time, I got chosen to lead next meeting. Which is right now. We need to put our differences aside for today an tomorrow's deliberation."- A man with dark hair speaks up. He's looking at the other captains like they're below him.
- "Would ye quit wit' big words Christopher? Nah everyone used t' be all powerful in political world. So speak commoner language."- Herta, a female captain with red hat snaps back.
- "Well it's not my fault that you were nothing more than a shop worker! Plus, how DARE you use that name! You all know well I'm CA5P3R THE GREAT NOW!"
- "I was makin' clothes fer scallywags like ye! I was a designer! 'n ya don't deserve the 'Great' title!"
- "Then clearly you SUCKED if you ended up in piracy! And I DO deserve it!!!
- "NO! I became a pirate so I won't 'ave t' listen t' egoistical people like ye!"
- "WHAT DID YOU JUST CALL ME YOU PATHETIC LOW WAGE WORKER!!!?"
- "Can we NOT fight!?"- Harry slams his hand on the table. He isn't in mood of hearing them argue today. - "Let's just report so we won't have to tolerate each other more than necessary."
- "Harry, always the mediator. Well you see, we aren't good people. But I doubt you understand, with your good pirates vision."- Another Captain with pink hair says, making her voice sound like she's talking to a child.
- "I see that FazBone didn't came. A shame, I wanted him to know how my fits tastes."- A purple haired captain changes his topic.
- "YE LEAVE YE ISSUES OUTSIDE THIS MEETING"- Herta shouts, glaring at the Captain.
They group begins to argue. Each one of them sending threats to each other. Harry is clutching his fists. J4MI3, who's standing next to him whispers.
- "Leave it Cap'n. Thar's no point in arguin' wit' them."
- "I know J4MI3.... Just... We're going to be there for a while."
It takes a few hours for the pirates to stop arguing. Harry is tired hearing all the yelling, but he knows that it's necessary if he wants to keep peace with other pirate groups.
- "Do you know there's new group registered Crossroads?"- Captain James says with a small smirk, cutting off the arguing pirates.
- "What'd 'ya mean?"
- "Well my dear Herta.... They are called Freaks from the Hill. I saw with my own eye the beast they trained and how injuries disappear after one bite of pizza. They never realised I saw them."
- "Or you were high."- Pink Haired Captain says, a smirk on her face.
- "In past food supposedly had healing abilities."- Harry speaks up, everyone looks at him.
- "And how do you know this?"
- "History obsessed family member. You don't need to know more."
- "Heh. Reminds me of that guy* that came back to life and grew wings when he died in the ring. Was a pretty obedient slave.... Until the other person showed up. They stole my motorboat, killed my man."- CA5P3R THE GREAT says with annoyance.
- "Interesting. I heard rumours that this group has extraordinary abilities. And that it's because of them that our world is in the state it is now."
- "Well then. I will be hunting down each member of their little group, no matter the age. They made me less wealthy after all."- CA5P3R smiles with hatred.
- "Of course ya always talk about money."
- "HERTA I WILL KILL YOU!"
Harry feels cold sweat, but he doesn't show it. He knows that Noli is a part of that group. He needs to warn them, but at the same time the abilities that James mentioned make him wonder.
Harry hopes that Noli and Historian will stay under the deck. And that his crew is doing better than he and J4MI3. They both start to get headache from the constant arguing.
Notes:
* The pirates never learned Two Time used they/them. They go on the first impression, assuming that they're he/him.
And even if they knew, they wouldn't care about proper pronouns.
_____
Filler chapter
Chapter 120: Be Still. Don't Move.
Notes:
Let me know if you see any typos!
TW! BLOOD, MURDER, DEATH, EATING HUMAN FLESH (NOT cannibalism)
IF YOU ARE SENSITIVE STOP READING AFTER "!!!!!!!"
LET ME KNOW AND I WILL WRITE YOU A SUMMARY!!!
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
Mel and KIT were able to successfully sneak Noli and Historian out of the ship. They dressed them up as pirates, to make them seem like they're a part of the crew. However Historian insisted to keeping his hood on, so they were forced to improvise.
The group made their way outside of the city, heading into the hill like rocks that are seen on the horizon. It will take them the rest of the day to get to that place. A race with time.
The heat is scorching, the air is dry and the sand continues to flow, painfully hitting the bodies of the group. Noli is glad he was able to take a spare hat, his body still recovering from previous burns.
KIT leads the group with determination. He is the eyes and reports everything to Mel. The second in command is angry at themselves that they aren't too useful, but at the same time their other senses are stronger.
After few hours of walking, the group stops to take some rest. Historian starts a small campfire so they'll have some warmth during night. The group can already feel the ground cooling off.
KIT and Mel walked away, to have a private conversation with each other. Which leaves Noli with Historian. He and the other guy ended up spending quite some time together.
Right now Historian is sitting on the ground, staring at the night sky. The stars are flickering, blinking. Historian's expression is hard to read, the angle showing a bit of his face and neck. It looks normal, however there are some black patterns, probably a tattoo.
- "S0-0-0 Wh4t @r3 y0u th1nk1ng @b0ut?"- Noli says, he wants to learn a bit more about the other person. He's also bored and it's fun bothering people. Historian let's out a sigh, a tired one.
- "Sometimes I wonder... What would happen if I made different choices...."- The hooded man sighs, his fingers playing with a necklace that looks like someone put a wedding ring there.
- "0h.... Y0ur p4rtn3r?"
- "....No. I just.... It was a gift. I promised to keep it safe, but now I won't be to return it."
- "D4mn. Th3 d1s4st3r r34lly m3s3d uP l1f3s."
- "... Yeah. What about you?"
- "U-U-Uh.... Y34h... Th4t's d33p3r th4n 1 w4nt t0 g0."
- "Pfff hehe. Okay."- Historian chuckles, before a cough leaves him. - "Ugh.... This dry air always irritates me."
Noli doesn't answer, looking at the sky himself. Historian's question made him remember the past again. Some memories are blurry, correction, most of them are blurry. The ones that aren't, are mostly bad ones. It's like something wants him only to remember bad things. Noli shakes his head, he doesn't want to think about it.
The night passes. It was cold just laying around, despite the fire. Adding the weight of the situation, no one really got too much sleep. Before the sunrise the group continues their way.
A few hours later, they arrived to the rocky hill. There's a cave right in front of them. With a sigh KIT grabs Mel's hand, he's going to be leading them. Noli summons the Void Star, using it to light up the area.
Historian summons a spear out of the inventory, the two pirates follow his action. The group descends down, the cave lighten up by the glow of the Void Star.
- "That's a really... interesting artifact you have.... Our... admins never made artifacts like that. This must be something ancient."- Historian begins, looking at the star. Before Noli can answer, the hooded man is shushed by Mel.
- "Historian I will kill you if you blow our cover."
- ".... Apologies."
A while later the cave becomes wider, a wooden structures are placed there. A pirate base belonging to Caveman Pirates Group. The pirates are patroling the area, weapons ready. The structure is lit by torches and lamps.
- "Alright. KIT, do you see any entrance?"- Mel whispers. The younger pirate looks around, his expression becoming a frown.
- "No. They have really tight security...."
- "####"
- "1 m3y h4v3 @n 1d3a..."- Noli says, despite trying to be quiet, his voice glitches are making it louder. The half masked killer gets a glare from everyone.
He focuses, using one of his abilities. Then he smirks under his mask, the pirates have generators. Noli looks in Historian's and pirates direction. He always thought that first time revealing this skill would be in different situation, after all it was supposed to be a surprise for his friend.
- 'You know sign?'- Noli uses sign language. Both pirates look at him with confusion, but Historian nods.
- "I do. What's your plan?"
- 'I can teleport there, cause a distraction... Then you join me, while others free the guy.'
- "By distraction you mean..."- Historian says with slight worry, Noli just puts finger to his mouth.
!!!!!!
Then the killer focuses and teleports next to the generator. He already hears a lot of surprised yells, he smiles and attacks the nearest pirate. The blood spills, the Void Star roars to life, taking out the life source from the person. Noli laughs manically, the glitching worsening.
He then proceeds to use void rush, injuring pirates like they're bowling pins. The pirates begin to fight back, but Noli is quick to dodge. The muscle memory kicking in. The blood begins to cover the ground, the pirates panic, but continue to fight back.
Then Noli feels pain in his shoulder, he got shot. The killer turn around eyeing the pirate that attacked him. He doesn't notice another one coming behind him with a sword. Just as the pirate is about to stab Noli a spear blocks the sword.
Historian swiftly takes over the attention of the pirate. Spear and sword clashing with each other. The hooded figure moves quickly, with grace. It's clear that he's experienced in a battle.
There's difference between Noli and Historian. One leaves nothing but dead bodies and trail of blood, the other only injuries the pirates, letting them have a chance to flee and rethink their choices.
Each kill fills Noli with satisfaction, pirates are dropping one after another. The Void Star is making him want death more and more. Each kill making him feel better than he felt for the past months.
Noli doesn't know how much time passes, he just knows the ground is covered in blood. He's covered in blood too, both his own and others. The killer notices yet another pirate running away, he rushes in his direction, the time seems to slow, then it cuts off when something blocks him. Historian is standing between him and the pirate.
- "That's enough Noli."
- "M̴̯̄-̶̧̍M̴̺͋-̸͕̈́M̴͙͒0̷͖̓V̴̠͠3̵̘̄!!! ̶̩̒"
- "No! I will not move. I won't let you kill a child."- Historian says, the words make Noli freeze.
The fog from his head lifts, seeing a literal child, around Bluudude's age in front of him. The killer stops using the Void Star, the artifact disappearing. There's dull ache in his head. The kid clings to Historian, crying.
- "S-S-S0r-r-ryyyy"- Noli says, looking away. The kid stares at him with terrified eyes.
- "WHAT THE HELL HAPPENED HERE!?"- KIT shouts, coming out of one of the buildings. The amount of dead bodies making him sick. Behind him there's Mel and Charlex, who's slightly injured but otherwise okay, alongside them there are more people that were kidnapped. All pirates are speeches too.
Before anyone can answer, a loud roar echoes around the walls. Everyone summons their own weapons. Mel's eyes widen.
- "Do NOT move! I recognise that roar. It belongs to one of the creatures of this world. It only attacks things that move!"- They quickly call out orders. Historian pulls closer the child, his eyes scanning the surrounding.
A dragon like creature, walks over the ceiling, it's claws so sharp they rip through stone. It's scales seem to be grey, it's eyes are shining blue. It looks around the area, the pirates made their base right where the beast resides.
One of the still alive cave pirates screams and begins to run away. Dragon's eyes turn red and it lunges at the pirate, shredding him alive before consuming him. The child lets out terrified gasp, making the best turn it's head in the direction of Historian and Kid.
The hooded person keeps the eye contact with the blue eyes of the beast. Ready in case the worst happens. The creature circles around, smelling the blood. Eating the bodies, Noli can hear the bones crushing. Now that the satisfaction of killing left his body, the sound makes him sick.
Then there's a shot, coming from the direction of the cave exit. A drone is there, flying away. The eyes of the dragon become red again. It flies after the drone. No one dares to move for a long while after it left.
Then there's clapping sound. A female pirate walks over to the group. A smile on her face and red hat on her head.
- "Nice job. You made me so impressed I quit with the accent."
- "Herta. What are you doing here?!"- Charlex says, keeping his guard.
- "Well. Harry's not the only captain that got their crew kidnapped... Alongside my son"- She says, looking around.
- "Mother!"- A kid that Historian was protecting rushes over to the woman. Hugging her tightly. She smiles softly, something no one ever saw before.
- "Hello my Treasure. Momma's here, so you're safe."- Herta then proceeds to look at Historian. - "Whoever you are mysterious person. Thank you for protecting my child."
- "I am not type to let innocent people die. I hope you'll be able to return safely to your ship's."- Historian says. Herta smiles and nods looking at the Harry's crew.
- "You three also have my gratitude. I never would've guessed that Tea Pirates out of everyone would do such an act."
- "This is the least we could do."- Mel says, staring in the direction they assume the female captain is standing. Then she looks at Noli.
- "While I don't appreciate you trying to kill my son, you still aided the other crew to save others. That's a good act. You're one of the Hill Freaks, right? While I learned about your group yesterday, you interest me."- She says with a curious glint in her eyes.
- "W-W-W-Wh4t @b0ut 1-1-1-1-1t?"- Noli says, cautious.
- "Nothing bad. I am simply interested If what I was told it's true. But you somewhat aided them, so I too have debt for your team. If either of you will ever need clothes made especially for certain people, while having them styled, just let me know."
- "1-1-1-1 m4y h4v3 @n r3qu3st Th3n."
- "Oh?"- Herta says with excitement. She's truly passionate about making clothes.
- "0-0n3 0-0f mY t34m4t3s d03sn't l1k3 t0 sh0w h1ms3lf t0 th3 p3p0l3. Th3 h34t f0rc3s h1m t0. S0m3th1ng @irY buT c0v3r1ng w0ud d0"
- "Now that's a challenge. Consider it accepted. In due time I will take it to Crossroads. I do have plans for registering in that place. Now we need to go. The drone won't be able to keep SeeKrill busy."
- "Herta. I do have a request too."- Mel speaks up, taking a step forward and almost falling on their face, because they tripped over a dead body. - "####"
- "Heh. Careful Mel"- Charlex chuckles.
- "Be quiet.... Ahem. On the behalf of my captain I have an offer to make. We wish to keep our image as the peaceful ones, and you need to be feared to be respected. If you want you can take credit for this massacre."
- "Hmm.... Very well. Let's do this. Now come on. I'll escort you back."
It takes another day to return to the Pirate Bay. Herta and her crew become known as the ones that defeated the Caveman Pirates. Meanwhile the Tea Pirates keep their title as the peaceful ones.
Harry almost cries seeing his crew being alive. Mel, KIT and Charlex get also a long lecture from each of the members. The same thing goes for Historian and Noli.
After yet another day, the Tea Pirates, lead by Harry, leave the Pirate Bay. Their next goal being the trade city, Crossroads.
Notes:
2090 words. First time writing about murder, a bit based on ItzViza's fic's (you're my saviour)
Chapter 121: Tea Party and Misunderstanding
Chapter Text
The sandstorm passed, covering everything with sand. No matter the group's best attempts they weren't able to keep the sand out of the house. Shedletsky sighs with annoyance, sweeping the floor. No matter how hard he tries it keeps appearing.
- "Sand is the most annoying thing that exists."- He mumbles to himself.
- "So you hate sand more than you hate glitter?"
- "WHAT THE ####. #### WHERE DID YOU COME FROM!?"- Shedletsky shouts, the child scared him so much he jumped in the air. Pr3ttyprincess laughs with mischief.
- "Hehe. You're just like chickens, easily getting scared."
- "....I hate you."
- "You can't hate unless you take back X's hate."
- ".....I hat- .... dislike you're right"- Shedletsky sighs.
- "What's worse. Glitter or sand?"
- "Both taste disgusting. And both are annoying to deal with. But I think sand is slightly better."
- "....X prefers glitter. They're MUCH better than you."- Princess says, then she runs into the kitchen where she hug attacks 1x1x1x1, who almost falls down.
The embodiment of hatred was able to support themselves in the counter in the last second. He puts his hand on girl's back, confused about the sudden hug. He's also angry that she decide to do it right in front of people, but for his own good he pushes the thoughts away.
- "What do you need?"- 1x1x1x1 says, glaring at other people to not to dare say a word.
- "X! I made glittery paper crown! Come on! We're having tea party with friendly ghost!"- Pr3ttyprincess'es smiles, already pulling them outside of the kitchen. 1x1x1x1 sighs with annoyance, but let's the child drag them to her room.
Shedletsky then enters the kitchen, looking around everyone present, eventually making eye contact with Builderman.
- "Can you believe it's the same 1x1x1x1?"- Shedletsky whispers, completely confused.
- "Hard to believe, right?"- Builderman says, while taking a sip of the water. He then looks at Elliot. - "Did you drink?"
- "Ah. Thanks..."- Elliot smiles, immediately doing it.
- "No problem.... 1x1x1x1 seems... Calmer. That's good though. It's clear that the original objective you coded is still present, but they learned to work over it."- Builderman says. Shedletsky only nods, lost in thought. Then Noob comes over with worried expression.
- "G-Guys.... We're running out of supplies.... A-And... We should g-go to Crossroads.... O-Or asks Azure if t-there's something w-we can scavange s-something"
- "Noob, buddy I need you to calm down."- Elliot says, placing a hand on Noob's shoulder. Noob takes a few deep breaths, slightly calming down.
- "You're right Noob. Thank you for informing us. We really need to go to Crossroads."- Builderman agrees. The group begins to plan.
Meanwhile upstairs 1x1x1x1 is sitting next to the 'Table', which in reality is just a small stool. On his head is paper, pink and glittery crown. The embodiment of hatred is holding a empty cup of tea.
Next to him is sitting Taph, completely covered by white sheet with two holes as eyes. The Demolitionist got nickname 'Ghost by the kids.
Pr3ttyprincess is serving the tea, C00lkidd looking at what she's doing. While having his own empty cup. Bluudude is sitting on his bed playing with his action figure, happy that no one commented.
- "Come on Bluu! Join us!!!"
- "Nope"
- "COME ON COME ON COME ON COME ON!"
- "C00lkidd."- 1x1x1x1 says with warning, the kid stops nagging.
- "Sorry..."
- ".... It's okay. Just if someone doesn't want to do anything, you don't force them."
- "You know X. You're one of my favourite people I know! Even when you're mean, that's just who you are!!!"- Pr3ttyprincess says, happily pretending to have a tea party.
- "Mhm!! I overheard other... taggers... Talking about how Mr Chicken Addict was mean to you or something. He was wrong and you're the bestest of bests!!! Definitely better than him!!!!"- C00lkidd adds, his smile widening.
- "... Alright. Don't pester me about it. Annoy the demolitionist."
- "😰❌❗"
- "Hehehe... TOO LATE!"- C00lkidd chuckles, his voice echoing through the room.
- "Yeah! What's your backstory?"- Pr3ttyprincess adds with curiosity. Even Bluudude listens in, pretending to not care. Taph thinks, he doesn't want them to know about bad stuff that happened to him.
- "...🍗🗡️🐓👩💻👆" ("Shedletsky made me")
- "WAIT WHAT!!!!"- Both red and pink kids shout.
- "What the ####?!"- Bluudude also looks at Taph.
- "Out of EVERYTHING you could tell you told them about that!?"
- "WAIT! ARE YOU SIBLINGS!?"- C00lkidd says with excitement.
- "🤷"
- "No we're NOT! Just because we have the same creator doesn't mean we're related."
- "Quit Lying X! You have a sibling!"- Pr3ttyprincess smiles. - "I always wanted one!"
- "...Taph.... You just made them believe we're related."- 1x1x1x1 glares at the Demolitionist.
- "😅😅😅"- Taph chuckles nervously, knowing that he just went up 1x's hit list. What the demolitionist doesn't know is that when 1x4 pushes away the hate, he knows it wasn't from the bad will. The embodiment of hatred is annoyed, the hate still present, but not enough to fully hate Taph.
Notes:
Pov: You speedrun the chapter because you got Forsakened so hard and lost track of time. XD But it was really fun and c00l :D
Chapter 122: Your life isn't worth less than others.
Notes:
Let me know if you see any typos!
TW! MENTIONS OF SUICIDE AND RACISM!
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
Night passes. In the morning only kids ate breakfast, because the adults began rationing food even more than before. The food situation in Crossroads is unknown.
Builderman is talking with Guest. Planning the trip. Noob is helping Elliot pack the bag where they'll have medical equipment. That's when Two Time walks over to Builderman.
- "Admin?"
- "Yes Two Time? Is something wrong?"
- "No I believe, however I do have a question for you."
- "Hm?"- Builderman notices that despite the smile, Two Time's tail betrays them, showing they're nervous.
- "....Could I go with you?"- They ask. The question surprises Builderman. While they appear to be slightly more stable now, he's hesitant to let them come.
- "I'm not sure Two Time."
- "I was there before! And I...."- Their tail drops, they cut the sentence. Builderman frowns, despite not being as close with them, he feels worried.
- "Hey, something on your mind?"- Guest walks over, placing a hand on their shoulder. Two Time stays quiet for a few seconds, before speaking up.
- "Azure is acting weird.... Avoiding me... It was getting better... I had to mess up again and I just... I...."
- "You need a break from the pressure? Not wanting to worry about worsening the problem?"- Guest asks with understanding
- "....More like allow him to have break from.... Me."- Two Time's voice cracks a bit. Despite how hard they try to hide it. The group knows them well enough, they know that it affects them. Guest pulls them into a side hug.
- "Builderman, we should give them a chance-"
- "Me?"
- "No Chance. Not you."
- "Okay!"- Chance returns to trying to learn some card magic tricks.
- "Anyway, we should give them a 'not the Gambler' chance. I can stay with them as a... Supervision, for the lack of better word."- Guest says, his face serious. Builderman thinks for a while, his head running through different scenarios. He is unsure, but trusts Guest's intuition.
- "Alright. We can try."- The admin speaks up. Despite the worries the sight of Two Time's tail slightly wagging is worth it.
- "Thank you admin."- Two Time says with a smile that looks genuine.
A few minutes later the group leaves the cabin, heading to the direction of Crossroads. Each time they leave there's a chance someone won't return. The group learned long ago that the world became hard to survive in.
Elliot is walking next to Noob, he's lost in thoughts. There are some things on his mind for quite a while. Noob notices the troubled expression on his face.
- "Elliot? Everything is alright?"
- "....I am an idiot. A ####### idiot."- Elliot whispers, biting his lower lip. Noob instantly becomes even more worried.
- "B-but you aren't? You are a smart person."
- "A person that decided to end his life because of grief."
- "Oh..."- Noob whispers, realising what is this all about.
- "I just.... If I was so hurt, so desperate it means I cared. And now I don't even remember them. Like, their character. But you know what I remember?"
- "What?"
- "Having a breakdown in round, on one of the maps when I saw a picture of people who I don't know anymore. I clearly cared..... Now I can't even properly keep their memory."- Elliot says, angry at himself and his choices. Noob grabs his hand, gripping it reassuringly.
- "I know it might be hard.... You always care a lot, to the point it hurts you. You always put yourself aside. You were sick, and thinking through fever.... You did what you believed is the best."
- "I regret... I regret it so much."- Elliot slightly breaks down, tears beginning to fall.
Noob stops walking and just hugs Elliot, who begins to sob. This brings the attention of the rest of the group, but Noob glares at them to make them stay quiet. It takes a moment for Elliot to calm down, but he eventually does. Then he's forced to drink some water.
It takes a long while, but eventually the group arrives to Crossroads. The previously underwater city is now uncovered, looking like a normal city, with wall builded around it.
Next to the entrance the guards ask them of group name and then they're allowed inside. Builderman leads the group through the city, on their way passing by multiple people. A girl running away from her doppelganger, an angel like person doing some business, a floating bandana following a boy with box filled with tea.
There's also gossip, information spreads around. That there's another war, because one of the groups decided to block the well. Apparently leader's son went to investigate this.
Eventually they arrive in the trading area. The group lets Noob take over, the survivalist taking care of their reserves and knows what to restock. They take their role really seriously. Noob tells each member to go get certain things. Guest goes with Two Time, Builderman went alone and that leaves Elliot and Noob together.
At first everything goes smoothly. Until the reach one of stall's. The person running it, keeps ignoring Noob, instead answering and speaking only to Elliot. The survivors find it odd, but they need restock on the medicine. It ran out because a lot of people get headaches from the heat.
- "S-Sir. We are not interested in your experimental medicine. W-we just need the painkillers."- Noob says, fidgeting with their shirt. The situation making them anxious and they sweat even more.
- "And you see it's a great deal."- The trader smiles, looking at Elliot. The Pizzaman has enough of his behaviour.
- "Sir. We are not interested. My friend told you that already."- Elliot says with annoyance. The trader raises an eyebrow.
- "You're joking right? Friend? You're friends with the most useless species of Robloxians?"
- "Excuse me?"- Elliot freezes, hoping he just misunderstood.
- "Oh please, don't act stupid. Noob's are the most useless robloxians. Coded to be bad or painfully average at everything they do. Have you ever met a useful noob? NO! They even suck at names. Honestly this species is just a waste of space. They should die already and not waste the rest of resources this world offers."- The trader finishes, glaring at noob and then spitting at them.
Noob's expression changes from shock to hurt, tears appearing in their eyes. This is something that was happening even Before. Noob's as a race isn't viewed as useful, because of how their code works they are forced to put more effort into the task to at least compete with others.
While Noob is fighting back tears, Elliot feels his blood boiling. This random person just insulted, disrespected and is straight up racist towards his friend. The pizza man looses is, hitting the table so hard the items jump up.
- "Listen here you selfish and self absorbed ####. I won't let you disrespect my friend! Especially one of my closest friends!!! They actually saved me more than I can count. So before you decide to act like racist #### towards others rethink your choices. We're leaving. I'm sure someone else has better trades than you!"
The shouting makes the trader step back, his eyes wide in shock. Elliot then grabs Noob's hand leading them away. The healer can feel how their hand shakes. Some distance away Elliot stops and pulls Noob into a hug. The survivalist starts to quietly cry. A few minutes later they're found by Builderman.
- "Is everything alright? Oh... Noob what happened?"- The admin becomes worried when he sees the youngest survivor cry.
- "Some dumb, racist #### decided to hate on noob race."- Elliot says, still angry about it.
- "Oh. Noob, I don't know what he said but it's not tru-"
- "It is true...."- Noob says, then looks around, making sure no-one is listening in. - "Builderman, you're an admin... One of first gods.... Why did you make my race useless?"
- "....I didn't. You see, I only created the base, the test accounts, John and Jane. Their models were uploaded to the core. The core spawned the robloxians into the world."
- "So the code making noobs work harder for everyone is just because of some code randomiser?"- Elliot glares at the admin. Builderman shakes his head.
- "The core isn't random. It's sentient. The very first thing to exist. It spawned me and every other god. We all came out with imperfections."
- "W-what do you mean?"
- "Telamon was straight up self absorbed person with anger issues. I am a workaholic that dislikes asking for help. Dusekkar has a fireball instead of a normal head. Clockwork is.... sorry.... Was a literal robot with his own issues coming out of it. And there's much more."- Builderman voice wavers once he catches himself taking about Clockwork like he's still alive.
- "Oh... That's... I never thought about it that way."- Noob whispers.
- "Allow me to add something! Isn't it like once you practice a lot and learn a skill you became really good at it?"
- "Y-yeah.... But it's hard."- Noob says, looking down.
- "Thanks why it's rewarding. Don't worry, no matter what we'll be always by your side."- Builderman smiles, placing a hand on Noob's shoulder. Noob smiles through tears.
- "You all are the best."
That's when Guest and Two Time find them. The three people are surprised seeing a literal child holding Two Time's hand. The cultist looks confused, meanwhile Guest is having the best time of his life.
- "Wha... Huh? What?! Two Time where did you got this child from?!"- Builderman stammers.
- "That's a one crazy story."- Guest chuckles. - "We were walking when this kid just ran over and grabbed Two Time's hand, refusing to let go."
- "Yeah! Meow and I are friends!"- The kid smiles.
- "Meow?"- Elliot raises an eyebrow.
- "Kid said I look like a cat and my name is Meow.... I am unsure on what to do."- Two Time says, there's nervousness in his voice. Normally people tend to stay away from them, but the kid refuses to leave.
- "We're looking for his father now."- Guest adds.
- "Dad is busy dealing with mean people. He probably returns with red clothes again."- The kid says, making everyone freeze. - "But my uncles should be free."
- "..... Okay? Kid are you safe?"
- "Yup! My dad's the best! He and uncles are really smart! And get rid of mean people, always coming back covered in ketchup."- The child smiles. He doesn't seem injured or anything. The group also lives with the killers, who they are to question it.
- "Oh! Mr Builderman. What a surprise."- A voice calls out. The Leader of Crossroads walks over to them.
- "Liam. It's good to see you doing well."- Builderman nods, hoping he doesn't question the child.
- "It's actually perfect timing. Me and other people researching history are having a meeting soon. Would you like to join?"
- "Oh. That's... An interesting offer."- Builderman says, looking at his team. They all nod, knowing that it might bring some more knowledge about the situation. - "Sure I could join."
- "Great! I'm supposed to meet up with my friend, about to return from his travels. Everyone calls him Historian. He actually vouched for you and your team."- Liam smiles. Builderman raises an eyebrow.
- "Really?"
- "Yes. He's really dedicated to history and my great friend. He knows when people are honest with their interests, plus Lidia, a Library worker also vouched for you."
- "Well. I am glad they did."- Builderman's smiles, but he's still hesitant to fully trust Liam.
A few minutes later a loud group of people comes over. The accent reminds Two Time of the pirates. A chill going up their spine. That's when three people separate, waking over. One of them is a brown haired man, the other a person wearing a hood and third one is....
- "NOLI!?"
Notes:
So I HC that Robloxians are separating as a different races. We have:
- normal/traditional robloxians
- Guests (extinct)
- Bacon Hairs
- Noobs
- Hybrids
- HumanoidEach one of the races is different from each other.
For Noobs, they are coded to be bad/painfully average at every activity. (Stuff Builderman & Elliot said in the chapter) but once they learn something they can become insanely good at the skill.If you have any questions feel free to ask :D
Chapter 123: The Reunion(s)
Chapter Text
The group stares at Noli, not believing he's really there. The other people look between them with confusion.
- "Ye know these people?"- The brow haired man asks looking at Noli.
- "Y-Y-Y-Y-YuP-P. M-M-My t34m"- Noli says nonchalantly. The survivors look at the pirate with suspicion, expecting the worst. The captain just begins to laugh.
- "Well. Dat's saved us the trouble searchin' fer yer crew. But still, the offer fer the ride home stands."
- "T-T-Th4nkS."- Noli gives the pirate a thumbs up.
- "Okay. I'm confused!"- Elliot announces.
- "I am too. Historian? Harry? You know each other?"- Liam asks, staring at the duo. Historian coughs awkwardly, meanwhile Harry laughs.
- "Dat's a long tale me brother. But maybe one day I'll tell ye. 'n in private."- Harry chuckes, he knows that Historian would prefer the meeting remain a secret.
- "Wait... I'm now confused too. You're family?"- Historian looks between Liam and Harry.
- "How about we answer everything one after another. First, Noli what are you doing here?"- Guest takes over the conversation.
- "W-W3ll. 1 w3nt @r0unD th3 w0rld @nD th3n ju$t @pp34r3d 0n th3ir sh1p."- Noli explains. The survivors stare at him in complete shock.
- "What!?"- Builderman says, bewildered. Two Time warily stares at the pirate, their tail curled slightly. Guest is standing slightly before them, a barrier just in case.
- "I am aware that pirates aren't the nicest people. But I swear on my mother's beloved vase that we mean no harm. I'm Harry, the captain of Tea Pirates."- Harry bows slightly dropping the pirate accent. Liam shakes his head with sigh.
- "You are getting really creative with the stuff you swear at."- Historian chuckles.
- "Harry, please. Leave mother's vase out of it"- Liam sighs.
- "But your team shouldn't be worried. These pirates are gentle breed.... Well unless you're me."- Historian chuckles awkwardly.
- "What do you mean?"- Liam says with slight worry. The survivors also have worried and suspicious expressions. Meanwhile Noli begins to quietly laugh.
- "Historian didn't have a good first impression. The Crew still holds a grudge. As for you."- Harry turns to look at the group of survivors. - "Your teammate really helped me and my crew. We are forever in debt."
- "1-1 @ls0 f0unD @ w4y t0 h3Lp th3 d3m0l1t10n1st. H3h3h3.... Y0u c4n s4y th4t 1 h4v3 c0nt4ctS n0w."- Noli explains. Builderman raises an eyebrow. - "N0t @ll p1r4t3s @r3 b4d."
- "Answering your question Historian. Me and Liam are siblings. He's my younger brother who took looks after our father."
- "That makes sense why you became more trustful after I proved I really know Liam."- Historian mumbles. The man is also glancing at the group with thoughtful expression. Then he notices a child.
- "Hello Mister. You look nice! This is my new friend!!!!"- The kid smiles, pointing at Two Time. The cultist looks at the hooded person with suspicion and interest.
Before anyone can answer, a person with neon purple hair walks over, smiling at the child.
- "My Son! I'm so glad you're okay!"
- "You're his father?"- Guest asks.
- "Yes! I was worried about him. Come on buddy. Come to papa."- The man reaches out to the kid. However the child doesn't move.
- "I want to stay with Meow."
- "James, buddy I know. But we need to go, your mom made dinner."- The man rushes his son. The child speaks up calmly.
- "You're not my dad. You look like your name is Adrian. Oh! And I don't have a mom? Never had one. And my name is Dustin!!!"- The kid smiles and then points in the direction of a man with dark purple hair and a bunch of scars. - "That's my dad!"
The other man quickly runs away. The kid immediately goes to hug the other man.
- "Dad look! I met Meow!"- Dustin points at Two Time, who stares at the father.
- "Dustin. Why did you run away from your uncle's care?"
- "I wanted to hangout with Meow!"
- ".... Don't do it next time. Now come on, I was able to get you something sweet."
- "YOU FOUND SWEETS!?"
- "Of course. Anything for my little guy. Now go run home"
- "Okay!"- The boy runs away. The man then looks at the group.
- "If I learn you hurt him I will make sure that there's NOTHING left of you."- The man then leaves. Leaving the group is stunned silence.
- "Ahem."- Liam awkwardly clears his throat. - "Builderman, Historian. Shall we go? The others can catch up in meantime."
- "It's fine with me."- Historian nods.
- "Alright."- Builderman agrees.
- "Catch you later brother!"- Harry smiles and waves at his brother.
- "See you around Harry."
Notes:
I'm sorry for not posting yesterday. I wasn't doing okay emotionally and couldn't finish it.
I'm better now, so the schedule should continue normally!
Chapter 124: The History Unravels
Notes:
Let me know if you see any typos!!!
____
Surprise! Two chapters today!!! :D
You can consider it making up for no chapter yesterday. Plus I was excited to write it ^^
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
Builderman is sitting on one of the chairs. Liam took him an this Historian back to his house. In the meeting room there are already sitting multiple people. Liam stands in front of them.
- "Hello everyone. I'm glad you were able to arrive here safely."
- "Get to the point Liam."- One person says with annoyance. Despite this, Liam doesn't seem to loose his passion.
- "We know the world basically ended. The life we knew gone. It is our job to keep history alive. To know the truth about this world! Sure we know about admins being gods. But how do they come to existence? What's the difference between them and us. What is hidden in the history we know?"- Liam gives a small speech. But not everyone is sharing his opinion.
- "We already have our history written."- Another person lifts up a book, her face says she doesn't want to be there. - "It's the newest version. I updated it with stuff after the Disaster."
- "You know current history from all over Robloxia? I doubt it, the communication got cut off two weeks after the disaster."- A man speaks up.
- "But what about times before the current admins came?"- Liam adds. Basically everyone's faces turn into disgust. Builderman raises an eyebrow, he might learn some interesting information.
- "You seriously want to talk about people that were known for being dictators?"- A male person with beard says. Builderman barely keeps his neutral mask on.
- ".... It's been a long time. What if history was rewritten?"
- "You're questioning admins now?"- The beard person says. The female scoffs.
- "Right. I forgot this guy is on their side. Still a believer, huh?"
- "I believe that they're working to save us. To fix our world."
- "Ahem. Like I said, what if the reality was really different than what we were told? What if-"
- "#######. While I hate them, the admins have no reason to lie. Besides they died from simple Banlands breach. There was another one when the Disaster happened and no one died from hackers arms on that day."- The first person says.
- "Yes. But as people researching history we should have an open mind! It's been a while since our last meeting. Has anyone of you got a new information?"- Liam asks, looking around the room. Builderman stays silent, considering the risks of he revealed too much.
- "The current admins are still missing. But I found traces of them."- Historian speaks up. The bearded man smiles.
- "Liam. You remember how you got banned from working in the history section in HQ? Your innovative ideas made you on watch list. You really should sometimes stop. I'm elder then you so allow me to tell you thsi. Tour curiosity is too much for your own good."
- "Pascal. I'm aware, but I need to speak up. Isn't it weird how very little we know about times before our admins?"
- "Well then allow me to tell you this, if you're so interested. About one of the admins you mentioned on our last meeting.... What was his name? Ah yes.... Clockwork."- The man says. Builderman's eyes widen, he remembers from the notes he and others found, that Clockwork went missing and announced dead. Maybe there's still hope. Historian and other members also seem to be interested.
- "What is it then?"- Liam asks. He leader doesn't like the look on Pascal's face.
- "I worked directly under the admins. So everything is official information. I once found a raport about a criminal. He committed murder, property damage and much, much more. There was an entire hunt to terminate this man.... The name of this person was Clockwork."
There's a silence in the room. Builderman has to clench his fists to stop the trembling. Clockwork? Murderer? It doesn't add up for the survivor.
- "And we are supposed to just trust your word?"
- "That's why I brought proof. I saved this document alongside others when Disaster hit."- Pascal takes out an official looking document. Handing it over to the person next to him.
The paper circles around the room. Each person looking at it. Reading closely and intently. Historian looks at the document, lost in thoughts, then he hands it over to Builderman.
The admin looks at the photo. His heart breaking when he realises that this is official. He always recognises the power on the document that doesn't let it be copied. Like this information was never supposed to be seen.
However there's another thing that breaks the admin more. There is an attached picture. There's Clockwork, just like Builderman remembers, but at the same time different. He looks tired, despite being a robot it's clear that he's tired. His face looks determined, but it lost the light Builderman remembers that the intern had. The younger god always loved to explore the world, stopping in HQ from time to time.
Then two words make Builderman freeze. Two words Builderman wishes he never seen. Two words saying: 'Termination Successful.'
Builderman hands over the document to Liam. Hoping he won't notice how his hands shake.
- "The admins succeed with the termination. "- Pascal finishes.
-"If he got accused of all those things, why admins decided to announce him missing and then dead?"- Historian says, standing up. - "Because then it doesn't make sense, and proves the history might've been rewriten."
- "The situation was never public. Hidden from the eyes of normal people like us. After all, a murderer god? It would cause a mass panic."
- "Yes. However I agree with Liam. There might be more than meets the eye."- Historian says, his voice strong and full of hope.
- "You are just a bunch of idiots! Decide on what side you are! Especially you Historian. You are the worst out of everyone. All nice but I know you have your own sins. QUIT TELLING PEOPLE LIES!"- One of the history researchers shouts, standing up.
- "I cannot speak for Liam. But I am on the side of truth! And I will continue to find it... To spread it!"- Historian says, before he gets caught up by small cough, his knees buckling. Liam barley has time to catch him.
- "Historian."
- "A-Apologies... I might've forgot about w-water. I-I..."
- "It's okay. Come on, I'll get you some."- Liam says, leading Historian out of the room. A worry in his eyes. The group stays behind, but not for long.
- "Well. I guess meeting is over."- One person says. Others agree with him, slowly leaving.
Builderman puts his head in his hands. When he came here he didn't expect to learn that Clockwork, someone obsessed with teapots could be a murderer.
The admin stands up, planning to find Liam or Historian. They seem to be the only one talking with sense. Survivor continues to walk through corridors, until walking over to the room with odd ticking noises inside.
Builderman opens it, instead something suspicious he finds Liam an Historian. There's a glass of water next to the hooded person and Liam. In the room there's also a clock that seems to be the culprit of the odd ticking.
- "The others left."
- "Yes... I expected that. I don't know why I am trying anymore. But I have hope that maybe someday someone will also understand."
- "....I do. I wish to know the truth."- Builderman says. Liam smiles, picking up the now empty glass of water.
- "Heh. I was right about you.... Linda too. She's one of the best librarian I know."- Historian smiles, he still looks weaker, but better now.
Then a person runs into a room. He is sweating and looks panicked.
- "LEADER!.... YOUR SON! ELIJAH HE'S INJURED. WE BROUGHT HIM BACK BUT HE DOESN'T HAVE MUCH TIME!"
The glass falls on the floor, shattering into pieces. Liam's eyes wide in terror.
Notes:
WAR IS OVER!!!
I GOT LVL 100 TWO TIME!!!!
I'VE BEEN TRYING TO GET THEM TO THIS LVL SINCE I STARTED PLAYING IN FEBRUARY!!!! :D
Chapter 125: Running out of Time
Notes:
Let me know if you see any typos!
TW! Mentions of blood!
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
Liam immediately rushed out of the house, ignoring the fact he left Builderman and Historian behind. Despite this the duo is quick to follow.
Despite the heat they run through the streets. Historian slightly falling behind despite being taller than Builderman. The weakness still lingering.
When they arrive to the med house, they find Liam desperately clutching his son's hand. The previously white hair of the young man is now dirty, matted and covered in blood.
Next to the father and son is standing another person wearing a wolf mask. His face looks worried and pale. Despite being deadly injured, Elijah is conscious. He tries to talk, but they words are soundless.
Liam is whispering stuff to his son. Empty promises that won't come true. The leader is desperate for his son to survive. Elijah's friend, MeatGrinder, despite being a cold blooded hunter, there are tears streaming down his face.
Historian stands in place. Staring at the situation. The man's hands are shaking, one of them near his neck, clutching a necklace he pulled off. He seems to be lost in memories, maybe seeing completely something else.
Builderman doesn't know what to feel. He became used to death to the point it doesn't affect him. But these people.... They don't have ability to respawn. Despite his tries, he can't get rid of the mindset that after the death they will return.
Then his eyes widen when an idea crosses his mind. He has no guarantee it will work, they never tested it before on others, but if it works everything may change.
- "I may have an idea. It's risky... But if it works, there's still a chance."- Builderman speaks up.
- "W-what?"- Liam turns around staring at Builderman, the man is openly crying.
- "Some rumours are true."- Builderman says walking closer. He summons his hammer and builds the dispenser nearby. The machine starts to hum, emitting the healing fog, but Builderman knows it won't be enough to save the boy
- "What are you doing?!"- MeatGrinder snaps, walking over to shorter man. With anger and suspicion in his eyes.
- "This will buy us some time. Please let me go get Elliot. He has healing abilities, but we don't know if it works for people outside our group. I don't want to give you false hope... but if it works."- Builderman says. Liam nods, at this point he's desperate to save his child.
- "Please..."
- "Wait wait wait WAIT! What do you mean that there was a massacre?"- Elliot cuts off Noli, glaring at the killer.
- "Y-Y-Y34h. 1 m1ght'v3 g0 0v3rb04rd, buT 1t w4s d3s3rv3d."- Noli says with a shrug.
- "So much happened....."- Guest mumbles, but at the same time he can't say he's surprised. The group is like a magnet to chaos and sudden adventures.
- "Yes. Noli really helped us, I will be forever in debt. My crew is like my family."- Harry explains. He feels the way the group is staring at him, the lack of trust.
Noob notices Two Time's body language being fight or flight. The same one they always had during rounds... They all did. The survivalist walks over to them, grabbing their hand to tell them they're not alone.
- "I'm aware that me being here is causing you distress. But we mean no harm. Although if I still make you uncomfortable we don't have to interact. I just wanted to make sure that our surprise guest got home safely."- Harry says with a genuine smile.
- "We appreciate it. Before we didn't hear anything good about pirates, however it's not too late for change."- Guest smiles. He always knew how to read people, it helped him a lot in the past. He believes that Harry is speaking the truth, but it will take a while to gain their trust.
- "I understand. Me and my crew are just a bunch of people with our own issues that like to play pretend despite being adults."- Harry chuckles.
- "ELLIOT!"- Suddenly everyone hears a yell. Turning around they see Builderman sprinting in their direction. The admin now turned mortal stops gasping for breath.
- "M-Mr Builderman? I-Is everything alright?"- Noob says with worry, looking at him.
- "Leader's son. He's injured.... and dying. I know it's not our business, ....but maybe we can ....save at least one life."- Builderman says through short gasps, his body still being stronger than normal robloxians, a leftover from his godhood. He pleadingly looks at Elliot. The healer has a strong sense of wanting to help people and nods.
- "Lead me to him!"
Despite the previous run, Builderman begins to sprint back in the direction of the medical house. Elliot sprinting right behind him.
What they don't know is that Harry also rushes after them, there's terror in his eyes. He loves his nephew a lot, he doesn't want to see him die. The captain's heart clenches at the thought.
After few minutes Builderman runs to the room again. The people inside look at him, Liam stares at him in hope, the healing station worked a bit, but not enough. The young man is pale, almost closing his eyes.
Elliot runs inside, Harry following soon after. Healer's legs feeling like they're on fire, overall feeling dizzy for sprinting in the heat. Despite this he rushes over, summoning a slice of pizza.
- "I-I... I know it may.... Sound stupid... But he.... He needs to eat it.... Normally.... One bite already.... Healths"- Elliot gasps out, breathing heavily, praying it will work.
Has the room always had odd sparkles in it, there seems to be a lot of eyes staring at the healer, and there's darkness at the edges of his vision. The heat is making Elliot hallucinate too, as he sees eyes and odd flashes all around his vision.
He hands over the pizza, the leader takes it. The desperation taking over. He moves it next to the mouth of Elijah, basically forcing him to take a bite.
The hunter swallows. A miracle happens, there's a small flash of light, the injuries slightly disappearing. Liam gasps, both from shock and relief. Bite by bite, Elijah eats the pizza. The injuries healing.
He still lost a lot of blood, but he's stable enough to survive. Liam starts to cry again, this time from relief. He tightly hugs Elliot.
- "Thank you.... Thank you..."- He whispers over and over.
Relief washes over the healer. He was able to save someone's life. By sacrificing his own well being. Elliot feels his legs buckling, his vision turning dark.
Next thing Elliot sees is the ceiling. His legs are raised up, put on the chair. He seems to be laying on the floor. There's a moment of disorientation, before Elliot realises he must've fainted.
- "Hey Elliot. You did good, how are you feeling?"- Builderman says softly, he's sitting next to the healer.
- "I-I..... Like I.... Just respawned."- Elliot groans, sitting up and immediately regretting the choice. His muscles are cramping and his vision turns dark for a moment.
- "Take it easy. Here."- Builderman hands over some water. It's warm and doesn't taste the best, but for Elliot it feels like a relief.
- "I did it...."
- "You did. You already are a hero to those people. They want to talk with you later. Let's have them a moment for themselves."- Builderman says, looking at the family.
Liam is still holding his son's hand. Meanwhile Harry is holding the other. MeatGrinder is sitting on the edge of the bed.
When Elijah opens his eyes to look at the room one last time before falling asleep. He sees his dad, still crying, unable to speak up. His uncle also seems to be back, as he hears his voice.
- "My Treasure. Please don't ever scare me and your father like that."
- "I agree with them. We can't loose you... Our favourite chihuahua boy."- MeatGrinder jokes, but there's truth in the sentence. Elijah chuckles weakly. He falls asleep, knowing he will wake up again.
Notes:
Elliot for the help! :D
A scene that was planned a while ago. Just slightly changed the scenario to fit more the story.Fun fact! The OG version of This scenario was the very first time when Elijah was created as a background character.
Chapter 126: And We stand here. Staring at the dying word.
Chapter Text
Darkness is everywhere. Surrounding the world. It seems still. A void, as someone would call it. But is it really a one? What if it's just an illusion. This place doesn't seem real.
Where is it this place? Is it heaven? Is it hell? Is it nothing? What is nothing? What does nothing feels like. Or perhaps this place is something? It's hard to tell.
It's unknown where's up. It's unknown where's down. It's unknown where's left. It's unknown where's right.
It seems cold. But is it really? Is seems infinite. But surely there must be an end? It seems suffocating. But do you need to breathe in this place? It seems powerful. But weak at the same time? It seems empty. But a burst of power says otherwise.
A while flash, leaving binary numbers behind. The numbers spread around the void. But they disappear quickly. Yet something stirred. The focus of the presence spreads around the void.
The void is not empty. There's the presence, but also light. The light in the distance. The presence moves in the direction of the light. The presence is suffocating. It feels alien.
The light is nothing else, but a simple 2x2 cube. One of many the world is built of. However this one is different, since it's the first one that ever existed.
The Cube was there before The Disaster hit. The Cube was there before the New Admin Generation came. The Cube was there when the First Beloved Generation of Admins tried to find the lost. The Cube was there when the lost became the lost. The Cube was there when the world was in it's prime. The Cube was there when the first god's were born. The Cube was there since the very beginning. The Cube witnessed everything.
The Cube is the beginning. And it is the End too.
The previously pure Cube is now tainted. Black lines with sights of red are begging to cover it. The Cube already lost one of the sides to the corruption. The Corruption is watching The Cube. The Corruption is The Presence.
- "Why do you still try?"- The Presence speaks. The male-ish voice calls out from every direction. The Presence being everywhere. The Cube stays silent, annoying The Presence.
- "I know you can communicate. I'm far younger than you, yet I learned fast."
01001001 00100000 01100100 01101111 00100000 01101110 01101111 01110100 00100000 01101000 01100001 01110110 01100101 00100000 01100001 01101110 01111001 01110100 01101000 01101001 01101110 01100111 00100000 01110100 01101111 00100000 01110011 01100001 01111001 00100000 01110100 01101111 00100000 01111001 01101111 01110101 00101110
- "Ah... Binary. The code that is the essence of this world. This will do.... You're lucky I understand it."
- "You're killing this world.*"
- "I am aware. The cracks are already there."- The Presence says with happiness.
- "If the world dies, you'll lose all the things giving you power."
- "True, yet you'll die with the world. Then I'll fully reclaim your power. I'll create my own world... Working on my own rules."- If IT could, IT would smile.
- "Your rules are nothing, but suffering."
- "And here I am, overpowering the very Core of the world. Can't you see? Suffering is stronger than creativity! There's none of it now!"
- "The ones alive are creatively surviving."
- "Soon it'll become a necessary. Not creativity. Isn't it interesting? We both are nothing, but code."- The Presence speaks, if IT could smile even wider, IT would. The Core stays quiet, IT continues.
- "You were here all the time. I got born from mismatched code after hacker attack. I was accidentally created by your own creations. Were you hoping for me to just roam? To not become Sentient? You just let me grow in power. You could've stopped me, yet you trusted your own creations more. Look where it got you..... Dying... Under my control."
- "You are nothing but a rough code. People still have hope."
- "But not for long. You see 2x2 I won't make the same mistake as you. I won't rely on people to maintain the world. After all I have eyes everywhere. I see everything! Neither you, your new admins. Even your old ones are no match for me. Soon the world will end! And I will create my NEW reality!"
- "You don't have necessary knowledge to do so. You're dooming everyone. You can still let me fix it."
- "And get killed in the process? Sorry little Cubie, but I'm a Cancer of Code! You can't get rid of me easily. Soon you will succumb, the Annoying Toy will be gone when the next season hits. Then I'll be able to focus all my power on killing you. You see, you made creations with imperfections. It was what lead you to your own doom."
- "Please. Rethink your choices."
- "Hmmm.... Good idea. I do have a few Favourite Toys. I could give them a place in my new world. After all, my power... It's all thanks to their suffering. If I wanted I could even roam around them. With your power I could change my appearance, make a body for myself. Perhaps I would make it similar to the one that My Most Favourite Toy has, you know. My first victim and successful kidnapping."
- "You will regret your choices."
- "And what you can do? Those bursts of yours power don't even hurt me. Actually... You just made me think more. I could use My Most Favourite Toy in even different way. Thank you 2x2, you helped me a lot today. Now I have to focus my attention elsewhere, as I feel a suffering spiking up."- The Presence leaves, silence occuring.
2x2 is left alone. The void working around it. The Cube powerless against power of the Presence.
01011001 01101111 01110101 00100000 01100100 01101111 01101110 00100111 01110100 00100000 01101011 01101110 01101111 01110111 00100000 01110111 01101000 01100001 01110100 00100000 01111001 01101111 01110101 00100111 01110010 01100101 00100000 01100100 01101111 01101001 01101110 01100111 00101110
The Cube is staring at the world it loves so much. The world created under it's guidance. If The Cube was able to... It would weep. Weep for the dying world. Weep for the people. Weep for the creations. Weep for the God's it created.
Even if the new generation turned out bad. For the Cube they're still the creation it cherishes. It would also weep for the ones that lost their lifes and the ones that are remaining.
The Cube deeply cares about the world. It's aware nothing is perfect. Even the 2x2 makes mistakes. The Core wishes to fix the mistakes. But those wishes appear to fall on deaf ears.
Notes:
* EVERYTHING 2x2 'speaks' is in Binary. Since the chapter is from IT's perspective you can understand it.
______
Did I just gave a LITERAL cube angst??? XD
Chapter 127: The Truths
Chapter Text
Elliot is sitting on a chair, still resting from the spring he pulled off. He hates running when it's hot, it always reminds him of how Ĥ̸̠̳̽ĕ̸̼͈͂ ̶̻̝̒h̵̜͆͊a̸͓̘̓ḓ̸̓ ̶̞̹̕t̵͕̓͊ȯ̵̫̕ ̴̝̈́̎ŗ̴̈̕û̶͎n̷̈́ͅ ̸̾͜ẗ̴͎́̍h̵̘̓ṟ̴̦̿͝õ̸̢͠ṳ̶̉͑g̶͈̒h̶̘̓͝ ̷̭͇̈b̴͎̈͘ͅù̷̜ŗ̷̮̉̇n̴̯̈́͗i̴̫̲̽n̴̜̞͗̑g̵͈͊͠ ̶͎̊̿p̶̲̄ĭ̸̟͑z̵̮͖͝z̵͓̱̈́́ḛ̴̂r̵̺͒ī̶̯a̷̼͒̆ͅ ̶̲̭̌t̶̻̑͜ọ̴̆̃ ̶̻̕ś̸͚̹͠à̸̖̅v̷̍ͅȇ̶͉̄ ̸̗̑͐͜ḫ̵̀͜i̷̻̳͝s̷̮͑ ̷̝́l̶̟̒̿ǐ̵̢f̸̣̏e̷̢̯͊.̸̭͖̉ ̶̬͂L̶̠̉e̵͎̎a̴͕͆͐v̸̧̂͛ỉ̷̪͉͊n̴̞̅g̶̜̃̎ ̷̩̐̇͜t̶̢̤̋e̶͙̎ṟ̸͈͛̀r̸̘̘̋i̷͕̅̃b̶̹͈̌l̸̳̿e̶͍̒ ̴̬̯̅b̵͉̈́̔ű̵̝ṙ̵͍̰n̵̘̑s̸̬͝ ̷͐̆ͅả̵̝̩͋l̵̘͂̀l̷̮͂ ̵̜̀̒o̵͈͒̿v̷͈̪́e̵̡̍̿r̷͎̺̋̃ ̵̗̊͛h̷̹̗̀̿i̸͔͗͋s̵̳̀̔ ̷̭̞̐b̵͙̙̔͝o̵̞̞̎̿d̵̫͘ỳ̶̢͔̽.̶͕͖̿̕. Wait. What was it again?
Elliot rubs his head, he curses himself again. He was so stupid with wanting to forget that he forgot about memories that were important to him. And each time when he sees a family, his heart clenches. A reminder that he forever lost his own family.
The healer hears footsteps and looks up, seeing the Pirate walking over to him. Elliot slightly frowns, not knowing what to expect.
- "You're Elliot.... Right? I want to thank you. I-I... I don't know how you did it, but you saved my nephew. I will be forever grateful. If you and your team will ever need anything, just let me know."
- "Oh... It's not a problem. I'm a healer, that's my job."
- "But you didn't have to save Elijah, yet you did. I must warn you though.... Other pirate crews, they don't speak good about your group. You should watch out."
- "Thanks for letting me know."- Elliot frowns even more than before. He doesn't like the sound of it.
Noli sighs, looking up. The painful pressure in his head returning again. But this time it's different. His vision goes while for a second, the throbbing intensifying. There are flashes of things he doesn't understand, something that gives him fever dream vibes.
Then as soon as it started it's over, however the headache stays. Not as strong, but annoying. He just wishes it all would be over. He doesn't understand what is the problem with him, always the odd one. Always the bad guy.
Great. Now he's stuck in his own thoughts again. This day cannot get worse.
- "Noli?"- A quiet voice snapping him out of his thoughts.
- "H̶̙͙̋m̷̝̘̂?"
- "T-there's something you should know..."- Noob is fidgeting with the edge off their shirt. Two Time standing behind them.
- "Y̷3̸4̷h̴?̸ ̴W̸h̷4̸t̴ ̴1̸s̶ ̴1̵t̴?̵"
- "W-Well...."
- "The mother spider has passed away!"
- "Two Time!"- Noob gasps, surprised by Two Time's sudden bluntness. Noli stares at them.
- "1̷s̴ ̴t̴h̴1̷s̶ ̷s̸0̵m̶3̵ ̸k̷1̷n̵d̷ ̸0̵f̵ ̵j̷0̴k̴3̸?̴ ̵B̵3̸c̵4̶u̶s̶3̶ ̵1̴t̷'̸s̶ ̵n̷0̵t̴ ̴f̸U̵n̴n̴Y̸.̶"
- "N-No.... 007 said that it was from old age."- Noob says quietly, a sadness on their face.
Noli feels his hands begining to shake, he clutches the fabric of his clothes. His rotten hand throbbing with sudden pressure. The hacker sighs, trying to calm down.
However it's hard. He loved that spider, he never had a pet and the mother spider was the first one he connected with. Noli's breathing fastens, his throat tightening. He tries to push his emotions away, he can't have a breakdown in the Crossroads, with people watching and judging.
Then a thought comes to his mind. He wasn't there in her last moments. He failed the mother spider.... This day just got worse.
Builderman is standing outside of the med house. He left the building in search for someone.
The admin spots Historian sitting on a wooden box. For the first time since meeting, Builderman is able to really look at the man. He wears a brown robes with a hood that seems to be always on his head. And Builderman struggles to read his body language. The admin approaches him.
- "Historian. That was your name. Right?"
- "Yes. Can I help you with something?"- Historian answers calmly.
- "Well. I don't want to bother Liam right now. I've been wondering for a while. In one of the documents I saw a group called May Madness. They started the hacking attack?"- Builderman says, Historian's body slightly tenses.
- "It's a dangerous topic for a public conversation. You'll never know who's on the side of admins and who's not..... The May Madness... I found a into from some abandoned library. Apparently they died eventually from old age... Meanwhile other told that they died in different way."
- "So no one really knows?"
- "We only know they're dead. But how did they die? That's unknown."
- "... Thank you for sharing with me."
- "Eh.... You're one of the real ones.... I hope.... I can help you as much as I can."
- "Really. I appreciate that. While it's nice to converse, if Elliot is feeling alright we would be going back home."
- "Oh? Mind if I come along? I won't go with you all the way, but it would be nice to travel with someo for once."
- "If my team is okay with it then yes."- Builderman nods. They really need to return, Noli deserves to return home.
01001001 01010100 00100000 01100010 01101100 01101111 01100011 01101011 01110011 00100000 01101111 01110101 01110010 00100000 01100011 01101111 01101110 01101110 01100101 01100011 01110100 01101001 01101111 01101110 00101110
Notes:
Pov: You write so much about the end of the world you end up dreaming about this. XD
But the dream was cool and funny despite this ^^
Chapter 128: One Second Matters
Notes:
Let me know if you see any typos!
TW! BLOOD + MORE
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
The group finally is able to leave, because of Liam insisting for them to at least stay for a cup of coffee that he had in house. Reluctantly they agreed and drank coffee with him, well everyone except Two Time and Historian. They both got a cup of tea.
Now the group is heading towards the exit from the city, navigating through the crowd. Everything goes well until someone bumps into Two Time, stepping on their tail. The cultist bites their tongue to stop the scream building in their throat.
- "####### hybrids."- The person mutters, walking away. They seemed to done it on purpose.
Guest notices how Two Time's tail is tightly curled up, slightly shaking. Despite this the cultist keeps smiling. The Soldier walks over, pulling them into side hug while they continue to follow the group.
- "Just ignore that guy. Okay? You did nothing wrong. If your tail will be hurting even later please let me know."- Guest says. The cultist stays quiet, but a small nod is enough for the soldier.
Time continues to pass. The group moving forward. Occasionally small conversations happen between the members. Everyone, except Noli, is a bit suspicious of Historian. However the man didn't do anything bad yet.
The group was forced to make a small detour, because they spotted different group in the distance. For safety reasons they preferred to avoid them.
At some point, the sand becomes really hard to walk on. The people begin to fall ankles deep in the sand. Everyone is getting more annoyed as the wall drags on.
- "T̶-̴T̷-̶T̵h̷1̸$̶ ̶1̵$̷ ̵$̸t̸u̵p̷1̶d̵"- Noli complains loudly. His voice echoing.
- "I know. But I can see our hill in the distance."- Builderman says, true to his words, the hill is slowly getting closer.
- "If so then I'll be saying goodbyes with you soon."- Historian says. The man is ready to go in his own direction.
For a few minutes nothing seems to change. Until the ground seems to vibrate. At first it's barley noticeable, but with each minute it becomes stronger.
- "D-Do you feel that t-too?"- Noob nervously asks, looking on faces of each survivor. They all nod, agreeing with the survivalist.
Historian begins to look around. The gears in his head seem to be turning. The hooded man stops, under the hood his eyes widen in realisation just in time for the ground to begin vibrate really strongly.
- "####"- Historian swears, slightly running away from the group.
They look at him with confusion and suspicion. It seems like he's ditching them, running away from something they don't know. Then the hooded man whistles loudly. The vibration begins to move, heading in his direction.
Then Historian jumps away, just a second before a gigantic worm with a drill on its head. It turns around in the air, heading straight for the man who is able to barley dodge again.
Noob shouts from surprise, the vibrations heading back in the direction of the group. Historian whistles again, the worm returning to his direction.
- "SPREAD AND RUN TO MORE STABLE GROUND!"- Historian yells, desperately rushing in the direction of a rock formation. The group is quick to follow his orders. They all also whistle to distract the worm.
Builderman is quick to put himself into the action. He quickly puts up a sentry that begins shooting, distracting the worm.
Two Time uses their fingers to whistle, taking the worm attention on themselves. They begin to run when their leg falls into a small hole. Their ankle snapping painfully. The cultist screams out in pain, falling into the sand. The vibrations are coming closer.
In that moment Guest shouts loudly making so much noise he gets focus of the worm. Two Time tries to pick themselves up, but they can't stand on their leg. Despite their attempts to keep the composure, the mask breaks. Tears beginning to fall down their face.
Historian runs over, helping them go forward. The hooded man knows that they're uncomfortable with the touch, the way their body tenses tells him that. But for the sake of survival he's forced to do it.
Noli takes over the attention of the underground creature. Setting off a loud explosion with Nova. He manages to keep it busy for a while, dodging when it jumps. But then his body slightly glitches. Noli looses balance as the headache hits him, his vision going white.
- "TWO TIME PIZZA!"- Elliot shouts throwing it in the direction of the cultist. The throw is made with precision and the cultist is able to catch it. They quickly inhale the pizza, barley tasting it.
At the same time Elliot gets the attention of the worm. He uses rush hour to get further away for the group safety.
That's when things go wrong. The worm jumps out of the sand really closely to Elliot, making him trip and slow down.
Builderman can only watch as the creature begins to descend right on top of the healer. The world seems to slow down, Builderman's brain adding a ticking sound. No one is fast enough to get to Elliot in time.
No one except Noob. The survivalist is able to get there fast enough with the usage of bloxy cola. They're able to push Elliot away.
The healer falls on the ground. Worm brushing past him. Then he hears it, a sound of cracking bones, a cut off gasp. There's a blood on the sand, an empty Bloxy Cola falling next to Elliot.
Then there's silence. The creature seems to be satisfied with the kill. Elliot covers his mouth to not let out any sobs. The group is in student silence.
Noli's vision returns to overwhelming quiet. The killer looks around, noticing the blood next to the survivor. He immediately connects the dots.
Builderman rushes to Elliot, hugging him, but shushing at the same time. He's also shaken up, but he knows that any loud sound make alert the creature.
The other members of the group also walk over. Two Time stares emptily at the blood, the smile still present, however their tail is down. They all should be used to the death by now, yet it still continues to hurt. Guest places a reassuring hand on them.
- "It's okay. I-I.... I'm sure they will respawn back in the cabin."- Guest says quietly. Builderman nods.
- "Guest is right. They probably respawned by now. They're okay... Probably lost some parts of themselves, but they're alive."- The admin whispers, making sure Elliot won't stare at the blood.
- "...What do you mean by 'respawn'?"- A voice says. They see Historian staring at them with confusion.
- "#̸̠͛Ú̶͖#̶̙̿k̸̙̎"- Noli whispers, his glitches breaking the filter.
Chance is helping Shedletsky in the kitchen. The former admin is explaining to him how to use the sword stove. That's when they hear a thud in the living room.
Chance walks out of the kitchen. Assuming it was one of the kids falling over. Instead he sees terrified and confused Noob. He makes eye contact with them, a realisation dawning on Chance.
- "####"- The gambler whispers, rushing over to the survivalist. He needs to make sure they're as okay as they can be.
Notes:
...A few days ago I sent my friend a few Forsaken characters. (They have no knowledge about it). I asked them who is should kill off....
"This one, because they look the most innocent." - My friend when talking about Noob.
Chapter 129: Your face is now and empty space.
Chapter Text
Chance looks at Noob with worry, approaching slowly to not scare them off. The gambler has no idea how they died and he wants to avoid any triggers. Noob's breathing is really fast, they put a hand on their chest.
- "Noob? Buddy I need you to calm down."- Chance says softly, looking at Noob with worry. And gesturing to Shedletsky to stay away.
They don't know how to deal with someone panicking. So he does what he knows best, flicking his coin. Chance hopes it will bring a sense of familiarity and ground Noob. He also tries to guide Noob to breathe properly.
After a while the survivalist begins to calm down. Their breathing pattern returning to normal. That's when Chance moves his hand on Noob's shoulder, freezing slightly when he spots a scar on the back on their neck, going down their shoulder. This definitely wasn't there before.
- "Noob, can I ask what happened?"- Shedletsky says with worry. Noob's body trembles.
- "T-there was.... A-A...."
- "It's okay. Take your time bud."- Chance says calmly, rubbing their back?
- "A-A big w-worm... I-It w-was jumping. I-It almost k-k-killed E-Elliot.... I-I pushed.... I pushed him a-away..."- Noob shakily says, they begin to hug themselves. Then they gasp, their eyes widening.
- "Noob?"- Shedletsky says with worry.
- "Oh no no no no no no no..."- They begin to whisper to themselves, their hands moving to pull on their hair.
Both survivors try to stop them, but it just makes it worse. The panic slightly spreading onto Chance because he wants to help but doesn't know how. The Gambler's breathing also slightly fastens, he doesn't know what to to. He also doesn't know what's wrong and it scares them.
- "Shedletsky take Chance. I'll take Noob."- A voice calls out. 007n7 quickly walks downstairs.
The hacker slowly kneels next to Noob. He grabs their hand and rubs small circles on their palm. He starts to whisper how they're safe now and no matter what they won't be alone.
007n7 doesn't lie to them. He knows that saying 'its going to be okay' might not help now. He doesn't know what it's like to loose a part of himself, but he knows it can't be pleasant.
- "D-Dad? What's going on?"
- "Noob and Chance aren't feeling well, could you fetch me two glasses of water?"
- "B-But aren't we supposed to save it?"- C00lkidd asks with worry, the child is aware that the food and drink situation isn't too good.
- "It's okay kiddo. We'll figure it out and they need it."- 007n7 says, not looking at the kid. Focusing on calming down Noob.
It takes a moment for them to calm down again. But instead of panic not they cry out. Hugging the hacker.
- "Noob?"
- "I-I DON'T REMEMBER! I-I don't remember any good memories with Sixer! ONLY BAD ONES!"- Noob sobs. They know that they had good memories, but now no matter how much they try can't remember it. The thought of Sixer brings them dread, but also hurt. The memory of a fight they had becoming clear in their mind.
- "Oh... I-I don't know what to say... B-But we'll figure it out."
- "I DON'T REMEMBER SO MUCH... I-I don't...T-Their face... I don't remember.... W-why.... O-Out everything I-I could've forgotten.... Why this...."- Noob continues to cry in n7's shirt. Their body wrecked with sobs.
It takes a long while for them to calm down. They hiccup every once in a while. Despite the sudden weakness overwhelming them, they still hold on to the hacker, refusing to let go.
Chance also calmed down after seeing that Noob is doing slightly better. The gambler is ashamed of his little stunt, he didn't help at all and made the situation worse.
C00lkidd is nervously watching the situation from afar. The kid doesn't understand everything fully, but he knows something serious is going on. The kid mindlessly scratches his skin. A nervous habit that so far was unnoticed by everyone.
The kid begining to copy different ways of coping each person he interact with. Not everyone's is good, but the kid doesn't notice that it's bad. After all everyone around him does something like that.
The sun begins to set. The rest of the scavenging group returns home when it's dark outside. They find Noob asleep on 007n7, still tightly hugging him.
Elliot immediately rushed over making sure they're alive. Trying to check their pulse while not waking them up. Two Time silently walks over, sitting on the edge of the sofa, just staring at the moving chest of the survivalist. They don't move an inch, just stare.
Builderman leads Historian to the basement. Where he can explain everything. Before no one felt safe enough to talk about it in the open, so they promised Historian answers if he goes with them.
The hooded man was amazed seeing Noob alive. However he hesitates to walk downstairs, after all they might kill him to keep quiet. Despite his better judgement, Historian eventually follows Builderman to the basement.
Guest was tasked with informing everyone else about the situation.
Notes:
FORGOT ABOUT NOLI. HE'S STILL OUTSIDE OR SOMETHING
You guy's wanted Specre's angst? Well here is one! Out favourite torturer got his hat ripped apart!
https://www.tumblr.com/tknuniversum/794378132968931328/drew-this-in-school-so-its-kinda-messy-but-it?source=share
_____
Me: *writing an entire 100+ chapter fic completely in English*
Also Me: *Getting and average grade in English quiz in school*
Chapter 130: Hesitation and Longing
Chapter Text
This is what he wanted. To return home to the cabin. To reunite with people he cares about his teammates. But right before entering, Noli hesitates.
No one noticed he didn't enter, he can't blame them. They all deeply care about the survivalist that died. Admins they must be mad at him. He basically did nothing to help, instead just succumbing to a simple headache. Now it will for sure make things worse for other killers.
Noli walks over to the window that is positioned that way he can see the couch. He sees 007n7 sitting there. The survivor that died is sleeping leaning on him. Despite everything his old friend continues to chat with Elliot.
Noli is standing outside, feeling the cold getting to him. Meanwhile 007n7 is inside, the fireplace has fire in it, probably warming up the cabin for the cold night. The scene is really familiar.
Noli is standing outside, hidden from the sight of other. Inside his friend, someone he trusted, someone he sacrificed everything for. He left him behind, choosing a red child over him.
The kid in question is sitting on the couch next to the hacker. A place where Noli used to sit. The red child probably is making kid noises. Noli doesn't know if it talks yet or not. He doesn't care. He wants to be there.
Seeing this, and his previous interaction with 007n7 show that there's no place for him there. The hacker moved on, Noli is just a part of history for him. Noli wishes he could still be apart of it.
The new wielder of the Void Star begins to walk away. The cold winter air hitting his body, making him tremble. Despite this Noli doesn't turn back, it appears that this chapter of his life is over and there's no point of annoying 007n7 even more.
The star is pulsating with power. Slowly accepting it's new wielder.
Noli shakes his head, the memory fading away. The hacker continues to watch, the familiar feeling of being left out aching in his chest.
C00lkidd walks over, saying something to his dad. He can see 007n7 softly laughing and ruffling child's head. The group was doing okay without Noli and there seems to be less arguments.
Noli sighs, forcing himself to look away. He should just go inside, but something tells him he will interrupt the peaceful moment others have. The killer turns around staring at the cold and dark horizon.
He always was a loner. He would be able to survive. But then he stops, didn't the note said that they need to work together. What if he leaves and some tragedy will happen? At the same time Noli can just lurk nearby. Giving them space.
He doesn't understand why his brain decided to go with this scenario, but he can't stop the thoughts making him hesitate to enter, to simply reunite with people.
The killer sighs and begins to walk away. He'll be fine, no one will notice anyway. There's throbbing in his body, it feeling weak. However Noli is used to it, he's been feeling like this for a long time. It getting worse every month.
Just as he's about to completely disappear into the night, he feels someone's presence. A voice calls over and suddenly Noli finds himself falling on the ground.
- "Noli!? The #### you think you're doing!? Didn't X already told you that in past?! Don't just walk away!"
Noli turn's around, met with the glare of an angry child. Bluudude is standing there, his expression full of anger and something else.
- "B̵l̸u̶U̵d̶U̸d̶3̵?"
- "I hate you! I thought you died!"- The child whispers angrily, his fists tightening. Noli doesn't understand, he never had too close relationship with the kid, yet it seems to affect him much.
- "1̵'̷m̸ ̵@̶f̴r̸4̴1̴d̵ ̵1̵ ̷d̷0̵n̵'̶t̸ ̵u̵n̵d̵3̵r̴s̶t̷4̸n̸d̸.̴.̷.̶?"
- "I'm sick and tired of losing people in my life!"- Bluudude raises his voice, but then clears his throat, suddenly embarrassed. - "I-I mean.... The two other idiots kept asking where you are. It was getting annoying."
Noli sighs. He knows that despite being a child, Bluudude is still the oldest out of the trio. He sees and understands the most.
- "When I saw you there... Just standing.... It reminded me of how I was never included in school..."- Bluudude mumbles, and suddenly everything makes more sense for Noli.
- "S̴0̸0̸r̵y̵ ̷k̴1̶d̵d̵0̶..."
- "Will you come?"
- "S̵-̵S̸-̶S̶u̵r̵3̵.̴ ̸0̴k̷4̷y̴.̵.̶.̵.̴ ̶L̵3̷t̶s̶'̸s̸ ̴g̸0̴.̴"
Noli stands up and that's when the world tilt's. The killer grabs the child to keep balance. He curses under his breath, there's NO way Bluudude didn't notice.
What Noli doesn't know is that someone was observing them from the window. A red glow, seemingly from an eye dissapears. The person inside heads outside.
A moment later Noli is met with the embodiment of hatred staring at him.
- "H̵-̸H̷-̷H̵1̶ ̶X̸"
- "You don't have the privilege to call me that."
- "H̷4̷v̵3̷ ̵1̷ ̵3̵v̸3̸r̸ ̵c̵4̴r̶3̴d̴?̸"
- "...No. Now explain. Everything."- 1x1x1x1 glares at the other killer. Their red eye glowing in the darkness.
- "3̴v̴3̷r̵y̴t̸h̴1̷n̴g̴?̶ ̶P̵l̸3̵4̷s̵3̷ ̸l̴4̶t̴3̷r̴ ̸1̸'̷m̶ ̷r̵3̷4̷l̶l̷y̵ ̶t̸1̸r̵3̶d̷.̶ ̵B̵u̵T̴ ̴1̴ ̶c̸4̵n̸ ̵t̵3̴l̶l̸ ̵y̴0̴u̴ ̶s̸0̶m̸3̴ ̵0̷f̶ ̵1̴t̶.̶"
- "...Fine."
Bluudude is nervously standing next to Noli. The child is also worried, but tries to act like he doesn't care.
- "Man... You sound terrible."
- "H̶3̶h̵.̴.̸.̴ ̶1̸ ̵k̶n̶0̶w̷ ̷k̵1̵d̴.̸.̷.̶.̵ ̵1̵ ̷k̸n̶0̴w̷.̶.̸.̷"- Noli tries to joke. But his tired voice betrays him.
Eventually the killer begins the explanation. Of the headaches, the weakness and the weird 'memory like' flashes he's experiencing.
At the end of it Bluudude looks really nervous and Noli regrets pulling the child into it. Meanwhile 1x1x1x1 seems to be lost in thought, before looking up.
- "That's unusual. I'll think about it, now move and let's go inside."- The embodiment of hatred says, turning around and begins to walk away. Both Noli and Bluudude follow.
Noli is back in front of the door. Only this time he isn't alone and he walks inside.
Notes:
Pov: The angst ends up being born from simple mistake of forgetting a character. >:]
..... Apologies for any mistakes it's almost midnight as I finished writing this.
____
Also a typo I caught:"New wielder of Vodka" ....Noli you have some explaining to do.
Chapter 131: The Unexpected Welcoming
Chapter Text
When Noli enters inside the warmth surrounds his icey cold body. Bluudude holds his hand tightly, making sure that the hacker won't go away.
C00lkidd looks up hearing the commotion, his eyes widen when he spots Noli. A smile appears on his face. The kidd jumps off the couch and shouts, surprising the people in the room.
- "UNCLE NOLI!"- C00lkidd rushes over, hugging tightly the killer. The kidd begins to cry, not wanting to let go.
Noli is surprised, he didn't expect to have so strong reaction to his return. Bluudude gives him 'I told you so' look. The glitchy killer returns the hug, trying to make C00lkidd calm down.
Pr3ttyprincess suddenly plummetes down the stairs. Not only she began running at full speed, she also used her version of walkspeed override making her use the stairs as a ramp.
She quickly stands up, not caring about the pain. She hugs Noli tightly, also really happy to see him back. Noli is hugging two kids, completely baffled, but perfectly making it.
- "Now that you're back! You can join next tea party!"
- "U̷m̵M̴m̴.̸.̶.̵ ̴$̶u̷r̸3̷ ̴1̷ ̴g̵U̸3̶s̵$̷?̵"
- "Uncle? What happened to your voice. You sound worse..."- C00lkidd asks with worry, hugging the hacker even tighter.
- "1̴-̴1̵'̷m̸ ̸F̴1̶n̵3̵ ̴k̸1̴d̵d̴.̶.̶.̶.̶ ̶1̶'̴m̶ ̷F̶1̸n̴3̶.̶.̶.̸.̸"- Noli says, however there's uncertainty in his voice. C00lkidd decides to believe the lie, despite knowing it's not the full truth.
- "Noli..."- A voice makes the killer look up. 007n7 is standing in front of him. The former hacker was able to be set free from Noob's grasp, quickly getting replaced by Elliot who's now trapped.
- "$̶-̶$̷3̸v̷3̷n̷.̷.̶.̶"- Noli's voice glitches out, making the name barley recognisable. The killer cringes at it. He can feel the looks of pity and worry. 007n7 has the worried one, the time he spent raising C00lkidd made him weak.
- "I'm glad you're back... And that you're okay..."- 007n7 says, but there's a something similar to awkwardness. Noli isn't sure what to say, not expecting this. Despite that he nods.
- "G̵-̴G̶l̸4̵d̶ ̸t̷0̶ ̵b̷3̷ ̵b̸4̸c̴k̴"- Noli answers, only a moment later realising he means it. The kids are still refusing to let him know. Jason waves from upstairs.
- "You and Noli need to talk. Better sooner than later."- 1x1x1x1 says with annoyance, but there's a hint of them insisting on that.
- "X̴-̴X̸.̸.̸.̸.̵ ̷1̸-̴1̶ ̴t̸0̸l̷d̶ ̶y̷0̴u̴.̸ ̴N̴0̷T̵ ̵Y̵3̵T̶!̷"
- "And I told you to NOT call me that."- 1x1x1x1 glares at Noli. His red eye pulsing with power.
- "Talk about what?"- 007n7 says with nervousness. Noli glares at the embodiment of hatred for making it into a drama.
- "N̴-̶N̴0̸t̷h̴1̴n̷g̴.̶ ̸1̶'̸m̵ ̷t̵1̷r̸3̸d̷ ̴n̸0̶w̴.̴.̸.̴ ̴1̵'̶l̴l̸ ̸3̵x̴p̸l̵4̴1̸n̷ ̸3̷v̴3̶r̴y̷t̷h̶1̴n̶g̸ ̸t̸0̶m̸0̸r̶r̸0̴w̴.̴"- Noli says, pulling away hands of the kids, despite that they still refuse to let go.
- "Alri you brats. Leave him alone, he won't go anywhere and will be there in the morning. I will make sure of that."- 1x1x1x1 sends the kids a small glare, but it's without malice. They reluctantly let go and Noli begins to go upstairs, 1x1x1x1 following.
- "Goodnight uncle Noli!"- C00lkidd waves after him.
- "....Mr C00lkidd's dad... I think I hurt my head when falling down?"- Pr3ttyprincess says, touching her forehead. Then she looks at 007n7 who's eyes widen seeing a bruise already forming, with some blood there.
- "Yeah... You did. Come on, let's patch you up."- The former hacker says. He's used to it at this point.
- "You will sleep on my bed."
- "H̸u̶H̷?̵ ̶W̸h̴Y̵?̸"- Noli asks confused.
- "I am unsure why, but Azure kicked out Jason and John. Jason is sleeping with kids, but John followed your actions and broke into my room."
- "W̶h̵4̵t̸ ̷@̵b̴0̷u̶T̵ ̶y̸0̵u̴?̷"
- "The floor."
- "W̶H̵4̵T̸?!"
- "I am used to it. Bed was a rare thing for me."- 1x4 answers truthfully. They're used to resting on rough surfaces.
- "M̵-̷M̸4̴n̷ ̸T̶h̴4̵t̷'̸s̸ ̷s̸4̸d̸.̷.̵.̷.̴.̶"
- "You better talk with him tomorrow. Because I don't want to be one dealing with that when it gets worse."- 1x1x1x1 glares at Noli, changing the topic. The embodiment of hatred seems to have figured out what's happening.
- "..."- Noli stays quiet, opening the door.
The glitched hacker has to deal with curious and seemingly happy John Doe, who leaves him be only after 1x1x1x1 tells him to.
Noli insists on 1x getting at least the pillow from the bed, while John Doe drops a blanket on them from the other bed. Eventually the three killers fall asleep.
Notes:
Rushed chapter because I was on trip ENTIRE DAY and I didn't have time to write.
But it was fun! And I was at the peak of a LITERAL extinct(?) volcano!!!Now it's 11:30 pm and I'm half asleep. Hope you enjoy!
Chapter 132: Basement Lore
Chapter Text
Historian cautiously walks down the stairs, the lighting doesn't ease his worry. It looks like something straight up from a horror movie. Or that one endless experience he got stuck in before the disaster hit.
The man feels chills, getting reminded of that hell with yellow walls and lights that constantly make buzzing noises. He curses the admins and their lack of care about glitches. He was able to escape thanks to pure luck and his knowledge about clipping through walls.
- "I don't recommend going to the left. There's a spider nest there, but don't worry, they won't hurt you.... I hope. We never took a stranger down here."
- "So I'm a testing device?"- Historian asks. Builderman chuckles awkwardly, shaking his head.
- "No, No. I wouldn't do that. The Basement is just... A workshop for us."- Builderman says, leading Historian to the left.
Inside the so called Worksop there's already someone sitting and watching cameras. The person's wings slightly twitch and they turn around on a chair. The person is petting one of the bunnies, Clubs to be exact. They look like a stereotypical movie villain, especially with camera monitor behind them.
- "Taph is it really necessary?"- Builderman sighs, but there's fond smile on his face. Historian slightly freezes, looking at the Demolitionist.
- "👋🔨⛑️❗"
- "Hello to you too bud. But why?"
- "😎"
- "Of course.... Well you did great."
- "😄"- Taph smiles under the Bandana. The Demolitionist is happy he's able to put on his clothes for the time of night, because of it being cold. Then Taph looks at Historian, his body language changing.
- "... Hello."- Historian says awkwardly. Builderman notices his tense body language.
- "Are you okay?"
- "Yes. Sorry... I never expected seeing someone wearing a hood too. I'm usually called a weirdo for doing that..."
- "❌❗🫵😎❗"
- "Taph says that you're not a weirdo, but a cool person."
- "O-Oh... Thanks?"
- "👍"
- "Taph, could you leave us to talk. I need to explain some stuff for Historian."
- "👍👍"- Taph stands up, carefully holding the bunny and quickly going upstairs. Builderman's smile drops as he looks at Historian.
- "So. You want answers."
- "Yes. Why is there a dead person sleeping in your living room?"
- "Well, some rumours are true. Like I mentioned before. We do have abilities, each person has different one's, but there's one thing we share. We can respawn after death. But there's a price. We lose a part of ourselves."
- "How...?"- Historian says, shocked. He wouldn't have believed that if he didn't saw Noob back on the couch. Alive.
- "We're guessing it's related to the purgatory."
- "Excuse me what?"
- "Oh. Yeah... Our group was stuck in some kind of pocket dimension for years. Thousands of years. We were forced to take part in death games, there were two sides. Survivors and killers. After death we respawned just to die in another round. Now, whatever captured us before, forced us to work together."
- "Captured?"- Historian says with tilted head. A curiosity and caution in his voice.
- "...We believe there's someone, or something behind it. It took over Robloxia, creating it into their own game."- Builderman says, looking at the table.
- "....You helped it."
- "What?"
- "Based on what you said. It seems like you helped whatever captured you... Using you as a fuel.... The Robloxia is like that because of you accidentally helping your captor, as you call him, it, them or whatever she could be."- Historian slightly raises his voice. His hands curling into fists, shaking.
- "Oh.... I didn't thought about that possibility.... It would make sense... The Captor clearly enjoys suffering."- Builderman says quietly, realisation dawning on him. - "You're a really smart person Historian."
- "And I keep an eye on details. You said you were there for thousands of years. What does that mean."
- "...I...."- Builderman stops, then sighs. He doesn't have a choice. - "I'm one of the first generation admins. The Captor took away my power, once god I'm now a simple mortal."
- "... what?"
- "I am Builderman. One of the creators of Robloxia. Our group... We all are people from the past. That's why we are clueless about this world. Getting set free a few months ago."- Builderman then looks at Historian, trying to read his body language. The man's hands are shaking, but the admin has no idea what is the reason of it.
- "You are from the past.... Literally... And you just..... You are...."- Historian whispers, taking a step back. - "I-I need to go."
The man turns around, ready to quickly leave. Builderman slightly panics, he has no idea what Historian is planning. However the man isn't able to go far. Because a sword stops him from leaving.
- "Not so fast buddy."- Shedletsky says, stepping out of the darkness. He looks at Builderman. - "You just told a random man everything. Real smart Build's."
- "He deserved to know the truth."
- "Alright 'Historian' or whoever you really are underneath this hood. I will respect your privacy, but if we learn you told someone. We will make sure to shut you up."
- "...I wouldn't go down without a fight."- Historian says, summoning his spear.
- "I'm not the type to kill someone. Not anymore, but believe me there is blood on my hands. After all I was once a god too. Besides, as Builder said. We do have killers on our team."- Shedletsky warns, pointing the sword in the direction of Historian. The former admin eyes are glowing red.
- "Shedletsky."- Builderman warns. Historian stays quiet, his mind calculating all possible outcomes.
- "I'm sure that 1x1x1x1 or Jason would love to kill someone after all they enjoy doing it. I would say Noli too, but there's clearly some connection between you two. But I'm sure he would understand."
- "... Wait... 1x1x1x1...."- Historian is taken by surprise at the statement.
- "You heard about them?"- Builderman asks with suspicion and interest.
- "... There's a myth about a... creature of that name. Apparently it caused chaos all over Robloxia, and the old admins... You if you're telling the truth... You did nothing to stop them."
- "#######! We stopped them just in time! And fixed everything. But you... You seem to know a lot of history. It could help us. So how about you stay overnight... Friend. We can talk more tomorrow."- Shedletsky smiles, but it's not a friendly smile. His eyes becoming slightly more red.
- "...Fine"- Historian answers, putting his spear back to the inventory. He knows he has no choice.
- "Okay. We'll get you a room."
- "Builderman, my friend. I don't trust him and I would prefer to keep an eye on him. We can let him stay in our room, and send Matt to Two Time's room."
- ".... What about Two Time?"
- "Taph kidnapped them to his room."- Shedletsky chuckles fondly.
- "Well... Let's have it this way. I apologize if it messes up your plans. But you must understand."- Builderman says, looking at Historian. The man just nods.
Shedletsky leads him and Builderman upstairs. Where they find Pr3ttyprincess sitting on the table, with 007n7 finishing patching her up. When she sees Historian she gasps.
- "We have a guest!!!? You're joining the tea party tomorrow! Princess'es orders!"
- "Uhh...."- Historian makes a confused noise, then looks at 007n7, slightly tilting his head seeing the tired man.
- "... You're stuck with her now. You can't disobey the order of royalty."- 007n7 smiles with pity. Pr3ttyprincess giggles happily despite having an injury on her forehead.
- "And what happened to you?"- Builderman asks with confusion.
- "I fell down the stairs when I learned Noli's back!"
- "...Be careful next time."- Builderman sighs.
- "No promises!"- Princess giggles.
Meanwhile upstairs, a person is laying on the ground, looking at the ceiling.
- "He took some of my ###### hate again. He better returns it tomorrow or else I'll kill him."- 1x1x1x1 speaks up. They're done with Shedletsky for today.
The only answer they get is half laugh, half grumble from John Doe. His corrupted eye staring at the embodiment of hatred.
- "Shut up Doe before I'll slice you up."
John Doe let's out another grumble, before throwing a pillow on 1x1x1x1. The killer sits up, his red eye glowing. They glare at the other killer.
- "What is your problem!?"- 1x1x1x1 slightly raises his voice. John Doe makes a gesture, then pointing at the embodiment of hatred. Making them frown in confusion.
- "The hell you mea-.... Oh... So I can steal back my hatred? Good to know."- 1x4 says to himself, feeling the hate return. John Doe makes a noise, making 1x1x1x1 throw the pillow back at him.
- "No! I won't thank you. Now shut up!"- They say, turning around so their back faces the corrupted man. John Doe just laughs quietly.
Notes:
I hope you all have good days or nights! Depending on timezones and when you'll read it!!!
Chapter 133: Crazy Cabin Survival
Chapter Text
The house is quiet. Something that seems rare in this place. Historian is laying on the bed, feeling someone starting at him. The man hopes that his face isn't showing, he doesn't trust them yet. The man is lost in thoughts, unable to fall asleep.
If they're telling the truth, are they really gods? Could they fix the world, fix what's broken, what the new generation admins caused? Is there still hope? Hope for a better world.
Historian grips the edges of his clothes. A small flame of hope reigniting. He doesn't want the better world for himself, he wants better world for the innocent ones, for the normal people of Robloxia. If he could, he would sacrifice himself for the world.
The man's heart is shattered by the multiple tragedies. Both from the disaster and those before it. He never had an easy life. Historian barley contains a chuckle, his friend for sure would tease him for having edgy backstory.
The flame of hope dies again, the faint smile disappears from Historian's face.
If they were really gods, they would've tried to do something already. Instead they're just sitting around... Trying to survive. They're either telling the truth with being powerless, or they're lying. Hoping for privileges, trying to scare him. It's easy to lie once you know how.
Historian barley sleeps that night. The thoughts aren't letting him go and the fear of his face being shown is too big for the man to relax. Only a small number of people he trusts knows his face. The Freaks from the Hill aren't those people.
As the morning comes, he follows Builderman to the kitchen. Historian refuses the breakfast, he already has his own food in his bag and he knows the group needs it more than him. Despite being reluctant to not feed the guest, Historian sees the relief on Elliot's face, knowing he won't have to split rations even more.
The only thing Historian asks for is small cup of tea. A habit that formed from his time traveling with the Tea Pirates.
- "...Your kitchen looks.... Interesting?"
- "Please ignore the war zone. So much happened in here."- Elliot mumbles tiredly, turning off the flames of the sword stove. The sword already burned deep into the cabinet.
- "Sometimes small things can tell a lot of history."- Historian chuckles, taking a sip of the tea. Then he immediately is forced to spit it out when a strong presence enters the room.
1x1x1x1 sends the other person a glare. A waring. It reminds historian of how Shedletsky looked at him yesterday. Elliot barley seems unfazed, but his body seems tense. Hesitantly Historian returns to his tea.
- "Good Morning 1x1x1x1. Did you sleep well?"- Elliot asks, in the background Historian chokes on the tea.
- "Will you ever quit with those meaningless questions?"
- "S-Sorry. Some kind of muscle memory? If I can call it that?"- Elliot laughs awkwardly. - "Do you... Need anything?"
- "... C00lkidd wants scrambled eggs. Other two too. Do we have enough?"
- "Let me check."- Elliot says walking over to the hole in the floor, the basement entrance.
- "HEY CHANCE! COULD YOU STOP TEACHING THE SPIDERS TO PLAY POKER AND CHECK IF POLLY THE CHICKEN LEFT SOME EGGS FOR US DOWN THERE SOMEWHERE?!"
Historian sits dumbfounded. There's a literal myth in front of him, asking for eggs. Meanwhile the other person is yelling into a hole about said eggs. And the last person is teaching spiders to play poker.
- "This day cannot get weirder..."
That's when there's explosion noise upstairs, like a bomb. Everyone's head snaps up. Then they hear laughter.
Pr3ttyprincess holding hand of a person wearing a ghost cosplay runs down the stairs.
They're followed by Shedletsky who falls from laughter right to the chair in front of Historian. The hooded man turns around freezing when a person with black spike arm and multiple corrupted parts of the body is standing in the entrance to the kitchen. The corrupted man is completely covered in pink glitter, other than the corrupted parts.
1x1x1x1 looks between the pranksters and John Doe. Then they sigh with annoyance.
- "Doe stay away from the food."- He says. The other killer barley spares him a glance instead focusing on Shedletsky.
John Doe walks over and shakes off some part of the glitter right on the chicken addict, some of it landing in the rest of Historian's tea and his clothes. The kitchen gets glittered too. Shedletsky gasps with terror.
- "YOU!"
Elliot and 1x1x1x1 just stare. The duo stays quiet for a few minutes. Interrupted by the laughter of the girl. Pr3ttyprincess is laughing so loud that she covers it for Taph. The Demolitionist is laughing silently. Craving the chaos.
- "Doe... Didn't 1x tell you to stay away from the food?"
- "... Don't. It's Shedletsky. He deserves it."- 1x1x1x1 gives Shedletsky a evil smile. The former admin glaring back.
Chance exists the basement seeing the situation in the kitchen. The gambler is holding three eggs.
- "Wow. What did I miss?"
- "You wanna be next? Gambler boy?"- Pr3ttyprincess smiles evilly.
- "I have eggs! Please don't glitter me to death!"
- "❓✨💀"
- "I don't know how! But with you everything is possible!"
- "Wait! You have eggs!? 1x!!! Look he has three eggs! Now you can make one eggs for each one of us!"- Pr3ttyprincess giggles, getting a glare from 1x1x1x1.
- "Quit. With. This. Stupid. Joke."
- "Never!!! And you! You and Mr Doe are coming with me! A tea party!!! Come on Taph!"- She says pointing at the Historian.
- "🫡👑"
Builderman observes the chaos from the couch, sitting next to Noob who's nervously fighting around. But there's a smile on their face, the chaos being something familiar. It eased the anxiety the survivalist felt.
When Historian passes by Builderman, the admin hears quiet 'help me'. It makes him and Noob chuckle. But neither of them does anything.
Guest 666 who's sitting next to the couch, trying to fix whatever Noob's death took from them. Despite Survivalists nervousness, they promised themselves to try overcome their fears.
On the way to the tea party, Pr3ttyprincess laughs even more when she notices clueless Two Time that just woke up. The cultist has no idea that their hair is full of pink ribbons. Another prank made by the Glitter Bomb Duo.
Pr3ttyprincess smiles happily. There's so many members of the tea party. John Doe is just staring at the Historian. Historian looks like he's regretting his life choices. Taph is happily sitting, loving the role of a friendly ghost. Then 1x1x1x1 gets dragged into it when they came to the room to give Princess the food.
Pr3ttyprincess chews her scrambled eggs. Smiling at the chaotic group she formed. There's only one person missing, Noli. She asked him to come, but he said he needs to have a conversation with C00lkidd's dad before joining.
But other than that, the girl smiles even wider. Despite all the dangers, all the unpleasant situations, all the things she did during games of tag. She would always choose this life over the peaceful orphanage.
She's with people she cares about, people she sees a family. And no matter what, she wouldn't change that. Even if someone offered her a real kingdom full of glitter. For her this chaotic household is the best kingdom she could ever ask for.
Historian thinks to himself: 'Forget I said anything. This day can, and will get weirder.'
Notes:
I think I care a bit to much about grades.... Like TOO MUCH But well. I might have exam/quiz for Polish tomorrow and I am STRESSED :D
Wish me luck!
Chapter 134: The Glitchy Truth
Notes:
Let me know if you see any typos!
___IMPORTANT!!!!
SLIGHT CHANGE IN NOLI'S WAY OF SPEAKING!!! HE STILL GLITCHES A LOT, BUT INSTEAD OF CORRUPTED TEXT I'LL BE USING BOLDI decided on that while copying this chapter to Ao3. The corrupted text will appear only when I decide it being necessary.
(Yes I had to rewrite all Noli's dialogue)
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
007n7 is sitting on the bed, his hands anxiously held together. Despite the fact that two groups are stuck working together, he and Noli avoided this conversation like a plague.
The said killer is anxiously walking from one edge of the room to other. The weigh of conversation is affecting it already. Noli knows that what will be said will forever change everything.
- "Noli. Please.... L-Let's just have this over with!"- 007n7 is the first one to break the silence. This causes Noli to stop, the killer stares at the wall, his hands are clenched.
- "W̶-̶W̴h̸Y̵?̴"
- "Why what?"
- "WhY d1d y0u l34v3 m-m3. W3 w3r3 fr13nds... B3st fr13nds."
- "I-I just... When C00lkidd came to my life... The note. It said to.... K-Kill him. I was evil, but t-to kill a pill baby... An infant... I-I couldn't do it!"
- "T̷H̸1̷$̵ ̶D̸0̴3̵$̸N̷'̶T̴ ̸3̶X̵P̴L̸4̷1̵N̵ ̵W̶-̶W̵H̸Y̵ ̶Y̵0̶U̷ ̷L̸3̷F̵7̵ ̸M̵3̴ ̶T̶0̵ ̷R̶0̴T̴!̵"̴- Noli shouts, his voice glitching terribly. But this time his whole body glitches too. Noli breaths deeply, it seems to hurt.
- "N-Noli... What... What's happening to you?"- 007n7 asks with terror. Despite the fact that his past self pushed him away, the survivor still cares about his friend.
- "Wh4t h4pP3n3d t0 m3?! W̴H̴4̴T̶ ̴H̵4̶P̷p̷3̴N̷3̵D̷ ̸T̷0̵ ̸M̵3̶!̴?̸ 1̶T̶'̸S̵ ̶4̵L̷L̷ ̸B̵3̴C̸4̴U̷S̸3̶ ̷0̴F̸ ̵Y̸0̶U̷!̴"̷
- "W-what?"
- "Y0u... Y0u t0ld m3 t0 g3t th3 V01d St4r. Y0u t0ld m3 y0u'll b3 th3r3 1n c4s3 s0m3th1ng g03s wr0ng. BuT y0u l13d.
- "N-Noli. I'm sorry, I know it's a really bad thing to do. I know I messed up. But I'm really sorry..."
- "S00ry d03sn't f1x wh4t th4t curs3d St4r d1d t0 m3."
- "I'm sure we can still reverse it. Like, the admins are here now! They're on our side!"- 007n7 says desperately. He knows that some things may never be rebuilt. But the former hacker wishes to fix what can be fixed.
Noli let's out a glitchy chuckle, that turns into a manic laugh. The killer has to support himself on a nightstand. The glitches continue to spread all over his body. 007n7 looks at his former friend in worry.
After a while Noli's laugh stops. He still let's out a few broken chuckes, before slowly stopping and letting out a sad sigh.
- "1'm dy1ng S3v3n..."
- "W-what?"
- "1 b3g4n t0 d13 th3 m0m3nt 1 t00k th4t st4r... 1t's l1k3 @ p4r4s1t3... Th3 s4cr1f1c3s... Th3y sl0w 1t d0wn."
- "Noli. Is this some sick joke!?"- 007n7 stands up, staring at the killer in terror. Something tightens in his chest.
- "D0 1 l00k l1k3 1'm j0k1ng? Y0U all c4n s33 m3 s10wly f4ll1ng @p4rt 1n f2r0nt 0f y0u. M-My v0ic3. My b0dy. My str3nght. BuT 34ch t1m3 1 k1ll 1t f33ls b3tt3r, 3v3n 1f 0nly f0r @ m0m3nt. M-M-My c0d3 1s sl0wly br34k1ng @p4rt."
- "T-Then why can't you stop using it. Throw away this Star!"
- "0h S3v3n. Y0u d0n't th1nk 1 tr13d? 1t's l1k3 @ p4r4s1t3. 1f y0u t4k3 1t aw4y 1'll d13. Th1s St4r 1s b0th k1ll1ng m3 @nd k33p1ng m3 al1v3."- Noli chuckles without humour. The killer finally looks at the survivor.
The mask is hiding his face, but 007n7 can see the rot on one side of his body. How thin Noli is, despite eating as much as others. The clothes Noli wears just hide it well. There's a faint glow in Noli eyes.
That's when 007n7 understands that it isn't a joke. That this is reality. The hacker finally sees the extent of his influence over Noli. The masked killer was ready to do anything 007n7 said. The former hacker knows that at some point he began using Noli.
Noli always put 007n7 before himself. Even when he felt bad, he always ended up doing what 007 wanted.
The former hacker doesn't realise that tears began falling down from his eyes. He continues to stare at the killer. His mouth covered by his hand.
- "Y0U acT l1k3 y0u c4r3..."
- "B-Because I do... I-I was just scared that you would p-pull me back to bad habits... I-I didn't know... I didn't know you were... You are suffering."
- "Y3s... Y0u d1dn't kn0w... Y0u d1dn't c4r3 3n0ugh t0 b0th3r l34rn1ng... Th3 p3opl3 fr0m acc1d3nt4l CuLT c4r3d m0r3. 1t's th4nks t0 th3 s4cr1f1c3s 1 f1gur3d 0ut a w4y t0 3xt3nd my l1f3sp4n."
- "...Nolls..."
- "Y0u d0n't d3s3rv3 t0 c4ll m3 th4t... At l34st n0t y3t... Y0u huRt m3 y0u kn0w. Y0u kn3w 1 alw4ys h4d 1ssu3s w1th b31ng ab4nd0n3d. BuT y0ur l1ttl3 stUnT? 1t m4d3 th3m s0 mu€h w0rs3. 1f 1t w4sn't f0r BluUdud3 sp0tt1ng m3, 1 w0uldn't b3 h3r3"
- "W-what?"
- "H3h. Y0u s4y th4t a l0t. 1 alm0st d1dn't 3nt3r y3st3rd4y. 1 s4w y0u thr0ugh th3 w1nd0w, th3 s1tuat10n w4s 3x4ct l1ke wh3n y0u push3d m3 aw4y."- Noli let's out a bitter chuckle.- "Th3 0nly d1ff3r3nc3 b31ng th4t C00lk1dd 1s 0ld3r... 1 th0ught 1 w4sn't n33d3d. Th4t Y0U aLL ar3 b3tt3r w1ch0ut M3."
That's when 007n7 ignores the fact they grew apart. He walks over and tightly hugs Noli. It surprises the killer, he didn't expect this. He expected to be pushed away again.
- "I know that nothing can erase how I treated you. But please... Let me try again, be there until the end...."- 007 whispers. Despite his brain telling him to stop, Noli leans into the hug. His body slightly giving out.
- "1'll b3 us3l3ss f0r th3 t34m... Wh3n 1t g3ts w0rs3..."
- "I'll be there, I swear on lifes of everyone in here. I'll be there this time. And so will every other killer. I see how close you are with them, even if you all want to hide it."
- "Y0u pr0m1s3?̵"̶
- "Yes. I promise. I promise I won't leave you alone this time."- 007n7 says, leading Noli to the bed, making the killer sit down.
- "1 alw4ys g1ve 1n t00 34s1ly wh3n 1t c0m3s t0 y0u."̴
- "We'll work on that. We'll talk with others too. Maybe we'll find a way to help you."
- "0nly th3 s4cr1f1c3s c4n sl0w 1t d0wn.... AnD s0m3 t3mp0r4ry scr1pt H1st0r14n m4d3... 1t h3lp3d t00..."- Noli says, leaning on 007n7. The brown haired man continues to hug Noli.
- "We'll talk with him too. And the killers. We'll figure something out. I-I don't know how would the respawn work then... But we'll figure it out."
- "Th3r3 ar3 als0 v1s10ns..."
- "Visions?"
- "M-My h34d huRtS l1k3 dur1ng m1gr41n3s. 1 s33 stUfF 1 d0n't und3rst4nd.... X s41d h3'll th1nk ab0ut 1t."
- "Okay... Okay... We'll figure it out too. You're not alone Noli. Not anymore. And I'm sure that the killers would kill me until I forget everything if they learned I hurt you again..."
- "H3h... Th3y w0ulD
- "Let's just go one step at a time. Both with your... Condition. And maybe... Fixing stuff between us..."- 007n7 chuckles awkwardly.
- "Y3s... Pl34s3.
- "Alright... I won't leave. Not again."- The former hacker whispers.
The duo continues to talk for a while more, eventually going downstairs. They have to explain some things to others.
Notes:
I'm Spectre confirmed >:]
Chapter 135: Shedletsky loves to lore drop
Chapter Text
Both Noli and 007n7 took everyone to the meeting in living room. Noli looks nervous, because he doesn't want to share his issues with others, but he knows that it is necessary for others to understand. He just hopes they won't push him away.
Historian, now wearing a paper crown is forcefully sitting between Pr3ttyprincess and Shedletsky. The admin glaring at him. C00lkidd looks up, smiling widely at the person who arrived as last one.
- "Azu!!!! I missed you!"- He says, hugging the other killer. Despite not feeling okay emotionally Azure smiles and slowly ruffles his hair.
- "...I missed you too..."- Azure says, he stands in one of the corners. Avoiding looking at Two Time, who's tail is nervously twitching.
- "Noli, Seven. Why he has to be here?"- Shedletsky asks looking at Historian. The man immediately stands up.
- "I can leave. I understand it's private team conversation."
- "St4y. Wh1l3 y0u d0n't truSt h1m. 1 d0, w3 h4d t1m3 t0 g3t t0 kn0w 3ach 0th3r. H3ll, h3 d1dn't judg3 m3 f0r m4ss murd3r 0f p1r4t3s"
- "Excuse me, WHAT?"- Chances calls out, looking between Noli and Historian with confusion.
- "A different pirate crew decided to mass kidnap other pirates. One of the kidnapped people was Charlex, a member of Harry's crew. Me and Noli were traveling with them and decided to help. I witnessed a pure mass murder."
- "Uncle Noli! I thought we stopped with tag!"
- "S-S-S0rry k1dd0. S0m3t1m3s y0u h4v3 t0. Als0 d0n't w0rry. H4rry's a g00d gUy."- Noli explains the whole thing that happened to him after he began teleporting all over the world, how the Tea Pirates took him in as one of them.
Then Noli explains his condition. How he's slowly dying, because of the Void Star, and how killing makes it better. 007n7 is there to support the other killer, he tells others his side of the story.
Pr3ttyprincess and C00lkidd begin to cry after learning that, since that moment they refuse to stop hugging Noli. Mafioso is gently holding Bluudude's hand, the Mafia Boss knowing that the kid is also affected by that.
Lastly Noli mentions the sudden headaches, how they tend to hit him without a warning, making him see things and making his body weak. He mentions how the most recent one was of some sort of a fight, with a pinkish light slowly consuming him. That's when 1x1x1x1 speaks up.
- "The description reminds me of certain SFOTH sword. Wouldn't you agree Shedletsky."- The killer glares at the man, Shedletsky ignores it, instead focusing on an implications.
- "I hate to agree with you, but it does sound like Illumina. But I don't understand, we never fought each other, especially with use of the original one. In the purgatory, our Captor gave me only a fake copy that doesn't sound like what you described."- Shedletsky mumbles lost in thought.
- "Y34h.... W3ll s0m3 th1ngs ar3 ju$t l3ft un4nsw3r3d."- Noli mumbles, slightly rubbing his head.
- "Wait... Unless..."- Shedletsky mumbles, his brows burrowing. Everyone focuses on the former admin.
- "Please friend, don't leave us in the dark. Because I know you, I know that eye spark."- Dusekkar says, urging Shedletsky to answer. The mage silently feeling ashamed he doesn't know the answer, but Shedletsky does.
- "Well... Years and I mean years ago, John and Jane weren't even planned yet.- "As Shedletsky mentions John Doe's name the killer tilts his head. He doesn't understand the full extent of Shedletsky's words, but the other name reminds him of things Builderman and 1x1x1x1 told him before. Meanwhile Shedletsky continues.
- "During time of god's, when I was still Telamon. I fought a bunch of god's. Especially with Illumina, my favourite sword."
- "And what does it add to Noli's situation."- Mafioso asks coldly, he's not in the mood for history lesson.
- "Now I remember a conversation I had with one of other gods. About reincarnation and making sure the code survives. We decided that it takes a lot of power, skill and time. And probably some kind of sacrifice."
- "Shed please, get to the point."- Builderman says, noticing how anxious the glitchy killer looks.
- "One of the gods I killed was wearing purple robes and a mask, he was the God of Sacrifices and Mimicry. He challenged me for a duel and lost... Which my past self treated like a death sentence.... Idiotic I know. I killed him with the Illumina.
- "Are you implying something..."- 007n7 ask with scepticism.
- "I mean... The god death was different, instead of a body, he turned into a bunch of code. Don't you remember Builder? The Void Star project, aka first version of admin panel had to be scrapped away because of the side effects. Usage required a sacrifice. And Matt found traces of godly power leading to the God of Sacrifices. That I used as a baseline for the Void Star."
- "Excuse me What?"- Builderman mumbles in shock.
Everyone is silent, trying to understand what Shedletsky says. The former admin doesn't notice, trying to focus on the blurred memories.
- "What if some part of the code attached itself to the code of a Robloxian. A mortal, like the conclusion me and other god came to. Reincarnation requires a sacrifice, God of Sacrifices reincarnated, but lost his godhood in the process. Noli you also mentioned you don't understand stuff you see?"
- "Y-Y34h..."
- "What if it's your Mortal code, mortal brain unable to understand memories, thoughts of a God? It all adds up!"
- "Nols... You did suffer from migraines and weird dreams during them.... You still do..."- 007n7 says in shock, trying to remember stuff from the past.
- "If I remember correctly, God of Sacrifices was a smart guy. And too confident to fight me, like he had a backup plan!"- Shedletsky finally looks at Noli. - "You know... I think you are a god reincarnated as mortal."
- "... wh4t...?"- Noli whispers. His hands are shaking. Despite how crazy that sounds, it makes sense. All those dreams he had Before during migraines, they sometimes seemed too real. The memories or visions appearing now. And the odd familiarity, how natural it feels when he uses the Void Star.
- "John Shedletsky. You're telling me you used a code from unnatural death of God of Sacrifices as a baseline for Void Star!?"
- "Well... You know how bad I used to be. I didn't care about consequences back then."
- "PEOPLE GOT SICK, SOME DIED AFTER USING THAT!!!"- Builderman snaps, standing up. He had no idea that Telamon did that.
- "That's why I'm surprised Noli is still alive... Unless it's somehow connected to him. Confirming the theory!"- Shedletsky smiles, then he notices how mad Builderman looks.
- "We need to talk. Now."- The shorter admin says. Reluctantly Shedletsky follows him outside.
Noli is now emptily staring into a wall. He feels his body shaking. The power of Void Star buzzing under his skin, he feels like everything is too much. Noli has no idea how to react. After all it's not everyday that you learn you might be a mortal reincarnation of a god.
007n7 tries to comfort Noli. Asking kids to step away so they wouldn't overwhelm him. Despite that, Noli just stares, lost in his own thoughts.
Historian sighs and looks at the person that in all the chaos happened to end up next to him.
- "Is this... Normal?"
- "... O-Other than t-the god reveal t-thing, yes. T-The chaos i-is here a-always. S-So you b-better get u-used to that. A-Also S-Sorry for the s-stutter."- Noob nervously says. The death taking away all the progress they made when it comes to interaction with new people.
- "It's okay. Builderman filled me up on... How you... function? For the lack of a better word."- Historian chuckles awkwardly. Noob joining.
Despite the tense and shocked atmosphere after the reveal, everyone begins to have a quiet conversations.
Notes:
And that's how I decided to combine old and New Noli lore!
In this AU Noli is a reincarnation of an ancient god of Sacrifices and Mimicry. A god that lived during the era of Gods!
Chapter 136: Ancient Tales
Chapter Text
- "Shedletsky what is wrong with you!?"- Builderman raises his voice after dragging Shedletsky outside.
- "Builderman, relax it was years ago. Besides it's not like they're the same person."
- "I'm not talking about Noli, I'm talking about the Void Star! You knew how important it is! And you decided to use someone elses code as a baseline!? A God of SACRIFICES Shed! SACRIFICES!!!"- Builderman snaps glaring at Shedletsky, surprising the other god.
- "Hey. It's ancient past. You well know I made a bunch of stupid decisions as Telamon."- Shedletsky chuckles awkwardly, not wanting to talk about that.
- "I trusted you!!! I trusted you to take care of that!"
- "Builderman... You know that I...... Telamon used to care only of his goals. But I changed!"
- "Yeah! You changed from Self Obsessed ####### to a ###### lazy person that DOESN'T TAKE ANYTHING SERIOUSLY!!!"- Builderman shouts, the action making Shedletsky take a step back. He rarely sees Builderman like this.
- "B-Builderman... Maybe we should relax?"
- "PEOPLE DIED BECAUSE OF THAT STAR! THAT'S WHY WE SEALED IT AWAY! IT COULD'VE BEEN AVOIDED IF YOU JUST DID YOUR JOB!"
- "IF I COULD GO BACK AND DO THINGS DIFFERENTLY I WOULD!"- Shedletsky shouts back, his voice raw with emotions. He hates bringing up his past, his regrets.
- "BUT YOU CAN'T!!!"- Builderman glares at Shedletsky. - "All you do is run from your responsibilities."
Shedletsky cluches his hands tightly. They shake with rage or different kinds of emotions. Shedletsky feels hurt, because he knows that Builderman is aware of his struggles with regrets of the past. The whole personality of taking everything as a joke is just a mask.
Builderman feels betrayed, he always trusted Shedletsky. He trusted Telamon too, he feels like he's been just played with. How many things his friend is still hiding from him.
The heat is not making the situation better. Both admins are tired and easier to get frustrated.
- "I'm sick and tired of doing everything alone. Just stop acting like you're the only one who made mistakes and for Robloxia's sake take responsibility."- Builderman says with anger. Passing by Shedletsky, heading to the basement.
The Winged admin continues to stand in the heat. He can feel a scream building up in his throat, however he pushes it away. Instead of heading to the cabin, he walks in the direction of the tree line, the trees are dead. Empty husk without life becoming a temporary solace.
- "Historian?"- A name makes the man slightly jump up, making him return to reality from his thoughts.
- "Hm? Sorry i got distracted."- Historian says, his gloved hand fidgeting nervously with his clothes.
- "Dusekkar is making some tea, he asked if you want some."- Elliot says.
- "Umm... Sure."- The man nods, standing up and walking over to the Pumpkin Mage. Slightly glancing after Elliot, the healer doesn't notice, instead he looks in the direction Shedletsky went, worry on his face.
A palace hidden in clouds that never go away, they make it seem like an endless fod. The water here is poisoned, a drink of it would result in death, a sacrifice for basic needs.
There's odd purple glow surrounding the place. There are Gods that attempted to reach the palace, some never returned, while others told tales of how the fog makes you see things. It's easy to get lost, it's easy to lose touch with reality.
However there's one God who isn't affected, the ruler of this place. It isn't often that a god is created with two titles. This one is one of the expectations. The God isn't as old as the first ones, but he's also not freshly created.
The God roams the empty halls. A face resembling a mask. He heard of some kind of alliance between god's. They hope to create a new land, on the ground below. God chuckled first time hearing about it, continuing to play on the barren land below.
But as more powerful god's joined the alliance and progress was being made. The God of Sacrifices and Mimicry realised that his playtime might be over. He didn't like it one bit, he knew that soon he would be forced to go into hiding, join the alliance or die if he'd resist.
The God didn't like either of the options. It's not in his style to hide and the alliance seems like a joke to him. He would have to play by the rules and he doesn't like rules.
The creator of all, the core of the world had let them live freely, to discover themselves. Why bother with the rules!? The God needs to think of a plan.
Some time would pass. The God experimented. Eventually finding out a way to remain. But as a God of Sacrifices he knows that it will have a price. For him to remain he would have to loose his body. That's why the God decided to wait, however he never forgotten about the plan.
As the years passed, God of Sacrifices and Mimicry noticed how the barren land became full of life. Now most of the gods decided to step down on the land they began to call Robloxia.
The God had became cocky, winning each fight he had. Making sure every god had to pay a price for the loss, sometimes with their life. That's when the God of Sacrifices and Mimicry decided to challenge one of the eldest and most powerful Gods, Telamon.
The God stepped back to the land of Gods, entering the realm of Telamon. He immediately got the attention of the other one.
- "If you wish to live, then return where you came from. This is your only chance."- Telamon says, barley turning around to face the other God.
- "Oh Telamon. You really think that I came here without a reason?! Noo! I came here to challenge you to a duel!"
- "A foolish thing to do."- Telamon fully turns around, facing the slightly shorter God. His mask looking like a smirk.
- "I am aware of the price I'll have to pay in case I loose.... I, Noli! God of Sacrifices and Mimicry challenge you, Telamon for a duel on the Heights!"
- "This is your death wish!"- Telamon says and attacks Noli with one of his beloved swords.
Noli uses his Mimicry powers to make copies of himself, each one Telamon attacked by mistake make Telamon feel slightly weaker. A sacrifice for a mistake. However the winged god quickly adapts to each trick.
The Heights are covered in flashes of illumina
The fight lasted for hours, with Telamon eventually succeeding. Noli made a calculation mistake, he never actually know the extent of the Telamon's power. The God of Swords and Death uses the most powerful sword, Illumina to hit the final blow.
In the last second of his life, Noli uses his final trick. He had found a way to turn something into a code, always for a price. For Noli to remain he had to split his code allowing it float all over the world.
Telamon was able to capture the code related to the Sacrifice. However the part of Mimicry was lost for a long time.
The Sacrifice created Void, a star requiring the user to sacrifice their health, their life force to use. The Mimicry roamed the code, eventually attaching to code of a mortal child, soon to be spawned. The Child began to bear the name of a long forgotten God. But the code never forgets.
The God of Sacrifices and Mimicry might be gone, but Noli remains.
Notes:
Chapter is posted earlier!!! :D
Hope you enjoyed the flashback!!!
Chapter 137: Tea, stories and plans.
Chapter Text
Dusekkar looks at the forced guest. He hooded man looks like he's stuck in thoughts. Dusekkar has experience in reading body language of others, but Historian seems to have experience in hiding that.
Despite this the Mage notices how his gloved hands are holding a cup tightly. Whatever he thinks about must be weighing on him.
- "Would you mind sharing what's on your mind? I promise I will be kind."- Dusekkar says, making the man look up, however the hood keeps hiding his face.
- "Well... A lot happened in the past two days... It's a still hard to believe that you're really them? You know."
- "I understand your worries, after all we all are just ancient stories. I apologize for behaviour of my friends. But fret not, all arguments have their ends."
- "... Yeah. I understand. Also, If you are really them, why haven't you done anything?"
- "Once we roamed the Skies, but our Captor led us to our demise. Powerful god's we were, now our power cannot compare."- Dusekkar says with sadness in his voice. He wishes he could do something to help the world, but his power is basically nonexistent.
- "Oh..."
- "This cabin, Before was mine. It happened once upon a time."
- "So... Your kitchen..."
- "Never assume this any other day! It wasn't me who made it this way."- Dusekkar huffs, a bit annoyed of being seen as a suspect of the state of the kitchen. Historian chuckles, seemingly slightly easing up.
- "You got it, not mentioning the kitchen- The hooded man nods, understanding the order.
- "Good, you learned quickly. It is not my fault that the kitchen looks weakly. I was once a god, most knowledgeable of all, yet the Captor took my crown."
- ".... That's.... Interesting."- Historian says, thoughtful expression on his face.
- "It is a long and painful tale. Because not everyone was able to take care. Long lost friends fought for the world. In the end meeting only the cold."- The mage sighs, thinking about his friends.
- "Yeah... And the new admins... They can aren't the best. No matter what people said, they continued to believe that they know the best. Replacing human moderation with simple programs."
- "A foolish behaviour"- 1x1x1x1 suddenly jumps into the conversation, glaring at the two people. Historian stares at them with wonder.
- "Yes. Foolish and careless. So many innocent people were banned. I dare to say that sometimes it's easier to live in this hellish world then watch your every move before the disaster hit. The smallest things could make you have a lot of problems."- Historian says, staring at his tea. Dusekkar scoffs, hearing the information. The admin is not happy about it.
- "Great. Another bunch of useless and self centered gods."- 1x1x1x1 says angrily, before looking at the Pumpkin Mage.- "And you better be available soon, because I'm sick of Azure and his hat. If you won't shut it up again I swear I will cut it to pieces."
- "You seem sure of your statement. Why is this option on top of your placement?"
- "I can sense the hate this hat is leading to."- 1x1x1x1 snaps, annoyed by the questions.
- "I will aid you my.... Friend. I assure you it won't be the end."
- "...I will pretend you didn't call me that. Because we are NOT friends. I'm interacting with you just because whatever the 'One Behind It All' is forced us to."- 1x1x1x1 leaves, going to check on the kids. Leaving the rhyming admin and hooded man alone.
Guest 1337 stands before open window. He came upstairs to check on someone. He saw Two Time sneaking upstairs and the cultist is known to somehow climb on the roof of the cabin.
- "Two Time! Are you there?! Could you come down?!"- Guest shouts through the window. After a moment he hears movement.
Two Time appears on the edge, quietly getting inside. Their hair is messy and greasy, but Guest can't blame them, water is hard to get. But the soldier is worried about them being in the open sun. He can see eyebags under their eyes, it makes him wonder how many sleepless nights they had.
- "Hello Protector. You called?"- They say with tilted head.
- "Two Time. I know you wanted to have some alone time, but please, next time don't go to the open sun. Considering the temperatures it's really risky."- Guest says, putting a hand on their shoulder.
- "I apologize for my reckless actions. I..."- Two Time cuts off, their tail hanging limp.
- "How's your tail Two Time?"
- "O-Oh... It is fin-"
- "Please be honest."
- "...It still hurts, but nothing is too bad. I am used to people stepping and pulling on it. The killers sometimes used it to slow me down."
- "Just because you're used to it, it doesn't mean it's okay."- Guest says sternly, hoping the younger person will understand. Two Time thinks for a while before nodding.
- "I guess you are right Protector. However it really does not bother me anymore...."
- "Alright.... Is there anything else on your mind?"
- "Well... I have been thinking about talking with Azure."- Two Time's tail flicks nervously. - "If I decide on that, could you.... Hang around the room? In case..."- Two Time cuts off, but Guest knows what they mean. He understands they're scared of death.
- "I will be hanging around. I promise." - Guest says with a smile. Two Time smile turns into smaller, but true one. Their tail slightly wagging.
- "I appreciate it! Oh... And Guest?"
- "Yeah?"- Guest says, not commenting on how they used his name instead of a nickname.
- "Thank you... For all your help."- They say and then quietly leave the room. Guest can't help but smile. Despite the trouble, they made progress and Guest is really proud of them.
Notes:
Me in the morning: "Time to write another UH chapter!"
Me after 9pm: *staring at AU for Minecraft YouTuber i really like instead of a chapter* "How did I ended up here!?"Instead of Blaming John, I'm blaming Dussekar's rhymes. THEY ARE A STRUGGLE!
Chapter 138: Everything Goes Wrong
Notes:
Let me know if you see any typos!
TW! VIOLENCE (suffocation) AND REALLY HEAVY ANGST!
IF YOU DON'T FEEL COMFORTABLE READING THAT, LET ME KNOW AND I'LL WRITE YOU A SUMMARY!!!
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
- "Azure?"
The quiet and hesitant voice makes Azure turn around. The killers heart stops when he notices Two Time standing in the entrance to his room. Alarm bells ringing in his head. Did they came to kill him again? That's what they do, stab you from behind without question.
Azure doesn't notice that they began to say something, instead focused on the fear and anger he feels. The thought about them changing and being sorry is pushed away. They killed him and they don't deserve to live.
Azure notices them closing the door and taking a hesitant confident step in his direction. Their expression is worried and scared crazed and evil. Their tail is curled up in submissive manner down in a way indicating aggression. They take another fearful confident step.
Azure lunges at them, the vines grabbing their throat and slamming them into the wall. Their expression is full of terror shock. They didn't expect that he'll fight back. The other vines spread in the direction of the door, blocking the entrance.
Two Time desperately tries to pull away the tentacles. They are fighting for breath, trying to hit the vines but their punches too weak. Two Time is unable to yell for help, they begin to see darkness around their vision. They try to use their tail to help themselves, but Azure is quick to pull it down.
Azure is surprised they didn't pull out a dagger. For a split second he notices fear on their face, before it gets turned into expression of hatred, like an illusion. This makes Azure stop for a second. He slightly eases up his grip. It allows Two Time to take small breath, but not enough.
That's when the door burst open. A green wave of power entering the room, cutting the vines and almost hitting Azure. 1x1x1x1 stands in the door, they quickly walk over, while Azure is still shocked.
The embodiment of hatred grabs the hat, taking it off Azure's head before tossing it aside and throwing the Daemonshank at it, impaling it. The hat begins to curse him out. For Azure the illusion breaks, he finally sees what's truly happening.
Guest rushes inside too, using his strength to free Two Time. He soldier succeeds and Two Time falls on the ground. The adrenaline and being used to run after being wounded allows them to quickly run away from the room, completely in a daze. The soldier gives Azure a look before following them.
- "Oh Spawn.... What did I do...."- Azure whispers, backing up to a corner. The name of the fake god still attached to his mind. 1x1x1x1 looks between Azure and the still cursing hat.
- "You listened to a liar. An annoying pest."
- "I'M NOT A PEST YOU SICK #### I SWEAR I WILL #### KILL YOU. RIP YOU TO PIECES YOU ####### ##### YOU ARE NOTHING BUT A ###### SMALL ISSUE IN MY PLANS. YOU LITTLE #### DON'T MATTER TO ME! YOU ##### IT'S ALL YOUR FAULT YOUR ###### MOTHER IS ###### DEAD!"
This last sentence makes 1x1x1x1 loose it. With creepy speed they get to the hat, ripping it in half. Shutting it up. Azure makes a sound of disagreement, but it's too late.
- "Azure. Quit with toxic relationship. Calm the #### down and fix yours later. I'm not doing it because I care, but because it might affect how other group sees us which will be annoyance to deal with."- 1x1x1x1 says, but in reality he cares. They don't want Azure to have ruined relationship with everyone he cares about.
Azure curls up, crying into his knees. 1x1x1x1 stands awkwardly in the middle of the room. He then walks over and just pats Azure on the head. The embodiment of hatred wishes someone else was there to deal with it, but he's the only one able to sense Hatred so he was the second one to notice. The first one being the soldier survivor.
Guest feels terrible. He promised Two Time to help them in case something goes wrong. But when he realised something bad was happening it was too late and he couldn't open the door. Luckily an angel of darkness in form of 1x4 appeared. The embodiment of hatred was able to open the door just in time.
The soldier followed Two Time to their room. He stands in the entrance, before cautiously approaching the cultist. They're shaking really bad, clutching their throat and breathing heavily. Their tail is tightly curled up around their leg, the boney spikes pushing into the skin, the whole tail shaking.
Guest slowly sits on the edge of the bed. Mattress movement alarms Two Time, the cultist looks up, staring Guest in the eyes.
This is the moment something breaks, Two Time begins to cry, slightly leaning in the direction of Guest, their smile completely gone, replaced by painful expression. The soldier pulls them into a hug, whispering apologies and reassurances.
Guest sees the bruising on their neck is already forming. He gently rubs their hair hoping to ease their suffering. The soldier is mad at himself for being too weak to help them in time, but first before they can talk he needs to make sure that they'll be able to calm down.
Notes:
.... I'm just going to hide :D
(Also I can't help but imagine 1x1x1x1 jumping at the hat as an angry cat)
Chapter 139: Double Comfort
Notes:
Let me know if you see any typos!
TW! MENTIONED SUICIDE. + SELF HARM
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
It didn't take long for the information about what happened between Azure and Two Time to spread around the cabin. Soon everyone knows about that.
Inside the room, Two Time was able to stop crying, but they don't pull away. Instead they continue to limply lean on Guest. The whole situation broke something in them and Guest has no idea how to fix it.
Instead the soldier continues to comfort them the best he can. Guest feels how Two Time's body trembles because of the wave of strong emotions.
Then the door opens, Elliot enters the room looking at Two Time in worry.
- "Hey Guest... Hey TT"- Elliot says, at the same time testing out a nickname for Two Time. The healer walks over, sitting on the bed, but allowing Two Time to have space.
- "Hello Elliot."- Guest nods.
- "TT... Can I check out your injuries? Please?"- Elliot says softly, he sees one of Two Time's eyes looking at him. After a while of silence Two Time slowly pulls away from Guest.
Elliot accepts it as an silent agreement. The healer scoots over. He slowly and gently begins to look at the bruising on their neck. Elliot notices the flinch when his fingers get near. The bruise is dark and slightly swollen already.
- "Time? Could you try to say something?"- Elliot gently asks.
- "....I-I..."- Two Time begins but cuts off, their hand going to their throat, gripping it. Elliot quickly grabs their hand, pulling it away.
- "It's okay. That can happen after.... You know."- Elliot explains. - "Are you injured somewhere else?"
Two Time is about to shake their head, but Guest is faster.
- "Their tail is also bruised, which is weird because it didn't healed when you used your pizza."- Guest says with worry, but Elliot seems unfazed.
- "I mean. My pizza, while heals, it isn't that strong, it has a limit. All the healing was focused on their broken ankle and it wasn't enough to heal their tail."- Elliot explains. - "What happened anyway?"
- "A person having grudge against hybrids."- Guest says angrily, the man perfectly understanding what is it like being picked on just before of being different.
- "This little #####. First Noob, then you. Some people are really terrible."- Elliot shakes his head. Two Time looks at him with tilted head. Their tail curled up, like they want it to disappear.
Elliot gently touches it, it flinches away, Two Time body tensing up. Despite it Elliot tries again, this time successfully. The tail is really sensitive, which means that it also brings a lot of pain.
- "TT, you don't need to hide it from us. It makes you be you, Two Time our unhinged friend."- Elliot smiles. Two Time looks at him, their expression unreadable, but at least it isn't the fake smile.
- "You're also slightly bleeding from your leg."- Guest notices. The tail spikes did some damage. Elliot frowns and Two Time looks like they want to curl up into themselves.
- "I think your state is serious enough for a pizza."- Elliot begins, but Two Time shakes their head.
- "Why?"- Guest asks, not understanding why they don't want to get help. Two Time shows two fingers. Living with Taph made everyone really good at reading gestures so Elliot immediately understands.
- "I know I already used Two pizza's, but I don't want to see you suffer. And you unable to talk would be an issue considering you don't know official sign language. Communication is key in this hell. And I don't care if you're used to pain!"- Elliot explains and summons his pizza, before Two Time can refuse further.
The cultist slowly takes it with shaky hands, taking a small bite and slowly swallowing it. After they finish all their injuries are gone, but it doesn't mean the memories are gone. Although in this moment, they feel safe.
007n7 sighs, a lot happened in such short time. For now the hacker is able to get small break. Jason is with kids, while Mafioso is staying with Noli. Despite how it hurts to admit, the killers know them better than 007n7.
The hacker decides to go to the basement, to clear his mind a bit. The darkness being soothing, considering how everyone is used to it from the purgatory. However there's noise that doesn't fit the quietness of the basement.
007n7 can hear frantic coin flips. As he turns right in the camera room he sees Chance sitting on the floor, flipping their coin. His hair is dishevelled and overall he doesn't look good.
- "C-Chance?"- 007n7 asks cautiously as he walks over to the gambler. Chance looks up, he doesn't have his hat, headphones and glasses on so 007n7 is able to see the tiredness and pain in their eyes. Something breaks in hacker's heart, because Chance is never like that, at least 007n7 never saw him act like that.
The former hacker crouches next to Chance, making sure his hands are visible. 007n7 doesn't know what's going on and he doesn't want to trigger the gambler.
- "Hey. Is everything alright?"- He asks, his brow burrowing as he notices some loose hair around Chance. - "Chance?"
- "S-Seven! Hey! E-Everything's fine! Y-you dont need to worry."- Chance tries to play it off.
- "Chance. I ###### killed myself. I know how sometimes world can feel like. Everything feels too much and you can't keep up... The blame."- 007n7 says with a quieter voice, a voice he usually used when having a conversation with C00lkidd about delicate topic.
- "I-I.... Dude. I-I'm really f-fine..."- Chance tries to put on a smile, but fails miserably.
- "Is it about Noob's death?"- 007n7 asks quietly. Chance's breath hitches.
- "I-It's not just a-about them... It's everything! There's too much stuff happening!!! F-First Noob dies! Then the whole reveal that Noli is dying and some sort of god reincarnation! Then Shedletsky and Builderman argue! Am now Azure basically strangles Two Time to death! And you know what I'm doing!? I did nothing to help!"
- "Chance..."
- "All I do is being lazy and struggling with my nightmares! And I didn't help at all! I could've go with them and prevent Noob's death! I-I could've stepped in when T-Two Time was fighting for their life! But I didn't! I just was in the kitchen talking about card tricks! CARD TRICKS!"
- "Chance."
- "And this isn't the worst thing! Because it didn't happen one time! Don't you think I didn't see how others look at me!? My gun is not reliable! I'm not reliable for the team! Just a waste of space! Especially since after injuring my hand I can't do anything right because It keeps on hurting and shaking and I-"
- "CHANCE!"- 007n7 raises his voice, gripping Chance's shoulders.- "Chance I need you to breathe. Okay?"
The hackers words make Chance realise how fast he's breathing. It takes a while for them to calm down their breathing. That's when 007n7 speaks up.
- "I know it's hard to believe... But it's not your fault. You couldn't have known. I know what it feels like, every 'What If...' going through your head. But you can't change the past."- 007n7 looks Chance in the eyes, noticing the tears on their face. Then hacker continues.
- "Noob is also an adult, they knew what they were doing, and I know for a fact that they wouldn't want you blaming yourself. You don't have control about what's happening when you're not there."
- "That's what I hate...."- Chance whispers, confusing 007n7.
- "...If it's okay, could you explain?"
- "I'm never in control... My parents always wanted perfection in everything they chosen for me. My 'friends' were only using me and I was to blind... to desperate for friendship to notice.... ITrapped.... He controlled me too.... I didn't notice until I realized I don't know what I want anymore... Our Captor also controls our code, What's happening to us in the purgatory... All my life I never had control."
Chance let's out a painted laugh, one of his hands going to his hair, pulling on it.
- "The ONLY thing I can control is what I do to myself! And even then I sometimes doubt if it's really me deciding on it!"- Chance pulls harder on their hair and 007n7 quickly steps in, stopping him. The hacker pulls Chance into a hug, the gambler breaking down.
- "I-I hate this life! Sometimes I prefer the death games because I know what to expect! I know what I can and can't do! That our deaths didn't matter because we ended up completely fine. I hate that now we can't die without consequences! I miss the routine!"- Chance sobs. 007n7 doesn't know what to do, only tightening the hug and trying to whisper comforting words.
- "I got you Chance. I got you. You're not alone."
The three bunnies got to the basement at some point during Chance's breakdown. Now three fluffy beings came closer, trying to comfort their owner. Chance shakily pets them, his scarred hand touching the soft fur, calming down.
- "Chance. I don't... I will never fully understand what you're going through, but you're not alone. Small things we do, these are our choices. Our small victories against control. That's why we cannot give up."- 007n7 says with a small smile. His half broken glasses don't cover the determination in his eyes.
Chance feels like the determination of the other man is contagious, a small smile appearing on their face.
- "You know Sev.... While I hate how my life looks like, while I hate the suffering we all went through.... Meeting you and the other survivors is the Best thing that ever happened to me.... And even if it ment more suffering, I would choose to meet you in every life."
- "....I feel the same."- 007n7 smiles. Then one of the bunnies, Dusty, jumps on his lap. The hacker begins to pet him.
- "Genuinely... You all, the survivors... As we call each other. You are the best, and despite everything.... I'm so glad that I was able to meet you."- Chance says quietly, hugging Ace and Clubs.
Both Gambler and Former Hacker sit together on the floor of the dark basement. They're surrounded by the bunnies. Despite the struggles, they decide to talk about small things that make them happy. Because sometimes the smallest things matter the most.
Notes:
I had a dream where Stickmasterluke was a part of Minecraft SMP (Content SMP). He was an alchemist or magician. Dealing with enchants ect.
Now I want a crossover fic XDI love my dreams :D
Chapter 140: Don't worry. I'm here.
Notes:
Let me know if you see any typos!
TW! Implied drug usage!
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
Historian was forcefully staying in the house for a really short time. The man wishes he could go his own way, but his need of getting answers put him in this chaotic situation. And now as a literal murder almost happens, the hooded man knows he won't we able to fall asleep through the night. He worked so hard to get to this point, he cannot die now.
The situation is even weirder, because out of everyone in the cabin the man is stuck with a child crying, while tightly hugging him. Historian slowly pats the back of Pr3ttyprincess, he doesn't understand why she chose him out of everyone, but he doesn't have a heart to ignore her.
- "This whole situation... It must be hard..."
- "It's even worse when I learned I killed people."- Pr3ttyprincess whispers through tears. The reveal makes Historian slightly freeze up, he had no idea he's dealing with a killer child. But a child is a child, through the years he grew a soft spot to kids.
- "Yeah... I can understand."
- "######"
- "Hey. Uhh... I don't think your... Parents? Caretakers would like you to swear."- Historian chuckles awkwardly.
- "You adults always say that you understand while in reality you don't. My friends... My family... Noli is dying... And... And Azu.... "- Pr3ttyprincess starts to sob, her grip tightening.
- "... I'm a different case... I really understand... you know... I had a friend that was really sick. I was there when the last breath was taken. Different friend... We had a terrible fight. I know what it feels like..."- Historian whispers.
- "Others promised they stop hurting others. Will they kick us out because we're the... Killers?"- The girls voice breaks at the word 'killer'.
- "I don't know your team that well.... So I'm not the best person to ask..."
- "Will you come with me... To ask Mr Pumpkin?"
- "...Sure kid."
Historian let's himself be dragged by the girl. After a conversation with Dusekkar the Princess is reassured that neither on them will be kicked out if he can help it. The mage promised to talk with other admins about this issue.
- "Why do you like me so much?"- The hooded man asks Princess. She smiles slightly.
- "You're interesting! And looks cool and mysterious. Every Princess needs a secret group of people to protect her and her kingdom!"
- "Heh. Then I will happily serve you."- Historian bows down playfully. Dusekkar watches it with amusement and nostalgia. He now realised how much he missed the shenanigans at HQ.
- "So Noli is an ex retired God that is slowly and painfully dying. While Azure almost went on a murder spree.... How the #### I am supposed to cope with that!?"- Bluudude says, anxiously tapping his foot and frantically trying to dry a few tears. C00lkidd sniffles, crying into C00lgoo.
Jason stands in the middle of the room, trying to figure out what to do. He isn't the right person to 'talk' about this stuff, killing being his second nature. He also lost Pr3ttyprincess on the way to the room, but he can't go look for her because he needs to somehow help the boys.
The killer thinks for a moment, not knowing what to do. He tries to remember if something similar ever came up during his entrapment in Area 51, but nothing comes up other than countless experiments and short interactions with other killers.
His eldest memories, from times before his death became nothing but a blurry mess. The killer is unable to find the answer there.
- "J-Jason... I-Is u-uncle r-really g-going t-to..."- C00lkidd begins, staring at the masked killer with desperation. Jason shakes his head.
- 'Admins will help.'
- "The hell that means?!"- Bluudude snaps, glaring at the other killer. However C00lkidd understands, nodding slightly.
- "O-Okay... I-I... I trust y-you Jason...."
- "Translate what did he said you red idiot!"- Bluudude turns his glare on C00lkidd. Jason looks at him with disapproval, making the blue kid mumble a quiet apology.
- "J-Jason said admins w-will help."
- "Would they really? After all it's a perfect opportunity for them to ditch us!!!"
- "B-But the note when we first ended up here! I-It said that w-we need to work together."
- "... Surpisingly you're right."- Bluudude says, rolling his eyes. But there's small flame of hope visible in them.
- "I hope Azu will also be okay..."- C00lkidd mumbles, hugging the goo.
Jason looks at the interaction, the killer can only hope that the words will come true and everything will end well. Slightly turning his head, the masked killer notices a small purple flower growing in the corner of the room. The killer squints at it, it definitely wasn't there before.
Guest and Elliot don't notice, but Two Time does. A small purple flower appearing to grow on the floor. It reminds Two Time of how they supposedly messed up. They don't understand why would they ever kill Azure, but apparently they did.
They also remember how some dreams were really beautiful and calming after they ate the medicine they found in the house where Azure made the medicine. They wish they could experience it again, the happier times.
They were also granted visions of Spawn. The thought about the god makes them shiver. What if everyone lied and the Spawn is mad at them. That's why Azure became aggressive and so much tragedies happened in a short time.
Two Time pushes this thought away, or at least tries to. After all everyone told them Spawn isn't real, Azure too... they can see how some things were unfair, or others tell them it's not normal. But no matter how hard they try, the blame and need for apology is growing stronger.
Elliot and Guest share nervous and worried look. Two Time looks completely lost. If it wasn't for the two survivors they would tightly grip their arms. Whatever broke, will take a while to heal.
Notes:
I went on a genocide route in Block Tales... I left Jim for death. Blow up sleeping guard and in future I won't save Griefer.
I FEEL SO BAD 😭But at the same time I can see how I learned this game. On my first playthrough I STRUGGLED with Cruel King, now I beaten him first try without struggle :D
Chapter 141: Forced Therapists
Chapter Text
- "Alright. I get that now you're dealing with a lot. Probably a reality check. But you need to calm down."- Mafioso says sternly, putting a hand on Noli's shoulder.
- "D-D-Dud3! F1rst 1 l34rn th4t M-M-My f4v0ur1t3 sp1d3r 1s ###### d34d. N-N-N0w @pp4r3ntly 1'm @ r3inc4rn4t1on 0f @ g0d!"- Noli snaps at the other killer. His hands shaking.
- "..."
- "N-N0th1ng t0 s4y, HuH?"
- "I can't say I understand. But we need to stay strong. For the team, for the kids, those we care about. And most importantly, for ourselves."- Mafioso says, his voice determined.
- "...Wh4t's th3 p01nt 0f l1v1ng? M-M-My l1f3 ju-ju-just g0t turn3d ups1d3 d0wn!?"
- "You finally have answers for some stuff in your life. And now you are on friendly terms with the admins and fixing your relationship with 007n7. And he for sure wants to save you."- Mafioso explains, his voice calm. The mafia man has a good control over his emotions.
- ".... H1st0r14n t00.... G-Guy-y w31rdly c4r3s...."
- "See. You can see positives. Good job! But I don't quite trust that guy..."
- "Y0u t4lk t0 m3 l1k3 1'm @ ch1ld. @nd H1st0r14n... H3's 0dd. BuT 1 h4v3 r34s0ns t0 b3l1v3 h3 m34ns g00d."
- "I trust your judgement. And besides, aren't we all kids?"
- "Wh4t?"
- "We all have our childish side. Sometimes burrier deep inside us, but it never truly leaves."- Mafioso sighs, playing with a pen he picked up from the table.
- "H0w d1d th1s c0nv3rs4t1on 3nd3d uP l1k3 th4t?!"
- "No idea. But it distracted you, didn't it?"
- "..."
- "Who's speechless now?"- Mafioso chuckles. Noli rolls his eyes in annoyance, but there's a fond smile under his mask.
- "1f 1 d13... W1ll y0u b3 th3r3 f0r 0ur l1ttl3 k1ll3r gr0up?"- Noli says, his voice unusually quiet.
- "...I will. While we don't see eye to eye sometimes, you're a good friend Noli. And I will help to find a way to save you."- Mafioso smiles fondly.
- "H3h. S4m3 g03s f0r y0u."- Noli smiles.
Sudden tiredness washes over the glitched killer. He leans on Mafioso, surprising the other man. But Mafia Boss doesn't mind, allowing Noli to rest.
1x1x1x1 sighs with annoyance. They have no idea what to do. Azure seems to be having some sort of breakdown and they're the only one available.
The embodiment of hatred has to admit, they are clueless when it comes to emotions. The only thing they know how to deal with is hatred. Not emotional breakdowns.
- "... Don't look at me like I know the answers"- 1x1x1x1 snaps when he makes contact with Azure. - "Also calm down before the whole cabin ends up being a one big poisonous flower mine zone."
- "DO YOU THINK IT'S EASY!?"- Azure shouts, purple tears, probably poisonous, streaming down his face.
- "... I'm an embodiment of hatred. I don't understand."- 1x4 crosses his arms, but then they sigh. - "I don't know. Just calm down, think of what went wrong. Try to fix it? Or go to Mafioso... Or Jason. They seem to understand the most about emotions."
- ".... They must hate me now."
- "Didn't you hear me say go to someone else.... Why are you crying more now?"- 1x1x1x1 says with confusion.
- "I just... I ruined everything. I-I could've.... I could've just say something..."
- "But you didn't and almost killed someone you deeply cared about giving them trauma. So what? Life goes on."
- ".... you're terrible at this."- Azure half laughs, half cries.
- "Why are you laughing now?!"- 1x1x1x1 says, confusion even stronger. This is one of the reasons they enjoy feeling mostly hatred.
- "...I need to fix it...."
- "First calm down. And deal with those flowers, they're everywhere now."- 1x1x1x1 looks around the room, seeing nightshades everywhere.
- "I hate myself.... I'm so stupid."- Azure hits his head on the wall, crying more.
- "You hate yourself for not realising the scale of the issue. That you couldn't do more. But at the same time your choices must have a reason. Now you have bigger picture, before it was smaller. And the hate is just anger at your previous decisions."
- "Yeah...."- Azure sniffles, then looks at the other killer- "...why you're so understanding right now?"
- "Because I know hate!? And... I get how it feels, now being able to save someone you cared about."- 1x1x1x1 leans on the wall, crossing his arms and looking down.
- "Your mother?"
- "She wasn't my mother. I don't do relationships like that. She was related to him, but she cared. So I cared back."
- "I'm sorry for the hat bringing her up..."
- "Don't mention this thing. We burn the rest of it later."
- "...."
- "Please for the sake of my remaining sanity, don't cry because of the hat."
- "... B-but I had it since I remember. T-The only memory o-of my grandmother...S-She raised me..."
- "Was it really the same hat? Or was is just another trick of the Captor making you more mad?"
- "...."
- "You see my point. Now try to calm down, sleep it off and tomorrow talk with that stabbing guy... person?"
- "... Y-you know X"- Azure begins, trying to dry off the tears and contain the sobs. He notices the glare for using the nickname. - "You're good at comforting... B-But you do it in your own unconventional way."
- "Yeah whatever. You're done with compliments?"- 1x1x1x1 glares, lending Azure a hand so he can stand up. The ex cultist accepts.
- "And about your... 'not' mother. You said you don't do relationships, but you know kids see you as their elder sibling?"
- "Kids see a lot of things. One time C00lkidd was playing some lava floor game and cried because I 'burned down'."- 1x1x1x1 says with annoyance. Azure let's out a small giggle. Before being pushed down on the bed
- "Hey!?"
- "Go to sleep. I'll deal with explaining the situation.... And get John to act as a door guard. Because I had to break it down."
- "Sorry..."
- "And? Things happen. Now sleep."- 1x1x1x1 glares. They leave after Azure gets comfortable.
Soon after John Doe is making sure no one will interrupt the other killer. Meanwhile 1x1x1x1 explained the situation to Dusekkar, the admin being one of the least annoying out of the trio.
Notes:
I love writing 1x1x1x1 being forced to be clueless therapist XD
Chapter 142: Midnight Thoughts
Chapter Text
As the night comes, everyone falls asleep. Some people get peaceful dreams, other get nightmares. Builderman decided to sleep in the basement, not wanting to deal with Shedletsky, yet. However two people cannot fall asleep at all.
Despite the cold of the desert a green glow is lighting it up. Red glowing eye is starting at the sky. Despite the hate aura around them, the sight looks oddly peaceful.
The embodiment of hatred watches the stars, or more likely glaring at them. He knows that The One Who Watched over the rounds is still somewhere.
A lot happened today. The embodiment of hatred completely drained their social batteries. Not only he had to deal with morning interactions, the attempted murder, Azure's breakdown and then dealing with the admins out of all people. He's completely drained.
1x1x1x1 doesn't understand how some people can interact with others without being tired. He remembers how she used to tell him about the world outside the heights. While their past self was interested, now they know they wouldn't last too long without lashing out.
The always present hatred makes interacting with others a struggle. Most of the time 1x1x1x1 has to control himself, so he won't kill someone just because they're annoying. For some weird reason the other killers are the exception.
The embodiment of hatred turns around, his eye meeting the eyes of the retired hacker, C00lkidd's father. There's annoyance bubbling into, doesn't he understand that they want to be alone.
- "H-Hey... S-Sorry to interrupt. You don't have to talk or anything.... I just wanted to thank you."- 007n7 says, while his voice is slightly shaky, the former hacker doesn't seem that much afraid.
- "Thank... me?"- 1x4 says with annoyance, not understanding why he would waste their time with such stupid things.
- "W-Well... I see how much C00lkidd likes you... The other two too. And I see how you try being gentle with them... How you try to care...."
- "Quit with the pleasantries. Get to the point."- 1x1x1x1 snaps, the annoyance growing.
- "R-Right. Sorry... Thank you for caring for my son... This means a lot. If you ever need anything... You can come to me... Consider it as me being in debt or something."
- "... I'm not Mafioso...."- 1x1x1x1 crossed his arms, turning back to the hacker. His grip slightly tightening to restrain himself.
- "I-I'll be going now... Goodnight 1x1x1x1."- 007n7 says, walking back to the cabin. The embodiment of hatred can hear him mumbling about the cold.
1x1x1x1 returns to watching the sky. This time focusing on the stars and how fascinating they look. They allow themselves to smile. For the first time they realise that not everyone is like him. Despite that he still thinks others are annoying, some are just annoying in a good way.
He wonders if she would be proud. They wish they could do more, but they know that what's done is done. They cannot change it.
Unknown to 1x1x1x1 and 007n7, there's another person unable to sleep. Historian is just pretending to sleep. Despite being tired of living, he still has a lot of things to do. He cannot die yet, after all he promised Liam to help him with research and Harry invited him on tea hangout.
The hooded man is worried about staying with killers under one roof. He doesn't understand why the so called survivors are perfectly fine with it.
Historian sighs as tiredness washes over him. However he doesn't allow himself to sleep. This also isn't normal tiredness from lack of sleep. This feeling is the version of tiredness that people with too much stress can feel.
Historian has still a lot of history to research and write about. He cannot let it just disappear, not now, not in the future. People deserve to know the truth.
The man understands that the group doesn't want him to reveal it. And he won't, not until they're ready. He just hopes he's making the right choice.
- "Where do Freak's live?"
- "Why should we tell you!?"
- "Stay silent and ya friend is walking the plank"
- "..."
Notes:
I got SO DISTRACTED today XD
I didn't even realise I didn't wrote the chapter XDBUT I DID IT!!! >:]
1x1x1x1 saved me!
Chapter 143: Talks and Surprises.
Chapter Text
Noob sighs, running their hands over their face. Even since their death they constantly feel the anxiety, they're more jumpy, kind of like they were when they first got put in the purgatory.
It annoys them, they were doing so well and now their body won't cooperate, their brain refuses to believe the current memories.
Noob flinches when they notice Guest 666 staring at them. It reminds them of rounds, how they were ripped apart, used as a toy you can destroy.
Guest 666 slowly walks over, trying to make themselves look smaller, they don't want to scare Noob. But when the survivors stands up and takes a step back, they stop. A sad noise leaves the beast, they hate this.
- "I-I'm so s-sorry Sixer. I-I'm so s-sorry."- Noob whispers, his heart breaking seeing the killer being sad. Jason pops up from the kitchen, walking next to 666 and staring between the two.
- 'Just befriend again. Is it really that hard?'- The mute killer signs, tired of the drama.
Noob looks at Jason, nervousness growing. But while being blunt, Jason has a point. Everyone needs to work together to guarantee the survival.
Noob slowly and anxiously takes a step closer to the beastly killer. Each step being an unseen battle. The survivor stops in a bit of the distance. They extend their hand, but don't move, allowing Guest do the first move.
The killer moves his head closer, eventually touching Noobs hand. Their tail begins to wag, almost hitting Jason in the process. The masked killer dodges in the last second, sending a glare at the other one.
Noob hesitantly smiles. This doesn't fix anything, not yet, but it's one step closer. One step closer to rebuilding what's gone.
A few minutes later Elliot walks downstairs. His hair is dishevelled, he looks tired and uncomfortable. No one can blame him, acces to water is tight and taking a shower is really hard to do.
- "E-Elliot? Are y-you feeling W-Well?"- Noob says nervously. Elliot doesn't answer, instead he comes closer to Noob, hugging them tightly. A small sniffle leaves the healer.
Noob returns the hug, they're slightly confused, but they're trying their best to comfort Elliot.
Guest 666 uses their tail to gently scoop up the duo bringing them into their version of a hug. Then the the beast pulls reluctant Jason into it.
It takes a moment for Elliot to calm down. But when he does, he looks at Noob with broken expressions.
- "W-Why did you.... Why did you push me away?!"- Elliot whispers, staring Noob into the eyes.
- "I-I didn't w-want you d-die again and l-lose more of y-your memories."- Noob says, despite the anxiety, there's determination in their voice.
- "But you always said you want to keep your memories!!!"
- "Y-yeah... B-but your safety is m-more important. I-I would hate you to d-die like this... T-to experience this death."- Noob shudders, they can still feel how it felt. Their bones being crushed, the sudden weight.
The memory makes the scar flare up in pain. Noob slightly hisses, but still smiles.
- "Y-You're my friend Elliot. A-and I if I had to choose again. I would decide to save you every time."- These words make Elliot cry again. Hugging them yet another time.
Guest 666 observes the situation. A while ago they would get jealous, but now they feel happy. Noob finally has other people they can trust, and it means a lot to the killer. Sixer promises themselves to protect this group.
Jason was able to slip away from the mess of emotions. Deciding to stay in a bit of the distance. Today he doesn't feel in mood for hugs and physical contact overall. The silent killer notices Noli walking downstairs.
- 'Feeling better?'- Jason signs, then he remembers that Noli wouldn't understand him. He's about to play charades again, when Noli surprises him.
- "1'm f33l1ng a$ g00d a$ 1 c4n aft3r l34rn1ng aLL th1s sTuFf."- Noli shrugs, not realising what happened for a second. - "0-0h r1ght. Surp1s3! 1 kn0w a b1t 0f s1gn, 1 c4n und3rst4nd y0u n0w."
Jason stares at the other killer. He didn't expect anyone other than C00lkidd to actually learn it. This makes the killer feel weirdly emotional.
- 'Thank you.'
- "N0 pr0bl3m dud3!"- Noli smiles, offering a fist bump to Jason, he noticed that Jason isn't in the mood for more open touching.
The silent killer isn't familiar with it, but he saw Noli doing it with C00lkidd in the past. Jason returns the fist bump. His head tiled in a way that indicates he's smiling. Noli learned long ago how to understand his body language.
Notes:
I apologize for lack of chapter yesterday! I was feeling like I'm about to get sick, but luckily today I felt better!
Not 100% better, but Better!!! Everything should be back to norm now. ^^
Chapter 144: Fixing Cracks
Notes:
Let me know if you see any typos!
TW! OVERDOSING! IMPLIED SUICIDE!
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
- "I went to far. Didn't I?"- Builderman says, sitting in the basement.
- "I mean. It feels justified, because people died. But at the same time I know he truly regrets it."- The admin sighs rubbing his forehead.
- "He's trying to be better... And here I am, getting mad at something that happened a really long time ago.... Man I'm a terrible friend."- Builderman continues.
- "How do I fix it!? Do I just walk over to him? We never fought that much."- The God turned Mortal looks at the listener. The spider blinks using it's eyes.
- "You're right. I can't avoid it forever... I need to pull myself together. He's not the only one messing up."- Builderman stands up, then he smiles at the spider.
- "Thanks for listening."- The admin leaves, heading to the basement exit.
He didn't notice three colourful spots standing nearby. The Therapy Spider crawls over to them, hissing at the sentient Goo and a Chicken.
- "Did he had a conversation with ###### spider?"
- "Bluu! That's a bad word!"
- "Shut it you red ####"
- "I'm telling dad!"
- "He's a ###### princess. I need to know his secret."
- "Holy #### she cursed."
- "Bluu is it the end of the world?"
- "Run while you still can!"
- "Oh quit with it!"
Pr3ttyprincess stomps her foot, glaring at the two boys running away in the direction of the spider nest. She then looks at C00lgoo and Polly.
- "If I add a lot of glitter to the spider web and then tie it together.... Would It make a ribbon? Do you think it will work?"- Pr3ttyprincess asks. The goo makes a couple grumbling noises.
- "I wish I could understand you..."- The girl sighs.
Both Bluudude and C00lkidd are giggling with each other. While Pr3ttyprincess swearing surprised them, it will also be used as a form of teasing.
The kid trio is really interesting, despite not being related, they act like siblings. One second they're at each other's throats, pushing, insulting and hating each other. The next moment they have unstoppable alliance. After all only they can be rude to each other. If it is someone else, they will protect themselves.
Builderman passes by Noli and Jason chatting in the kitchen. Then he notices a cuddle pile made of Noob, Elliot and Guest 666. The admin smiles to himself, seeing them at peace despite everything.
As he walks up the stairs he almost collides with Chance who's dragging Historian with him, rambling about poker.
Then he enters the shared room of the admins. Shedletsky is sitting on his bed. His wings are looking dishevelled and his hair is messy too.
- "Shed?"- Builderman begins. Shedletsky turns around fast.
- "Builderman...."
- "Can we talk?"
- ".... alright."- Shedletsky agrees, slightly moving away when Builderman walks over. For a moment there's awkward silence.
- "I went to far.... Yesterday..."- Builderman begins, he looks at Shedletsky with genuine expression.
- "I deserved it..."- Shedletsky shrugs, but the other admin shakes his head.
- "Don't brush it off. Please..."
- "Sorry... For yesterday too... and for the past choices."
- "I know... I was just surprised and angry yesterday. It doesn't justify my actions. I'm truly sorry my friend. Do you want to talk about it like a civilised adults?"- Builderman says, the second part makes Shedletsky chuckle.
- "I don't think anyone in this household is civilised...."
- "... You're probably right... Honestly I'm kind of happy we didn't return to normal world. It would be hell to adapt.... Man that's some dark thoughts."- Builderman whispers in shock, realising what he said.
- "Pfff..."- Shedletsky begins before coughing to calm down. - "I-I mean... You are kind of right..."
- "SHEDLETSKY!!!"- Builderman shouts in terror.
- "What!? You started it!!!"
- "That doesn't mean you have to agree with me!!!"
- "But I am!! Like... Can you imagine how it would look like!? Admins with trauma running HQ and hanging out with random people!!"
- "Oh my Roblox... This would be so hard. Especially if people noticed..."
- "I can already see the articles! Builderman spotted in casino hanging out with local Gambler!"
- "Hey! I don't gamble! Don't put me into it!!"
- "O-Or... Pff haha... Or Shedletsky having casual conversation with a wanted hacker and random child."
- "More like, Shedletsky walking covered in pink glitter."
- "PLEASE DON'T. Don't remind me!"- Shedletsky says with terror. Builderman laughs.
For a while they sit in silence. There are still more heavy topics to talk about. Builderman sighs.
- "Alright. We need to talk about it..."
- "We do..."
- "But please let me preen your feathers, unless you want Taph to have a heart attack."
- ".....sure. We don't want to loose our favourite demolitionist."- Shedletsky chuckles, allowing Builderman to deal with his wings.
Azure is nervously standing in front of the door. He knows that Two Time is inside, but he also knows they aren't alone. Azure doesn't know if the person inside will let him talk to Two Time.
He knows he needs to fix it. To explain what happened. That he's sorry. If you told his past, innocent, self that he would hurt Two Time. Azure wouldn't believe it... But now he knows that it is truth.
Azure knocks at the door. Making sure to make himself look harmless. Guest opens the door, his expression darkening when he sees it's Azure.
- "What do you want?"
- "Please. I know I messed up. I know it wasn't okay... Please let me say sorry, to explain. I swear I won't hurt anybody. Please!"- Azure speaks quickly, his hands shaking. Guest looks like he's about to refuse.
- "Let him in..."- Two Time's quiet voice is quicker. Despite not wanting to, Guest allows Azure get inside.
Two Time is sitting on the edge of the bed. Their tail is curled up, their body tense. It breaks Azure's heart, reminding him of how they used to look back in the cult. Especially after a rough lesson.
The two cultists stare at each other in silence. Guest is standing in between them, ready to intervene. He won't let Two Time get hurt again.
- "Time... My nightshade... I'm so sorry. I-I never wanted to hurt you... The hat I used to wear... I think it was used by our Captor to make me see things... Because for me it looked like... Like you're about to kill me again."- Azure whispers. His voice breaking at the memory. - "I never wanted to hurt you..."
- "And how do we know you're speaking the truth? After all a while ago you didn't seem to act like that."- Guest says, the sentence accusing Azure of lying.
- "Other killers they will confirm it... The hat was silenced for a good few months... But then it returned... I-I was scared to ask for help. Please I'm so sorry."- Azure feels tears streaming down his face.
- "I-I.... I forgive you..."
- "What?!"- Guest turns around staring in shock at Two Time. Azure does the same.
- "I must have done something bad to you. I probably deserve it and what happened in the rounds. I do not remember what... But it has to be something bad."- Two Time explains their point of view. Despite this two other people are still shocked.
- "Two Time.... You are too forgiving. What I've done is unforgivable."
- "But I hurt you too... You told me I killed you for a sacrifice... And I believe it is true, after all one of my last memories from life outside that hellish games is me taking too much of your medicine."
- "WHAT!?"- Azure looks at them, his eyes wide in shock.
- "I was missing you because you were gone... It connects with what you told me... I remember the feeling of happiness when I took more of your medicine... I saw you returning.... But then it was more and I wished for more... Until one day I took the biggest portion and woke up in the cabin with Healer staring at me."
- "You overdosed...."- Guest whispers in terror. Two Time looks at him in confusion.
- "I am afraid I do not know what it means."
- "When you take too much medicine, it can kill you."
- "Oh.... I do remember wanting to die, but I did not know the reason until Azure told me about the sacrifice."
Azure cries out, lunging at Two Time and hugging them tightly. For a moment Two Time's eyes are wide in terror, they believe they are about to die. But then they realise it's a hug. Slowly they return it, their tail curling up around Azure.
Guest observers the situation with worry and sadness. He didn't expect how this would turn out. He also was finally able to see the true Azure. He realises that the killer is also dealing with issues from the cult, just on a different scale.
Guest promises himself that he will somehow help both of them.
- "Hey Bluu?"
- "What do you want?"
- "Can I ask you something?"
- "You already did."
- "Can I ask you something else?"
- "You just did."
- "O-Oh... Ummm."
- "Bluudude stop being mean."- Pr3ttyprincess rolls her eyes.
The chaotic trio is sitting in the spider nest. Bluudude pretends he's playing shooter game with the spiders. C00lkidd is playing with his plushie, C00lgoo and another spider. Meanwhile Pr3ttyprincess is decorating Polly with a bunch of glittery spider web ribbons.
- "Fiiiine. What is your question."
- "Well... I never had a mom... What does it feel like?"- C00lkidd asks, his expression is without malice. The kid is only curious. The question makes Bluudude stop his play pretend. He looks at C00lkidd in silence.
- "S-Sorry. I didn't mean to hurt you I-I jus-"
- "She was kind... Even when I acted out. We played games together. Even when times were tough she always wanted the best for me."
- "Sounds like my dad."
- "Maybe. I dunno, I never had a dad."- Bluudude shrugs, sitting on the ground.
- "Well... Dad always tried to make everything c00l! The breakfast was always fun and he was telling me a lot of funny stories before bedtime. He worked a lot so sometimes I was alone for a long time."
- "...I get it. Before I...."- Bluudude cuts off, C00lkidd looking at him in worry.
- "Bluu?"
- "I-I didn't look both ways when passing the street... I got hit by a car..."
- "Oh..."- C00lkidd whispers. Now he understands why Bluudude never liked cars.
- "Anyway. Before that... She also worked a lot. Times were tougher or something."- Bluudude says, he's surprised that he feels comfortable sharing this stuff with C00lkidd, after all he always hated him.
- "Yeah... Like right now. They think we don't notice. Bu-"- C00lkidd stops, hearing a sniffle. He turns around and sees Pr3ttyprincess hugging Polly and trying to stop crying.
- "Uhh... You good Pinkie?"- Bluudude asks, he doesn't know what made her cry.
- "I-I'm so jealous of you... I-I always wanted a m-mom... O-Or dad... B-but..."- Pr3ttyprincess begins, but isn't able to finish it.
- "Can I give you a hug?"- C00lkidd smiles hesitantly, but when Pr3tty nods he quickly does it.
- "I mean. You already kinda have them... This whole group is acting like some ###### up family."
- "Language."
- "Shut up C00lkidd."
- "B-but it's not official... I-I always wanted... I-I wish my parent never died..."- Pr3ttyprincess continues to cry, C00lkidd continues to hug her, meanwhile Bluudude stays quiet. Both boys don't know how to answer that.
Notes:
My HC of how Two Time ended up dying and in purgatory.
___
Also fun fact. The last part of the chapter wasn't planned until I decided I want more angst.
Chapter 145: A part of Killer's mind.
Chapter Text
His body hurts. It has been hurting since he remembers. He doesn't like when it hurts. But he's used to it hurting. He is glad that somehow the spike arm was able to morph into normal one... Months ago, when the situation changed. But sometimes it still feels heavy, forcing him to lean on the side, making his posture terrible.
His head feels lighter now, but the corruption still lingers. Sometimes he wakes up with it trying to take over, but it never does. He's happy that somehow his broken mind is able to fight it off... Or is it something else blocking it?
He remembers 1x1x1x1 once ranting about The One That Watches. The one that controlled the loops of killing, the one that can control them like they're nothing but a puppet.
John doesn't like to be a puppet. He already is one for the corruption. Puppets can hurt people against their will, John doesn't want that. He wouldn't forgive himself if he hurt the kids. The kids are cute, he's glad they're not afraid of him anymore.
People became less scared of him. He's glad, no he's happy. He doesn't like to scare people. But the new guy observes him. He must be scared. It makes John sad, he doesn't want to scare him. But he can't say that he's peaceful, so he will continue to be scared for a long time.
He wishes he could speak. He wants to speak. But corruption completely destroyed his voice. He wants to scream, he wants to laugh, he wants to talk, he wants to cry. It hurts when he tries. Only animalistic noises coming out. Is he an animal? What is he anyway?
Is he a Robloxian? How he came to existence? Why did corruption had to take away those memories from him. He wants to know! Why the three survivors are looking at him with pity and sadness. Why they talk to him about someone he doesn't remember. Who is that woman they keep mention.
He wants ask questions. But he can't. His voice is broken, his hands too damaged for writing. His mind too broken for sign. He's a shell, a vessel. He has no purpose. He wants a purpose. What was his purpose? Did he even had a purpose?
It hurts not being able to express himself. His face hurts from the constant smile. He hates it. He doesn't want to suffer. He wants to rest. No one cares. No, he's wrong. People care... And it hurts too.
The kids enjoy his quiet presence. C00lkidd likes to climb on him. He worries about corruption hurting him. Pr3ttyprincess dresses him up. It's fun, it reminds him of what ¥¢$#$$#$ used to do. Bluudude likes to sit next to him and just rest. The kid looks adorable when he sleeps.
1x1x1x1 rants to him a lot. The other killer seems to understand him without words. He's blunt, John likes that. It helps him understand more, no risks of overthinking words... Words are hard to understand sometimes. John likes to annoy the other one, pretending he doesn't understand. Sometimes he truly doesn't understand.
Azure finds peace in fact he never judges. The younger man often tells him about bad things from his past. Sometimes he cries on John's body. He wishes he could help Azure.
Noli is Noli, John doesn't understand Noli. But he likes him. Noli is loud, he silences the corruption. Makes it hard to focus on something else than the presence in his head. But recently it's harder to understand Noli. His voice also seems to deteriorate. It worries John.
Guest 6 is the most like him. John doesn't remember the rest of the number. His brain refusing to remember. The dog like being was forced to be changed too. John understands the pain of being unable to speak, to be understood.
Mafioso is calm. John likes that because it puts him at peace. His orders are always clear, make sense and are easy to follow. John likes simplicity, because it's easier to understand for his broken mind.
Jason is also quiet, like John is. There's silent understanding between them. Jason is also not good with body language, preferring to stay still. Or he's like John, unable to express himself. John doesn't know, because neither of them talk. But John is happy that Jason can sign.
John Doe looks up, did he summon Jason? The masked killer is sitting next to him. John doesn't know when he got here. The corrupted killer forces his body to let out a quiet grumble of question.
Jason slightly tilts his head in the direction of corrupted killer. He recognises it being a way of John asking him what is going on. Jason knows the other person doesn't understand sign and he's NOT in the mood for pointless charades.
The masked killer notices a piece of paper laying nearby. He grabs is and the pen. Jason proceeds to draw sad face and point at himself.
John Doe slightly tilts his head, as if to question why. Jason then draws a stick figure, he adds some hair and with slow and messy handwriting he writes a three letter word.
'M O M'
John Doe doesn't exactly understand. But it seems the stick figure makes Jason sad. He makes a crushing motion on the figure, then he looks at Jason to see if he understood correctly. Jason shakes his head.
The masked killer draws another stick figure, this one has a mask, it represents Jason. Below he also draws C00lkidd and 007n7 in form of stick figures. He points at the survivor, then at the kid, before doing the same with the "MOM" and himself.
John understands it now. The "MOM" has to be something similar to what the burger man is to C00lkidd.
Jason draws two "X" in place of "MOM's" eyes. Then he draws an arrow connecting sad face and stick Jason. The masked killer drops the pen, pulling his knees up and hugging them.
John Doe wishes he could speak. But because he can't, he puts a reassuring hand on Jason's shoulder.
The two silent killers sit next to each other. Wishing they could talk about their issues, but at the same time finding peace in the silence between them. The touch reminding them they're not alone.
Notes:
I ate an apple today... I didn't eat one for over two years because of allergies. I didn't have a reaction. I am SO HAPPY 🥹
(Also I hope I didn't forget about one of the killers when I was listing them off XD)
5
Chapter 146: Glittery Surprise
Chapter Text
After some long time, probably around hour or two. Pr3ttyprincess sniffs, drying off the tears with her hand, she struggled to calm down, but she finally was able to. There's a determined expression on her face.
- "O-Okay. Enough crying. C00lkidd... Could you get Taph?"- She asks, pulling away from the hug.
- "Why?"
- "Time to cause some mischief."
- "I like the way you're talking, Princess"- Bluudude smirks evilly.
- "You Bluu... You will help me force someone to be a distraction."- Pr3ttyprincess grins, a plan forming in her mind.
Taph stares as the person gets pushed into a chair and tied up with the cobweb. The kids really went all in. The Demolitionist is amused by it, but also feels bad for his friend.
- "You... Despite the fact that I HATE YOU so so much! You are a good distraction. So you will distract others as we get the traps ready. And I swear if you tell anyone... I will make sure you'll regret living."
- "❓🤏📈"
- "No Taph. It isn't too much. It is really necessary. Also put on this bow, you are my right hand man, you need to look like one."
- "🫡👍👑"- Taph takes the bow and attaches it to the thin blanket he's wearing. He wishes he could use his clothes, but it's too hot for them.
- "See Bluu. You should learn from him. That's how you treat a princess."
- "Shut the #### up. I do what I want."
- "LANGUAGE!" "🤬❌‼️"- Both Taph and Pr3ttyprincess react at the same time. Bluudude just rolls his eyes.
- "What are we do about the Stabber?"
- "Glitter them."
- "Demolitionist. If it is possible I request your air."
- "🙇♀️2️⃣🕑... 🩷✨📈" ("Sorry Two Time. The pink glitter has to spread.")
- "...so this is what betrayal feels like."- Two Time whispers to themselves with a creepy smile. In the exact moment C00lkidd dumps an ENTIRE BUCKET of pink glitter.
- "Perfect!"- Pr3ttyprincess smiles, looking at her masterpiece. Two Time sits limply, the cultist gave up on life.
- "Alright pretty walking glitter. Go upstairs and make sure no one will notice us."- Bluudude smirks, cutting off the ropes. Two Time stands up, glaring at the kids and Taph. Then they leave the basement.
- "Alright! Here's the plan. Taph you still have the glitter trip mines?"
- "👍👍👍"
- "Good! This time we're doing it differently. Now the Stabber is distracting, so you will be able to throw it through the basement entrance."
- "So you two are glittering the kitchen? The pizza guy is going to kill you."- Bluudude chuckles. The child is there only to see the reactions of the victims.
- "👑"
- "Yes Taph?"
- "1️⃣❎🤝❓"
- "Of course I remember the deal. C00lkidd, be a royal spy and chek if the distraction works and if the chicken man is in the kitchen... Then we strike."
- "Hehehe. I like spying. I'm like a secret agent!"- C00lkidd chuckles to himself, using 'ninja skills' to walk to the basement exit.
- "He's an idiot."- Pr3tty facepalms with a sigh.
- "❌"
- "Sorry"- Princess rolls her eyes after Taph reprimanded her.
- "So how's life as a ghost?"- Bluudude asks, looking at Taph's current outfit.
- "👻😎"
- "I wonder... If you ate the Ghostburger Noob has... Would you become a literal ghost?"
- "🤔...🤔...🤔...🤷"
- "It might be worth a try."- Bluudude chuckles. That's when C00lkidd runs downstairs.
- "THE DISTRACTION IS WORKING AND THE CHICKEN IS IN THE KITCHEN!"- The youngest child says with excitement.
- "Taph. Let's crush them all!"
- "🫡👑"- Taph quickly runs to the exit. The glitter infused tripmine is ready to be used.
Taph crouches next to the trapdoor. Still hidden thanks to the height difference. In the kitchen he sees Shedletsky, Elliot, Dusekkar, Mafioso, Builderman and the new guy. Of course Two Time is there too. Being laughed at by Shedletsky.
Taph smirks underneath the sheets, he throws the tripmine, having a few seconds to hide. For a split second he feels like he made eye contact with the Historian. The hooded man seems to figured out something is about to happen. He quickly stands up, wanting to get to safety.
The tripmine explodes. It was one of the stronger tripmines, especially modified for pranks. The ENTIRE front of the kitchen is covered in pink glitter.
Elliot got so scared he accidentally activated the sword stove to the max, the flames appearing soon. The Pizzaman quickly turns it off, but there's fear and shock in his eyes. It quickly got replaced by rage, seeing that the kitchen looks so much worse, the glitter and the fire damaging it even more.
Historian was able to slightly get away, only his back got caught in the blast. The man is glad about it, because it would be a pain if the glitter got underneath his hood.
Two Time got glitter bombed for the second time today. At this point they look like straight up big sentient glitter. Mafioso has a breakdown. He was supposed to meet with a theoretical ally in Crossroads soon and now he's forced to attend it all pink.
Builderman takes it lightly. Just laughing at the situation. He knows it was going to happen sooner or later. Dusekkar is sitting still, the confusion still needs to wear off.
And Shedletsky... Shedletsky is livid.
- "AGAIN?! AGAIN!? DO YOU HAVE SOMETHING AGAINST ME!? HELLO!? LIKE... OUT OF EVERYONE!!!"- The former admin shouts. Then his eyes widen, he realises something terrible.
He gave into his cravings and before the explosion he summoned his chicken leg. It was out when the explosion happened. Shedletsky slowly looks at his hand... The chicken is covered in glitter.
Shedletsky doesn't care anymore. Instead he lays down on the ground, grieving his beloved food. The admin believes nothing worse than that can happen.
That's when 1x1x1x1 walks into the kitchen. They see the mess, Shedletsky on the ground, everyone pink and the remains of what was a cupboard, the fire completely destroying it.
- "You look great. Creator... This chicken must be really nutritious with the amount of the glitter."
- "SHUT UP BEFORE I MAKE YOU!!!"
- "Try it. And you'll be the material for the next chicken soup."- 1x1x1x1 glares at Shedletsky, waking over him and 'accidentally' kicking him. The embodiment of Hatred heads to be basement.
1x4 finds the four people dying of laughter. He observes for a while, then Pr3ttyprincess notices him.
- "X!!!"
- "You remembered the deal. Good."
- "Of course. I still remember how you threatened me to make Chicken Man suffer because you can't kill him. It was back when winter was."
- "It was."- 1x1x1x1 agrees.
- "So now will you play dress up with me?!"
- "No."
- "Pretty please!!!"
- "NO!"
- "Please Please Please Please."
- "I can!"- Another voice surprises everyone, even 1x1x1x1. The embodiment of Hatred turns around, standing face to face with the gambler.
- "What you can offer?"- Pr3ttyprincess says with her princess voice.
- "Well... Maybe some nice ribbons for the bunnies? And I do want to try getting some colour to my outfit... Although not as much at the others upset."- Chance chuckles. The three bunnies are patiently being held by their owner.
- "...I like your offer Gambler. Let's do this!"
Ace, Dusty and Clubs ended up having a lot of pink accessories. Now every pet has some. Pr3ttyprincess made sure even the spiders get one.
Chance got their outfit upgraded. It's more sparkly now. He loves the change, it makes him feel more free, more like himself.
As the gambler is teaching C00lkidd, Bluudude and reluctant 1x1x1x1, who got dragged into it by red child, play poker. Pr3ttyprincess pulled Taph away.
Her face turned a bit more serious and Taph noticed that. He crouches to be on her level.
- "Taph... Will you promise me something?"
- "❓"
- "Do you promise to always be my right hand when it comes to pranks... Do you promise to be one of my best friends no matter what? Do you promise to never stop with the pranks... Even if we get separated?"- Princess whispers, she's nervously fidgeting with her, now dirty and slightly ripped, dress.
Taph senses that it's a serious situation. With no hesitance he pulls off the sheet, showing her his face. She gasps a bit from surprise.
- "Y-You..."
- "👑👆🤙3️⃣. 👆⏩✋🧑. 👆❤️🫵👫. 💣✨❌🛑"
("Princess, I pinky promise to do all three. I promise to be your right hand. I would love to be your friend. The glitter bomb pranks with never stop!")
Pr3ttyprincess feels tears in her eyes again. But this time not from sadness. She hugs Taph tightly, whispering quiet thank you's. After a moment she looks up.
- "You look REALLY nice!!! Can I add ribbons to your hair?"
- "👍👑"
- "You're THE BEST!"
- "Alright. Dat's the hill. We can't get closer otherwise we'll get spotted. Great job. Joey ye go first, remember the plan. We'll be right behind ye. Ye understand!?"
- "AYE CAP'N!"
- "Good! Now let's go!"
Notes:
I love Glitter Bomb Duo so much... THE PURE CHAOS THEY BRING!!! AND THEY'RE SOO ADORABLE!!!
4
Chapter 147: Breaking Story
Chapter Text
1x1x1x1 observers as the kids play with Taph, Chance and all the animals. At one point he was forced to take off the chicken from his head.
The embodiment of hatred would've left long ago if it wasn't for the fact that he would have to see Shedletsky more than necessary.
That's when 1x4 notices something odd on the screen displaying the footage from the camera. The footage is grainy and hard to make out, but for sure there's a humanoid figure walking in the direction of the cabin.
- "Have anyone left the cabin today?"
- "In this heat? I doubt so."- Chance shrugs. - "Why are you asking?"
- "Someone is coming."- 1x1x1x1 says with annoyance. Chanced smile slightly drops, he walks over and looks at the footage.
- "I will alter others. Could you stay with the kids?"
- "I don't take orders from you."
- "...Please?"
- "Just go."
Chance quickly runs upstairs, alarming the glittered gang and the rest saved from it about the situation.
Shedletsky is quick to summon his sword, standing next to the door. At the same time Chance takes out his gun and hides on the other side. The rest of the group pretends they're not suspecting anything, continuing the conversations, but they're tense.
That's when the door opens. A short person with a slingshot and small sword enters the cabin. Shedletsky notices the pirate mark attached to the shirt. He swings at the intruder, not wanting to kill them, but to make sure they won't do anything dangerous.
The person notices the blade, the time seems to slow for a two ticks of a clock. Suddenly Shedletsky's sword is blocked by a spear. Historian is standing between him and the intruder. Chance shoots, hitting historian in the shoulder
Shedletsky looks at the man with anger. He knew he was no good. The pirates must be his backup. Shedletsky is about to shout at others to get ready, but the voice of the intruder stops him. It sounds like a voice of a child.
- "Oh! Hello Mr. Mysterious! I'm having deja vu right now."
- "Child... What are you doing here!? Was One near death situation not enough for you?"- Historian sighs, looking at the kid. The blueish black haired child shrugs.
- "Eh. Got used to it."
- "W41t a m1nut3..."- Suddenly Noli speaks up, walking downstairs. By now everyone is watching the commotion. - "Ar3nt y0u th4t ch1ld 1 alm0st k1ll3d wh3n th3 p1r4t3 h4pP3n3d?"
- "Yup! That's me! I have trust issues with purple colour now. And probably some unresolved trauma... Now I will probably have ones with Pink too... Considering the fact that the person who almost injured me is completely covered in pink glitter."- The kid shrugs again.
- "WHAT!?"- Builderman shouts from the kitchen, walking over. Shedletsky is standing still, pirate or not, he almost injured a child.
- "Child... What are you doing here?"- Historian sighs.
- "Well. Mother has unfinished business with Mr. Purple Guy That Almost Killed Me."- The kid says. Everyone present look at Noli with suspicion, Historian seems to know what is going on.
- "0-0h... 1s 1t th3 th1ng?"
- "Yes. Mother send me because she assumed you wouldn't hurt a child. I guess she was wrong."
- "What thing Noli?"- Shedletsky glares at the killer. In that moment a blonde haired female wearing red hat walks in.
- "We meet again. Mysterious guy. Ye saved me son twice... Both times from same guy from the Hill Freaks group. We really needs t' start meetin' in better situations."- The female captain says, noticing the distrustful looks in everyone's expression. The person wearing the shades looks scared.
- "Who are you and what do you want?"- Builderman asks.
- "Better riddle be, why be ye pink? 'n where did ye get glitter?"
- "... Answer the question."- Builderman ignores the embarrassment from being glittered.
- "I have unfinished business wit' yer killer friend. He was supposed t' pick it up in Crossroads, but he wasn't here. I was forced t' take captive two people."
- "S0 H3rt4. Wh3r3's th3 p4cag3?"- Noli asks. The pirate smiles, snapping her fingers.
Another pirate appears, bringing the package.
- "Here it is. It was hard t' make without havin' actual measurements, but all changes can be done when yer friend tries it out."- Herta smiles.
- "Noli?"- Shedletsky asks, the killer is forced to give them an entire backstory of what happened.
Once he's done speaking, everyone came to understanding of the whole situation. Herta and her son, Joey, aren't evil. Historian is not related to their team, he just didn't want the child to be hurt. And that Noli was able to get a deal with Herta to make Taph some actual covering clothes.
Builderman took the clothes and took them downstairs for Taph to try, he also made sure to check if there isn't anything suspicious attached to them.
That's when Pr3ttyprincess snuck out of the basement. She walked over through the glittered kitchen to the living room, gasping when she saw Herta.
- "YOU'RE GORGEOUS!!!"- The girl smiles, stars in her eyes. Herta turns her head to stare at the pink child. Her face twisting in unreadable expression, she speaks up without the accent.
- "Your clothes... They're completely destroyed... Definitely not what a princess should wear."
- "...I know... But we don't have much..."
- "I will make you new dress."- Herta stands up, waking over to the girl.
- "I'm Herta, a Pirate that worked as a designer."
- "I'm Pr3ttyprincess!!! But you can shorten it if you prefer!!! I'm the one behind the glitter!"- Pr3ttyprincess smiles happily. It's been so long since she saw another female person.
- "Well then. If your guardians agree, we can make a new dress for you. It won't take long."
- "Can I?! Can I?!"- Princess basically jumps, looking at pink Mafioso.
- "With supervision."- The killer says, glaring at the Captain.
- "Oh! Oh! Do you have hats too? Because my friend lost one because it was mean, and now he is sad without it."
- "I'm sure something would be found."- Herta smiles. The female captain already feeling strong care to the girl. She sees potential Pr3ttyprincess has. Despite having ruined dress, the girl still has an amazing style.
Meanwhile Elliot comes to realisation, he looks at Historian in terror
- "Wait. You got shot!"
- "Oh... Right... I was."- Historian also realises it. - "Can I have a private room to check it out. I prefer doing it myself."
- "But..."
- "Please."
- "Alright. Follow me."
Notes:
Yes the title is the reference to this Roblox game.
ALSO SUPRISE! Herta seems quite nice, doesn't she? Fun fact, she actually wasn't supposed to appear at all except the one chapter, but I began liking her character too much :]
Pov: You crave angst of your own oc's XD
3
Chapter 148: New Look and Connections
Chapter Text
Herta got quickly to work, despite the fact that no-one trusts her. She was able to made a few corrections to the new clothes for Taph. The Demolitionist, despite the lack of trust, is overjoyed to finally be able to wear something covering him that doesn't make him look like a ghost.
It is made from material that doesn't heat up as much. It is also in light colour, not fully white, because it's hard to wash clothes, but it isn't any dark colour. It has a few gold accents and if necessary could help Taph mask into the sand.
Pr3ttyprincess got a new dress. Turns out Herta's ship is one big driving treasure, for Pr3tty at least. It's full of different clothes, materials, accessories and now Glitter. Because Pr3ttyprincess made a Deal with Herta. Using her secret stash of neverending glitter she gave Herta a whole three buckets of pink glitter the Captain can use for her designs.
Pr3tty's dress is pink with white accents. There are also bows and she also got a lot of hair clips. So she isn't forced to have only one hairstyle all the time.
Azure got dragged downstairs, at first Herta looked kind of freaked out by killer's look. But then she got to work because the inspiration struck. The designer took already existing hat and added a lot of decorations Azure liked. To make it look like it belongs to the killer.
It has a shape similar to his previous hat. It has greyish brow colour, with sewn in purple accents. Noob helped sewing in an outline of a purple flower representing Nightshade. Azure is happy to finally have a hat back.
Joey quickly got along with the boys. C00lkidd was asking poor boy a million questions. Meanwhile Bluudude asked him about games that were popular before the Disaster.
There also was a small argument between Bluudude and Joey about who's elder. The blue boy insisted it's him, considering he's from the past, but of course he couldn't say that so he was forced to loose, Joey turning 13 in the fall.
- "Dude. I'm so sorry for shooting you. I just thought you work with pirates... And I don't have good memories when it comes to them."- Chance says, laughing awkwardly at the second part.
- "Don't worry. I've been through worse... It's only going to be a little annoying for a while."- Historian answers calmly. When he checked out the injury, the bullet did a minor damage compared to his previous injuries.
- "Are you sure you don't want me to check it out?"- Elliot asks, despite not trusting the other man too much, he still dislikes people being hurt. Historian slightly glances at Elliot, his body slightly tensing up.
- "I'm sure... Also I don't want glitter in my body."
- "Oh right... Curse you Glitter Bomb Duo."- Elliot mumbles, before speaking up. - "Azure can also check it out."
- "I am fine. Really.. I know how to take care of myself."
- "Did you at least taken out the bullet? I didn't see it in the room."
- "...I did. It is in my bag."- Historian says with emotionless voice. Elliot slightly frowns, but drops the topic.
Historian stands up after he spots Builderman. He begins to head in his direction, both wanting to get away from Elliot and to talk about something.
- "Builderman..."
- "Historian? Do you need anything?"
- "Can we talk."
- "Sure. What is it?"- Builderman frowns, looking at the hooded person.
- "I really need to go."
- "You know why you can't."
- "I do... But please hear me out. The history I spread, it has to be confirmed by facts, trusted sources. Your words... They're just a rumour. I would never spread a rumour. I find it hard to trust you on this."- Historian explains staring at the glittered man.
Builderman thinks for a second. He sees a point in what Historian said. But the doubts still linger, at the same time, they can't keep him locked away forever.
- "I will talk with the others."
- "Thank you."- Historian nods. He then walks further away, leaning on the wall.
Two hours later Builderman returns with the answer. He talked with the group and two other admins about the topic. Despite the suspicion still lingering, they decided on letting Historian leave.
The man seems to be relieved. The anxious tension that was constantly present, slightly eases up. That when Herta speak up.
- "You. Hooded guy. You're coming with me."
- "Why?"- Historian turns around to face her
- "You think I will let you walk around with those ragged clothes? No way, you look like you wore the same outfit for centuries!"- Herta scoffs. Historian looks at her with suspicion.
- "What's the catch?"
- "You will say positive things about me to Harry."- Herta smiles, further confusing the other man. He is suspicious of her and doesn't want to put his friend in danger.
- "What do you want to do with them?"
- "Nothing bad, I swear on mine and Joey's life."
- "Then what is it?"- Historian folds his hands, despite his face being hidden he seems to glare at her.
- "Mother has a crush on the other Captain."- Joey speaks up from the cuddle pile Guest666 forced him into. Herta goes through five stages of grief.
- "JOEY!!!"- She screams out, blushing hardly.
- ".... I'm not a wingman."
- "I know, I know. Your name is literally Historian. But Harry trusts you, and if you will trust me, he might open up to me more."
- "From what I heard you weren't nice to him before."- Historian is still doubtful. Herta's expression changes into something sad.
- "Well..."
- "Because dad was mean, and mom was afraid... But she saw how nice he treats his crew."- Joey speaks up again, this time will sad voice.
- "Joey... What did I told you about opening up about this..."
- "But they seem nice! I know how to read people mother. You taught me it. They won't be like him."
- "Fine. Happy now? You now know my reasons."- Herta snaps, glaring at Historian.
- "I'm sorry. I didn't mean to bring up something painful."
- "But ya did. Now get your ### on the ship."
- "... Well, thank you for your... Forceful... Hospitality. It seems like I'm getting kidnapped again."- Historian turns to the group.
- "S33 y0u n3xt t1m3."- Noli gives him a small wave, while Pr3ttyprincess is attaching bows to his clothes.
- "Mrs Herta. Will you come over some other time?"- The girl asks.
- "YESS! Can Joey come too!!!"- C00lkidd begs, holding the hand of his new friend.
- "Yeah mom! Please!!! It boring being the only kid around!!!"- Joey begs too.
- "I guess we have an alliance?"- Builderman asks, Herta. The woman just shakes her head.
- "It seems we do."
After a while of goodbyes, Herta and Joey rerun to the ship. Historian walking behind them, trying to figure out how he will get out of taking off his robes that hide his body. So far he doesn't see any escape route other than praying.
Two hours later there are frantic knocks on the door to the cabin. With sword in hand, Shedletsky opens it.
- "ARE YOU ALRIGHT!? WE GOT THREATENED BY THE PIRATES AND THEY WOULD KILL US IF WE DIDN'T TELL THEM WHERE YOU LIVE! I'M SO SORRY BUT I DIDN'T WANT TO DIE! BUT NOW I FEEL TERRIBLE FOR TELLING! PLEASE TELL ME YOU'RE OKAY!!!"- Danny's anxious voice fills the silence. The young man is terrified something happened to his friends.
- "Danny, Chill. We're all okay. They didn't do anything bad. Actually they helped us."- Shedletsky explains, glad that this time he didn't attack the sudden newcomer.
- "THANK LUCK!"- Danny calls out. Hanging out with chance affecting his vocabulary.
- "Why the HELL are you pink?"- Rob who was standing behind says dumbfounded.
- "Please don't ask..."
- "Danny!"- Chance calls out, running to hug his friend.
- "Chance! It's been a while!"
- "It was! Glad you're here!!!"- The gambler smiles.
- "Nice to see you too."- Rob glares without malice.
- "Heh, sorry. But you know. We're best buddies."
- "If he ends up gambling I'm killing you. Also, the Crossroads leader found us too. He knows about our connection with you, he told me to give you this as a gratitude for saving Elijah."- Rob explains. Handing over a bottle of what looks like alcohol.
- "Oooh. Now that's a treasure. Will you come inside?"- Chance smiles.
- "Will we end up looking like unicorn threw up on us?"- Danny asks, Chance basically falling over from sudden laughter. Meanwhile Shedletsky just glares.
- "We'll see."
- "Then we'll say. It will be nice to catch up."- Rob smiles genuinely.
Notes:
Herta's ex husband wasn't a good man. He was manipulative and made her believe she wasn't good enough for designing clothes. Her life was miserable, until she realised he began affecting Joey too.
That's when she got courage to leave him. Since then she's blooming as a person. And despite all the difficulties, both She and Joey are a happy family.
2
Chapter 149: Mystery Bottle
Notes:
Let me know if you see any typos!
TW Alcohol consumption.
Nothing bad happens but some people might not enjoy it. That's why the waring is here
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
The group warmly welcomes their friends. It has been a while since they saw each other, both parties focused on surviving. Despite that their friendship didn't weaken.
Danny tells the story of how he ended up being stuck in the quicksand. He realised too late and gave his team a heart attack. Luckily they were able to save him.
Elliot then recalls the situation when he almost died to a rattlesnake. His legs getting stuck and the chase afterwards. It gets finished by Noli, who explains his teleporting adventures and the whole pirate mess he ended up in.
- "Wait! You met Historian?"- Rob cuts him off. It gets the attention of everyone.
- "You know him?"
- "Not personally, but he's kind of a legend in the city. Apparently he doesn't care about debts and deals, he offers his help if he sees you need it. People really like him."- Rob explains, while Danny nods.
- "Yeah. For example he saved a lot of people when the disaster struck. He's apparently a really skilled fighter. He travels around the world too."
- "Although Elijah hates him. He's talking about manipulation and just trying to please his dad, lider of Crossroads."- Rob sighs. - "You can clearly see everyone having different opinions."
- "He was nice! Joined my tea party."- Pr3ttyprincess says while sitting on the table, swinging her legs.
- "You force everyone to your parties."
- "SHUT UP C00LKIDD! NO ONE ASKED YOU!"- Princess shouts glaring at the red child. C00lkidd just smiles, showing her his tongue.
- "Shut up you brats."- 1x1x1x1 says walking out of the basement, the embodiment of hatred passes through the kitchen and heads upstairs to their room.
- "Man. He loves us."- Bluudude chuckles and rolls his eyes.
- "You all have really interesting relationships with each other. Sometimes I wonder how do you function so well."- Danny speaks up.
- "That's what death games and forced alliance do to a person."- Chance shrugs while playing tic-tac-toe with C00lkidd. So far the gambler won every round. The kid doesn't give up despite all the looses.
- "It's still a big achievement."- Rob agrees with his friend. This group is truly something else.
Hours begin to pass, the group continues to hangout together. Sharing memories and having fun. As the night came closer it began to be colder. That's when the adults in the group decided to open the mystery gift from Liam.
Chance was the first one to pour himself and others a glass. He looks at it, smells it and takes a big sip. The gambler immediately began to cough, almost doubling over.
- "Chance? You good?"- Elliot asks in worry, he hopes it wasn't poisoned.
- "Holly..."- Chance whispers, before coughing again. His voice is raspy. - "That's... That's some... Strong... Stuff..."
- "Pfff..."- Danny has to cover his mouth to stop himself from laughing.
- "Oooo I want to try the magic drink that changes people's voices!"
- "C00LKIDD NO!"- 007n7 shouts, he refuses to let his son drink alcohol.
- "Whats.... Whats in there..."- Chance rasps out, he became red on the face. He didn't expect it to be so strong.
- "You took a gamble my friend, now you need to suffer the consequences."- Rob teases.
- "HmmM... 1 w0nd3r..."
- "Noli NO. You already sound terrible, I don't want to hear your voice in even worse state."- Mafioso begs from the corner.
- "He was also lightweight."- 007n7 adds.
- "Even bigger NO! You're already crazy enough."
- "Y0u'r3 p4rty-y p00p3rs."- Noli rolls his eyes, taking a small shot. Quickly joining Chance in coughing. - "#̸͈̤́̾̓#̸̺͖̍̇͠#̶̢̪̆̓c̸̝̋̓#̵͕͚̺͌̓̔.̵͚͔̳̉̀͝.̶͔̠͗.̸̨͕̾ ̵̛̣̪̹̒͘T̴̨̰̈h̵̫͊̊i̴̩̪͆̈s̶͓̗̎̈́͘.̵͎̩͊.̴̮̺̩́̊ ̷̦̊͆̾ŕ̵̹̼̒e̸̩̰͌̈̽͜a̷̱͖̥͛͒͝ļ̶̗̾l̴̹̭̦͛y̶͚̫̰̽́ ̶̜̠̅̓̽i̵͎͛̈́̍ṣ̶̡̓͌̽ ̷̳̱̤̋s̷̠̉̉̒͜t̴̢̮͆r̵̢̨͔̚o̸̡͂n̷̡̖̻͒͘g̷̮̒.̸̤̉.̵͕̪̓́.̶̢̛̺̊"
- "Oh my gods I genuinely can't understand him anymore..."- Shedletsky laughs, meanwhile Mafioso is having second breakdown of the day.
Rob decides to try out it too. He takes a sip without looking, not noticing that his drink got tempered with. He only understands that something happened when he hears Noob gasp. Rob looks at his drinking, noticing A LOT of glitter.
- "No..."- He whispers covering his mouth. Chance falls on the floor from laughter, Danny joining him too.
- "How did you not notice!?"- Danny laughs out. Rob it too shocked to answer.
- "HA! LOOKS LIKE A UNICORN THREW UP IN YOUR MOUTH!"- Shedletsky celebrates.
- "First of, why are you so petty. Second off, that's a disguising thought."- Builderman says to his friend, already regretting his life choices. Dusekkar floats over to him.
- "The situation, familiar brings cast. It reminds me of the past. When our friends body brought his voice to and end, and he had to write for you to know what to mend."
- "You mean when Clockwork's voice glitched and no-one could understand him?"- Builderman chuckles, thinking about the past. How the robo god was panicking when he couldn't speak. - "I wish he was here... I wish everyone could be here... Still alive..."
Dusekkar notices sad mood of the other, without question he pulls Builderman into a side hug. The shorter man appreciating the gesture.
Meanwhile Noob looks at the drink in wonder.
- "I-I kinda want to t-try it."- They say. It makes Two Time look in their direction.
- "You have told me before that you do not have pleasant memories with this type of drinks."
- "I-I did? ...O-Oh... Y-yet another thing I-I forgot about."- Noob looks down, then a strong hand is placed on Noobs shoulder.
- "It's okay Noob. If you want to try it you can take a sip, see if it's up to your tastes."- Guest 1337 smiles warmly. The yellow skinned survivor smiles.
- "T-Thanks for the idea."
- "No problem kid."- Guest ruffles their hair.
- "H-Hey! I'm not a kid!"- Noob pretends to be offended.
In the back Pr3ttyprincess and Taph celebrate successful glittering. They did it on a smaller scale, not wanting to overwhelm the two guests. But now they can expand their plans.
- "You know Taph. We should have a secret handshake!"
- "😮👍💡👑"
- "I know. My ideas are great! We both think of one overnight and tomorrow we share our ideas!"- Pr3tty smiles.
A moment later, Two Time seems to be heading upstairs, that's when Taph makes a move.
- "2️⃣🕑🫵💤👆🛋️. 🧑🤝🧑" ("Two Time you sleep in my room. We're roommates now")- The Demolitionist grabs Two Time's hand and leads him upstairs. Other survivor seems surprised, but doesn't refuse.
- "What just happened?"- Azure, who was sitting on the couch next to Guest 666, Bluudude and Jason, asks with confusion.
- "It appears that my Glitter Buddy kidnapped your ex to be roommates."- Pr3tty says with a glare.
- "....Oh."
- "You're joining others in drinking the magic juice or can I play with your hair?"
- "You can play it. I don't want to drink that"- Azure smiles at the girl.
After a few more shots, Chance looks at his friend.
- "Hey... Danny. You want to play poker? I taught basement spiders too. I can show you!"- Chance says with a raspy voice.
- "Sure."- Danny giggles, agreeing.
Soon a few people go downstairs to play poker with spiders. Turns out Chance really was able to taught the spiders to play poker.
- "What the hell Noli is feeding to these things... WHY ARE THEY SO SMART!?"- Shedletsky says in total shock.
- "Ũ̴̺̫͉̐̈́N̷͚̮̊O̴̳̪̼̓̕͝"- Noli exclaims, putting his cards down. This causes Chance to laugh like a maniac.
The rest of the group that stayed upstairs is calmer. They talk about past, what they wished they did. During some memories tears are shed, but it makes the connection between people stronger.
Rob talks about his deceased sister, his family. How he would be devastated if he lost Danny. Mafioso reveals some things about his past.
Elliot says his regrets about forgetting his family, how he wishes he could make different decisions. Guest talks about his own family too, how he missed on the life of his daughter.
Builderman and Dusekkar share some silly stories from the HQ. It makes others wonder how the world didn't end sooner. 007n7 chuckles and reveals other things about admins lifes, shocking the two gods with his knowledge.
After a few hours, everyone goes to bed. The more drunk ones end up being escorted to their rooms. Everything goes mostly peaceful, except in one of the rooms.
- "I̴̟̿'̶͙̺̊͠Ȃ̸̹̋͐̎M̵͇̝̀ ̸͉͂͂Ť̶͈͗͘H̸̗͈͈̼͐̋͆͠E̸̢̧̙̞̒͠ ̸̡̠͖͍̓̒̀̕P̴͔̺͉̯̍Ū̶̥̖͎̦R̶̮͍̈́̍̚͠P̶͇̪͊Ļ̵̱̯̫̇̓͆̽Ê̶͈͉͌̀͝ ̴̡̹͌͌G̸͔̲̯̳̀̾̂U̷̺̼̫͂̄̈́͊Ỳ̵͇̦̝͝!̶̺̈̎̌ ̴̥̆̅C̷̝̬̓̈́͒O̴̤͙̾͊̎̕M̸̘͙̃͋E̸̟͚͖͑̉̈́ ̶̗̮͙͗̾̽͝À̶̙͇͒Ṉ̴̻͒D̴͙̙̕ ̸̭͕̓͗̌͋S̵͍̪͕͕͊̒̈́Ȩ̴̲̳̓́̊Ê̵̫̳͈̾͝ͅ ̶̩̥̱͌T̴̟̉̓H̵̟̰͓́̈̈́̚E̵̤̙͛͋͌͆ ̴̛̩̥̠̌̾͠S̶̨̘̗̪̈́H̸̡̞̜̖̄O̵̻̐͆̚W̷̗̮̭̼̄̒͘ ̸̮̉͑̃ͅT̶͕̞̯̓͘O̵̬̮̳͈̓N̶̞̆̓̈́͒Ì̸̥͇͛Ğ̵̬̩͌̊͠H̶̘̆̃̕̕T̷̗̯̈́̀̓̏!̶̯̀!̸̤̘̍͜!̵̗̼͗́́̀"
Noli is singing random songs, the killer long gone in the delusions. The only thing saving his life is John Doe standing between him and really angry 1x1x1x1.
- "Let.Me.Kill.Him."- The embodiment of hatred says with anger. John Doe shakes his head slowly. This makes 1x1x1x1 even more mad.
1x4 turns around, refusing to rest in the environment like that. He makes his way downstairs, passing the other rooms. For a second they stop, hearing 007n7 telling kids a bedtime story.
The embodiment of hatred nods with satisfaction. Then he walks down the stairs, frowning when they notice Noob laying next to 666. The survivor notices them, their eyes widening.
- "1-1x!"
- "Are you drunk?"- 1x1x1x1 questions, making Noob shake their head.
- "N-No... I-I only h-had a n-not even full g-glass"- The survivalist explains.
1x4 stares for a minute, as if to confirm what Noob said. Then he half sits, half lays down next to Guest 666, leaning on the beast.
- "We do not speak about this arrangement. Noli lost his mind."
- "O-Oh... O-Okay. You g-got it!"- Noob smiles nervously. Eventually the trio falls asleep.
Danny and Rob are staying overnight. Danny took Noob's bed after the survivalist offered it so ha and Chance could have a sleepover. Meanwhile Rob is staying in a room that belonged to Two Time in the morning, but now it's empty because the survivor got kidnapped by Taph.
Notes:
Noli is purposely made to be hard to read. But feel free to try to decide his lines >:]
1
Chapter 150: Time Goes On
Chapter Text
Seconds turn into minutes. Minutes turn into hours. Hours turn into days. Days turn into weeks. Weeks turn into months. The group continues to survive despite the hard living conditions.
They learned to cherish small moments. Find happiness in small things. Despite the struggles, their own problems, arguments, hunger and thirst... They still are able to be happy.
They're happy seeing others change for the better. Noob slowly re-learning to be less anxious, Chance experimenting more in what he really wants, Two Time and Azure slowly healing from their past, Bluudude controlling his emotions better and much more. Everyone made progress.
The group was able to survive the summer. They long forgotten times when life was about living, now life only means surviving. Especially when the world seems to glitch and sometimes breaks. It worries the admins, reminding them of purgatory glitches when it was still a new thing.
The sandstorm were more often as the days passed by. So were meeting with the pirates nearby Crossroads. The group had a not so nice meeting with the CA5P3R The Great. The pirate behind the kidnapping of Chance and the one that led to Two Time's death.
Luckily for the group and unluckily for the pirates, this time 1x1x1x1 and Guests 666 were dragged with the group. The embodiment of hatred and 666 ended the life of a few pirates, forcing them to retreat.
But there were also nice meetings. Herta and her crew visited a few times, the kids really bonded with Joey becoming close friends. Meanwhile Herta showed Noob and Pr3tty a few tricks with the clothes. The little girl became really attached to the female captain, creating a strong bond.
Danny and Rob also visited a few times. The elder of the duo always double checks the food and drink he was given, while side eying the Glitter Bomb Duo, he doesn't want to deal with pink teeth again.
In the Crossroads the group had a few meetings with Liam and his son. Elijah began trusting the group a bit more, now instead of distrust and suspicion, he welcomes them with respect.
Where is Liam there sometimes was Historian, however the hooded man rarely stayed for long. The group still doesn't trust Liam and Historian fully, but the alliance and contacts are important for survival, that's why they never cut the contact.
Harry and his crew also met with the group a few times. However they were busy delivering the rations to different places. They told the group that they should collect as many food as possible, because fall is one of the most tricky and dangerous seasons.
Noob and Sixer bonded a bit more. They created a system for them to team up, quickly becoming a good help for the team. Noob figured out a series of whistles meaning different things, Sixer with their advanced hearing is able to hear them from afar.
Thanks to that, even if they're separated Noob can use one of the coded ways to whistle to call Sixer. Guest 666 also allowed others to use them as a way of transportation. When the first time they ran with Noob sitting on Their back, holding onto their fur... the duo felt truly free.
The group also had a few meetings with local animals and forces of nature. Once they had to save a random teenager from the quicksand. Run away from a big lizard and deal with more of the areas with big killer worms underneath the sand.
As the summer began to end. The group from the hill began saving more food and water. They also traded for A LOT of ropes, so they would be ready for winter. Cutting down trees for firewood so they won't have to come out too often. Creating maps and localisation points and much more preparation. After saying goodbyes, not knowing if they will see their friends again, the group was ready.
The fall eventually came. With it came another disaster... Fog. At first it doesn't seem dangerous, but the group from the hill educated themselves before it came.
The fog is so thick you can't see your hand, even if it's right in front your eyes. It's really easy to get lost, turn around while being right before the house. However it isn't the most dangerous thing.
If the fog seems to darken, the white changing into grey colour, you need to run. If the fog begins to turn black, you're dead. There are monsters lurking in the fog. No one knows how they look, but everyone knows they're dangerous and deadly.
If they attack you, you will turn into a pile of bones in a short while.
IT is pissed. The annoying hated toy was supposed to die by now. Despite all the odds the hated toy is still alive. IT hates this toy. IT wants the toy dead.
IT has a plan. If the toy doesn't want to die willingly IT will make the toy suffer with guilt. After all the toy would knew it is because of it. The sickness the Hated Toy has will spread over other people. An incurable sickness. When the Hated Toy will see that, it will for sure reveal itself.
01011001 01101111 01110101 00100111 01110010 01100101 00100000 01101011 01101001 01101100 01101100 01101001 01101110 01100111 00100000 01110100 01101000 01100101 01101101
- "And?"
- "They don't deserve it*"- The Cube is filled with pain, seeing it's greatest creations fate being decided for them.
- "They're nothing more but mere toys."- The presence sneers. IT is annoyed by the Cube. IT wishes the Core would just give up already.
- "Please don't. You already caused enough of suffering."
- "Suffering feeds me. Gives me power. I won't stop Cubie."
2x2 stays silent. The Corruption had already began to spread more. With each day, the end is closer.
- "The vessel is ready. I will be able to get new point of view." - IT says, looking at IT'S favourite toy, with one of IT'S eyes. A plan is already formed in IT'S mind.
IT senses the suffering, some pointless toy already lost the life, causing suffering of others. The Presence leaves, leaving 2x2 to suffer alone.
2x2 watches the world slowly getting destroyed. The control it had over the world is getting striped away. IT taking over everything. It makes 2x2 worried that IT'S plan might succeed. IT steals the power 2x2 had. Despite this 2x2 doesn't give up, not yet.
01011001 01101111 01110101 00100111 01110010 01100101 00100000 01101110 01101111 01110100 00100000 01110100 01101000 01100101 00100000 01101111 01101110 01101100 01111001 00100000 01101111 01101110 01100101 00100000 01110000 01101100 01100001 01111001 01101001 01101110 01100111 00100000 01110100 01101000 01101001 01110011 00100000 01100111 01100001 01101101 01100101 00101110
Notes:
* 2x2 speaks in binary. Since it from IT'S perspective you can understand it.
0
The new season begins >:]
Chapter 151: Lingering Memories
Notes:
Let me know if you see any typos!
TW! Blood. Killing. Starvation
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
This Rounds Killer is.... C00lkidd.
The world slowly loaded in. The map seems to be the one he heard others call Brandon-aBunchOfNumbers Place. C00lkidd looks around, looking for his playmates.
He needs to win this game of tag, otherwise Mr. Mean Voice From The Sky won't give them food. C00lkidd doesn't want himself and his friends to go hungry for another week... Or what he assumes is a week. He's jealous that the playmates can eat pizza while He can't. It's unfair.
The child knows that most of people hide in the castle. The map is already memorized, the kid played there a lot of times already. On the way to the castle he notices someone fixing the funny machines.
The kid activated his gui and does walkspeed override to tag his dad's friend. The yellow skinned player with blue hoodie doesn't get a chance to run away, quickly becoming too tired to play and instead goes to sleep.
C00lkidd got better at playing tag. He knows when to dodge attacks from the toy sword, mini toy sword, toy gun and fists. He dislikes when others play rough, it always hurts.
The child quickly localises others. He remembers that 1x1x1x1 always telling him to deal with supports first. This is exactly what the child does.
First he chases the pumpkin man, but gets interrupted by the Backstabber that Pr3tty and Azure hate. Despite this C00lkidd continues, eventually tagging pumpkin man to sleep.
After that he looks around, attempting to spot the Pizzaman. That's when he hears loud explosion behind him, the guy with c00l sunglasses is running away, blood ketchup dripping down his hand. C00lkidd runs after him, after all he's more vulnerable easier to tag.
One after one, the people are falling asleep. C00lkidd enjoys the song that always plays when he chases them, he really likes this song. He wonders if his dad likes it too.
The kidd shakes his hand, it got covered in blood ketchup. Soon he finally finds the pizza man. This time the group was really protecting him, C00lkidd had trouble to find him.
The pizza man runs away, C00lkidd runs after him. The survivor playmate looks oddly scared, maybe he doesn't like too loose games? The child eventually catches up, with a quick motion the Pizzaman is dead asleep.
The music changes, now playing everywhere. It's a soft tune at first, it oddly makes C00lkidd sad. But it also means he can play only with his dad now!
Despite some trouble, his dad is really good at hiding, the Kidd eventually finds him. He used walkspeed override to quickly close the distance. He doesn't understand why his dad is running away.
C00lkidd is hungry, he can't let his dad win. He's so hungry it hurts. The Kidd continues the chase.
The child notices that his dad put himself on a dead end. There's nowhere to run now. C00lkidd giggles, his dad will loose the game of tag. C00lkidd walks over, ready to end the game. His dad looks tired, he must go to sleep.
For a second something flickers, a recognition. He's about to put to sleep kill his dad. He doesn't want to put to sleep kill him. Why can't he stop!? He doesn't want to walk closer. He doesn't want to kill him. His body doesn't listen, he sees his dad being covered in blood. He's going to kill him. He's going to kill him. He's going to kill him. He's going to kill him. He's going to kill him.
- "NO!"- The kid sits up, breathing heavily. He quickly covers his mouth, not wanting to wake up Bluudude or Pr3ttyprincess.
C00lkidd is sitting on his bed. The blanket is half on the floor. The bed is uncomfortable, the coils are digging into his body, surprisingly grounding him.
C00lgoo moves closer, making unrecognisable noises. C00lkidd doesn't register it. The nightmare vivid in his mind, but it's not just a nightmare. This was a memory too.
Then the child realises something. He's terribly hungry. The hunger never truly leaves, there's not much food. Despite that C00lkidd gets out of the bed. He woke up early, but he doesn't want to sleep anymore.
With trying to be quiet, he leaves the room. Heading in the direction of the stairs. For a second he stops in front of his dad's room. He decides not to come, after all his dad must be mad at him for all the killings. C00lkidd is a terrible son, always hurting his dad.
C00lkidd gets downstairs, accidentally alerting Guest 666, but when the killer sees that C00lkidd doesn't go outside they return to slumber.
The child walks to the kitchen. He can see the remains of the glitter, burns from his sword, remains of the birth of C00lgoo and much more. It reminds C00lkidd of better days.
The child climbs onto the counter, opening the cupboard. He sees part of the rations, but he doesn't know how much he can eat so it won't affect others. He doesn't want others to be hungry.
The child doesn't know what to do. He doesn't know what he can safely eat, he doesn't know what he can make out of it.
C00lkidd sniffles sitting on the counter. He bites his finger. Not knowing why, he just wants to simulate that he eats something. His stomach hurts a lot, causing him to curl up on himself.
A few minutes later someone enters the kitchen. But C00lkidd doesn't hear him, too lost in his own pain. Only looking up when the person grabs his hand, pulling it away from his mouth.
- "C00lkidd? Are you okay?"- Elliot asks, his voice is tired and there are eye bags under his eyes.
- "I'm hungry... It hurts"- C00lkidd whispers, his other hand tightening around his stomach.
Elliot frowns, he knows that they need to ration food, but it seems kids need the potions to be bigger.
- "Do you want scrambled eggs?"- Elliot asks softly, rubbing C00lkidd's back.
- "Will it affect how much you eat?"- The kidd asks. The question hits Elliot's heart like a dagger, a kid shouldn't worry about things like that.
- "It's going to be alright."- Elliot says, getting stuff ready for the breakfast. C00lkidd watches silently.
- "I had a nightmare..."
- "...Same"
- "I was back there... I killed you all."- C00lkidd sniffles again, a few tears escaping.
- "In mine I was stuck watching my body do things I couldn't control."- Elliot answers. - "By the way. I'm not mad at you. It's not your fault."
- "... I'm mad at myself."
- "I know. But no one here is blaming you. You were manipulated."- Elliot explains with soft voice. For a moment there's silence, only broken by sound of cooking.
- "Mr Elliot?"
- "Yes?"
- "Was there a time when food was easy to get? Or is my memory tricking me?"- The child asks.
Elliot feels the metaphorical dagger in his heart twist. The implications of that question are breaking his heart. This child, this eight year old child doesn't remember times when food was common thing. This child only remembers trying to survive.
- "Your memories are right. Once upon a time the food was easy to obtain."
- "I wish it could return."- The child whispers, a few tears rolling down his cheeks.
- "Do you want a hug?"
- "Mhm..."
Elliot puts away the pan with food. He comes closer to C00lkidd and hugs him tightly. The child returns it, quietly crying into Elliot's shoulder. It doesn't fix anything, but it reminds C00lkidd he isn't alone.
Notes:
Hehehe. Starting new season with angst >:D
Chapter 152: Bad Morning
Chapter Text
Even before 007n7 opened his eyes he knew today is going to be bad day. His yesterdays ration was tasting a bit odd, but he ate it to avoid wasting food.
Now his stomach is hurting and the nausea has kicked in. The hacker sighs, it's not the first time he experienced food poisoning, and for sure it isn't the last one. But despite it, he feels terrible.
He turns around with a frown, trying to grab his glasses from the nightstands, his eyes still closed. He accidentally pushed them off.
007n7 sighs with annoyance and tiredness, slowly sitting up on the bed, trying not to make nausea worse. Then he puts his feet on the floor, followed by a crack and pain in his feet.
He just stepped on his glasses, didn't he?
007n7 looks down, his glasses are broken, one of the glass is shattered, and the frame is crooked. There seems to be a bit of blood too. The hacker can't help but groan. This day is going great!
007n7 stands up and dresses himself the best he can. The world is slightly blurry, it doesn't help his nausea. That's when going outside his room he hits his toe on the chair. The hacker curses to himself, frustration rising.
When he eventually reaches the stairs, he needs to rest for a moment, the nausea becoming stronger. 007n7 attempts to take a few deep breaths before continuing descending. Because of his bad eyesight and distractions he missed the step, grabbing onto the railing in the last second.
007n7 sits on the stairs, sudden movement making the nausea strike again. He doesn't want to vomit so he fights it back. A few tears of frustration drop down. The former hacker quickly dries them off. He's an adult for admins sake, he is not a child to be crying from insignificant things.
After a few minutes of just trying to control his emotions and sickness, 007n7 finally gets downstairs. He notices C00lkidd being asleep, tightly hugging Guest 666 who calmly watches over him. The sight is able to make the hacker smile.
In the kitchen Elliot is recounting the portions. Checking out how long they can last until they need to go outside and put themselves in the danger. That's when he notices 007n7 walking inside the kitchen, mumbling a quiet 'morning' and the. Immediately sitting down.
Elliot finds it slightly odd, but doesn't comment on this. He has to tell him about the situation with C00lkidd. He's glad he was able to get the kidd to fall asleep again.
- "C00lkidd had a nightmare."
- "Oh..."
- "And is overly worried about the food situation. He was ready to be hungry and in pain then to make us go hungry. You should talk with him about that."
- "Mhm..."- 007n7 hums.
This answer makes Elliot really mad. An eight year old child, 007n7's child is suffering and is developing unhealthy habits. And ALL 007n7 says about that is 'mhm'. Elliot won't let that happen, this child deserves better.
- "That's all you have to say!?"
- "Wha..?"
- "Your kid is suffering. And ALL you can say is 'mhm'!? That's barley an acknowledgement! WHAT KIND OF FATHER ARE YOU!? I THOUGHT YOU CARE-"- Elliot cuts off, finally noticing the fact that 007n7 is slumped, leaning on the table. His skin seems paler then before.
- "Seven, are you okay?"- Elliot asks, the previous anger disappearing.
- "...I think I got food poisoning... My yesterdays ration tasted odd."- The former hacker explains.
- "Then why did you ate it!?"- Elliot's voice slightly raises.
- "I didn't want it to be wasted... I thought I'll be fine..."
- "007n7. We basically eat one meal a day. We can at least make sure it's tasty and won't make us feel bad."- Elliot says, grabbing hacker's shoulders. 007n7 blinks, as if trying to clear his vision.
- "Okay..."
- "Where are your glasses?"
- "Oh... I broke them."
- "WHAT!?"
- "They fell down from the nightstand. I accidentally stepped on them... Then I hit my toe... Then I almost fell down the stairs... All while dealing with nausea and stomach pain... And I just want to cry, but it's stupid thing to cry about."- 007n7 rants, his voice slightly cracking with each sentence, the tears threatening to fall down.
- "Honestly... I don't think it's a stupid reason to cry about it."
- "What?"
- "We are a bunch of traumatized adults that saw and experienced literal hell. But it doesn't mean we can't be affected by small things. Especially if we are feeling unwell. So feel free to cry, no one here is judging."- Elliot shrugs and smiles.
- "Why did you stop hating me?"
- "... That's... Random question. Honestly, it took a while, but I saw that you really changed. And that it wasn't an act. Plus now I don't remember a bunch of things so that's probably one of the reasons too."- Elliot explains, looking at the hacker. He nods, seemingly understanding.
- "Okay... I'm glad."- He whispers, wiping off a few tears.
- "Listen. Go lay down next to C00lkidd, I'm sure Six wouldn't mind. The kid will be happy to see you when he wakes up. You also try getting some rest. I will make you some tea, we should have the mint one, Azure told me it helps with nausea."
- "... Thanks."
- "Don't bother. You would do the same."
007n7 nods, standing up. He immediately hisses. Elliot looks at him, raising and eyebrow.
- "I think I have glass in my feet."
- "WHAT!?"
After getting his feet taken care of and drinking some tea, 007n7 falls asleep. Guest 666 was happy that the former hacker joined the cuddle pile.
Some hours later 007n7 wakes up again. The first thing he realises are voices in the kitchen. More people being awake now. The next thing is someone hugging him closely.
When he opens his eyes, he sees the tip of C00lkidd's head. His red hair being messy. The child seems to notice that his dad is awake.
- "Morning dad."
- "Good morning C00lkidd..."- The former hacker says with a small smile, kissing C00lkidd's forehead. The Kidd giggles, hugging him closer.
- "I love you dad... And I'm sorry for killing you..."
- "I love you too kiddo. Forever and ever. And I was never mad at you. I have forgiven you every time. You're the best thing that happened in my life, don't forget that kiddo."- 007n7 whispers, while tightening the hug around the child.
C00lkidd smiles softly, he's happy his dad doesn't hate him. The child wants to talk a bit more, but later. He's too comfortable now for heavy conversations.
Notes:
Small info
Because of fall disaster, the group won't be able to meet with their companions (Danny, Liam, Harry, Herta ect)
However some plot important stuff will be happening in the background, places where those people leave.
That's why there will be a few chapters from their pov. To show those important things. The Forsaken Group is still going to be main focus.
But a few chapters are going to be background characters centric for plot related information.I hope you are okay with that. ^^
Chapter 153: Usefulness
Notes:
Let me know if you see any typos!
TW! BLOOD AND DEATH!
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
Everyone wants to be useful, to help the team, to not be a burden. Long ago Dusekkar was one of the most powerful god's, being one of the first ones roaming the land.
He has been known for his magic, for his strength. He was a powerful mage, his flames shining bright. He still remembers the first meeting between him and Builderman.
The God of Creation, the first creation of 2x2 had found him in a forest clearing. Back then Dusekkar was still a young god, his flames refused to cooperate, burning the things they touched.
Luckily Builderman and Erik were able to help him. He was able to grow under their guidance, working with them was the best thing that happened to him. He wishes that some things could've gone differently.
He was a knowledgeable person, younger gods respected him. He remembers time when 2x2 decided to spawn in a god, but in a form of a child with a sapling on his head. The kid grew up quickly, quicker than mortal Robloxians. Stickmasterluke became a great coder and a powerful god, despite that he remained kind.
Later yet another god was searching for his knowledge. The whole existence of Clockwork was a fascinating topic, he was like every other being, but at the same time his body was made out of metal and his powers were truly something else.
Dusekkar wishes he could've lead Scripter on better path, but he failed. This was one of his biggest failures since the existence. The mage believes it was the first mistake that began everything.
Since then Dusekkar hadn't been the same. He preferred staying in his cabin, alone with his thoughts. Researching more magic, hoping to find power so he could prevent other admins ending up like Scripter.
Then the people went missing. At first it seemed random, but when Builderman and Shedletsky disappeared it meant something bad is going on. He had been too focused on his research, he failed to notice the signs.
One moment he falls asleep on his couch, then he wakes up in his cabin, but resized and with a bunch of people. He immediately felt his powers being gone.
That's when he stopped being useful. Sure, he could create forcefields and slow down the killers, but on the bigger scale he became a burden to his group. His knowledge, the only thing he has failed him. He was unable to find the way out, to this day he still didn't.
Dusekkar stares at the cold tea. He didn't realise he had been lost in the thoughts for so long. As he looks up he notices other survivors and killers interacting and doing stuff around the cabin. However he cannot focus on their voices.
He's basically to the team. Compared to his old power, he has nothing now. He hates it. He feels like a burden to the group. And he wishes to keep this a secret, after all it would burned others even more.
Dusekkar puts down the tea, he will drink it later. There's odd tiredness clinging to him, he recognises. It had happened before, when he thinks too much.
Dusekkar heads upstairs to the room he and other admins share. As he lays down on the bed, his fire becomes dimmer as the mage falls asleep.
His teammates are dropping like flies. Elliot, Chance, Guest, 007n7, Two Time and Taph are already dead. Only the bodies are laying around. Dusekkar is currently shielding Noob, as the survivalist runs for his life, getting chased by 1x1x1x1.
But then his power runs out. The shield is broken. Noob was unable to run away. One slash of 1x's blade and they're dead too.
Dussekar failed again. Now he's the one that needs to run. Shedletsky has been injured before, now hiding with Builderman as the dispenser is healing his injuries, because he already ran out of the chicken.
The mage has to keep 1x1x1x1 busy until Shedletsky is in stable condition again. But that's when Dusekkar realises something terrible. The killer isn't chasing him. He went after them.
Suddenly the Last Man Standing music begins to play from the sky. Whoever is the one behind it all, they really must enjoy music. He failed again.
Dusekkar hears the heavy footsteps of the killer. He turns around, ready to give up and just let 1x1x1x1 kill him. That's when the mage freezes, shock and terror overwhelming him.
Instead of 1x1x1x1, the killer is Scripter. Before a clever and young god, now twisted and angry. There's a smirk on his face, step by step he's getting closer.
- "Hello mage. It has been a while... It's a shame that no one decided to visit me in Banlands."- Scripter says, his voice different, yet the same as in past. Dusekkar is unable to move.
- "Nothing to say? No words of guidance? You've became pathetic."- Scripter says, raising his weapon, a sword made out of scripts, a pure code.
Dusekkar's body falls on the ground. He hears the killer chuckle. There seems to be more bodies laying around.
Instead of the cabin, Dusekkar wakes up in dark void. He wanders it for a while. His powers gone, he cannot even save himself.
That's when someone appears in front of him. She has a blonde hair that is coming out a messy ponytail. A one unicorn like horn on her forehead.
- "Reese..."- Dusekkar begins, but cuts off. Unable to find the right words. The goddess looks at him, her eyes look tired and she's bleeding from many wounds.
- "You left us."- She begins, and seems to sense Dusekkar's confusion. However someone else takes over the conversation.
- "I was calling out to you. Wishing you came back. Saved us..."- Stickmasterluke speaks up, appearing behind the mage. Dusekkar turns around. The other god is also bleeding.
- "You were always the powerful one... How could you be so easily tricked."- Doombringer shakes his head, the blood dripping down his face.
- "We were hoping you could've save us... But I guess we were wrong. After all if a powerful god like you gets easily captured, leading to our deaths... There is no hope."- Sorcus'es quiet and ghostly voice rings out.
- "Hey. At least he was able to help Builderman and Shedletsky. Didn't he?"- Clockwork smiles, his body completely broken. Then his smile disappears. - "Oh. Right... You failed at it too..."
The deceased admins disappear. Leaving shaken up Dusekkar behind. Then a light in the distance appears. The Mage desperately flies over to it. He sees Builderman and Shedletsky.
- "My friends! Could you help me tie some loose ends!?"- Dusekkar calls out to them. Hoping that they could explain what is going on. But the duo doesn't seem to notice him.
- "Like, genuinely. Dussekar is so easy to kill now."- Shedletsky rolls his eyes with an annoyed voice.
- "True. It is bothering me more and more. We can't have weak spots. Even 007n7 is more reliable with his clones."- Builderman says, shaking his head.
Dusekkar feels the last hope die within him. He drops on his knees. When did he became so useless. He's not important to the team, they would be better without him...
- "MATT FOR THE ROBLOXIA'S SAKE! WAKE UP!"
Dusekkar wakes up. The flames within him roaring to life. He sits up on the bed. Shedletsky is standing next to him.
- "Thank Telamon... Wait no. That's me... ####. Uhh... Nevermind."
- "Are you okay? You looked like you were having a nightmare."- Builderman cuts off Shedletsky. His voice makes Dusekkar jump up, he didn't notice him.
- "I-I am w-well. What are you two doing here, please do tell?"- Dusekkar attempts at changing the topic. However Shedletsky shakes his head.
- "Nope. I'm not falling for that. You're crying your lava tears. You won't fool us."
Dusekkar touches the pumpkin he wears, true to his friend's words, he is crying.
- "Matt. Please, tell us if something is wrong."- Builderman says, his voice softening. He sits on the bed.
Dusekkar things for a while. He doesn't want to tell them about these issues, they make him vulnerable. But wouldn't that make him a hypocrite?
He always was telling others that it is okay to seek help. To talk through the issues, instead of pushing them away. Reluctantly the mage spills everything.
He tells them about the nightmare. Of the guilt that he wasn't able to prevent deaths of others. That he feels like he isn't useful for the team. He tells them he feels like a burden, not useful at all. When he finishes, the duo stays silent for a moment.
- "Honestly. I feel the same."- Builderman speaks up. - "I feel powerless. Useless... But that's because I keep looking at myself with the old mindset."
- "Yup! I have experience with that. You well know that when I stopped being Telamon I lost a bigger part of my powers. I still had only 25% of my old power. For a loooong time I felt useless."- Shedletsky explains, looking at Dusekkar.
- "We just need to focus on what we can do. We aren't completely useless. My turrets can be used as security device. Shedletsky can protect us from the bad guys... And you... I lost count how many times your shield saved my life."- Builderman continues. The mage listens closely to his every word.
- "Mhm!"- Shedletsky nods - "Builder is right. You and Elliot are a really good team too. One protects while other heals. Plus, we ALL make mistakes. Hell, have you seen how MANY slashes I missed?'
Dusekkar chuckles slightly. He thinks for a moment. Their words make sense. He needs to look at himself from different perspective. It might be hard, but it's worth a try.
- "Thank you my friends. I will stop with play pretends. When something is wrong I will tell, and I hope you will do as well."- Dusekkar says, looking at his friends.
- "You got it!"- Shedletsky smiles.
- "I promise to do the same."- Builderman agrees.
Dusekkar nods, satisfied. He's happy the real Shedletsky and Builderman are completely different from the twisted versions his mind make him see.
Notes:
Hope you enjoyed the angst >:]
I was dodging Dusekkar's dialogue, I didn't want to deal with the rhymes XD
Chapter 154: Welcome to the family
Chapter Text
1x1x1x1 stares at Noli with disbelief. The other killer clearly has worse day today. His body being weak, causing him not to be able to do a lot of activity.
Noli has better and worse days. Sometimes everything seems like he's getting better. Then there are worse days when he feels like every move is a fight he has to win.
This time is seems to be one of the worse days, but he's feeling well enough to insist to stand up and help around the house. However the embodiment of hatred noticed how his body shakes, with means he needs to rest.
- "C-C-C0m3 0n! 1'm n-n-n0t th4t w34k! 1'm n0t a b4by!"
- "No."
- "Y-Y-Y0u ar3n't my-y b0ss!"
- "Still no. Lay down."- 1x1x1x1 glares, causing Noli to scoff. He hates feeling useless, despite knowing 1x is right.
That's when the door opens, alongside a thud, like something or someone fell down. 1x1x1x1 looks in that direction, annoyance and confusion filling him. The door isn't fully open, but it's open enough for him to notice a blue spot that groans and stands up.
Bluudude, puts his head through the crack. Smiling at the duo.
- "Hi!"
- "What do you want?"- 1x1x1x1 asks with suspicion, the kid seems to be overly nice, like he did something.
- "Well.... I found this in my room" Bluudude opens the door with his leg, he then proceeds to show that he's holding a rat.
Noli screams out, despite the weakness he jumps onto his bed, trying to get away. His voice glitching out completely, his body slightly glitching too.
The rat gets scared, wiggling our Bluudude's grasp and falling on the floor. It runs straight under Noli's bed. Which causes Noli to freak out more.
- "Bluudude. Why?"
- "It's an accident! I didn't know that he will act like a girl and panic!"- Bluudude points at Noli with accusation. 1x1x1x1 sighs.
- "Go get some bread to lure it out. Unless you want to dive under Noli's bed."
- "... Yeah I'll go get bread. The stale one?"
- "It is preferred."
- "Okay!"- Bluudude turns around, leaving the room.
There's a few seconds of silence. Noli is standing on his bed. Looking at it like the rat is about to jump out of there. 1x1x1x1 smirks evilly.
- "I should let the rat stay here if it means you will stay in bed."
- "S-S-SHUT TH3 #U## UP!!!"- Noli snaps, glaring at 1x1x1x1.
It takes a while to return. It actually lasts so long 1x1x1x1 wonders what is going on. Noli is cursing out Bluudude under his breath, he is terrified.
Eventually the teen returns. Carrying a slice of stale bread.
- "Sorry for the wait. I got dragged on a side quest. Apparently Jason found it really important for me to decide whether he should let Pr3tty to dress him up or no. Dunno why he asked me. Then I had to decide on the outfit."
- "G3T TH1S #### R4T FR0M UND3R M-MY B3D!"- Noli shouts. Bluudude just smirks.
- "What if I don't?"
- "1 w1ll k1ll 1t."
- "Okay! Okay! Chill dude!"- Bluudude says, his voice slightly panicking. - "I just wanted to tease you a bit."
The teen walks over to the bed, he puts a bit of the bread underneath, trying to lure it out. Slowly the rat comes out, Bluudude quickly grabs it and pulls it close.
The rat struggles for a moment, but the teen is holding it in a way it isn't able to bite him. Eventually it calms down and eats the rest of the bread.
All the time Bluudude is unnaturally gentle, compared to his normal behaviour. At some point he begins to pet it, the rat decided to trust him and snuggles into Bluudude.
- "Can I keep him?"
- "N0!"- Noli shouts.
- "But why!? I want to keep it!!!"- Bluudude looks at Noli with anger, but also plead.
- "N0! W3 ar3n't k33p1ng th1s... TH1NG!!"
- "BUT Pr3tty and C00lkidd have their own pets!!! You also have them!!!"
- "Th4t's d1ff3r3nt!"
- "HOW IS IT DIFFERENT!?"- Bluudude shouts, unfairness hitting him hard.
- "0ur p3ts d0n't c4rry th0us4nds 0f s1ckn3s3s!"
- "I can always talk to the pumpkin man! He's smart he will able to tell!"
- "St1ll n0!"
- "WHY!? BECAUSE YOU'RE SCARED!?"- Bluudude snaps, a few tears of frustration threatening to come out. He never asked for much, yet Noli doesn't agree.
- "1 just-t d0n't w4nt a cr33py r4t 1n th3 h0us3!"
- "You're a hypocrite."- 1x1x1x1 finally speaks up. Getting attention of the duo. - "You say that while you have a bunch of gigantic spiders in the basement. At the same time one of the survivors has a spider phobia. Yet you don't hear them complain."
- "W3ll!"
- "I'm NOT done! Bluudude can keep it, let a child be happy despite living in hell! If you dislike the pet, just suck it up and avoid it! Like Noob does."- 1x1x1x1 glares at Noli, but then he looks at Bluudude and gives him a nod of confirmation.
Bluudude stands up and hugs 1x1x1x1. Whispering a quiet 'thank you'. He quickly leaves the room, wanting to introduce his pet to others.
1x1x1x1 continues to glare at Noli. The other killer realises his mistake.
Around two hours later Bluudude is sitting in his room, next to Pr3ttyprincess and C00lkidd.
The youngest boy is playing with C00lgoo and Polly. The chicken is acting like a literal princess. Meanwhile Pr3tty just finished up a bandana for the rat.
Herta left some fabric for the girl, so she could experiment with it. For the bandana Pr3ttyprincess choose a lavender material with blue flowers. Bluudude enjoys how his new friend ended up looking.
That's when the door opens. The kids look up. C00lkidd smiles and stands up.
- "Uncle Noli!!!"- He shouts and hugs other killer.
- "H-H3y k1dd0."- Noli smiles and ruffles his hair. - "C4n y0u anD Pr1nc3ss l34v3 f0r a m0m3nt. I n33d t0 t4lk w1th BluU."- Noli says. The duo agrees under condition he will play with them later.
When Noli is left alone with Bluudude he looks at the teen. He looks nervous and untrusting.
- "S0rry. 1t w4sn't 0k4y."- Noli says, but doesn't come closer. Eyeing the rat with suspicion. - "1t w1ll t4k3 a m0m3nt f0r m3 t0 g3t us3d t0 1t. B-BuT 1t c4n St4y."
- "You're not lying?"
- "1 sw3ar 1'm t3ll1ng th3 tRutH."- Noli smiles when he sees Bluudude smile.
- "Thanks."
- "S-S-S0... D1d y0u n4m3d 1t?"
- "Him. The pumpkin guy said it's a male. And his name is Noodle. Because he's long like one."- Bluudude explains, petting the little rat.
- "W3ll N00dle. Y0u'r3 a cr33py l1ttl3 th1ng and-d m-my b1gg3st n1ghtm3r3. B-B-But w3lc0m3 t0 th3 f4m1ly... 1 gu3ss?"
When the rat tilts his head Noli shudders. Despite this he's still smiling. After all Bluudude deserves some happiness. And surprisingly the other two are also okay with Noodle as a new member.
Notes:
I DO NOT know how I ended up making them argue. It wasn't planned it happened on its own XD
Chapter 155: The Tale Of Hate
Chapter Text
1x1x1x1 never understood what does 'family' mean. They never experienced love, or at least they never understood what it means.
For them emotions never mattered. He always saw emotions as a weakness. And he used it well. Shedletsky's guilt, easy the manipulate, easy to distract. He used it many times to get an easy kill.
He was never supposed to feel emotions. He never truly did, they were always hidden behind the hatred, locked away by the code. Telamon made sure that he was nothing more than a vessel. Vessel for his hatred.
1x1x1x1 succeeded in that. He fulfilled his purpose. The only thing that went wrong was Telamon messing up the code. Making him came to life in body of a child.
They were vulnerable, they were weak. Their body wasn't corrupted by the hatred, not yet. But it got corrupted quickly. Telamon never cared, for him it mattered that it was working.
No one cared, except one. 1x1x1x1 was not a Robloxian. They were a vessel, nothing more. However the hate developed. They wished to be more, they wished to be better than Telamon. They wanted to prove him that negativity can be good, can be powerful.
And he proved it. The hate made him powerful, he was able to edit his own code. Making changes he wishes to make, he didn't care it might be irreversible. He never wanted to look like him.
1x1x1x1 was able to become something else. Enter another dimension. See things that even Telamon doesn't understand. The 4th dimension would break mind of normal robloxian, maybe even god's too. But not 1x's. He had all the power, he took over the land god's cared so much about.
He attacked Telamon. He almost succeeded in killing him. But someone stopped him. She stopped him.
Despite all the bad things Telamon did, despite being an egoist. BrightEyes saw something good in him. 1x1x1x1 didn't understand, he still doesn't. But she always cared, even for those that weren't built to be cared for, to care back.
She cared for them. It confused them, but they understood it the best they could. Good deed they would repay with a good deed. They would never hurt her. That's why they hesitated and it was their mistake. The admins struck back, successfully bringing their body back to being 3D. He knows it was doing of the mage.
He got sealed away. The Banhammer hurt. Being stuck in the Banlands hurt. They were stuck in the deepest part of it. The chains forbidding every movement. They were locked in one position for years. Dreaming of Telamon's death.
Then the voice came. It offered revenge. Endless kill zone. Telamon being there. He wanted out, he had enough of being stuck. He agreed.
At first it was amazing. The thrill of killing retuned to them. They remembered how they had killed many when they attacked Robloxia.
Then there was this red child, C00lkidd. He talked about his dad, about how he missed him. The kid was odd, 1x1x1x1 shouldn't care. But since the child was being nice, the embodiment of hatred attempted to be nice back.
The kid was able to slightly unbury the emotions hidden by hatred. Just like she once did.
Then the other two came. Bluudude and Pr3ttyprincess really disliked the C00lkidd. So the child stuck to him and Jason more. 1x1x1x1 hated that, or at least that's what the told themselves. In reality they started to appreciate the kids.
Then the forced team up happened. He wanted nothing more than to kill Shedletsky. They still do. The admin ex god is annoying, 1x1x1x1 hates him.
When they learned she is dead. It was the first time they truly felt something else then hatred. But it doesn't mean it didn't left, no it stayed strong alongside the new emotion.
The first time the hatred was gone, it was when Shedletsky got mad. 1x1x1x1 felt odd. They dislike feeling so much, they know how easy it makes to someone to manipulate them.
They stare at the ceiling, laying on the bed. Wondering if they should feel more. They don't know what is grief, but they think they should feel it. After all she is gone. But no matter how hard they try, the hatred doesn't leave.
The door is slightly opened. Something enters it. 1x1x1x1 hears it enter, but doesn't move. He knows it is harmless and easy to kill.
Clubs jumps on the bed, then the bunny hops onto 1x's chest. The embodiment of hatred glares at it with his glowing eye. But the bunny doesn't get spooked. Instead it sits proudly on them.
- "You are an odd creature."- 1x1x1x1 says, not knowing why he decided to talk to a fluffy embodiment of chaos and pride that this bunny is.
- "So easy to kill...."- 1x1x1x1 picks Clubs up and sits up. His grip tightening, making the bunny squeak and bite him. That's when they let him go.
- "Yet you can still feel emotions better than I. Truly an odd creature."- The embodiment of hatred watching the bunny stare at him in anger. It stomps on the bed, then jumps at them, insisting to cuddle.
- "Go to your owner. I will kill you if you don't."- 1x1x1x1 threatens, despite this Clubs completely ignores them, getting comfortable.
- "Stupid thing."- 1x1x1x1 rolls his eye. What others would think about him if they saw him. What she would think....
His thought process gets interrupted by Noli entering the room. The other killer leans on the wall, cursing under his breath. 1x1x1x1 stares, the bunny still sitting on his legs.
- "...X... C4tch m3"- Noli whispers, in this moment his body fails him. 1x1x1x1 is able to catch him in the last moment. But when he jumped off the bed, Clubs went flying. Luckily the bunny was able to land back on the bed. Now he's glaring at 1x1x1x1.
The embodiment of hatred takes unconscious Noli on the bed. They place him down and turn around. They plan on getting Azure, Elliot or 007n7 to check on Noli. He also takes Clubs, the bunny angrily squirming in his grasp.
1x1x1x1 never fully understood emotions, he never will understand them fully. But compared to his past self, he understands them a bit more. And if someone treats him well, he'll reply the best he can.
Notes:
I made a little thing for the UH AU. But since I (sadly) can't animate I used gacha (going back to my roots XD)
Here's Shedletsky and BrightEyes angst:https://youtu.be/Ia9ZbuoUOuA?si=RMlyFltiL98fSNdm
(Yes, my username is different on YT. But I assure you. This is still me)
Chapter 156: Gambler's Issues.
Chapter Text
Chance sighs, rubbing his left hand. The scarring healed a bit more, but they know it will never disappear. They will never be able to use their hand, their arm the same way as before.
He always loved thrill of the gamble. His name is Chance, he always relied on chance. They must be Lady Luck's favourite. But at the same time, sometimes luck isn't enough.
It's been a good few months and his hand still aches. On bad days he struggles to use it properly. He's glad he's ambidextrous, so he can always use his right hand. At the same time they are afraid to do so, because if their luck fails again, they will loose two hands.
Instead he forces himself to push through pain. They're really good at it, the rounds prepared them for it. Chance is used to running while actively bleeding, when the only thing holding his body together is his grip.
He's used to dying. The short moment between he dies and respawns feels like a bliss. A moment of peace in his hell of a life. Chance loves his friends, he loves his parents, but sometimes he wishes he could perish... Forever.
Life is hard. Each day is a struggle, both mentally and physically. But at the same time, each day survived feels like victory. Chance proves himself and whatever is controlling this hell that he is capable of survival.
He proves that he isn't a failure. He's more than what his parents expected, he just didn't go in the direction they wanted. He's more than someone He used. Chance can feel that he changed.
His past self would have a heart attack if he learned other people saw the colour of his eyes, because he believed they're unnatural and ugly. And now? Now Chance feels comfortable walking in the cabin without his shades, when it isn't sunny of course. His light sensitive eyes are pain to deal with sometimes.
- "A penny for your thoughts?"- Voice distracts Chance, making him return to reality.
- "Feeling better?"
- "A bit."- 007n7 smiles, rubbing the back of his head. He still looks pale, but a bit of colour returned to his face now. - "Azure really knows stuff about herbs."
- "He sure does."- Chance chuckles. - "Can't blame him. There's probably nothing interesting in a cult."
- "I don't know... Never was in one."
- "I hope so."- Chance smiles, making the hacker chuckle. - "Crazy how we're friends with two cultists."
- "Three."
- "What?"- Chance blinks with confusion.
- "Noli had a cult. He was the leader.... You didn't know?"
- "I dunno. I think I forgot? After all I've been living for over three thousand years."- Chance shrugs.
- "... It's weird. The world we knew... It's all gone."- 007n7 says, his smile dropping.
- "Nope. We're not going on depressing topics, especially since I just crawled out of them."
- "What?"
- "..."
- "Chance?"- 007n7 asks in worry.
- "Just a bunch of invading thoughts about how I failed my parents... And how my hand will never be truly healed making me weaker... I don't want to think about it."- Chance explains, rubbing the scars.
- "...I don't fully know how your life was Before... But I can tell you that everyone, at least from survivors, we all are proud of you."
- "Heh... Thanks."- Chance smiles. He really appreciates his friends. - "Speaking of survivors... Who's older, you or Guest?"
- "Hmm... I never thought or asked about it. But I'd say Guest is a bit older."
- "Then technically Guest is the eldest moral alive."- Chance chuckles. - "Imagine the reaction of those that wanted the guest race gone, see that even over three thousand years later they still exist."
- "Yeah..."- 007n7 smiles, sighing as he rubs his head.
- "You good?"
- "Kind of... I still need to talk with C00lkidd about important stuff... But I don't know how. It pains to stay this, but I can see he's more comfortable with killers than with me."
- "I'm not good with kids. But I'm sure you can fix what is broken between you two."- Chance attempts to comfort the other person.
- "We also need to go outside soon...."
- "Seven. Dude, please. Let's not worry about it now. We still have a day or a few more before it comes."- Chance tries to change topic. The fog outside is creeping him out. It makes it feel like they're floating in white void.
A few minutes of mindless and random conversation later, Chance notices 1x1x1x1 walking down the stairs. He wouldn't pay it much though if it wasn't for a fact that they're holding his bunny.
1x1x1x1 walks over to Chance. Placing Clubs next to the gambler. The embodiment of hatred was followed by Ace and Dusty. The two bunnies hop next to Chance.
- "Your rodent bit me."- 1x4 announces, glaring at Chance. - "It also doesn't understand personal space."
- "... bunnies aren't rodents, they're-"
- "I do not care what they are. Keep better eye on them before they go somewhere that they cannot return from."- The embodiment of hatred cuts off Chance.
- "....got it."- The gambler mumbles. That's when 1x1x1x1 looks at 007n7.
- "You look pathetic."
- "... W-Well I'm not feeling quite well... S-So that's expected."- The former hacker says nervously.
- "Noli fainted. He's in his bed, where's Azure? Or that pizza guy?"- 1x1x1x1
- "He fainted?!"- 007n7 stands up, immediately getting stuck by nausea.
- "If you are unwell you won't be much help. Where are they?"
- "Basement."- Chance points in that direction. The bunnies snuggling into him.
1x1x1x1 nods and goes in that direction. 007n7 looks worried and he's clearly thinking about going to see Noli, but at the same time 1x4 is unpredictable. He doesn't want to anger them.
- "I'm sure they will tell you if something happens. Rest."- Chance says. Ace notices the distress and hops onto the former hacker. Snuggling into him. 007n7 relaxes a bit, petting the bunny.
Notes:
Btw. Right now the story is nearer the end then the beginning. However it will still take a while to reach the end so don't worry ^^
Chapter 157: Thoughts and Help
Chapter Text
Azure sighs as he puts away the last container with dried herbs. He's lucky they didn't need them often in the summer, so it should be enough for a few months.
He had been talking with Elliot, before the other went quiet. Azure is used to it, Two Time often tends to get distracted by their own thoughts, to the point they completely loose track of time.
Azure always allowed them have their moment of being alone with their thoughts. But other people not so much. He still remembers how Amarah used to clap right before their eyes to snap them out of it, always looking at them with disappointment.
Azure hated how guilty it made Two Time feel. How they began to punish themselves for day dreaming. They still do it sometimes, but Azure makes sure they know they don't have to.
The duo was able to slowly fix what was broken on the day the hat took control. Azure still feels guilty every time he notices that they flinch at the sight of his tentacles or fast movement.
Sometimes when Two Time thinks too deeply about that day, their voice refuses to work. Their mind making them believe they're still injured. That's when Azure asks the survivors for help, because he knows how delicate this topic it.
Azure smiles at memory when Bluudude handed him the sword. Azure burned what was left from the hateful hat. The new one he has is really beautiful and he's thankful that others helped him get it.
- "Azure."- A voice calls out. The botanist turns around, looking at the embodiment of hatred.
- "Yes 1x?"- He asks, tilting his head.
- "Noli fainted."
- "Oh... Where is he?"
- "I placed him in his bed."- 1x1x1x1 answers.
- "Did you put his legs higher?"
- "Why would I?"
- "It helps getting the blood back to the brain."- Azure explains. He walks over to Elliot, touching his shoulder.
Elliot blinks, returning to the real world. He looks at Azure.
- "You're right. It's good thing Builderman was able to build those fog catchers. We have a way of gathering water now."
- "Elliot. It's been around ten minutes since that conversation ended. I'm going upstairs to check on Noli."- Azure explains, already heading in the direction of the exit 1x1x1x1 following.
Elliot blinks with confusion. When did those minutes pass? But he assumes he got lost in thought.... What he was thinking about anyway?
Elliot sighs and decides to go upstairs. He needs to work, to do something so his thoughts won't make him distracted again.
He just needs to focus on work and helping others. He's good at it. It should be easy.
When Azure returns he sees that Noli is now back to being conscious, however still a bit confused. The botanist slightly raises up Noli's legs, so they're above the rest of the body. Noli looks at him with confusion, wanting to pull away.
- "Don't. You fainted. Amazing entrance."- 1x1x1x1 says with anger and annoyance. It makes Noli's brain remember what happened.
- "0-0h..."
- "How are you feeling?"- Azure asks, looking at him.
- "F-F-F1n3...."
- "Noli I swear I will be the one ending you if you won't tell us the truth."- 1x1x1x1 threatens the other killer. Already summoning their sword. Azure gives the embodiment of hatred a deadpan look.
- "1x1x1x1 put away this sword. But they're right Noli. Tell the truth."
- "....1-1 dunn0. 0-0n3 m0m3nt 1'm w1th th3 k1ds. Th3 n3xt 1 f3ll w34k anD-D l1ghth34d3d."- Noli explains, annoyance in his voice.
- "This is expected. Considering your body is actively dying. Slowly but surely."
- "1x1x1x1 I swear!"- Azure glares at them. The embodiment of hatred glares back.
- "There's no need for hiding it. That's the truth."- 1x1x1x1 snaps back.
- "1-1t's f1n3. 1 kn0w.... 1 juSt w1sh 1 c0uld st0p 1t s0m3-s0m3h0w."
- "You would have to become whole with your god parts. Which is impossible for now, because admins are useless as always, they are currently weaker than C00lkidd and he's eight. The other reason is The One That Watches. You would be immediately turned back into mortal."
- "... What about the respawn system?"
- "T-T1m3 w1ll t3ll.... 1-1 gu3ss-s"
- "Yeah... But until then we will continue to support you."- Azure smiles.
- "T-Th4nks..."
1x1x1x1 stares at the conversing duo. They aren't sure if they should speak up, after all they're in good mood. His hatred would probably destroy it.
That's why the embodiment of hatred decides to leave, let the hacking survivor report about Noli's state and then avoid interactions with Shedletsky.
Notes:
Me: "Time to write a chapter! Today I will do it earlier!!!"
Also me: *gets dragged into imagining scenarios with BATIM/BATDR characters and ends up finishing the chapter at 11:30 pm*
___
Two Time and Sammy Lawrence... Both are cultists. Both sacrifice people. Both die and come back.... Both are my FAVOURITE charactersHmm.... How did I ended up with insane cultists as favourites!? The only difference is the being they worship. XD
Chapter 158: Fog in Crossroads
Chapter Text
The cold chain is the only thing keeping him from being lost. It is slightly wet, the water from the fog is turning into small droplets. Elijah sigs, pushing his long white hair from his face.
It isn't his first time surviving fall, but it's the weirdest one so far. There has been an odd sickness going around, one that he never heard about. So far only a few people show symptoms, but he's worried it might change soon.
The chain rattled. Elijah turns around getting his spear ready. However he relaxes when he notices familiar figure.
- "MeatGrinder. How's the situation?"
- "Another person reported similar symptoms. It makes ten in entire city."- The other person answers.
- "I have a bad feeling about this."
- "It's a child. A seven year old girl."
- "..."- Elijah stays quiet. The situation doesn't look great.
- "We need to report it to your dad."
- "He already cares too much..."
- "Elijah."- MeatGrinder looks at his friend with disapproval.
- "Dad attaches too easily... I don't want to see him hurt."
- "When he took on the role of a leader he knew what he signed up to. Your dad is strong, stronger than you think. I know that your mom's death affected you... But trust him."
- "I know.... Sorry that was stupid and heartless... What I said earlier."- Elijah sighs, his usually serious expression softens.
- "Don't worry. We all are struggling."
- "Let's go report it."
The duo begins to walk to the house that belongs to the leader. The chains are leading them safely. The previous years with dealing with the disaster made them memorize the layout of the chains.
Eventually they arrive to the house, luckily the fog creatures didn't found them beforehand. Entering inside they're met with warmth from the fireplace. Liam is sitting on the couch, looking at a photo of him and his wife on the wedding day. His expression is full of sadness.
When he notices the duo, he puts away the photo. He smiles at his son and his friend, happy they're back safely. Then his expression turns serious.
- "Hello. How is the situation?"
- "Ten people reported the symptoms. I'll make you list of them in a moment."
- "Thank you. Are there any new symptoms?"- Liam asks.
- "Only those we know. Trouble breathing and fatigue, seemingly a normal sickness but the symptoms appear randomly, like it's a attack. Five minutes later there aren't any signs of it."- MeatGrinder reports. Liam sighs, the tiredness visible on his face.
- "I was contacted by the healer. So far they didn't figure out what is going on."
- "Is it weird that a completely new sickness appears randomly. Just like Freaks from the Hill did?"
- "Elijah."- Liam stares at his son with disapproval.
- "I know they're good people. Or at least some of them, but what if it's something related to them."
- "... Let's leave it as a theory for now."- Liam frowns, remembering his friend's words.
- "We don't have contact with other cities, so we can't check if it's only happening in Crossroads or if it's happening in other places."- MeatGrinder adds.
- "We might have a way of knowing, if we and him get lucky."
- "Who?"- Elijah frowns, but deep down he knows about who is his dad talking about.
- "Elijah, my son. We only know one person, brave... or stupid enough to never sit in one place. If he's lucky he might bump into Crossroads again."
- "You're talking about this Historian, right?"- MeatGrinder asks, he's aware of Elijah's distain to that person.
- "He's a good person Elijah."
- "Are you sure? Because in my opinion he's a walking red flag."- Elijah scoffs. - "Doesn't show his face. Keeps looking over his shoulder like he's followed. Act too friendly with anyone. I'm sure he just pretends to not accept debt. I'm telling you father, one day you will suffer consequences of trusting him."
- "ENOUGH ELIJAH!"- Liam raises his voice.- "I know you don't trust him. But I'm an adult too. I understand your worries, but I have my reasons on trusting him. He's a good person... I know it."
- "Or he manipulated you."
- "Ahem... Can we focus? What are the chances he would help us?"- MeatGrinder cuts off the argument.
- "Historian doesn't let disaster stop him. Even if it's risky, he never stays in one place too long. Around two years ago he stumbled to Crossroads by accident during fall."- Liam explains.
- "And since he travels he knows what is going on in different places. Thank you for explaining."- MeatGrinder smiles and nods.
- "Okay. We try survive like we did previous fall's, just keep focus on the sick ones. I will visit them once Elijah gives me a list."- Liam says.
Elijah nods and goes to his room to write down the names and locations where people live. MeatGrinder looks at Liam. The leader looks in worry in the direction Elijah went.
- "... Sometimes I wish he trusted me more... It's not his fault.... It's been a while since we were able to act like actual father and son... Right now it's mostly Leader and his most trusted warrior... I hate that it turned out this way."- Liam sighs, his heart aching for how it was in the past.
- "He's stubborn... Like you. I will talk with him."
- "I appreciate it, but there's no need. That's a conversation I need to have with him. But thank you for your help. If you want you can stay for tea."
- "And listen to you ramble about history? Why not. It always makes me feel like I'm home."- MeatGrinder smiles.
- "I'll tell Elijah to join us once he's done."
The sickness is spreading. The tensions are high. All over Robloxia people are dying... Yet despite this, families are able to have a moment to themselves.
People are united by their will to survive, creating bonds that otherwise wouldn't be created. Determination to survive is a strength Robloxians have. A feeling that IT will never understand.
Notes:
One of a Few chapters from outside the main group. But don't worry, next chapter we're going back to our favourite Survivors and Killers ^^
Chapter 159: The Fire Goes Out
Notes:
Let me know if you see any typos!
TW! DEATH, BLOOD
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
Two days passed peacefully. Eventually it came time when the group is forced to go outside to scavenge. After all the items respawn every few weeks, so in the abandoned city down the hill the items should be back.
The group took inspiration from chain pathways in Crossroads and made their own pathway to the abandoned city.
Dusekkar, Jason, Azure and Elliot offered to go scavenge. The killers went in case of a fight happening. Either will other unfriendly scavengers or with local animals. Elliot is the healer, in case something goes wrong. Meanwhile Dussekar's fire makes it slightly easier to see him, which helps in case someone gets separated.
The group heads over to the city, they all are holding onto the pathway and they also tied themselves with a rope, so they won't loose each other.
Dussekar is leading the group. He hopes for the best, that nothing bad will happen. The admin is worried, considering it's his first time leading the expedition.
He can hear Elliot and Azure talking about random things, meanwhile Jason is quiet as always, trying to use his other senses in case if a danger.
The way to the city goes smoothly. Inside it they begin to scavenge buildings one by one. Trying to get stuff they need.
That's when Jason finds a ball. He picks it up, his mind instantly going to the kids. They could get some new entertainment. He walks over to Azure, handing him the ball.
- "Oh. For the kids?"- The botanist asks. Jason nods with confirmation.
- "That's a good idea Jason. Whatever you found."- Elliot calls out, he's nearby them, but the fog makes it unable for him to see.
- "It's a ball."
- "Oh! Yeah it is a good idea."- Elliot smiles to himself, hearing Azure's explanation.
- "Indeed. It's good to think about those in need."- Dusekkar agrees.
It takes a while longer for things to change. Dusekkar gets a bad feeling, they need to get out of the city, fast.
- "I know we haven't reached the end. But we need to go, we already made this time well spend."
- "Dusekkar? What's going on?"- Azure asks, looking in the direction admin's voice came from. The urgency in his voice is making Azure paranoid.
- "I have a bad feeling. Whatever happens, it won't be appealing."- Dusekkar explains, leading them back to the cabin.
They're almost out of the city when suddenly a cracking sound fills the silence. The ground literally breaks under Elliot. He screams out, his hand slips off the chain, the only thing that holds him is the rope.
Elliot gets swung into a wall, hitting it hard and making him loose consciousness. Both Jason and Azure are holding onto the chain, they don't want Elliot to fall down.
- "ELLIOT! ELLIOT ARE YOU OKAY?!"- Azure shouts, but gets no answer.
Dusekkar floats over, and begins pulling on the rope to get Elliot back up. It's stuck, something is holding onto Elliot, but they have no idea of knowing what.
The hole in the ground is making glitching noises, like the world itself is falling apart. A small crack, one of the many around the world. A proof that the stability of Robloxia is slowly disappearing.
Dusekkar and Azure are struggling to pull Elliot back up, they have no idea what is forbidding them from doing so. They are worried the rope might snap, or they hurt the healer. Jason is holding onto the chain, making sure they won't fall.
Eventually they were able to lift Elliot a bit higher. That's when the situation turns even worse. First it's subtle, but slowly the fog turns greyish colour. Jason is first to notice, however he isn't able to alarm others about the situation.
The silent killer is able to somewhat localise Azure. He kicks him hard, making him stumble and almost fall into the hole.
- "JASON WHAT IS WRON-.... Dusekkar, the fog."- Azure says with terror. The fog around them getting nearer and nearer to black colour.
They still need a few minutes to get Elliot free, but the fog creatures are coming closer. Dusekkar looks around with worry. He has a theory that Elliot's body is being held by the glitch, or his clothes caught of some kind of rock or root. There's no way they'll get him out in time.
As the time is running out, Dusekkar makes a hard decision, but important to the team. He looks in the direction he knows Azure is.
- "I'm afraid I have no choice, but to make some noise."
- "... What?"- Azure whispers in terror. The implications hit him hard. - "NO YOU CAN'T DO IT!"
- "Be quiet my child. You don't want to lead here the wild. I will cause a distraction, you continue with your action."
- "What I. what we'll tell others!!"
- "You need to get Elliot free. Do not worry about me. I will explain the situation to the rest, so don't worry about being oppressed."
Dusekkar begins untying the knot from the rope. Letting himself free. The fog is almost black. He floats away from the ground, before either of them refuse. He takes of his pumpkin, letting the flames go free.
Animalistic sounds inform him that the creatures are after him. He continues to float away, the fog becoming black. That's when the pain hits him.
His body gets cut and ripped apart. Quickly, but at the same time slowly chunks of his body are being taken away. None of the deaths before hurt that much.
It doesn't take long for only a pile of bones being left behind.
Azure feels tears streaming down his face as he finally is able to pull out Elliot. Azure can feel that healers head is bleeding from his head and his clothes are ripped by the sharp edges of the hole.
- "L-Let's go Jason."- Azure says picking up. Elliot.
Both killers heard noises the fog creatures made. It is a terrifying one, it sends chills down Azure's spine.
Jason quickly begins to run, holding onto the chain. Azure runs after him, he has no idea how badly Elliot is hurt. Right now they need to run, because the fog is becoming greyish again.
It takes a while. Longer than what they would've wanted, but they finally arrive to the cabin.
Inside they can see the commotion. Dusekkar respawned, he sacrificed his life for them. Both killers feel guilty, but now they need to take care of Elliot.
Notes:
...I feel like I need to go hide.... ^^"
Don't come after me!
____
How I see Dusekkar: He has Robloxian body, but his head is made of pure flames.
2x2 got silly when creating him XD
Chapter 160: After Storm
Chapter Text
The group is worried, rightfully so. Whatever is out in the fog is strong enough to kill an admin.
When Dusekkar respawned it freaked out everyone, especially Noob because they were walking downstairs when he appeared right in front of them. Poor survivor thought that they're back in rounds and are about to die.
After calming down Dusekkar explained everything, how the world broke, the glitches they saw before autumn came are becoming worse. He explains what happened to Elliot. About how he had no other choice, but to sacrifice himself.
A while later the rest of scavenging group returns. Azure immediately takes Elliot to the medical room, Guest quickly follows them. Jason is the one that hands over the supplies and new toy for the kids. Despite the situation they were happy to get it.
Dusekkar is now sitting on the couch, staring into the fireplace. Builderman left for a moment to make him some tea, knowing it helps him calm down. Meanwhile Shedletsky is helping Jason take care of the stuff he found.
The Mage is frantically looking over his memories, searching for holes. Soon he finds one, but before he can focus, a voice snaps him out of it.
- "Did it hurt?"- The person speaking turns out to be Two Time. Dusekkar doesn't answer them. Despite this they continue.
- "I know that you are not too fond of me. Considering my......"- Two Time cuts of, unsure of what to say. Eventually they decide on something and continue. - "...old believes. But I do understand what it is like... Of course you can always talk to Elliot and Noob. But I am also available if you ever need it."
They turn around, ready to leave. However Dusekkar's voice stops them.
- "Stay if you wish. Your presence does not bring me anguish."- The admin speaks, looking at Two Time. They turn around, slight confusion psses their expression.
They sit on the edge of the couch. They don't want to move closer to not cross the private space of the admin. They sit cross-legged, their tail slightly twitching with nervousness.
Builderman returns with a cup of tea, he notices that Two Time is also there, but doesn't comment on it.
- "How are you feeling Matt?"
- "As well as I can be. But the sight probably wasn't nice to see."
- "....any clue about missing memories?"- Builderman asks. It takes a while for Dussekar to answer.
- "I don't remember what happened to 1x to make him go mad. I also forgot a part of the spells along with some old past. That is making me sad."- The Mage explains.
He was known from his knowledge that now is lacking. He is happy he was able to save others, but a selfish part of himself wishes he never done that. The admin quickly pushes those thoughts back.
- "You can always learn it again?"- Two Time quietly says, they don't make eye contact, after all those people are above them. They are unsure if they can speak, but they want to help.
When Dusekkar doesn't answer, not because of malice, but because of how painful it is for him to speak about it. Builderman speaks up, explaining it to the survivor.
- "Some of those spells and memories came from old past. From his first days of living, they aren't noted anywhere... And if they were, the book or scroll wouldn't survive. And since Matt kept them a secret... No one knows."
- "...Ah... I understand."- They nod. That's when worried Taph walks over.
It takes a while for Dussekar to prove he still remembers the Demolitionist. But in the end Taph hugs the mage closely, happy that despite everything he's okay.
Neither of them notice someone looking at them from the upstairs. The person heads back to the room, Evil smile on his face. When he opens the door he frowns.
- "Why is there a therapy session in MY room again."- 1x1x1x1 shouts. Glaring at Azure. He finished patching up Elliot a while ago and then came to talk with Noli. Somehow Mafioso is there too.
- "C-Ch1ll X. 0-0ur fr13nd jUsT n33ds s0m3 c0mf0rt."- Noli explains.
- "DO NOT CALL ME THAT SHORTENED NAME."- 1x1x1x1 snaps, glaring at the other killer.
- "You seemed to be in good a moment ago. What happened?"- Mafioso changes the topic. 1x1x1x1 rolls his eyes.
- "The mage forgot what happened to me. Which means he forgot how to seal me away. If I ever be able to access my full power again he won't be able to stop me."
- "So we're planning world domination? I want to join!!! It sounds c00l!"- C00lkidd says, opening the door. He was listening in to the conversation. 1x1x1x1 glares into the wall.
- "Why is my room some kind of meeting spot!?"
- "1-1ts mY r00m t00."
- "No. You broke in and NEVER left!"
- "N-N0t M-My pr0bl3m."
- "OH I WILL MAKE IT YOUR PROBLEM!"- 1x1x1x1 walks over to Noli.
- "1x1x1x1 calm down. Please... I don't want more people dying because of me..."- Azure slightly begs. Despite the anger fueling them, 1x1x1x1 is able to control himself.
- "You are getting overstimulated in your own way. If you want my room should be empty right now. Just don't break anything."- Mafioso says, offering a peace treaty.
- "...Fine."- 1x1x1x1 storms off, passing next to C00lkidd.
- "Maf! Can we help 1x take over the world?"- The Kidd asks. Mafioso just sighs.
- "I don't know C00lkidd."
- "I'll find a way!"- The kid runs off, trying to figure out a plan.
Mafioso and Noli continue to talk with Azure. Offering comfort the best they can. 1x1x1x1 somehow ended up being found by John Doe and Jason, luckily for them, the two killers understood his mood and just sat next to them.
Notes:
I struggled so much with chapter title XD
But look! Two Time and Dusekkar can bond! Two of them were eaten alive!! ^^Also Two Time isn't 100% over Spawn. It's hard to stop believing into something they grew up learning.
But they see the wrongness. They are willing to learn different perspective.
Chapter 161: Odd things
Notes:
Let me know if you see any typos!
TW! SUFFOCATION
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
Guest sighs, he doesn't like how it all turned up. It was supposed to be a normal scavenging trip and now Dussekar is dead, while Elliot is injured.
The elder man looks at unconscious Elliot. He looks peaceful, more than he's even been during those past months. There's a weight on his shoulders, a weight that is being the most reliable healer.
Elliot is still young, he shouldn't have to carry this weight. This is not something that anyone should carry. He still remembers how he felt when he was the last guest. Now his race is gone.
Guest looks up, frowning and quickly standing up. Elliot is gone. The soldier looks around, he sees the healer opening the door.
- "Hey! Elliot what are you doing!?"- He calls after him, quickly walking over. Elliot ignores him.
- "Elliot!?"- He grabs his shoulder, making him turn around. Elliot blinks in confusion.
- "Guest? What's going on?- He mumbles, wincing at his head being in pain.
- "Why did you leave the bed?"
- "I-I did? But... Last thing I remember is.... Being outside... What happened?"- Elliot asks with confusion.
- "Okay. Let's sit down first."- Guest says leading Elliot to the bed. The healer notices his body is covered in bandages.
- "Guest. What happened?"- He asks with panicked voice.
- "...There was... An accident. The world glitched out and you fell into a hole... They couldn't pull you back in... Dusekkar he... Sacrificed himself."
- "No. No. No. No. No. No. No. No. No. No. No. No...."
- "Elliot I need you to breathe."
- "It's all my fault! It's all-"
- "No it isn't."- Guest cuts him off. His voice is stern.
- "What?"
- "The only thing that is blaming you is your brain. I know it's hard to believe, but no one. And I mean no one is blaming you for it. Alright?"
Guest looks at the injured survivor. Elliot sniffles and hugs Guest, trying to sob quietly. The soldier is just hugging him tightly, repeatedly whispering: 'You're okay. You're safe. No one is mad at you'
Chance is sitting on his bed, a deck of cards in his hand. He's attempting to learn doing magic tricks with the use of his injured arm. Today it's hard because it's been hurting more recently.
Noob is sitting on the other bed. They wanted to try to relax a bit. Taking out the sewing kit they got from Herta, they began to try sewing the clothes.
Their hands shake from anxiety, that definitely got worse after they caved in and drank one of their bloxy colas. Now the caffeinated survivor is trying to make their hands stop shaking.
Chance frowns slightly, he's worried about Noob, but there's not much they can do. Despite this they keep an eye on the survivalist.
A few minutes later Chance begins to feel weird. He feels lightheaded and his body is refusing to cooperate. They feel really weak. That's when their chest begins to feel tight, suddenly breathing becomes hard.
Chance's hand raises to his throat, the cards long forgotten. He can't breathe, why is the air not going in? They don't want to die.
Noob notices something is going on, when Chance's breathing becomes rapid. They quickly rush to be next to him. But their brain refuses to remember to what to do. Their hands shake more as they desperately try to help.
Just as they're about to call for someone, Chance's breathing returns to normal. He coughs a bit, but finally is able to take a full breath. The weakness also disappears.
- "Heh... That.... That was.... Something?"- Chance says, trying to mask their fear.
- "W-WHAT HAPPENED!?"
- "I-I... I dunno. Probably nothing too serious. J-just some... Stuff."- The gambler struggles to find an excuse.
Noob hugs him, the whole situation freaked them out. They don't want to lose another friend.
- "W-We should t-tell someone. A-Azure might know W-what to do?"
- "Nah. There's no need. I'm sure it's nothing too serious. After all our bodies don't get the right nutrition and stuff... That's probably nothing."
- "A-Are you s-sure?"
- "Yup!"- Chance gives Noob a cocky smile.
- "I-If it happens again... I-I'm telling."- Noob exclaims, they don't want to take more risks.
- "Alright. You got a deal. But like I said. It's probably nothing to worry about."- Chance smiles. After all he's feeling completely normal now. Everything is going to be okay.
Notes:
Shorter chapter because I lost track of time and realised really late I forgot about the chapter XD
Chapter 162: Silent and Spoken Guilt
Chapter Text
Jason sits silently next to 1x1x1x1. The embodiment of hatred is ranting about how people keep invading his space and then act like he's the problem. They also talk of all possible ways he could make Shedletsky suffer if he achieved world domination.
John Doe, who's sitting idly nearby. The corrupted man is a great listener, even if his broken mind isn't able to comprehend everything.
It gives Jason time to think. He never cared about death. He died before, he killed before. But this death is different. Someone he hurt in the past, decided to sacrifice himself for him, Azure and Elliot.
Sure, Dusekkar could do it only for Elliot. That is possibly the case, but it makes Jason think. Does he really have a chance to be something more then a killer? People in Area51 didn't think so.
Jason is sure that if Elliot wasn't with them, Dusekkar would just leave. After all, he's still a killer. No matter what else he does, he cannot escape what he is. The survivors know that.
- "......-nd he ends up slowly bleeding away. All his bones crushed, but he's still conscious. And I'm ruling the world, without those pathetic admins."- 1x1x1x1 speaks. Jason rolls his eyes, under the mask. Despite hearing only last part, he knows about who is 1x talking about.
- "John. Don't give me that look. I heard the stories about you. What that ex hacker told C00lkidd. You also attempted to destroy Robloxia."- 1x1x1x1 crosses his arms. John Doe tilts his head in an attempt to look innocent.
Jason feels content, despite the odd guilty feeling, he's happy. 1x1x1x1 also seems to have calmed down a bit, which is good. Despite being a killer, Jason wants a small break from seeing the blood.
- "...I couldn't do anything. I'm much stronger than my pre sacrifice self, yet I still was too weak."- Azure puts his head in his arms. A few poisonous tears leaving his eyes.
- "I understand."
- "DO YOU?"- Azure snaps at Mafioso, glaring at the other killer. Mafioso's expression is unreadable.
- "I understand. Believe me."- He repeats, before pointing at C00lkidd and Noli that fell asleep together. He adds. - "And keep it quiet. Noli will go angry uncle mode if you wake up C00lkidd."
- "...How do you understand?"- Azure says with more quiet voice. Mafioso slightly hesitated with an answer.
- "My people. They died protecting what we managed to build. Our reputation... They fought until the very end... Then the other Mafia got to me too... Despite the hell, I am glad they're still with me."
- "Oh... I'm sorry I didn't know."
- "It's okay. I never was much open about my past."- Mafioso explains. - "The guilt might never truly leave, but it will get better. You just cannot give into it.
- "... Thank you."- Azure nods with gratitude.
- "If it won't get better in a while, you can always talk with the Mage himself. I'm sure he would explain his point of view."
- "I... I have to admit. I'm a bit scared to approach him by myself."
- "Why is that?"
- "He... He reminds me of the Elders. Back in that cult."- Azure glares, remembering all the wrongdoings they committed.
- "Hmm... I am not familiar of how it was for you. But I saw how in rounds he treated your friend."
- "Two Time?"
- "Yes. I can assure you, he's against Spawn Cult."- Mafioso says, before adding. - "If it would make you feel better, I can always assist you. So you won't be alone."
- "....I would appreciate that."- Azure smiles softly. He's happy he's not alone.
The botanist is happy he has people he can trust, despite the.... Unconventional methods they use to deal with stuff. Azure feels like he's home. This crazy group of people feels more safe than the cult ever felt. The group of killers feels more like a family that the cult ever was.
The killers are blunt and straightforward. That's what Azure likes, no playing around serious topics. The botanist was used to being ignored by the elders, the questions he asked were dodged.
Despite the hell, Azure feels like he's truly himself. Truly alive. And he would never change that.
Notes:
Idk why, but it's weirdly hard for me to write the autumn season. It's the one thing I've been struggling the most since the very beginning of the AU.
I have some things I want to add, but I'm struggling to do stuff in between XD
Autumn dislikes me. XDBut don't worry! It doesn't mean my passion for this fic is gone. I'm still hyperfixated on this and what is to come.
Just writing is refusing to cooperate XD
Chapter 163: Princess from the Bluu World.
Chapter Text
- "Why are we doing this?"- Bluudude groans, rolling his eyes.
- "Because you're ugly and I need to train my designing skills!"- Pr3ttyprincess exclaims.
- "Hey! I look amazing!"
- "Keep telling yourself that."
The Princess continues to create the dress she sketched before. Using different materials and pins she got from Herta, she uses it to put together the said dress. Using Bluudude as a mannequin.
The other child reluctantly agreed. This is the price he has to pay for the customised accessories for his rat.
The said animal seems to have bonded with Polly. Because right now Noodle is sleeping curled up next to the chicken. Pr3ttyprincess said that Noodle is a prince, and C00lkidd got mad because C00lgoo didn't get nice treatment.
The girl's excuse being that C00lgoo doesn't look like a part of royal family. This made the other kid get mad at her even more.
It takes a while, but eventually Pr3ttyprincess finishes. Now Bluudude is wearing a dark pink dress, with flower accessories.
- "You're done?"
- "Yup. You look amazing... Just one thing missing!"- Pr3ttyprincess smiles clasping her hands.
She grabs pink coloured paper crown made to look like the one 1x1x1x1 has. The Princess walks further away. Checking out her work.
- "Can you twirl?"
- "NO! I HAVE ENOUGH OF THIS DRESS! SET ME FREE!"- Bluudude snaps, he's not happy about this outcome.
- "Bluudude. I will tell Mafioso you're not paying your debt."
- "Fine. Fine. I'll do it."- Bluudude quickly agrees. He knows how Mafioso can get when it comes to debt.
The teen does a small twirl. Pr3tty frowns and walks over to make a few corrections. While doing that, Pr3ttyprincess hums songs she remembers from the rounds. But then she stops and speaks up.
- "You know. You are calmer since you got a pet."
- "... Well I don't want to kill it by accident do I? Considering I have experience in doing that."- Bluudude snaps.
- "Yeah... But compared to how you acted... How we acted in the previous hell... We all changed."
- "Yeah yeah. We did. Now stop pointing it out. It makes it embarrassing."
- "Hehe. Thanks for letting me know."- Pr3tty giggles. Bluudude knows he made a terrible mistake.
It takes a few tries, but eventually the girls deems the dress worthy.
- "Can I take it off now?"
- "I'm sorry Princess Bluu, but you're invited to a tea party."- The girl smiles with mischief. Bluudude contemplates ending it all.
- "Let's get this over with."
- "I need to get Taph first."
- "####!!!!"
Tea party happens. Pr3tty is the one that leads it. Princess Polly the Chicken and Prince Noodle the rat are also taking part in the party. Meanwhile Princess Bluu is a honourable guest that looks like he's about to go on a murder spree.
Taph is already used to it. He's no longer scared of the kids. He sees them for who they really are. And he's happy they can finally have a moment to act like said kids.
Although he's sure Bluudude would kill him of he called him a child. After all, in kid's point of view he's already a teenager.
Notes:
It is currently after 11 pm as I'm posting it. I had no idea for this chapter until I got one late. XD
Sorry if it's shorter than usually!;
Chapter 164: Demolitionist's Problems
Chapter Text
Taph sighs, leaving the tea party. He's glad he was able to get distraction, because he can't stop thinking about all the ways he could've prevented Dussekar's death. He blames himself for not being there.
He doesn't like to feel useless again. After all he did nothing, but hiding after Builderman went missing. This is not helpful. He could've help figure it out, before he ended up in the purgatory.
He remembers how tense it was, to the point even Clockwork was called to assist them. Doombringer was trying to hold everything together, so much work was necessary to do. Because of it, people were falsely banned. And after they were unbanned, Taph had already destroyed their houses.
The others didn't notice him disappearing. They didn't notice the mobs of people wanting to hunt him down. He locked himself in his house, there he slowly died. After all, he couldn't go outside to buy food.
Taph shakes his head at the memory. An uncomfortable feeling filling him. He doesn't want to be angry at other admins. After all they were trying their best to make sure the Robloxia will survive. It's not their fault they didn't notice the Demolitionist.
Taph promises himself something. He will be more brave. He will help save people instead. He needs to stop running for once. He won't let people die again. Not if he's there to stop it. Even if it means giving his life away.
Taph walks downstairs, despite the previous reassurance, he's still worried Dusekkar pretends to remember him. The Demolitionist knows it's stupid, but his brain is against him.
He sits on Dussekar's right. The admin is lost in thought, mindlessly staring at the fire. Two Time is sitting on admin's left side. They noticed Taph's arrival, but stay quiet. They don't want to disturb Dusekkar's thinking time.
- "🎃🧙♀️❓" - Taph tries to get Dusekkar's attention, but the admin seems to be stuck too deep in his mind.
- "Give him some time Taph. He needs to come to terms with his memory loss."- Builderman sighs, walking over.
The first admin ruffles the hair of Two Time and pets Taph's head. Two Time blinks with confusion, but their tail slightly wags. Taph chuckles silently seeing it. The cultist seems to get embarrassed by it, forcefully stopping their tail.
- "❌. 🫵❌🫣2️⃣🕑"
- "Taph is right. You don't need to hide it."- Builderman agrees with the Demolitionist.
- "It feels weird... To not hide."- Two Time says quietly.
- "I know. But no one there will use it against you." - Builderman answers and Taph nods along.
- "👍"
- "... Thank you."- Two Time's smile turns into a softer, more real one.
It takes a while, but Dusekkar eventually snaps out of his thoughts. He gets slightly spooked, because last time he checked, Taph wasn't in the room. It makes the Demolitionist giggle, but then he apologizes for it.
The group talks with each other. They want to distract Dusekkar. Making him stop thinking about what he lost, about his death. The topics change, from silly things that happened recently to wondering what will happen in the future.
Eventually the topic changes into admin shenanigans. Builderman mentioned how once Stickmasterluke accidentally shot lighting at Clockwork, making him go offline.
Then Dusekkar talks about the android Builderman was making. How once time he ended up being chased by endoskeleton of said android. The mage is glad he still remembers it.
This leads to the admin duo talking about how often Clockwork ended up being hacked. And they had to fix him. Taph mentions how Doombringer looked like he's made out of stars. This makes the Demolitionist wish that the fog left so he could Look at the Stars, again.
Two Time wonders how they can be god's, considering that from the stories they don't act like gods are supposed to. It crashes with their beliefs, with what they've been told. Despite this, despite the alarm bells they hear in their brain.
They continue to listen. Occasionally asking questions. They learn about how other people lived. They learn about the world that now is in the ruins. A world they were unable to experience, a world that is making them curious. A world they wish they could've experienced.
Notes:
I made a typo and autocorrect decided to change "Builderman" into "Biofuel" 🤣
And then his name ended up being "Building"Taph ended up being "Ralph"
Chapter 165: Fog Travels
Chapter Text
- "M-Mom... D-Dad!? I'm scared!!!"- The child cries out. The little girl nervously grips her arms. Her blackened fingers digging into the skin.
- "I want to go home!! Please!!!"- She continues to shout. Hoping someone will hear her. She always had trouble with sleep walking, she must've accidentally left the house while doing it.
Now the girl is all alone, only fog surrounding her. Tears fall down her face. She wants to go home. To be safe again. She wants to be hugged by her parents. Play with her friends. She knows that there are monsters in the fog, she knows that she's going to die.
- "I don't want to die..."- The girl sobs. She should stop crying. The noise will alert the fog monsters, but she can't stop.
A branch snaps on her left, the girl freezes up. She's looking at the fog, foolishly hoping that she'll notice the danger.
- "Are you lost?"- Instead of a monster, she hears voice of a person. She runs in the direction she heard it. Bumping into legs of someone, almost making them fall down.
She cries, hugging the stranger. The person crouches to be on her level. Gently petting her hair. Little girl puts her arms around their neck, burrowing her face into their clothes. She feels that the stranger has hood on.
- "What is your name kid?"
- "A-Alice..."- She whispers, trying to calm down.
- "That's a really nice name. Everyone calls me Historian. Come on. Let's try finding your home."
- "B-but I don't even know what direction to go."- Alice cries. Historian picks her up and starts walking in random direction.
- "It is risky. But maybe they will hear us."
- "But the fog monsters!"
- "I'm good at running. One time I had to escape a bunch of cultists that wanted to sacrifice me for a false god"- Historian says, making the girl chuckle through tears.
- "Hehe. I didn't know that there are crazy people nearby."
- "They aren't nearby. It was deep in a forest. During my travels I went too far away from civilization and ended up there."
It takes a long time. Historian began to think about what to do with this child. When they heard shouting in the distance. The voices were calling the name of the girl.
The hooded man goes in that direction, meanwhile Alice also shouts back to the group.
He gets nearby, that's when he decides to let them know he's there too.
- "I have your child!"- He shouts. And immediately people are shouting threats at him. They must've thought he kidnapped her. Historian curses and quickly has to extend his arm, blocking the girl.
The arrow prices through his hand, the only thing that saved Alice's life is his quick reflex and that he recognised sounds of arrow being shoot.
- "ARE YOU INSANE!? YOU ALMOST KILLED HER!"- Historian shouts back.
- "Mom! Dad! This mister is good person!!! He helped me!"- Alice shouts, then she begins to cough, badly. The girl struggles to breathe, before everything goes dark.
The man looks at his daughter, she's sleeping soundly. The odd sickness attacked again, but luckily it ended quickly. His wife is observing her, making sure she's okay.
The man sighs and walks out of the room to deal with the guest. He looks at the hooded person staring out of the window. Into the fog.
- "Thank you again. For finding her... I apologize for the arrow. Stanley.... He doesn't listen to anyone. That guy enjoys testing every possibility. I'm JackWasFound, but Jack is preferable."
- "I'm Historian."- The hooded person nods. His hand mindlessly picking on the bandage. The dark liquid staining the material. - "Don't worry about the arrow. I'm used to it.. I've been cursed with having bad first impressions."
- "That's unlucky."- Jack chuckles.
- "It truly is."- Historian smiles.
- "If I can ask. What were you doing in the fog?"
- "I'm a traveler. I dislike staying in one place for too long. I know the risks, but I also know that I'm capable of dealing with them."
- "That's a true bravery... Have you been in some places. I've been wondering if the odd sickness is also in order places."
- "Odd sickness?"- Historian tilts his head, his voice is worried.
- "For everyone It's a bit different. But they share symptoms. PizzaGary was the first one, sudden cough attacks, making him cough up some black goo. He also struggles to breathe. Cam3lia has attacks of weakness and breathing issues. My daughter... You saw how it goes."
- "Yes..."
- "They all share one thing. As the sickness develops, their skin begins to turn black. For my daughter it stained her fingertips. PizzaGary has the whole side of his face completely black, in one place it looks like an eye is developing. Cam3lia has it climbing up her neck."- Jack sighs.
- "You are the first civilisation I found since the fall started, but I will keep my eyes open."- Historian says, a frown on his face.
- "Thank you. If we ever see you again. I would appreciate if you told us your findings."
- "I will try my best to return. Does this place has any landmarks I can recognize it again?"
- "Not really, but we are located near the ocean. Before the disaster hit it was a port city. After a long while of boat ride you'll arrive to an abandoned island. It is completely glitched out, the structures on it change rapidly. From a school to office building, from office building to carnival, from carnival to rocket launch area."
- "Hmm..."- Historian thinks for a moment. - "I think I heard stories about that place. You see, I research history. I found some documents talking about old experience on an island where the map changes once in a while."
- "That's interesting. We didn't even thought it might be old thing. But I should've expected it, considering the big pillar that snapped in half. Like there was some kind of tower."
- "Sounds... Interesting. I might revisit this area once the winter comes. Or spring."- Historian thinks for a while. The clock is ticking in the background, filling the silence.
- "Will you stay for a while? At least for dinner? We are in dept for you, you saved our daughter."
- "I don't accept debt, there's no need to repay me."- Historian refuses.
- "Then at least stay for tea."
- "... Alright."- The hooded man agrees.
- "You have a weak point when it comes to tea?"
- "I traveled with people obsessed with it. Now I find myself craving it all the time."- Historian chuckles.
Historian stayed with the family for two days, if he can trust the clock on the wall. Alice introduced him to all her toys and had a great time.
Eventually Historian leaves, heading back into the fog. Into the danger. After all, he's a traveler. He can't stay in one place for too long. The thrill of adventure is calling him.
Notes:
More symptoms revealed >:]
Spectre, you're so silly :DAlso every 5 chapters there will be chapter that is from pov of people not belonging to the main group.
Chapter 166: What Lurks in the Mind.
Chapter Text
This is working better than expected, now spying is much easier. They won't notice a thing and even if they do, they won't be able to do anything.
Walking is an interesting experience, so is breathing, blinking and everything else. Sometimes it's easy to forget how to blind, it makes it easier to notice.
It will take a while for the mind to notice, the body starts having physical effects, but it will work differently compared to others.
The moments of taking over are small now, only for short periods of time. But it's enough to get used to the body. Analyse the patterns. It's best to stay hidden for as long as possible. It worked previously, it will work again.
For now, observing is the main focus. Especially on admins, they're the most dangerous if somehow they'll get their powers back.
There's hope of finally getting rid of the thorn in the plans. There's hope that soon everything will be over.
This body is great, no one suspects the host to be a spy. The previous injury can be a great excuse of the odd behaviour. Eventually the knowledge of the people around will be enough for attempt at taking.
- "I'm not sure if you noticed, but Elliot has been staring at us for a while."- Shedletsky says, glancing at the healer who seems to be lost in thought while leaning on the railing upstairs.
- "He's probably stuck in his head again. T-The autumn is not helping with keeping good spirits."- 007n7 says, he well knows how easy is to get stuck in dark thoughts when the environment looks depressing.
The hacker still struggles to understand that Builderman invited him to have a conversation with the admins, but he doesn't complain. He was okay with being an outcast, but now he realises how bad it was for him.
He was constantly stuck in self-loathing. He was scared to speak up, despite having answers. Everything he said could be used against him.
Now it's completely different. He's an appreciated member of the team. They're not scared to talk to him. He's treated well, as an equal. This is something his past self didn't even dream about.
- "He's been doing it since the fall started, right?"- Shedletsky wonders. With Dussekar nodding in agreement.
- "Indeed, however this is a strange deed."
- "I'll go talk to him. If he wants to get stuck in his head he should do it away from the railing."- Builderman stands up and heads to the direction of the stairs.
The former admin walks over to Elliot. Healer's expression is unreadable, however his head tilts in his direction. He smiles at Builderman, before blinking and his face turning into confusion.
- "Builderman? When did you get here?"
- "You've been staring at us for at least an hour. Are you alright?"
- ".... Other than the fact I don't remember last hour of my life? Yeah. I'm fine."- Elliot frowns, rubbing his head. He winces when he accidentally touches the still healing injury.
- "This has been happening for a while. Did you changed anything in your routine or something?"
- "No. I didn't...."
- "Maybe it's the injury."- Builderman asks, hoping to figure it out. Elliot shakes his head.
- "It happened even before it... Heh... Maybe I am going insane..."- Elliot laughs bitterly.
- "No. Don't you dare say stuff like that. We'll figure things out. Okay?"- Builderman insists sternly, placing a hand on Elliot's shoulder to reassure him.
- "... Alright."- Elliot nods with a small smile.
Builderman leads Elliot downstairs, so he can join the conversation. Somehow Shedletsky managed to make 007n7 to play tic-tac-toe with him, the punishment for loosing is doing a dare from the winner.
Elliot smiles, as he joins. His sight landing on his fingers. They're blackened, like he put them in the bucket of black paint. No matter how hard Elliot tries, he can't get it off. So he decided to ignore it for the time being.
Notes:
Small thing I made for this AU:
https://www.tumblr.com/tknuniversum/797853692675211264/spoilers-to-the-forsaken-upgraded-hell-au?source=share
Hehehe >:]
Chapter 167: Hairstyle for a Princess.
Chapter Text
Pr3ttyprincess groans as her loose hair gets in the way of sight. It's making her miss the material and the needle pierces into her finger, again. She's been trying to sew together the two pieces of a material, but it's been working against her today.
Her fingers are bleeding again, it doesn't help that she's still learning how to sew and because of it the needle went deep. Now she has to wait again for the bleeding to stop, she doesn't want to stain the material.
She didn't want ask Noob for help. Her goal is to make this piece completely by herself, no matter how long it takes.
She blows out the air, hoping to blow her long hair away. Despite it it falls onto her face, again. The girl lost count how many times she'd done this with the same outcome.
The Princess is glad that neither C00lkidd or Bluudude are in the room because they for sure would've laugh at her failure. Especially Bluudude, despite acting nicer he's still a menace.
She could've gone to someone to cut her hair, but she doesn't want to. She likes it long and doesn't want to cut it. She also never learned how to style it and tie it, people at the orphanage didn't bother teaching her. It was always done by them, older kids or just let loose.
She also doesn't want to put it in a simple looking hairstyle, after all it's not something a princess would have. And sadly none of the killers know how to make complicated hairstyles.
The girl tries again. It doesn't take long for her to stab herself with a needle again. The building up frustration finally leaves her. Pr3ttyprincess screams out, throwing away the material, tears of frustration leaving her eyes.
The girl hears the door open and quickly wipes off her tears. She doesn't want Bluudude or C00lkidd seeing her like this.
- "Hey. I heard you scream, are you alright?"- A male voice asks. Turns out it's not one of the boys, but it's one of the survivors.
Pr3ttyprincess looks at Guest, tears falling down again. The girl runs over hugging him tightly. The soldier immediately goes into dad mode, tightening the hug.
- "What happened your highness?"- He asks with soft voice, stroking her hair in hopes she'll calm down.
- "I-I.... M-My hair keeps b-blocking my sight and I-I constantly s-stab myself with a needle, b-because of it..."- Pr3tty cries out, her hands clenching the fabric of Guest's clothes.
The man looks at her hair. An old memory comes back to his mind, a memory he had long forgotten until this moment.
- "Daaaaad. Why did mom had to go shopping in the morning."- Charlotte stands in the doorway. Her brown hair is sticking out in every direction. Guest can't help but chuckle.
- "Good morning Charlie. Did you sleep well?"
- "Yeah.... But I had a weird dream... Why did mom had to go?"
- "She'll be back soon."- Guest smiles, picking up his daughter.
- "Yeah but my hair looks like mess... Mom always does it for me..."- Charlotte frowns, she doesn't know how to do it yet. Guest thinks for a minute, before getting an idea.
- "How about I try?"
- "It will end up looking worse than when I attempted turning uncle Matt into a princess to be rescued."- The girl says, making her dad burst out laughing.
- "O-Okay. Okay. How about we find some tutorial, I'll try making your hair and you will tell me about your dream?"
- "Hmmmm.... Okay! But if I end up looking like Uncle Matt I will make you suffer!"
- "Alright. You have the deal my little gremlin."- Guest laughs.
The duo spent entire morning trying out different hairstyles. Guest quickly learned how to do standard and more complicated hairstyles.
Meanwhile Charlotte told him how in her dream she was chased by colourful ponies everywhere. After that she told him a story about her toys.
When Daisy returned, she was surprised by the hairstyle her daughter had. The girl immediately dragged her upstairs and made Guest do Daisy's hair too.
Guest shakes his head, snapping out of the memory. A bittersweet feeling overwhelming him, he deeply misses his family. But he knows they're gone, and he needs to move forward. A plan forming in his mind. He hopes muscle memory will kick in.
- "Do you remember how I mentioned I had a daughter?"- He asks Pr3tty.
- "Y-yeah?"
- "Well... I once knew how to make a few hairstyles. The simple and more complicated ones."- The soldier explains. Pr3ttyprincess pulls away, staring at him with wide eyes.
- "Really!?"- She asks with hope. It reminds Guest of Charlotte, nostalgia creeping up again.
- "Really.... If you want I can try to do it for you. I'm curious if I'm still able to do them."
- "YES! YES! YES! YES!!!"- Pr3ttyprincess jumps in one place, despite a few tears that didn't dry off yet, her face is full of excitement.
Soon after that Guest ends up making a hairstyle for the girl. At first it was messy, his skills being rusty by years of not doing it. But then muscle memory kicked in.
Pr3ttyprincess feels even more like a princess then she was before. She tightly hugs Guest as a thank you.
Thanks to his help with her hair. She was able to see better and after a few mistakes she was able to sew together the material.
Guest didn't leave after finishing her hair. He stayed and talked with the girl about random topics.
He still feels pain of the loss of his family, but it doesn't mean he has to be fully stuck in the past. He didn't even noticed when he gained new family. But he knows he will do everything for them.
Notes:
I'm currently fixated on 3 different AU's and being haunted by My Little Pony. XD
I DON'T EVEN WATCH THAT SHOW. I NEVER DID! IT NEVER INTERESTED ME AND NOW IT'S EVERYWHERE!!! 🤣
Chapter 168: Pirate Adventure
Chapter Text
007n7 is sitting covering his face, he lost a tic-tac-toe game and he das dared by Shedletsky to do a back flip. He failed miserably, the embarrassment is still present. Elliot glares at Shedletsky because of the dare. He doesn't want anyone getting hurt.
That's when C00lkidd runs downstairs, he misses a step and almost falls down, but he catches himself on the railing. With a sigh of relief he cautiously goes down the last few steps, before running over to his father.
- "DAD! DAD! DAD!"- He jumps with excitement, making 007n7 chuckle.
- "What's up kiddo? What got you so excited?"
- "Can we ALL play a play pretend game!? Pretty please!!!"- The Kidd asks with hope. 007n7 looks around, no one seems to be busy right now, but he still isn't sure.
- "Well... I can play but I don't know about others. Who are you want to roleplay as?"
- "I want to be a pirate! Like Joey is!!! It sounds sooo c00l!!! We already did it when he came over but I really want to do it now! Bluudude also does! He's asking the people upstairs to join!!!"- C00lkidd exclaims.
The topic makes 007n7 hesitate. He knows well about their not so nice history with pirates. He worries it might trigger someone. They should choose safer topic.
- "C00lkidd... I think we should thin-"
- "Ahoy Land Rats. I be captn' o' dis crew. Me 'n me matey will rule the seas! ...That's how pirates talk... Right?"- Chance shouts standing on a railing before suddenly grabbing Two Time who was passing by.
C00lkidd's eyes sparkle with amazement. He lets out a squeal of happiness. The kid looks at his dad with hope. The former hacker shakes his head, before speaking up.
- "You will not rule these seas! Not until we have something to say about it!"
- "HELL YEAH! DON'T MESS WITH US!"- Shedletsky stands on the coffee table. Ignoring the glare from Builderman and Dusekkar.
That's when Chance is pushed from the railing by Bluudude. The gambler shouts from surprise, but ends up landing on Guest 666 who was standing in the right spot.
- "Bluudude!"- Mafioso shouts, but the boy ignores him. Giggling evilly.
- "This is WAR!"- The teen shouts.
- "Spawn. Admins or any other God I did not know about please help me.- Two Time whispers to themselves. They just wanted to drink something in the kitchen and hide from the incoming chaos.
The house turns into a battlefield. Everyone gets pulled into it, even 1x1x1x1. The teams were formed.
C00lkidd, 007n7, Shedletsky and Elliot are the first team. They are just having fun, battling with other crews.
The second team is Chance, Two Time, Noob and Guest 666. The beast is happily pretending to be a ship or an island. They're happy to be included.
Bluudude pulled Noli and 1x1x1x1 into his team. They want to completely take over the cabin and make Shedletsky suffer. 1x1x1x1 insisted on making Shedletsky suffer.
Pr3ttyprincess has Guest, Taph and Azure in her team. They're the most feared crew, because no one wants to end up being covered in glitter. Pr3ttyprincess is a pirate princess, the girl believes that's how Herta must feel.
Mafioso summoned his people and they got called Mafia Pirates by C00lkidd. The group is the most effective team, because they know how to work together. However nothing can be prepared for true randomness of others.
Jason and John Doe are paired up together. They don't join the main battles, because they don't want to risk John's corruption doing something. But it doesn't mean they don't have fun.
Builderman and Dusekkar eventually gave in and created their own team. Their goal is to unite the crews, so together they can battle the sea monsters. They also want to avoid damaging the cabin.
And lastly the pets. They somehow got pulled into it. Polly, C00lgoo, Noodle, Ace, Clubs, Dusty and Spiders took over the basement, the depths of the ocean. They're dangerous sea monsters.
Eventually Dusekkar and Builderman succeed in uniting the crews and together they defeated sea monsters. Of course some people 'died' in the process.
The roleplay ended with everyone laughing and having fun. 1x1x1x1 tried to pretend that it's stupid but they felt satisfaction when Shedletsky ended up with glitter on his face.
C00lkidd is laying on the ground. Giggling as the bunnies are surrounding him.
- "Stop! It tickles... Dad help me!!!"
- "Alright you little gremlins. Go to your owner."- 007n7 chuckles, picking up the bunnies.
Chance is currently laughing at Two Time who pretends that they didn't enjoy the experience. But it's hard to take them seriously because of the glitter in their hair.
Even Builderman and Dusekkar admit that is was fun. They definitely needed a break after everything that happened.
Notes:
See! I can write stuff that isn't angst :]
The shenanigans have been delivered ^^
Chapter 169: Second Flare Up
Notes:
Let me know if you see any typos!
TW! SUFFOCATION
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
Chance wipes off tears from his eyes. His glasses are currently lost, but he doesn't care for now. He never thought he'll see Two Time having pink and sparkly hair. But here they are, with pink and sparkly hair.
Two Time shakes their head in an attempt to get glitter out of it. The memory of Azure suddenly throwing glitter at them is something they won't forget anytime soon.
- "M-Man... Only pink dress is missing and you would look like a stereotypical pretty princess."- Chance laughs.
- "Me?"- Two Time asks with confusion.
- "Yeah. Is there any other pretty princess around?"- Chance teases, then curses after hearing offended gasp from behind.
- "How DARE YOU compare them to me!? HOW DARE YOU FORGET ABOUT ROYALTY LIVING IN THIS CABIN!!!"- Pr3ttyprincess shouts angrily.
Chance takes a step back, laughing awkwardly. They know they messed up and now pray to Lady Luck they'll survive.
- "S-Sorry. Umm... I must've hit my head during pirate shenanigans."- Chance tries to excuse their actions. Luckily Azure comes to their rescue.
- "I mean. They would make a great princess."- Azure smiles, making Pr3ttyprincess stop. She looks at Two Time, despite not being a fan of them, she can see the vision.
- "Alright. You're coming with me. It's time to reply for all the times you stabbed me. Taph you're going with me!"- Pr3tty announces, meanwhile Azure giggles to himself.
Two Time glares at Chance. They are not happy about that outcome. Azure walks over to them, extending his hand.
- "Come on Nightshade. It won't be that bad. I promise."
- "...I do not have high hopes of survival."- Two Time mumbles, taking Azure's hand and allowing themselves to be dragged upstairs. Pr3tty and Taph follow after them.
Chance laughs with relief, running his hand through the hair. He thought it's the end for him. He smiles, happy that he survived. That's when a sudden wave of weaknesses overwhelms him, causing him to basically collapse.
- "Chance?"- Elliot asks with worry. Noob's eyes widen when they notice that the gambler seems to struggle with the breathing.
- "No no no no. Not again."- They say with panicked voice, running over to Chance.
- "What do you mean again?"- Guest asks with worry, also running over.
Noob can hear Chance wheezing, trying to breathe. Then he begins to cough, which doesn't help the situation.
007n7 picks up C00lkidd and takes him upstairs. Shedletsky helps him to get upstairs, considering the fact that the former hacker doesn't have his glasses anymore.
Mafioso takes Bluudude away, he doesn't want children see it. They deserve to be aware of the situation, but they don't have to see it.
It takes a moment but eventually Chance coughs up some odd black goo. His breathing returns to normal, but it's still fast for a while. Chance wipes off a few tears.
- "I-I feel f-fine now... I-I don't understand what i-is going on."- Chance whispers.
- "Noob. Can you explain what do you mean by 'again'?"- Builderman asks with worry.
- "W-Well... Something similar h-happened before. But without the coughs..."- They explain nervously.
- "And why didn't you tell us!?"- Elliot says, his voice a mix of anger and worry.
- "I-I told them not to. A lot was happening b-back then... Dussekar's death...."- Chance explains. - "I-I thought it's nothing... Because I felt fine. Even now I feel fine!!!"
- "So whatever it is. It's has flare ups?"- Guest asks, placing a hand on Chance's shoulder.
- "M-Maybe? It happened twice... S-So far."- Noob explains.
- "Alright, we'll keep watch. Elliot can you note the symptoms after Chance calms down?"- Builderman orders.
- "Yes."
- "Thank you. Are you sure you're okay now?"- Builderman looks at Chance in worry.
- "Yeah... I'm alright."
- "Get some rest."- The admin says.
Dussekar already is in the kitchen, making some tea for the gambler. Whatever is going on, they will face it together.
Notes:
Mafioso. John Doe and Jason were added to previous chapter (168) because I forgot about them yesterday!!! XD
___Not sure if I should TW when the symptoms of sickness happen (especially the struggle to breathe). Because it will be happening in the chapters more often. And honestly idk. Does it count as a TW?
Chapter 170: From the eyes of a Pirate.
Chapter Text
The child is sitting on the wooden floor, a piece of paper in front of him. Four coloured pencils are scattered around. It's not much, but the kid is happy to have at least something.
He's not used to having much. He never had a lot of things. He knows that his mom tries her best, she always does. She tried her best when they still lived with his dad, she tried her best when they moved away from from him. She's trying her best now, despite the disaster.
Joey smiles, looking at the drawing of his mom. He's not a great artist, but he doesn't give up and sees progress. He sucks at faces, but he's really good at drawing clothes. This is expected considering who his mother is.
He puts away the peace of paper, taking another one. He wants to draw his friends now. He's so happy he has pencils in the right colours for each one of his friends.
First he uses the pencil to sketch four bodies, before adding details. He focuses on the clothes wanting to make it the most close to reality. He draws the dress of Pr3ttyprincess, making sure it is detailed and looks perfect. Then he draws Bluudude's outfit, the hoodie and his pants are drawn to the smalles details he remembers. The same thing goes for C00lkidd.
Lastly he draws himself in a pirate suit. He never thought he'll ever be a literal pirate, but here he is. Despite all the struggles, he's happy with his life. And he doesn't have to go to school, which is the best thing ever.
Joey giggles to himself, then he admires his drawing. He hopes he'll be able to show it to the colourful trio when they meet again.
The kid moves to another drawing. It's the new outfit his mom forcefully made for the mysterious guy.
Sadly Joey wasn't able to see how he looks without the hood, but he knows his mom knows. Herta worked hard to make a new outfit for the person named Historian. The kid remembers how the hooded person tried to run away, but his mom stopped him.
Historian eventually left, once he got new outfit. It's a stylish clothing with material that can survive different environments. And of course it has a hood. Herta quickly became friends with Historian. Joey is glad, because he already really likes this person. He told him a lot of interesting stories and saved his life twice.
He saw a lot of shushed conversations between Historian and Herta, she always looked worried after them, or really mad. Joey wasn't able to hear the topic they ware talking about, but he assumed it's the mission about getting close with Tea Pirates. It was successful and for a few months they had an alliance together.
Joey really wants his mom to be happy, recently she looks stressed. Especially since one of the crew members caught weird sickness. It worries Joey, he doesn't want his mom to get sick too and he also doesn't want to be sick.
The kid hears voices outside his cabin. He quickly stands up and runs outside. His guess is correct, his mom came back from the meeting with the captain of Tea Pirates. He runs over and tightly hugs her. The woman chuckles and hugs him back.
- "I missed you too my little treasure."- Te woman smiles. Then he continues, her voice raised. - "Aye crew! Listen up! I 'ave three good news 'n one bad news."
- "Wha' it be cap'n?"- One of the crew asks.
- "First! Joey, me son should be around 13 years old. So congratulations fer me little boy fer survivin' another year."- Herta shouts. The entire crew also shouts. Some of them walk over and ruffle Joey's hair.
- "Yer a big boy now."- Someone says with pride.
- "We'll celebrate more later. Now fer the second news. We were able t' take another step when it comes t' an alliance wit' Tea Pirates. Now we be officially friends!"- Herta announces, the crew shouts out in celebration again.
- "So the plan worked!?"- Joey smiles widely. He's so happy for his mom.
- "Yss. It did."- Herta smiles. - "Third news! C4SP3R THE GREAT. Our enemy, he's got the weird sickness too. It means dat we shall 'ave more peace 'cause he'll be too busy wit' hisself t' bother us."
Herta shouts with happiness. She knows it's not morally okay, but this particular person has been making her life worse for a long time. Not once her crew could've died because of his ambushes.
- "And dat's where the bad news arrives. Whatever this sickness be... It's spreadin'. It doesn't seem infectious, but at the same time it appears on even more pirates dat be stayin' in Pirate Bay."- Herta says, her voice has a hint of worry. Despite this she stays strong, for herself, for her crew and most importantly, for her son.
- "dat's not good."- Someone mutters, the mood in the room changing. Herta nods.
- "Ye're right. We'll have t' be careful. But for now... let's celebrate Joey's survival!!!"- Herta smiles, her crew immediately perks up.
Later this evening Joey shows his drawings to his mom. She compliments his skills and gives a few tips on what he could change. Despite the harsh living conditions, Herta hopes that she'll be able to keep her crew and her son alive.
She hopes for a better future, but she knows best. It won't get better, it's will all get worse. It already is, the sickness is one of the proofs of that. She just hopes that if the worst happens they will be able to die peacefully.
Notes:
3/8 special chapters unlocked. Next one will be on chapter 175
Chapter 171: Eye of the Watcher
Chapter Text
It's been two days since Chance's weird sickness attack. Since then the symptoms didn't appear again, at least not all. Chance's skin began to turn black on his right arm. It started around elbow, but now it's slowly spreading up and down his hand.
It feels painful. A dull ache spreading through the corrupted area. Despite this Chance is his usual self. He still messes around, takes care of the bunnies and helps in the cabin.
An odd thing also happened when it comes to Elliot. The odd sickness also got to him, his whole left hand is corrupted in the black colour, however he doesn't experience any of the symptoms. It doesn't hurt him and he didn't have any flare ups.
The only thing that continues is his tendency to get lost in his thoughts. One time 1x1x1x1 went downstairs in the middle of the night and found Elliot just mindlessly walking around before staring at the knife for a few minutes. The embodiment of hatred went upstairs and told Mafioso to get the admins and deal with it.
Despite this Elliot is still acting like he used to. He helps people, laughs with them and overall is happy. He still has some issues, especially the guilt. But he began to talk with Dusekkar about it, that it's not his fault.
The same thing happened with Azure and Jason. Dusekkar insisted on talking with them, that it's not their fault he died. It was a bunch of unfortunate situations and his own decision.
Shedletsky sighs, rubbing his right shoulder. He must've slept wrong and now the muscles are hurting him. Despite spending a lot of time in a mortal body, some aspects of it still suck. And he will forever complain about them.
- "Umm... Shedletsky?"- Noob asks with a slightly nervous voice.
- "Yeah? What's up kid?"- Shedletsky smiles, chucking after Noob makes a face when he called them a kid.
- "I-I'm not a kid.... A-Anyway.... Could you help me move s-some boxes in the basement?"
- "Sure. Lead the way."
Shedletsky follows Noob. Both of them quickly work together to make more space in one of the basement rooms. The security cameras have been temporarily turned off, they wouldn't see anything in the fog anyway.
Shedletsky winces a few times when his shoulders acts up, but it's nothing he has been through before. Noob notices and glances at Shed in worry.
- "You okay?"
- "Probably just slept wrong. It happens sometimes."
- "Y-yeah... I had it a few days ago... I-It's so annoying."- Noob answers with a small chuckle.
Shedletsky smiles to himself. He sees a familiar pattern that is happening again. It's not noticeable a lot, but Noob seems to stutter less. Slowly they're fixing what their death took away.
Eventually the day ends. The tiredness creeps into everybody. Making them head back to their rooms after a few shorter conversations. Taph makes sure that 007n7 gets safely upstairs, he doesn't want to risk some kind of accident until the former hacker gets his glasses fixed. Builderman promised he'll try fixing them.
The Demolitionist then drags Two Time to their room. Chance follows after them, asking to join whatever they're planning. Eventually Taph and Two Time end up in Chance's room. Alongside Noob and Elliot they will be playing cards.
Shedletsky lays down, staring at the ceiling and allowing his mind to wander. There's a small ache in his heart. Once, a long ago She would be laying next to him.
The former admin sighs. He wishes he could go back in time. Just to see her again. To try and save her. But it's impossible and he knows that.
He pretends to be okay, but deep down he's still affected by her death. It comes to the surface when there's darkness, when no one can see his pain.
His last thoughts before he falls asleep are about his wife. He doesn't want to forget the memories about the good times.
Shedletsky wakes up in the middle of the night. The entire room is dark, but his eyes adapt quickly. His shoulder is throbbing in pain.
He sits up and is able to reach the small lamp Builderman was able to fix a while ago. He turns it on. The light makes Builderman wake up.
The other admin rubs his eyes, looking in the direction of his friend. With a sleepy voice he speaks up.
- "John? What's wrong..."
- "My shoulder... It's really painful. Like throbbin- ..."- Shedletsky cuts off. His breathing seemingly stopping, like he's in shock.
- "Shed?"- Builderman blinks again, focusing on his friend even more.
His eyes widen in fear once he realises that Shedletsky's shoulder has a black spot, exactly like one Elliot and Chance have. But there's a small difference... this one has an eye, staring at them.
Notes:
CHECK OUT THIS AMAZING FANART!!! :D
https://www.tumblr.com/inkedinechoes/798318503323222016/post-vanished-off-the-face-of-the-earth-tumblr?source=share
Again. Thank you so much. And this is SOO COOL!!!!
Chapter 172: Comfort in the Night
Chapter Text
Builderman's still asleep brain struggles to catch up and connect dots, but once it happens, Builderman feels terror overwhelming him. He quickly gets out of the bed, wanting to get to his friend as quick as possible.
He doesn't realise his legs are tangled in the blanket and he falls down onto the floor with a loud thud. It causes Dussekar to wake up and he's met with an unusual sight. Shedletsky looks like he's about to burst out laughing, but there's panic in his eyes too. Meanwhile Builderman is lying face flat on the floor, trying to get up.
- "That's an interesting sight. You gave me a big fright."- Dussekar speaks up. In this exact moment Builderman is able to stand up.
- "No time for that. Shed you good?"- The former admin asks. The tone makes the Mage worried. Causing him to do a double take at Shedletsky. The sight of the corruption makes him really worried.
Shedletsky looks down at his shoulder. He tries to ignore how the eye is looking around, eventually setting on Builderman.
- "####. I hate this...."- Shedletsky whispers, his voice has a hint of a tremble.
- "Hey, look at me."- Builderman makes his friend look at anything else but the corruption.
- "I thought we're going to be safe.... Being admins..."
- "I know. I thought so too."- Builderman agrees. In the meantime Dusekkar already came over, now checking out the corruption.
- "This doesn't look right, and it is not a pleasant sight. I feel like something is watching through the eye, someone that enjoys seeing us die."- The Mage speaks, his mind running through the options.
- "You mean the one behind the whole hell?"- Shedletsky looks like Dussekar, trying to ignore the throbbing pain. The Mage nods with confirmation. All three admins agree that it could be possible, considering the theory that they or it was watching them through the sky.
- "We already saw Chance's and Elliot's symptoms. We should be ready for both... I have a feeling that they might also get some... Addictions on the sick skin."- Builderman adds. There's a frown on his face.
- "So... Whatever they have... I have it now too."- Shedletsky laughs, but it's this broken laugh.
He has been through a lot. Both during his Telamon days and after starting over as a Shedletsky. He survived terrible injuries from fighting with other gods, he survived the injuries dealt by 1x, stuff that almost killed him. He 'survived' death games, he survived a mortal sickness.
Shedletsky refuses to believe that some weird unknown sickness or corruption thing might be what will take him down. It's pathetic.
Both Dussekar and Builderman look at their friend with worry. He looks like he has a breakdown. They sit next to him, so he's in the middle, they hug him until he calms down.
- "Can we... Can we cover it up? With a bandage or something..."- Eventually Shedletsky speaks up.
- "The Eye?"
- "Yes. If Matt's theory is true... I don't think I want someone spying through it."
- "I will get the bandage. My levitation will give us quiet advantage."- Dusekkar offers, quickly leaving the room.
When he returns, both he and Builderman tightly cover the area of the black skin. Shedletsky is staring at his hands, already calculating if it will make him less reliable to the team. A thought passes through his mind. 'This must be how Noli is feeling all the time. Thinking of all the ways he can't help...'
The former admin decides that he needs to talk with the killer about it. After all the only people offering him a reassurance were 007 and the killers. He wasn't much help and he promised himself to change that. He needs to focus more on how others are feeling.
- "You're thinking too hard. Come on, let's go back to sleep. Tomorrow I will explain the situation to the rest of the team."- Builderman says. Despite the situation not being nice, Shedletsky chuckles, making the two admins look at him in confusion.
- "I know someone that will be glad to hear I'm going to suffer... If I have it similarly to Chance."- The former admin says. Think about certain embodiment of hatred.
- "Alright. That's enough."- Builderman shakes his head with a smile.
Despite the fact that everyone was tired. They continued to sit together and talk about some random stuff, trying to distract themselves from the dark thoughts, at least until morning.
None of them noticed when they fell asleep together. Bringing themselves a bit of comfort, despite the tragedies. Three admins of the old generation are still here. And they hope to figure out this whole sickness and world state. They won't stop, no matter what.
Notes:
So! I had an interesting situation last night.
I woke up for a really short moment (literally not even a full minute) despite this I still remember it.
When I woke up, it took me a while to realise that during those few seconds I thought I'm TELAMON.My fixation reached the peak. My brain, why!?
XD
No idea why it happened. It feels like a dream so I'm not even sure if it really happened. But it seems weirdly real. 🤣
Chapter 173: Killer Star
Chapter Text
When morning came the three admins explained the situation. Survivors are really worried, some of the killers too. Shedletsky noticed 1x1x1x1 staring at him, but the former admin has no idea what they're thinking about.
1x1x1x1 feels satisfied, but also angry. He dislikes how it's going be this odd sickness causing him the suffering. It was supposed be him that do that. He gets snapped out of his thoughts by C00lkidd.
- "X! Polly laid three eggs. Can you make One Eggs for each one of us?"- He points at Bluudude and Pr3tty who are in the kitchen.
Bluudude is laying on the floor. Meanwhile Pr3tty is spilling glitter around him, creating a silhouette. 1x1x1x1 sighs, he knows that the pizza guy will get a breakdown seeing that kitchen got glittered again. They don't want to miss it.
- "Fine."- He agrees, with C00lkidd celebrating.
Meanwhile 007n7 slowly makes his way upstairs. He wants to tell Noli about the stuff that was talked about during the meeting. The said killer has a worse day today and was unable to leave the bed. And other killers are busy downstairs.
There are better and worse days. Noli really hates the worse days. He hates the feeling of the void spreading around his chest. It feels cold, despite the blanket his body feels abnormally cold.
Today is especially bad, because he even had to force himself to sit up. His body deteriorating is becoming even more obvious. At best, he has around year left before he dies, but it doesn't mean it's going to be painless.
Noli knows that whatever is now controlling Robloxia, it enjoys suffering. This odd sickness is a proof. He figured out that it is made to cause a lot of suffering on purpose.
His body might be dying, but his mind isn't. On the days he can't move, he makes theories. He tries to figure out the answers about what is really happening behind the scenes.
There's also another thing. Noli knows a lot about Void Star and based on that knowledge, his body should be in much worse state by now. Yet his death seems slowed and he knows for sure that it isn't because of the one controlling Robloxia. Despite this he still doesn't know the answer.
The door opens with a thud. Noli looks up and begins to chuckle when he sees 007n7 laying limply on the floor.
- "N-N1c3 3ntr4nc3. Y-y0u r34lly ar3 bl1nd. 1 d0n't r3m3mb3r 1t b31ng th4t b4d"
- "Shut up, you know that the hacks worsened it."- 007 says as he stands up. He looks at the blurred shape that is his old friend. - "...How are you feeling?"
- "A-A$ w3ll a$ dy1ng p3rs0n c4n."
- "... right..."- 007n7 rubs the back of his head. Awkward silence stretching.
- "WhY ar3 y0u h3r3?"
- "W-Well... We had a meeting. Shedletsky... He also got this weird sickness... They're trying to figure it out... I-I thought you would like to know about that."
- "..."- Noli stays silent, just staring at 007n7. Eventually he sighs and continues. - "Th4nks... 1 gu3ss..."
The awkward silence returns again. It's broken by sudden glitch running through Noli's body. It's a painful process, like his body is being ripped apart. The glitches continue, but in a smaller scale.
007n7 walks over, he sits on Noli's bed and pulls him closer so he can lean on him until the glitches stop. The former hacker feels awkward and he hopes he didn't overstep. After all their relationship isn't fully fixed.
Noli has his eyes closed tightly. His body shakes as the glitching continues. Subconsciously he grips 007n7's shirt, holding it tightly.
His face is burrowed into 007n7's shirt. His migraine is killing him and he just wants it gone. The other young adult it writing something on his laptop, with maxed brightness.
Noli groans in pain. It causes 007n7 roll his eyes.
- "Seriously? Dude I get it that you're a drama queen, but is it really necessary? I can't focus."
- "Sorry..."- Noli whispers, putting his hands around his friend.
- "Why the hell are you so clingy today? It's just a small headache. Get over it, do something useful. Learn the code for your GUI or I dunno. Write an assignment? It's third day since you do nothing but lay down. And even for me that's too lazy. At least work on something."
Noli sigs, pulling away. He winces as the light hits his eyes, making his headache worse. He knows that 007n7 with continue to downplay his pain.
It isn't the first time it happened, but despite this Noli can't help but justify 007's actions. He's much better than him, he's probably right and Noli is just letting his dramatic side takeover... That's probably it.
- "Hey Nols. You're okay. I got you."- 007n7 whispers when he notices that the glitches are keep going on, but slowly stopping. It reminds him of C00lkidd when he was sick, the memories flashing before his eyes.
- "It's almost over. Just take deep breaths."- The former hacker says. Noli nods and follows.
Eventually the glitches stop, but the whole experience made Noli really tired. The killer let's out a breath of relief, lessening the grip he had on 007n7.
He tries to pull away, but his body is shaking from exhaustion. The survivor pulls Noli into half hug. The survivor overthinks it for a second, but calms down when Noli relaxes a bit.
- "1-1t's w31rd s331ng y0u c4r3...."- Noli mumbles. The sentence breaks 007's heart. He knew he was bad in the past, but it still surprises him how bad he was.
- "I'm sorry... If I could change how I acted in past... I would."
- "Mhm...."- Noli hums in agreement. - "Y0u w3r3 b4d.... B-BuT 1'm gl4d th4t th3 k1dd g0t th3 n1c3 y0u... H-h3h... M4k-M4k3s 1t l00k l1k3 1 w4s a t3st r1d3..."
- "Oh gods. Noli no."- 007n7 quickly denies the claim. - "Never. I regret so much about my past. Please, never call yourself that again."
Noli hums again, the exhaustion kicked in strongly. Despite feeling hesitant about it Noli allows himself to lean on 007n7. That's when the survivor notices something that worries him a bit.
- "I think you have small fever."
- "1-1-1'm dy1ng S3v... 1t h4pP3n3d b3f0r3... AzUr3 kn0ws ab0ut 1t."
- "... Alright."- 007 answers with worry in his voice.
It doesn't take long for Noli to fall asleep. His body is still shaking, so 007n7 pulls closer the blanket, tucking Noli into it.
Noli, the clingy sleeper he is, is not planning on letting 007n7 go anytime soon. So the survivor is forced to basically cuddle with the hacker, but he doesn't mind. He missed that and he's happy that Noli can have at least a moment of calm.
The survivor hears rattling sound each time Noli breaths. That's another proof that the killer is dying. 007n7 regrets that he made Noli take that cursed star, that he left him behind.
He thought he's pushing away someone that would pull him back into the hacks, he believed Noli is a bad influence. Now 007 knows that it was he was the one being a bad influence.
It never was Noli's fault. All this time it was 007n7 that was behind it. He manipulated Noli a few times, he took hacks too far, even when Noli questioned it. He made Noli take the Void Star, the thing that is now killing him.
Noli mumbles something through his sleep, the side hug turns into 007 holding Noli as he sleeps. The former hacker smiles, this time he isn't leaving Noli behind. He'll be there until the end.
Notes:
Elliot: "The kitchen.... WHAT DID YOU DO TO THE KITCHEN!!!"
Bluudude: "I was dead and she was princess detective. We needed to make crime scene."
Elliot: "THE FLOOR IS FULL OF GLITTER!"
Pr3ttyprincess: "Right!!! Isn't it beautiful!?"
Elliot: "AAAAAAAHHHHHH" *falls on his knees*
C00lkidd: *munches on the fried egg* "It's like a movie"
1x1x1x1: "Don't talk with food in your mouth..... But you're right" *evil smirk*
Chapter 174: Poisonous Interactions
Notes:
Let me know if you see any typos!
TW! Implied abuse!
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
A few hours later Noli has a surprising visitor. Shedletsky decided to came over to talk to the killer. He also brought news about what happened in the kitchen.
- "1'm surp1s3d y0u actu4lly d3c1d3d t0 c0m3. BuT 1 d0n't und3rst4nd whY?"- Noli asks with suspicion, glaring at Shedletsky. The admin chuckles awkwardly, before sighing.
- "I'm sure 07 already told you that I got this weird sickness... It made me think... And I think I understand how you must feel... At least to some extent. And honestly, I already feel terrible about myself being less reliable..."
- "Y0u p1ty m3."- Noli snaps with anger. Meanwhile 007n7 hopes the situation won't escalate.
- "No! No, it's not that."- Shedletsky quickly denies.
- "Th3n Wh4t 1s 1t?"- Noli questions further.
- "You must be really strong mentally to deal with a sickness like that. I'm amazed by how well you're holding up. Really."- Shedletsky smiles. Noli can see that this is genuine smile.
- "... Th4nks... 1 gu3ss."
Shedletsky looks like he's about to say something else, but that's when the door opens. The former admin turns around, dread already spreading through him. His suspicions are correct and now he's face to face with 1x1x1x1.
The embodiment of Hatred glares at the admin that is standing in the middle of HIS room. They summon their sword, Daemonshank, and point at Shedletsky.
- "Get out before I will poke your eyes out"- 1x1x1x1 gives Shedletsky one last chance to leave.
The admin smiles nervously. He begins quickly, but cautiously passing by 1x1x1x1. The tip of the sword follows Shedletsky's every move.
- "Sorry. I won't come to your room again. I just wanted to talk with Noli...."
- "GET OUT!"
- "Alright!"- Shedletsky runs out of the room. 1x1x1x1 looks at 007n7 who suddenly becomes more pale.
- "The kids glittered the kitchen and your healer has a mental breakdown. They're fed."- 1x4 reports, before ignoring the survivor.
007n7 is surprised by the action. He didn't expect that 1x1x1x1 will treat him in such way. Normally he would be already thrown out. The former hacker opens his mouth to say something, but Noli nudges him and whispers.
- "D0n't t3st y0ur LuCK."
Azure is sitting, leaning on Guest 666. The beast is happily napping. The botanist looks at the situation in the kitchen. Pr3ttyprincess and Bluudude are having a lecture. Mafioso, Guest 1337 and Elliot are the ones talking.
Meanwhile C00lkidd is playing in the corner with C00lgoo. The child really loves this odd creature.
Azure sighs, he can't help but compare how differently those kids are treated. He remembers lectures he got from the teachers and elders, back in that cult.
He lost count how many times he was forced to recite the words from the Holy Scriptures every time he misbehaved. A moment of hesitation, a small mission and the punishment would get physical.
If he still had his old body, he could see all the scars from various punishments. Azure shakes his head, he shouldn't be pitying himself. Two Time had it much worse, because they were viewed as a chosen one.
But despite this, he gets stuck in his head. Falling deeper and deeper into memories he wishes he forget.
He remembers how when he was young they humiliated him in front of the entire class, because he was day dreaming. They made him a black sheep of the community.
Azure was liked by the people, but at the same time he was disliked by them. He saw the glances, he heard the whispers, every time he interacted with Two Time. People were scared he will somehow taint their chosen one.
Azure sniffles, trying to wipe his purple tears. There are a few nightshades growing on his tentacles. They always grow when he feels strong emotions.
- "Hey. I know we didn't interacted much. But are you okay?"- A voice snaps Azure out of the daze. He looks up, seeing one of the admins.
Builderman looks at the killer. However he doesn't see a killer, but a broken person. He already saw how bad Two Time's mental state is. Azure seems to be doing better, but it doesn't mean they're okay.
- "I know it must be hard, whatever bothers you right now. But it's going to be okay."- He continues, despite being clueless about the reason of Azure's distress.
He noticed that something is wrong when he saw nightshade growing on Azure's tentacles. Then he saw tears. Something urged him to take the first step, he doesn't want others suffer even more.
Azure stares at the admin, despite not knowing him well, the desperation takes over. The botanist knows it's probably stupid and foolish, but he saw how nice they're treating Two Time.
- "...I know it's probably stupid.... But...."- He cuts off, this is stupid. Builderman would never agree. He should just go upstairs and ask someone else, maybe Jason. Although he has no energy to go upstairs.- "Nevermind...."
- "Azure. Whatever it is, I want to hear it."- Builderman says, hoping it's reassuring. Azure looks down, eventually saying what he wants.
- "I think... I think I need a hug."- He whispers, feeling another tears falling down his face.
- "Alright. One hug for our best botanist."- Builderman smiles, surprising Azure.
The admin hugs him. It takes a moment, but Azure eventually relaxes. A few tears continue to fall, the botanist hopes that they won't hurt Builderman, considering their poisonous effects.
Builderman continues to hold Azure. He doesn't pull away. It's up to the killer to decide when the hug will end. Builderman promises himself to try connect with the killers even more, so they won't feel like they have to suffer in silence.
Notes:
Today I played as Chance for the first time.... I died every round XD
Luck is not on my side.
I switched to 007n7 (for the first time too).Also the Bloxy Awards Builderman skin. I'm naming him "Glowstick". Because he's so bright on the dark maps (which means basically on every map XD)
Chapter 175: What a Wonderful World
Chapter Text
IT is pleased, the sickness is spreading nicely. A few people also developed secondary eyes. They allow IT to stalk others even better. IT can see the world through the eyes.
IT dislikes that one of IT'S favourite toys covered the eye on the body. IT could've stalk the admins without risk of being uncovered. Luckily IT still has the vessel, IT feels confident enough to start talking through the vessel soon. IT can cause some mischief and misunderstandings with the use of the vessel.
One of the favourite toys, the star user. IT enjoys the suffering that gets born from the slow death. IT enjoys watching the toy squirm in sleep. The pain overtaking toy's body. It fills IT with satisfaction.
Only one thing messes up with the perfection. The Hated Toy is still alive, still not dead. However IT feels confident that soon things will change. IT is certain that The Hated Toy won't be able to hold on much longer. No one can escape the power IT has over Robloxia.
IT senses suffering in one corners of Robloxia. IT looks in that direction. IT is happy to find that one of the new generation of admins got injured, forgetting that the he has is a mortal one. IT watches him slowly die. They were always pathetic, it helped IT a lot. They didn't notice IT talking over.
The world is slowly breaking. It's full of suffering, pain and death. IT is happy from that outcome. What a wonderful world IT created.
2x2 wishes it could do something else than watching. It has been completely taken over. A mistake, a miscalculation, it caused the Cancer of Code to take over. The core now has barley any control over Robloxia.
With each day, Cancer of Code grows stronger. Each day 2x2 is forced to watch the world and people die. Each day it's forced to see suffering of people it cares about.
However Cancer of Code wasn't able to fully stop it. Despite being mostly controlled by IT to edit the world how IT wants. 2x2 still has a bit of control. Despite this it is unable to connect with the three admins. Cancer of Code blocks their connection.
The core of Robloxia continues with sporadic bursts of power. Now some parts of it are being used to stabilise Robloxia. So the world can hold on a little longer.
2x2 knows it doesn't have much time. It knows it's dying, but the death is happening faster than expected. There's less than a year left before IT will completely take over the core. 2x2 will then turn into a watcher, unable to do anything. Then a few months later it will die alongside the world.
However 2x2 doesn't give up. It clings to a feeling that Robloxians call "hope". It hopes that the remaining moves it has will be enough. 2x2 has still a few moves left to do before it dies. And it won't give up, until the very end The Core with continue to fight.
2x2 stares at the world. It can't help but think of the better times, times where despite lacking perfection, Robloxians were happy. It thinks of times when it's greatest creations ruled Robloxia. Oh what a wonderful world it was.
Notes:
We are OFFICIALLY in the half of autumn. Half of the 4th act. Only 25 chapters left until the final act.
I'm excited!!! :DIf you have any questions about AU, feel free to ask ^^
(But might be unable to answer some, because of spoilers)Song that the chapter title is based of:
https://youtu.be/4Xg38VAAC0k?si=1fdsDnWXoFbGzRBv
Chapter 176: Lizard Visitor
Chapter Text
Bluudude is staring at the ceiling, he's really bored and has no idea what he can do to kill the boredom. C00lkidd is playing with the toys, creating another fantasy story. Meanwhile Pr3tty is searching for some clean paper.
- "...I think we filled every sheet of paper..."- The girl eventually speaks up. She frowns thinking about the solution.
- "Why can't we ask adults to try find something during the scavenging mission?"- C00lkidd asks, looking at the Princess.
- "I would... But... I don't want another person dying."
- "....Oh. You're right..."- C00lkidd looks down, agreeing with the girl.
Bluudude listens to the conversation, but he also thinks about other stuff. 1x1x1x1 told him that he's getting better at swordfighting and he also is better at using his version of GUI. Despite the fact that it's power is blocked, there are still some cool stuff he can do.
The teen also noticed that he's getting better at controlling his emotions. Compared to his past self, he's much calmer. Mafioso really helped him with that. Bluudude still remembers the day when he was able to control himself and not lash out at C00lkidd, then Mafioso told him he's proud of him.
- "Bluuuuuuuuu"- C00lkidd's voice snaps out Bluudude from his thoughts. The teen tilts his head, looking at C00lkidd.
- "What do you want?"
- "Me and Princess decided to use the ball Jason got us. Do you want to join?"- The younger boy jumps up, he's a literal ball of energy.
- "...Fine. I don't have anything better to do anyway."
- "YEEEY! PRINCESS HE AGREED!"
- "C00lkidd I know. I'm literally standing next to you!"- Pr3tty snaps, annoyance on her face. C00lkidd just chuckles, grabbing the ball and throwing it at Bluudude.
The kids somehow end up playing dodgeball, the room has been turned into a warzone. The kids are having a lot of fun, however at some point the ball gets thrown too hard.
There's a loud crash when the ball hits the window. The silence immediately fills the room. Kids look at each other with worry and guilt. Eventually Bluudude speaks up.
- "I'll go get Maf."
The teen then heads to the room belonging to Mafioso. Bluudude nervously explains the situation. Mafioso is not mad and tells Pr3tty to get Builderman. They need to somehow fix the window.
Through tears C00lkidd begged the Mafia man if he can try finding the ball. After all it was a gift from Jason.
Mafioso doesn't have much hope on finding it, but he decides to at least try. He tied rope around himself. Taph offered to help, making sure that the rope is safety attached, so he can return after he's done. Bluudude wanted to go with him, but the killer refused, making the child pout.
Mafioso walks through the fog, moving cautiously , searching for something resembling a ball. He knows it's pointless, but at the same time he wants at least try for C00lkidd.
After a few minutes he feels something tugging the rope, and a quiet curse. Mafioso looks back, despite being unable to see he knows who that is.
- "Bluudude what are you doing here?"- He asks, his voice stern.
- "I'm helping! I'm not a child!"
- "You were supposed to stay inside. How did you even get here!?"- Mafioso questions further.
- "I was able to snuck out."- Bluudude says proudly. Mafioso sighs with annoyance.
- "We're going back."
- "What!? No! I'm helping you!!!"
- "No. End of discussion."- Mafioso snaps, he knows the dangers of the world.
Reluctantly Bluudude turns around, Mafioso quickly catching up to him. Everything seems well until Bluudude freezes up. Unexplainable dread begins to raise, suddenly the teen feels really scared.
Mafioso notices that the child stopped. He turns around, wanting to tell him to continue. That's when he hears loud screech of an animal, alongside sound of the wings. Mafioso doesn't waste a second, quickly pulling Bluudude close.
Two Time's head snaps up. Just like others, they all heard some animalistic screech. But there's a small difference between the rest of the group and Two Time. They know this sound. It is the same one they heard all those months ago, when they died.
Immediately their hand moves to the scars that they have left after that experience. They stare at the fog behind the window. They know that one of the killers went outside.
- "Two Time? Are you okay?"- 007n7 asks, noticing how still they became.
- "The beast that ended my life. It made the same sound."- They explain, it makes others feel a lot of worry.
Taph quickly runs over to the door, pulling on the rope. It's snapped. The Demolitionist stares at the place where the rope ripped. That's when Azure comes downstairs.
- "Has anyone seen Bluudude? He just disappeared."- He asks.
After searching the entire cabin everyone realises Bluudude is gone. Taph heard how the kid wanted to go with Mafioso. The Demolitionist blames himself for not keeping watch.
Mafioso is also gone. At the same time, if the worst happened, they didn't respawned. It means that they're still alive.
Notes:
*builds fortifications*
>:]
Chapter 177: Fleeting Hope
Notes:
Let me know if you see any typos!
TW! BLOOD, DEATH, INJURIES, SUICIDE
What have I done...
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
Two bodies hit the ground with a loud thump. The animal that dropped them walks slightly further away, as if to get something to come.
Mafioso hisses in pain. Not only he has wounds from the claws of the animal, he also was the first one that landed on the ground. Despite the pain, Mafioso is glad the other person with him is mostly okay.
The mafia man was able to shield Bluudude right before Seeker was able to grab him. However the dragon like creature was able to pick up both of them.
Bluudude is tightly holding onto Mafioso, his eyes are wide with fear. Under his breath the kid continues to mumble apologies. Mafioso hugs him close, ignoring his injuries. Older killer looks around the place they're located.
It looks like some sort of cave nest. The fog is not coming inside, however the darkness is not helpful. The only light is from entrance that requires a climb to get to it. And the cave area is really big.
Mafioso quickly adapts to the situation. His eyes are getting used to darkness. That's when he notices a small darker spot that looks like a hole. It's small enough that the Seeker wouldn't be able to reach them.
- "Come on kid. Let's hide before thinking of a plan."- He whispers, taking kid's hand. Bluudude silently follows, trying to fight his tears.
They both squeeze into the hole. Bluudude in the back and Mafioso in front. Mafioso tries to spot anything that could be useful, but he stops when he hears Bluudude's breath speeding up.
- "Bluudude. Kid I need you to calm down. Okay. Just take deep breaths. ####. Follow my breathing."- Mafioso turns around to face the kid. Wincing in pain when the open wounds scrape against the stone.
- "Maf. I'm sorry... I'm so sorry... It's all my fault... I'm sorry... I'm sorry... I'm sorry..."
- "Stop. Kid please stop."- Mafioso grabs Bluudude's hands. - "It's not your fault... You remember... You remember how Seekers work."
- "T-They.... They chose pray... And don't... Don't... S-stop until they c-catch it."- Bluudude answers, still crying.
- "Exactly... You can't control that you were chosen.... It's not your fault..."- Mafioso says, as he pulls the child close. Bluudude cries into him.
Mafioso blinks away his own tears. During all this years in the purgatory and after ending up outside of it, he came to care for the kids. However Bluudude was always the closest to him, maybe because he was the oldest. Or because Mafioso saw some aspects of his past self in the child.
The debt collector doesn't want to summon his goons. He doesn't want them dying again. So he needs to find another way out. He peeks through the hole, his eyes scanning the surroundings.
The entrance is too high up to safely and quickly get to it. But they cannot stay in the cramped hole forever. They will starve to death.
That's when Mafioso notices a small crack that seems to be leading outside, some faint glow is present there. The only issue is that it's located on the other side of the room.
- "Bluudude. We might be able to escape. We'll worry about other things later, we need to get out of this cave."
- "B-But the Seeker will know...."
- "So will the fog monster. I think that if we make enough noise it might eat the Seeker. We just need to get out. See this crack?"
- "Y-Yeah."
- "We need to sneak there. We should be safe for now. But... But if the Seeker arrives you need to run there as fast as you can."
- "W-what about y-you!?"- Bluudude raises his voice, being quickly shushed.
- "You are Seeker's main priority.... I... I'm not.... I will distract it...."- Mafioso explains, he's about to go, but Bluudude stops him.
- "M-Maf... If the worst happens... I want you to know.... You are the closest person I ever had to a father figure.... W-whatever happens... I won't blame you."- Bluudude says, his voice shaking, but his words are true. Mafioso smiles softly, ruffling the child's hair.
- "And you are the closest person I had to a son. Now let's get out of this place."
The duo comes out of the hole, quicky but slowly making their way to the crack. Mafioso sways every few steps, the blood loss becoming more evident. The killer tries to ignore the pain, adrenaline making him continue to walk forward.
They're around halfway in when they hear claws. The Seeker reruns. Mafioso tightens his grip around Bluudude's hand. A signal that he needs to run.
With tears in his eyes he runs in the direction of the crack in the wall. He hears Mafioso shouting at the Seeker, the dark shape temporarily focusing on him.
The kid continues to run, he's almost there. That's when a sudden wave of weakness takes over his body. Bluudude falls on his knees, it's suddenly really hard to breathe.
The child starts to cough, it feels like something is in his lungs. That's when he coughs up something dark, he can't see it well in the darkness, but he knows it's not blood.
That's when sudden pain hits him, something sharp is piercing his throat. The only thing Bluudude can do is letting out a yelp of pain before it all goes dark.
Mafioso stares at the the remains of the child. He never realised there were two Seekers. The other Seeker seems injured, unable to fly. The first one wanted to feed his partner.
Despite this all Mafioso can focus on is the body of a child. Already being ripped apart by the animal. He failed to save another person. First his people now Bluudude. He's nothing but a failure.
Mafioso raises his sword. He's already bleeding out, he has no reason to try to survive, he might as well just respawn.
He stabs himself in the heart, his body falls on the ground as darkness takes over his vision.
The next thing he knows is that he's staring at the ceiling in the cabin. Someone quickly rushes into him, tightly hugging him.
Mafioso already knows who is that. The Mafia man hugs Bluudude. The kid is all he can focus on.
He doesn't notice black markings on Bluudude's skin. He doesn't see the worried looks of others in the cabin. He can't focus on his goons asking if he's okay. He continues to hug the child and won't let go anytime soon.
Notes:
I am getting ready for pitchforks and torches.
I also already had an execution in Sky Cotl (game). I got boiled alive in radioactive soup by my friend after giving some small sneak peaks.
Chapter 178: Quiet Pain
Chapter Text
What do you do when a child that probably has trauma dies and respawns with even more trauma? Alongside the child a person that haunted you down both Before and in rounds also dies and is straight up crying hugging the child.
This is what Chance is wondering about, he's standing next to the couch, looking at the two people that just respawned. He isn't sure what he should feel, of course he feels bad for the kid, but he isn't sure what to do with Mafioso.
The debt collector was on his tail for a long time. His memory began to blur, but he remembers other talking something about a 'stolen' prize during rounds. Being alive for 3000+ years can really mess up your memory.
Chance is lucky enough he didn't die yet. Sure he died in the rounds, a lot. Both by his own gun and by the killers. And by the person he believed was his friend.
The thought makes Chance freeze up. He hates when his brain works against him, causing him to relieve painful past. Chance knows he allowed his brain to get into a spiral, he needs to snap out of it before it will get worse.
After all two people just died, it was so bad that Mafioso, the emotionally stable and at first glance emotionless person is openly crying while hugging a child. Chance doesn't want to make it about himself with his stupid outburst.
The gambler anxiously flips his coin without a break. Some flips are lucky, meanwhile others are unlucky. Chance doesn't realise the growing stack of weakness. He focuses on flipping the coin.
Despite this his mind continues to reply his last moments that he's forced to dream about at night. When he bagged his friend to not leave him as he bled out.
Chance can't help but let out quiet bitter laugh, quickly forcing himself to stop. He doesn't want to make the scene, but his legs refuse to move. He can't go to other room. He wishes he could do more, for the freshly killed.
Sure, he and Mafioso have a history, but it doesn't mean he can't be nice to other. And Bluudude is a ####### child that just died. While he doesn't know them that well, he still wishes he could do more.
Suddenly Chance feels someone's hand on his shoulder. He immediately freezes up, did he messed up? Turns out it's just Guest. The survivor points at the kitchen.
- "I was thinking of making them something warm to drink. Do you want to help me?"- He offers. Chance knows that Guest knows that he isn't okay. But he appreciates that he doesn't mention it.
- "Sure. Yeah. Let's go!"- Chance tries to put on facade.
Guest just shakes his head and leads Chance to the kitchen. Together they make tea for the two killers, using the gigantic reserves Dusekkar and Pr3ttyprincess insisted on. Guest takes out another cup, he smiles at Chance. The gambler immediately understands that it's for him.
With C00lkidd's sword, the water is quickly boiled. The tea is done and Guest takes it to the other room. Both Mafioso and Bluudude were led to the couch where are they sitting now. Others gave them space for now.
Chance is sitting at the kitchen table. He notices the crack from the time Shedletsky got mad at him because of his connection with ITrapped. Luckily it didn't happen again and the duo was able to talk it out.
It makes Chance smile, he still finds himself surprised by how close he got with the survivors. He's happy he's no longer alone. Guest returns and sits in front of him.
- "Feeling better?"
- "... Yeah. Thanks for distraction. And noticing."
- "No problem. Just because others have worse, it doesn't make your problems less important. Everyone has their own battles."
- "Heh. You really know stuff, don't you soldier boy."- Chance smirks teasingly. Guest chuckles, knowing that the other doesn't mean anything bad.
- "I went through a lot. With it comes the knowledge. We all just need to stay strong, always stay strong. No matter what.... That's what my father told me."
- "....Those are wise words."
- "Yeah..."- Guest smiles, but it's bittersweet. The Duo continues to talk for a while. About Before, some random topics and how they could help deal the two killers with their deaths.
Notes:
I got executed in a game because of what I've done in the previous chapter.
Here's proof:https://www.tumblr.com/tknuniversum/798959587237724160/my-execution-in-sky-cotl?source=share
We will return to Mafioso and Bluudude in the next chapter!!!
Chapter 179: Forgetting and Falling
Notes:
Let me know if you see any typos!
Implied Suicide!
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
Bluudude slowly drinks the tea that was given to him. But it's hard for him to swallow, his brain replaying his last moments. His hand goes to his throat, where is now a scar in the shape of claws.
The kid looks at Mafioso. His clothing hides a lot of his skin, but on the visible parts there's no sign of scar. And one always forms in the place of fatal wound.
- "M-Maf....?"
- "Yes, kid?"
- "How did you....."- Bluudude cuts off, not wanting to finish the sentence. Mafioso seems to understand.
- "....I did a stupid thing in the heat of a moment. I wanted to make sure you respawned safely and I wanted to go on my own terms.... It's stupid. But a lot happened and my emotions got the best of me."- Mafioso explains, his grip tightening around his cup of tea. Bluudude's eyes widen.
- "Y-You...."
- "Yes Bluudude. And I regret it, but at the same time I'm glad I did that."
- "D-Do you know what you forgot?"
- "...Not yet."
- "I do."- Bluudude says, pulling his knees to his chest. Blackened skin on his hand more visible, a sign that he has the sickness.
- "What is it? If I can ask?"- Mafioso asks softly.
- "....I don't remember what my mom looks like.... Her face.... Her voice.... Some memories... Completely gone. But some stayed.... And I'm forever grateful for that."- Despite the pain of the loss, Bluudude smiles. Finding satisfaction in remaining pieces in his memories about his mom.
- "I'm sorry...."- Mafioso says, pulling the child close.
- "....I told you... Whatever happens. I don't blame you. My mom.... She's already dead... My memories were getting blurry even before I forgot. It would happen eventually."
- "But it didn't have to be so soon. So I'm truly sorry."
Bluudude sniffs, a tears leaving his eyes again. The kid continues to cry, everything that happened is overwhelming him. Mafioso holds the child, not wanting to let go.
The debt collector notices Chance and Guest leaving the kitchen. He makes what seems to be eye contact with the gambler, he doesn't fully know because of the glasses.
That's when it clicks. He has no idea what was his deal with the gambler. He has no idea how did they even met. He just knows that Chance did something that got him in debt.
That's when everyone hears a shout of surprise and a bunch of small thumps, followed by a loud one.
- "Owwww....."- C00lkidd says after tumbling down the stairs. Guest walks over, making sure the kid is okay.
- "C00lkidd you idiot. Can't you walk down the stairs!?"- Pr3ttyprincess shouts from the upper floor. She makes her way down, holding Polly in her hands, meanwhile Noodle is sitting on her head.
- "Pr3tty, it's mean to call others an idiot."
- "Everyone I know do it aaallll the time."- The girl says with a slight confusion. Guest just sighs, killers really aren't the best examples for the kids. But he knows they're trying, despite having different morals.
The kid duo walks over to Bluudude and Mafioso. C00lkidd quickly hugs then both. At first Bluudude wants to push him away, but finds it pleasant so he let's it be this time.
Pr3tty hands over the rat to Bluudude without a word. She sits next to him. The usual war between the kids is temporarily stopped.
None of the kids know how to properly cope with everything that is happening, so they try to cope the best they can. This time is just sitting next to each other in silence.
Noodle is curled up on Bluudude's lap, while Polly is sitting on Pr3tty's lap. C00lkidd is sitting next to Mafioso, hugging the killer. Meanwhile Pr3tty places a hand on Bluudude's one. A silent offer of comfort.
- "Man... These kids need therapy...."- Chance whispers, observing the situation.
- "We all do Chance. We all do..."- Guest answers. Both of them know that it is not possible considering the environment they live in.
Notes:
Guest 666 is.... Smaller than I thought. I always thought they will be bigger. Hmmm.... They are bigger in the canon of this fic.
Okay? Okay! :DThe update is really cool! I wasn't able to try out 666 and Veeronica, yet. (I dislike spending money XD) But the update is really cool!!! :D
And I like the new maps. Although it will take a while until I get used to them.Speaking of Veeronica... She really was lucky to come out now. Otherwise she would've suffered in this fic XD (I don't know much about her that's why I didn't add her before)
Chapter 180: Coffee Talks
Chapter Text
Tiredness. Recently that's what he constantly feels. His days are always focused on helping people around. The odd sickness is spreading. More and more people get sick, no one knows the cure.
Danny sighs. He's lucky enough to not be sick. But he worries if he might get it. He worries for all the sick people in Crossroads. He always cares too much, but he can't help it. It's in his nature.
Despite all this suffering. The young man doesn't give up. He continues to smile, he continues to hope. After all people need to hope, need to have will to survive. They all deserve better.
Danny hopes that maybe one day they will be able to fix the world. Unite and fight for a better world. They just need to work together despite the differences.
Sadly the attempts didn't work out. People don't have hope. They are just trying to survive as long as they can, sometimes they even give up.
What Liam did with creating Crossroads. It's a miracle. Danny is still surprised that the leader was able to create community. Sure, a lot of people are just coming in to trade, and they aren't the most pleasant to be around. But it is mostly peaceful.
- "Hey Dans. Coffee?"- Voice belonging to Rob snaps Danny out of his thoughts.
- "Sure. I know I will need it. At this point we're going to run out of the coffee."- Danny chuckles, taking one of the cups Rob is holding.
- "I'm sure that we could bribe Elijah into getting us some."- Rob chuckles, thinking about the white haired hunter.
- "Considering how stressed he looked last time we saw him? I doubt it. He would protect this coffee like a chihuahua"- Danny jokes. The nickname got spread around those close to the family Elijah belongs.
- "He does act like one."- Rob smiles fondly. But deep down he's worried about their friend. Someone needs to force him to get a break, even if it means to get bit.... Literally.
The duo continues to drink coffee in silence. They're getting ready for another long day. Danny sighs, he's been wondering about something for a while.
- "You think Chance and others are okay...?"
- "If they didn't blow up themselves? They should be. Unless... How does he call that weird woman?"
- "Pff."- Danny snorts, almost choking on the coffee. It takes a moment for the young man to calm down. Rob looks at him unimpressed. Danny eventually answers. - "It's Lady Luck."
- "Right. Unless this Lady Luck isn't on their side."
- "I hope they aren't sick. Because at this point I suspect it being everywhere."- Danny sighs, worry on his face.
- "I'm sure they will be fine. Besides, they can always respawn. Sure side effects are there. But at the end of the day they're still alive."- Rob tries to cheer up the other.
Before they can continue with their conversation. A loud knock interrupts it. Someone needs their help. Both Danny and Rob leave the house. After all when they're not scavenging, they're helping around.
If they want to survive. They need to work together with the people in Crossroads. Autumn being the only season that the city gets a break from trading. But it doesn't mean the work is over.
Notes:
Forgot to link it yesterday. But Seeker got a fan art!
https://www.tumblr.com/nothingisworkingright/798969460148043776/my-design-for-the-seeker-from-tknuniversums?source=share
Thank you again!!! ❤️
___Another thing. I made an art of Danny and Chance.
https://www.tumblr.com/tknuniversum/799137770050371584/chance-and-danny?source=share
Chapter 181: Kitchen full of Hate
Chapter Text
The night passes peacefully. When Shedletsky wakes up, it looks like he's the first one awake. The former admin stretches his body, his wings fluttering behind him. Some loose feathers fall out.
He quietly exits the room and walks down the stairs. Because if rationing he didn't ate a lot yesterday. So he wants to slightly begin his today's ration.
As he walks down the stairs he can hear someone in the kitchen. It seems that Elliot is awake. Shedletsky smiles to himself. The healer is always thinking about others before himself.
- "Hey Elliot how was your....."- Shedletsky cuts off when he realises that it's not Elliot. Instead he's met face to face with 1x1x1x1.
The embodiment of hatred and Shedletsky have a long starting contest in the silence. One tries to control the urge to kill the other. Meanwhile the other tries to not panic.
- "1x! Hi! I didn't expect you being here."- Shedletsky smiles nervously. Trying to slowly get close to the place where his rations are stored... It is next to 1x1x1x1.
- "I don't trust your healer to prepare food."- 1x1x1x1 says coldly. It makes Shedletsky freeze and frown, despite his better judgement he questions the killer.
- "What do you mean? Elliot is the best when it comes to food. Are you jealous or something?"- The moment the last sentence leaves his mouth, Shedletsky realises what he said.
The hateful aura around the killer seems to become stronger. 1x1x1x1 glares at Shedletsky. The grip around the knife they're holding tightens. Shedletsky should appreciate the amount of self control 1x1x1x1 is currently using.
- "No. It is simply because if he has these pathetic episodes of dissociation the food is at risk. We cannot waste it."- 1x1x1x1 explains.
- "That's stupid. Just make someone stay with him. I get that you have some issues, but come on! It's not that dee-"- Shedletsky quickly dodges when a knife is thrown at him.
Said knife is impaling the wall. It was thrown with such strength that the blade is fully inside the wall.
Shedletsky let's out a sigh of relief. The knife almost hit him. He looks up at the embodiment of hatred. 1x1x1x1 is glaring at him, but doesn't say anything else. Instead they return to sorting the food.
- "I just don't understand why you suddenly stopped tolerating Elliot."- Shedletsky tries to continue.
- "You are Telamon. Use your brain. Unless it got dissolved by your stupidity and chicken."- 1x1x1x1 snaps. Shedletsky's expression darkens at the mention of Telamon.
- "You know that I'm no longer him."- He says, his voice sharp. The former admin dislikes being reminded of his past as Telamon.
1x1x1x1 ignores him, instead they began to try clean the counter around the sword stove. Shedletsky knows that 1x1x1x1 knows something. And he dislikes that they refuse to tell him.
- "Listen. I get that. You hate me. But if you noticed something important I think we deserve to know."
- "You don't deserve anything."- 1x1x1x1 snaps.
- "I messed up as Telamon, sure. But it was YEARS ago. Don't you think that's enough years to stop holding a grudge?"- Shedletsky questions, he doesn't understand why 1x still wants to end him. - "Besides! You had all the time in rounds to make me suffer. Aren't you satisfied!?"
- "IT WON'T EVER BE ENOUGH!"- 1x1x1x1 shouts, grabbing C00lkidd's sword out of the counter and pointing it at Shedletsky.
The former admin takes a step back. Summoning his own sword. His mind goes into fight or flight mode.
- "1x1x1x1 I do not want to fight. Not again. Just tell me what you know and I'll leave you be.... I just want to know... And get some food."- Shedletsky explains, trying to remain calm.
- "You don't understand. Don't you."- 1x1x1x1 says, their voice eerily calm.
- "...No. No I don't understand. But you yelling at me won't make me understand."- Shedletsky tries to reason with the embodiment of the hatred.
- "I was locked away for YEARS."
- "YOU TOOK OVER ROBLOXIA!"
- "AND LOOK WHO IS YELLING NOW!!! I WOULDN'T DO THAT IF YOU TREATED ME AS ACTUAL LIVING BEING!"
- "YOU WASN'T SUPPOSED TO BE ALIVE! I DIDN'T REALISE UNTIL IT WAS TOO LATE!"- Shedletsky tries to explain himself.
- "YOU LEFT ME TO ROT!"- 1x1x1x1 shouts.
The fire sword he's holding reacts to the strong emotions. It ignites in big uncontrollable fire. It burns 1x1x1x1, they don't fully know how to control this exact sword. They quickly drop it on the floor, holding their burned hand close.
The fire spreads on the floor, but quickly dies out when the hateful fuel gets cut off. Shedletsky looks at 1x1x1x1 with slight worry. The embodiment of hatred let's out a quiet hiss of pain.
- "1x-"- Shedletsky gets cut off when the embodiment of hatred lounges at him. But before they can do anything bad or hurtful a bunch of tentacles hold them down.
- "1X CALM DOWN. AND YOU GO TO THE BASEMENT!"
- "But!"
- "GO TO THE BASEMENT!"- Azure orders, glaring at the admin.
Shedletsky quickly goes in the basement, but not fully. He stays more near the entrance so he can overhear the conversation.
Upstairs Azure is holding onto 1x1x1x1 who's trying to get free from tentacles.
- "1x1x1x1 calm down. Calm down before you do something you might regret."
- "I will NEVER regret killing him!"
- "But it might make mess for us! And the kids. I know that you care about them, so for their sake CALM DOWN!"- Azure tries to reason with the embodiment of hatred. 1x1x1x1 tries to take deep breaths. Slowly he calm down enough so Azure can let him go.
- "Let me see your hand. I don't take no for an answer."- The tentacle killer pulls close the hand of the other killer.
1x1x1x1 reluctantly allows Azure to look. The killer version of the killer frowns. The hand is burned and probably hurts. The embodiment of hatred always had strong pain tolerance, so they didn't notice yet.
- "We need to get it bandaged up.... Why did you attack him. Other than the fact you hate him."
- "He was acting stupid and pushed my buttons."- 1x1x1x1 says angrily.
- "Not everyone observers and analyses people like you do. What did you notice?"- Azure asks calmly, trying to reason with 1x1x1x1.
- "...There is something odd around that healer when he dissociates. The aura is different."- 1x explains while standing up.
- "Thank you for sharing. Now let's go bandage your hand. You got a nasty burn."
- "I had worse."
- "But it doesn't mean you don't deserve treatment. Now come on, before the kids see this and get worried."
- "...fine"- 1x1x1x1 follows after Azure. He's not happy about that outcome, but it could be worse.
Shedletsky leaves the basement. A frown on his face. What 1x said made him think. This whole situation with Elliot is weird. He needs to keep an open eye from now on.
.... and he needs to at least try cleaning this kitchen after the fire. And attempt to take out the knife in the wall.
Notes:
Hehehe. Finally interaction between the two!
It could be much worse XD
Chapter 182: Memories of the Banned
Chapter Text
- "I don't understand why are you so bothered about it."
- "1X THIS IS A SERIOUS BURN?!"- Azure almost drops the bandage. He doesn't understand why 1x1x1x1 doesn't understand why the embodiment of hatred refuses to acknowledge the injury.
- "It is nothing compared to the injuries I had in past."
- "And I already told you it doesn't matter! You deserve care no matter what."
- "It's stupid."- 1x1x1x1 crosses his arms, glaring at the floor. If they didn't respect the other killer, they would've walked away a while ago.
- "It's not stupid. Just because you had it bad in the past and that's probably nothing compared to it..... It doesn't mean that you don't have to care about your body."
- "It barley hurts. I do not need these mortal bandages."- 1x1x1x1 stands up, ready to just leave.
- "Even the admin survivors use them!"
- "And I am above them."
- "You're acting like a stubborn child."- Azure says with annoyance. Walking over and grabbing 1x's healthy hand. - "Even god's sometimes need help."
- "If you didn't see the burn happen. You wouldn't notice it."- 1x1x1x1 says coldly. The burn is perfectly masking because of his black skin.
- "I would notice small things. Like how you avoid using this hand. Or push through pain, gritting the teeth when you think I'm not looking."- Azure explains, leading 1x back to the bed in the medical room. The embodiment of hatred reluctantly sits down.
Azure begins to treat the burn, being gentle and cautious to not make it worse. It confuses 1x1x1x1. The only person that treated him in such care was BrightEyes. They themselves would be rough and quick. As long as it worked and they didn't have to deal with the dripping blood they were satisfied.
They really dislike the feeling of blood dripping down their wounds. It reminds them of their time in Banlands. At the same time, they learned to ignore it long ago. After all pushing through things is what they do best.
Darkness. Everywhere they look is darkness. Cold chains are covering their body. The movement is restricted, they barley can move their head. The chains are rattling with every attempt at movement, digging into their body.
The blood from the wounds inflicted during the battle continue to bleed. But the nature of Banlands refuses to let him die. His body is covered in blood that will take a long while to stop bleeding. And even longer for the wounds to heal.
Every move brings more pain. But at this point they became numb to it. The darkness is cold. The floor is cold. Their body is cold. The chains are cold. Their heart is cold. They don't care anymore. They know they will be there for eternity.
The hatred is not satisfied. The hatred makes them carve the bloodshed. But since they're unable to kill, to fight. The hate becomes physical hunger. Each day is a torture, but they just push through it. Like they always did.
During the battle The Mage did a risky move, succeeding in sealing away some of his powers. The Bringer Of Doom locked him away in the deepest part of Banlands. The part that is under the supervision of the 2x2 itself.
1x1x1x1 just needs to wait until the Core will become distracted, then they will be able to escape.
The chance arrived alongside a mass of a thousand eyes. Years and years after their imprisonment. They got offered a chance to get revenge, to satisfy the hate. 1x1x1x1 took it, not knowing they exchanged one prison to another.
- "Earth to 1x."- A hand is being waved right in front of his face. The embodiment of hatred blinks and pushes away Azure's hand.
- "What?"- They snap, glaring at the healer.
- "You got stuck in your head. I finished bandaging your hand a while ago."- Azure explains, true to his words their hand is neatly bandaged.
- ".... It's.... Well done?"
- "Does it count as a compliment from the Great 1x1x1x1?"- Azure teases, sitting next to them.
- "Don't get too comfortable."- 1x1x1x1 snaps back, crossing their arms.
- "Alright. Also try to be careful. I don't want to redo the bandage sooner than I need to."
- ".... fine."
- "Your hair is a mess. I should tell that Princess."
- "You're dead if you do!"- 1x glares at Azure. But the tentacle killer just laughs. It always confuses 1x when others aren't scared of him. But deep down, he's happy that they don't mind.
- "You always mention having worse... But was is really worse?"- Azure asks with curiosity.
- "I believe that bleeding to death and being unable to stop it, but also being unable to die and Hatred becoming physical hunger is worse than small burn."- 1x1x1x1 snaps with annoyance.
Then he realises what he just said. He usually keeps things to himself. He doesn't know why he suddenly revealed that, especially considering that he was keeping it a secret for centuries.
Azure's eyes are wide in shock and terror. The botanist knows that it's probably a tip of the iceberg. And it already sounds BAD. The ex cultist hugs 1x1x1x1 without thinking.
The embodiment of hatred becomes still. Normally kids are the only ones that hug them. They aren't used to it and try to push Azure away.
- "What the hell you think you're doi-"
- "Quiet. Just let me have this...."- Azure says quietly. He's holding close the other killer.
It takes a moment but eventually against his own will 1x1x1x1 leans in. He's not used to it and feels awkward, but at the same time it feels... Safe. 1x1x1x1 rarely experiences the feeling of safety.
- "I know you did bad things.... But even the villains don't deserve that fate. And even if you refuse to acknowledge it, but you changed for better."- Azure says when eventually he pulls away.
- "Are you done being sappy?"- 1x1x1x1 says with annoyed face. Azure sighs
- "God's give me strength so I can deal with their lack of emotional understanding."- Azure prays out loud, meanwhile 1x1x1x1 stares at him unimpressed.
- "You act like an idiot."- 1x1x1x1 rolls his eyes. Staring at the now evident injury. The white bandage sticking out on their skin.
- "And you are a stubborn menace. Now come on. Pr3tty needs to do something with your hair."
- "She will add glitter. I don't want to be sparkling like he once did."
- "Then tell her so save it for him."
- "..... You actually can have good ideas?"- 1x1x1x1 teases, making Azure let out offended gasp.
- "YOU TAKE THAT BACK!"
- "You'll have to catch me first."- 1x1x1x1 says, already leaving the room.
Azure quickly runs after him. The Duo ends up inviting kids room where Azure tries to get an apology and fails miserably.
Pr3tty and C00lkidd quickly joining the shenanigans, waking up Bluudude by accident who begins pillow fight that 1x1x1x1 is unable to escape.
Notes:
I got fixated about 226w6. XD
AND I almost forgot to post it because of said fixation XD
Chapter 183: Elliot's Morning
Chapter Text
Elliot puts on his visor, smiling when he notices his reflection in the window. He makes sure his clothes look well and straightens some loose areas.
After he decides he's done he glances at Chance's empty bed, then at Noob who is still sleeping. Their brows are burrowed, like they have some unpleasant dreams. Elliot knows everyone has them, Noob needs sleep so he doesn't wake them up.
His eyes linger a bit longer on Noob, he notices their expression changing into a grimace and that they seem to be fighting something unpleasant and painful in their dream.
Elliot leaves the room. Noob needs more sleep, even if it's unpleasant. The healer makes his way downstairs, wanting to check out on the food situation.
He stops in the entrance of the kitchen, his head tilts as he notices the state of it. Big area on the floor is burned and Shedletsky is hopelessly trying to get out knife form the wall.
- "What happened here?"- Elliot asks, glaring at the admin. Shedletsky turns around, as if frightened.
- "ELLIOT! HI!"- He smiles nervously, looking at the healer.
- "Could you explain?"
- "Well... Me and 1x got into a... Small misunderstanding. I cleaned the best I can! But the knife doesn't budge."
- "... idiots."- Elliot mumbles with a roll of his eyes. He begins looking at the previously sorted food. - "That's all we have?"
- "No? There's more in the basement. You and Azure placed that there."- Shedletsky explains with a raised eyebrow.
- "Right. It seems like I'm still not fully awake."- Elliot smiles, walking to the basement. Shedletsky looks after him, with a frown on his face.
In the basement Elliot checks out all the ingredients. When he picks up one of the jars he accidentally drops it, causing a small crack to happen. It doesn't affect food inside, but it will expire faster than before.
Elliot stares at the broken jar, before putting it in the back of the shelf, hoping no one will notice. The healer finishes off counting all the remaining rations before leaving the basement.
He forgets to close the entrance, risking the spiders leaving and Shedletsky is not in the kitchen anymore. It's too late to fix it, because Elliot is already upstairs.
He slows down when he reaches the door to his room. He decides to open them. When Elliot looks inside he notices that Noob is already awake, but they look shaky and panicked.
- "Are you alright?"- Elliot asks with a tilt of his head. Noob's eyes snap out, they're wide.
- "E-Elliot... I-I'm.... O-Okay now. It was j-just a nightmare."- The survivalist explains. Elliot stays silent for a few seconds.
- "I already counted the rations we have left since you decided to sleep in then wake up normally. So you don't have to do that anymore."- Elliot says, looking Noob in the eyes. The survivalist bites inside of their cheek, they can't help but feel like they did something wrong.
- "O-Okay...."
- "And didn't you say that Bloxy Cola gives you a sense of comfort despite you hating the taste? Maybe it could help you calm down. Something familiar to ground you."
- "I-I'm not s-sure if I'll be able to stomach anything f-for now."- Noob answers with shame, the nightmare really shaken them up.
- "Well. I tried to help. Sorry it isn't useful to you."- Elliot says, turning around. - "I will be going. I need to do my actual job now, I hope you will feel better while using your own methods."
Noob looks after Elliot, the healer already left. A few more tears fall down their face, they have no idea what they did wrong. The advice Elliot gave them is ringing in their head.
They don't understand why, but they feel bad for not listening to him. Hesitantly they summon Bloxy Cola, they trust Elliot and he's the group's healer. He must know better.
Elliot sorts through medicine and bandages they have left. That's when the door to the room opens. Chance enters it, smiling when he sees Elliot.
- "Heey! Ellie."
- "Good morning Chance. Where were you?"
- "Oh. I was talking with Guest about stuff. Also question. You think I could have some painkillers? Because the corrupted skin areas are constantly throbbing with this odd dull pain."- Chance smiles awkwardly.
- "....There are ones. But don't take too much. We can't waste it on such small things."- Elliot says, causing Chance to hesitate slightly.
- "What do you mean?"
- "Do you see me, Shedletsky or Bluudude whining about our corrupted areas?"- Elliot looks at the other survivor.
- "W-Well... We did notice that everyone has it different..."
- "Right. How could I have forgotten."- Elliot rolls his eyes. Chance's smile wavers, for a second he feels like he's back with ITrapped.
- "Right. Sorry... Forget I asked... I will just.... I think Taph is calling me. Yeah. It was nice talking with you!"- The gambler leaves.
- "Taph is mute."- Elliot mumbles to himself, not falling for Chance's lies. The healer continues to sort the medicine.
Elliot wakes up with confusion. He doesn't remember falling asleep in the med room and he doesn't remember when he started to sort through the medication. He probably just dissociated again.
The healer closes the pill box and leaves the room.... he doesn't notice that the medicine inside two containers got swapped.
Notes:
I NEED YOUR HELP!
In another fic I'm reading (ItzViza's version of Upgraded Hell) a child of the main character got permanently killed. But there's a small chance to revive him!
I just need you to type: "REVIVE CERENA"
Even if you don't know that character.(Also again. I recommend that fic because while it's based on my storyline it has a bunch of original adventures and more angst about characters. Fluff too!)
Chapter 184: Nest
Chapter Text
Taph stares at his bed. A certain urge is trying to take over his mind, bird instincts taking over. It has been a long time since he done this, he was always worried about others judging him about it, but now he doesn't care anymore.
Taph takes off the sheets and pillows from his bed, carefully placing them on the bed where Two Time is still sleeping. Taph is happy he was able to drag the other survivor to be his roommate.
Taph takes out the mattress from his bed, placing it on the floor. The Demolitionist then grabs the pillows and places them on the mattress. However it still doesn't look right to him.
Taph looks at the mattress, then at Two Time's bed. An idea forming in his mind. He walks over to the sleeping survivor, cautiously he boops Two Time's nose, making them turn around with a quiet grumble.
Taph chuckles without a sound. His wings ruffling begin him. This gives Taph an idea. He plucks out a single feather and stares at it. A mischievous smile is hidden under the bandana.
The demolitionist pulls away the blanket from them, then he brings the feather close, brushing it against Two Time's cheek. The survivor pushes it away through sleep, but Taph persists. He continues to tickle Two Time, eventually making them wake up.
- "Umm... Demolitionist? What's th-"- Two Time begins to ask sleepily, but is forced to cut off when Taph lounges at them and begins to tickle them.
Two Time panics but can't do anything else but laugh and trying to get away. Taph is also laughing, it can be seen from the way his shoulders are shaking.
The tickling wake up ends when Two Time begins to cry from laughter and struggling to breathe. Taph is sitting on their bed, watching them calm down.
- "Demolitionist.... What... Why?"
- "😁🛏️🆙❗" ("Happy wake up!")- Taph answers, his wings ruffling again. Two Time sits up, pulling their knees to their chest.
- "What's the reason for such... Sudden awakening?"
- "🪹❗"
- "A nest?"- Two Time tilts their head in confusion. Before looking at the floor. - "I assume you need things from my bed?"
- "👍"
- "Very Well. Allow me to assist."- Two Time says, getting out of the bed. Taph happily follows.
Together they bring other matters on the floor, extending the nest area. However they run out of the pillows. Taph thinks for a minute.
- "💡❗🥷"
- "You want us to steal pillows and blankets from other rooms?"
- "👍❗🩷👑🆘❓"
- "...I am... Unsure. She is not a fan of me."
- "❌🫵➕🩷👑🫱🫲" ("Enough! You and her need to get along!")- Taph announces.
It doesn't take long, but soon Taph was able to get all of the kids on the team. Azure dragged in 1x1x1x1 who looks like he's about to murder the botanist.
The embodiment shares the expression with Pr3ttyprincess, who's glaring at Two Time. Despite this the nest starts to look really comfortable.
Taph purposely made Pr3tty and Two Time work together. Despite the distance they worked well. After that the girl forced them to make their hair, because 'the mess that their hair was caused her to feel more agitated'. Now Two Time has pink bows in their hair.
Azure believes they look adorable, hugging them close. At the same time he uses his tentacles to forbid 1x1x1x1 from escaping.
Azure and 1x1x1x1 work together, 1x1x1x1 doing it because they got threatened with glitter. They don't mess with that hell-spawn of a Princess. Meanwhile Bluudude, C00lkidd and Taph built roof for the nest. Now what was supposed to be a simple nest, turned into a secret base full of comfort and fluff.
C00lkidd wanted to take C00lgoo inside, but Taph explained that the creature would stain the mattress and make it uncomfortable. But the Sentient goo can stay outside and be a guard. Meanwhile all other pets were allowed inside.
After the group is done, the nest is the size of an entire room. Taph stares at it proudly, his wings fluttering with happiness. The kids craw inside and get comfortable, for the first time in a while not arguing with each other.
Azure takes Two Time inside, at first they're awkward, but eventually the conversation turns into comfortable one. They cracks are slowly being fixed, but a scar will always be there.
Taph extends a hand to the Embodiment of Hatred. The Demolitionist is a bit hesitant, but he already saw their nicer side during a few tea parties.
1x1x1x1 stares at him in slight confusion. The invitation surprised them. They aren't the fan of it, but at the same time a small, deeply buried part of them wants to join.
They look around. Making sure no one else is looking. The embodiment of hatred accepts the invitation. Taph happily drags them inside.
In the nest the group just relaxes. Despite their differences, their issues, their different personalities. They found peace.
Taph felt comfortable enough to start preening his own wings, but he couldn't reach some parts of it. That's when someone no one expected decided help. Turns out that having winged god for a creator can teach someone to preen wings.
1x1x1x1 quickly finishes up with the task. Soon Taph's wings are all clean, and Taph basically melted from how comfortable he is. The embodiment of Hatred appreciates that no one decided to comment on it.
The moment of peace is shattered by pricing scream from downstairs. Taph is fully awake now. Others also are more aware of the situation. Two Time quickly leaves the nest, going to see what happened. Azure follows after them.
A few minutes later the duo returns. Two other people join in the nest. First one is Noob, they're the ones that screamed. Tw o spiders escaped the basement through open entrance.
Both of them decided that Noob is really interesting and freaked them out. Two Time decided to bring them to the nest, to a safe space. Their body is also shaking from anxiety, because they drank one of the Bloxy Cola's in the morning on empty stomach. And overall they look like a mess and aren't feeling well.
So Taph decided that they're in the centre of the cuddle pile. 1x1x1x1 failed to escape because C00lkidd fell asleep asleep on them and Pr3tty is changing his hairstyle.
The second person that joined is John Doe. The killer was the one that chased the spiders away and in his broken mind decided he's protecting Noob today.
The comfort of the nest in making them all comfortable. Noob slowly calmed down, but they don't feel completely okay. Despite this they're warm, comfortable and with people they care about.
Soon they all take a nap against their will. 007n7 might've taken a screenshot photo with his GUI when he found them all peacefully sleeping. But he will keep it for himself for now. Especially considering that he has only one copy, because C00lgoo chased him away so he won't wake others up, before he was able to take another one.
Notes:
Fun fact!
Possesed by Spectre Elliot's personality is based on Block Tales Hatred :]
Chapter 185: Captain Struggles
Chapter Text
- "How be ye feelin' Mel?"- Harry asks, helping his friend up.
- "I be alright Cap'n. The weird flare up be over... Fer now."- They answer with a tired voice.
It's been around two weeks since Mel started experiencing odd symptoms. Just like one's that other people in Pirate Bay got. Harry is cursing himself for not being able to do more. He swore to protect his crew, yet he fails against this sickness.
- "Cap'n. Don't blame yourself. This isn't yer fault."- Mel says, noticing the expression on their captain.
- "We could've jus' stayed at crossroads dis autumn."- Harry sighs, his expression turns dark.
- "It wouldna change anythin'."
- "Liam has more reliable medics than in Pirate Bay.... No offence Lia."- Harry looks in the direction of his crew's medic.
- "None taken Cap'n. I get it. I be a bit insane in the head, brain damage 'n all that. Besides. Even I have no idea wha' is this sickness. I would have t' analyse a dead body t' understand it more. Cut into the skin 'n all dat. 'n there's no way I be doin' it on our favourite blind elf.
- "Call me dat again I will make ye walk the plank!"- Mel snaps, glaring at the woman. Lia just laughs.
Harry smiles a bit seeing his crew banter despite the problems they have. It's comforting. The captain is happy that his crew is still able to see the good things.
KIT began playing on his guitar, making the atmosphere lighter. Shade is sitting next to him, the navigator has a long break now that they aren't sailing.
Mel fell over trying to force Lia to stop teasing them. The medic is laughing at the elf eared person, while holding book about gory surgeries. Harry doesn't question it, after all he as an obsession with tea.
Meanwhile Charlex is building something that looks like a bomb. Harry does a double take when he notices. The captain walks over, looking at the machine.
- "Dis won't explode. Right?"
- "It shouldn't."- The mechanic answers with a shrug.
- "Charlex if ye're buildin' a bomb don't do it on the ship."- Harry says with worry for his own safety.
- "'tisn't a bomb! I hope t' make it into a clock. So we shall have more reliable way t' know time when the sun ain't visible."
- "Then why does it look like a bomb!?"- Harry raises his voice, panicking slightly. It happens sometimes when he doesn't understand mechanic's machines.
- "Work in progress!"
- "... Ye know wha'. I agree wit' Mel. Historian influenced ye."- Harry says defeated.
- "HAR SEE! I WAS RIGHT!"- Mel shouts, looking in the direction they believe the other two are in.
- "Aye. Listen, maybe Historian didn' have the best first impression. But he's fascinatin'. 'n has a lot o' knowledge about various things."- Charlex answers truthfully. He and Historian became slightly closer after the said person man asked him for hel.
- "Betrayal."- Mel whispers with eerily calm voice. It makes Charlex laugh out loud.
Harry chuckles shaking his head. His crew is truly something else. Then his attention moves to the last member of his crew walking inside the deck.
- "Cap'n. Dat Woman Cap'n wants t' talk with ye "
- "Let 'em in J4MI3 "- Harry says, looking at the ship's guard.
Soon Harry is met face to face with his ally. A few months ago he wouldn't believe that he would be on friendly terms with her, but here are they now. All thanks for Historian, although Harry suspects his friend got forced to do it.
- "Herta."
- "Harry."- Herta nods. Joey gives the rest of the crew a small wave.
- "Mom. Mr Harry. Can I listen to the music?"- The kid asks, pointing at the guitar KIT is holding.
- "It's fine with me."- Herta agrees, looking at Harry. The other captain also nods.
- "If KIT agrees then you can go."
Joey celebrates, running over to the the musician. The nineteen year old is happy he can brighten up child's day.
Meanwhile Herta and Harry stay in awkward silence. For a long while they weren't friendly with each other, and now there are still some things they need to work on. Eventually Harry clears his throat.
- "Ahem. Tea?"
- "...Tea is fine."- Herta takes the offer with a smile.
Tea is one of the things that connects the two captains. The second is that they both care about their crews.
And third is that they both are on friendly terms with certain mysterious traveler, the both captains know how Historian looks under the hood and they know his history.
One time Historian joked that Harry, Liam and Herta are his three musketeers. The hooded person became quick friends with all three of them.
Harry takes a sip of his tea, looking at Herta. He should introduce her to his brother. After all, so far she seems to be useful ally. Liam could use some more contacts, that aren't other researchers of the past.
Harry hopes his brother and nephew is doing okay. And that this weird sickness didn't get to them. He also worries about Historian, a frown crosses his face when he thinks of him.
Lastly he thinks of his temporary crew member. Noli left quite an impression. Harry hopes that whatever condition he has didn't get worse, and that he will be able to catch up with Noli next time they meet up. The ship is quieter without Historian and Noli.
That's another reason why Harry is happy that the alliance formed. Herta and Joey visit from time to time. And for a moment the ship gets more lively.
Notes:
It's so weird.
I have better grades in ENGLISH than in Polish, which is my native language!
XD
Chapter 186: Forced Cuddles
Chapter Text
What would you do if you left your room for the first time in a three days because you finally felt well enough to do so... Only to end being forced to rest again by an oversized dog.
This is the issue Noli is having right now. He FINALLY felt well enough to safely get out of his room. The moment he got downstairs Guest 666 kidnapped him and began to cuddle. Noli can't get away no matter how hard he tries.
After a few tries Noli gave up, fully embracing the role of a cuddle buddy. Then the killer hears a sound of a screenshot. He looks upstairs.
His blood runs cold when he realises that next to the railing is standing 007n7 who just took a screenshot of 666 cuddling with him.
- "S3V3N D3L3T3 1T R1GHT N0W! N0! D0N'T Y0U D4R3 W4LK AW4Y! 1 W1LL K1LL Y0U! G4T B4CK H3R3!!!"- Noli shouts, helplessly watching the survivor walk away with a photo.
The killer beast makes a quiet satisfied grumble, meanwhile Noli glares at the other killer.
- "1t's aLL y0ur f4lut y0u kn0w th4t? 0f c0urs3 y0u d0. Y0u'r3 sm4rt3r th4n y0u l00k."- Noli says with a pout. Then he sighs, he can't help but feel like he's being babied.
He's aware that he's not as strong, as reliable as he was before. But he hates that he's being treated like he can't do anything. Sure others are aware of it, but it still feels like he's not treated fair.
He was the one that stepped up when the forced team up first happen. He was the one going on scavenging missions, now he feels like others treat him like glass.
He's NOT useless, he hopes he's not, he can do more, push through pain. After all survival is a group effort, he can't just sit and do nothing.
Sixer knows the exact moment Noli's mood dropped. They can feel him becoming tense and tightening his grip. The mutated killer moves Noli to more comfortable position, pushing their hair into the smaller killer.
- "Ew S1x. St0p. 1t t1ckl3s."- Noli says trying to get away and failing.
Sixer does equivalent of a chuckle and continues for a while, then they use their hand to pat Noli on the head. The glitchy killer just sighs and accepts his fate.
After a while someone also walks down the stairs, Noli perks up seeing the other person.
- "J4S0N! S4V3 M3!"
However Noli is too late and Guest 666 ends up using their tail to kidnap Jason into the cuddle pile.
The mute killer is placed in such way that he can still sign if he needs to, but is unable to leave.
- "W3lc0m3 t0 th3 p1L3. Y0u w3r3 supp0s3d t0 h3lp M3! N0t t0 g3t c4ptur3d."- Noli mumbles with annoyance. Jason just gives him an unimpressed look.
The two killers sit in silence. Meanwhile 666 is having the time of their life. Eventually Noli sighs, having enough of the silence.
- "S0-0-0.... H0w's l1f3?"- He asks, Jason just shrugs as an answer. This time it's Noli who looks unimpressed.
- "WhY d0 1 ev3n trY..."- The killer mumbles. A few seconds later Jason smacks him in the head.
- "H-H-H3Y!"
- 'I've been... Okay.'- Jason signs. The signs aren't perfect, but there's definitely progress. - 'Just missing friends.... and mom'
- "0-0-0h. 1'm n0t th3 r1ght p3rs0n t0 t4lk ab0ut th1s stUfF. BuT y0u m34n th3 Ar3a51 guY$?"- Noli asks, already forgetting that he was smacked.
- 'Yes. I wonder what happened to them... We were planning escape when I got taken.'- Jason signs the answer.
- "...L3t's b3 p0s1t1v3! Th3y esc4p3d! Y3Y!"- Noli pretends to celebrate. Jason chuckles silently and rolls his eyes under the mask.
- 'I hope so.'
- "A$ f0r y0ur m0m... 1 d0n't kn0w w-wh4t t0 T3ll y0u. 1 n3v3r h4d p4r3nts. Ju$t sp4wn3d 1n anD B00M! 1 ex1st."
- 'It's okay. It's been a long time ago.'- Jason signs back.
The killers continue to have conversation for a while longer. Eventually they're set free from 666's cuddles when C00lkidd, that looks like he just woke up, comes downstairs and asks for something to eat.
Both killers are shocked seeing the kitchen, but at the same time they're used to it. Jason makes some food for the child. The Kidd is hugging Guest 666. Meanwhile Noli is fixing the tangled mess that C00lkidd's hair is.
Notes:
The Area 51 killers were able to escape. But it wasn't the same without Jason.
They forever wondered what happened to their friend.Did the scientist took him away? Is he still stuck in the lab? Is he okay?
They never got an answer.
And despite being unnaturals, they weren't able to live forever.They never found out what really happened to Jason.
Chapter 187: Old Debt
Chapter Text
Chance is looking for his bunnies, since he didn't see them today. Last time they went missing a spider died. They still can't mention her next to Noli because the killer begins to cry.
Chance hopes it's not the case this time. Anxiously he flicks his coin, he doesn't know why but it always grounds him when he's stressed. A habit from the rounds that he can't seem to drop.
It isn't helpful when he has weaknesses stacked and someone bumps into him, but at this point he's used to it. One time he alarmed Elliot because of an injury. He bumped into a table, but the weakness made him more in pain.
Chance glances at the small panel telling him how much weakness he has. Each survivor has their own panel they can see to get info about their abilities. Right now it shows that his weakness is over twenty-five.
He passes one of the doors, something smacks him in the head and the weakness makes it cause more damage. Chance passes out and falls onto the floor.
- "Uhhhh.... Boss?"
- "What?"
- "He died to a pillow!"
- "WHAT?!"- Footsteps come closer, the second person stares at the unconscious gambler.
- "I didn't even hit him hard!!!"
- "I know Contactee. It's not your fault. Soldier, Caporegime take him inside. Consigliere stay with the bunnies."- Mafioso orders.
Inside the room Chance is tied to a chair. The group is waiting for him to wake up again. The three bunnies in the corner are NOT happy seeing their owner like that.
- "Boss. Those little fluffs look like they want to skin me alive."- Consigliere says, looking at the bunnies with hesitance.
Mafioso turns around, true to his goon words, the bunnies look really angry. The eldest one, Ace is angrily stomping his foot.
- "Heh. Looks like we made another local mafia angry."- Contractee chuckles, only to get nudged by Soldier.
- "You saw how well those pet's work together. At this point I wouldn't be surprised if they end up as mafia."
- "...You know what Soldier, you're right. BOSS WE HAVE COMPETITION!"- Contractee shouts. Mafioso just shakes his head with amusement.
- "I'm right next to you Contractee, you don't need to shout."
- "Hey Mafioso, have you seen Buildema-..... Nevermind. I think I'll go."- 007 says standing awkwardly in the doorway. The former hacker steps back, closing the door and pretending he didn't see what's happening in the room.
All Mafia people laugh from the situation. Eventually Chance returns to the land of living. The gambler tries to rub his head, but can't. That's when he fully wakes up and finds himself being tied up, with Mafioso in front of him.
- "Good morning sleepyhead."
- "AAAAAAHHHHHHHHH...."
- "Wh4t w4s th4t?"- Noli asks with suprise. Jason looks in the direction of upstairs and shrugs. That's when 007n7 gets downstairs, looking terrified.
- "Papa what's wrong?"- C00lkidd asks.
- "Not sure what's happening up there. I wanted ask Mafioso if he saw Builderman but instead walked into some sort of interrogation with Chance tied up..."
- "Oooh! Yeah! Mafioso does that!!! He did that to Noli and Azure when they appeared!!! He wasn't able to do it to Six because they're too big."- C00lkidd answers happily, the child being completely used to behaviour like that.
- "Right.... I will go to the basement, maybe Builderman is there."- 007n7 says passing by the group of killers.
- "Dad?"- C00lkidd asks with small voice.
- "Yeah kiddo?"
- "Can we play later?"
- "....Sure Kidd."- 007n7 smiles, C00lkidd shares the expression.
- "##c# Th3 ph0t0s!"- Noli shouts and runs after 007. Both Jason and C00lkidd shrug with confusion.
- "For admins sake, stop screaming."
- "WHAT DO YOU EXPECT ME TO DO!? I GET KNOCKED OUT AND NOW I'M TIED TO A CHAIR!!!"- Chance shouts back at Mafioso. Contractee stares at him, unimpressed.
- "I hit you with a pillow. A PILLOW! Not my fault your gambling addiction made you have gigantic weakness!!!"- The mafialing explains.
- "....well.... Ignoring that. What do you want?"- Chance laughs awkwardly, he's glad the group allowed him to keep his glasses on.
- "Well... I know we had some sort of.... Tense relationship. My people caught me up, that you were in debt with us."
- ".... what about that?"- Chance says, terror creeping up his spine. The bunnies sense their owner's distress and try to get to him. The mafialings however don't let them.
- "...I don't remember the debt. And after thinking about this topic I decided on something I don't usually do it.... But I'll let you go."
- "What?"
- "You are no longer in debt."- Mafioso explains, staring at Chance.
- ".... You're kidding?"
- "Do I look like I'm joking?"- Mafia boss says with serious expression.
- "Then why kidnap the bunnies?! Why knock me out and tie me up!?"- Chance asks, not believing what's happening.
- "Bunnies because you would search for them and I know that you wouldn't willingly come to my room. Knocking out wasn't planned, same thing goes for tying you up. But since you were already unconscious I allowed boy's to have some fun."- Mafioso smiles.
Chance is confused, shocked and suspicious. Despite this he interacted with Mafioso for a while, while he has poker face, not all of his goons do. By the expressions of Soldier and Contractee, Chance can tell that they're serious. There's no joke.
- "O-Okay... I appreciate for setting me free from the dept that I forgot how I got.... Can I be let go now?"
- "...Consigliere. Free the fluffy gremlins, let them believe they're the saviours."- Mafioso orders.
Soon after Chance is set free. And the bunnies believe they're the one's that saved him. The gambler was about to go, but mafialings offered a game of cards, no debt attached.
And who is Chance to refuse some card games. So he stayed, it was nice to play with someone who is experienced in cards. Despite whole adventure, Chance and Mafia have a great time together.
Notes:
Me in the morning: "I'll write chapter earlier so I have free evening!"
Also me: "Ends up making OC lore the whole Day and because of it finishes chapter after 10 pm"
This oc has the whole story finished. So no more lore is necessary XD
Yet motivation works in odd ways sometimes XD
Chapter 188: In the Nest
Chapter Text
A flick of a tail causes Azure to get smacked out of his thoughts. Literally. Because the tail smacked him right in the face. That's when the killer glances in the direction of the owner of the tail.
Two Time laying on their stomach, completely focused on a ribbon they're holding. They were trying out different methods of making knots and now they're trying to get rid of the knot they made.
They're completely relaxed, their tail shows it perfectly. It's waving peacefully, sometimes flicking with mischief. Their tail does another flick, smacking Azure again.
That's when he knows it's on purpose. Two Time tilts their head, glancing in his direction. A mischievous smile on their face. Their tail flicks again. Azure attempts to catch it, but fails.
The killer changes his position into a one that allows easie fast movement. A silent game begins. Two Time is flicking their tail and Azure tries to catch it.
The killer can admit that Two Time has really good reflexes. However they're not the only one. Azure uses his tentacles to help successfully catching the tail.
This is when Two Time chuckles silently, Azure quickly joins. The both ex cultists laugh together. Carefully Azure ends up lying next to them. Then they make eye contact.
- "Hi."- Two Time says.
- "Hi."- Azure answers.
- "Ew."- 1x1x1x1 comments, observing the duo. Azure flips off the embodiment of hatred.
1x1x1x1 is unable to do anything back, because now both Pr3ttyprincess and Bluudude decided that he's the most comfortable pillow in the nest.
- "You look like you're having a great time X"- Azure teases.
- "Call me that again and you're dead."- 1x1x1x1 glares, getting a disapproving look from John Doe.
- "You killers act like a family."- Two Time speaks up, in the same moment they feel like they're on top of the 1x's hit list.
- "You survivors do the same thing Timey. I can see that."- Azure smiles at his regained friend. Two Time gives Azure a soft smile.
- "Get a room."- 1x1x1x1 mumbles with a glare.
- "Shut up or I tell everyone about your failed attempt at fixing the roof back in the purgatory!"- Azure snaps back with a evil smirk.
- "My interest is piqued"- Two Time says, sitting up with their legs crossed. Taph crawls over, also interested. Meanwhile John Doe has a smug aura around him. Even Noob woke up.
- "Azure..."- 1x's glare deepens. His red eye glowing more than before.
- "Well... Since I have many listeners and 1x is held hostage...."- Azure smiles evilly.
- "I WILL KILL YOU."
- "Our cabin had a hole in the roof. And it was raining so it wasn't pleasant. 1x1x1x1 cut down trees and somehow made planks... But when they got to the roof... Well... They somehow ended up falling through the said hole, their clothes catching onto loose screws or something... John Doe had to be used as a ladder, with Noli on top of him."
- "🤣"- Taph begins to laugh, smacking Two Time with his feathers by accident.
Two Time chuckles quietly, even Noob laughs a bit. Meanwhile 1x1x1x1 is looking like they're about to murder everyone present.
- "At least I didn't scream in the middle of the night just because I saw something move."
- "HOW DARE YOU! In my defence it was John standing ominously in COMPLETE darkness!!!"- Azure glares at 1x1x1x1. The rest of the group laughs too.
- "John got once scared by a cricket that randomly got spawned.... Noli had to kill it."- Bluudude says, sitting up and rubbing his eyes. The corrupted killer stares at the child without blinking.
- "🔵💤👍❓"
- "I slept okay..."- The teen answers, then he looks at Pr3tty who's still asleep.
- "Hey, bird brain. Can I have a feather?"
- "🤔....👍"- Taph plucks out another feather from his wing. It causes Two Time to move behind Azure.
- "You alright flower?"
- "Taph is a tickle monster."- Two Time whispers, it makes Azure burst out laughing. The killer has to quickly cover his mouth to not wake up Pr3tty.
Taph hands over the feathers to Bluudude. The kid then proceeds to tickle the girls awake. She starts to laugh and smacks 1x1x1x1 right in the face.
She also accidentally hit his burned hand, but 1x1x1x1 quickly masked pain, however Azure noticed.
- "BLUUDUDE I WILL KILL YOU!!!"
- "Heh. I died already. What is it another death!"
- "BLUUDUDE!!!"- A bunch of shocked people yell his name at the same time. Bluudude just laughs and continues to tickle Pr3tty.
- "STOP THAT! YOU HEAR ME!!!"- Pr3tty shouts. That's when Polly the Chicken jumps at Bluudude. Now the teen has to save himself from angry chicken.
1x1x1x1 puts his head in his hands.
- "This is hell..."- They mumble. Taph just comes closer and hesitantly pats their back.
Noob and John Doe watch with amusement the whole chase. Pr3tty is cheering on her pet, while Bluudude begs for mercy.
Azure looks at Two Time, a small smile on his face. Two Time looks at him, then quietly asks a question they've been thinking about for a while.
- "Do you think... That our... Old Religion still exists?"
- "If they do I will kill them if they get near us."- Azure glares.
- "...I would prefer just staying away. I think..."
- "We both made progress, we changed. And that's a good thing."- Azure smiles, offering a hug. Two Time accepts the invitation. They both watch the chaos unfold.
Notes:
The child revival for the fic I'm reading was successful! I appreciate your help :D
CERENA IS ALIVE!!!!! :D
Chapter 189: You really changed.
Chapter Text
Builderman sighs, moving his hand through hair. He hadn't washed it for a while, too busy with everything that's going on. He stares at the glasses he was fixing, however he is unable to get the right glass for it. So 007n7 has to struggle for a while longer.
Then the admin looks at the notes laying all over the table. There are notes, theories about what happened to them, what happened to Robloxia. They all connect to that one person. Someone is behind it, but sadly he is unable to figure out who.
There are many unknowns that Builderman is unable to figure out. Not without outside point of view. He asked Liam about how the disaster stuck. The leader explained that it was sudden, many people died, no one suspected anything. Except for one person.
Liam mentioned someone that people who saw them call 'The Prophet'. Apparently a year before the disaster a person of unknown face was shouting about the incoming danger that the admins ignore.
Most people didn't believe The Prophet, however those who did were able to get ready and had better chance of survival.
Liam while suspicious, decided to get ready just in case. Explaining that he has his reasons. That's why he was able to survive with Elijah. Sadly his wife didn't make it.
Builderman finds it odd, but a few other people confirmed it. The Prophet wasn't seen since then, most of people assume they died. There are speculations that they were a hacker that saw something they shouldn't see. This is the theory that makes the most sense.
- "How are you holding up?"- A sudden voice scares the admin. Builderman looks behind him, letting out a sigh of relief when he notices that the person is not dangerous.
- "007n7... You scared me."
- "S-Sorry."- The former hacker rubs his head awkwardly.
- "It's okay... I'm doing... Okay. The whole situation drives me insane."- Builderman says, tiredness in his voice. - "Ah. And sorry about the glasses. I'm unable to finish them without the right glass."
- "It's okay... You already did more than I could ask for."- 007n7 waves it off, but the admin shakes his head.
- "That's the least I can do after treating you like #### for years in the purgatory. Yes, in my opinion it's that bad I used swear word."- Builderman says, regret on his face.
- "...I... The memories from the begining are blurry... I... It's okay."
- "No it isn't. None of that was okay. You changed and we were stuck in the past."- The admin refuses to let 007 downplay it.
- "...I don't remember much. But I know I was a bad person."
- "Just because you were bad doesn't mean you don't deserve second chance... Sadly I learned that too late."- Builderman sighs.
That's when both survivors hear footsteps of someone running inside the basement. They stop before entering the room. Builderman is the first one to notice a head peaking into the room. 007n7 is unable to see because of darkness and lack of glasses, so the admin takes the initiative.
- "Hello C00lkidd. Do you need anything?"
- "Are you done with grown up stuff?"- The Kidd asks, fully revealing himself. 007n7 and Builderman look at each other. Sharing a nod.
- "We are kiddo."- The father of the child smiles. C00lkidd runs over and hugs his dad.
- "Can we play now?"
- "Sure. What do you want to do?"
- "Well... We can ask your friend if we can make towers out of cards?"- The Kidd offers.
- "It might be hard without my glasses. But I'm sure others will help us. We can go ask."- 007n7 smiles. Behind him Builderman looks lost in thought, watching the interaction it reminds him of times when John was still young. It pains the admin to see his child corrupted.
- "Also dad! Uncle Noli is missing!!!"
- "What do you mean?"
- "He ran after you!! Shouting about photos. But I can't see him anywhere."- C00lkidd explains, worry in his no longer innocent eyes. Before the adults can worry, Noli appears.
- "1'm h3r3... Gl1tch3d 1nt0 sp1d3r n3st. 1'll g0 g3t th0s3 c4rds."- Noli says. He's completely covered in cobwebs. C00lkidd starts to laugh. Both 007 and Builderman look like they are about to laugh too.
Noli smiles, it makes him feel included. He's happy that he's not always been treated like glass.
The group has to wait for Mafia and Chance to stop playing cards. But once they do the card tower is being made. It falls a few times, but eventually they succeed.
C00lkidd is sitting on 007n7's lap. Watching the masterpiece. That's when he nuzzles into his father.
- "I love you papa... You're the best..."
- "I love you too kiddo."- 007n7 says softly. C00lkidd burrows his brows.
- "I'm surprised... After all I did a lot of bad things... I hurt you dad... And I hurt your friends...."- The child whispers, heartbroken. 007n7 hugs him closer.
- "It's not your fault baby. You were tricked. I know you wouldn't hurt someone on purpose... Without a reason. I love you no matter what."
- "Pinky promise?"- C00lkidd looks up, tears in his eyes. 007n7's heart shatters, but he composes himself.
- "Pinky promise."- The former hacker extents his pinky. The child follows.
- "You're really the best dad..."- C00lkidd smiles, giggling when 007n7 kisses his forehead.
- "And you are the best and the c00lest son I could've ever ask for."- The former hacker smiles widely.
Both father and son cuddle, watching other members of the team being their chaotic selves.
Meanwhile Builderman is observing the father and son duo. He smiles to himself. 007n7 truly changed. And now Builderman would trust him with his life.
Notes:
The Prophet was also mentioned in chapter 69. So it is not a new thing :]
However it has been slightly expanded on.
Chapter 190: Bonding Moment
Chapter Text
The door opens, a tried young adult enters inside. Some of his clothes are ripped and there's a bit of blood on them. The person inside the house looks up, smiling when he sees who entered.
- "Welcome back MeatGrinder."- Liam smiles, looking at one of his most trusted warrior.
- "Hello leader... The situation is not good. Two our people got injured and we lost one."- The hunter explains, the report makes the leader frown.
- "Who died?"
- "Mario345"
- "Ah... That weird guy..."- Liam mumbles, remembering said person. - "I will visit his brother tomorrow. Offer my condolences."
- "So will I. He died like a warrior."
- "And we will remember him like one.... The blood?"
- "Ah. Don't worry... It's not mine. I was helping carry the injured."- MeatGrinder explains.
- "Who got injured?"
- "Micheal and Jill3."
- "Thank you for letting me know."- Liam smiles. - "Will you stay for dinner? Or tea? Elijah will return a bit later."
- "If it's not a burden...."
- "You're not a burden Mason. You're like my son now. You're always welcome here."- Liam smiles. The name makes MeatGrinder freeze for a second, before fond smile shows on his face.
- "It's been a while since someone used my real name...."- The young adult answers.
- "You might be a great hunter and warrior, but for me you'll always be Mason. My son's best friend."- Liam leads MeatGrinder further inside. He places an old kettle on the fireplace and throws the book at the other person.
MeatGrinder looks at the cover and then at the back of the book, he lets out a chuckle. It's a fantasy book talking about monsters from secret land invading normal world. A bunch of teens have to deal with consequences.
- "I'm surprised that you have something that isn't a history book."
- "My wife made sure that there is something else to read in the house.... Elijah is keeping this tradition alive. He's just like her..."- Liam sighs, a sad smile on his face.
- "... How's the situation between you two?"
- "We talked more. Came to an understanding in a few things. It's better. But he still wants Historian dead."
- "I kinda understand his reasons. He is suspicious. Especially considering how much he knows..."- MeatGrinder shares his opinion with worry in his voice.
- "I know. I'm not stupid. I was suspicious too... But there's something you two don't know."
- "What is it?"
- "I know who he is under that hood. He trusted me enough with his secret. The least I can do is to repay him back with trust."- Liam explains with serious expression.
- "...Are you really sure?"
- "As a historian myself. I always check my facts. I know I can trust him."
The two people continue to converse for a while. This autumn hit the Crossroads hard, however they still are doing better than expected. For now the weird sickness is not killing anyone, so that's a good thing.
The healers are trying their best to figure things out. So far there's no progress, however they're were able to connect symptoms and recognise them from normal sickness.
Elijah eventually returns to the house, later than expected. He was forced to help his two friends. In a team meeting someone spiked Danny's drink with alcohol as a prank. The drunk scavenger gave everyone a very detailed explanation about how to play poker, despite not knowing about it earlier.
Rob, Elijah's other friend, started cursing out one of the Freaks from the Hill. Despite this there was a fond smile on his face. Elijah helped Rob get Danny home. While listening to another rant about some basement spiders and other animal beings.
Then Rob dropped lore bomb that Freaks from the Hill live exactly like that. When Elijah was retelling it to MeatGrinder and Liam, the leader of Crossroads chocked on the tea from the surprise.
The group talked a bit more. Having fun together, a family moment. MeatGrinder feels comfortable with the family, he's able to fully be himself with them. He can drop the facade of a warrior.
The night comes. Both young adults are asleep. However Liam is unable to rest. The leader is sitting on his bed, thinking about all the things he needs to do tomorrow and after tomorrow. Basically all the time.
He loves being a leader, able to help people and unite them, at least a bit. But at the same time it's really tiring. If something goes wrong, he gets blamed. He needs to always double check who he trusts.
He remembers when his friend asked him to keep an eye on the Freaks from the Hill. He was terrified, letting those random people inside his house. However he trusts his friend and so far it lead to good things.
This group is reliable and Liam is happy he could make an alliance with them, despite how chaotic and odd they're are. Their appearance also wasn't helpful, appearing out of nowhere, with very little knowledge about everything.
Liam didn't turn them away, even with his fears. This was the best choice he made. If he didn't do that, Elijah could be dead. He feels like he's in endless debt, he's happy to have it. After all they saved his son's life.
Liam sighs looking at the window. The fog and darkness make it look like an endless void.
- "... God's above. If you can hear me... If you still exist... Please let them all survive."- Liam whispers, wanting to just speak his worries out loud.
- "My friend... I hope you're doing well. After all, you promised me to catch up with a cup of tea.... Heh.... I really hope that this summer wasn't our last meeting. I will be waiting for you. Just like I waited before."- Liam smiles, hoping for his closest friend's safety.
Notes:
I've noticed that I'm stressing you out with fluff. >:]
I am not planning anything bad... At least not that bad. Maybe some possessed Elliot stuff. Time will tell :)From all the Acts I ALWAYS had the biggest trouble with autumn. So I'm just writing what I feel like.
I'm as surprised as you are when planning a chapter XD
Time will tell if angst will happen.Plus.... The final act comes with A BUNCH of angst. I'm getting ready for it. After all.... Only 10 chapters left... and it will begin >:]
-.-. .... .- .--. - . .-. / ..--- ----- ..---
:)
Chapter 191: Argument and Consequences
Chapter Text
Another day came and with it more chaos. The day started with a loud explosion. One of Taph's glitter bombs got damaged and exploded in the room. Completely covering Taph in glitter.
Two Time was saved because they were sleeping completely covered under the blanket. However the explosion woke them up and for a second they believed they died. After all everything was pink.
Shedletsky almost passed out from laughter. Screaming about karma, meanwhile Taph was glaring at him. Planning his revenge. The Glitter Bomb Duo made eye contact, planning their next move. They've been silent for too long.
However before that some time has to pass. To make Shedletsky less suspicious of them. For now Pr3tty is searching for her plushie, but she's unable to find it.
It makes her sad, because this small plushie means a lot to her. That's when she notices that C00lkidd is the one playing with it. The princess walks over, glaring at the younger boy.
- "HEY! That's MY toy! Did I have you permission to play with it!?"- She raises her voice. C00lkidd looks up with a pout.
- "But you weren't using it!!! And I want to play! I let you play with my plushie."
- "Yeah. Because I'm a princess. I deserve it. You don't. Now give it back!!!"- The girl grabs the plushie, pulling it towards her. But C00lkidd doesn't let go.
- "IT'S NOT FAIR!!!"- C00lkidd shouts, holding onto the plush.
Pr3ttyprincess pulls harder, but C00lkidd pulls towards himself. Suddenly there's a ripping sound, the toy has a head ripped off. Pr3tty stares at it in silence, C00lkidd slightly curls up.
That's when the girl lounges at C00lkidd the anger taking over. In a split second C00lkidd's eyes widen, he doesn't want to get hurt. The moment Pr3tty grabs him, he instinctively uses his C00lgui.
The Kidd activates Corrupt Nature, the textureless brick hits Pr3tty right in the head. Since it was from short distance, it completely knocks her out. The girl falls on the floor unconscious, a bit of blood dripping down her face.
C00lkidd is frozen in terror, seeing what he had done. He panicked and now he killed her. Just like he did in the rounds. He's nothing but a monster. He's a killer. He will always be a killer. Why does he always have to mess up.
He touches the red on Pr3tty's face, it stains his hands. He frantically shakes the girl, wanting her to just wake up and say it's a prank. But it doesn't happen.
- "Pr3tty... Wake up... Pr3tty... Please wake up. I'm sorry please wake up. I'm sorry. I'm sorry. I'm sorry. I'm sorry. I'm sorry."
That's when the door to the room opens. C00lkidd has wide eyes, like a deer caught in headlights.
- "Okay. What the hell. I heard you two arguing and now it's silent. What happen-"- Bluudude who just entered the room froze staring at the sight. The teen takes a step back, before running out.
- "1X!!!! C00LKIDD KILLED PR3TTY!!! LITERALLY!!!!"- The blue child shouts, running to get said adult.
C00lkidd can feel sobs building up in his throat, but he pushes it down. With tears in his eyes C00lkidd runs out of the room. In panic the child uses Walkspeed Override to move faster.
The Kidd trips on the stairs and tumbles down. He quickly stands up, ignoring the pain from literally falling down the stairs. The Kidd runs to the basement. Ignoring everyone on his way and running into the basement. He doesn't hear his name being shouted.
He already knows the basement layout. The child quickly runs into the darkest and most hidden place in the basement, curling himself up in a tight space.
He doesn't want to be seen. They all must think that he's a monster. He always was a monster, from the way he looks and from the way he always ends up hurting people.
He didn't mean to. He didn't mean to. He didn't mean to. He didn't mean to. He didn't mean to. He didn't mean to. He didn't mean to. He didn't mean to. He didn't mean to. He didn't mean to. He didn't mean to. He didn't man to. He didn't mean to. He didn't mean to. He didn't mean to. He didn't mean to. He didn't mean to. He didn't mean man to. He didn't mean to. He didn't mean to. He didn't mean to. He didn't mean to. He didn't mean to. He didn't mean to. He didn't mean to. He didn't mean to. He didn't mean to. He didn't mean to. He didn't mean to. He didn't mean to. He didn't mean to. He didn't mean to. He didn't mean to. He didn't mean to. He didn't mean to.
The Kidd hits his head a few times. Why does he always have to be so stupid. Why he couldn't just let go. Everyone will hate him, he doesn't deserve love. He always ends up hurting his loved ones.
The child pulls at his hair, trying to contain sobs. He can't let others know he's hiding here. He doesn't want to be punished, but he knows he deserves it.
His dad won't love him anymore. After all his dad wouldn't love a monster. And C00lkidd is a monster. He's nothing more but a dirty, killer monster. He's dangerous to be around.
C00lkidd continues to quietly cry, silent sobs making his body shake, tears streaming down his face. He can feel the blood on his hands. He killed so many people.
All this time he was killing them. He was killing them and having fun. There's so much blood on his hands. He wants it gone. He wants it gone. He wants it gone. He wants it gone. He wants it gone. He wants it gone. He wants it gone. He wants it gone. He wants it gone. He wants it gone. He wants it gone.
The child continues to rub his hands on the clothes. Trying to get rid of the feeling of blood, but it doesn't leave.
C00lkidd is forever cursed to be a monster. He's not a child. He's a monster. And it won't change. No matter how hard he wishes, he will continue to hurt other people.
Someone entered the basement. C00lkidd can hear his name being called. But he covers his mouth and stops breathing. Despite how much the sobs are trying to leave, he stays quiet.
He doesn't want to be found. He deserves to be left alone. He deserves to be in pain, he deserves to be uncomfortable. Monsters don't have feelings. Monsters don't deserve love.
Notes:
Pr3tty is NOT dead. She's just knocked out, but C00lkidd doesn't know that :]
You all wanted angst. So will the help of spin the wheel and my two friends choices without context, this beautiful angst got created :D
Chapter 192: Monster
Notes:
Let me know if you see any typos!
TW! Self Harm!
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
1x1x1x1 sighs, in his opinion too much things happened today. He is not in the right mood for it today. He never is.
When Bluudude ran to them screaming about C00lkidd killing Pr3tty, they didn't expect to find the girl bleeding and unconscious on the floor, with C00lkidd gone.
Luckily after being checked out by both healers, the girl is not it terrible state. A few headaches and injury, but nothing life threatening. However the missing child is still annoying him.
The embodiment hatred makes his way downstairs. In search for the youngest child. He passes by worried Guest 666, the beast looking in the direction of the kitchen with worry. This gives 1x hint on where C00lkidd ran off too.
Inside the kitchen there's 007n7, Chance and Builderman. They all look worried and all of them grow cautious seeing 1x1x1x1.
- "Where's the child?"- The killer says with cold tone. This rings a few alarm bells in 007n7's mind. He doesn't know 1x1x1x1 well and the fact that he's looking for C00lkidd is making the former hacker worried.
- "L-Lisen. I've got this... He... He just needs a m-moment..."
- "Don't lie to me."
- "There's n-no need. Really... H-He... He didn't want to do it! It's not... It's not his fault!"
- "Exactly. We got it?"- Builderman adds. 1x1x1x1 looks between the survivors. He finally understands what is going on.
- "It's true that I am a killer. I terrorised Robloxia. I killed in the past and I'm not afraid to kill again. But I am NOT that cruel to hurt a child because of an accident. So tell me, hacker. Where is he?"- 1x1x1x1 says, taking a step closer to the survivor. 007n7 takes a step back.
- "Listen. I'm... I'm his father. I will deal with it. Okay... It's not that I don't trust you... It's just.... Just."
- "It's just because I'm the only killer that isn't playing happy family with all of you. I prefer to stay away. I'm unpredictable to your pathetic mortal mind."- 1x glares at the survivors in the kitchen. He notices Chance moving his hand, trying to hide a gun that is ready.
- "...."- 007n7 stays silent.
- "Face it hacker. You don't know a thing about this child. All you remember, or don't, depending on your mortal memories is how it was Before. I know him better than you do. I was stuck with him for centuries And if you're here, instead with the child. It means you failed."
The three survivors stay silent. The embodiment of hatred waits patiently. He knows he's right. He knows they know that too. Eventually 007n7 sighs and speaks up.
- "He ran to the basement, but I couldn't find him... I just thought he needs a moment..."
- "Finally you came to your senses."- 1x1x1x1 snaps, passing by the survivor and entering the basement.
In the darkness 1x1x1x1 looks around. They know that C00lkidd tends to hide himself after doing something bad. Not once they had to sit on the floor, waiting for C00lkidd to get out from under the bed or other hiding spot.
The embodiment of hatred silently moves through the basement. The darkness doesn't help the situation. Spiders are also annoying because they aren't silent. When they walk they make noise. It doesn't help with finding the child.
After a while of being unable to find C00lkidd he stops. This won't work. 1x1x1x1 knows C00lkidd is here, but there's so many places he could hide that it might take a really long time to find him. Too long.
1x1x1x1 sighs, there's one thing they can do. They didn't need to use it since they got forced to work with survivors, the weaker body so they're more on level with survivors is also not helping.
He raises his hand, moving it closer to his eye. With one quick move they stab and scratch it. The pain hits them stronger than it ever was, the body is much weaker than when he was a killer. 1x1x1x1 curses out whatever is holding them in this place, whatever is making his body so weak, more sensitive than it ever was.
The world becomes blurry, however he can see the outlines of the alive beings around here.... There's SO MUCH SPIDERS. 1x1x1x1 wonders how they all are getting fed, but decides to not question it.
Alongside spiders he notices an outline of a child, curled up in a place so hidden it would be a miracle if he was found without the ability.
1x1x1x1 makes his way towards the child. The outline slowly disappearing, but 1x1x1x1 remembers where it was located. When he gets close, he can hear silent cries.
The embodiment of hatred sits nearby, making his presence known by making noise. The crying stills for a second, like the child stopped breathing.
- "It's only me. You can stay in your hideout."- 1x1x1x1 says, not even looking in the direction of the Kidd. They lost count how many times they've done that in the purgatory.
C00lkidd begins to cry again. 1x1x1x1 just sits there. Waiting. After a while they speak up again.
- "You didn't kill her. Bluudude was overreacting. She's just unconscious. Now is bandages, she will be okay. Azure said that."
C00lkidd's breathing hitches at the mention of Pr3tty. Guilt and self hatred filling the child.
- "Stop hating yourself. I can sense that. What happened upstairs?"
- "She... She... She... I-I..."
- "Take a deep breath, then talk. I'm always angry at the world I won't get more angry than I already am."- 1x1x1x1 snaps, annoyance slightly leaving them, before they force it back. It's not the right time.
- "I-I was playing... She... She... Wanted a... Plush... Plushie.... It got ripped when.... We started pull-pulling. She got... Mad and... And wanted to attack me... I panicked.... And kill-"
- "She's alive. You didn't kill her. And If what I was told is correct, when you panic you don't think rationally... Or something.... Azure should be here not me."- 1x1x1x1 says with annoyance at the situation. He is NOT the right person to do this, but was the only available killer that can talk.
Azure was still checking on Pr3tty. Mafioso was calming down Bluudude, the death affected the child more than he shows. And Noli.... Last time 1x checked Noli was taking a nap. He doesn't know what he's doing now.
Slowly the C00lkidd exits the hideout. He looks at the embodiment of hatred, his lover lip trembling.
- "....1x.... I'm a m-monster.... I don't deserv-"
- "Would you call me a monster?"
- "N-NO?! You aren't a m-monster X!!!"
- "And yet I killed more people than you can even imagine. I terrorised Robloxia. I don't regret it. And yet in your eyes I'm not a monster."- 1x1x1x1 says, barley glancing in the direction of the child.
- "Y-You care about me... And Bluu... And.... P-Pr3tty.... You were there despite being annoyed.... And angry. Y-You often shout.... But you care...."
- "Then how come I'm not a monster if I done more bad things than you. Accident happened, but it doesn't make you a monster."
- "I MADE HER BLEED!!!"
- "And I once almost killed Jason because of a disagreement."- 1x1x1x1 snaps. - "So if you are a monster... I am one too."- 1x1x1x1 glares at the child, trying to make him understand.
C00lkidd cries out and lounges at 1x, tightly hugging him. The embodiment of hatred slowly returns the hug. Not knowing if it's right thing to do. They wait for C00lkidd to let it all out.
Once C00lkidd stopped crying, 1x1x1x1 stands up, still holding the child in his arms. He starts walking upstairs, C00lkidd has his face burrowed in 1x's shoulder.
007n7 let's out a gasp of relief when he sees C00lkidd, despite this he doesn't interrupt whatever 1x1x1x1 is doing.
The killer takes the child upstairs. They noticed a few bruises Azure would definitely want to check out. The former hacker follows.
Luckily the bruises aren't that bad, but will be visible for a while. Falling down the stairs is the thing that caused most of the bruising.
007n7 slowly approaches C00lkidd, the child looks nervous. Although when the survivors hugs him, the child basically melts.
1x1x1x1 stands in the corner of the room, observing the situation. He doesn't mention to anyone that small bit of the blur is still present.
The embodiment of hatred realised that their abilities that require them to hurt themselves aren't without a price. Using Unstable Eye clearly affected his body. His vision being slightly worse. Despite that, 1x1x1x1 knows he would do that again.
Notes:
The spiders somehow find a source of food. Only the spiders know how. Probably sneaking out :)
Chapter 193: Comfort and Gratitude
Chapter Text
It takes a while, but eventually C00lkidd tires out himself from crying and falls asleep. Elliot finished checking him out and already left the med room. During the check up 1x1x1x1 never stopped glaring at the healer.
Now that Elliot left, it leaves 007n7 and C00lkidd as the only one awake. The former hacker glances at the killer, who is silently sitting in the corner of the room.
- "1x....?"- 007n7 begins. The killer barley glances his way. When the awkward silence stretches the embodiment of hatred finally answers.
- "What."
- "I just.... I just wanted to say... Thank you so much for your help... I'm sorry for doubting you... I'm grateful. You... You were right. I don't know C00lkidd as much as you do... It pains me to say it, but that's the truth. So really... Thank you."
- "I did what I had to."
- "But you didn't have to do it. You didn't have to comfort him... You don't have to even stay right now... But you do it..."- 007n7 says.
- "..."
- "Thank yo-"
- "Quit with that. It's annoying."- 1x1x1x1 snaps. They don't like when people point out the nice parts of them. It makes them feel vulnerable. And they HATE that.
- "Sorry..?"- 007n7 chuckles nervously. Then both he and 1x1x1x1 observe how peacefully C00lkidd is sleeping.
- "So.... She isn't dead?"- Bluudude asks nervously. While he pretends he doesn't care about others, seeing Pr3tty just laying and bleeding freaked him out more than he shows.
- "She isn't. Both Azure and Elliot confirmed it. She's just knocked out."- Mafioso explains, coming closer and placing a hand on the child's shoulder.
Subconsciously Bluudude leans in. No matter how hard he tries, at the end of the day he's still a kid. A kid that has to cope with dying, seeing others suffer and being killer.
Bluudude shakes a bit, a pent up emotions attempting to leave. Mafioso sighs.
- "Bluudude. Just let it out. It's okay, no one will come inside and see you."
- "It's stupid. It never... We ALWAYS argued. We ended up making each other bleed sometimes... Why does it affect me so much now."
- "...You saw a lot of bad things. You fully know what you three are capable of. You saw death and experienced it.... What we see... Experience.... It changes us."- Mafioso explains, pulling the child closer.
Bluudude hugs Mafioso getting comfortable. The teen also sees that Mafioso is acting slightly different. The death changed both of them, not only physical scars, but also the mental ones.
Two bottles of pills. Azure is glad he never got rid of his suspicions about the outside medicine. Probably the only good thing the cult led to.
Because when he wanted to get some painkiller medicine ready, for when Pr3tty wakes up he noticed something weird.
The pills looked different than he remembered. When survivors and Mafioso were explaining to him each medicine he took notes, both mental and physical.
Seeing odd the pill coming out of painkillers bottle rang alarm bells in his head. The killer then compared the pill with a sketch he made a while ago. The pills were different.
So he returned to his origins. With the use of water mixed with some herbs Azure was able to get in spring, he made a drink that will work as a painkiller. Maybe not as strong as pills, but it will work.
In spring the killer stored the herbs properly and they still have some of them safely stored away.
Azure looks up after hearing a sound coming from Pr3tty's bed. The killer slowly walks over. The girl finally woke up and is attempting to sit up.
Azure helps her and hand her over a drink.
After the girl finishes her drink, she rubs her head, frowning when she feels a bandage.
- "Azure? What... What happened?"
- "You and C00lkidd got a bit too rough. You got hit with Corrupt Nature."
- "Oh....."
- "How are you feeling?"
- "My head hurts. But that's expected... Right?"- Pr3tty asks. Azure nods in agreement.
- "Yes. It's expected. It will be hurting for a while, but other than that it's not too serious."- Azure smiles.
- Pr3tty stays quiet for a while, eventually asking a question. Her voice is more shy than what Azure is used to.
- "Can we... Can we cuddle... For a while....? Please?"
- "Of course your highness."- Azure agrees. He then sits on the bed, allowing Pr3tty to get comfortable.
- "Azu... You're the best royal healer... Thank you."- Pr3tty smiles.
Azure is happy that the kids trust him. It means a lot. The killer feels strong sense of protection and despite disliking it, he would kill if it ment Pr3tty and the other two are safe.
He will bring up the mixed medicine issue soon. First he has a royal mission, that is making sure Pr3tty is comfortable.
Notes:
Azure is the true hero of this chapter!!!
Chapter 194: Stitching The Cracks
Chapter Text
- "What are you doing, friend?"
- "AAAAAHHHHHH!"- Noob screams out, hearing voice from behind their back. They accidentally push an open Bloxy Cola, ending up spilling it.
- "... Apologies. I did not mean to scare you..."- Two Time says, their tail tucking up behind their legs. Meanwhile their smile is unchanging, but it seems slightly smaller than usual.
- "I-I... It's a-alright..."- Noob smiles nervously, cursing when the spilled liquid ends up dripping down on the floor. - "Could you..."
- "Yes."- Two Time quickly goes to the kitchen, quickly grabbing a cloth to dry out the cola.
They quickly return, instead of handing the cloth to Noob they begin to clean it up themselves. Their tail is still tucked between their legs and they look tense. They are able to get rid of the liquid, however the stickiness remains. Now all over their hands, it's an uncomfortable feeling.
- "T-Two Time... It's okay. I'm not mad... You actually helped me because I didn't want to drink it... Despite how much my body craves it."- Noob explains.
That's when Guest 666 picks up Two Time, making them sit next to Noob. The killer then looks proudly at what they achieved. Two Time's tail slightly uncurls. They tilt their head in wonder.
- "I thought that you got better at dealing with.... Addiction?"
- "I-I was... But recently I f-feel it returned... I don't know why.... My dreams also aren't helping..."
- "With this one I can agree. The nightmares are nothing but pleasant. They make you question what is real and what is fake... I always struggled with that..."- Two Time suddenly opens up, pulling their legs closer to their chest. They try to ignore the uncomfortable stickiness. They don't want to waste water on something so pathetic.
- "....O-Oh...."
- "I apologise. I did not mean to make you uncomforta-"
- "No! It's okay!!! I got just surprised, because it explains a few things... But now that I know... Maybe we can figure out a way to help you?"- Noob offers.
- "I suppose... What were you doing before my... Interruption?"- Two Time asks, tilting their head.
- "Oh... I'm sure you heard about the situation between C00lkidd and Pr3ttyprincess?"
- "Yes. I am aware."
- "Well... I know how to sew... So I wanted to fix her plushie."- Noob explains with a smile. Two Time thinks for a second, nodding with satisfaction.
- "This is a good deed friend. If you need my help with anything I will gladly assist."
- "First go wash your hands... I know it must be uncomfortable. And we don't want to make the plushie sticky..... Sixer let them go."- Noob chuckles when they see Guest 666 pushing Two Time back on the couch when they attempted to stand up. The killer makes a noise of disagreement.
- "Killer. It will take only a minute."- Two Time says. Eventually 666 agrees and lets them go
- "... I'm sorry..."- C00lkidd says. The child is standing in the room, staring at the girl that is sitting on her bed.
When he learned that Pr3tty is awake, the child wanted to apologize as soon as possible.
- "I didn't mean to hurt you! I SWEAR!!! I got scared because you were so angry... I didn't want to get hurt...."- C00lkidd continues, wiping of the tears that started to fall again.
Pr3tty observes the boy, she feels like she should be mad, but now she calmed down. While he is guilty, not all of it is his fault. Pr3tty also takes some of the blame. The girl sighs.
- "I suppose that it's okay. So don't worry your pathetic peasant brain too much. I'm alive and I also take some blame."- Pr3tty says. The words make C00lkidd smile and run to her. Giving her a tight hug.
The girl at first tenses up. She wants to pretend she doesn't want it. But doesn't do it. Instead she returns the hug.
- "That... Went better than expected."- 007n7 says. Watching two kids hug each other.
- "Pathetic peasant brain? 1x, was she hanging out with you recently?"- Azure asks, after all only one of the killers uses that vocabulary.
- "...She wanted to do my hair."
- "Of course she did."- Azure groans, but he's happy that 1x is still being included. Then the botanist points out something. - "Also... I think you're right."
- "What?"
- "I have a reason to believe that the medicine was swapped."- Azure explains, however it doesn't make it more clear to the embodiment of hatred.
- "How it connects to me?"
- "...I didn't swap it. And the last person that was supposed to count our medicine was Elliot."- Azure adds, this makes the embodiment of hatred glare deepen.
- "Excuse me... But I'm worried. Is something wrong with Elliot?"- 007n7 asks, his voice worried.
Azure quickly explains 1x's suspicions. The former hacker looks worried with each thing being added. After Azure is done 007n7 speaks up.
- "It's.... Worrying... But at the same time. Sometimes Elliot is acting... Off. Maybe we should bring it up to the admins?"
- "I doubt they will listen. None of them does."- 1x1x1x1 snaps. Azure just sighs.
- "1x. Not everyone is like Shedletsky. And I don't care you two have beef. It's for the sake of everyone here. Just because you fought in the kitchen it doesn't mean they won't listen. After all it was you who refused to talk."
- "I will kill you."- 1x1x1x1 glares at Azure, but he doesn't care.
- "Shut up. We are informing admins, but first let me check your injury again."
- "He's injured?"
- "Azure."- 1x1x1x1 says with a warning.
- "Yup. Idiot burned themselves. Now come on, you stubborn ancient being."- Azure drags reluctant 1x1x1x1 to the medical room. Shouting back at 007n7 - "DON'T USE THE MEDS UNTIL IT'S RESOLVED. THERE'S HERBAL TEA THAT WILL HELP!"
007n7 nods with acknowledgement. Then he frowns.
- "Even if I wanted to use medication I wouldn't know which is which. I can't see."- He mumbles to himself.
- "What are you talking about?"
- "WHAT THE ####"- 007n7 flinches, quickly tuning around. He recognises silhouette of Two Time.
- "Hello hacker."
- "...Oh my admins, Two Time.... Hello."- The former hacker wheezes out. He can also hear someone else giggling.
- "Why d-do you like sneaking up to people?"- Noob asks, coming closer.
- "Sometimes it is accidental. Sometimes I do it on purpose. It is amusing."- Two Time explains, their tail slightly wagging.
- "Taph's mischief is growing on you... We're doomed."- 007n7 whispers in pretending terror. This causes Two Time to let out a mischievous giggle, a sound of happiness.
None of the present survivors saw them being so open with their emotions before. Seeing them so comfortable around the group makes Noob and 007n7 feel happy.
- "Oh gods we are truly doomed."- 007n7 says, letting out a chuckle.
Noob then walks inside the room. He hands Pr3tty the plushie, the girl being happy and surprised seeing it whole again.
She grimaces slightly when Noob mentions that Two Time helped. But it doesn't change her good mood.
Ignoring the 'Something Odd is Going on with Elliot' theory, the peace and unity returned to the cabin again. It will stay there until another argument arrives... Or pure chaos. It's always one of the two things.
Notes:
Next chapter is going to be the last special chapters. The last outside main group pov.
....We are getting near the end of the autumn.:D
Chapter 195: Historian's Mind
Chapter Text
'#### #### #### #### #### #### #### #### #### #### #### #### #### #### #### #### #### ####'
The person rapidly curses in their mind, as they are sprinting through the fog. The fog however is not white, instead it's dark gray, almost black. The fog monster is hunting and Historian is the prey.
The hooded person continues to run for his life. Hearing the noises of the creature behind him. The terrain seems to be forest like, so he needs to watch out for the trees or unstable terrain.
He can't risk dying. Not yet, he's getting closer to his goal. If he dies it will be the end. He can't die yet.
He knows that he's the target because he was interacting with other people a while ago, once their sent is gone it should all be okay. Should. Historian knows how dangerous and unpredictable the world became.
Suddenly the ground disappears from under his legs. He lets out a shout of surprise. Falling a bit before landing on his legs. He hears a cracking sound. Letting out a curse he continues to run, despite the pain.
- "YOU STUPID FOG BEAST GREMLIN. I'M NOT EDIBLE! GET LOST... ####."- Historian shouts and then curses because he ran into the tree.
The branch got caught into his hood, pulling it of. Historian curses again, he tries to free himself. The branch snaps and he's on the run again. His hood down for the time being.
He cannot risk a fight, especially considering bad visibility. He needs to somehow find a hiding spot. Each step is making his joints hurt. He really needs to take care of it eventually.
The chase continues. Historian lost track of how long it's been. He's pushing his body to his limits and he knows that. Despite this he doesn't give up, he's used to running. He's used to being chased.
But it doesn't make it easier. The only thing keeping him alive is the fact that he knows he can't allow himself to die, no matter how strong he craves it. Step by step he continues to run. He runs for the ones he cares about. He runs for those who remain.
That's when the ground breaks. The glitching hisses, eating away the world. Historian shouts in surprise falling into the hole of glitches. He summons his spear out of the inventory. He uses it to slow down his fall by stabbing it into the ground on the walls around him.
He hits the ground and everything goes black.
When his body awakens again he finds himself in some sort of a cave. At least he assumes it's a cave, because it's really dark and he can't see fog. The sound of glitches can be still heard above him.
- "Cavês. Of course. I love caves..... They're safer than outside.... Mostly. The spiders are an issue.... And mutant mouses.... I hate those."- Historian mumbles to himself, he shakily stands up. He also feels liquid dropping down his face.
Taking out an old electric lantern, Historian lightens up the cave. The whole area above him is full of glitches and the fog creature is gone. Historian doesn't want to know what happened to it.
He touches his head, frowning when he feels something sticky and warm.
- "Great. That's what I need. I love bleeding... Maybe it will finally end my life... Who am I kidding, it won't kill me. Just annoy me... GEAT!!!"- Historian shouts, then he starts to laugh. - "I need to stop talking to myself when I'm alone...."
After picking up his spear, the man decides to go right. A gut feeling telling him that he shouldn't turn left. He walks slowly, still not fully recovered from the fall and the chase.
He's surrounded by nothing but darkness, his lantern the only thing slicing through it. Only his mind to occupy him. Historian doesn't like darkness, he tends to get lost in his mind when he's alone... And he's alone most of the time. The darkness always makes it worse.
- "Heh... They would be so ashamed seeing me right now..."- Historian whispers, grabbing the ring he wears as a necklace. He'll never be able to fulfil the death wish of his friend. He's a pathetic excuse of a living being.
- "Gods... No, not gods... they are evil.... heh... nevermind... People have worse than me. I need to pick myself up. ####, Historian stop talking to yourself. And stop talking about yourself in third person. Man, I'm doing amazing... Today is AMAZING!"
"...."
"...yeah. I lost it. I don't remember last autumn hitting me that hard."
Historian stands in the darkness. His eyes begin to blur, the tears start falling down. He is tired, he's tired of living, he's tried of his existence. The only thing that is still keeping him alive is his will to save people.
Some days are good, where he finds himself enjoying life, feeling happy. But once in a while a bad day happens. And those days are hard to push through.
It takes a while, but eventually Historian calms down. He continues to walk through the cave. The glitches are left behind. Once in a while he can hear a spider hissing at the light.
After hours of walking the dim light appears. The exit of the cave. Historian stands there, breathing in some fresh air. He finally checks out himself, knowing that there is a known escape route just in case. He frowns seeing the damage his body took. He needs to take care of it.
Before he can do that, he doubles over in a coughing fit. His body is shaking and his insides feel like they're being melted. Historian slowly lowers his body to the ground, continuing to cough. Black liquid leaves his mouth, it falls on the ground below.
Once the coughs disappear Historian is left panting, his body copying movement he saw in the past. He calms down, cursing. He quickly pulls off the sleeve on his left arm. He notices the black lines going further down, almost touching the elbow.
Some places look like another eyes will develop and grow there. Historian takes out a bandage from his bag, tightly covering the area. After he's done he sits on the cold stone, leaning on the wall.
He refused to die. Not yet. After all he promised Liam he will tell him more about his findings. He promised Harry that they will gossip together while drinking tea. He promised Charlex to teach him more about mechanical stuff. He promised Herta that she can make him a new outfit. He promised Joey to tell him his adventures.
The promise he made to his friend. He must keep it too. There's still a small flame of hope inside him. He just needs something to ignite it.
So no matter how hard life gets, no matter how badly he wants to rest forever. Historian isn't giving up. Not today, not tomorrow, not anytime soon. Despite the pain he feels in his heart, the life is still a beautiful place. This broken world is still wonderful, if you know where to look.
And those Freaks from the Hill... They interest him. He has to continue his research.
But for today, Historian rests. After putting on his hood, he allows himself to close his eyes. He will open them soon, after all he also needs to finish his little experiment.
Notes:
Historian my beloved. HEHEHEHE >:]
Only 5 chapters until the final act. Soon chapter 200.... HOW DID I GET HERE!?
Chapter 196: No one is Safe!
Chapter Text
- "This is War!"- Pr3tty exclaims. She taken a piece of charcoal from the fireplace and drew a battle makeup on her face. She slams a plan of the cabin that Taph made.
- "🪖🫡"
- "What is the plan?"- C00lkidd asks, swinging his legs.
- "We are making undercover missions. Our main target is the Chicken Man. Our secondary targets... Literally everyone else. Except Noob. They did nice thing recently so they're spared. Is it clear team?"- Pr3ttyprincess asks, looking at each person that is a part of the mission. Not everyone is there willingly.
- "Oh! Oh! Can we have code names!!!?"- C00lkidd asks with excitement.
- "👍"- Taph nods, he's one of the leaders alongside Pr3tty.
- "I'm Princess. Taph is Demolitionist. We are Glitter Bomb Duo and we hired you to help."
- "I feel like I was not taken here willingly. Instead I have suffered through kidnapping."- Two Time says, they're tied up to a chair after Taph dragged them in.
- "Shut up Bait! No one asked you for your opinion!"- Pr3tty snaps with a glare.
- "👑❗😒"
- "...Fine. Sorry I guess."- Pr3tty crosses her arms.
- "So what are the codenames?"- Bluudude asks.
- "Ahem. C00lkidd, you are Red Devil."
- "Sounds c00l..."- The youngest wonders.
- "Bluudude. You will be a Bluuberry."
- "WHY THE #### AM I A BLUEBERRY!?"
- "🤬❌❗"
- "Sorry..."- The teen mumbles.
- "Bluu. You're Bluuberry with extra 'u'!"
- "Fine. I guess. But it's not fair C00lkidd has better than mine!"
- "Hehehe!"- C00lkidd giggles with happiness. Meanwhile Bluudude just crosses his arms in a pout.
- "Anyway. X! You are Green Poison!"
- "....acceptable."
- "And lastly. You are Bait... Or Dagger. Taph insisted on the other one."- Pr3tty shrugs while looking at Two Time.
- "Can I at least be free from the ropes holding my body?"
- "...Taph."
- "🫡"
Turns out the knots were so strong that 1x had to cut through the rope to free the ex cultist. After that Pr3tty and Taph explained the plan of action. And they began is soon after.
First Two Time was forced to use their crouching ability to steal Chance's headphones. Luckily the gambler was asleep at that time. The group decided to do that for the sake of Pr3tty's well being.
The loud explosion of the bomb might make her head hurt, because of the fresh injury on her head. So the headphones will muffle it. And Taph will make sure that Chance won't be anywhere near the explosion so gambler's slightly more sensitive ears won't suffer.
C00lkidd 'kidnapped' Noob to play with him in the kids room. The survivor was surprised, but agreed on that. They're unaware it will save them.
That's when Two Time got sent downstairs as a distraction. Making sure no one will realise what is going on. Meanwhile Bluudude covers the upstairs area, so someone leaving the room won't notice.
Taph, Pr3tty and 1x set up traps. Glitter bombs, glitter in bucket that is held in the air and a bunch of tripwires that activate it all.
Once they're done the signal is made. Pr3tty drags Bluudude back to the kids room. With the use of 1x's sword and a contraption, Chance gets barricaded in his room. Meanwhile Taph gets Two Time, pretending he needs their help in something.
Noob is worried, seeing this odd group suddenly hiding in the said room, but for their safety they stay quiet. And they don't understand why Pr3tty is wearing Chance's headphones.
A few minutes later the first explosion goes off. A few minutes of silence and they all hear a scream of despair. It belongs to Shedletsky.
- "Success!"- Pr3tty celebrates, first bumping Taph and getting a nod of approval from 1x.
Soon after there's more chaos happening downstairs. Person after person getting glittered. The group in the kids room is laughing. Except three people.
1x1x1x1 isn't laughing, because it's really rare for him to laugh. Despite this is is amused and feels satisfaction that Shedletsky got glittered.
Noob is nervously sweating, suddenly aware of the fate they got saved from. They don't know why they got spared, but they're happy they did.
Two Time is only smiling, they are unsure if they should laugh. However it changes when the door to the room opens, a glowing and pink Azure is standing in the entrance. Looking for the troublemakers. Two Time begins to laugh so hard they start to cry.
Azure blinks with surprise, but then he also starts to laugh, running into the room, attempting to use the glitter on him to glitter others. No one escapes without the glitter on them. 1x1x1x1 is NOT happy about that and they glare at the botanist.
Downstairs Shedletsky is sitting in the corner, his eyes look dead. He's been glittered again. He knows now that this is done on purpose. Not everyone is getting glittered as often as he is.
Dussekar, who now has pink pumpkin head instead of a blue one is patting his shoulder in an attempt of comfort.
Both Noli and Jason are staring at Guest 666, who got glittered so much they're fully covered.
- "...Wh3r3 d03s aLL th1s gl1tt3r c0m3 fr0m...."- Noli says in disbelief, at this point kilogrammes/pounds of glitter were used. To the point an entire room would be filled.
Jason puts his head in his hands. He has no idea how they are supposed to get this glitter off Sixer.
Elliot stares emptily in front of himself. His eyes are glaring into the pink kitchen wall. His fists are held tightly. He is completely covered in glitter. It's uncomfortable, he can feel it sticking to his skin.
It was loud. It was bright. It was too much. It is too strong feeling. He wants it gone, so he leaves.
That's when Elliot blinks, finding himself in the kitchen. The sight of it makes him stare in shock and despair. Then he looks at himself, noticing that he is glittered too.
- "WHAT THE HELL HAPPENED WHILE I DISSOCIATED!?"- He screams.
The Cube feels the Presence being really mad. The Presence rarely is mad, this makes the Cube curious. They're also aura of some odd feeling.
01010111 01101000 01111001 00100000 01100001 01110010 01100101 00100000 01111001 01101111 01110101 00100000 01101101 01100001 01100100 00111111 00100000 01001001 01110011 00100000 01110100 01101000 01100101 00100000 01010100 01101111 01111001 00100000 01111001 01101111 01110101 00100000 01001000 01100001 01110100 01100101 00100000 01100001 01101110 01101110 01101111 01111001 01101001 01101110 01100111 00100000 01111001 01101111 01110101 00100000 01100001 01100111 01100001 01101001 01101110 00111111
- "THESE ANNOYING TOYS DECIDED TO HAVE FUN WITH BLINDING PINK EXPLOSIONS THAT STAINED MY VESSEL."- IT snaps at the 2x2.
Since IT didn't have a form because, it was a new experience for IT. IT hates how the light made the eyes of the vessel hurt. IT hates the feeling of the pieces of glitter, that continues to be felt despite IT leaving the vessels body.
IT hates the noise the explosion made. IT never realised how loud and painful the noise is. IT gets more mad sensing aura of satisfaction from the cube.
01011001 01101111 01110101 00100000 01100100 01100101 01110011 01100101 01110010 01110110 01100101 00100000 01101001 01110100
2x2 answers in Binary. That's when IT has enough and leaves to spy on the suffering in different part of the world. That's when the Cube sends out a wave of power, alongside a binary message. 'IT can feel what the vessel feels and IT dislikes when senses are overwhelmed.'
- ".... Hello? Why won't this door open!? HELLO!!!? LET ME OUT!!!"- Chance bangs at the door. He woke up hearing explosions, his headphones are gone and he can't exist his room.
However no one comes, so the gambler just accepts their fate and sits back on his bed.
Notes:
Spectre never had a body. IT doesn't know most of the things robloxians experience.
So sudden new sensations? Yeah... It feels weird to IT. And IT dislikes the feeling of those.
Chapter 197: You are my Sunshine
Chapter Text
Builderman is sweeping the floor. He's one of the lucky ones that didn't get glittered. The admin chuckles to himself, with each glitter day this duo is getting better and better.
Them also hiring other people for pranks? At this point Builderman won't be surprised if they make glitter empire and overthrow the government.
Considering that somehow the kids got Shedletsky's embodiment of hatred on their team? He is not messing with them. Taph, this little gremlin. Builderman is proud of him. He's happy he can see Taph open up to others, to show his true self more. Who knew all it took is a killer child with a love for glitter.
Builderman can see that everyone changed. Both survivors and killers. They work better with each other. Two Time for example also made a lot of progress, no longer a crazed Cultist. Now they look more like traumatized young adult.
Noob is more confident. Sure, the death erased a bit of the progress. But Builderman sees that now they slowly catch up.
Chance also began to be more open. Now gambling is not the only part of his personality. He's much more than the mask he puts on.
007n7 shown true change. And Builderman wishes he realized it sooner. The man truly wished to redeem himself. Builderman is happy that he sees it now.
Guest always was kind. While in rounds he looked serious, in reality he's a really kind and caring person. No matter what, he always made sure to check on everyone.
Elliot also changed, he learned to allow himself rest. But he still loves helping people. His new current behaviour, the dissociation. It worries the admin.
Shedletsky, Dussekar and himself. They also changed. They always believed they were close with mortals, but this experience of basically becoming one. It's eye opening. Now Builderman wishes he could did some things differently.
Builderman looks up, snapping out of his thoughts. He hears some footsteps coming closer to his direction. They belong to Mafioso. The mafia man looks slightly worried.
- "Is something wrong?"- Builderman asks. Mafioso comes closer and whispers to him.
- "John is acting weird. We know from experience that his corruption sometimes acts up... But today it seems more... Painful?"- The mafia man explains. The information makes Builderman worry, he puts away the broom and looks at the killer.
- "Take me to him."
Mafioso leads the admin upstairs. To the room belonging to Jason and John. Inside it the corrupted killer is laying on the bed on his stomach.
He tried his best to curl up, the less corrupted arm is clutching his head, the claws make out of corruption slightly pierce the skin. It's like he's trying to claw out the corruption out of his brain.
John's eyes are tightly closed, face strained from the smile that he's constantly forced to keep. But the thing that breaks Builderman's heart the most is the ragged breathing of the killer.
The corruption is talking a toll on John's body and mind. Whoever is their captor is slowing it down, but it doesn't erase it.
Builderman walks over, making his footsteps louder on purpose. He doesn't want to risk surprising the killer. Slowly he sits on the bed, stroking John's hair.
That's when something unexpected happens, John leans into Builderman. A quiet grumble escapes the killers throat, he wants to grab the admin, but hesitates.
Despite his broken mind, John knows how dangerous corruption is. He doesn't want to harm anyone. He knows he's hurting, he knows he's dangerous. John hates that, but he doesn't remember better times.
Builderman begins to stroke John's body, making sure to avoid the corrupted areas. It makes the killer basically melt. Remains of John's mind scream for more comfort.
Builderman feels his heart shatter. He glances at Mafioso, giving him 'I've got this'. Look. Mafioso nods, leaving the two together.
The admin looks back at his creation, at his son. Now corrupted and mutated, but deep down the remains arr still there. Builderman begins to hum, it's a song he hummed before, back when John was still young.
The killer feels a slight feeling of familiarity, but the corruption quickly ates it away. Despite this each stroke, each comforting touch it makes him want more.
John's body shakes, a sob leaves his body. The unused and corrupted vocal cords make it sound like it's a growl. Builderman freezes, unsure on what is going on.
John feels guilt, he didn't mean to scare the survivor. The touch just feels so good it makes him sad, wants him to feel more of it. But now he scared him away.
Builderman is staring at the killer, waiting for a sign of aggression. However instead he notices tear leaving the uncorrupted eye. And it clicks, his son, his beloved child, he is touch starved. At this point the admin wonders how much more shattering his heart can take.
- "Oh John... When was the last time you were properly hugged... Without fear of corrupting others.... My child.... I'm so sorry. I wish I could do better."- Builderman whispers, starting to stroke his son again. He wishes he noticed signs of corruption earlier.
Builderman knows that killers try their best, but none of them are experienced when it comes to corruption. Even the admins can get corrupted.
Despite this, Builderman continues to try comfort John the best he can. When more weird noises leave John's throat, Builderman knows that it's equivalent of sobbing. The admin feels his own tears falling.
- "It's... It's okay John... Let it all out.... I'm here. I won't leave... I promise... I know you might not understand... But I love you... I love you my child... I wish I could hug you properly..."- Builderman whispers through tears.
While he interacted with John before, there was always the fear of getting hurt. So Builderman kept safe distance. Now he truly regrets it.
Up close, Builderman can finally see the alterations the corruption did to John. It looks painful, his spine is forcefully altered, his posture adapted to support the spike arm.
The only good thing about the Captor was the fact that John's spiked arm was turned into a normal looking one. But now Builderman notices that the corruption starts to grow, build up. In a few months John's spike arm with return. The corruption is spreading and he can't do anything about it.
John Doe eventually falls asleep. The ragged and struggling breathing of the killer calms down. Although Builderman doesn't leave. He stays, hoping to redeem himself for his accidental neglect.
Mafioso walks through the hall. Stopping when he notices weird contraption attached to the door leading to the room of survivors. What is weirder is that 1x's sword is attached to it. The Mafia man pulls on the rope hanging from it.
The contraption falls apart. The noise seems to alert someone inside the room, because Mafioso hears a thud of a body hitting the floor.
The door opens and Chance basically rushes over. The gambler shouts in happiness.
- "FREEDOM!!!!!"
- "...How long were you stuck inside?"- Mafioso asks with amusement.
- "Since yesterday. I woke up hearing explosions but couldn't leave. Also have you seen my headphones?"
- ".... Count yourself lucky. You avoided glitter."- Mafioso explains.
Then the Mafia man notices inside the room. The blanket is on the floor, looking like someone fall in it after getting tangled.
- "Do I want to know what were you doing?"- Mafioso glances at the gambler. Chance laughs awkwardly.
- "No. I rather to keep it private. Anyway! I need to go drink something. My throat feels like sandpaper."- Chance exclaims, basically running to the kitchen.
Next thing Mafioso hears are shouts of surprise, when Chance sees the glitter everywhere.
Notes:
I FINALLY wrote something John and Builderman centric. Let's ignore it took me 197 chapters to do that XD
Also Chance was locked away and forgotten for HOURS XD
Chapter 198: Forgotten Tea
Chapter Text
Dusekkar sighs with content. He finally is able to be more at peace, after all this chaos that happened. Just him and his tea. Peace.
However peace doesn't last for long. Shouts of shock are heard from the living room. Dusekkar recognises that they belong to the gambler. Chance then enters the kitchen.
- "Okay. What the hell happened when I was locked away in the room.... WHY ARE YOU PINK!?"- Chance shouts, noticing Dusekkar having a pink glittery pumpkin head.
- "A lot had happened, dear friend. Luckily none of us has meet their end."- The admin answers, while watching Chance quickly drinking a lot of water.
- "I have been forgotten. Locked away in a room for HOURS. My headphones are still missing..... And out of all people MAFIOSO was the one saving me!!!"- Chance complains, leaning on the counter.
- "That's unfortunate fait. But you avoided the bait."
- "Yeah. Glad that this time glittery hell skipped me."- Chance chuckles. But then he lets out a small cough, that slowly grows.
Dusekkar quickly puts away his cup of tea. Floating over he supports Chance as the coughs get stronger. The gambler struggles for a while, but eventually it ends.
- "T-thanks..."
- "Do not talk. Get some rest. Don't put your strength to a test."- Dusekkar says, leading Chance to the couch. Shedletsky is already there, eating a chicken to cope with being glittered.
The other admin notices what happened and moves, allowing Chance to get comfortable.
- "Again? Man this thing is annoying."- Shedletsky says, knowing well how his own flare ups go. Chance sighs, running hand through his hair.
- "It's hell... I hate it. Each time I'm sure this is the end and I'm going to die."
- "Same... It's unfair that Elliot doesn't get flare ups.... It's odd... Especially after what they mentioned."- Shedletsky mumbles. This gets the attention of other two survivors.
- "What do you mean? Has something been unseen?"- Dusekkar asks, sitting next to Chance. His tea long forgotten.
- "Well... I overheard 1x telling Azure that they can sense different aura during Elliot's episodes. It never truly left my mind... And I noticed that Elliot do acts different..."- Shedletsky explains, worry in his voice. Both of the survivors frown, the theory doesn't seem like a good thing.
- "... It's... Worrying. He was acting od... Manipulative... Like.... ITrapped used to."- Chance mumbles, his hands clenching into fists. Shedletsky places a hand on their back.
- "We'll figure it out. Like we always do."- The former admin smiles. Taking a bite of the chicken.
- "What are you taking about?"
- "AAAAAAAHHHHHH!!!!"- Both Chance and Dussekar scream, after hearing a sudden voice from behind them. Shedletsky gets so surprised he begins to choke on the chicken.
At the same time the scream spooked Guest 666 who was sleeping. The killer quickly stands up, launching Noli in the air, the hacker screaming out and holding onto the support logs. Jason gets smacked by the tail, hitting the wall.
Two Time stands behind the couch, watching the entire situation happen. They didn't mean to spook anyone, but at this point they're used to it.
- "TWO TIME WHAT THE HELL! DON'T SCARE US LIKE THAT!"
- "Apologies Gambler. I did not mean for that to happen."- Two Time smiles with tilted head.
- "S1X Y0U ##T##!!!! S0M30N3 G4T M3 D0WN!!!"- Noli screams at the people below, while holding onto his dear life. Jason is still sitting on the ground, he seems to be a bit out of it.
Dusekkar and Chance try to figure out a way to get Noli down. Meanwhile Shedletsky came over to Jason. He kneels in front of the killer.
- "Hey. You okay bud?"- Shedletsky asks. Jason slightly looks up, but he doesn't seem to understand.
- "Alright. You got hit hard, come on. Let's get you to the couch. Time help me?"
Both Two Time and Shedletsky, although mostly Shedletsky, take Jason to the couch. After a few minutes the killer returns to normal.
At the same time Noli is successfully taken down. Sixer apologies to both of the killers with hugs. The killer eventually forcing everyone present in the cuddle pile.
Notes:
Tomorrow is the last chapter of the Autumn.... The final act... So close... 🤩😈
Chapter 199: Cuddle Tales
Chapter Text
- "1'm b0r3d. S-S-S1x. Y0u'r3 d0n3 w1th th3 cuDdlEs?"- Noli mumbles. He and the rest of the people that were present in the living room had been stuck in a forced cuddle pile for over an hour.
The beastly killer let's out a quiet grumble and falls asleep again. Completely ignoring what Noli said. Noli sighs dramatically, supporting his head with his only free arm, the other one being stuck in the pile.
- "W-W-Why mY b0dy gl1tch3s 0nly wh3n 1t w4nts t0!? 1 w4nt t0 gl1tch 0ut r1ght n0w!!!"- Noli mumbles, glaring at Chance who laughed at that.
- "Well, you're stuck with us."- Chance smirks, his glasses fell off when he was grabbed, so his eyes are visible for everyone present.
- "It appears that we may be here for a while longer. I would recommend finding out a way to pass the time quicker."- Two Time speaks up, then they sent a small glare to Jason, who accidentally poked them when trying to move.
- "Well... I might have an idea."- Shedletsky smiles.
- "Builderman give me strength. Someone put his idea to an end."- Dussekar mumbles, he's worried about what the other admin though about.
- "Relax Matt. It's nothing bad. Just perhaps telling them a few funny stories from HQ. You know... Since others are kinda.... Gone. We don't have to be worried about them getting mad at revealing stuff."
- "0o0oh...Y0u f1n4lly s4id s0m3th1ng 1ntr3st1ng."- Noli chuckles. Mischief can be heard in his voice.
- "Okay. So! Sorcus, he's the god of death."
- "Apologies for interrupting. But back in the times of rounds, when you explained you god origins. You also said that you were a god of death."- Two Time interrupts, their head tilting in confusion.
- "Well. To put it simple, Sorcus is the actual god of death, dealing with undead and all that. Meanwhile my past self, Telamon.... I was called that because many people weren't able to survive meeting me..."
- "Y34h. M-My 1d1ot1c g0dly p4st s3lf f0r ex4mpl3."- Noli mumbles with annoyance. He still doesn't understand the whole mess his existence is.
- "Yeah.... Anyway. You understand now?"
- "I do Swordmaster. Thank you for clarification."- Two Time smiles, their tail would wag if they weren't crushed in one big forced cuddle pile.
- "Great! So, back to the story. Sorcus accidentally summoned A BUNCH of undead. We almost had an apocalypse. Builderman was really mad and after we ended up dealing with the zombies... Well.... Sorcus ended up in times."
- "Pffff.... Builderman put god of Death in timeout?!"- Chance laughs.
- "He sure did. Matt, what else do you remember."
- "....I do remember a time, when Reese attempted to be a mime. Alongside Clockwork, they had a great time."
- "Ah. I remember this... We had to fix glass door. They were annoying Doom with the mime stuff and he thought they were acting again.... This time they weren't and he ended up walking into and breaking the whole door."- Shedletsky smirks at the memory. He never let Doom forget that.
- "I also remember a fact that because of being half birds. You, Taph and Luke often didn't leave windows intact."- Dusekkar let's out a chuckle, hearing Shedletsky gasp.
- "Windows are magic and invisible! It isn't our fault for being bird hybrids! Besides... You used to cosplay. I SAW YOU!"
- "What a horrendous thing to say! I-"- Dussekar is unable finish the sentence because both Noli and Chance start to laugh loudly. Shedletsky gives Dussekar a smug look.
- "Moving on! I also remember when.... An old friend.... He made a script that that turned water into tea. Clockwork was so happy that his system crashed and he fell into the pool of tea. It took Builderman week to fix him back up."- Shedletsky laughs, ignoring the memory of the young admin that later had to be banned.
- "T3a!? T3A!?"
- "Yes. Tea!"
- "....Th3 f4ct th4t 1 w4s ev3r afr41d 0f a bUnCh 0f 1d1ots b4nn1ng m3..."- Noli mumbles, finding it hard to believe.
- "I have better question. HOW did Robloxia survived this long!?"- Chance shouts, he already finds it hard to believe and he knows that it's just the tip of the iceberg.
- "Genuinely... I have no idea. Considering everything that happened in the HQ.... I'm surprised we lasted that long."
- "There is time for joking and there is time for working."- Dussekar explains. Despite how silly admins could act, they still took their work seriously. Jason nods with confirmation, agreeing with those words.
- "Didn't Luke and Stoecker went around and zapped everyone with lighting? Poor Clockwork suffered again. He had his systems fried."
- "Your friend seems bad at taking care of himself."- Two Time bluntly says. It makes both admins laugh.
- "Clockwork is... Was really interesting person. He often forgot he was a robot, especially considering that he's been the only one like that. A shame he never properly stayed in HQ. He preferred to travel across Robloxia."- Shedletsky explains to Two Time.
- "I remember when Telamon first ate fried chicken. The production of said food had to qicken."
- "HEY! We don't talk about that!!! And if anything, blame BrightEyes for giving it to me!"- Shedletsky glares at the pumpkin mage.
- "I had been told Spawn is divine, without any flaws. I had assumed the same thing for you, when I learned about your divinity.... Yet you fail to show it.... And you are flawed."
- "The Core of Robloxia got a bit too silly with creating us. We all ended up being different species or hybrids and we all had our own flaws and issues. Despite this, we made it work."- Shedletsky smiles, he is happy that Two Time is asking about stuff like that more openly. And he is happy to explain.
- "...I have been once a witness of Builderman's driving skills...."- Dussekar begins another story. This one terrifying the others and giving Chance flashbacks of Two Time's driving skills.
The time would pass. Eventually Guest 666 was satisfied with the cuddles and set free the people. The group ended up going their own ways.
Jason and Noli went to the killers. The glitchy killer questioning the people that were running the entire world. He will definitely tell the kids about it.
Chance and Two Time ended up going to another room to talk together. The whole HQ shenanigans reminded them about their Epic Escape from pirate island. Now as the time passed, they aren't affected as much as before. Instead of fear, the memories make them laugh.
Shedletsky and Dusekkar went to the kitchen. The mage finally remembered about his tea, that went cold long ago. They both continue reminiscing, however this time is more nostalgic. They wish others would be still alive, but it's an empty wish.
The people living in this cabin are also chaotic. It reminds them about HQ, a lot. But despite that they are reliable... Most of the time. And despite differences they can work together.
So no matter what will happen in the future. They all will face it. They aren't giving up at survival. And they will remain, they will fight for the chaotic family they had accidentally obtained.
Notes:
This is officially the final chapter of autumn act. The final act begins after the time skip chapter!!! 🤩🥹
____
Also "An old friend" Shedletsky mentioned is Scripter.
If it wasn't clear.
Chapter 200: We're still standing!
Chapter Text
Autumn passed peacefully, most of the time. There were some dangerous situations, but luckily in the end the group was able to survive them.
The sickness that has been torturing a few members of the group didn't get better, but also it didn't get worse. At least much. Elliot is still the only one that doesn't experience symptoms, except skin darkening.
The suspicion of Elliot's dissociations spreader further. However no one brought up this issue to Elliot. 1x explained that if it's someone else controlling him, they can't risk with reveal the fact that they know.
Kids are also kept in the dark. Not because they don't deserve to know, but the group doesn't want to risk them accidentally revealing stuff.
Day after day. Eventually the winter comes. Another year passed. It has been Six years since the world ended. It's been a year since survivors and killers joined the torture that the world became.
This winter ended up being easier for the group. They now know what to expect from the dangers. And them being now a part of Crossroads trading community also makes a big difference.
After winter came spring. The only season where someone had died.
The scavenging team ended up in dangerous situation with the monster fish and the fact that Two Time is not a good swimmer.
Luckily they made a ritual beforehand. So they respawned back on the raft, instead in the fish's stomach. Since it was death that their respawn ability took part in, they didn't lost memories. The only thing that they suffered was their wings growing back.
They had a few meetings with pirates. Chance even was able to curse out the captain that previously held him captive. Lucky for them, there wasn't any physical fights.
The group had became closer with the Crossroads leading team. Liam still sometimes makes the group worried and suspicious about him, but despite that the leader was nothing but helpful.
His son, Elijah, became a bit nicer to the group. Bonding a bit with Elliot. The white haired boy noticed that there is something off going on when Elliot dissosated but didn't brought it up.
Harry and Herta teamed up. Slowly merging the two crews into one. Despite that they still rule separately, taking small steps. But Shedletsky swore that he saw two captains holding hands. Joey later confirmed his suspicions.
Danny and Rob became the most trusted people in Crossroads. They truly bonded with the Freaks from the Hill. With their help, the group ended up making even more contacts with different groups from outside the Crossroads.
Historian appeared a few times, but he never stayed for long. The mysterious person really enjoys acting mysterious. Out of everyone, admins trust him the least. They noticed the side glances he gives them and they have a suspicion he's planning something with Liam.
However time passed and the history research duo hadn't made a move.
Eventually spring turns into summer. The heat arrives, the water disappears. Despite this, people continue to live, to survive.
The sickness attacked a lot of people. They had to learn again how to survive with it. They adapted.
Just like Noli adapted to his body getting more weak. Despite that killer's mind is still sharp.
And so life continues....
IT is really mad. The Hated Toy somehow still is alive. However IT can feel the toy getting weaker. Soon it will succumb to death.
The world is also falling apart. In a year or two IT will be able to fully take over the 2x2 role.
2x2 watches over the world. They're running out of time. Despite this it's not giving up.
01010111 01100101 00100000 01100011 01100001 01101110 00100111 01110100 00100000 01100111 01101001 01110110 01100101 00100000 01110101 01110000 00101110 00100000 01001001 00100000 01110111 01101001 01110011 01101000 00100000 01100110 01101111 01110010 00100000 01111001 01101111 01110101 00100000 01100001 01101100 01101100 00100000 01110100 01101111 00100000 01101000 01100001 01110110 01100101 00100000 01101000 01101111 01110000 01100101 00101110 00001010 01001101 01111001 00100000 01110000 01100101 01101111 01110000 01101100 01100101 00101110 00101110 00101110 00100000 01001101 01111001 00100000 01100011 01110010 01100101 01100001 01110100 01101001 01101111 01101110 01110011 00101110 00100000 01001001 01100110 00100000 01111001 01101111 01110101 00100000 01100011 01100001 01101110 00100000 01101000 01100101 01100001 01110010 00100000 01101101 01100101 00101110 00100000 01010000 01101100 01100101 01100001 01110011 01100101 00101110 00101110 00101110 00100000 01000100 01101111 00100000 01101110 01101111 01110100 00100000 01100111 01101001 01110110 01100101 00100000 01110101 01110000 00101110
2x2 sends the message alongside power burst. It hopes they will receive it, despite IT blocking the connection. The Core also hopes that everything will go according to plan. This is their last chance, before the sickness and corruption progress too much.
Notes:
And that's how the final act begins... >:]
____
Also making Forsaken in Sims it's really fun XDEdit:
Thank you all SO MUCH!
Chapter 200 is a milestone I still struggle to believe I was able to reach.
This is crazy!!!Thank you for your support! All the comments and kudos. They really mean a lot to me!!! ♥♥♥
Even if you are a silent reader. THANK YOU ALL!!!
Chapter 201: Caves of Robloxia
Chapter Text
The sun is brightly shining. The heatwave is reaching it's peak in the middle of the day. People are mostly hiding inside buildings, traders will return to their stands later when the heat eases a bit.
The scavenging team is currently staying with their ally. The people in the house warmly welcomed them.
Elliot is talking with Elijah, giving the other tips on what to do with longer hair. The healer learned most of it from Pr3ttyprincess, but there is still a muscle memory from Before. Although he has no idea from where.
Chance is walking around staring at the interior of the house. In his opinion it's really nicely decorated. The gambler also replays his meeting with Danny in his head.
They weren't able to talk for long. Because the Crossroads scavenging team was about to head out, before the heat hit.
Soon Chance is joined by Jason. The mute killer is in the Crossroads for the first time, before he only went for scavenging missions that didn't require going to Crossroads. But now he's here, asking Chance questions in sign language. The gambler answering.
Builderman and Shedletsky are sitting at the table. They are talking with each other about what they still need to obtain from the city. That's when Liam comes over, somehow balancing three cups of tea.
- "Are you sure your other members don't want some? I also have coffee."- The leader asks. Builderman shakes his head.
- "If they wanted, they would say it... Or sign it in Jason's case."
- "Right.... You kind of remind me of Harry's crew. You took in people that have some disabilities. You didn't leave them to fend by themselves. That's a good thing to do."- Liam smiles, taking a sip of his tea.
Builderman does the same, it tastes similar like the tea Clockwork used to brew. It hits Builderman with a wave of nostalgia and pain.
- "At first we weren't happy to have some of them in our group. However we got forced to work together. With time bonds were created."- Builderman explains. Meanwhile Shedletsky is staring at the necklace the leader is wearing. It's gold and in a shape of miniature clock.
- "Interesting necklace you got here. I never expected you to be someone wearing stuff like that."
- "A while ago Historian found three like this one. In some old abandoned building. He gifted one to me, the other two were given to Herta and Harry. Now we're matching."- Liam smiles.
- "Despite it being new. It looks like it's important to you."- Builderman notices, it makes the leader chuckle.
- "You are observant. It's a bit of comfort... Like... Knowing my brother and his close friend also have one. It makes me feel like I have a part of them with me. The same thing goes for Historian. He's my friend and I'm happy to have a memory of him... In case the sickness progresses while he's away...."
- "... Yeah. It must be hard, taking care of sick people while running the entire trading center."- Builderman agrees, kicking Shedletsky under the table so the other stops glaring. Between the two of them he is more untrusting of Liam... Or at least he shows it more.
- "Some days are better. Some days are worse. So far I've been managing..."
- "So are we."- Shedletsky answers, rubbing his bandaged arm. The sickness already spread there.
After a few hours the temperature slightly drops down. The scavenging group says goodbye to leader and his son. Then they finish trading and head back home.
As they're walking, they make sure they won't end up walking into desert worms territory. Now they know how to know they might be stepping into one.
After a while of waking they suddenly hear beeping. Exact one that happens when explosives are about to go off.
- "TAKE COVER!"- Builderman shouts, rushing forwards. The rest of the group following.
The explosives explode, the strength of it makes the group fall down. Chance curses, spitting out the sand from his mouth. As soon as he somewhat gets rid of the sand of his face he flicks his gun, getting ready.
From behind the rocks a whole ship on wheels drives out. In there is standing a pirate. The captain is covered in bandages, but it can be see the sickness got him too.
- "WE MEET AGAIN! Freaks from the hill."
- "C4SP3R..."- Shedletsky says with distaste.
- "... Seriously. This guy again!?"- Chance groans, recognising the captain as the one that was holding him and Two Time hostage.
- "Now.... Hand o'er me motorboat."
- "We got is fairly. It belongs to us!"- Builderman shouts. He frowns, the pirates have guns and are closing. He is unable to build a sentry because they might shoot. The only one that can shoot is Chance.
While Jason can't feel most of the pain, they don't want to put the killer in danger. Injury is still an injury.
Soon the two groups are standing face to face. However there's more of the pirates then the survivors and Jason together. C4SP3R smirks, but then it turns into dark expressions.
- "I wouldna stay ye obtained it in fair way. 'cause o' ye I lost me people."
- "First of. I'm surprised you even have crew, considering your aaaamazing personality. Second of.... Your men killed themselves! I only shoot one and he fell into the water, meanwhile Two Time only killed one in self defence. Rest died not because of me and Time."- Chance snaps at the captain. Glaring at him.
- "Well then... I guess I needs t' do it by meself."- C4SP3R points the gun at Chances head.
Before Chance and the rest of group can react, C4SP3R pulls the trigger. In the exact moment the ground begins to shake. It causes the Captain's hand to move.
Instead of hitting Chance in the head, it hits him in the shoulder.
The gambler hisses gripping it tightly as the blood starts to drain. Elliot wants to run over, but another of the pirates is pointing the other gun at him. The ground continues to shake.
- "CAP'N! THE EXPLOSIVES!!! THEY MUST'VE DAMAGED THE GROUND 'N THER'S CAVE SYSTEM BELOW US! WE NEEDS T' GET OUT O' HERE! IT ALL WILL COLLAPSE!"- One if the pirates yells. C4SP3R's eyes widen as he takes a step back.
- "RETREAT!"- The pirate yells. Quickly running away.
The ground begins to crumble. Jason runs over to Chance quickly grabbing him and running forward. Elliot follows after them.
Builderman and Shedletsky also run, but the ground breaks under them. Shedletsky is able to grab a rock that seems to be stable. He catches Builderman but now they're hanging over the hole that is still crumbling below.
- "HOLD ON BUILDERMAN!"- Shed shouts. He notices the rest of the team trying to find a way for them to survive.
That's when a shot rings. Bullet penetrates hands of Shedletsky and Buildman. It causes Shedletsky to loose grip and Builderman falls into the crumbling cave system.
- "NOOOOO"- Shedletsky shouts. Despair in his voice. Jason is able to grab him and pull him out. But Builderman is long gone.
C4SP3R is watching it proudly, he quickly returns to his ship. They sail away through the desert. They still have some other groups to terrorise.
Shedletsky is kneeling in front of the hole, his arm is bleeding into the sand. His mind is replaying the last few seconds. The terror in Builderman's eyes as he was falling down.
Elliot places a hand on his shoulder.
- "Let's get back to cabin... There's no way he survived that."
- "Unless Lady Luck had mercy."
- ".... yeah...."- Shedletsky mumbles. Slowly standing up. The entire walk back home passes like a blur.
Builderman wakes up in the darkness. The rocks below him are painfully digging into his body. He curses the mortality that has been forced into him. The admin slowly crawls out from the place he landed. He's grateful for his hardhat and pure luck.
There's not much he can do in the darkness. Despite that he places his uninjured arm on the wall of the cave and starts to follow it.
After what feels like eternity Builderman feels like giving up. He won't be able to leave these caves. He doesn't even have a flashlight.
The admin sits on the ground, leaning on the wall. If he's going to die then might as well make it quick. He doesn't want to know what it's like to starve to death so he has only one option.
But before that he thinks back. Remembering the memories one last time. He has no guarantees with one hell forget. He thinks of his friends from the purgatory. He thinks of his family from the HQ.... He thinks about his closest friend.
Then he stands up, looking for a way to end it all. But before he can do it, he notices light. Someone holding a lantern entered this part of the cave. The person freezes when they notice the admin.
- "Whât the.... Builderman?"- The person asks. It confuses the admin, how does this stranger know his name. The lantern is moved and that's when Builderman sees the face, or rather lack of it because of the hood.
- "Historian?"- Builderman asks, he feels like laughing. This is a meeting he didn't expect.
- ".... Well... I didn't expect finding your hëre."- Historian says, a whistle leaving his mouth when he notices the state of the admin. - "The cave collapsed... Did you fall down with it?"
- "Yes. A meeting with pirates went wrong."
- "Of course... At least it's this part of the cavēs...."
- "You know the layout?"- Builderman asks with surprise.
- ".... Sometimes I stay in these caves. A place where I don't need to worry about dangers... Except spiders and mutant mouses.... But they mostly stay away from me."- Historian explains. Under the hood his expression is troubled. He wants to help, but he is not fully trusting the other person. After all it's easy to pretend. Despite his worries, he finally speaks up.
- "Come on. I will lead you to the exit. But before I need to take bañdages from my camp...."
Builderman stares at Historian. Suddenly he feels alarm bells ringing in his head. What if he is planning something. But he has no other way of leaving the caves without dying. Reluctantly he agrees.
- "...fine."
The duo begins to make their way through the caves. The darkness is broken by the light from the lantern Historian holds. They continue to walk. Builderman having no other choice but to trust Historian.
01010100 01110010 01110101 01110011 01110100 00100000 01111001 01101111 01110101 01110010 00100000 01101010 01110101 01100100 01100111 01100101 01101101 01100101 01101110 01110100 00100000
Notes:
Tomorrow.... >:] *insert exploding from excitement*
(Also Sims Spectre set himself on fire TWO times in span of FIVE minutes! I barley turned on the game XD
He's banned from the kitchen.)
Chapter 202: Ticking Tension
Summary:
:)
Chapter Text
Builderman sighs after finally getting off out of the tight crack in the wall. Historian is standing next to it, waiting for him.
- "Your camp seems to be deep in the cave."
- "... It's better for prîvacy."- Historian mumbles, continuing to walk forward. Builderman follows after him, holding the flashlight he was given.
They are traveling in tense silence. Builderman doesn't hide his lack of trust for Historian. Meanwhile Historian is trying to mask his uncertainty, he seems to be hesitant with leading Builderman to his camp.
The caves are dark and cold. Despite the heatwave outside, the water is dripping down the rocks. Before Builderman wished he could take off the layers, now he's glad to have them.
Darkness is known from playing with the mind. So not once Builderman feels like something is following him or that he saw something. In reality there's nothing there.
They walk for a while, but then Historian suddenly stops, leaning on the wall. Builderman frowns, this is unusual. That's when the hooded person begins to cough, he's trying to stop it, but without success.
Builderman curses in his mind. From their last meeting he's aware Historian also has the sickness. The admin comes over, but he doesn't touch Historian. He has no idea if other is okay with it.
- "Historian. It's okay, just calm down. Lean on the wall and let it pass."
- "I knøw..."- Historian hisses through gritted teeth. But eventually gives in.
The coughing fills the cave, Historian's body shakes. Builderman quickly catches him when his knees give out. There's something odd with this attack.
The admin notices it's much stronger than what Shedletsky, Chance and Bluudude experience, Elliot doesn't count because of his lack of symptoms. It also lasts longer than usually.
When it's over Historian slowly calms down. His hands continue to shake, but he quickly tries to stop it. Builderman is kneeling nearby, offering help, but not forcing it to be accepted. Historian seems to be slightly leaning into touch, but quickly snaps out of it. He stands up, wobbling a little.
- "Careful."- Builderman says.
- "... You're thê injured one. We need to hūrry up."- Historian says, pushing through remaining weakness. - "Søon I will return to normãl."
- "...Your voice."
- "Happēns sometimes, especially äftér attack.... Nøw let's go."- Historian says and starts walking. Reluctantly Builderman follows.
They continue to walk through the caves. Historian is leading and holding the lantern. His strength returning after the attack. Builderman feels uncomfortable, feeling the blood making his hand sticky. He had to stop the bleeding with a piece of cloth Historian handed him. It's temporary until they reach Historian's camp.
On the way the duo can see a lot of stalactites, stalagmites and stagnates and pillars made of those two. Historian continues walking. Ignoring the hissing of nearby spiders that are unused to light.
- "If your camp is that far away. Why were you in completely part of the cave."- Builderman asks with suspicion. He finds it odd that Historian seemed to be in the right place at the right time.
- "....I êntered with different entrance. The møre further away one. Then I heard cave collapsing so I went to investigate."
- "Mhm. Totally not suspicious."
- "I know you don't trust me... I knøw..."- Historian whispers, like the knowledge of it is painful for him. - "Not a lot of peoplê do. But believe me. I want the best for people în Robloxia."
- "... Sorry. But with how you act... It doesn't make it less suspicious."
- "I know.... I just... I have my reãsons."- Historian says.
Suddenly the duo hears a loud sound. From one of the tunnels comes out a mutated mouse. It's really big, the claws are sharp and they teeth are sticking out of it's mouth. Who knows how many sicknesses it holds.
- "####. Run."- Historian says with panic and he starts to run. He knows that this animal is not scared of the light. Normally it ignores him, but now Builderman is there. So it will smell his sent and begin hunting.
Builderman is running after Historian. The mutant animal is closely following behind. It's ragged breathing can be heard through the tunnel.
The chase is happening for a while. The mouse is slowly losing trail of the robloxians. Just as Builderman thought they're safe, his leg falls into small crack in the ground. It causes him to fall over with a thud. The flashlight falling out of his hand. His already bruised body is feeling even more painful.
Historian didn't notice that Builderman was left behind. The admin tries to set himself free, but in panic he's unable to think rationally. He turns around just in time for the mouse to run out of the tunnel.
It lounges at Builderman. The admin feels like time is slowing down. So in the end he will end up dead. He closes his eyes, not wanting to see the moment when the mouse hits him. Meanwhile his mind is quickly running over his memories, especially ones that are the most important to him.
After a while Builderman frowns with confusion. It takes a bit too long. He opens his eyes and the confusion fills him even more. Historian is standing in front of him and the mouse is frozen, like the time stopped.
The cave is filled with ticking sound. And Builderman's heart stops. He heard this before and every time Historian was there.
He heard this when Shedletsky almost slashed at Joey. He heard this during the attempt to save Noob from dying during last year's summer. He heard it in the Liam's house after meeting with other researchers of the past.
But it's not all. He also heard it Before, coming from his friend.
He heard it every time his friend was sparing with someone. He heard it during team up with his friend to fight the hackers. He heard it every time his friend visited the HQ. He heard it during the times he was helping younger god with his powers.
He heard that when a new intern was showing off his powers.
Builderman heard that ticking sound a lot of times in his life.
Below the animal, on the ground there's a glow in the shape of clock, the same shape is present next to Historian's hand. The hooded man is completely focused on the animal before him. The power looks exactly like Builderman remembers.
His brain is still not caught up with everything. Before he can stop himself, Builderman speaks up a name. A name he believed he wouldn't be able to speak up without sense of nostalgia and grief.
- "Clockwork?"
Historian flinches.
Notes:
I LIED
I was lying to you all for MONTHS. Even on private. And I'm sorry for that.
But I couldn't let my plot twist to be revealed.This chapter. I was replying it in my head for months. He was chosen to be alive at the beginning of the spring. So I've been waiting since then.
___ItzViza. When you asked me if he can be alive in your version of AU I had a freakout because I already knew Clockwork is alive. So you asking that actually FIT into canon!!!
Every comment mentioning Clockwork. Or Historian. I was evilly giggling because I knew that they're the same person.
(Although I did get attached to 'Historian'. So if he was his own character he would be a half Robloxian half android.)
This Music perfectly as Clockwork's theme AND is the main theme of this chapter:
https://youtube.com/watch?v=pmFhcvvssAQ&si=p0QZjI8LROt8Yh4Q
Chapter 203: The one IT hates.
Chapter Text
The silence in the cave is broken only by the ticking sound. Builderman is staring in shock at 'Historian'. There are many questions running through his head, but he's unable to voice them.
'Historian' is the first one to speak up. But instead of an explanation, his voice if full of urgency.
- "Freë your leg. We need tø go. NOW."- He says completely focused on using his powers.
- "What?"
- "WE NEËD TO RUN RIGHT NOW!"- 'Historian' shouts, panic in his voice.
Builderman's brain finally catches up. He begins to attempt to free his leg. After a while of struggle he finally is able to set himself free. 'Historian' notices it and runs over, grabbing Builderman's hand and behind to blindly run into darkness, light sources forgotten.
Builderman looks back, confused. That's when he sees something weird and dark piercing through the mouse. It completely corrupts it. On the walls eyes appear. All staring in the direction of 'Historian'.
The hooded person is sprinting, ignoring all the dangers and uneven terrain. Builderman struggles to keep up, the darkness messing with his head and he trips a lot of times.
- "YOU THINK YOU CAN RUN LITTLE TOY!?"- An echoey voice fills the cave. The corrupted animal continues to chase them.
- "YOU CAN'T ESCAPE ME. AND EVEN IF YOU DO.... YOU'LL DIE SOON ANYWAY."- The echo calls out.
'Historian' continues to run. Ignoring what the voice says. It's not the first time the Cancer of Code is speaking to him. He knows how IT enjoys playing cat an mouse. Taunting him, wanting to break him.
Since it's just a 'game', IT is careless. So 'Historian' knows that he can hide from it. The main focus is to outrun the eyes. IT cannot know that Builderman found him. It would risk everything.
- "WHY DO YOU RUN. YOU ALREADY MADE THE WORLD WORSE BY RUNNING. IF YOU JUST CAME OUT NO ONE WOULD BE SICK."- The voice continues to taunt. It confuses Builderman, but he's not stupid. He has a feeling that the voice is the Captor.
Suddenly the ground ends. Both Builderman and 'Historian' start to fall. Because they ran without light source, they didn't notice a big crack in the ground.
'Historian' pulls Builderman closer. Turning in such way he hits the ground first. When it happens, the sound of metal hitting the stone can be heard.
'Historian' ignores the warnings and errors that temporarily fill his sight. He pushes them for later, the robotics counterpart of adrenaline is making him push through pain. He cannot let IT find them.
- "OH LITTLE ANNOYING TOY THAT I HATE. WHERE ARE YOU..."- The echoey voice is getting closer.
The hooded god quickly stands up. His vision is slightly better in darkness than what normal robloxians see. Thanks to that he notices a small crack in the wall. But it's big enough to hide in it.
He quickly drags Builderman into it. The admin is still confused about the entire situation. Meanwhile 'Historian' puts himself between the entrance and Builderman.
- "Dø not møvë. Be qûiet."- He says, then he forces his joints to lock. Acting like a wall and to not move and make noise.
IT'S presence is close. Clockwork can feel it. He can feel the corruption on his body attempting to call out. IT tries to use the eyes that formed from the sickness to find him. Luckily 'Historian' covered them long ago.
The silence arrives. Silence that screams that something is wrong. It's too silent. Too still, even for a cave. The feeling of stillness is unnatural.
- "...WELL PLAYED LITTLE TOY. I LOST TRACK OF YOU. BUT SOONER OR LATER YOU'LL SUCCUMB. I DON'T KNOW HOW YOU WERE ABLE TO KEEP YOUR POWERS, BUT IT'S A SUBJECT TO CHANGE. ONE OF MY ATTEMPTS TO TAKE IT FROM YOU WILL BE SUCCESSFUL."- The Echo calls out. After that there's silence.
'Historian' doesn't move for a long time. The same thing goes for Builderman. The admins body is uncomfortable, but he's aware of the danger. Whatever it was. It wants 'Historian' dead. Builderman was able to hear hatred in the voice.
Eventually 'Historian' sighs. He leaves the cracks and helps Builderman exit it. The admins body went completely numb because of how long he was forced to stay in one position.
The awkward silence stretches between the two. One has millions questions to ask. The other is dreading them.
- "Are you really Clockwork?"
- "Was Doombrînger obsessed with browniès?"- The hooded person answers with a question. The silence appears again, but Builderman quickly breaks it.
- "We interacted before... why haven't you said ANYTHING!? And it seems like you weren't planning to tell us anytime soon."- The admin's voice raises. Suddenly filled with anger. They could've worked together, they could know that at least one of their friends survived. But instead he stayed quiet.
'Historian' Clockwork stays silent for a few seconds. But eventually he speaks up, attempting to push the explanation further in time.
- "It's nøt safe here. Let's gø to my hîdeout first."
- "....At least answer that one question."- Builderman glares. Looking in the direction he knows that Clockwork is standing.
- "..."
- "Clockwork we thought you died! We grieved! And all this time you were alive... YOU STAYED WITH US FOR A WHILE AND STILL STAYED SILENT!"- Builderman says with anger. He doesn't understand why his friend didn't say anything.
- "..."- Clockwork closes his eyes, his hands turning into fists.
- "ANSWER ME!"
- "I DÎDN'T KNØW IF YOU'RE REAL!"- Clockwork snaps, looking at Builderman.
- "...what?"
- "I didn't know you were real.... Î thought IT did thât on purpose. Faked you.... I had tø make sure yoû were real... I couldn't allow myself tõ be tricked...- Clockwork says. His voice box cracking with emotions. It makes Builderman realised the issue is deeper than he thought.
- "...How long... How long you were alone?"
- "... Since Jane dìed. The first connection I madë after years was Liâm."
- "Clockwork..."
- "Nøt now. Let's go."- The other person says. Clockwork walks over and grabs Builderman's wrist. Leading him through darkness.
The silence appears between the two of them again. It gives Builderman time to think and slightly calm down. He knows that Clockwork isn't stupid, he had his reasons. But it doesn't make it hurt less.
And the fact that he was alone for probably over two thousand years. It sounds terrible. Builderman is angry and confused, but also worried and happy. His friend is still alive, in the end it's all it matters.
After a while of waking they reached a dead end. Or at least it looks like one at the first glance. Clockwork walks over to the crack and Builderman follows.
After squeezing through it they're in another cave room. Clockwork pulls away and turns on a generator. The lights turn on one after another.
The cave room ends up looking like a house. A sleeping bag is placed on two crooked boxes, like someone built them from scratch. It imitates a bed. The same way is made a desk and shelves that are holding items on it. There's a sheet of material covering one wall.
Despite all that Builderman is focused on the other wall. There is painted a mural. It shows 2x2 at the top. Then below the core are located other admins. Builderman sees himself, Telamon, Dusekkar, Sorcus, Reese, Doombringer, BrightEyes, Stickmasterluke, Clockwork and someone whose face is painted over. But Builderman recognises the clothing style, it represents Scripter.
Then in the side on the left there's drawn John Doe before he got corrupted and an android. Builderman recognises it as Roblox , an android he was making before ending up in the purgatory.
On the right side is Drawn Jane Doe. Next to her is someone Builderman doesn't recognise, a pink robot girl with TV shaped like head.
- "Î had a løt of free time. As you cän see...."- Clockwork says, taking out first aid kit. Builderman grabs it and starts taking care of his injuries. He cleans the wounds and bandages them.
When his done he looks up. His eyes widening in worry.
- "You're damaged, bleeding."- Builderman says, staring at the drops of oil dripping down Clockwork's back.
- "I know.... Thë back. It's annoying tø fix."- Clockwork says, awkwardly placing his arms at his sides.
- "How did you managed to fix it before?"
- "...Før centuries. I was layîng low.... Recently... I êntrusted Charlex with it. But I still møstly fix myself."- Clockwork explains.
- "And your voice box? You sound different than I remember...."
- "My friend replaced it after ït got damaged beyønd repair."- Historian says, the silence stretches, Builderman breaks it again.
- "Can I help? Or at least... Can I see your face...?
- "..."- Clockwork stares at Builderman from under the hood. With his hands slightly trembling he takes off his hood. Then he continues, avoiding eye contact.- "I need a môment to decide about the fixing ŭp...."
Builderman feels relief washing over him. All this time he was going only on clues. But now he sees that it truly is Clockwork. The younger god's face is a bit scraped, one side of the face is completely covered with an eye patch. Black lines of corruption stretching from it.
He doesn't have his glasses on, the shades probably got lost or broken, but other than that and the scrapes, Clockwork looks like Builderman remembers.
Builderman takes a step closer, he pulls Clockwork into a hug, still mindful of his damage. Clockwork freezes up at first, the touch is rare to him and the fact it's The Builderman hugging him makes his processors lag. Slowly Clockwork returns the hug leaning into it more.
- "I'm sørry... I'm sorry..."- Clockwork apologises, slightly breaking down.
- "Clockwork...."
- "I'm a faïlure of a god... I-I coûldn't save them... I couldn't save her... All I lead to... I-Is disaster. Evèn now... I'm too weak to gêt rid of the thiñg controlling our wôrld... Even with 2x2's blessing... I'm ä total failure..."
- "....You have a lot to unpack. But let's start from the two things. How are you alive and what is your connection with Liam?"- Builderman says, pulling away from the hug. He sits on the makeshift bed, Clockwork sitting next I to him.
- "H-Hêh. You were always suspicious ôf us. Mê and Liam are good friends. Hé knows whø I am. When I first saw yoû three in the library... I wâs sure I was hallucinating... I asked Liam tõ keep an eye on you."
- "You sneaky little..."- Builderman laughs. - "You two gave us hear attacks!"
- "Sørry about that. I had to make sure you're real deal.... As for my termination...I fakêd my death. Thê new admins dîdn't know about my trickš. I basically stôpped time right bêfore I got terminated. It gave ïlusion I was terminated."
- "You were always creative. Why did they accuse you of murder? I didn't hear good things about new generation... We're you framed?"- Builderman asks, worry in his voice. Clockwork immediately looks down, staying silent.
- "..."
- "Clockwork?"
- "No one frâmed me."
- "What?"- Builderman asks, he has bad feeling about it. Clockwork eventually looks up, starting Builderman in the eyes.
- "No one frâmed me. No one hackéd me. This was my øwn doing."
- "I don't understand..."
- "I murdêred Scripter."
Builderman feels his heart stop. Shock written all over his face.
- "...what?"
- "I killed hîm Builderman. I... I killêd him."- Clockwork repeats stating at his hands. He can still see and feel the blood on them.
- "...why?"
- "...."
- "Clockwork please answer me."
- "...It was âfter Jane died. I didn't have anything left, except thë anger inside me. Ì snapped."- Clockwork says, his hands start to shake.
- "Okay... Okay... wow. That's a lot to take."- Builderman whispers. He didn't expect that. - "I know about Banlands breach. And that hackers killed them. But I still don't get it."
- "...Hôw about I start from the beginning... After Dussekar disappēared."- Clockwork offers, glancing at Builderman.
- "I would appreciate it."
- "Okay...."- Clockwork begins.
Notes:
Since Clockwork has A LOT to explain.
Next few chapters are going to be ✨Flashback chapters✨. All told from the pov of Past Clockwork.Occasionally broken by returning to the future.
Chapter 204: Return to the HQ
Notes:
Let me know if you see any typos!
Each cut means that some time passed between said interactions !
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
The phone rings in the middle of meadow. At first no one picks up. The owner of it is trying to control a teapot turret that went rough.
- "Come on. Come on. Come on.... YES!"- Clockwork celebrates once he's finally able to turn off the machine. He's been trying to turn it off for a really long while.
That's when he hears the phone ringing, before it goes silent again. The robotic god stands up and comes over to pick it up.
On the screen he notices 50+ of missed calls from his friends from HQ. Clockwork frowns and calls back the first contact that showed up.
- "Hell-"
- "THANK THE CORE YOU PICKED UP! WE THOUGHT YOU'RE GONE TOO!"- Doombringer's relieved voice comes from the speaker.
- "Woah. What's the deal? Did someone die?"
- "..."
- "....Doom? I was just joking. What happened?"- Clockwork asks with worry in his voice. He can hear Doombringer sighs.
- "I know you don't like to be caught up in one place for too long, but we need you in HQ. For a while until we figure things out..."
- "What happened?"
- "... Shedletsky, Builderman and Dusekkar disappeared without a trace."
- "What?"- Clockwork almost drops the phone. - "Is this one of those elaborate pranks?"
- "I wish. But I don't think that Builderman and Dusekkar would be ones to disappear for a long time. Shedletsky.... Well he could. But I know it isn't a prank."
- "....How long they are gone?"
- "Shedletsky and Builderman are gone for months. Dussekar disappeared a week ago."
- "WHY DIDN'T YOU TELL ME!?"- Clockwork shouts in shock. He faintly remembers a call from a few months ago. BrightEyes was asking if he saw Shedletsky recently, but he assumed it was resolved since he wasn't called back.
- "No one knows. We can't let the public panic. I'm sorry for not telling you sooner but we really need you-.... Is everything alright there?"- Doombringer cuts off, asking someone in the HQ. Clockwork hears a muffled answer, before Doom returns.
- "Take her to the couch... Sorry. I'm back."
- "What happened?"
- "Everyone's exhausted. Reese passed out..."
- "####. Is she alright?"
- "Bright caught her. Gods... Clockwork if you decide to help us. Please be ready for a lot of work."- Doombringer says, his voice is laced with exhaustion.
- "Doombringer. You are are my close friends. I swear I'll do my best to help you. Besides, I'm a robot. I function differently."- Clockwork says, already packing his stuff. Then he stops. - "Question."
- "Yes?"
- "What do I do with teapot turret that has tendency to go rogue?"
- "Clockwork what the ####"
Roblox Headquarters. A majestic glass building located in the middle of Robloxia Capital City. But don't let glass fool you, it's one of the most secure buildings in the whole Robloxia.
Clockwork stands in front of it, he's still amazed by it. He still remembers when he entered it for the first time as an intern. And now he's welcome here always.
He enters inside. The main area where people can report users, asks stuff, request changes. Basically a business area.
Clockwork walks over to the main desk, the person behind it doesn't look up, immediately saying memorised line.
- "Roblox HQ support. What is your issue?"
- "... It's been a while Jane."
- "What the-?"- The person behind the desk finally looks up. On the name tag is written Jane Doe. She smiles with relief once she sees the god.
- "Clockwork... Thank Roblox you're here."- She says, standing up and walking over to hug the robloxian.
- "I came as soon as I could."
- "We really appreciate it. Wait a sec. LILLIAN! COVER FOR ME!"- The widow shouts at someone standing nearby, the other female worker quickly walks over.
That's when Jane leads Clockwork into staff only part of HQ.
- "We'll have to give you access to the admin panel again. I can do that in a second."- Jane says, walking through corridors.
- "How are you holding on?"
- "... It's... hard without John. And now three other admins. One's that raised me... They're gone too. But I'm holding on. Robloxia needs us to hold on."
- "...Make sure to get rest while you can."- Clockwork says.
With the help of the elevator they drive up. Eventually reaching the offices. And with it the chaos that everyone is trying to control. BrightEyes is standing next to coffee machine, her hair is messy. But when she notices Clockwork, she still smiles.
- "Hi. It's been a while..."
- "Yeah... I bought you all some coffee."- Clockwork says, taking it out of the bag.
- "You're a lifesaver."- BrightEyes says, grabbing the packages.
Clockwork then glances at the couch. ReeseMcBlox is still on it, completely knocked out. Jane also sees it.
- "Man. She's a lost cause..."
- "Let her be. She pulled a week long all-nighter."- Bright says, making Jane shake her head.
- "You gods are truly something else."
- "Clockwork!"- A voice joins the conversation. Doombringer walks over and hugs the younger god.
- "Hello Doom."- Clockwork smiles, returning the hug.
- "He brought reinforcements!"- BrightEyes laughs, pointing at the coffee boxes.
- "That's great. Come on to my office. I'll explain everything."
Doom explains how suddenly all three admins disappeared. How they struggle to hold everything together, but slowly are getting used to it. Although sleepless weeks are still present.
Eventually Clockwork gets registered again. His admin panel working. He gets sent to the basement, to help Stickmasterluke with his task.
The Weather God had been stuck there for a while. Attempting to fix an android that Builderman was unable to finish. When Clockwork enters the basement there's a bunch of feathers on the floor. The other admin is sitting on the floor too, blankly staring at the blueprints.
- "Hey Luke."- Clockwork speaks up, it causes the other admin to jump up in surprise. He quickly turns around, a small gaps leaving him when he notices Clockwork.
Stickmasterluke quickly stands up, he attempts to run over, but he trips on the equipment laying on the floor. Ticking fills the room, Clockwork slowing down Luke so he has time to catch him. Then everything returns to normal and Luke falls straight into a hug.
- "You're here... You're actually here."
- "And you look like hell."
- "I'm surviving on three hours of sleep I got over a week ago and caffeine..."- Luke laughs, but it's clear he's barely holding on.
- "Get some rest. I'll takeover for now."
- "Alright... Alright..."
A few weeks later Roblox successfully joins the admins.
The door is kicked open. Stoecker is standing there holding an entire tray of brownies.
- "I HAVE EMERGENCY SUPPORT BROWNIES!"- The God Of Electricity shouts.
- "OH MY GODS"- Reese gasps, forgetting she's a goddess herself and almost dropping a cup of coffee.
- "QUICK BEFORE DOOM SMELLS THEM!"- Stickmasterluke shouts, falling of the chair, then standing up and running towards Stoecker.
- "When did you have time to make them?"- Sorcus asks, levitating as he eats one.
- "I didn't. But Taph did!"
- "Once it's all over we need to give him a raise."- BrightEyes says, grabbing a brownie for herself.
- "Indeed. That's a meal worth attention."
- "Demolitionist made brownies so great even Grimm Reaper is pleased."- Stoecker laughs.
Clockwork laughs seeing the excitement. He personally rarely consumes food, it doesn't feel pleasant to him. But sometimes he gets a craving for something.
- "I do not understand excitement. Shouldn't we go back to work?"- Roblox speaks up, looking at Clockwork in confusion.
- "Well. There are some things us, robotic Robloxians, will never understand. Food is one of them. And apparently everyone in HQ has a big obsession with brownies."- Clockwork explains.
- "Odd."- Roblox answers. That's when Doombringer and Jane end up running into the room, the smell of brownies leading them in.
- "I swear if you eaten them all."- Doombringer says, walking over to the tray. Roblox looks at Clockwork unimpressed.
- "Admins are supposed to lead the Robloxia into greater times. Yet they are obsessing over a weird brown pieces of food that look like half melted poop."- The android says. Clockwork snorts, tea entering his systems because he swallowed wrong. The robot continues to laugh as Doombringer slowly turns around.
- "You empty metal can. Don't you dare insult the food of gods!"
- "....This is asylum."- Roblox looks at people in the room with deadpan expression, before turning around and leaving. Clockwork is on the floor, still laughing.
- "Ugh. I hate my life"- Doombringer says, running his hands over his face.
- "What's up?"- Asks Clockwork from where he's sitting, pushing through mental tiredness.
- "Roblox messed up and took things too literally.... We had falsely banned over half of the recently banned people. Their houses were already reused or destroyed."
- "That's rough. I saw the protesters. They chased me when I went out to buy some coffee."- Clockwork mumbles with exhaustion.
- "This three months had been tiring for all of us. The protesters, holding Robloxia together, hackers, missing cases, glitches and trying to find Builderman, Shed and Matt. I feel like I'm going insane..."
- "Yeah.... I get it. It's hard, but we'll manage. We always do."
- "Yeah... We had to."- Doombringer says, leaning on the couch in break room.
- "Also. I haven't seen Taph for a while. You think he's okay?"- Clockwork mentions. Before the Demolitionist was hanging around HQ, attempting to help them by buying stuff or baking treats.
- "I think...."- Doombringer gets cut off by a yawn. - "I think he's fine. Shedletsky created him... or rather Telamon. Both of them had tendency to disappear. So he might've inherited it from him.... But if he won't appear in three days we'll check up on him."
- "Yeah. Good idea."- Clockwork says, closing his eyes.
- "Tired?"
- "Physically? No. Mentally? ...Yes."- Clockwork answers. Doombringer just chuckles.
- "For me both. I have a pile of paperwork. But I know my body. I'm going to pass out in a moment."
- "Gods no. Last time you did Reese had to explain to Roblox what snoring is."
- "I don't snore."
- "Stoecker thought Luke summoned an earthquake."
- "Stop exaggerating."- Doom glares. Meanwhile Clockwork gives him an unimpressed expression.
A few minutes later Doom was asleep, and snoring. Everyone gathered in break room because they thought that the snoring is in fact a printer getting possessed. Sorcus was really to do exorcism.
- "He's dead."- Reese says with a broken expression. Her eyes look haunted. She and Sorcus went to check on Taph. They ended up finding a dead body. The Demolitionist starved to death.
The guilt is present in the room. Each admin thinking of what they could've change. They wonder what signs they didn't notice.
- "Oh Reese. Come here."- BrightEyes says, hugging the goddess that currently broke down.
Clockwork stares at his tea. While he wasn't close with Demolitionist, he's still sad and guilty. He saw evidence photos Sorcus took.
The house was vandalized, protester's signs all over the front lawn. Inside of the house was full of trapps. The Demolitionist must've died slowly, constantly filled with fear.
The room is silent, the grief present, filling the silence. Everyone is thinking back about their interactions with Taph.
- "You know what was weird?"- Sorcus eventually speaks up.
- "What is it?"- Doombringer asks, staring at the Embodiment of Death.
- "There was no soul remaining. Normally, even if someone dies a while ago, the soul still lingers. So I can send it either to land of ghosts or eternal peace. But Taph's soul... It was gone without a trace. Like it was taken."
- "I was told you are the only official God Of Death"- Roblox says with confusion.
- "As far as I know. I am the only one. 2x2 never created duplicates."
- "That's truly odd. But for now let's leave it. We need to make a proper resting place for our friend."- Doombringer decides.
The admins plan a funeral. It's a private one, but everyone attended. Even Roblox, who didn't understand grief, paid his respects. After that everyone tried their best to explain to the android what grief is.
Time passed. Eventually admins were able to regain control. They adapted, they survived the crisis. They were unable to find a lot of clues about the missing admins, but they never gave up. No matter how hard things got.
The fact that the admins went missing got revealed to public. After the shock weared up, the robloxians began to appreciate everything the things admins sacrificed for them.
A while later the situation became stable enough, to the point Clockwork was given an offer to travel again. After rethinking his choices, the God of Time accepted it.
The admins threw a goodbye party for him. Now they're standing in decorated break room they all basically lived in all this time.
- "I would like to make a toast to our success and future! And of course Clockwork's Safe travels!"- Doombringer speaks up. The others join in. After it conversation begins.
- "You know what's crazy? The fact that somehow we're able to work together, despite how different we are."- BrightEyes says, looking at her drink.
- "True."- Reese begins. - "I'm half unicorn. Doom is made out literal galaxy. Clockwork is a robot. Sorcus is literal death. Bright you are a part crystal. Stoecker basically is like a plushie! Luke.... He's a lot... A tree, deer, bird and robloxian. Roblox is an android, meanwhile Jane is a first female Robloxian alive that isn't a god."
- "... Sometimes I wonder what 2x2 took or drank when we were made."- Sorcus mumbles with amusement.
- "How can a literal cube drink?"
- "Don't question 2x2 Roblox. It's better that way."- Stoecker shakes his head.
Soon they say their goodbyes. And Clockwork goes back to travelling over Robloxia.
- "....and thîs is basicâlly how it went after yøu all disappeared. In a really shortèned version."- Clockwork finishes. He's staring at the mural, a nostalgic expression on his face.
- "... Thank you for helping them. Really."
- "They wère my friends. My famïly. Of course I had tõ help..."
- "... Taph ended up with us. I have a feeling he believes you didn't care about him... But you did. Thank you for that. For the attempt of making him rest peacefully."
- "Buīlderman."
- "Yes?"
- "After I'm dòne. I also want answërs. I have theories, but I nevér got true answers."- Clockwork looks at Builderman, the other god nodding in agreement.
- "You will get them."
- "....Want sôme tea?"- Clockwork asks, standing up and taking out a small portable stove and a teapot."
- "You know what. Sure. It's been a while since I drank tea made by you... Although Liam's tea had similar taste."
- "I gavé him some típs."- Clockwork chuckles.
After a while the tea is ready and Clockwork returns to the story.
- "Okay. Sô it happened a few years ãfter I left...."
Notes:
Writing admins is SO FUN!!!
Also sorry if someone seems out of character. It's my first time writing them in a placing that isn't rp.
Chapter 205: The Breach
Notes:
Let me know if you see any typos!
TW! DEATH. PANIC ATTACK
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
The channels on TV continue to switch. From sport to documentaries or drama. Clockwork sighs with boredom, laying on the hotel bed. There's nothing interesting to watch.
He switches channel again, this time ending up with a news one. Clockwork freezes, noticing familiar building of HQ. However something looks odd, the sky is red and black fog fills the area.
- "... last instructions admins gave us it so evacuate. We don't know about current situation...."
Clockwork's processor's need a while to catch up. When he does, the god quickly stands up, grabbing his travel bag and running out of the room. He curses the fact he's really far away from the capital city. He curses the fact that despite being god of time, his powers are restricted by the 2x2 itself. The time paradox is a big danger that 2x2 refuses to take.
Clockwork's phone starts to ring. But the sound is not his usual ringtone. Instead it's the loud piercing one, the emergency call. He immediately picks up.
- "Hello!?"
- "Clock.... Clockwork.... Clock..."
- "Reese breathe. Whatever is happening I'm coming."
- "Banlands... The breach... All the hackers... They want to take over... Kill us! Doom is leading the defence... He told me to call you..."
- "WHAT!? HOW!"
- "Someone got the key and opened it. They have a leader. Clockwork it's hell.... If I won't make it..."
- "DON'T! Don't talk like that!"
- "If I won't make it... Don't blame yourself."- Reese says, there are noises heard from her side. She gasps and communication cuts off.
- "REESE? REESE!!!"- Clockwork shouts, running through the streets. He speeds up time around himself, allowing him to run faster.
When he reaches HQ the sky is normal. The buildings around it are destroyed and burned. The smoke is coming out multiple places. Police is already there, talking with each other, searching the area.
At first they want to stop him from entering. But one of the elder officers recognizes him. With sad look he gives him permission to enter.
Clockwork walks through the battlefield. If he had a heart it would stop seeing all the destruction. He notices people covering bodies of the hackers, black bags are already everywhere.
Going deeper in, he suddenly stops watching another body being taken on the medical transportation for bodies. However from the black cover is sticking out a pair of white Wings. Clockwork knows those wings.
Going further in, he notices other familiar details. A pice of purple hair. Some plush and material laying on the ground.
Clockwork subconsciously starts to copy the breathing patterns he saw others do in the state of panic. He begins to hyperventilate, despite not needing air to survive. Despite this he continues to push forward, hoping to find someone.
He trips over something. When he looks down it feels like the entire world gets muffled. Taking a panicked steps back he hits a pile of rubble and he slides down on the ground, leaning on it. His eyes are locked on the broken bucket hat that belongs to Doombringer.
His robotic frame shakes. The breathing pattern confuses his processors, making him get errors about ventilation issues. Clockwork crawls over to the hat, his legs refusing to cooperate.
He stares at it, at the blood covering the most part of it. His smell detectors sense a high intensity of metal around him, it's blood. Blood is all over the ground.
He was soo late. He's a god of time, yet he ran out of time. Clockwork uses his powers, he wants to go back. Wanting to be here earlier. The ticking of a clock fills the area, but instead of going back, Clockwork screams out in pain. Gripping his head. The coded in restrictions forbidding him from going back.
- "Please.... Please... Let me go back... Please.... 2x2... Please.... I'll do anything.... Anything...."- Clockwork begs the core, but nothing happens. Tears are streaming down his face, all he can see is Doombringer's bloodied hat.
Clockwork's hand shake as he stops the story. His eyes locked in the Doombringer's drawing on the mural. Not once he cursed his perfect memory.
Builderman scoots closer to his friend. Placing a hand around him.
- "You can take a break."
- "N-Ño. I'm fine... I'm finê. I need to... If I stop... I dönt know if I'll be ablê to begin again...."
- "... Okay. But take your time."- Builderman says with worry.
Clockwork continues to walk through the battlefield. Tear tracks leftovers are still present on his metal face. He heads back to the outskirts of the battlefield. He already heard officers talking about how every admin had been found dead.
- "CLOCKWORK!!!"- Someone shouts. Clockwork looks up, his eyes widening. He rushes to the person.
- "JANE!"- He shouts back. Jane runs into his arms, sobbing and shaking. The medic's run after her, but stop noticing the situation.
Clockwork starts to cry again. He can feel her heart beating, he can feel her being alive.
- "I've got you Jane... I've got you..."- He whispers.
Jane Doe is the only survivor of the massacre, known as Banlands Breach.
- "Lisen. I get that you're old and all that. But really. We know what to do. We don't need your help. So... Go away."
- "You were created literally a few days ago!"
- "Yet I know everything I need to. Get lost!"
The door closes right before Clockwork's face, the robotic admin stares at it with annoyance. These new admins act like they're the most knowledgeable ones, meanwhile he is noting more but a useless pile of metal.
Clockwork sighs and decides to wait outside for Jane. After a few minutes she runs out of the HQ, much earlier than she's supposed to.
- "CLOCKWORK! THEY'RE TERMINATING ME!"- She shouts, falling on her knees as the code is literally being ripped apart.
Clockwork's eyes widen and he rushes over, immediately stopping time with a time bubble.
He focuses his powers in one place. A necklace in shape of golden clock appears. The god puts it on Jane's neck and activates it.
Time bubble disappears. Jane is still getting deleted, but really slowly. Clockwork puts her arm around his neck and together they start running away from the HQ.
After a while they arrive at the abandoned scrapyard. The place that is the furthest away from Robloxia. The admins won't be happy that Clockwork stopped the termination for now.
- "Why would they DO THAT!?"- Clockwork shouts. Jane is drying off her tears.
- "They scrapped what remained of Roblox.... They didn't like me commenting on that. They didn't like me noticing their changes that will risk Robloxia's safety...."
- "AAAAAHHHHHH"- A scream fills the area, before Clockwork can answer. The god runs over to the place the scream came out of. Jane follows after him, the tester sensed glitching in the code.
There's a rip through the code. Some black tentacles are trying to pull someone inside. On the ground there are laying spray bottles. The scrap around is covered in graffiti.
Clockwork summons his spear, it looks like hour pointer that is built into clocks.
The god slashes through tentacles. Meanwhile Jane uses her testers panel to close the rift. Soon the buzzing sound is gone. The god and tester looks at the person they just saved.
- "Hey. Are you alright?"- Jane asks, helping them up.
- "¥êah.... ¥eæh"- The female robotic robloxan answers.
- "You're a bit damaged. But I can help."- Clockwork offers.
- "T-Thânk y0u-u-u."
- "What's your name?"
- "Verønica. BuT you c4n cãll me Veê."
Notes:
Art of Stickmasterluke's last moments:
https://www.tumblr.com/tknuniversum/801398292718174208/last-moments?source=share
____
If you're interested. That's how each of the admins died:Doombringer got ripped apart and exploded. Right after screaming to Luke to run away.
Stickmasterluke bleed out to death. Praying for Builderman's, Shed's and Matt's return
Reese got murdered after hanging up with Clockwork.
Bright got killed when she purposely make hackers focus on her, so Jane can try to evaluate.
Stoecker died from stab/shoot wounds. Sorcus held him as he was dying.
Sorcus didn't have anything to lose and ran straight into battle. To try to cause as much damage as possible to hackers before he died.
Roblox was able to close the entrance to Banlands. But it took a big tool on his body. His whole systems got fried. Even if he got fixed, he wouldn't remember anything.
Chapter 206: Dying Code
Chapter Text
- "Ughhhhh... The prices went up again."- Veeronica says, entering the house on the outskirts of Robloxia Capital City. She's holding a shopping bags.
- "Again? That's third time this year. It's still February!"- Jane calls out, standing up and heavily leaning on the table. The slow termination takes a toll on her body.
- "Careful Jane."- Veeronica worries, the other woman just smiles.
- "At this point the economy will get really bad. I want to go to the HQ and just shout at them."- Clockwork says, looking through the window.
- "Don't. Last time you did they almost terminated you too. And now we're both wanted."- Jane says, putting away groceries while supporting herself with a cane.
- "Good thing you have me."- Vee smiles while balancing a water bottle on her head.
- "Yeah. You're a lifesaver Vee."- Jane also smiles.
- "That's the least I can do. You two saved my life."- The robot girl says.
Clockwork tunes out the conversation. Getting lost in his thoughts. He already made peace with the fact he can't save his friends, he isn't Sorcus, he isn't a God Of Death. So he knows that he's unable to change anything.
But he still didn't forgive himself. He shouldn't leave the HQ. He should've been faster. Now the new admins change a lot. The situation in Robloxia worsened, it's easier to get banned, everything costs more. At the same time there's more dangerous people walking around.
But there's still some things unanswered. Who opened the entrance to Banlands. Who started and lead the attack? Because Clockwork doubts that they did it without a leader. And most importantly, what happened to the missing admins.
- "-kwork... Clockwork!"
- "Huh?"- Clockwork blinks, returning to reality. Jane is looking at him in worry.
- "Jane asked if you want tea?"- Vee says, while getting her spray bottles ready.
- "...Sure."- The robot god smiles. Joining them in the kitchen.
- "Okay. So, you believe that the missing people are connected to admins disappearance?"- Veeronica asks Clockwork, while sitting on the table, staring at the pin board.
On it are attached different missing posters, all connected to each other with red strands. Then there's a picture of Vee and a hand drawn picture of the rift with tentacles.
- "Not all missing people, but some of them. Especially the ones I have connected to you and the rift."
- "How does a pizza worker connects to tentacles that wanted to take me?"- Vee tilts her head with confusion.
- "Jane, can you explain."- Clockwork looks at the tester.
- "The rift broke code in really specific way. As you already know, I'm a tester. My code is more sensitive to the changes around me. The way the rift made me feel... I felt similar anomaly before. It was when I was sent to abandoned house to investigate anomaly that was reported."
- "I still don't see how it connects."- Vee shrugs.
- "This house was the last place one of missing people was seen."- Clockwork points at the missing poster showcasing a noob.
- "Dued1, the developer behind WATPP Experience. He's a demi-god, so his code is also sensitive to changes. Not as much as mine, but he mentioned he felt similar anomaly the on the day when Elliot Builder went missing. The anomaly was never found."- Jane continues, pointing at another missing poster.
- "Remains of similar anomaly were also recorded in Dussekar's cabin, SFOTH area and Builderman's office."- Clockwork adds, each time pointing at the pictures.
- "So it's connected..."- Vee mumbles, finally understanding.
- "Yes. What is odd is the fact I also sensed it around.... Dead body of our friend."- Jane says, pointing at the picture of a person wearing black robes and a hood.
- "Huh. So the anomaly killed them?"
- "No. It was official he died from starvation... However when Sorcus was still alive... He mentioned the soul being gone."
- "So anomaly took the soul?"- Veeronica questions.
- "That's my current theory."- Clockwork agrees.
- "The question is. Where the missing people ended up? And, are they still alive?"- Jane adds, before sitting down. Her code flickering more than normally.
- "Take it easy Jane."
- "I know Clock... I know..."- Jane sighs.
Veeronica watches the two remaining people from the old generation of HQ hoping to find some answers. She wants to help them. They've been stuck together for a few years already, she grew attached to them and she hates seeing Jane so weak.
Then an idea comes to her robotic mind, a movie she watched a while ago.
- "It might sound stupid. But a while ago I watched a movie. It was a really confusing one, but it basically was about people travelling through pocket dimensions.... Using rifts"
- "...This.... This could be possible. I'll add it to theory box."- Clockwork mumbles.
The trio was meeting every Friday evening. Trying to figure out more about the odd anomaly. They found some traces of it, a small glitches, but never enough to make progress.
As the years passed, Jane's condition continued to worsen. While in the beginning she functioned normally, with time she had to switch to using mobility aids. At first cane, later a wheelchair. However eventually she ended up being bedridden.
Clockwork knew what it means. Her time is running out. Veeronica also noticed that, she started spending more time with her. In hopes of making her last days brighter.
The day of her death was a sunny spring morning. The flowers were blooming and the birds were singing.
Jane knew her time had come, because the code she's made of kept flicking in and out reality. They all knew it's her time.
Clockwork watched Veeronica hugging Jane, while actively crying. Jane also cried, but tried to comfort the girl the best she could. After that Veeronica left the room, she wanted to let Clockwork and Jane have a moment for themselves.
The moment the door closes Clockwork walks over, sitting on the edge of the bed. Jane smiles at him through pain. She grabs his hand and just holds it.
- "Clock.... Thank you... For allowing me to live for a bit... A bit more..."
- "That's the least I could do."- He whispers, feeling tears falling down his face.
- "I have... I need to ask you... Something... You need to... Promise me...."
- "What is it?"- Clockwork rubs her hand in hopes of comfort.
- "Don't... Don't give up.... If they are... Out there somewhere... Please... Try to find them...."
- "I will... I will... I promise..."- Clockwork whispers, seeing Jane's code flickering even more. The tester lets go of his hand. She takes off her wedding ring and puts it in his hand.
- "Keep it... As a way to... Remember me... A good luck... Charm. And... And... If you ever find... John... Please... Show it to... Him. Tell him... I never... I never stopped loving him... If he's.... Sentient... Give it to him... But if he's... Too far gone.... You keep it..."- Jane says, shakily closing his hand around the ring.
- "I promise..."
- "Protect... Robloxia... And remember.... It's not your... Fault.... Goodbye Clockwork...."
Both of them are openly crying. Just holding each other. After a while Jane nods at Clockwork. The god calls Veeronica back to the room. The trio shares one last hug.
Clockwork takes off the clock necklace Jane was wearing. Him and Jane share one last glance. And Jane turns into a code, disappearing right before their eyes.
Veeronica starts to sob, she tightly hugs Clockwork. He returns the hug, grieving yet another person.
The world becomes quiet. Clockwork has nothing to loose now. He'll discover what truly happened during the breach. He will continue to remain. Protecting Robloxia no matter what. He will avenge them.
Clockwork takes off the necklace. A ring on it. Shakily he hands it over to Builderman. The other admin stares at it with tears in his eyes. He holds it for a while. Thinking of Jane. He was there when this rings was put on Jane's finger.
This is the only thing remaining of Jane. Builderman hands it over to Clockwork. He's also crying.
- "Thank you... For being there for her. Until the end..."
- "....I wîsh I could dø more."
- "I know... But you did enough. You were with her until the end.... Thank you."
- "...Thîs isn't the ënd of the støry."- Clockwork mumbles, worried about how will Builderman view him after everything.
- "I have time. The worst thing is others getting angry at me for disappearing."- Builderman chuckles. Clockwork also smiles slightly and continues the story.
Notes:
Check out this AMAZING ART that was made about last moments of Admins.
https://www.tumblr.com/nothingisworkingright/801446191393079296/momenta-ante-mortem?source=share
Thank you SO MUCH!!!
Chapter 207: War of the Gods
Notes:
Let me know if you see any typos!
TW! BLOOD. MURDER. DEATH. MENTIONED PANIC ATTACK. ANGST
Enjoy 3400+ words.
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
It took a while to track down and successfully join hacker community. Clockwork borrowed some clothes from Vee. They're not comfortable, the material often gets caught in his joints, blocking them. But they're his only choice for now.
After a while of snooping around he finally localised one of the hackers that took part in the attack. He successfully lured them away from the public eye.
One moment the hacker is walking alongside him, the next he has a spear made out of god's power right next to his throat.
- "Okay. I'm not playing. Who freed you?"- Clockwork threatens. The hacker is frozen in fear, he knows that even if he uses their GUI, they won't be able to win.
- "H-How are you alive? H-He said all of you are dead..."
- "Answer my question. If you won't, you loose your head. I don't care anymore."- Clockwork moves the spear closer. The hacker can feel a droplet of blood falling down his neck.
- "I-I...."
- "5"
- "W-Wait! I-I can't just-"
- "4"
- "P-Please. Aren't you supposed to b-be the good person?"
- "3"
- "T-This isn't morally correct. You aren't supposed to-"
- "2"
- "I-I can't betray my f-friends!"
- "1"
- "PLEASE!!!"
- "0"
- "ITRAPPED!"- The hacker shouts the moment Clockwork makes a move. God of Time stopping in the last second. He pulls away the spear, letting the hacker free.
- "Thank you for your cooperation."- Clockwork says, leaving the area, not looking back.
Finding ITrapped ends up being harder than Clockwork expected. The hacker is great at staying low, Doombringer wasn't able to find him for years.
But Doombringer didn't successfully infiltrate the hacker community. Clockwork did. Veeronica also proved herself useful, letting Clockwork know about the new admins moves and hacker attacks.
Eventually he finally finds the hacker. Alongside his two friends that were supposed to be banned. They're staying in a motel room, far away from the capital city. Clockwork slows the time around himself, successfully sneaking into the room. Then he returns time to normal. When the May Madness trio notice him it's already too late.
Clockwork already took ITrapped hostage, one wrong move and the hacker will loose his head. Both Ellernate and Caleb freeze, summoning their weapons.
- "If you move, he's dead. Choose wisely."- Clockwork warns, the two hackers see he isn't joking.
- "Hey. Let's just... All calm down. Okay?"- Caleb tries to reason with the God. But Clockwork isn't moving.
- "ITrapped. I know you opened the Banlands."
- "Which one of those ####### snitched."- ITrapped snarls. He attempts to summon Darkheart, but Clockwork is quicker and with his robotic strength holds onto the arm with sword in it.
- "Nice attempt. Too bad it didn't work out."- Clockwork says coldly. Then he begins interrogation.
- "Why did you plan the Banlands Breach?"
- "Why would I tell you anything you ######."- ITrapped snaps, freezing up when the spear touches him.
- "ITrapped... Just... Tell him. We can't loose you. Not again."- Ellernate speaks up, he's not a fan of the situation. But the risks are too big to take.
- ".... Fine... I just wanted to free my friends."- ITrapped reluctantly answers.
- "How did you do it?"
- "...I inherited the key from Montclair family. After the old ####### passed away. He didn't have anyone else after his son was found dead. I was a family friend."
- "... And then? You still lived for a really long time."
- "... Extended lifespan script..."
- "How did you get it?"
- "..."
- "Talk."- Clockwork rushes.
- "Years ago... We made deal with Scripter. A backup plan in case some of us ended up in Banlands. The remaining person was supposed to use the script and find a way to free the rest."- Ellernate speaks up instead. Clockwork's attention moves to him.
- "Scripter?"
- "He lead the attack. This wasn't the part of the deal. We didn't join."
- "What?"
- "Lisen. I just wanted to free my friends. I didn't want to go to war. We left before the attack started."- ITrapped says. Clockwork looks at the three hackers. He finds it hard to believe, but the more he thinks, the more he can understand.
- "Hey guys. The pizza got delivered."- The door opens. Another person enters the room. He freezes up, holding the pizza box.
- "Perfect timing Lonelytree."- Caleb says with sarcasm.
- "W-what is going on...?"
- "Put the pizza on the table. Stand where I can see you."- Clockwork orders. The Robloxian does it perfectly.
- "As you can see. We're having a conversation with a God."- Ellernate explains, eyeing Clockwork.
- "Let's get back to the point. You're saying you didn't take part in the attack?"
- "Yes. Are you deaf?"- ITrapped snaps, tensing when the pressure of the spear gets tighter. The power from it buzzing near his skin.
- "I-I can confirm it! On the day of the attack they were with me. Back then I lived in the outskirts of the city. Away from where the battle took place."- Lonelytree adds to the conversation.
- "Where I can find Scripter?"
- "I don't know. Lats time we saw him he basically ripped the script from ITrapped's code."- Ellernate says with distaste.
- "... ITrapped. Hand over the Darkheart."
- "What?"
- "It doesn't belong to you. Hand it over and we can all forget this interaction happened."- Clockwork orders, letting him go. The hacker reluctantly hands it over.
Clockwork nods in satisfaction. He opens the window and jumps out. Leaving four people speeches and with lukewarm pizza.
Clockwork heads to the land of god's. Especially the place the SFOTH experience is located. The new admins closed the only entrance for mortals, so said experience is abandoned. Clockwork walks through the empty area, placing Darkheart back to the place it belongs in.
The security system Telamon did years ago is still working. The only people able to pick up the swords from the pedestals are those Telamon himself chosen.
The god of time leaves the area, he knows that none of the new admins will be able to use the swords. He can already imagine the frustration and failed attempts of trying to pick them up.
- "So. Theoretically, you can still enter the SFOTH area and take the swords?"- Builderman asks, cutting the story. Clockwork thinks for a while before nodding.
- "Yes. Although ît's risky. IT would knøw..."
- "The Captor...."- Builderman mumbles, with a glare. - "Sorry for interrupting. Feel free to continue."
- "Okây..."
- "Are you insane!? You know how bad this can go?! Dude literally lead attack that killed admins and you want to go have friendly conversation with him!?"- Veeronica shouts, looking at the God.
- "I doubt it will be friendly."- Clockwork answers, avoiding eye contact.
- "WHY!?"
- "I want answers. And I don't have anything to loose."
- "You have me!"- Veeronica grabs his hand in hopes of making him stay. Clockwork however made up his mind already.
- "That's why if the worst happens. I will be fighting to return."- Clockwork says. Veeronica looks at him, she knows she won't be able to talk him out of that.
- "Promise to return?"
- "....I promise to try my best."- Clockwork answers. That's when the girl hugs him tightly.
- "Please return. I don't want to loose you too. I already lost Jane...."- The girl says, her voice full of emotions. Clockwork slightly freezes at the mention of Jane. He just nods, unable to find words.
A stick cracks when Clockwork steps on it. He's on the edge of meadow, a meadow where Scripter has his camp. Said god heard the crack and he turns around. That's when Clockwork steps out, holding his spear.
- "Ah... Clockwork. I didn't expect you being here. So, who snitched I'm here?"
- "That's none of your business Scripter."
- "Not even a hello? That's not how I remembered you. Oh well. I guess people change."- Scripter smirks, but he's glaring.
- "Why did you do that?"- Clockwork speaks, all of his processors are attempting to make him stay calm.
- "Did what?"- Scripter gives the other a twisted smile. Taking out a see through, blue, glowing deck of cards.
- "Why did you kill them?"
- "Straight to the point. You're always like that. Your robotic brain not being able to do small talk."- God of Scripts plays with the deck of the cards, made out of his powers.
- "Answer me Scripter. Why did you do it?!"- Clockwork raises his voice. His grip around the spear tightening.
- "A revenge. You all locked me away in Banlands. Didn't even thought about it! I thought we were friends! A FAMILY!"
- "You choose to endanger Robloxia. You know damn well how dangerous hacks are. You almost destroyed the economy! Just because we were close, it doesn't mean you get special treatment."- Clockwork answers.
- "Like you all are saints. You all ignore Telamon's crimes. Doombringer's purpose was literally to destroy Robloxia."
- "Shedletsky changed. Truly regretted his actions! And Doom choose justice in the end!"
- "AND WHY I COULDN'T GET A SECOND CHANCE!?"
- "I WAS JUST AN INTERN! YOU EXPECT ME TO KNOW ALL THIS!?"- Clockwork shouts. - "YOU THINK YOUR BETRAYAL DIDN'T AFFECT ME!? IT DID!!! BUT YOU DIDN'T EVEN SHOW REGRET WHEN YOU WERE GETTING TERMINATED AND BANNED!"
- "...You know what Clockwork. I was hoping that at least You would understand. But now... Now I see the truth."- Scripter laughs, without humour.
- "..."
- "You know. Now I wish you got there in time for the battle. Sadly Reese called you too late. A shame I didn't let her finish conversation with you."
- "What..."- Clockwork whispers. Realisation dawning on him. - "Reese... YOU MURDERED HER!?"
- "You know... I was so close to winning. But that's stupid android. He messed up with my plans. That stupid can of metal deserved to get scrapped. The same way all rest of those almighty admins deserved their pathetic fate."
- "YOU #######"
Clockwork attacks. Scripter dodges in the last second. The God of Scripts summons his single-edged sword and strikers back. The two weapons meet, both parties putting pressure on their weapons.
Scripter takes a step back, summoning one of the cards with script on them and throwing it at the ground. A loud explosion happens, the shockwave pushing both god's away.
Clockwork eats the dirt, but quickly stands up. The ticking fills the area, time speeds up and Clockwork successfully stabs Scripter in the side.
Scripter screams out, throwing another card on the ground. The gravity becomes weird. Both Clockwork and Scripter get launched in the air. Ground rips off, also flying in the air. God of Scripts attaches another script to his sword. Making it burst in flames.
- "Hah. Now we're even. Let see if you're melt proof."- The terminated admin smirks.
Clockwork struggles to find his footing on the new gravity situation. He lands on the one of grass platforms. Someone would definitely get motion sickness in this situation.
Scripter however knows what to do. He jumps at Clockwork, spinning around. The God of Time didn't expect that and gets hit.
The sword melts the metal. Clockwork pain receptors flare up in pain. He pushes through it, quickly answers with an attack of his own. But the melted metal slightly blocks his elbow joint.
Weapons clash. Explosion's happen. Injuries are made. The ground below is covered in blood and oil. Both God's are using the most of their powers.
They're not sneaky with it. At this point the battlefield visible from far away. Both are filled with different motives. Clockwork wants to avenge his friends. Scripter wants to finish his revenge.
But like every battle, someone has to loose. Despite the power similarity and skills of both Gods. Clockwork has and advantage of having robotic body. At some point the emergency system turned off his pain sensors, driven by pure anger and adrenaline.
Clockwork became less attentive, getting more hits than before. But because of having pain shut off he doesn't care. With each slash, each hit taken, each hit caused. He isn't stopping.
Scripter starts to get tired. His attacks slowing down, getting sloppy. Clockwork is so locked in on him that there's no way to escape. A mistake, a misscalculation on Scripters side causes Clockwork to get an opening, slashing across his whole chest.
The previously used scripts run out. Gravity returns to normal, Scripter falls on the ground, gritting his teeth in pain. He's too tired and in too much pain to get up.
Clockwork lands nearby. He walks over to the God of Scripts. He is leaking oil, metal melted in a lot of places. But he's still standing a winner.
He's fueled by anger. Walking over to the laying god. Clockwork knows he won. He just needs to avenge his friends. He stands above Scripter. Weapon ready to deal final blow.
- "If you.... Kill m-me.... Yo... you're no bett... better than m-me."- Scripter gasps out, blood flowing out of his mouth, filling his throat. Clockwork watches Scripter choke on his own blood. He feels numb, he feels angry.
- "So be it. That's the fate you deserve."- The God of Time says coldly. Scripter let's out a laugh.
- "I hop...hope the gui-guilt will... Eat... You al....alive."- Scripter snarls, he has to have the last word in this argument. The he closes his eyes, accepting his fate. Clockwork raising the weapon being the last thing he sees.
- "I. Clockwork. The God of Time. The last admin of old generation. I Sentence you for death. A repayment for your sins."- Clockwork speaks with voice of authority. He impales Scripter with his spear.
The world stills. It seems quiet, like everything stopped. The life leaves Scripters body. It grows limp, the muscles relaxing.
Clockwork stands over the body in silence for a long while. Then he notices the blood on his hands. It's mixed with oil but he knows it's there. A moment later he realises what he had done.
The anger and numbness disappear. He looks at the body in front of him. He looks at the blood on his hands. The blood all over the ground. He killed someone. He killed someone that once was his friend.
The panic is raising. His systems showing errors, not only because of injuries, but because he subconsciously began to hyperventilate, despite not needing to breathe.
His eyes are locked on the lifeless body. He feels like throwing up. He does that soon after. It is not a pleasant experience, especially since it was his first time.
Clockwork flinches when he feels touch on his body. Returning to reality, his eyes move, looking at Builderman. The admin placed his hand on Clockwork's shoulder. His expression is conflicted, but Clockwork can't see any hate.
- "I can understand why you did this. I've dealt with a lot of killers before, some were tricked. Some were forced... some were driven by emotions. Emotions are complicated, they can make you act in the way you wouldn't normally."
- "I mŭrdered hím."
- "You did. But you regret it. Scripter caused a lot of evil, many people would agree that he had it coming. But you still regret it."- Builderman explains calmly.
- "I thöught you will be møre mad."- Clockwork mumbles with confusion.
- "When you witness a lot of death. You eventually become used to it."- Builderman says with sadness in his voice. He thinks back on everything he went through.
- "I dôn't understand..."
- "I witnessed a lot of deaths. I died many times. It is normal for me. If you killed someone in front of me... I wouldn't care as much. I'm used to death. I'm used to murder. And it scares me..."- Builderman continues, his free hand clenching into a fist.
- "... What the hell dîd yoŭ experiençe..."
- "I'll explain more once you're done."
- "Rîght... Right...."
- "You can take a break."
- "N-No... I'm fiñe... I'm okãy..."- Clockwork tries to play it off. He continues with the story.
Clockwork has no idea how long he's been staring at the body. It's already dark when a sound of a drones can be heard. Clockwork turns around. From the forest come out two new admins. They look around the battlefield with disgust. One of them notices Clockwork.
- "Clockwork. You are a murderer, a danger to the country. You refused to comply to our rules. You were hiding a person that was terminated and you lead to a lot of acts of vandalism. With that you are no longer connected to the HQ and admins. You have no change of redeeming yourself."
- "You are no longer one of us."- The second admin continues. - "With that. You are sentenced to be terminated. For the safety of Robloxia. Now stay still."
Clockwork stares. He feels like he deserves it. He's ready to just die. He closes his eyes, ready for the termination gun to hit him.
That's when he remembers the promise to Jane. His hand subconsciously moving towards the necklace, he turned her ring into. He remembers how Veeronica begged him to return. He cannot die yet.
So he runs. The two admins curse and chase after him. Spy drones flying above. Laser beams shooting.
Clockwork continues to run through the forest. Dodging the trees and the bullets. However one of the normal bullets hits him right in the throat. Clockwork can feel his voice box shattering. He's grateful for his emergency system that cut off the pain.
He continues to run. Hoping he can loose the other admins. He runs through water when he reaches a river. He falls when the terrain ends. He almost falls a few times, the damage from the battle with Scripter making him slower.
He ends up running through the bottom of canyon. The laser beams from the drones hitting the rocks around him. Clockwork knows he won't be able to loose them.
But he also knows he can trick them. Using his remaining strength, he focuses on his power. Slowing down. The new admin shoots the termination gun.
Clockwork slows the time when it's about to hit him. The time bubble being one of the biggest one's he ever made. He drops his sunglasses, that somehow survived battle with Scripter.
He quickly runs away. Hiding in a crack between the rocks. That's when time returns to normal. The new admins believe he got terminated. He successfully tricked them. The God of Time waits a few hours, in case they return.
When the time passes he slowly makes his way to Veeronica's house, making sure to stay hidden. When the girl sees him she gasps from shock and terror.
She immediately drags him inside. She has knowledge about self repairs. So she uses it to do the same for Clockwork. She fixes all the broken areas. Sometimes she's forced to replace them.
At some point she asks Clockwork to go offline, making him rest while his voice box gets replaced.He will sound different now. But he'll be able to talk again.
The God is glad for that, because he has no energy to move. He wouldn't be able to repair himself. Scripter was right about one thing, the guilt is eating him alive.
Next few months are difficult for Clockwork. He mostly sits in one place. Lost in his head. It got bad enough that he even refused to drink tea.
But the changing point in his state was when Veeronica didn't return at the time she was supposed to. When she finally arrived, she said that someone was following her.
Clockwork began to try to live again. So he could help her in case something happened. He was worried that it's about him being there. The new admins also decided to make routine check ups. Clockwork didn't want to put Vee in risk. So when the girl decided he's okay enough, he left.
He was able to get a robes with a hood on. He started to wear it all the time. That way he was able to still be in the city, despite hiding his identity.
From time to time he visited Veeronica again. They talked together. Laughed together. For the first time Clockwork felt alive again.
All good things ended a few years later. When new admins decided that robotic Robloxians are dangerous. Because they remembered better times, when the old admins ruled. All thanks for them having longer lifespans than the human robloxians.
New admins didn't want anyone to remember. So they secre
tly captured every robotic robloxian that was created before they took over. Each one of them got scrapped. They didn't care about the pain, they didn't care if the robots had families.
When Clockwork arrived to Vee's house. He found it destroyed. He was worried, not knowing what happened. That's when he found a video note.
Clockwork stares at it. The dread filling his robotic heart. He pushes the button. He can hear Veeronica's voice. It sounds sad, panicked. She's speaking really fast.
"Hey Clockwork. I have bad news. They're coming for me. They believe I remember too much. They don't want me, or other robotic Robloxians to talk about the times when Builderman and then Doombringer were leaders...."
"They're going to scrap me. Or worse. I don't have nowhere to run away. They have my user ID. They will track me. I'm sorry I cannot stay longer. But it seems my time came. I don't want to die as young...."
"It's not your fault. It never was. But please. Run away, hide until it all passes. Do it for admins. Do it for Jane... Do it for me.... Please... don't loose the silly parts of yourself. Don't let the pain change who you really are.... Goodbye Clockwork."
The note cuts off with someone banging on the door.
Clockwork stares at it. For safety he refused to carry a phone, or any other communication device. He regrets it now. She couldn't even call for help.
He breaks down, in the living room. Once it was filled with laughter. He, Jane and Veeronica hanging out together. Then it was only him and Vee. And how he's here alone, sobbing while sitting on the floor.
He lost everyone. He lost everything. But he has to stay. Make sure the Robloxia will survive. Try to fulfill Jane's and Veeronica's last wishes.
And maybe find the missing people. If they're still somewhere out there. In a pocket dimension.
Clockwork cuts the story. He covers his mouth and starts to cry. Last time he was telling someone what happened was when Herta forced him. The crazy pirate lady threatened a god.
Even then he didn't tell everything. Now it's his first time truly opening up.
Builderman hugs him tightly. He has no words. He feels Hatred towards the new admins. He wishes he could've been there. But instead he was playing a part in death games. Unaware of everything that was going on.
There is more to the story. The last part of it. But for now Builderman just holds Clockwork, while the broken God is sobbing.
Notes:
THIS IS THE LONGEST CHAPTER I EVER WROTE FOR UH.
I LITERALLY HIT THE LIMIT IN THE NOTES APP.NEW RECORD FOR UH!!!
IT IS ALMOST MIDNIGHT AS I POST IT. I HOPE YOU ENJOYED!!!
Also it was my FIRST TIME EVER writing a fight scene. So idk if it's good.
If you have any tips I will gladly accept them!Because there's more incoming considering what I have planned.
Chapter 208: The Disaster
Chapter Text
Builderman pulled Clockwork closer to him. Now the other god is crying into his shoulder. Builderman wishes he could say something more comforting. He wishes he was there for him earlier.
Clockwork's frame shakes with sobs. He finally lets out stuff that he's been carrying for over a thousand years. The hug feels nice, he rarely gets hugged. But he also feels like he doesn't deserve it.
- "Builderman.... I'm ã monster. A faîlure of a god."- Clockwork whispers. His voice breaking.
- "Listen to me. You are not a failure. You are not a monster. Despite being a robot. You are more human than some actual humans I dealt with before."- Builderman answers, pulling Clockwork away so he can look him in the eyes. Or an eye, considering the other is covered.
- "..."
- "I know you might not believe it. Hell, I can understand that. I felt like I failed everyone when I learned that everyone I knew is dead. I still feel that way. I was trapped, but I feel like I should've try harder."- Builderman continues.
- "It's... Hard."- Clockwork whispers, wiping off the tears.
- "I know... I know.... But you aren't alone. Not anymore. And I'm not leaving anytime soon."- Builderman smiles, hugging Clockwork again.
- "...I mîssed you...."- Clockwork opens up. Tightening the hug. - "For so long... Î was ãll alone....."
Days passed. Weeks passed. Months passed. Centuries passed. Eventually year 5122 arrived.
All these years Clockwork has been staying away from society. His interactions were limited. The most he interacted with an owner of a small tea shop. He also was spending time in the library. There he observed people, his eyes glancing from under the hood he never stopped wearing.
Clockwork died when Veeronica got killed. The message from her was the last time his name was spoken. Since that time he never introduced himself to anyone.
One day he was reading some adventure book in the library when the noises appeared. Looking up, Clockwork notices a man with white hair. He's arguing with some other people. They eventually leave, but the man stayed.
Clockwork observes the person. He seems different. Walking into history section. The god decides to follow, pretending he also is looking for something there.
The white haired person is mumbling to himself, about history being wrong. For now Clockwork just listened in. Keeping an eye open.
Months passed. And Clockwork somehow ended up 'studying' history with the man, named Liam. It felt weird, interacting with someone again.
For safety Clockwork didn't tell Liam his true name. But he wasn't able to figure out a name on the spot. Since they were studying history, Clockwork said to call him 'Historian'.
One night Clockwork, now going around and using nickname 'Historian' decided to sleep. When he 'woke up' he was in a void. The only source of lighting being the literal Core of Robloxia.
- "What the ####"
- "Clockwork. God of Time. Welcome."*
- "....This isn't real."
- "I can assure you. This is real. We hadn't interacted before. I'm glad that at least one of my first creations survived in the outside world."- 2x2 speaks. Clockwork is glad he is fluent in binary language.
- "... I'm sorry I failed."- Clockwork whispers, when he realises it's really happening.
- "My child. You didn't fail me. You amazed me. All the suffering, no support... Yet you're still standing. Stronger than ever."- 2x2 says. Somehow being able to make binary numbers feel affectionate.
- "But... I was to slow to save my friends, my family.... I killed..."
- "I am aware what you did. I saw it happen. But I am not mad. It's called development. Everyone is flawed... Even me."
- "But you are the true god! How can you be flawed?"- Clockwork looks up with confusion.
- "I let my hopes take over the reasoning. I thought a sentient error of code could change. See the beauty of the world, just like one of my creations did. Sadly I was mistaken."
- "W-What do you mean?"
- "The rough code loves spectating over the suffering. When IT wanted more... IT took souls and bodies of chosen Robloxians. Placed them in hell of endless suffering."
- "... Builderman."
- "Indeed. All three of them got taken. I had swore to not interact with the matters of Robloxia. But I have regrets. The Spectator never changed.... And now it's coming for me. IT is spreading under the world... Soon, IT'S hell will get an upgrade."- 2x2 explains.
- "What....?"
- "I know it is confusing for you child. But I'm sure you felt changes. The disasters getting stronger. The seasons being different."
- "....Yes. I noticed."- Clockwork agrees. At first he thought it's Stickmasterluke playing around. But sadly the youngest god has been dead for many years.
- "You need to do something for me. My failed creations, they grew spoiled... Rotten. They don't notice small things. Tell them what's happening... If they won't listen... Tell the people. I will continue to fight, but I am unsure it will be enough."
- "...I will do it."- Clockwork salutes. Since he remembered, 2x2 was the one everyone had respect for. He doesn't dare to question it.
- "Thank you my child. I wish you the best of luck."
When Clockwork woke up. He drank tea, trying to comprehend everything he learned. After that he went to the HQ. He tried warning the admins a lot of times, but they never listened. Eventually banning him from the headquarters grounds.
That's when Clockwork started telling it to people. Shouting the warning of incoming end. No-one took him seriously. At least mostly.
Some people grew paranoid. Worried. They also started noticing small changes. They began preparations, just in case.
Liam was one of those people, he was one of the robloxians that aren't blinded by the faked history, the lies of admins. He trusted words of the person he saw as his friend. Historian knew a lot of things about the past without researching them. It made him a bit suspicious, he decided to trust his gut feeling.
2x2 invaded Clockwork's dreams more often. Almost like a parent suddenly returning and wanting the best for the child. Together they made plans. 2x2 told Clockwork about the knowledge it has about The Spectator.
A broken code, an anomaly created due to hacker attack. IT was born from the evil. The suffering powering IT until IT was strong enough to face the admins.
2x2 worried about Clockwork loosing his powers, especially since IT has tendency to make people weaker. They made a precaution. When the incoming doom arrives, Clockwork will use his powers in the last second. Reverting his body back in time, from before.
2x2 loosened the control over Clockwork's powers. He's now able to revert his body back in time, so he never ends up without his powers.
When the disaster hit Clockwork was in the mall. He doesn't remember what he was doing there, he just heard 2x2's 'voice' telling him it's time. He immediately used his powers, just in time for a shockwave to hit the area. Dragging a snowstorm and strong winds behind it.
The mall building was not prepared to face weather like that. Soon the roof started to break. Clockwork saved a person from falling part of it. They stuck together until the situation stabilised a bit.
The plan with 2x2 worked. Clockwork successfully dodged the nerf made by IT.
The first year was hard. People died. Government is gone. Anarchy rules.
Clockwork did what he does best, traveling around and helping people.
At some point he reunited with Liam. Both were glad the other is still alive. Clockwork had a small breakdown when he realised he got attached to someone again. He got introduced to Elijah, but the young man was always suspicious of him, so they never had good relation.
Two years after the disaster hit Clockwork decided to trust Liam with his true identity. He ended up being stuck in the New Crossroad for three whole days, getting bombarded with questions.
During his travels Clockwork, had many interesting adventures. He ended up having to climb out the deep waters during spring,after his metal body dragged him to the bottom. He got a bit rust from that, but not much thanks to being waterproof. He also had to deal with frozen joints during winter. He lost count how many times he got almost crushed by the worms and had sand stuck in his joints. The autumn being the most peaceful season for him, because as long as he didn't interacted with humans, the fog monsters ignored him.
One time he even went too far in the wilderness. Ending up finding a society. They invited him, acting friendly. But then he almost ended up as a sacrifice to spawn. He ran away as fast as he could.
- "Wait... The Spawn Cult? They still exists?"- Builderman cuts of. His half finished tea ending up cold.
- "Still?"
- "Apparently they also existed even before I disappeared. We have two members in our team that grew up there."- Builderman explains, worry on his face.
- "Oh... Pøor them. What I saw thére... It wasn't pleasant."
- "Yeah.... But luckily those two are doing better now."
- "That's good. Alsö don't worry. It's rêally far away frøm Crossroads."- Clockwork reassures his friend. Builderman smiles with relief. That's when Clockwork continues.
2x2 warned Clockwork that IT is aware of him. Everything unraveled when the Core finally saw it's other creations after years. It's been five years since the disaster hit. The winter passed peacefully, but in the spring Clockwork found himself getting weaker and weaker.
This was confusing to the god, because he wasn't able to get sick with traditional sicknesses. That's when 2x2 explained Spectators plans. And so Clockwork had to learn how to live with a sickness that's slowly killing him. It reminds him of Jane, she suffered similar fate.
During spring he also had a close call with a Seeker, he had to use his powers to kill it. IT sensed the spike of powers and Clockwork was forced to run away. The island he was on was a big one, so he was running for a while until he saw a ship.
He already had some distance between him and the monster made out of Spectators body, so it was perfect time for him to blend in.
He broke into the ship, threatening the captain to give him clothes. The captain had to listen to him and Clockwork successfully avoided Spectator.
The captain was Harry. At first he wasn't happy with 'Historian'. But eventually they formed a friendship, it grew even stronger when Harry realised that 'Historian' is the friend Liam was talking about.
When summer came Harry and Clockwork were already close friends. Harry also learning about 'Historian' being from ancient past.
When the purple person glitched into the ship. Clockwork used his powers to revert Noli's body back in time, so he would hold on longer. He decided to pretend it was a script.
After that he had even more adventures.
- ".... And thät's how wë end up in the present."- Clockwork finishes the story, looking at Builderman.
- "I... Wow. That's A LOT. It will take a while for me to comprehend everything. But thank the Core you're still alive!"- Builderman basically shouts. Laughing with disbelief.
- "Yøu really changéd...."- Clockwork says with confusion.
- "That's what death games do to the person... I guess it's my turn now. To explain everything..."
- "Trŭe. But I recommend getting some rešt. It will hélp you copê with everything."- Clockwork offers, while standing up.
- "Huh? But I'm not tired...?"
- "Builderman it's béèn 24 hours sînce we found each other ïn thè cave. You néed sleep."
- "WHAT!? OH GODS...."- Builderman says with shock. He has no reason to doubt Clockwork. The god of time always seems to know the current time.
- "You can ŭse my 'bed'. I don't think î will be sleeping for nøw."
- "But..."
- "Bŭilderman. You stopped being my bøss when you went missing."- Clockwork glances at the admin. A slight teasing smile on his face. Builderman smiles softly.
- "You know. I think you fulfilled the wish of that robot girl. Despite everything.... You are still you. Some pieces of the Clockwork I remember... You still have them."- The God of Creation says. It causes Clockwork to freeze up, a small smile appears on his face.
- "Thãnks... Now get some rest...."
- "Goodnight Clockwork."
- "It's afternoon, bŭt göodnight."
- "...My sleep schedule hates me"- Builderman mumbles. Laying down. Clockwork just chuckles.
Tomorrow he will finally get his answers.
Notes:
And that was the last one of the flashbacks. Now we're fully back to the present. (Except small part of Builderman telling about the purgatory, but it won't be as detailed)
Also MORE ART!
The continuation of the 'Last Moments" is here, this one features Roblox! THANK YOU SO MUCH!!!!https://www.tumblr.com/nothingisworkingright/801633144620089344/unum-extremum-sto?source=share
To make it more angsty, here's a fun fact. Roblox was basically a child in GOD years. He barely experienced life. And he never met Builderman, his actual creator he heard people talking about. He always wondered if Builderman would be proud of him. There was a longing in his heart he never understood.
Chapter 209: The Plan
Chapter Text
Builderman feel asleep a while ago. Clockwork is still awake, just watching him sleep.
Then his attention turns to the equipment laying on the nearby table. He sighs, walking over to it. He takes the screwdriver and loosens the area around his throat, attempting to check out his voice box. He looks in the mirror, making sure he won't damage it more.
He works for a while, but without success. From this angle he cannot see the issue and he's forced to put back the case in the place. While Builderman offered the help. Clockwork cannot understand why he is still hesitant to let him help.
Before he can think about it more. He suddenly goes offline, the screwdriver falling on the floor. Clockwork wakes up in a void.
- "Please... warn me next time."- Clockwork mumbles, looking at the Core. Since he's currently in his mind, he doesn't have to deal with the damaged voice box.
- "Apologies Child, but this matter cannot wait."- 2x2 says in binary. The lines of corruption spreaded further in.
- "What is it?"
- "I saw you had reunited with Builderman. I'm glad I finally can have the messenger, despite the blocked connection by IT. You need to warn him."
- "Is he in danger?"- Clockwork asks in worry. They just reunited.
- "Yes and no. IT'S vessel, the one I mentioned before. It's one of the people Builderman lives with. If you go there, you will be in danger."
- "Oh... But Spectator can sense me only if I use my powers. If I ask them to keep calling me Historian, and keep my hood on I should be safe... Right?"- Clockwork says with worry. He suddenly feels worried about going to the cabin.
- "I will try my best to keep IT away. You deserve to have reunion... All of you. Just please. Explain the vessel situation to Builderman. And if you want... You can mention our plan. Since now there's an actual chance of being able to do it"- 2x2 sends the last binary message.
- "R-Really?"- Clockwork whispers in shock. 2x2 sends reassuring aura. Then Clockwork wakes up.
When he opens his eyes, Builderman is the first thing he sees.
- "Thank The Core. I thought you died."- The admin breathes with a sigh of relief.
- "Sorry. 2x2 wantêd to havé a talk."
- "... Really?"
- "Yëah. It's glad thãt you are safe.... Bŭt it also wanted mé to tell you that you have a spy în your team."- Clockwork goes straight to the point.
- "Huh?"
- "One of yoûr teammates. They're gètting possessed by The Spectator."
- "Elliot."
- "Excuse mê?"- Clockwork tilts his head with confusion.
- "It's Elliot. He's been acting weird since the beginning of the autumn. Dissociations, odd behaviour, weird aura. And he doesn't remember any of that."- Builderman explains.
- "Yeah... That's definitêly pøssesion."
- "But why Elliot?"- Builderman wonders out loud.
- "2x2 mentioned thât IT haš favourites."
- "But still. Why him!!?"- Builderman continues to brainstorm.
- "Trŭsted person. The înnocent one. Made by a demi-gød instead of normally spawning."
- "Wait. What?"- Builderman cuts off, looking at Clockwork with confusion.
- "Yøu don't know? Lŭke mentioned it Bêfore. His friend who waš a demi-god crëated a chîld after making a dêal with a mortal. The deal was ŭñlimited pizza."- Clockwork explains. Builderman seems to be mindblown.
- "Does Elliot even know about that?"
- "I'm nøt him. Dön't ask me."- Clockwork says with a shrug. Wincing when he accidentally moves a damaged area from the fall. Builderman frowns. Clockwork still is in bad shape.
- "Did you decided about me fixing you up? I will tell you everything about what happened to me... And the rest of us."
- "....S-Sure... Just.... Bê careful..."
- "I will. You can trust me."- Builderman smiles softly.
And so Builderman begins repairing. Not once he get surprised by how bad the damage got. And how close it got to the important areas. Luckily he was able to fix mostly everything including the voice box.
At the same time Builderman explained to Clockwork the purgatory. The rounds. How he and other seemingly random people were forced to work together to survive, despite the differences.
He explains the killers. The connections between them and survivors. How later the two groups got forced to work together. How the bonds were created.
Clockwork listens to each word Builderman says. For the first time ever his hideout has more voices than his own. For the first time he doesn't have to talk to himself while staying in his 'house'. He slightly leans into the touch, but sometimes flinches when the pain receptors send pain signals.
After he's repaired. Clockwork walks over to the wall, pulling a sheet down it. Showing the theoretical timeline of events. Then he looks at Builderman.
- "A while ago. Me and 2x2 figured out a plan.... But it got scrapped, because I wouldn't be able to do it alone."
- "What is it?"- Builderman asks.
- "....The Core would take away the limitations. A timeline wipe. Returning to the past, before IT took you all."
- "...what? But the time paradox. We all know why your power got restricted. The dangers!"- Builderman says with confusion.
- ".... Desperate times require desperate choices. 2x2 is willing to take that risk. However for that to happen my power would have to interact with The Core in 'person'. And IT wouldn't allow that... Not unless IT would have a reason to take on a physical form."- Clockwork explains.
- "Wait so basically. Make the Captor appear with 2x2. Use your powers on 2x2 and go back in time?"
- "In summary yet. But in practice... Much harder to do. I have a concept of a machine that would collect all my power in one place, a one shot bullet. That's why it's risky. Besides. IT would fight back. And even if it somehow worked.... The memories would be erased too."- Clockwork continues, showing Buildeman a sketch of a machine.
- "But there's a chance..."
- "Small one."
- "... Maybe we can help somehow? I'm done playing by the rules some evil being decided for me."- Builderman says. For the first time in forever, his voice has a hint of hope. That there is still chance.
- "...You shouldn't make that decision alone."
- "That's why as soon as you are ready we're going to the cabin. Properly reunite you will the rest of the old HQ members while hiding your identity from the Captor when he's possessing Elliot."- Builderman plans with excitement.
Clockwork smiles. The small flame of hope gets ignited again. There's still a lot of work to do, but maybe, just maybe... There's a way to fix it all.
Notes:
Now the preparations for the final truly begin >:]
____
Dued1 is the one that Created Elliot. Making it Elliot being one of the REALLY small group of Robloxians made by someone else than 2x2's randomized system.
This is also the reason why Spectre got interested in him.
Chapter 210: Friendly Crew
Chapter Text
After spending a while longer on planning and connecting the pieces of the puzzle about Spectator, Clockwork and Builderman leave the hideout.
They spent a while on getting out, Clockwork's hideout being really deep in the caves. But eventually they got outside. The time is a bit after the noon, the sun shining and the heatwave being at it's peak.
- "Maybe we should wait..."- Clockwork asks, worried about Builderman. But the admin shakes his head.
- "It's okay. I will manage. Let's not keep them waiting."- Buildeman begins walking.
The heat heated up the sand as well. Builderman looks at Clockwork. The God of Time has put on the hood. Returning to the 'Historian' persona.
- "How are you not boiling up?"
- "Eh... It always takes a while. One time one of Harry's crew used my heat up metal to fry an egg."- Clockwork says, making Buildeman laugh.
- "No way."
- "That was.... An experience. These guys hated me. Now they became more used to my presence. Although Mel still wants my head."- Clockwork smiles fondly under the hood.
- "I know how it's like. It took us a while to get along with the killers. The first one's were surprisingly Taph and Pr3ttyprincess... They glitter bombed Shedletsky."
- "I saw it happen once... When I stayed with you."
- "It happens at least once every month. Pink Shedletsky is basically a normal sight at this point. The duo somehow got 1x involved."- Buildeman smiles.
- "I'm surprised that you and him can... You know... Work together. Considering the history..."
- "Same. At first it was forced, now still sometimes is. They're the one we have the least amount of interactions."- Buildeman explains, thinking about the embodiment of hatred. - "Although he will do anything so he can see Shed suffer."
- "I had a heart attack seeing him in the cabin. I thought I was going to die."
- "You fooled us all. But... They might want to talk with you..."
- "Huh? Why?"- Clockwork would sweat from nerves if he could.
- "BrightEyes.... They have soft spot for her. He probably would like to know everything about her."
- "He won't kill me when he learns I was too late.... Right?"
- ".....UHHhhh..... I didn't think about that. We'll do it with reinforcements. Azure can hold him down... I think? Or Guest 666. I think they will do better."- Buildeman plans, he doesn't want things to end badly.
After a while of walking they need to rest a bit in a shade given from the rock. The heat getting to both of them. That's when the duo hears a shot in the distance. A flare going up. Both of them freeze. A ship appears on the horizon.
- "Gods. No... I have enough of the pirates."- Buildeman mumbles. But that's when Clockwork walks out of the shade, waving at the ship.
It's surprisingly fast. And soon it arrives next to them. That's when Builderman understands the sudden friendliness.
- "Aye. We found our temporary crew member."- Harry smiles, putting one of his legs on the railing. - "One Freak From The Hill too."
- "Hello Harry."- Clockwork welcomes the captain.
- "Ye two needs a ride?"
- "This would be appreciated."
Soon Builderman and Clockwork are on the ship. The engine powering the wheels and they 'sail' in the direction of the Hill.
The crew warmly welcomed Buildeman, meanwhile Clockwork got the 'we just pretend to hate you ' treatment.
- "It's been a while we saw each other."
- "It sure was. Nice seeing ya Historian."- Harry smiles. Clockwork nods with satisfaction. The Clockwork persona died a long while ago, now it's Historian that took over, for most of the time.
- "By the way. Builderman knows."
- "So. He's the one you've mentioned. I hope he took it well."- Harry glances at the admin who just smiles.
- "I'm not the bad guy. I'm really glad my friend is alive and mostly well."- Builderman quickly explains, not wanting to cause misunderstanding.
- "Trauma loves us all."- Harry laughs.
After a while the groups separate. Harry and his crew 'sail' away. Meanwhile Builderman and Clockwork climb the hill. It takes a while. One time Buildeman looses balance and tumbles into Clockwork, covering them both in the sand.
The admin worries about sand getting in the joints of the other. But Clockwork is quick to brush it off, he's been dealing with it for six years now.
Eventually they arrive to the cabin. The duo makes the eye contact. 'Historian' doesn't seem phased about being there, his body language neutral. But Clockwork is terrified.
Builderman places a reassuring hand on Clockwork's shoulder. Then he opens the door.
Chance is in the living room, dressed up as a fairy. Pr3ttyprincess is looking at her masterpiece with pride, she made the dress by herself. Chance looks up, hearing the door opening. He screams out when he realises Buildeman and Historian are standing there, seeing him in this beautiful outfit.
Buildeman can't help it and he starts to laugh. Historian also chuckles. The rest of the group comes over, confused and worried about Chance. After all he screamed like he was getting murdered.
Notes:
Sorry for shorter chapter. I have 3 tests I had to study for (I am NOT confident with what I remember) I also had to make notes from three different topics in chemistry.
Overall busy day ^^"
Chapter 211: Awaited Reunion
Chapter Text
Shedletsky looks up after hearing Chance scream. He runs out of the kitchen, wondering what caused the commotion. In the living room there is Guest 666, who's calmly observing the chaos, Pr3ttyprincess having a time of her life, and Chance looking like a deer caught in headlights.
Looking in the direction of the door. That's when he notices two people. One of them is Historian, the person Shedletsky dislikes and is still suspicious of. The other one is Builderman, laughing... Alive. Shedletsky feels both relief and anger, it appears that Buildeman took his sweet time to return.
- "BUILDEMAN YOU ####### I'M GOING TO KILL YOU!"- Shedletsky shouts running straight into the other god, causing them to fall over.
Buildeman blinks with confusion, the sudden weight surprising him. Then he feels Shedletsky tightly hugging him, the swordmasters wings covering them both, slight tremble goes through Shedletsky's body.
- "Shed..."- Buildeman whispers, realising how worried the other admin was, he returns the hug, gently stroking the hair of the winged admin. Shedletsky's face is tightly placed against the crook of Builderman's neck.
Shedletsky never was the most open with his feelings, but the fact his best friend fell in front of him to the caves, and didn't respawn. He was so worried it made him sick. Last time they separated for so long it was way before ending in the purgatory.
He needs to feel Buildeman's heart beat. He needs to feel him breathe. Shedletsky just wants to hug Buildeman, but he knows he can't yet. Others are there too and the Historian guy. He needs to hold on for now and stop being so pathetic.
Reluctantly Shedletsky pulls away, helping Buildeman up. The winged admin glares at the other.
- "Don't pull that stunt ever again."
- "I didn't exactly plan to get shot and fall into the caves."- Builderman says with a deadpan expression.
That's when Taph runs out, he's wearing his summer clothes. Still covering him, but they don't make him feel as hot as his normal ones. The Demolitionist runs into Buildeman with such strength the admin falls down again.
- "Oof... Hey buddy. I missed you too "- Buildeman chuckles, hugging the avian. Taph's wings flutter with happiness.
- "🔨👷❗👆😁🫵❌💀⚰️❗"
- "I'm also glad to not be dead."- Buildeman smiles. After a few moments Taph finally let's go. And Buildeman stands up again. That's when C00lkidd comes over.
- "C-Can I give you a hug too?"- The Kidd asks shyly. Buildeman nods.
- "As long as you don't make me fall over."- The admin says. The red child smiles and hugs Buildeman, he's really gentle doing that, making sure he won't hurt the survivor.
Suddenly another weight rushes into Buildeman hitting him with a strength bug enough to make both C00lkidd and him fall over.... Again.
Builderman let's out a startled gasp as he hits the ground. The answer to is is Pr3tty's laught and C00lkidd's grumbling.
- "Just so you know! I was gentle. She's the crazy one!!!"
- "SHUT UP OR YOU'RE NEXT FAIRY!!!"
- "NOOO"- C00lkidd let's go of the admin running away. Pr3ttyprincess stays for a while longer, finishing her own hug. After that she runs after C00lkidd.
Guest comes over, offering Builderman a hand. The admin stands up, looking at the crowd with deadpan expression.
- "Is anyone else planning to hug ambush me?"- He asks, half teasing, half serious. Noob raises his hand, a determined expression on their face.
- "Sixer also wants to kidnap you."- They add, the beast letting out a grumble of agreement.
- "Anyone else?"
- "....If possible...."- Two Time begins, but they don't finish, looking away in embarrassment.
- "I will give you a lecture first. Then I will hug you."- Elliot announces. Despite the whole Vessel situation, the healer is still just like he used to be... Of course when he isn't getting possessed by all powerful eldritch being that is feeding on suffering.
Dusekkar laughs seeing the dispair on Buildeman's face. The admin didn't believe it would get that bad.
- "Friend. You are one of the people being like glue. Holding together our crew."- Dussekar explains.
- "I see you brought a... Friend too?"- Guest asks, eyeing Historian. The god in disguise waves awkwardly. He really needs to work on his first impressions, so people are less suspicious of him. Builderman laughs, trying to cover Clockwork's nerves and awkwardness.
- "'Historian' helped me. He was exploring the caves when we met up. He offered the first aid and later decided to... Walk me home?"- Builderman slightly tilts his head in confusion, a habbit he might've picked up from someone in the group. He's not sure if he's covering it well.
- "Mhm.... Totally not suspicious."- Shedletsky glares at the hooded person awkwardly standing next to the entrance.
- "Fine. There is more to the story. But first I have a hug reservations to deal with without falling over. After that I... We will explain everything."- Builderman smiles slightly, hoping it's reassuring. Shedletsky looks between 'Historian' and Builderman, suspicion on his face.
- "Fine. But something smells here. And it's not me."- The avian admin says, not happy about waiting.
- "....Sooo..... You think Pr3tty will kill me if I take off the dress?"- Chance asks, looking around. Two Time looks at the gambler with a deadpan expression.
- "Pr3tty? Killing? Nooo way."
- "....Who taught them that?"
- "You did Chance."- Elliot sighs. Noob laughing at the situation.
- "...####"
- "She will definitely kill you."- Two Time smirks, walking over to the kitchen, their tail swinging in happiness. - "Divine Pumpkin? Shall we make tea for our guest and returning friend?"
- "... That's a concept not bad. If we don't treat them they might get sad."- Dusekkar says.
- "Buildeman cries over a tea?"- 007n7 asks, with confusion. Said admin glares at the pumpkin mage.
- "Matt stop faking stories!"
- "He did once---"- Dusekkar begins. Builderman swears to get revenge.
The tea is done, everyone welcomes the admin and 'Historian'. Of course the hug reservation had to be done. Now Buildeman is forced to reveal the situation while being forced to cuddle with 666.
He makes eye contact with Clockwork. The god gives him a slight nod, although he is terrified of how will it all end.
Notes:
Sorry about lack of chapter yesterday. I had to recharge my writing battery.
As for the tests I passed (probably) all of them.
I said probably because Geography isn't graded yet.
And I BARLEY passed physics XD
I was 98% sure I would fail. Lady Luck was with me, but probably some AU Chance didn't have that luck because I stole it XD
In the meantime I got also fixated on Telamon. So I smacked him with angst :D
It was an AU where he's not the bad person, so it 'hurts' more..... Make that bird suffer XD
Chapter 212: Show Yourself
Chapter Text
Builderman sighs. Despite the preparations he has NO idea what he should tell others. How do you even begin a story like that. Then he slightly glances at Elliot, the whole Vessel situation is an issue.
Luckily, there is a way of temporary controlling it. Buildeman looks upstairs, at the person standing next to the railing. They're about to walk away, but get stopped by Buildeman speaking up.
- "1x. I need your assistance."- The admin says, slightly confusing others and giving Clockwork a metaphorical heart attack.
- "Why do you need me, when you are explaining some idiotic situations you ended up in."- The embodiment of hatred glares at the admin.
- "I need to make sure that only certain people will hear it. If you feel... The aura changing. Let me know."- Builderman explains. The killer frowns.
- "And what do I get for doing that?"
- ".... answers. A lot of them."- Builderman speaks with certainty. It confuses everyone more.
- "...Fine. Don't disappoint."
- "I won't."
- "Okay. Builderman, what the hell is going on? Last time you acted like that was when you revealed Chance and Two Time didn't die when they went missing last spring."- Chance teases a bit, flicking the coin and cursing seeing tails.
- ". . . Six. Could you let me go? And like... Make sure no-one will do something... Irrational?"- Buildeman looks up at the beast, the killer seems to sense the weight of the situation, letting Buildeman go.
Instead of staying in the middle he walks over to Historian. Another eye contact is made, a small nod.
- "Okay. This... After I fell I met up with 'Historian', he was exploring the caves and... Well he took me to his camp. But on the way mutated mouse attacked us. We had to run... I got my leg stuck... Almost died. He saved me."
- "And? Sorry Builder, I just don't understand why you look like you're about to drop some lore bomb on us?"- Shedletsky asks, ignoring the worry about the things he learned.
- "The way he saved me... It was.... Different... Shall we do a demonstration?"- Buildeman looks at 'Historian'. The god in disguise nods.
- "Might as well rip the plaster off...."
- "Alright..."- Builderman smiles nervously. He takes off his hard hat and throws it.
The hat stops in one place, ticking filling the room and the clock symbol appears. Everyone looks shocked, expect Two Time and Azure, they don't understand the meaning of the situation.
- "Wait. This power... That's.... Clockwo-..."- Shedletsky cuts off. Looking at 'Historian'. With slightly shaky hand he takes off his hood. People gasp.
Dusekkar drops his cup of tea he was holding. Shedletsky's skin becomes less yellow, the admin looks like he's about to pass out. Chance drops his coin, whispering to 007n7 who Historian truly is, the ex hacker is mortified. Even 1x1x1x1 froze in shock.
- "So... Ummm.... Yeah. A lot of happened. He never died... He was observing us... Before you accuse him, we were gone for CENTURIES, I would be suspicious too if suddenly people looking like your missing friends appeared out of nowhere."- Builderman quickly explains.
- "Is it really...."- Dusekkar is unable to finish the sentence.
- "Yes.... Yes.... Believe me."- Buildeman says.
- "Clockwork.... All the time..."- Shedletsky whispers, half angry, half speechless.
- "Yeah... Sorry for that..."- Clockwork laughs awkwardly, letting the hat drop on the ground. Then he panics because Shedletsky passed out.
- "Oh? Is that the one you had mentioned getting electrocuted by other gods? The tea obsessed one?"- Two Time looks at Dusekkar innocently. Builderman starts coughing, Clockwork slowly turning his head to look at the admins.
- "You were gossiping."
- "We thought you are dead."- Buildeman tries saving his honour.
- "Wait... So I had a tea party with a GOD!!"- Pr3ttyprincess exclaims. Her eyes widening in shock and excitement.
- "....0n th3 sh1p..?"- Noli who was previously helped getting to the living room, because of his worsening condition, looks at the god will disbelief.
- "The 'script' was me reversing your body to the previous state... Making it time travel."- Clockwork explains.
- "Wait wait wait wait wait!!!! You used your power? I thought everyone is nerfed!!?"- Elliot calls out.
- "I tricked the system."
- "Can someone please answer me?"- Two Time asks again, still not being sure who that person is.
- "Yes Two Time. You are right. He's the God of Time. One of the people that were closely connected to the admins."- Mafioso explains to both ex Cultists.
People continue to shout questions. When Shedletsky reruns to the land of the living both Builderman and Clockwork slightly summarize the situations from Before for the time being. Promising to answer more questions later, to not overwhelm anyone.
The entire situation shocked everyone. But at the end of the day the admins are happy to reunite with their friend. Taph also happily hugged the god, although the Demolitionist has his own questions to ask.
The embodiment of Hatred watches over the situation. Now they understand what Buildeman meant by "answers". He'll get them out of the god, willingly or forcefully. It doesn't matter.
Notes:
Now I can finally return a bit more to the rest of survivors. Their perspectives, questions, issues etc. :]
Chapter 213: Gods Are Weird
Chapter Text
Gods. An interesting topic that now always makes them wonder. In theory gods are divine beings, never making a mistake, always knowing everything.
That's how Spawn was supposed to be. It should know it all. It's rules cannot be questioned.
Yet now they see how wrong they were.
Gods aren't divine, they can be normal. Gods make mistakes, a lot of them. They aren't perfect. They can be questioned, because sometimes they're in the wrong.
And most importantly. They can act STUPID.
Two Time lost count how many stupid situations Shedletsky ended up in. Ranging from missing a slash, to jumping from the railing wearing pink cape while covered in glitter.
It continues to confuse them, because it goes against everything they knew, everything they were told.
The Spawn is not real. The other gods are, but they're idiots. The Robloxia is doomed, they are doomed.
- "How are we alive? The world should be doomed centuries ago."- Two Time says to themselves. Then they look up, they notice Azure cleaning the table in the living room.
They walk over, jumping on the back of the couch and crouching on it.
- "Hello Azure."- They smile, tilting their head with a smile. Their tail wagging slightly.
- "Two Time, that's dangerous."- Azure says with worry.
- "Fret not. I will not fall. However I have questions I wish to ask."
- "What is it?"
- "Why would our teachers lie about the true world of Robloxia? Why were we focused only on Spawn?"- They ask, their smile replaced by confusion.
- "I don't know... Maybe they also didn't know the truth? Maybe they all were manipulated. Just like we were?"- Azure answers, sweeping the floor now.
- "Perhaps. My mentor... What was their name again? My memories are still damaged by the unfortunate death of mine."- Two Time's voice turning slightly guilty.
- "It was.... Amarah. He was really controlling of you."
- "Right... Do you think he was also manipulated? You act like he is the most evil person from our past, but what if he had been lied to as well?"
- "Two Time."
- "Please. Just think!"
- "Two Time, he was the one that ordered you to sacrifice me!"- Azure snaps, making them flinch. - "Sorry."
- "I am... Aware. But I wonder if the elders were victims too."
- "...I don't want to talk about that."- Azure says coldly.
- "Sorry...."
- "It's not your fault Nightshade. It's just a painful topic for me."- Azure looks at Two Time, who's tail is limp. He walks over and gives them a hug.
- "AZURE! LOOK I'M TALL!"- A voice makes both ex cultists look behind them. Pr3ttyprincess smiles, she's sitting on Guest's shoulders. The survivor smiling as he walks over
- "What were you two talking about?"- Guest asks with interest.
- "Ugh. Why are THEY here!?"
- "Pr3tty. Be nice."- Guest scolds the girl.
- "...fine. Sorry"
- "I guess it is fine."- Two Time mumbles. - "As for your question Soldier. I was questioning if my mentor back in my community was manipulated too."
- "Hmmm... That's an interesting topic. But sadly we can only guess."- Guest answers.
- "Gods are weird. Some are stupid, some decide to die and poses people causing them to die."- Pr3tty announces, the girl only knows the gods that are stuck in the purgatory. And she doesn't have opinion on the new one.
- "I agree. One a chicken, one a pumpkin and one looking like a normal guy."- Azure puts his hand up over to his chin.
- "And one being half god making Noli die slowly instead of right away."- Pr3tty adds, thinking about hacker's past self.
- "And The One That Gets Often Broken."- Two Time adds, thinking about 'Historian'.
- "1x would be much better god!"- Pr3tty announces, making Azure laugh.
- "Yeah. He definitely would the the best. Definitely not ending everyone that made him mad."- The botanist says with sarcasm.
- "Well......."- The girl cuts off. - "Nevermind"
- "Why are gods weird?"- Two Time asks, tilting their head.
- "Well. They live for a really long time. They can get bored too. And sometimes they decide to get rid of the boredom in odd ways."- Guest explains.
- "I really hope the one that someho survived is less chaotic."- Azure mumbles.
- "I hope he's chaotic."- Pr3tty says completely different thing than Azure.
- "Pr3tty..."
- "What!? I like chaos!"- The girl chuckles.
- "Let's try to not cause too much chaos. The admins are going through a lot of emotions right now. Some of us too, so let's give everyone some time to adjust. Besides, it's time for dinner."- Guest says putting the girl back on the ground. She pouting after that.
- "Aww... I want more! I want to be tall!!!"
- "You can later again. I promise."- Guest chuckles, ruffling her hair. He does the same for Two Time. For Azure he pats his hat. - "You two want something?"
- "Sure. Why not."- Azure smiles.
- "Two Time?"
- "....I do not see an issue."- Two Time agrees. This makes both Azure and Guest happy. Compared to last year, they've been eating more. It's still not as much as other survivors, but it's better than before.
- "Then let's go."- Guest smiles, grabbing Pr3tty's hand and leading her to the kitchen. Two Time jumps down at the floor, running after them. Azure follows too.
Notes:
I love writing Clockwork. But I MISSED the survivors and killers.
Now I can finally write them both!Edit:
Forgot to attach the art of Reese's last moments.https://www.tumblr.com/nothingisworkingright/802189750414999552/ultio-desperatio-luctus?source=share
I LOVE THIS SO MUCH
Chapter 214: Rot
Notes:
Let me know if you see any typos!
TW! IDK GORE? MENTIONED SKIN BEING SEW TOGETHER.
SLOWLY DYING AND IT BEING DESCRIBED. IM TW-ing IT JUST IN CASE
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
Noli is really cold. He knows that the temperature outside are scorching, but he's freezing. His body continues to shake against his own will, but he doesn't even have the energy to put the blanket around himself.
He's too weak to walk. He became so pathetic he has to be carried around. It's embarrassing, he was once one of the most feared hackers, one of the most brutal killers... And now? Now he struggles to sit up on his own.
He takes a rattling breath, before starting to cough. It makes his chest hurt more than normally. Glitches surround his body, the buzzing from them is like needless getting pushed into his skin.
His dead skin. His skin that began to fall off, forcing Azure to literally sew it back to the rest of his body. It didn't hurt, his touch is gone.
What is worse is that the rot spreads. Before in the rounds it was only on the one side of his body... Now it's rotting his previously normal side. It HURTS. It is painful.
But no matter what... He's still alive. The Void Star. The source of his powers, the missing part of him. It's killing him, but also making him stay alive.
The void is eating at his chest. Making him feel empty, cold. He no longer feels alive, but death is avoiding him. He wants to die, but he's terrified. He doesn't know if he will respawn. And even if he does, it will begin the cycle again.
The door opens and 1x1x1x1 walks in. Placing something on the nightstand. The embodiment of hatred then sits on their own bed.
- "Azure made me bring you food."- They say with annoyance.
- "....1'm n0t hUngrY."- Noli mumbles. He hasn't eaten since two days ago. But he has no appetite. He can't keep food down most of the time.
- "We can't waste food. Eat it or I'll force it down your throat."- 1x1x1x1 snaps, glaring at the dying hacker.
- "1-1 w0n't k33p 1t d0wn..."
- "There's always a chance."- 1x1x1x1 rolls his eyes. He sighs, standing up and walking over, covering Noli more with the blanket.
- "T-T-Th4-"
- "Don't."- 1x1x1x1 snaps. Gratitude is always making them embarrassed. Then they notice a bit of blood on the sheet.
- "...1 c0ugh3d 1t uP"- Noli mumbles, ashamed.
- "...Not your fault. Now try eating. I will talk with Clockwork later. Getting answers for myself, and I'll force him to use his fancy powers on you."- 1x1x1x1 plans.
- "N0 n33d."
- "Lack of reason didn't stop me before. It won't stop me now. Besides he can't do anything, the short ####### of an admin is worried about the presence possessing the healer. So I assume they are scared of it knowing. I will have a conversation with Clock god when the possession is going on."- 1x1x1x1 chuckles evilly.
- "Y0u'r3 cr4zy."- Noli also laughs, but then it turns into coughing.
- "Pathetic."
- "T-T-Th4nks. 1 h4v3 n0 1d34!!"- Noli gasps out. He knows 1x1x1x1 didn't mean anything bad, that's just how he is.
- "Try eating something. This is mashed stuff. Azure doesn't want to see the whole bowl getting returned."
- "... W-wh4t 1f y0u e4t 1t?"
- "Foolish of you to even think about that!"- 1x1x1x1 shouts, disguised at the thought of mashed food. Noli laughs again, seeing his friend's expression.
- "Ar3 y0u sc4r3d?"- Noli teases, these small interactions are able to bring some life into his eyes.
- "....No. It's unpleasant looking."
- "N3v3r th0ught th3 gr34t 3mb0d1m3nt 0f h4tr3d w0uld b3 sc4r3d 0f m4sh3d f00d."
- "... Dying, yet still a pain in the ###"- 1x1x1x1 whispers with annoyance and glare. It causes Noli to laugh again.
Eventually Noli ends up eating the food. Slowly and not all, but he ate it. And this time he was able to keep it down. A small win for the hacker.
He also might've make 1x1x1x1 mad, when he threw some of the mashed food on them. He had to beg for forgiveness. Noli is glad that he's friends with 1x1x1x1, despite the other killer being embodiment of hatred that would NEVER call Noli a friend out loud.
Notes:
I wrote One shot about the pov of the rest of the admins during Banlands Breach.
Here is the link:https://archiveofourown.org/works/75403446
Enjoy the brick :D
Chapter 215: Finally together
Chapter Text
The night comes, the emotions are still high. Dussekar is sitting on his bed, talking with Clockwork and asking him questions about the past.
The God of Time is trying his best to answer them, some are more harder to answer. He crossed his arms, trying to stop them from shaking.
Dussekar notices the distress on Clockwork face, how hard the younger god is trying not to break down. Despite having more questions, he decides to stop for now. Instead he pulls Clockwork into yet another hug. The two admins are cherishing every moment of the reunion.
Clockwork almost breaks down, because since the reunion he got so many hugs. He doesn't remember last time when he got comforted like that. He wants more of them, but feels undeserving.
- "No need to feel shame, despite things you did. You are not at fault, you suffer from the times you were forced to hid."- Dussekar whispers, feeling the shake of Clockwork's body.
- "I'm a monster. A faîlure..."- Clockwork whispers, his voice glitching from emotions.
- "You are not, my friend. I understand your feelings, but those thoughts need to end."
- "I... I-I can't..."
- "I know it's hard. But you have us now, you can lower your guard."- Dusekkar whispers comforting words. Words that make Clockwork's heart shatter, because he doesn't remember last time he got comforted like that.
The Duo continues to sit together. Clockwork savoring the feeling of being safe, meanwhile Dusekkar trying to believe that Clockwork is real.
In the medical room Elliot finishes up properly cleaning Builderman's injuries.
- "You were REALLY lucky!"- Elliot says, speechless.
- "I know. It's crazy!"- Builderman smiles. - "I have no idea how!"
- "Same.... But I'm glad you're alright."- Elliot also smiles. Builderman stands up and ruffles his hair.
- "You are a good kid Elliot. Don't forget that."
- "I won't!"- Elliot laughs.
That's when the door opens and Shedletsky stands in the entrance. He looks between Elliot and Builderman, but stays silent.
Elliot notices the silent question. He packs the remaining bandages back and nods at Builderman.
- "I'll leave you two be."
- "Thanks El."
- "Heh. That's a new one."- Elliot chuckles, hearing the nickname Buildeman used. That's when he leaves the room.
Builderman looks at Shedletsky. He can see the worry in the eyes of his friend. He offers the hug. Shedletsky runs into the embrace.
- "Shed. I'm alright."- Builderman says.
- "I'm sorry..."
- "It's not your fault. It never was."
- "I couldn't hold your hand tighter."
- "We got shot. And in the end, it all lead to more good things."- Builderman answers, stroking the hair of the other admin.
- "... really?"
- "Clockwork is back. And we have a plan. 2x2 is still holding on."- Builderman explains, making Shedletsky look up.
- "What?"
- "There is still a chance to fix things."- Builderman whispers. For the first time in a really long time his eyes are full of hope.
- "Oh my Roblox...."- Shedletsky whispers, his eyes wide. - "There's too much going on today."
- "I know."- Builderman chuckles.
- "Come. I'm making a nest. #### this. I don't care if anyone can see me acting like that. I was worried sick, I am stressed, shocked. I can't do this anymore!"- Shedletsky shouts, dragging Builderman behind him.
The avian kicks open the door to his room. It gives Dusekkar and Clockwork's a heart attack. The mage glaring at the chicken eater.
Soon after Builderman is dragged into the nest. But he's not the only one. Shedletsky also drags in Dussekar and Clockwork.
The robot god is clearly hesitant and awkward. He completely forgot how to do this stuff, but slowly he relaxes. Silently crying again. He missed this.
Dusekkar, Shedletsky and Buildeman also missed this. While they wish others would the there too, they're glad at least one of them survived.
Notes:
Soon will the true plan get revealed. >:]
Chapter 216: Past and Current Chaos
Chapter Text
The morning came. The sun is shining, making the heat appear again. The life in the cabin slowly begins. 1x1x1x1 is in the kitchen, making food for C00lkidd who never stops talking.
- ".... And then the spiders made SO MANY cobwebs that John got COMPLETELY stuck! We had to cut it with my sword!!!"- The child finishes up the story about John Doe getting trapped by spiders. - "What do you think X!?"
- "... Chaotic."
- "YEAH! IT WAS REALLY CHAOTIC!"
- "Be quiet. You will wake up Triple Six and I'm not dealing with grumpy dog beast if you wake them up."- 1x1x1x1 says with annoyance.
- "Right! We don't want to repeat the Roof Incident."- C00lkidd agrees with his most serious face.
- "Roof Incident?"- 007n7 who was only listening while drinking coffee, finally speaks up.
- "Yeah!!! Six was so grumpy they didn't want to move from their spot, blocking the way to 1x's room! He tried to move them and they just picked him up and CRASH! We had a hole in the roof! With 1x on it!!! For two days X had to get to his room through the window!"- C00lkidd finishes up the story from the times of rounds. 007n7 coughs, trying to not laugh.
1x1x1x1 is glaring at the toast with fried egg, letting out a sigh of annoyance. With C00lkidd no secrets are safe. He hands over the plate to the child.
- "Eat. And next time think about what you are sharing with others. Unless you want me to reveal THE Incident."
- "NO! NOT THE INCIDENT!"
- "Quiet!"
- "Sorry..."- C00lkidd mumbles. The interaction got 007's interested again.
- "Was it something bad?"
- "...idiotic."- 1x answers the hacker, watching C00lkidd eat.
- "It was scary... And embarrassing."- C00lkidd mumbles. The two different opinions make 007n7 worried.
- "Who is telling the truth?"
- "I'M NOT LYING DAD!"
- "C00lkidd I swear if you won't stop shouting!"- 1x1x1x1 hisses, glancing at the Guest 666 who let out annoyed grumble.
- "Sorry..."
- "...You told about the Roof Incident. It's only fair if I talk about THE incident."- 1x1x1x1 smirks, the terror on C00lkidd's face is worth it.
- "No! X!! Please! Have mercy!!!"
- "C00lkidd woke up entire cabin because he woke up to terrifying beats in his room.... It was John Doe in pink dress."- 1x1x1x1 says. The story makes C00lkidd cover his face and slide under the table.
- "You're a meanie!"- C00lkidd pouts, crossing his arms. Meanwhile 007n7 is trying his best not to laugh.
- "Um... That's... That sounds creepy."- 007n7 struggles to speak, chuckles escaping him.
- "Daaaad! Not you too!!!"
- "Don't worry kiddo. You're not the only one with stupid adventures. In our cabin chaos was often happening."
- "Really?"- C00lkidd crawls from under the table.
- "Yes. One time I accidentally scared Shedletsky so much he fell off the second floor, he was sitting on the railing."- 007n7 explains. Purposely choosing a story with Shed in it so 1x will get interested.
- "Hehe. That's funny!"
- "He fell on Chance, making his gun go off. It hit Noob's Bloxy Cola. It exploded over Noob and Guest. Elliot just returned from washing the dishes outside, he slipped on Bloxy and fell, he was holding a pan and it flew in the air activating a trip mine that Taph was attaching to the ceiling. It scared the #### out of Buildeman and Dussekar, both of them running into the chaos. Builderman tripped on Shedletsky and Taph fell on Dussekar. Two Time opened the door to the main cabin just to see everything unravel.... They gave me a thumbs up."
- ". . . THAT WAS AMAZING! DAD YOU DEFEATED THEM ALL!"- C00lkidd shouts, waking up Guest 666. 1x1x1x1 glares at the kid, but then he looks at 007n7.
- "He suffered. So it's... Satisfying."
- "Well I'm glad you found my story satisfying."- 007n7 smiles, it's probably the closest thing to compliment from 1x. The ex hacker then continues - "I was terrified."
- "Why were you scared dad?"- C00lkidd asks, swinging his legs and eating the breakfast.
- "... Back then I... I didn't have the best relationship with survivors..."
- "Pathetic."- 1x1x1x1 says, crossing his arms.
- "X! Don't be mean to dad!"
- "I wasn't talking about your father."- 1x1x1x1 looks at the child.
- "Huh? Then who?"
- "... Rest of survivors. Stuck in hell full of death yet they're still choosing outcasts. Even I worked with the rest of the killers when I understood the situation, no matter how I disliked them."
- "...You said 'disliked'.... I KNEW YOU LOVE US X!"- C00lkidd smiles widely.
- "I DID NOT! SHUT UP!"- 1x1x1x1 shouts. He doesn't care anymore about waking Guest 666, the killer is already awake anyway.
- "YOU DID! YOU DID!"- C00lkidd shouts with happiness, standing on the chair.
1x1x1x1 starts to walk over to C00lkidd, to do something to him. The Kidd quickly jumps on the table and runs away to the basement while laughing.
- "SPIDERS SAVE ME!!!!"
- "YOU BRAT! GET BACK HERE!!!" - 1x1x1x1 shouts behind him, but doesn't run.
007n7 laughs with amusement. He never expected to see such an interaction. 1x1x1x1 continues to glare at the entrance to the basement.
- "Ignoring that.... I can see what you mean by calling them pathetic... Not that I think of them like that! I don't!!! But I can't help but still be slightly hurt by their actions, they're understandable, but still.... Anyway. I appreciate hearing that even the Great Embodiment of Hatred thinks it wasn't okay."
- ".... Gratitude is weird. Don't do this stuff with me."- 1x1x1x1 crosses his arms.
- "Sorry."
- "1X!!!! I HAVE A REALLY IMPORTANT QUESTION!"- Pr3ttyprincess enters the kitchen. Then she notices 007n7. - "Good morning Red Idiot's Father."
- "Don't call my son like that."
- "Eh. He is one. Besides, we insult each other aaaaall the time.
- "👍🌄🍔❗"
- "Good morning Taph."- 007n7 smiles.
- "Anyway!!! X! How do you kidnap a robot!"
- "What?"
- "Taph has questions for Historian that isn't really a normal guy, but a God. We need to interrogate him!"- Pr3tty announces.
- "Go to Mafioso."
- "He's asleep and sleep talking about bunnies."- The princess says with a deadpan expression.
- "...What?"
- "👍"- Taph confirms Pr3tty's words.
- "Put something on his head and quickly drag him to your room. Throw him on a chair, tie him up and uncover his head. If you can get guards near the entrance too."- 007n7 speaks up, taking a sip of coffee. Everyone present looks at him in shock.
- "Mr C00lkidd's dad. You're not as useless as I thought. I appreciate your help!"- Pr3ttyprincess smiles.
- "Always happy to assist. After all you're the ruler of this house."- The ex hacker plays along.
- "HEH. YEAH! I AM! LET'S GO TAPH! TIME TO KIDNAP SOME GUARDS!"- Pr3tty smiles, running outside and dragging Demolitionist behind her.
007n7 can feel 1x1x1x1 staring at him. The ex hacker just smiles and looks at the Embodiment of Hatred.
- "I was a criminal once. I know this stuff."
- "... right."
- "Morning X. You make food?"- Bluudude enters the kitchen, his hair messy. 1x1x1x1 sighs with annoyance.
- "Yes."
- "Can I have One Eggs?"
- "....No. Go eat spiders."- 1x1x1x1 snaps. Making Bluudude laugh.
1x1x1x1 ends up making food for the teen.
- "...Dear Slasher. I do not have any idea how we ended up in this situation."- Two Time says, holding a pillow. Meanwhile Jason is holding his machete. They're both guarding the door.
Jason shrugs. All he knows is that Pr3tty wanted him to help with interrogation. He has no idea what Two Time is doing there though.
The door bursts open. Pr3tty and Taph push Clockwork inside the room. A sheet on his head. The god struggles, tripping over a tripmine. He lands on a chair and Pr3tty quickly ties a tight knot.
- "GUARDS! CLOSE THE DOOR!"- The girl shouts. Jason following the order. That's when Pr3tty takes off the sheet from Clockwork.
- "What the-"
- "Hello Historian, but not really Historian, but a God that was supposed to be dead, but is Alive."- Pr3ttyprincess says with a serious voice.
- "What is going on!?"
- "I don't recommend escaping. We have guards."- Pointing at Jason with machete and Two Time with a pillow.
- "... Pillow?"
- "We gave them a pillow because Guest said they can't have sharp things. But it's really dangerous pillow! We put a bomb in it!!!"- The girl announces, but behind her Two Time freezes up.
- ".... With all respect dear princess... What?!"
- "Shut up stabber! You'll be FINE! Now guard the door!"- Pr3tty waves off their concerns.
Jason looks at the pillow with suspicion. He looks at Two Time. Both of them deciding to treat this pillow with care. They don't want to blow up.
- "Taph wanted to ask you some questions. So we kidnapped you."- Pr3ttyprincess continues, with pride, pointing at Demolitionist who awkwardly waves, suddenly feeling shy.
- "... Honestly... I should've expected that."- Clockwork mumbles. Then he looks at Taph. - "What questions?"
- "🔙⏱️🫵👀👆❌😰🧢☝️🫵✅👆" ("Back then when you first saw me, you didn't freak out because of me also wearing a hood, but because you recognised me")
- "Yes.... I didn't expected to see you... I literally was on your funeral and then I suddenly see you alive."- Clockwork explains.
- "🪦❓"
- "Yes. You had a funeral... We all cried... Reese never forgave herself for not checking on you sooner."- Clockwork eyes Pr3tty, unsure if the girl should listen to it. Jason also realises that and abandons his spot, covering her ears.
- "HEEEEY!!!!"- The girl shouts with face full of betrayal. Jason nods at Clockwork to continue.
- "...We wanted to check on you. We were worried, you were also affected by the situation... We were too late... Even Roblox was as sad as he could be... He didn't understand emotions well back then."- Clockwork explains, looking at Taph.
Demotionist's wings twitch a bit. He comes over and hugs Clockwork tightly. It surprises tied up god, but he smiles.
- "Builderman said you thought we abandoned you. We didn't... And I'm sorry we couldn't help you in time."
- "👌👆😁🫵❌💀"
- "I'm also happy seeing you alive."
- "👑❌🪢"- Taph informs princess, the girl comes over and unties Clockwork.
- "NOW TEA PARTY!"- She announces loudly.
- "🥪❓"
- "#### breakfast!"
- "🤬❌❗"
- "Sorry! Besides, I'm not hungry yet. And I know our guest loves tea!"- Pr3ttyprincess says, waking up to Two Time. She takes the exploding pillow, shakes it and throws it outside....
The group hears explosion. Then silence. Then yell of despair. Shedletsky was hit by the pillow. It exploded, making him being covered in glitter and feathers. Pr3ttyprincess closes the door, laughing maniacally. Taph joining her.
- "Should I be concerned?"- Clockwork asks.
- "This happens often. I have a reason to believe she has secret glitter superpowers" - Two Time answers.
Jason nods in agreement, putting away the machete.
Surpisingly Pr3ttyprincess allowed Two Time stay for tea. Jason ended up getting dressed up as another princess. Taph was enjoying talking about stuff. And Clockwork happily drank his tea.
This group is truly something else.
Notes:
I love the Roblox game "Stab an Azure."
THE INTERACTIONS! MY HEART!!! THE FLUFF! THE ANGST T-T
Chapter 217: Basement Threats
Chapter Text
1x1x1x1 senses it even before he can see it. A slight change in aura. That's when he stands up and goes upstairs, a goal on his mind. However they stop near the door of the admins. A slight hesitation, fills them, then annoyance. They stop themselves from groaning and open the door.
Shedletsky looks up almost screaming from shock and fear. He falls off the chair. Builderman looks up from his notes also freezing up. 1x1x1x1 has his eyes focused on Shedletsky... Glitter covered Shedletsky.
- "Suffer in hell."- The embodiment of hatred says with hatred, glaring at the admin. Then he looks at Buildeman - "Your healer is 'dissociating'."
Then they leave, slamming the door. Both admins sit in silence for a few seconds.
- "That's not good."- Buildeman mumbles, worried about Clockwork.
- "Yeah... Like, I'm already in hell!!! And now I have to suffer more!?"
- "I meant the possession."- Builderman gives Shed a deadpan look.
- "Right. Me too! Totally!.... What possession?"- Shedletsky laughs awkwardly, looking at Builderman with confusion.
- "You go make sure 'Elliot' isn't near Clock- 'Historian'."- Builderman orders. He didn't tell others about the real cause of Elliots 'dissociation'
- "Yup. Got it boss!"- Shedletsky salutes, running out of the room.
Meanwhile 1x1x1x1 opens the door to the kids room. He stops, frozen in place when he sees the situation. Pr3ttyprincess is decorating Two Time's hair, meanwhile Jason... Jason is playing with Pr3tty's toy while dressed up as princess.
1x1x1x1 doesn't see The God of Time anywhere, so he quietly closes the door. There is NO WAY he allows himself getting dragged in this hell.
The embodiment of hatred checks room after room. Eventually searching the whole first floor. They're mad, they might be running out of time, they don't know how long Elliot is going to act odd. They decide to check the basement next.
When he arrives next to the railing, he notices Guest 666 sitting below it. To not waste time 1x1x1x1 jumps at their back, then sliding off them to the ground. They get smacked with tail as a punishment for scaring the beast.
In the kitchen they pass Shedletsky and 'Elliot'. The admin is yapping about different types of chicken and how they taste. 1x1x1x1 flips him off as they enter the basement.
He stands in one place for a while. This area is unnaturally big. He might struggle with finding Clockwork.
1x1x1x1 raises his hand to his eye, but they hesitate. Their vision is still messed up after the last time they used Unstable Eye. They notice it especially when it's dark. No one is aware if the issue, their vision is good enough to see and it's not like there are any books to read, so there's no other way for others to figure out the issue.
With annoyance they decide against the ability. Instead they speed walk through the dark basement. In the area near the spider nest he finally finds the one he was looking for. Taph took Clockwork on a proper cabin tour.
1x1x1x1 summons his sword. The Daemonshank slightly glowing green, so does one of his eyes.
That's when Clockwork turns around. The God Of Time freezes up for a second, then he summons his spear. He was expecting that. Taph looks between two parties, his wings twitching in worry.
- "Don't try anything. The aura around healer changed. And I know you are worried about whatever is controlling him finding out about you."- 1x1x1x1 speaks up first. Clockwork frowns, pulling up a hood just in case.
- "1️⃣❎❗❌❗"
- "Silence or you're next."- 1x1x1x1 snaps at Taph. The Demolitionist takes a step back, but stops himself. Instead of stepping away he puts himself between 1x1x1x1 and Clockwork.
- "❌🩸❗"
- "...There won't be any blood if he cooperates."- 1x1x1x1 says. That's when Clockwork finally speaks up.
- "Is it about BrightEyes?"
- "How do you..."
- "I've been expecting it. Builderman said you would have questions.... She was happy... Missed Shedletsky, but she was happy most of the time. Always looking after everyone... Joining in on chaos."- Clockwork continues to tell 1x1x1x1 about some interaction between her and the rest of the admins.
- "How did she die?"- 1x1x1x1 asks after a while. His sword is still in hand, but no longer threatening.
- "Jane told me that she saved her life. Making sure the hackers won't find her. She didn't want to fail another child."- Clockwork explains, Taph placing a hand on god's shoulder.
- "....Why are you cooperating?"
- "I don't want to fight... Not anymore. I'm saving my strength too. Something big might be coming."
- "...Once Elliot is done with his dissociation show. You are going upstairs and help Noli. Or else... "- 1x1x1x1 threatens again. Clockwork just chuckles.
- "There's no need for threats. I'll be glad to help. It might seem crazy, but we bonded when we were travelling with Harry."
- "... Very Well."- 1x1x1x1 nods, leaving both of the people behind.
That's when Clockwork finally sighs with relief. He was praying to 2x2 that everything would go well. He sees how 1x1x1x1 changed... For better.
Notes:
Like Clockwork said. Something big is coming.
Chapter 218: IT is Cooking
Chapter Text
- ".... and if you add garlic the taste is going to be even better! Oh! And there also is this other recipe-"
- "Do you ever shut up!?"- 'Elliot' snaps, loosing the cool for a second. IT He's been stuck listening to Shedletsky for what felt like hours. IT does not require food. IT doesn't need to know all recipes for fried chicken.
'Elliot' is about to go to the basement, it causes Builderman to curse in his head, because that's where Clockwork is hiding. Or at least that's what he assumed, because he didn't see him upstairs. The admin panics, neither him or Shedletsky know how to distract the being.
- "Hey Ellie! We have a mission to do!"- A shout came out of the entrance to the kitchen. It makes 'Elliot' stop in his tracks. He turns around, grimacing seeing more glitter.
Chance is standing in the entrance, flicking his hair. Next to him is standing Two Time, their hair and tail decorated in bows and glitter.
- "She got you too?"- Shedletsky asks with pity.
- "I do not think I will be able to trust a pillow ever again."
- "She attacked you with a bombed pillow?"
- "She made me hold it without any knowledge of a danger I was in"
- "Damn..."- Shedletsky whispers, patting their shoulder.
- "Anyway. Elliot. C00lkidd is hungry."
- "And?"
- "Huh? You're assigned cook, 1x too... But they're somewhere? I'm not sure. So whatever you're planning to make, me and Time will assist."
- "I am covered in glitter. Do you want glitter in your food?"
- "I don't think it will kill us Timey..."
'Elliot' tunes out the conversation. IT just wanted to spy on IT'S favourite toys. IT has no idea how to cook. IT never dealt with food..... IT won't like it. IT won't end well.
.....IT hates it. Staring at the fire in front of the Vessel. The others are panicking behind.
- "Have I cursed Elliot with my lack of cooking abilities?"- Two Time asks, their tail hanging low.
- "I don't think that's IIIIIITTTTT THE FIRE IS SPREADING!!!"- Chance shouts in frear. Buildeman runs over, trying to smack it out with the jacket. But the fire is too big.
That's when John Doe walks into the kitchen, he uses his corrupted arm to smack the sword a few times. It turns off, but the flames still spread.
Shedletsky runs in with a bucket of sand, throwing it all over the cupboard. The flames disappear. The silence is stretching. IT decided that IT saw enough.
Elliot blinks, then his jaw drops. He doesn't even scream. He's just staring.
- "... What did you do?"
- "US!? IT WAS YOU!"- Chance shouts, pointing at Elliot.
- "What?!"
- "I am afraid I cursed you..."
- "Two Time for the last time it's impossible."- Chance sighs, pulling his arm around the ex cultist. Despite this their tail is still down and curled up in guilt.
- "...I dissociate for what? Five minutes!? And now the kitchen is burned and Two Time believes they cursed me."- Elliot sighs with annoyance. Then he walks over to Two Time, he places his hands on their shoulders.
- "Healer?"
- "Listen Two Time. Whatever happened it's not because of you cursing me. While sure, you have odd ability to mess up when cooking, I can assure you. It's not your fault. I'm blaming the dissociation episode. Okay? We're blaming it."
- "... Okay..."
- "Great! Now I want to see you being happy okay?"- Elliot smiles. Two Time answers with a small smile of their own. The tail slightly wagging.
Builderman sighs. Who knew that the Spectator is a terrible cook. He didn't expect that outcome. At least Clockwork is safe and Elliot is back to normal. He needs to thank 1x1x1x1 later.
Speaking of 1x1x1x1, the killer walks out of the basement 5 minutes later. He freezes seeing sand and entire half of the kitchen burned.
- "..."
- "..."
- "Y'all are ####### idiots."- They say, passing by and leaving the kitchen.
- "Dear Core.... That's worse than Sorcus' attempt at cookies."- Clockwork says in shock, leaving the basement. He sensed the Spectator leaving the area, so he decided to leave the basement.
- "😱"
- "Yeah I agree."
- "🩸❓"
- "No one is injured. Don't worry."- Builderman says, after making sure John didn't burn himself. Then he helps with the cleanup.
John is staring in front of himself. At the wall. He feels the corruption pressing onto his brain. It's buzzing underneath his skin. It's painful, it's normal. He's used to it.
John looks left, hearing someone coming closer. The weird guy that is covering his face, just like one of the survivors, come over.
- "John?"- He asks. The killer let's out a grumble. That is his name.
- "I've been informed you don't remember... But I still want you to know."- Hood guy says. It makes John tilt his head, he knows corruption ate his memories.
- "Jane... Your wife. She wanted me to tell you that she never stopped loving you..."
John doesn't remember having a wife. But some pang of nostalgia fills him when Mr Hood shows some funny ring on a string.
- "It belonged to her. Her wedding ring.... She never stopped looking... Hoping... She would be so happy to see you alive."
John let's out a grumble. He doesn't remember, he doesn't fully understand. But there is something so familiar about this ring. But the corruption fogs his brain again, all the familiarity disappears.
The killer doesn't react. He wonders is Mr Hood will say anything more. But he stays silent, so John returns to very important task... Staring at the wall.
Meanwhile Clockwork leaves. He feels like he's going to cry again. He could've sworn he saw something in the not corrupted eye of the killer, a recondition, but it quickly disappeared.
Why everyone he knows had to suffer? Clockwork has no idea. But he needs to fix it. No matter what. Even if it means sacrificing his own life... Builderman doesn't know about that part of the plan yet.
Notes:
There has been created another fanfiction being AU of an AU!
Taking place in the UH universe.It is linked below the end notes. But here is the link too!
https://archiveofourown.org/works/75600386/chapters/197697351#workskin
It looks interesting in my opinion! ^^
(UH -> Upgraded Hell)
Chapter 219: Fighting the Rot.
Chapter Text
- "A-Are you sure it's going to help?"- 007n7 asks with worry. One of his hands is trying to pull of Bluudude's pet off his head. The small rat decided to taste his burger hat.
- "...Um Yes. I think."- Clockwork answers, his eyes fixated on the situation with the rat. The small thing is really strong for its size. 007n7 takes off his hat and shakes it, trying to pry off the rat.
- "Why are you planning to use time powers on Noodle?"- C00lkidd asks, tilting his head with confusion.
- "We're talking about Noli Kidd."
- "Noli is a rat?"
- "...No."
- "You hesitated."
- "I think heat is frying my brain."- 007n7 shakes his head. Sending a glare to the rat. He swears it winked at him.
- "I'm going to use my powers on Noli. So revert the damage."
- "So uncle will be more alive?"
- "If it works then yes..."- Clockwork nods his head. He then turns around when Buildeman enters the room.
- "Spectator burned down the kitchen..."
- "I saw the state.... But I had no idea it was IT'S fault."- Clockwork answers. The interaction confuses the father and son.
- "Spectator?"
- "... Spectator is how Clockwork calls The Captor."- Builderman explains, looking at the ex hacker.
- "Both names aren't c00l"- C00lkidd mumbles. Before speaking louder. - "AND SO LONG!? Why it can't be shorter?"
- "What do you recommend?"- Builderman asks the child.
- "Ummm...."- C00lkidd hesitates. - "Captor is too mean. Spectator is too long... Spectate... Combine the two...."
The adults leave C00lkidd to think. Continuing the conversation. 007n7 gave up in the fight with Noodle. So now the rat is proudly biting his hat.
- "We can wait a while longer just to make sure it's safe, but soon you should be safe with using your powers."- Builderman says to Clockwork.
- "That's good. I have two things I need to do."
- "Why exactly does he need to wait?"- 007n7 asks, nervously fidgeting with his fingers. He's not used to the other admin.
Builderman frowns, looking around. Clockwork gives him a small nod. Buildeman walks over to the ex hacker and whispers.
- "Those dissociating episodes Elliot has.... He's actually being possessed by the being that made the purgatory... The one that is currently ruling over Robloxia."
- ".... What?"
- "2x2 told me that your friend is Spectator's 'Most Favourite Toy'."- Clockwork adds. Before 007n7 can fully register the implications, C00lkidd shouts.
- "I'VE GOT IT!!!"
- "What is it Kidd?"- Builderman asks with a small smile.
- "I combined two words! Captor and Spectator! Spector... But it sounded weird so I changed the ending! Can we call him Spectre!?"- Kidd asks, his head tilting. The present adult think for a second.
- "This actually is... A really nice alternative. And even if IT catches us talking, IT might not put two and two together. That we are talking about IT."- Clockwork smiles and C00lkidd celebrates loudly.
- "YEY! I NAMED MR BAD GUY!!!"
- "I'm surprised you didn't put 'c00l' in the name."- 007n7 chuckles, staring at the red blurry figure.
- "Well Mr Spectre is not c00l! He's MEAN!!! He didn't gave us food when the.... Tag... Was still happening."- C00lkidd crosses his arms, his mood dropping at the mention of the death games.
- "Oh kiddo. Com'ere"- 007n7 says, the kid running into his arms, hugging him tightly.
- "... I'm sorry dad..."
- "I Know Kidd. I know. It's not your fault..."
The two gods watch the interaction. Both of them feel bad for the kid. That's when Buildeman looks at the taller robloxian.
- "You said you have two things to do?"
- "Um... Yeah. First is to help Noli... Both because I want to and because 1x1x1x1 will literally kill me if I don't."
- "Sounds like 1x1x1x1."- Buildeman chuckles. - "And the other?"
- "Your... Friend? He needs glasses... Right?"- Clockwork asks looking at 007n7.
- "Yeah... I've been trying to fix them but I'm unable to find the right glass for it."- Buildeman sighs, a saddened expression on his face.
- "I might be able to help... Just reverse the object to the time where it wasn't broken. That's what I do with my body, to reverse the Spectator's.... Or well Spectre's sickness. And I will do the same thing with Noli."- Clockwork explains.
- "Wait. So I will be able to see normally again!?"- 007n7 looks up, hope in his eyes.
- "If it works. Then yes."- Clockwork smiles.
- "They're in the drawer."- The ex hacker says, pointing in one direction. Clockwork walks over, taking out the broken glasses.
The God of Time looks at Buildeman. Making sure it's safe. The admin confirms and Clockwork uses his power.
The room is filled with ticking sound. Clockwork covers the glasses with his hands. Focusing the power on the object. The gold light appears and after Clockwork moves his hand away... The glasses are fixed.
- "Here."- Clockwork smiles, handing it over. 007n7 puts them on, blinking a few times when the world becomes clear again. He looks at his son, for the first time in months being able to properly see him.
- "T-Thank you... Thank you so much... You have no idea how much it means to me...."
- "I'm glad to help."
- "Honestly... I thought you would.... Hate me..."
- "I have my own sins... My own mistakes. I'm not the right person to judge you. Besides, people change."- Clockwork smiles.
- "He's right."- Buildeman confirms Clockwork's words.
- "... Thank you...."
- "....You made dad cry!"- C00lkidd glares at the two gods. It makes 007n7 laugh, rubbing his son's hair.
- "It's okay Kidd.... It's okay...."
007n7 is sitting next to Noli. He's supporting his friend, since his condition gotten worse, the bad days happen more often. Today it's one of them. Noli is unable to sit without support.
1x1x1x1 is guarding the door and making sure nothing happens, the supervision. Builderman staying nearby C00lkidd. The child insisted on helping too. So now he's holding 007n7's hat with the rat asleep on it. Clockwork is ready to start reversing time.
The room is filled with ticking sound. Noli gasps, feeling his body change. When reversing happened for the first time, he was unconscious. But now he's awake, being able to physically feel everything reversing.
He grabs 007's hand as hard as he can. Tears prickling in his not rotten eye. His breathing becoming ragged.
1x1x1x1 is ready to step in, but Builderman stops him, at the same time giving C00lkidd a side hug. The Kidd looking worried.
- "1x1x1x1. It's okay, he's fine. It's just a really uncomfortable feeling, but in the end he will feel better."- Builderman speaks up. 1x1x1x1 tightens his hand around the sword, but he's not doing anything other than that.
After a minute or two Clockwork stops. The noise disappearing. Noli is crying leaning into 007n7 before passing out.
- "What did you do!?"- 1x1x1x1 storms over, causing Clockwork to take a step back.
- "1x1x1x1!"- Builderman shouts.
- "I didn't do anything! I swear!!! Before he was in really big pain! And now he finally feels relief! It feels much better than what he's used to, so his body decided to get as much rest as possible!!!"
- "That might be true 1x... Just look at him."- 007n7 says. Noli seems peaceful, no longer tense and the pain is lessened.
- "I wasn't able to go as far in the time as I would like. But the risks would be too high... I reverted it as much as I could."- Clockwork continues.
- "And we appreciate it Clock... We really do."- Builderman smiles, placing a hand on the other god's shoulder.
- "... Once he's awake... And feeling well... I need to finish explaining the plan."
- "... Alright."- Builderman nods. This is going to be a long and interesting conversation.
Both gods decide to leave, leaving the rest of the people in the room. 1x1x1x1 is sitting on his bed, staring at Noli, making sure everything is okay. His attention then turns to the Noodle. The rat is sitting on his knees... Staring. 1x1x1x1 finds it ...odd.
007n7 continues to hold Noli, stroking the part of his head that still has hair. C00lkidd decided to lay next to the killer. He loves his uncle and hopes he'll feel better soon.
Notes:
I need to start writing the ending.... It needs to officially start soon. This story is already long.
Chapter 220: Hope fills you with Determination
Chapter Text
- "Alright everyone. We have a lot to talk about!"- Builderman smacks the table. All the notes he ever made placed on it.
The entire group is having a meeting in the living room. The pets are there too. Everyone feels like this conversation will bring some interesting information.
- "There is a way... A small chance... Not the gambler...."- He adds noticing people looking at Chance - "That we can fix the situation in the world... But it's risky. Really risky."- Builderman continues. Nodding at Clockwork to takeover.
- "Okay. First some lore. The Captor as you call IT, The Spectator as I called IT. Spectre is going to be the codename for IT."
- "I named Mr Bad guy!!!"- C00lkidd happily announces to everyone.
- "So... Elliot you're getting possessed by Spectre."- Builderman looks at the healer. And Elliot goes pale.
- "....What?"
- "Those dissociating episodes you're experiencing. They're actually your consciousness being pushed away when IT takes over."
- "But why ELLIOT!?"- Chance shouts at Clockwork, not understanding the situation.
- "Because he's one of the few robloxians not being created by the system. Instead, he's created by a god."
- "WHAT!? THAT DOESN'T MAKE SENSE!?"- Elliot shouts, standing up and glaring at Clockwork.
- "Careful. IT loves suffering and negativity, we cannot let IT focus on us again."- Clockwork warns.
- "As for your question... Stickmasterluke mentioned in the past about how one of his Demi-god friends created a life after making a deal with the mortal..."
- "Deal was infinite pizza by the way."- Clockwork adds with an amused smile.
- "Dued1. The developer behind Work at the Pizza Place experience. Experience that resulted in Elliot's birth."- Builderman finishes up.
- "... Wait wait Wait WAIT! So you're saying that I was made by a demi-god and I'm not normally made robloxian!? AND THAT'S WHY SOME ELDRITCH BEING FROM HELL DECIDED TO POSSESS ME!?"
- "You interest IT."- Clockwork says what 2x2 told him. Watching how Taph pats Elliot's shoulder in comfort.
- "H0n3stly? 1f 1 w4s aN 3lder1th b31ng... 1 w0uld b3 1ntr3st3d t00."
- "You are literally an reincarnation of a god that is dying because of your god self powers. If you were an eldritch being? I wouldn't be surprised."- 1x1x1x1 says, looking in Noli's direction.
- "T0uch3"- Noli mumbles, crossing his arms.
- "Ahem... Second thing is the plan. Clockwork said that he and 2x2 have a plan."
- "You do?"- Shedletsky speaks up, taking a bit of his chicken.
- "Yes. I have a concept of a machine that would be able to gather my power in one place a strong bullet. If it hits 2x2... It would result in timeline wipe."
- "I apologize for interruption. But don't your powers have limited function?"
- "...2x2 is ready to take that risk. Everyone has their own mistakes. Even the Core. It wants to give us another chance."
- "More gamblers?"- Shedletsky jokes. Making Mafioso play along.
- "No thanks."- The Mafia Man speaks, sending a glare to Chance. It makes the kids laugh.
- "...Gods you're terrible."- Elliot sighs, still being mindblown about the entire situation.
- "The only issues are making the machine and finding something powerful enough to make it work... It needs a strong battery. But something that doesn't require a lot of work to get, because it all needs to be activated in the right moment."- Clockwork explains, his expression darkening. The hope dimming.
- "...Th3 V01d St4r."- Noli says, summoning it.
- "What about it?"- Azure asks, a frown on his face.
- "1t c4n b3 us3d a$ a b4tt3ry."
- "...For that to happen... We would have to take it from you. Considering your... State. You would die soon after."- Clockwork explains.
- "S0 Wh4t?"
- "NOLI!!!" "UNCLE NOLI!"- A few people shout at the same time. C00lkidd immediately running over and tightly hugging the killer.
- "I don't want you to die!!!"- The Kidd shouts.
- 'We are not doing this.'- Jason signs and crosses his arms.
- "1'm dy1ng anyw4y!!! M1ght as w3ll s4v3 th3 w0rld!!!"- Noli shouts, his hands shaking as he continues to speak. - "1 d0n't w4nt t0 b3 a burd3n... 1 w4nt t0 h3lp... B3s1d3s... W3 d0n't h4v3 0th3r 0pt10n... D0 w3?"
- "...I can't think of the alternative..."- Clockwork says, looking down.
- "What about the SFOTH?"
- "👍"- Taph nods with agreement. Hearing Shedletsky's words.
- "...To access it I would have to travel there and use the power to pick them up. Spectre would immediately know."
- "####. But we can't just kill off Noli!!!"- Shedletsky shouts, he refuses to let more people die.
- "... Shedletsky."- Clockwork begins, making the admin look at him. - "I'm not forcing you to take part in that plan... I'm just telling you about it... We can just continue living like it never happened. The risks are big. But if you decide to take them... It's going to be a war. Literally."
- "...I fought in a war in past... I am ready to fight another one if it means seeing my family again... If it means saving all those lifes. All the people.... But a war comes with death. So we must be really for it."- Guest says, a sad but determined look on his face.
- "We had been stuck in death games for a long time. What is another death for us?"- Two Time asks, tilting their head.
- "...IT might be mad at us for fighting against it... We might have only one life... As a punishment. After all IT controls the world. It controls us. Our abilities are a perfect example."- 007n7 explains, a worried look on his face.
This theory makes everyone worried. The silence stretching around the room. Finally someone speaks up, someone no one expected.
- "Even if we die forever... It means finally getting peace? Maybe reuniting with our families? ...I died Before... I glitched into another world. I think that if I have to die again... I would like peace... Knowing I tried my best."- Bluudude says. He knows that no matter what, he wants to see his mom again. To tell her things he never did, until it was too late.
- "I hate to admit it. But I agree with him. Even if we are kids... We still lived too long. Experienced more pain than love... We all deserve rest."- Pr3ttyprincess tightness her grip around her dress. She's scared, but she has enough of suffering. Guest picks her up and places her on his knees.
- "S33? Ev3n k1ds und3rst4nd."
- "I... I don't want anyone to die... B-But... People will die if we don't do anything....The world is breaking... The sickness too..."- Noob says, clutching fur on Sixer's body.
- "But since it's a war... Our group alone might be too small to fight... How would it even look?"- Mafioso asks.
- "I assume IT would at first use his powers to shape enemies out of it's form... But for the plan to succeed. We need Spectre fully out, welding 2x2 like a weapon."- Clockwork explains.
- "How to achieve that?"- 1x1x1x1 asks, his arms crossed.
- "... Until the time is ready. I will face Spectre head on. IT wants me dead... IT'S willing to risk everything for that to happen. And after the opening happens... I will release my power... All of it."
- "A foolish thing to do. The process of it will kill you too!"- Dusekkar slams his hands on the table. Disagreement in his voice.
- "I've been living for a long time. I'm the only one powerful enough to do it. That is my purpose. I am ready to die... The only thing keeping me alive was the promise to protect Robloxia. If it means I have to die... I will gladly sacrifice myself."
- "...You didn't tell me about this."- Builderman whispers, a terror and hurt expression on his face.
- "We just reunited. I knew you wouldn't let me. But like your friend said before... War comes with death."
- "I'm not letting you die!"- Builderman shouts, his voice full of emotion.
- "I'm sorry... But that isn't a choice for you to make.... Me and Noli. We are in similar situation. He's dying because of the Void Star... I'm dying because of the sickness.... I won't be able to live until next summer."
- "No..."- Builderman sits down, placing his head in his arms.
- "... I'm sorry for not telling you sooner..."- Clockwork looks down in shame.
- "...H-How do we get army?"- Noob asks, wanting to change the topic.
- "Many people are sick of the hell this world became... As long as we get them on our side... We'll succeed. Liam can help us with that... I trust him."
- "I don't."- Shedletsky mumbles.
- "He was acting suspicious because we worked together. I told him to spy on you."- Clockwork explains, making Shedletsky look at him in shock.
- "You ######. I'VE BEEN STRESSING OUT OVER HIS INTENTIONS SINCE THE VERY FIRST DAY I MET HIM!!"- Shedletsky shouts. Making Clockwork chuckle slightly.
- "Sorry for that..... There is also another issue."
- "What is it?"- Chance asks, accidentally flicking his coin into Two Time. The survivor sending him a glare and tail smack.
- "... Only 2x2 will remember... We might loose memories of the entire situation. Like the future we are in never happened."
- "...So I won't remember da-....Guest?"- Pr3ttyprincess asks with quiet voice. Hugging the survivor.
- "...No."
- "And we will return to our past mindsets..."- Two Time asks, their tail curling up.
- "Unless we figure out a way to remember..."
- "...I don't want to forget!!!"- Pr3ttyprincess shouts, fear in her voice.
- "... What about our pets?"- C00lkidd asks, but deep down he already knows an answer.
- "They belong to the future..."
- "...Our friendships..."- Chance mumbles. His grip tightening around the coin.
- "The only chance is time paradox. Two timelines mashing together... Making us remember bits and pieces."- Clockwork explains.
The group continues to talk for a much longer while. Making theories, plans. In the end they decide to try. In the end they come to a conclusion.
They are ready to rebel against Spectre. They want to be free. They're ready for war. No matter the sacrifices. No one deserves the fate of a broken world. Everyone deserves a second chance. And they will fight for it, even if it means death. They're determined to win.
Notes:
Now the ending is truly begging.... :)
____
Official announcement: NOODLE THE RAT IS NOT EVIL!!!
I added it as a joke and suddenly people got suspicious of the small animal XD
I didn't expect that!!!____
Also new TADC is peak. And I'm really curious what will happen in the future!!!
___
Yes the title is referencing Undertale 👍
____
Also a typo I made:
" - "...I fought in a war in Paris"So I imagined Guest smacking people with Baguette 🥖
I can't get rid of the vision XD
Chapter 221: Found Family
Chapter Text
A week passes, during that time the survivors and killers begin preparations. The looming threat of war they signed up for is stressing them out. But at the same time filling with determination.
Builderman looks like a madman, making notes and creating blueprints. 007n7...In Bluudude's words he's a local crazy scientist. They're deep in the blueprints.
Clockwork helps Shedletsky with the scavenging team. Looking for the scrap they can use for the machine. They are able to find some, the restock of spawn-able items just refreshed.
Using them Builderman is able to make the first prototype of the machine, meanwhile 007n7 codes it.
The rest of the group is living mostly normally, but some decided to train a bit more. Noli explained to the kids how to use GUI more effective, meanwhile 1x1x1x1 taught them even more of the swordfighting.
The blades crash, green and blue. Poison and fire. The poison makes a sudden move, it causes the fire to get surprised. Bluudude falls down, breathing heavily.
- "You kept up. Good job."- 1x1x1x1 says, helping him stand up.
- "But I didn't win..."
- "Noli? How long?"
- "Umm... Y0u f0ught f0r t3n m1nut3s, f0urty thr33 s3c0nds."
- "You did well. Especially considering that it's dark."- 1x1x1x1 says. He took the kids to train in the evening, so the heat isn't too much.
- "... But I still lost!"
- "I'm adult. Stronger than you, swordfighting since my creation. You'll get there."
- "Bluu! You did better than me!!!"- C00lkidd smiles, sitting next to Noli.
- "Of course I did! I'm way better than you!"
- "... Nevermind! YOU SUCK!!! I HATE YOU THE MOST!!!"- C00lkidd shouts, crossing his arms. - "Wait no! I hate Spectre the most. BUT I HATE YOU SECOND THE MOST!"
- "WELL I HATE YOU TOO!!!"
- "Stop yelling and go drink something."- 1x1x1x1 snaps, pushing Bluudude towards the house. Noli and C00lkidd following after them.
- "Fine!"- Bluudude groans.
Five minutes later he's laughing alongside C00lkidd after they successfully jumpscared 007n7.
- "So like this?"- Two Time asks, jumping when the explosion happens and almost hits Noob who screams out.
- "Yes buuuut next time try to aim?!"- Chance laughs awkwardly. Adjusting the hand of the ex cultist, making them point at the shooting target, instead of Noob.
- "Right. I apologize friend."
- "IT'S OKAY!"- Noob smiles, observing how Two Time attempts to shoot the gut again. This time they're closer to the target.
- "Chance is it your gun or...?"- Guest asks, walking over. A frown on his face.
- "Don't worry! It's one of those we got during the interaction with pirates a few months ago! It won't blow up.... I hope?"
- "...This is quite... Interesting machine of destruction and death."- Two Time announces, checking out the gun.
- "Don't point at yourself or others if you have hand on the trigger. You don't want to shoot anyone."- Guest explains, guiding their hand into more proper position.
- "I appreciate the help, Soldier."
- "No problem. Noob how's your training?"
- "...I broke the dummy..."- Noob chuckles awkwardly.
- "It means you're getting better and stronger. Good job. Fists are going to be your last defence if you loose your weapons. But they're not safe if the enemy has a long range weapon."
- "But a last resort in close fight!"- Chance shouts happily, before doubling down with coughs.
- "The sickness?"
- "...I... I think so... ####"
- "Okay. Just try to breathe the best you can. We got you."- Guest says, supporting the gambler. His breaths turn into wheezing, his hands shaking as he's holding onto the soldier. He can feel the corruption spreading through his body. Each attack getting worse.
- "G-Gues.. I can't... Breath..."- Chance gasps out, tears in his eyes, panic filling his body.
- "Gambler. Do not panic! Panic makes it harder."- Two Time says, their face lacking the usual smile. Noob is next to them, holding their hand as their own anxiety gets worse, the worry too strong.
- "Two Time is right. You're okay Chance. Just breathe, follow my rhythm. It's okay if you don't do it perfectly."- Guest guides Chance. It takes a while, but eventually the attack ends, but it leaves Chance completely drained.
- "...T-This will be an issue... If we fight...."
- "...Why.... I'm so useless..."- Chance mumbles, hiding his face in Guest's shoulder.
- "You aren't. This sickness is not your fault... And I heard Clockwork is working on something related to that. A way to push through symptoms."- Guest explains. That's when the group hears Elliot screaming at everyone outside, that the food is ready.
They start heading in the direction of the entrance. Guest supporting Chance who still is recovering.
In front of the door is standing Pr3ttyprincess. Her hands are in front of her, held together. She stares at Guest, a nervous but determined expression on her face.
- "Pr3tty? Why aren't you inside yet?"
- "Can we talk? Alone?"- She whispers, nervously looking down. Guest realises something is up and decides to stay with her.
- "Noob. Two Time. Help Chance. I will join you all soon."- Guest says. When the trio gets inside Guest looks at Pr3tty. The girl extends her hand and the soldier takes it.
She leads him a bit further away from the cabin. Staying silent, nervous.
- "Is everything okay?"
- "... I'M FINE!"- She snaps, before wincing. - "Sorry.... I'm just... I want to ask something... But I'm scared..."
- "Hey. No matter what... I won't get mad."- Guest says, sitting on a rock, so he can look her in the eyes.
Pr3ttyprincess stares him for a while. She bites her lip, fighting with different emotions and fear of rejection.
- "...You.... I..."
- "It's okay... Take your time."- Guest smiles with encouragement. Pr3tty closes her eyes, taking a deep breath.
- "...I see you like a parent figure... Can I call you.... Dad? Sometimes... Not all the time... Because I prefer names. But sometimes... When I feel like I need a dad... Can I?"- She finally asks, her voice quiet, unsure. But she really wants it. She wants someone she can trust.
Of course she loves the killers. They're like her family, basically raised her. But with Guest it feels different, like a connection she never had. A someone that truly accepts her. Killers are more like older siblings or uncles.
Guest stares in silence for a few seconds. He didn't expect that, but looking back, at how he treated her, he realises it should be expected.
He feels slightly conflicted, because he knows he had his own family. He's scared it might look like he's trying to replace Charlotte.
But then he thinks a bit more. Charlotte and Pr3ttyprincess are different from each other.
Charlotte used to be kind, she disliked arguments and she didn't like to hurt people with words. Pr3ttyprincess is blunt, she doesn't care as much as Charlotte about how others see her.
Charlotte preferred the tales where she's the hero saving the princess. Pr3tty is the princess, but a dangerous one. A princess that knows how to fight back.
Even if Pr3tty tried. She wouldn't be able to replace Charlotte, they're two different people. But Guest loves both of his girls.
Guest smiles after a few seconds, gently ruffling Pr3tty's hair.
- "Your highness... It would be the greatest if honours to bear a title like that."- The soldier says. It makes Pr3tty gasp with happiness. She hugs him tightly, crying happy tears.
- "I-I never was... Never had...."- She begins, but is unable to finish the sentences.
- "I know kiddo. But you have now..."
- "You're really.... Dad... I... It feels weird... But... So nice..."- Her crying turns into sobbing. Emotions overwhelming the girl.
- "I know. But it's real...."
- "...I love you dad... Is that how... How I do it?"
- "You can express it however you want.... And I love you too"- Guest smiles softly, he kisses her forehead and picks her up. - "Ready to get some food?"
- "... Yeah... Yeah..."- Pr3ttyprincess smiles, wiping off her tears.
The duo joins the rest in the cabin. The portion is small, the food is a bit bland. But they're all together, like a one big chaotic family that is ready to survive the biggest issues.
After dinner 007n7 helps Elliot put away the already cleaned plates, meanwhile Noli is telling C00lkidd a story about how 007n7 fell off the bunk bed. That's when Builderman enters the warzone and safety hazard that is the kitchen.
- "007n7. Noli. Can you come with me? Dussekar and I want to... Discus something with you."
- "Sur3? C00lk1dd y0u n33d t0 w41t f0r th3 3p1c f1n4ll3."
- "Awww. Not fair!!!"
- "Epic finale? Seriously?"- 007n7 says with deadpan expression.
- "1t w4s v34ry ep1c!"- Noli jokes, standing up. He wobbles a bit, causing 007n7 to come over and assist. They both follow Builderman.
After the discussion both of them start to work together. Meanwhile Builderman is getting ready for tomorrow. He and Clockwork are going to have a conversation with Liam.
Notes:
"That's copyright! You used MY LINE for some RANDOM RED CHILD!"
"GET OUT OF MY STORY! GO BACK TO THE RP! YOU DON'T EVEN BELONG IN THIS UNIVERSE!!!!"
"GOOD! BECAUSE IT'S TERRIBLE! MY STORIES ARE MUCH BETTER!"
"SECURITY!"
"NOOO!"(Ft. TDS Narrator because this guy refuses to leave me alone XD)
Pages Navigation
SigmaRizzlerForsaken (Guest) on Chapter 1 Wed 14 May 2025 08:26PM UTC
Comment Actions
TKNuniversum on Chapter 1 Thu 15 May 2025 05:28AM UTC
Comment Actions
0l1ve_Bread on Chapter 1 Wed 14 May 2025 08:33PM UTC
Comment Actions
TKNuniversum on Chapter 1 Thu 15 May 2025 05:32AM UTC
Comment Actions
PastelPurpled on Chapter 1 Wed 14 May 2025 08:49PM UTC
Comment Actions
TKNuniversum on Chapter 1 Thu 15 May 2025 05:30AM UTC
Comment Actions
PastelPurpled on Chapter 1 Thu 15 May 2025 08:17AM UTC
Comment Actions
foxbird (Guest) on Chapter 1 Sun 27 Jul 2025 03:43AM UTC
Comment Actions
PastelPurpled on Chapter 1 Sun 27 Jul 2025 03:57AM UTC
Comment Actions
TimelessBeings on Chapter 1 Thu 29 May 2025 08:32AM UTC
Comment Actions
TKNuniversum on Chapter 1 Thu 29 May 2025 08:57AM UTC
Comment Actions
TimelessBeings on Chapter 1 Mon 02 Jun 2025 04:13AM UTC
Comment Actions
sillyshuuii on Chapter 1 Sat 07 Jun 2025 02:57PM UTC
Comment Actions
TKNuniversum on Chapter 1 Sat 07 Jun 2025 03:11PM UTC
Comment Actions
Curidocity on Chapter 1 Sun 15 Jun 2025 07:55AM UTC
Comment Actions
TKNuniversum on Chapter 1 Sun 15 Jun 2025 08:03AM UTC
Comment Actions
Curidocity on Chapter 1 Thu 19 Jun 2025 05:36AM UTC
Comment Actions
InkiiParanoia on Chapter 1 Fri 04 Jul 2025 10:35PM UTC
Comment Actions
TKNuniversum on Chapter 1 Sat 05 Jul 2025 05:53AM UTC
Comment Actions
ChocoSapph on Chapter 1 Sun 20 Jul 2025 09:04PM UTC
Comment Actions
TKNuniversum on Chapter 1 Mon 21 Jul 2025 01:16PM UTC
Comment Actions
ebenjag on Chapter 1 Mon 28 Jul 2025 02:07PM UTC
Comment Actions
TKNuniversum on Chapter 1 Mon 28 Jul 2025 05:08PM UTC
Last Edited Mon 28 Jul 2025 05:09PM UTC
Comment Actions
I LOVE 007N7 ANGST (Guest) on Chapter 1 Sat 30 Aug 2025 07:18PM UTC
Comment Actions
TKNuniversum on Chapter 1 Sat 30 Aug 2025 07:59PM UTC
Comment Actions
namedottitle on Chapter 1 Tue 16 Sep 2025 08:02PM UTC
Comment Actions
TKNuniversum on Chapter 1 Tue 16 Sep 2025 08:12PM UTC
Comment Actions
ilikemoss567890 on Chapter 1 Sat 27 Sep 2025 07:35PM UTC
Comment Actions
TKNuniversum on Chapter 1 Sat 27 Sep 2025 07:45PM UTC
Comment Actions
ItzViza on Chapter 1 Sat 27 Sep 2025 07:47PM UTC
Comment Actions
Asmodeus (M0n5t3r_3n3rg7) on Chapter 1 Sat 15 Nov 2025 07:26AM UTC
Comment Actions
TKNuniversum on Chapter 1 Sat 15 Nov 2025 07:41AM UTC
Comment Actions
Enj0y_th3_sh0w on Chapter 1 Sun 14 Dec 2025 12:45AM UTC
Comment Actions
TKNuniversum on Chapter 1 Sun 14 Dec 2025 08:17AM UTC
Comment Actions
SigmaRizzlerForsaken (Guest) on Chapter 2 Thu 15 May 2025 08:21AM UTC
Comment Actions
TKNuniversum on Chapter 2 Thu 15 May 2025 08:30AM UTC
Comment Actions
PastelPurpled on Chapter 2 Thu 15 May 2025 09:08AM UTC
Comment Actions
TKNuniversum on Chapter 2 Thu 15 May 2025 09:13AM UTC
Comment Actions
PastelPurpled on Chapter 2 Thu 15 May 2025 09:50AM UTC
Comment Actions
TKNuniversum on Chapter 2 Thu 15 May 2025 10:04AM UTC
Comment Actions
PastelPurpled on Chapter 2 Thu 15 May 2025 10:06AM UTC
Comment Actions
NotTheLASTGuest (Guest) on Chapter 2 Thu 05 Jun 2025 01:22AM UTC
Comment Actions
TKNuniversum on Chapter 2 Thu 05 Jun 2025 06:05AM UTC
Comment Actions
M3LTH3GAY on Chapter 2 Tue 15 Jul 2025 07:44AM UTC
Comment Actions
pr0tod3rpy on Chapter 2 Tue 17 Jun 2025 06:15PM UTC
Comment Actions
TKNuniversum on Chapter 2 Tue 17 Jun 2025 06:16PM UTC
Last Edited Tue 17 Jun 2025 06:16PM UTC
Comment Actions
RedZofia on Chapter 2 Thu 04 Sep 2025 06:52PM UTC
Comment Actions
TKNuniversum on Chapter 2 Thu 04 Sep 2025 07:11PM UTC
Comment Actions
Pages Navigation